Author: Webmaster

  • Lauren Shufran’s “Walt Whitman’s Inscriptions”

    Judith Goldman (bio)
    SUNY Buffalo

    Passage to more than India!
    Walt Whitman, “Passage to India” (line 224)

    It is not an obvious time to return to Walt Whitman’s Leaves of Grass (1855-1892).1 Though, as we witness the United States venture ever closer to what seems like civil war and/or the dissolution of a nation, taking insistent strides, in Ibram X. Kendi’s formulation, in our “racist progress,” perhaps a serious quarrel with Whitman will get us to the heart of matters.2 Or so wagers Lauren Shufran’s searching, poem-by-poem entanglement with the “Inscriptions” section of Whitman’s magnum opus, a project that reckons not with what we could more comfortably call contradictions borne of his containing multitudes, but with his repressed racist legacy. Yet rather than turn to the direct expression of racism in his lesser-known white nationalist journalism (such as his Free Soil writings of the 1840s3), or to various of his odes to Manifest Destiny (such as “Pioneers! O Pioneers!,” first appearing in the 1865 edition of Leaves of Grass), Shufran chooses to interrupt our familiar, homey sense of Whitman’s cosmic, absorbent self-dilations by digging into the logical underpinnings of the brief lyrics, mainly on nationhood and democracy, that open his American epitome, and challenging their semblance of political universality.

    Yet it is the particular intertextual angle of Shufran’s exposure that adds a crucial complexity to her work, as she joins a long tradition of commentary on Whitman vis-à-vis his adaptations of Vedantic thought. That is, her queer but partial and critical identification with Whitman specifically takes on both the poet’s work and the Whitmanian dimensions of the robust racism current today in the U.S. by attending to a triangulation that haunts Leaves of Grass: its relation to the 700-verse, synthetic Hindu scripture the Bhagavad Gita. In “Walt Whitman’s Inscriptions,” Shufran engages in rigorous commentary on one of her chosen spiritual tradition’s core texts, its parallels and contrasts with Whitman, and its potential capacity to illuminate our racist predicament, while, resurrecting Whitman as a 21st-century companion practitioner of yoga who joins her on a journey to India, she also gently reflexively mocks Western tourism on the subcontinent and its consumption of yoga and related services.

    Direct self-satire enters Shufran’s portrayal of Walt availing himself of the amenities India has to offer the queer Western spiritual traveler from the opening premise of the first poem featured here, “To Thee Old Cause”: “Walt is on Tinder in India.” Noting that only the first twelve lines of Whitman’s “To Thee Old Cause” can be fit in his 500-character Tinder tagline, her persona dangles the scenario that she herself (and given the uncertainties of deixis, the reader too) is in turn cruising the website and finding appeal in Walt, “Because you are in India, trying to find yourself.” As this exemplary burlesque in which Americans leave home to find the self in India only to have Whitman then stand in some wise as India’s essence might suggest, what Shufran’s layered reading and positioning throughout these poems makes evident is that the cultural traffic in Whitman goes both ways. “Whitman has been read in other cultures and into other cultures,” as Ed Folsom writes, “looping into other traditions and finding its way back.”4 Whitman’s most intensive cross-cultural intersection is with Hindu thought, and Shufran’s “Walt Whitman’s Inscriptions” in part responds to the tendency of past and present yogic teachers and followers of every nationality and ethnicity to idealize Whitman in their frequent citation of him as Vendantic seer to forget his racism, his jingoism, his white supremacist thought, in turning to Whitman at just those moments, ironically, when poetry is called on to heal or transcend political rifts and their violence. If contemporary Hinduism often uses Whitman not only as Whitman himself envisioned his cosmo-political-poetical role, but also as Whitman had made use of the Bhagavad Gita, Shufran gives the dialectic another turn, reading and troubling that return circuit while cannily setting up Whitman as a double and foil for herself as a white, queer, American poet and spiritual practitioner even as she recommits to her beliefs.

    One might refer not to Whitman’s racism but to his complexly interwoven racisms. In “Song of Myself” Whitman models white humanitarianism towards fugitive slaves and figures a (problematic) merging of the self with black persons, while in works such as An American Primer (1904) as well as in his notebooks he romanticizes “the American aborigines,” throughout his corpus preferring their toponyms (“Paumonok”; “Mannahatta”). Whitman’s homegrown social Darwinism nonetheless leads him in a number of poems speculatively to depict the dying out of these putatively inferior races, African Americans and Native Americans.5

    “Passage to India” (1870) offers a more sanguine (if no less exoticizing) outlook on the other Indians he valued. In this rhapsody on the completion of the Suez Canal, the undersea transatlantic cable, and a transcontinental railway in the US, Whitman portrays contemporary physical linkages between East and West as achieving a performative “rondure of the world” (line 81).6 In Whitman’s peculiar anachronism “Lo, soul, the retrospect brought forward” it is only now that Western technological accomplishment has caught up to the spiritual destiny of humanity laid out long ago in “the Sanscrit and the Vedas” (128, 139). Columbus’s deferred goal (e.g., to find a passage to India) has been fulfilled, but, more importantly, conditions have been made ripe for “The flowing literatures, tremendous epics, religions, castes” of India to reach their apotheosis (135). “[T]he past lit up again,” modern science may thus “Eclaircise the myths Asiatic—the primitive fables,” because the real passage at stake has always been the one central to (Whitman’s version of) Vendantic mysticism, the soul’s communion with the divine (127, 17). It is perhaps not surprising that, in turn, a filiated anachronism of past-made-present might be mirrored in a Hindu perspective on Whitman: as V. K. Chari notes, “Sri Aurobindo, the sage of Pondicherry,” in The Future Poetry (1917-1920), saw Whitman’s poetry as that “in which ‘one of the seers of old time reborn in ours might have expressed himself’” (396).

    Whitman’s writing has been read as closely paralleling the philosophy in the Bhagavad Gita and the Upanishads, and has been used in different parts of the globe to explain those texts or to emblematize them, though it has remained a point of scholarly contention for over a century just how well acquainted he was with these and other Indian sources (in part because Whitman both protested the autochthony of his poetry and attested to the influence of Eastern religion and philosophy7). Transliterations of a few Sanskrit terms appear even in the first edition of Leaves of Grass, but these were likely gathered from digests and reviews of Eastern religion and philosophy in contemporary periodicals.8 In a footnote to Walt Whitman: His Life and Work (1906), Bliss Perry writes, “Emerson once remarked smilingly to F. B. Sanborn [a journalist and a biographer of the American Transcendentalists] that Leaves of Grass was a combination of the Bhagavad-Gita and the New York Herald,” yet, early on, Whitman seems mainly to have absorbed the concepts of Indian thought into his poetry through reading Emerson and other American Transcendentalists scholars (276).9 As Nathaniel Preston writes, “H. D. Thoreau, in a letter to Harrison Blake from December 1856 [right after the publication of the first edition of Leaves of Grass] recounts his first meeting with Whitman. Thoreau remarked that Whitman’s poems were ‘wonderfully like the Orientals’ and asked Whitman whether he had read them. Whitman’s reply was ‘No; tell me about them’” (253). However, in his own essay A Backward Glance O’er Travel’d Roads (1888), where he recounts “some…embryonic facts of Leaves of Grass,” Whitman states he read “Shakspere, Ossian, the best translated versions I could get of Homer, Eschylus, Sophocles, the old German Nibelungen, the ancient Hindoo poems, and one or two other masterpieces, Dante’s among them,” prior to first composition (577-78). No doubt the study of Hinduism was a lifelong preoccupation for the poet. His copy of J. Cockburn Thomson’s 1855 translation of the Gita, thought to have been sent him by his English friend Thomas Dixon at Christmas in 1875, was well used and annotated (Hendrick 13). “When Whitman died,” Richard H. Davis writes, “it was reported, a translation of the Gita was found lying under his pillow” (74).

    From the late nineteenth- through the twenty-first century, most scholars tracing the Vedantic influences and similitudes in Whitman (or refuting them) have focused on his mysticism without examining its political implications.10 By reading the Bhagavad Gita “with” Whitman to produce creative translations of his “Inscriptions,” Shufran not only traces the “elsewhere” in that most homegrown, all-American text Leaves of Grass but also closely examines, for instance, the dialectics of particular and universal, multiplicity and unity, self and other, so obsessively staged by Whitman that draw on, as well as skew and distort, Hindu mystic thought, in order to discern his poems’ deep political architectonics.

    “To Thee Old Cause,” already mentioned above, which finds Shufran and Whitman at Mandrem Beach (a tourist site in North Goa, India), creates and explores a set of parallels between Whitman’s eponymous poem, which proclaims the necessity of fighting “a strange sad war, great war” (39) the American Civil War for a “cause” that remains unnamed throughout, and the first eleven chapters of the Bhagavad Gita, in which the god Krishna, in the form of a man, argues with Prince Arjuna about the necessity of fighting a civil war, finally appearing to Arjuna in a divine vision of “universal form.” In what becomes an ingenious meditation on tropology, modes of causality, embodiment, difference, and desire, Shufran playfully analyses Krishna’s various manifestations by adventitiously introducing Whitman as obsessed with Tinder: thus, Krishna both as “avatar,” a Sanskrit word that, as she explains, “initially meant: the descent of a deity/Into terrestrial form,” and as “theophany,” divine unity revealed immediately as infinite multiplicity, meets a match in dating avatars that are not directly bodies, but images, and that together amount to a secular theophany. (As Whitman, a continuously-swiping-right Arjuna, remarks, “everyone is divine.”) Shufran’s poem’s persona continues further to parse the erotics and micro-politics of figurative relation through reference to interactions with her own lover and their ensuing affects, involving shifting senses of sameness and difference in homoerotic liaison, the pitfalls of gauging the reality of intimacy, and the contradictory, self-thwarting aspects of attachment.

    If, in her version of “To Thee Old Cause,” Shufran questions Whitman’s statement in the 1871 poem, “my book and the war are one” (39), she again expresses skepticism towards Whitmanian tropology as tending towards “forced equivalence” in her translation of Whitman’s poem “For Him I Sing.” As Whitman there declares regarding his unnamed dedicatee: “With time and space I him dilate and fuse the immortal laws,/To make himself by them the law unto himself” (43). Whitman’s poem seems faintly to be derived, Shufran finds, from the concept of “Sanatama dharma,” “the absolute set of duties/Incumbent upon all Hindus” elaborated by the Bhagavad Gita (and other Vedic texts), a connection Shufran refutes by detecting in Whitman’s juridical organicism a key metaphor in his “For Him I Sing” is a tree growing from its roots a neo-fascist whiff of corporatist nationalism, her suspicions crystallized in her comment that these “immortal laws” are not reducible to “the temporal laws…of a nation.” Augmenting Whitman’s organic figures, Shufran then ventriloquizes for Whitman an ideology of poetic and legal form as “autopoiesis” (a theory of biological life co-developed by the Buddhist neuroscientist Francisco Varela).11 While autopoiesis proposes a long evolutionary cycle of adaptation through recursive self-generation as organisms interact with their environment, in Whitman’s corrupted version as applied to the law and to poems that articulate the logic of the law the process is accelerated and twisted such that the autopoietic incorporation of authority involves not a millennia-long “history of perturbations,” but rather a single compound synecdoche, as the law authorizes what is outside or above the it in its own name, as its own authority. What Shufran’s “For Him I Sing” goes on deftly to argue is that Whitman’s distorted model of sovereignty, in which someone might function as a “law unto himself,” becoming the law incorporate, is precisely that of the American police state. As Steve Martinot and Jared Sexton argue in “The Avant Garde of White Supremacy”:

    If the spectacle of police violence does, in fact, operate according to a rule of its own …, what does this suggest about the social institutions that generate it and which it represents despite persistent official disavowals? [T]he cultural content of the actual policing that we face is to be a law unto itself, not the socially responsible institution it claims to be in its disavowals…. They [the police] make problematic the whole notion of social responsibility such that we no longer know if the police are responsible to the judiciary and local administration or if the city is actually responsible to them, duty bound by impunity itself. To the extent to which the police are a law unto themselves, the latter would have to be the case.(n.p.)

    “I was in India with Walt Whitman/The day the two-hundred-and-third black person/To be fatally shot by the police in 2016/was killed,” Shufran writes. And later: “Walt writes a poem called/ ‘This Poem is a Law unto Itself’;/It is about the Baltimore police and the Ferguson/Police and the Oakland and Cleveland/Police and the SFPD and the LAPD and the NCPD;/And it is a poem that dilates to encompass all the PDs.” Yet further layers accrue to Shufran’s conceit through her engagement with the figure of Colin Kaepernick, the San Francisco 49ers quarterback who in the 2016 season at first stayed seated and then knelt during “The Star Spangled Banner” to protest the barrage of killings of people of color by the police. (Kaepernick stated he would continue to kneel until the American flag “represents what it’s supposed to represent” [qtd. in Hafner].) Framed by Shufran as a correlative of Arjuna on the battlefield at Kurukshetra, at war with his own family and teachers, Kaepernick enacts self-critical patriotism as a salutary form of autopoietic feedback: he does act as a law unto himself but rather performs a corrective dissent that draws an entirely self-estranged law back towards itself.

    We find Shufran’s persona and Whitman in Kerala at the Ayurvedic center (Walt is receiving yet another massage) in the third and final poem selected here, a translation of Whitman’s “To the States.” Despite jibes at the poem’s platitudes and her reflexively counter-organicist use of the poem to diagnose Whitman as having a Pitta dosha imbalance, the speaker admits, “It’s a fiery miniature of a lyric.” Composed in the late 1850s and initially entitled “Walt Whitman’s Caution,” “To the States” in its entirety reads as follows:

    To the States or any one of them, or any city of the States,
         Resist much, obey little,
    Once unquestioning obedience, once fully enslaved,
    Once fully enslaved, no nation, state, city of this earth,
         ever afterward resumes its liberty. (44)

    But Whitman’s miniature, with its strident message, functions in Shufran’s poem mainly as a cautionary backdrop to the aftermath of the 2017 US presidential election, emblematized in the poem by the triumphant, interactive ending of a speech given by white nationalist Richard Spencer at an Alt-Right conference convened shortly after Trump’s win. As reported in the New York Times, “As [Spencer] finished, several audience members had their arms outstretched in a Nazi salute. Mr. Spencer called out: ‘Hail Trump! Hail our people!’ and then, ‘Hail victory!’—the English translation of the Nazi exhortation ‘Sieg Heil!’ The room shouted back” (Goldstein n.p.). Shufran weaves a connection between this grotesque but by now clearly all-too-likely episode and the Bhagavad Gita by focusing on the moment in its second chapter when Krishna remonstrates with Arjuna for his reluctance to fight, out of pity for the family and friends who are his adversaries: (in Shufran’s rendering) “How un-Aryan of you, Arjuna; how cowardly/And unbecoming, this pity.” She further explains that “In Sanskrit, the word ārya/Means “noble or advanced”;/Anārya means: “those who do not know/The value of life.” For Heinrich Himmler—who, Shufran also informs us, daydreamed about himself as Arjuna to Hitler’s Krishna, had these lines memorized, and carried the Gita in his back pocket—what seems to have resonated in this scene beyond that term was the idea of the “kshatriya, the warrior, class,” as well as Arjuna’s concern about his mandate “to keep the caste system intact.” Part of the larger point of this poem is the flexible conscription of texts to ideologies. But, throughout, Shufran’s ingenious play on the word “unbecoming” is also key: Arjuna is worried about the dissolution of the social order, “I will unbecome us/If I fight,” while Krishna argues that such apprehensions, if they keep one from fighting, are unbecoming a warrior. Though the poem doesn’t mention it, Krishna also accuses Arjuna in this chapter of impotence and unmanliness. Is he calling Arjuna gay? As the poem does directly say, Himmler “fantasized the many deaths of Walt Whitman.” Another of its turns on the unbecoming is the most un-Whitmanlike but recognizably queer way in which Walt waxes self-conscious about his chubbiness: “How unbecoming,/Cringes Walt Whitman, as four hands bump over/The excess flesh above his serratus posterior.” It is with this tenderness towards the vulnerable queer body as it embarks on a cross-cultural regime of wellness and self-care, and with an absolute repudiation and despairing at the notion of caste with which the poem ends: “Can one disprove the untouchable/Simply by virtue of touching?

    Footnotes

    1. See, however, CAConrad’s scathing critique of Whitman’s racism in “From Whitman to Walmart.” See also Rob Halpern, Music for Porn, especially the section, “Notes on Affection and War,” a piece focusing on the Civil War-era American eros elaborated by Whitman that would “bind the community in the figure of a dead soldier” (60).

    2. Ibram X. Kendi, “Racial Progress Is Real. But So Is Racist Progress.”

    3. See Klammer 105.

    4. See Folsom, “Database as Genre.”

    5. I draw on leads from Folsom’s “Native Americans [Indians].”

    6. My reading here draws a bit on Ahluwalia.

    7. In “Walt Whitman’s Use of Indian Sources: A Reconsideration,” Nathaniel Preston notes: “Walt Whitman’s insistence on the absolute originality of his poetry often led him to deny or obscure the intellectual and literary influences on his work. He began promulgating the myth of himself as a ‘natural’ poet of America as soon as he published the first edition of Leaves of Grass in 1855. In an anonymous review of his own book, published in September of 1855, for instance, Whitman asserts that he ‘makes no allusions to books or writers; their spirits do not seem to have touched him.’ Whitman’s continuing assertions that his poems were the result of untainted inspiration have provided critics with the challenge of deciphering the real influences which shaped the poet’s art” (256).

    8. See Preston, 253-55.

    9. Perry goes on to say, “Compare, for example, Whitman’s well known use of the communal ‘I’ with Krishna’s speech in the ninth chapter of the Bhagavad-Gita: ‘I (ego) who am present everywhere in divers forms. I am the immolation. I am the whole sacrificial rite. I am the libation offered to ancestors. I am the drug. I am the incantation. I am the sacrificial butter also. I am the fire. I am the incense. I am the father, the mother, the sustainer, the grandfather of the universe—the mystic doctrine, the purification, the syllable “Om!’” etc. etc.” (276-77).

    10. Reviewing Indian scholarship in particular, Chari writes, “Thus it is the spiritual aspect of Whitman’s poetry that attracted most Indian thinkers of the early generations and that still continues to engage the attention of Indian academics, rather than his democratic or purely humanitarian message or his futuristic vision of the New World apparent in poems such as ‘Passage to India” (397).

    11. For a synopsis of Hugo Maturana and Varela’s theory of autopoiesis, see Luisi and Houshmand.

    Works Cited

    • Ahluwalia, Harsharan Singh. “A Reading of Whitman’s ‘Passage to India.’” Walt Whitman Quarterly Review vol. 1, no.1, 1983, pp. 9-17.
    • CAConrad. “From Whitman to Walmart.” Harriet: A Poetry Blog. The Poetry Foundation. 8 June 2015. https://www.poetryfoundation.org/harriet/2015/06/from-whitman-to-walmart/.
    • Chari, V. K. “Whitman in India.” Walt Whitman and the World. Ed. Gay Wilson Allen and Ed Folsom. Iowa City: University of Iowa Press, 1995, pp. 396-405.
    • Davis, Richard H. The Bhagavad Gita: A Biography. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2015.
    • Folsom, Ed. “Database as Genre: The Epic Transformation of Archives.” PMLA vol. 122, Oct. 2007, pp. 1571-79.
    • — “Native Americans [Indians].” Walt Whitman: An Encyclopedia. Ed. J.R. LeMaster and Donald D. Kummings. New York: Garland Publishing, 1998. Reproduced by permission in The Walt Whitman Archive.
    • Goldstein, Joseph. “Alt-Right Gathering Exults in Trump Election with Nazi-Era Salute.” The New York Times. 20 Nov. 2016, n.p. https://www.nytimes.com/2016/11/21/us/alt-right-salutes-donald-trump.html
    • Hafner, Josh. “Why Kaepernick is honoring, not dishonoring the flag.” USA Today 30 Aug. 2016, n.p. http://www.usatoday.com/story/opinion/nation-now/2016/08/30/why-kaepernick-protest-flag-troops-military-column/89582194/
    • Halpern, Rob. Music for Porn. Calicoon: Nightboat, 2012.
    • Hendrick, George. “Whitman’s Copy of the Bhagavad-Gita.” Walt Whitman Review vol. 5, Mar. 1959, pp. 12-14.
    • Kendi, Ibram X. “Racial Progress Is Real. But So Is Racist Progress.” The New York Times. 21 Jan. 2017. https://www.nytimes.com/2017/01/21/opinion/sunday/racial-progress-is-real-but-so-is-racist-progress.html?_r=0
    • Klammer, Martin. “Slavery and Race,” 105. A Companion to Walt Whitman. Ed. Donald D. Kummings. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell, 2006, pp.101-121.
    • Luisi, Pier Luigi, with Zara Houshmand, Discussions with the Dalai Lama on the Nature of Reality. New York: Columbia UP, 2009.
    • Martinot, Steve and Sexton, Jared. “The Avant Garde of White Supremacy.” Social Identities vol. 9, no. 2, June 2003, n.p.
    • Perry, Bliss. Walt Whitman: His Life and Work. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1906.
    • Preston, Nathaniel. “Walt Whitman’s Use of Indian Sources: A Reconsideration” Ritsummeikan bungaku vol., 627, July 2012, pp. 1-12. http://r-cube.ritsumei.ac.jp/bitstream/10367/4575/1/L627Preston.pdf
    • Whitman, Walt. A Backward Glance O’er Travel’d Roads. Walt Whitman: The Complete Poems. Ed. Francis Murphy. London: Penguin, 2004, pp. 569-84.
    • —. “For Him I Sing.” Leaves of Grass. The Complete Poems. Ed. Francis Murphy. London: Penguin, 2004, P. 43.
    • —. “Passage to India.” Leaves of Grass. The Complete Poems. Ed. Francis Murphy. London: Penguin, 2004, pp. 428-437.
    • —. “Pioneers! O Pioneers!” Leaves of Grass. The Complete Poems. Ed. Francis Murphy. London: Penguin, 2004, pp. 257-261.
    • —. “To Thee Old Cause.” Leaves of Grass. The Complete Poems. Ed. Francis Murphy. London: Penguin, 2004, pp. 39.
    • —. “To the States.” Leaves of Grass. The Complete Poems. Ed. Francis Murphy. London: Penguin, 2004, p. 44.
  • Beautiful Things: Bruce Nauman’s Carousel

    Robert S. Lehman (bio)
    Boston College

    This essay examines the relationship between beauty and violence in the taxidermy sculptures of the contemporary American artist Bruce Nauman. It addresses how these sculptures, specifically Carousel (Stainless Steel Version) (1988), succeed in bringing together two incompatible models of the beautiful: the neo-classical beauty of well-ordered bodies, and the beauty of irreducibly particular things. The aim of this project is, first, to make sense of Nauman’s intervention by locating it in a longer history of reflections on the politics of aesthetics; and, second (and more speculatively), to suggest the continued relevance of “beauty” as a political-aesthetic category.

    Bruce Nauman’s Carousel (Stainless Steel Version) (1988)1 is made up of four large, stainless steel arms that extend out from a central motorized pillar to form a rotating cross (Fig. 1). Suspended from the arms by their necks are a taxidermist’s polyurethane molds of an assortment of animals: two small coyotes; a large lynx and a smaller version of the same; the front half of one deer and the head of another. All animals appear to have been skinned. As Carousel rotates and the molds drag along the floor (only the deer are fully suspended), the casts recall the bodies of animals hung awkwardly in a slaughterhouse, particularly if one focuses on the dismembered deer. But for all that, the continual circular movement and low scraping of Carousel‘s passengers is eerily peaceful. If the piece were dangled from the ceiling rather than set upon the floor, it might resemble an uncanny mobile, turning above some monstrous infant’s crib. Nauman has stated, not of the piece itself but of the molds from which it was made, that, “They are beautiful things. They are universally accepted, generic forms used by taxidermists yet they have an abstract quality that I really like” (374). So there lies in Nauman’s Carousel—at its origin if not necessarily at its end—an aesthetic pleasure, an old-fashioned pleasure in beautiful things.

    Fig. 1 Bruce Nauman, Carousel (Stainless Steel Version) © 1988 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York.

    In the essay that follows, I want to concentrate on the interaction—in Carousel as well as in some of Nauman’s related works—between beauty, on the one hand, and violence, on the other. Nauman’s artistic fascination with violence has already received a good deal of attention from critics. In a 1987 interview with Joan Simon, Nauman himself describes his aim to produce art that is “just there all at once. Like getting hit in the face with a baseball bat. Or better, like getting hit in the back of the neck. You never see it coming; it just knocks you down. I like that idea very much: the kind of intensity that doesn’t give you any trace of whether you’re going to like it or not” (320). Like getting hit with a bat…. It is unusual to find a critical appraisal of Nauman’s work that does not quote (or at least paraphrase) this remark and spin an interpretation out of it. Jerry Saltz describes Nauman’s art as “a deliberate assault on the senses, aesthetic and otherwise” (198); Michael Kimmelman writes, “Mr. Nauman’s goal seems to be to knock you out rather than win you over” (207); and in a review titled, “Watch Out! It’s Here!,” Paul Richard warns potential spectators that “Nauman… distrusts the ‘lush solution.’ His sculptures… never let you bask in transcendental loveliness. He’d rather show up in your thinking space—and club you from behind” (217). These responses to Nauman’s art treat its status as art as more or less incidental to its intended (and achieved) effect. Nauman’s is not an art that one lingers over, in the canonical Kantian sense that we “linger [weilen] over the consideration of the beautiful” (107); it is, rather, an art of immediacy, an art that hits you all at once and that you hurry to escape. This assaultive immediacy, Nauman has suggested, is both antithetical to “beauty” and integral to his art’s “moral function”: “I know there are artists who function in relation to beauty […] I don’t work that way…” (332).

    Despite the claims of Nauman’s critics, and despite some of Nauman’s own claims, I am interested in holding on to the notion that Carousel is not only an ugly, violent work that happens to be made up of “beautiful things,” but that it is also—in a sense on which I will elaborate—a beautiful thing. Now I recognize that “beauty,” beyond its being a questionable term for evaluating Nauman’s artistic project, seems an ill-suited word to describe most contemporary art, and that even those critics who admit the continued relevance of philosophical aesthetics have tended either to avoid making reference to beauty altogether or to replace it with other categories—whether drawn from tradition (as in the category of the sublime) or newly invented (as in the categories furnished in Sianne Ngai’s recent work).2 Indeed, about a decade ago, Arthur Danto “attach[ed] to what has been epidemic in avant-garde circles since the early twentieth century [a] needed clinical term” (25): “Kalliphobia,” meaning literally, “fear of the beautiful” (from κάλλος, the Greek term for beauty).

    I want to insist on beauty, though, not because it does the best job of explaining the affective response one is likely to have to Nauman’s works—Nauman’s works are unpleasant and assaultive—but because it helps us to appreciate in these works the struggle over a set of aesthetic questions that reaches back at least as far as the eighteenth century, a set of questions pertaining to the relationship between, on the one hand, this or that particular physical body, and on the other hand, the technological or political or conceptual structures in which this or that particular physical body finds itself enmeshed. Nauman’s Carousel is a beautiful thing—this will be my claim in what follows—and its beauty is indissociable not only (though somewhat paradoxically) from its ugliness and its expression of violence, but also from whatever critical potential it possesses—from its “moral function.”

    Before I go any further, I should note that the same thing that has made Nauman perhaps the most consistently exciting American artist of the last fifty years also makes it difficult to say much of anything about his work in general. Here I am referring to the diversity of his oeuvre, which spans drawing, sculpture, photography, performance, and video. I have decided to focus on Carousel, then, as a way to tie to a specific work and its effects claims that might seem questionable if applied to Nauman’s project as a whole. Nonetheless, as will become clear, I believe that Carousel can also function as a kind of lodestone, drawing Nauman’s other works toward it and thus helping us to develop some coordinates for an idiosyncratic mapping of Nauman’s oeuvre.

    1

    Let us return to Carousel. Built in 1988, after more than a decade of work focused principally on time-based media, Carousel is part of Nauman’s return to casting (though here the molds are readymade, not Nauman’s own, purchased from a taxidermy supply store near the artist’s New Mexico residence) (Benezra 136). With its endless rotations, Carousel continues Nauman’s interest in the coupling of violence and repetition, an interest also on display across his video pieces—in the repeated bodily movements of Pulling Mouth (1969), the looped escalations of brutality of Violent Incident (1986), and the incantatory demands of “Anthro/Socio (Rinde Spinning)” (1992). With its taxidermist’s molds, however, Carousel is more obviously of a piece with the (roughly) contemporaneous works Hanging Carousel (George Skins a Fox) (1988), a suspended “carousel” featuring four hanging animal molds and a television playing a video of the artist’s friend, George, skinning a fox (Fig. 2); Two Wolves, Two Deer (1989), in which the eponymous molds have been cut up, reassembled, and suspended (Fig. 3); and Animal Pyramid (1990), a twelve-foot-high pyramid of seventeen taxidermy molds (Fig. 4). The last of these, Animal Pyramid, differs from Nauman’s other taxidermy sculptures insofar as its molds are neither suspended nor dismembered. In its difference from the slightly earlier works, however, Animal Pyramid sheds light on what these previous pieces accomplish.

    Fig. 2 Bruce Nauman, Hanging Carousel (George Skins a Fox), © 1988 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    Fig. 3 Bruce Nauman, Untitled (Two Wolves, Two Deer), © 1989 Bruce Nauman / Artists

    Fig. 4 Bruce Nauman, Animal Pyramid, © 1990 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    Animal Pyramid diverges from Nauman’s other taxidermy sculptures by virtue of what it does not suggest. While the suspended and mutilated animals of the “Carousel” sculptures may at first seem to imply violence accomplished for practical reasons (for food, for example, insofar as it is hard not to see in these pieces animals hung in an abattoir) or for theoretical reasons (for the good of science, which, as we know, must murder to dissect), the stacked molds of Animal Pyramid bespeak neither use nor knowledge. What remains? Registering his dissatisfaction with the piece, John Miller sees in it “allusions to totemism and blood sacrifice,” a “nostalgia for primitive sacred art” (128). I disagree. I have tried to see the piece in this light, to find in it an updating of the sorts of myths that fascinated Bataille and Masson and Picasso in the 1930s,3 but I cannot. If one sees in Animal Pyramid a sacred quality, this vision is soon overwhelmed by the suspicion that one is viewing a performance, a kind of circus trick or a distant cousin of the Catalonian castell. I do not mean to say that there is no trace of violence. The animals’ positioning is unnatural; they still seem to have been flayed. I do, however, want to claim that the source of this violence is, here, merely aesthetic. The animals have been stacked into a pyramid for no other reason than that it is visually interesting to see animals stacked into a pyramid. The piece thus comments, aptly, on the taxidermist’s art, an art for which it is acceptable to kill not out of the desire for food or knowledge, or to honor the gods, but for the purpose of decoration. More obscurely, Animal Pyramid comments on the violent potential of any artistic depiction, present in the simple act of imposing a beautiful order on particular bodies. Finally, this piece helps us to see how Carousel might make the same gesture.

    Carousel does not exactly share in the articulation of solidity and precarity exemplified in Animal Pyramid. But neither does it allow its passengers to achieve the weightlessness of the molds that make up, for example, Two Wolves, Two Deer. Thus while it antedates these two pieces, in another way Carousel might be said to occur between them, to present the viewer with a representation of a grounded sculpture’s becoming airborne—albeit without ever quite leaving the ground, such that its rotations would figure a kind of frustratingly endless taxiing on the runway—or maybe more accurately, becoming-mobile. The latter, the notion that what Nauman’s Carousel proffers is an instance of a sculpture’s becoming (or struggling to become, or perhaps failing to become) something like a hanging mobile, locates Carousel in a tradition that reaches back to the Quattrocento—for a hanging mobile is depicted already in da Vinci’s 1498 drawing Duodecedron Planus Vacuus)—but which is not codified until the early twentieth century, with the construction of hanging mobiles by Aleksandr Rodchenko, László Moholy-Nagy, and most importantly the American sculptor Alexander Calder (whose works Marcel Duchamp deemed “mobiles” in 1932; see, for example, Calder’s Antennae with Red and Blue Dots).4 A comparison of Nauman’s not-quite-mobile with Calder’s works is, therefore, instructive. Calder explains his artistic aims in constructing his mobiles as follows:

    [T]he underlying sense of form in my work has been the system of the universe, or part thereof. For that is a rather large model to work from. What I mean is the idea of detached bodies floating in space, of different sizes and densities, and perhaps of different colors and temperatures, and surrounded and interlarded with wisps of gaseous condition, and some at rest, while others move in peculiar manners, seems to me the ideal source of form. (8)

    Calder describes not only the feeling of lightness or delicacy that is the hallmark of his mobiles—what he goes on to characterize as his attempt to approximate “freedom from the earth” (8) and what Jean-Paul Sartre would, in a 1948 appreciation of Calder’s work, liken to “a little hot-jazz tune, unique and ephemeral, like the sky, like the morning; if you miss it, you will have lost it forever” (79)—but also an enabling sense of the orderliness of things, a sort of cosmic balancing act that allows the movement of painted sheet metal hung carefully from wires to double the movement of heavenly bodies: “A very exciting moment for me was at the planetarium…” (Calder 8).

    It is not only the lightness or delicacy or freedom from the earth that Nauman’s Carousel refuses but also the cosmic balance—the as-above-so-below-ness—that allows Calder’s mobiles to both reflect and participate in the movement of the spheres, to overcome their own secondariness as representations and attain the status of natural things. While Calder himself initially worked with small, usually hidden motors, his mobiles were eventually exhibited near a window or in the open air, where they could “vibrate in the wind like Aeolian harps” (Sartre 79). In Carousel the molds hang gracelessly, thanks to the wires looped around their necks; their movements appear coerced, thanks to the motor that makes the whole contraption turn; and while polyurethane is neither a particularly heavy nor a particularly sturdy building material, the molds’ being not quite suspended from reinforced steel posts makes the whole structure seem unusually substantial. We are far from “a little hot-jazz tune.”

    Even so, there may still be a point of contact between Carousel and Calder’s fragile constructions. In the same piece of writing I cited above, after stressing the impossible delicacy of Calder’s mobiles—”fed on the air, they respire and draw their life from the tenuous life of the atmosphere” (79)—as well as their affinity to natural forms—”their marvelous swan-like nobility” (80)—Sartre concludes with a litany of associations. “Calder’s mobiles,” he writes, “are like aquatic plants bent low by a stream, the petals of the sensitive plant, the legs of a headless frog, or gossamer caught in an updraft” (81). So: aquatic plants, flower petals, and wind-blown gossamer…but also the still-twitching legs of a decapitated frog. What are we to make of this list? At the very moment that Sartre seems most intent on connecting Calder’s mobiles to the beauty of the natural world, he resorts to an image of the latter in pieces, to a mutilated animal body that recalls his reader to the dissecting room, or, ultimately, to the flayed or hacked-apart forms that make up Nauman’s Carousel. What explains this movement from the nobility of the swan to the (apparently still beautiful) death throes of the frog?

    2

    Here we need to step back for a moment, in order to give this relationship between aesthetic order and physical violence a slightly larger historical frame. Consider Johann Winckelmann’s famous 1759 description of the Belvedere Torso (Fig. 6), believed by Winckelmann to depict Heracles at rest:

    I direct you now to the much praised, but never sufficiently glorified, mutilated statue of Heracles—to a work which is the most beautiful of its kind and is to be counted among the highest creations of art which have come into our time. How will I describe it to you, since it has been robbed of the most charming and significant parts of nature? Just as from a mighty oak, which has been felled and stripped of its twigs and branches, only the trunk remains, so sits the mutilated image of the hero; head, breast, arms, and legs are missing.(xiv)

    Having set for himself this challenge—”How will I describe it to you…?”—Winckelmann goes on to reconstruct from the trunk and what is left of the legs not only the ideal form of the statue, which he likens to the motions of the sea and the rise of the mountains, but also the hero’s world and labors: “At this moment my mind travels through the most remote regions of the world through which Heracles passed, and I am led to the limits of his labors…by the sight of thighs of inexhaustible force (and of a length appropriate for one of the gods) which have carried the hero through hundreds of lands and peoples into immortality” (xvi). Winckelmann concludes by lamenting that this singular work, “which is perhaps the last one to which art applied its utmost powers” is now “half annihilated” (xviii). Nonetheless, one has the impression, reading his ekphrastic reconstruction, that the statue’s having suffered dismemberment is a condition of, not an obstacle to, its claim to transcendence—that “the strength of his arms” and the “head full of majesty and wisdom” can only appear before us in all their splendor because they are not weighed down by the heaviness of stone. This promotion of the partial or the broken is realized more explicitly in the later cult of the fragment, as we encounter it in the writings of the Jena romantics, the sculptures of Rodin (Fig. 7), and indeed, in some of Nauman’s own works. In each instance, the fact of fragmentation somehow points toward a more perfect whole—even in the case of a work like Nauman’s Five Pink Heads, which, from the right vantage, ends up evoking an abstract ideality akin to that attained by Brancusi’s Endless Column (Fig. 8 and 9).5

    Fig. 6 Belvedere Torso, 1st century B.C.

    Fig. 7 Auguste Rodin, Torso, ca. 1877 or 1878.

    Fig. 8 Bruce Nauman, Five Pink Heads in the Corner, © 1992 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    Fig. 9 Constantin Brancusi, Endless Column, © 1918 Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    It would appear that none of this fascination with the fragment is present in the writings of Friedrich Schiller, the modern figure who, more than any other, labored to align the notion of classical beauty adumbrated by Winckelmann with what is morally or politically desirable, and who, along with J. G. Herder, moved German thought in the direction of an aestheticized holism.6 In his theoretical writings on aesthetics from the last decade of the eighteenth century, Schiller decries a modern form of life in which, “[e]verlastingly chained to a single little fragment of the whole, man himself develops into nothing but a fragment” [Ewig nur an ein einzelnes kleines Bruchstück des Ganzen gefesselt, bildet sich der Mensch selbst nur als Bruchstück aus] (Aesthetic Education 35). Man is fragmented insofar as he is given over one-sidedly to his sensual desires or to his calculating reason. With his notion of the “play-drive” [Spieltrieb], Schiller proposes a holistic alternative: “Man only plays when he is in the fullest sense of the word a human being, and he is only fully a human being when he plays” (Aesthetic Education 107). To be fully human, to play, is to find balanced in oneself sensuality and rationality, animal and god. The harmonization of these seemingly opposed tendencies, in the individual as well as in the collective, is an aesthetic task, but one that reaches far beyond the traditionally delimited domain of the aesthetic. Man in play is man in his “aesthetic state,” a term that has to be maintained in its rich ambiguity as both a state of consciousness—ästhetischer Zustand—and a political formation—ästhetischer Staat. Here are two passages in which Schiller helps us to understand what this means. The first is from the 1793 letters to Gottfried Körner, Kallias, or Concerning Beauty:

    I know of no more fitting an image for the ideal of beautiful relations than the well danced and arabesquely composed English dance. The spectator in the gallery sees countless movements which cross each other colorfully and change their direction willfully but never collide. Everything has been arranged such that the first has already made room for the second before he arrives, everything comes together so skillfully and yet so artlessly that both seem merely to be following their own mind and still never get in the way of the other. (Schiller 174)

    The second is from the better-known Letters on the Aesthetic Education of Man of 1795:

    Uncoordinated leaps of joy turn into dance, the unformed movements of the body into graceful and harmonious pantomime; the confused and indistinct cries of feeling become articulate, begin to obey the laws of rhythm, and to take on the contours of song. If the Trojan host storms on to the battlefield with piercing shrieks like a flock of cranes, the Greek army approaches it in silence, with noble and measured tread. In the former case we see only the exuberance of blind forces; in the latter, the triumph of form and the simple majesty of law [den Sieg der Form und die simple Majestät des Gesetzes].(136)

    The aesthetic state is, ideally, like a dance, but a dance that models or is modeled on the behavior of an army on the battlefield, on the “noble and measured tread” of Homer’s advancing Greeks.

    So, from the dance to the battlefield: with Schiller, we do not take as our starting point the violence of mutilated frogs or half annihilated torsos, but do we end up there? In 1939, reflecting on the same text in which Schiller had found “graceful and harmonious pantomime,” Simone Weil writes that “for those dreamers who considered that force, thanks to progress, would soon be a thing of the past, the Iliad could appear as a historical document; for others, whose powers of recognition are more acute and who perceive force, today, as of yesterday, at the very center of human history, the Iliad is the purest and the loveliest of mirrors” (6). Weil refers here to the seductiveness, the aestheticization, of violent force. The latter, rather than any particular character, she treats as “the true hero, the true subject, the center” of Homer’s epic (Weil 6).

    And for what in our modern history does Schiller’s depiction of the aesthetic state, modeled as it is on the “measured tread” of the Greek army or the “arabesquely composed English dance,” provide the purest and the loveliest of mirrors? The implications of this question may seem excessive. The legacy of Schiller’s idealized aesthetic state, principally its prefiguring of National Socialist ideology, has no doubt been overstated in the past.7 Returning to Schiller’s own writings, we find simplifications of Kant, anticipations of Hegel, ubiquitous Hellenophilia—but fascism? The relationship of Schiller’s Weimar classicism to what the next two centuries would bring is, in any case, a topic far too large for this essay. We can at least admit, though, that the aestheticization of the political, whether or not we follow it back to Schiller, has been one of the twentieth century’s controlling operations (a fact noted by critics from Benjamin and Brecht to Boris Groys and Eric Michaud). At stake is the conception of the state as somehow like a work of art (and consequently of the statesman as somehow like an artist), as well as the possibility of finding something beautiful in force.8

    Back to Carousel. Viewed in light of Schiller’s conception of the aesthetic state, which, even at war, “obeys the laws of rhythm” as though it had adapted itself to song, Carousel can be read as figuring a violence that is learning to dance. The steps are heavy and dragging at first, but once the legs are removed (as they are in the molds of the two deer), transcendence should be easier. If the classical beauty of well ordered bodies is secured at the cost of dismemberment—the same fortuitous dismemberment that inspired Winckelmann and Rodin (and that is evoked by Sartre’s unexpected likening of the swaying of Calder’s mobiles to the twitching of decapitated frogs)—the critical power of Carousel is to let this violence, which aestheticization ought to conceal, shine forth. And so, against Winckelmann’s sublime torso or Schiller’s aesthetic state, we might position Carousel alongside Heinrich von Kleist’s marionette theater, where the very possibility of the most beautiful dance is revealed to depend on the replacement of all-too-human limbs with “what they should be—dead, pure pendulums following the simple law of gravity” (24).9 Whatever trace of beauty remains in Nauman’s sculpture—the beauty of the “beautiful things” of which it is made, or the eerie beauty of its passengers’ slow, dragging motions—is only there to remind us that beauty can and does disguise violence. Carousel is only as beautiful as it needs to be, no more.

    3

    The preceding sketch serves as a first approach to the place of beauty in Carousel. The sculpture, revealing and reveling in ugliness and violence, presents an artistic challenge to beauty qua aestheticization, to the same sort of aestheticization that gives rise to what we can call, after Schiller, the aesthetic state. To affirm this approach, wherein the challenge to a certain aesthetic-political formation is of key importance, is also to associate Carousel with some of Nauman’s earlier and more openly political work from the 1980s, such as South America Triangle (1981), an inverted cast iron chair suspended inside a large, steel triangle (Fig. 10). Nauman has described South America Triangle as his attempt to address political torture. Having recently read works dealing with the repression of political dissent in South America—”I was reading V. S. Naipaul’s stories about South America and Central America, including ‘The Return of Eva Peron’ and especially ‘The Killings in Trinidad.’ Reading Naipaul clarified things for me and helped me to continue. It helped me to name names, to name things”—he decided to create a piece depicting the “torturing of a chair…hanging it up or strapping it down” (299). As in Carousel and related works, suspension is here associated with violence10—sadistic violence, I would argue (against Deleuze, who associates both literal and figurative suspension with masochism).11 In South America Triangle, the suspended chair is itself the victim of this violence but, empty, it is also an indication that something more terrible has already occurred. As surely as ships go missing in the Bermuda Triangle, someone has (been) disappeared. Such is the force of Nauman’s sculpture.

    Fig. 10 Bruce Nauman, South America Triangle, © 1981 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    And yet, there is something dissatisfying about aligning the “moral function” of Carousel with that of South America Triangle, such that each work suffers from the comparison. First, in light of the rich suggestiveness of the later sculpture, South America Triangle starts to appear frustratingly didactic, a testament to the artist’s justifiable horror concerning events in Latin America (though not U.S. policies, interestingly, which Nauman would not have been aware of), but limited as art. Carousel also suffers; along with Nauman’s other taxidermy sculptures, the piece was constructed and first exhibited concurrent with the slow collapse of what was then the world’s most high profile totalitarian regime, the Soviet Union, which was, if Boris Groys is to be believed, intended to be built as a kind of aesthetic state, “as a total work of art that would organize life itself according to a unitary plan” (23). At the time of Nauman’s creation of Carousel, it had already become clear that this plan had failed, that the Cold War was all but over, and that some version of Western liberal democracy had, for the time being, won. Moreover, Germany’s Nazi parenthesis had already been closed for nearly fifty years. What could it mean, then, to produce in 1988, 1989, or 1990 a work critical of the dangers of an aestheticized totalitarianism? If, looking back to Schiller and forward to the events of 1991, Carousel presents an oblique commentary on the aesthetic state, it does so at the risk of tying itself to some version of American triumphalism (or to a version of the sort of anti-totalitarian leftism that would come to be associated with the writings of André Glucksmann or Christopher Hitchens). Set alongside South America Triangle as a more or less straightforward challenge to an aestheticized totalitarian politics, Carousel seems rather dated.

    I do not want to reject this reading of Carousel—the reading of it as a challenge, by way of its own ugliness or violence, to the beauty of the aesthetic state—but I do not want to rest with it either. For I am not so sure that beauty, as it operates in Carousel, is finally identical to whatever historical role it has played in the aestheticization of the political. In a handful of recent essays (and taking his cue from the later writings of Theodor Adorno), Robert Kaufman has argued that it may be useful to distinguish aestheticization, on the one hand, from the aesthetic, on the other, and to recognize, moreover, that “pace today’s critique of aesthetic ideology…the aesthetic is anti-aestheticist” (684). While in Kaufman’s argument, aestheticization describes something like the beautification of the status quo, or the means by which a brute physical violence (and paradigmatically, the violence of the statu itself) comes to appear well-ordered or natural, the aesthetic resists this ordering by insisting on the irreducibility of the concrete, sensual particular in the face of any conceptual articulation or practical recruitment. Beauty, in this formulation—”the aesthetic is anti-aestheticist“—would, then, be an especially fraught term; indeed, it would be divided between two incompatible roles. It would be, first and still, the tool or the telos of aestheticization, but it would also be another name for a (still aesthetic) resistance to aestheticization’s deleterious effects. Unlike the sublime—the experience of which, at least in its Kantian form, should raise the subject above the limits of his own sensual existence12—the anti-aestheticist beautiful would maintain itself as well as the subject who experiences it on the ground. To understand how the doubleness of beauty is mobilized in Nauman’s work, we need to follow Carousel on another rotation.

    4

    Above, I cited Nauman’s remark concerning the molds from which Carousel is made. Here it is again: “They are beautiful things. They are universally accepted, generic forms used by taxidermists yet they have an abstract quality that I really like” (374). Now, for reasons that I will explain in a moment, I do not think that Nauman can mean quite what he says here. He certainly may be serious when he states that he finds the molds of whole or broken forms of coyotes, lynx, and deer beautiful. This would be bizarre, but I cannot deny him his taste. I doubt, however, that it is really possible that he finds these forms beautiful for exactly those reasons that he provides—that they are “abstract,” “generic,” and so on.

    Consider a similar remark that Nauman makes about his interest in clowns, and his use of them in what is by now probably his best-known work—his “masterpiece,” according to The New Yorker‘s Peter Schjeldahl, a longtime supporter of Nauman’s art (qtd. in Perl 56)—the 1987 installation Clown Torture (Fig. 11). The latter presents the viewer with four distinct video feeds: one featuring a clown lying on the ground, kicking his feet, and shouting “no” over and over again; another featuring a clown becoming agitated as he repeats the same joke; a third featuring clowns trying unsuccessfully to balance a goldfish bowl and a bucket of water; and finally, a fourth video featuring what seems to be security footage of a clown sitting on a toilet in a public restroom. Reflecting on the clown’s allure, Nauman states that he “got interested in the idea of the clown first of all because there is a mask, and it becomes an abstracted idea of a person. It’s not anyone in particular, see, it’s just an idea of a person. And for this reason, because clowns are abstract in some sense, they become very disconcerting. You, I, one, we can’t make contact with them. It’s hard to make any contact with an idea or an abstraction” (335).

    Nauman could not be clearer. Clowns are “ideas,” “abstractions.” So why torture one? Or is the point that the clowns who make up the cacophonous installation are supposed to be torturing us with their pained demands? As one critic has characterized the piece, “With both clown and viewer locked in an endless loop of failure and degradation, the humor soon turns to horror” (Rondeau 82). Rather than choose who is most tortured in this dynamic—us or the clowns—we might suggest a third option: “clown torture” describes a relationship of identity. That is, to be a clown, to be an abstraction or an idea, is to be “tortured” by having one’s particular personhood effaced, having one’s self replaced by a mask or a more or less familiar set of features: white greasepaint, red nose, oversized shoes, squirting flower, and so on. Again, clowns are abstractions. Consequently, we can no more torture one than we can “grow grapes by the luminosity of the word ‘day.’”13 If we take pity on Nauman’s clowns, if their “failure and degradation” provokes horror rather than humor, it is because they are not quite yet clowns, because the elimination of their particular personhood is still a work in progress. They are still sufficiently individualized—sitting on the toilet or begging for it all to stop—and only individual things can suffer; ideas, abstractions cannot. In the not-yet-clowns’ suffering, the humanity that has not yet been entirely abstracted, erased by the mask or the greasepaint, is recalled. You, I, one, we make contact, and this contact, which persists in the face of an incomplete but perhaps still ongoing abstraction, is what is so disconcerting.

    Fig. 11 Bruce Nauman, Clown Torture, © 1987 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    Something comparable is going on in Carousel. Now admittedly, despite its evocations of violence, the piece itself is bloodless; the molds seem generic, abstract. One would never mistake them for the real creatures whose stretched skins they are supposed to occupy. They are, again, “universally accepted…forms.” But somehow their suffering still comes through. It comes through in the mold of the small coyote, which was probably designed to appear as though it were howling at the moon, but which now seems to be straining painfully against its leash, tipping back on its haunches as it is pulled along (Fig. 12). It comes through in the molds of the two lynx, where the smaller appears to be holding on to the larger for dear life, or perhaps trying to prevent its friend or parent from being lifted away (Fig. 13). There is of course not much hope for the dismembered deer, but what remains serves as a presentiment of what is sure to befall the other animals. When we view Carousel, we still encounter some trace of the suffering animal body. This encounter, like our encounter with Nauman’s clowns, is disconcerting.

    Fig. 12 Bruce Nauman, detail from Carousel (Stainless Steel Version), © 1988 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    Fig. 13 Bruce Nauman, detail from Carousel (Stainless Steel Version), © 1988 Bruce Nauman / Artists Rights Society (ARS), New York

    Here the fact that Carousel is made up of molds of animal forms—putting contemporary art in dialogue with the para-aesthetic practice of taxidermy—takes on a wider art historical significance. For what is the place of the animal in the history of art? In a section of his Lectures on Fine Art, written very much in the spirit of Winckelmann and Schiller and dedicated to the “ideal of sculpture,” Hegel—whom E. H. Gombrich deemed “the father of art history” (51)—notes of the head of the animal, and of the animal’s body more generally, that it “serves purely natural purposes and acquires by this dependence on the merely material aspect of nourishment an expression of spiritual absence” (2:728). This characterization of the animal’s head he opposes to the human’s face,

    in which the soulful and spiritual relation to things is manifested. This is in the upper part of the face, in the intellectual brow and, lying under it, the eye, expressive of the soul, and what surrounds it. That is to say that with the brow there are connected meditation, reflection, the spirit’s reversion into itself while its inner life peeps out from the eye and is clearly concentrated there. (2:729)

    We glimpse in the face of the human—and Hegel is thinking particularly of its appearance in Greek sculpture—the passage that the human is destined to make from the lower to the higher, from the sensuous to the spiritual. And we glimpse as well the passage that art itself must make—it must “[transcend] itself, [forsake] the element of a reconciled embodiment of the spirit in sensuous form and [pass] over from the poetry of imagination to the prose of thought” (1:89).14 The animal, condemned to sensuous nature, cannot make this passage. It is, not only as itself, but also as a figure for that aspect of man that is merely sensuous—which Hegel, in the above passage, localizes in the lower part of man’s face, where the denigrated, animal senses of smell and taste can be found—precisely what is carved away, left behind, and finally forgotten in the movement of spirit, which lifts itself out of nature and then beyond even the sensuousness preserved in beautiful art.15

    In its slow rotations, in its failure to lift itself out of nature and become something spiritual, in its partial preservation of its passengers’ suffering bodies, Carousel allegorizes the incompleteness of the process that Hegel describes. The animals remain animals. And so, to Nauman’s remark about the beautiful things from which Carousel is made, we might offer a small but important corrective: the animals, like the clowns of Clown Torture, are almost, but not quite, generic; almost, but not quite, abstract. As animals, they remain particular, and they suffer because of it. They pull against the leash or fight to keep (at least) one foot on the ground. They resist becoming something other than what they are: recalcitrant bodies, sensuous-particular things.

    And their resistance is beautiful. At stake here is not the beauty of Schiller’s aesthetic state, with its well-ordered bodies abstracted from their particular needs or desires; it is, rather, the beauty of this or that finite, particular thing as it appears to this or that finite, particular observer—as it resists, by its very particularity, its own becoming exemplary, ideal, conceptual, generic, abstract. Unlike his epigones, Kant, at least, saw this clearly, observing that judgments of taste, judgments of the sort, “this or that is beautiful (or not),” are singular judgments. “This flower is beautiful” is a judgement of taste; “flowers (in general) are beautiful” is not.16 And Kant concluded from this singularity the impossibility of a “science of the beautiful” [Wissenschaft des Schönen] (184), the impossibility of ever compiling a list of principles that could tell us, in the absence of any encounter with a particular thing, whether or not that thing is an instance of beautiful nature or successful art.

    We encounter in Carousel an instance of beauty no more compatible with the aestheticization of the political than with the ultimately “prosaic” goal of Hegel’s history of art, an instance of beauty as the persisting as nothing else than what they are of these particular things. And we encounter here as well the continued relevance of the supposedly outmoded concept of beauty to Nauman’s project and perhaps to contemporary art more generally. This is beauty neither in its synonymy with the superannuated ideals of unity, harmony, and proportion, nor as a hazard with regard to which the really modern artist must remain vigilant, but as a (catachrestic) name for the non-conceptualizability of the irreducibly particular. It is this notion of beauty that is too often missed by contemporary critical discourses on “art after the beautiful” (a designation that Nauman’s works should help us to see beyond), and it is, moreover, what makes the term beautiful preferable to “sublime,” “grotesque,” “monstrous,” or any of a number of aesthetic or para-aesthetic designations for Nauman’s project.

    Two coyotes, two lynx, parts of two deer. They have suffered on the slaughter-bench of (art) history, where bodily particulars are hacked away and the poetry of imagination is transformed into the prose of thought. But if Carousel seems to us ugly, violent—if encountering it is like stumbling into an abattoir or getting blindsided with a bat—the reason is not that it lacks beauty. Just the opposite. Carousel is too beautiful altogether; more exactly, it mobilizes within itself what I have been describing as two incompatible models of the beautiful. On the one hand, there is the neoclassical beauty of well-ordered bodies. This is the beauty of Schiller’s English dance and aesthetic state—what Paul de Man and so many others alongside him have condemned as a component of “aesthetic ideology.” And on the other hand, there is the beauty of irreducibly particular things, things that maintain their beauty only so long as they resist the dance. Sometimes these two models of beauty can be hard to tell apart, but they are different. Their disharmony, their tense coexistence, is what makes Carousel move.

    Footnotes

    1. Throughout this essay, all references to Nauman’s Carousel refer to this version of the sculpture.

    2. The attempt to replace the beautiful with the sublime as a category of aesthetic analysis was central to the writings of Jean-François Lyotard in the 1980s. See especially the essays “Newman: The Instant” and “The Sublime and the Avant-Garde,” both included in The Inhuman: Reflections on Time. Sianne Ngai imagines new aesthetic categories in Our Aesthetic Categories: Zany, Cute, Interesting. In his recent essay, “The Aesthetics of Singularity,” Fredric Jameson rejects not only the category of the beautiful but of philosophical aesthetics tout court: “There are two ways of grasping the meaning of aesthetics as a disciplinary term: either as the science of the beautiful, or as the system of the fine arts. The beautiful, which was able to be a subversive category in the late nineteenth century—the age of the industrial slum, in the hands of Ruskin and Morris, Oscar Wilde, the symbolists and the decadents, the fin de siècle—has in my opinion, in the age of images, lost all power either as an effect or an ideal. As for the system of fine arts, it has in postmodernity imploded, the arts folding back on each other in new symbioses, a whole new de-differentiation of culture which renders the very concept of art as a universal activity problematic, as we shall see; my title is therefore pointedly ironic” (107).

    3. For a good treatment of the role of the sacrificial in modernist art, with which Nauman’s project in the taxidermy sculptures is usefully contrasted, see Lisa Florman’s Myth and Metamorphosis: Picasso’s Classical Prints of the 1930s.

    4. For a brief discussion of the development of the hanging mobile, see Henri Gabriel’s “The Hanging Mobile: A Historical Review.”

    5. Jorg Zütter observes that, “Nauman’s dismemberment and reconstruction of the human and animal body, in defiance of the laws of anatomy, also cast a contemporary light on the sculptures of Auguste Rodin” (87).

    6. For a survey of these matters, see Daniel Dahlstrom’s “The Aesthetic Holism of Hamann, Herder, and Schiller.”

    7. I am thinking here of Paul de Man’s reading of Schiller’s (mis)reading of Kant, and the reception of de Man’s reading by his own readers. Quoting a passage from Joseph Goebbels’s Michael, Ein deutsches Schicksal in Tagebuchblattem, in which Goebbels writes that, “the statesman is an artist, too. The people are for him what stone is for the sculptor. Leader and masses are as little of a problem to each other as color is a problem for the painter. Politics are the plastic arts of the state as painting is the plastic art of color,” de Man admits that Goebbels’s “is a grievous misreading of Schiller’s aesthetic state.” “But,” de Man continues, “the principle of this misreading does not essentially differ from the misreading which Schiller inflicted on his own predecessor—namely, Kant” (155). Some essays that think through the implications of this claim can be found in Barbara Cohen, Tom Cohen, J. Hillis Miller, and Andrzej Warminski’s Material Events: Paul de Man and the Afterlife of Theory. For evidence that de Man overstates the case and for a more balanced reading of Schiller’s project, see Josef Chytry’s The Aesthetic State: A Quest in Modern German Thought.

    8. Walter Benjamin, to whom we owe the phrase “the aestheticization of the political,” has described this state of affairs in the most striking terms: “Humankind, which once, in Homer, was an object of contemplation for the Olympian gods, has now become one for itself. Its self-alienation has reached the point where it can experience its own annihilation as a supreme aesthetic pleasure” (42).

    9. I am indebted here to Paul de Man’s reading of Kleist’s “aesthetic formalization” alongside Schiller’s aesthetic state in The Rhetoric of Romanticism.

    10. Charles W. Haxthausen notes the relationship of suspension to torture in Nauman’s art in his review of a 1994 exhibition at the Los Angeles Museum of Modern Art, “Bruce Nauman. Los Angeles.” This relationship is still present in Nauman’s most recent art. At a 2015 exhibition of Nauman’s work at the Fondation Cartier pour l’Art Contemporain in Paris, Carousel was exhibited in the basement (along with “Anthro/Socio (Rinde Spinning)“). Upstairs was Nauman’s 2013 video piece Pencil Lift/Mr. Rogers. In the latter, Nauman recreates a version of the “floating finger” optical illusion by using two sharpened pencils to lift a third that has been sharpened at both ends while his cat, Mr. Rogers, paces around on his desk. A long way from the more explicit violence of his earlier work, Pencil Lift nonetheless seems ominous and even a little painful once one has returned from a viewing of Carousel—the awkwardly suspended pencil recalling the suspended molds—and one cannot help but fear for Mr. Rogers’s safety.

    11. Deleuze associates suspension with masochism in Coldness and Cruelty, insofar as “the masochistic rites of torture and suffering imply actual physical suspension (the hero is hung up, crucified or suspended), but also because the woman torturer freezes into postures that identify her with a statue, a painting or a photograph. She suspends her gestures in the act of bringing down the whip or removing her furs” (33). The question of Nauman’s own relationship to either sadism or masochism is difficult to answer. A number of his works find him “torturing” others (or other things) and a few find him torturing himself—this would, I suppose, be one way to read Pulling Mouth. In distinguishing sadism from masochism, Deleuze positively cites Georges Bataille’s reading of Sade’s own complicated relationship to sadism: “the language of Sade is paradoxical,” he notes, because it is essentially that of a victim. Only the victim can describe torture; the torturer necessarily uses the hypocritical language of established order and power” (17). These remarks might provide us with a point of entry into Nauman’s own treatment of sadistic violence. Again, as Nauman states of Naipaul’s stories, they helped him to “to name names, to name things,” and thus to contravene what Deleuze following Bataille calls the “hypocritical language of established order and power.” The specific focus of my argument prevents me from pursuing these matters in detail here. I am grateful to Eyal Amiran for suggesting to me a possible connection between Nauman’s art and Deleuze’s comments on sadism and masochism.

    12. See, for example, Kant’s remark in the “Analytic of the Sublime” in the third Critique that, “it is a law (of reason) for us, and part of our vocation, to estimate any sense object in nature that is large for us as being small when compared with ideas of reason; and whatever arouses in us the feeling of this supersensible vocation [übersinnlichen Bestimmung] is in harmony with that law” (115).

    13. I borrow this phrase from Paul de Man, who uses it in The Resistance to Theory to call attention to the problem of confusing linguistic idealities with the real-world situations that they are supposed to describe (11).

    14. Compare to Hegel’s discussion of the relationship between the heads of humans and those of animals the following observations by Schopenhauer, which in their own way suggest a link between abstraction and violence (here the violence of decapitation): “This distinction between humans and animals is expressed outwardly by the differing relationships between the head and the trunk. In the lower animals, the two are still completely united: in all of them, the head faces the ground where the objects of the will can be found: even in the higher animals the head and trunk are still much more unified than in humans, whose head seems to be placed freely on the body, borne by it without serving it. This prerogative of humans is displayed by the Apollo Belvedere to the highest degree: the far-seeing head of the god of the Muses sits so freely on its shoulders that it seems entirely wrenched away from the body and no longer subject to its cares” (200; my emphasis).

    15. See also Hegel’s well-known characterization of art as, for the modern world, “a thing of the past” [ein Vergangenes] (1); see as well his remark from the conclusion of his lectures that “in art we have to do, not with any agreeable or useful child’s play, but with the liberation of the spirit from the content and forms of finitude, with the presence and reconciliation of the Absolute in what is apparent and visible, with an unfolding of the truth which is not exhausted in natural history but revealed in world-history” (2).

    16. Kant discusses the “singularity” of judgments of taste in Critique of the Power of Judgment (100). For a discussion of the history of the notion of the singularity of judgments of taste, and of what this means for some recent developments in criticism and the arts, see Robert S. Lehman’s “The Persistence of the Aesthetic.”

    Works Cited

    • Benezra, Neal. “Surveying Nauman.” Bruce Nauman, edited by Robert C. Morgan, Johns Hopkins UP, 2002, pp. 116-45.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “The Work of Art in the Age of Its Technological Reproducibility.” Translated by Edmund Jephcott and Harry Zohn. The Work of Art in the Age of Its Technological Reproducibility and Other Writings on Media, edited by Michael Jennings, Brigid Doherty, and Thomas Levin, Harvard UP, 2008, pp. 19-55.
    • Calder, Alexander. “What Abstract Art Means to Me.” The Bulletin of The Museum of Modern Art, vol.18, no.3, 1951, pp. 2-15.
    • Chytry, Josef. The Aesthetic State: A Quest in Modern German Thought. U of California P, 1989.
    • Cohen, Barbara, Tom Cohen, J. Hillis Miller, and Andrzej Warminski, editors. Material Events: Paul de Man and the Afterlife of Theory. U of Minnesota P, 2001.
    • Dahlstrom, Daniel. “The Aesthetic Holism of Hamann, Herder, and Schiller.” The Cambridge Companion to German Idealism, edited by Karl Ameriks, Cambridge UP, 2000, pp. 76-94.
    • Danto, Arthur. “Kalliphobia in Contemporary Art.” Art Journal, vol. 63, no. 2, 2004, pp. 24–35.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Coldness and Cruelty. Masochism. Translated by Jean McNeil, Zone Books, 1989, pp. 9-138.
    • de Man, Paul. Aesthetic Ideology. U of Minnesota P, 1996.
    • —. The Resistance to Theory. U of Minnesota P, 1986.
    • —. The Rhetoric of Romanticism. Columbia UP, 1984.
    • Florman, Lisa. Myth and Metamorphosis: Picasso’s Classical Prints of the 1930s. MIT Press, 2002.
    • Gabriel, Henri. “The Hanging Mobile: A Historical Review.” Leonardo, vol. 18, no. 1, 1985, pp. 39-44.
    • Gombrich, E. H. “The Father of Art History.” Tributes: Interpreters of our Cultural Tradition, edited by E. H. Gombrich, Cornell UP, 1984, pp. 51-69.
    • Groys, Boris. The Total Art of Stalinism: Avant-Garde, Aesthetic Dictatorship, and Beyond. Translated by Charles Rougle, Verso Books, 2011.
    • Haxthausen, Charles. “Bruce Nauman. Los Angeles.” The Burlington Magazine, vol. 136, no. 1098, 1994, pp. 646-47.
    • Hegel, G. W. F. Aesthetics: Lectures on Fine Art. Translated by T. M. Knox, Oxford Clarendon Press, 1975, 2 vols.
    • Jameson, Fredric. “The Aesthetics of Singularity.” New Left Review, no. 92, 2015, pp. 101-32.
    • Kant, Immanuel. Critique of the Power of Judgment. Translated by Paul Guyer, Cambridge UP, 1999.
    • Kaufman, Robert. “Red Kant, or The Persistence of the Third Critique in Adorno and Jameson.” Critical Inquiry, vol. 26, no. 4, 2000, pp. 682-724.
    • Kimmelman, Michael. “Space under a Chair, Sound from a Coffin.” Bruce Nauman, edited by Robert C. Morgan, Johns Hopkins UP, 2002, pp. 208-11.
    • Kleist, Heinrich von. “On the Marionette Theater.” Translated by Thomas G. Neumiller, The Drama Review, vol. 16, no. 3, 1972, pp. 22-26.
    • Lehman, Robert S. “The Persistence of the Aesthetic.” Frakcija: Performing Arts Magazine, no. 68-69, 2013, pp. 76-83.
    • Lyotard, Jean-François. The Inhuman: Reflections on Time. Translated by Geoffrey Bennington and Rachel Bowlby, Stanford UP, 1992.
    • Michaud, Eric. The Cult of Art in Nazi Germany. Translated by Janet Lloyd, Stanford UP, 2004.
    • Miller, John. “Dada by the Numbers.” October, no. 74, 1995, pp. 123-28.
    • Morgan, Robert C., editor. Bruce Nauman. Johns Hopkins UP, 2002.
    • Nauman, Bruce. Please Pay Attention Please: Bruce Nauman’s Words, edited by Janet Kraynak, MIT Press, 2005.
    • Ngai, Sianne. Our Aesthetic Categories: Zany, Cute, Interesting. Harvard UP, 2012.
    • Perl, Jed. Eyewitness: Reports from an Art World in Crisis. Basic Books, 2000.
    • Richard, Paul. “Watch Out! It’s Here!” Bruce Nauman, edited by Robert C. Morgan, Johns Hopkins UP, 2002, pp. 217-20.
    • Rondeau, James E. “Clown Torture, 1987 by Bruce Nauman.” Art Institute of Chicago Museum Studies, vol. 25, no. 1, 1999, pp. 62-63, 101.
    • Saltz, Jerry. “Assault and Battery, Surveillance and Captivity.” Bruce Nauman, edited by Robert C. Morgan, Johns Hopkins UP, 2002, pp. 198-202.
    • Schiller, Friedrich. Kallias, or Concerning Beauty. Translated by Stefan Bird-Pollan. Classic and Romantic German Aesthetics, edited by J. M. Bernstein, Cambridge UP, 2002, pp. 145-83.
    • —. On the Aesthetic Education of Man in a Series of Letters. Translated by Elizabeth M. Wilkinson and L. A. Willoughby, Oxford Clarendon Press, 1967.
    • Schopenhauer, Arthur. The World as Will and Representation, vol. 1. Translated and edited by Judith Norman, Alistair Welchman, and Christopher Janaway, Cambridge UP, 2010.
    • Weil, Simone. “The Iliad, or the Poem of Force.” Chicago Review, vol. 18, no. 2, 1965, pp. 5-30.
    • Winckelmann, Johann Joachim. “Description of the Torso in the Belvedere in Rome.” Translated and edited by Curtis Bowman. Essays on the Philosophy and History of Art, Vol. 1., Thoemmes Press, 2001, pp. xiii-xviii.
    • Zütter, Jorg. “Alienation of the Self, Command of the Other.” Bruce Nauman, edited by Robert C. Morgan, Johns Hopkins UP, 2002, pp. 86-89.

  • Salò and the School of Abuse

    Ramsey McGlazer (bio)
    University of California, Berkeley

    Abstract

    Repeatedly, Pier Paolo Pasolini’s last film, Salò o le 120 giornate di Sodoma (1975), has been read as prophesying later political realities. This essay instead analyzes Salò‘s insistent backwardness: its interest in dated rituals, fascist politics, “regressive” sexual practices, and outmoded pedagogical forms. By these backward means, the essay argues, Salò schools its spectators in what Ernesto De Martino calls the salience of the “bad past that returns.” Such a return structures the film, which thus refuses the progressive imperative to disavow or forget the fascist past. Rather, for Pasolini reenacting this past becomes an alternative to fascism’s remaining “real.”

    Salò Our Contemporary

    There are two stories that are often told about the very end of Pier Paolo Pasolini’s career. According to the first, he went too far. According to the second, with Salò o le 120 giornate di Sodoma [Salò or the 120 Days of Sodom] (1975), he predicted the future that is our present. In this essay, I will be telling a different story, one about what I will call Pasolini’s pedagogy and its relation to the past. This will also be an effort to make sense of the filmmaker’s claim that Salò was “conceived as a rite” (Bachmann 42). For, as I will show, the kinds of teaching that organize Salò are associated with ritual and repetition rather than with advancement and innovation. They are pointedly backward, characterized by coercion, constraint, and corporal punishment rather than with their progressive alternatives. By such outmoded educational means—by administering a version of the instruction that it thematizes—Salò invites resistance, or sets resistance to work, as it seeks to redress a present marked by disavowal. But before beginning this account of the film, I will distill those other two stories to offer a sense of the critical conversation to which my reading responds, and in which it participates.

    The first story is pathologizing, and although it doesn’t prevail the way it used to, versions of it still persist. Those who tell this critical story argue that Pasolini went too far, not only because he got himself killed the same year Salò was released, but also because he showed what shouldn’t be shown.1 He made us see—or tried to make us see—what we didn’t want to see. He lingered with what we would and should leave behind. Salò stages an adaptation of the Marquis de Sade’s 1785 text, The 120 Days of Sodom, transposed into the short-lived fascist Republic of Salò in northern Italy (1943-45). The film is famously graphic, including sequences of torture, killing, and various kinds of sexual violence that are exquisitely precise and consistently painstaking.

    According to the late Pasolini’s detractors, it’s precisely this precision that’s perverse, or worse, because it’s as if the camera had been recruited to participate in the process its director claimed Salò had set out to decry: a process that is aestheticizing even as it is exploitative and destructive. Consider the early sequences in which the film’s four fascist libertines—representing the nobility, the church, the state, and finance—audition young victims of both sexes with scrupulous care, casting only the camera-ready for their orgies, orgies that are also lessons, this being a “School for Libertinage” (Sade 255). Or consider the awful series of tortures that unfolds in the film’s penultimate sequence. These tortures, too, are stage-managed with the utmost care, proving that even when they’re administering fatal punishments, Pasolini’s libertines do not give their desire free rein, but instead remain bound by the regolamenti, the regulations, that bind them together. So too does Salò‘s camera remain, atypically for Pasolini, controlled, quiet, and methodical in its movements.2 Registering the rules’ continued force with its formal precision and fixity, the camera is also committed to heightening the libertines’ choreography, to framing their already painterly compositions to good effect, as when we look with one of the libertines through his binoculars (held backwards) at the courtyard in which the tortures are taking place, where victims’ bodies have already been carefully and symmetrically arranged. Because the binoculars are held backwards, this is a strangely distancing subjective shot, but a key example all the same of the camera’s aestheticizing work.3 Through this work, Pasolini’s film mimics—takes its cues from and assists—the men who oversee the tortures. And for this irresponsible aestheticization, the story goes, for Salò‘s sustained, tasteless, and politically dangerous intimacy with power, the late Pasolini should never be forgiven.4

    Fig. 1 Salò‘s courtyard, seen through inverted binoculars

    But there is, as I have indicated, another account according to which Pasolini has not only been forgiven many times over but recast as a prophet of current political or biopolitical realities. This second story is hagiographic, and it has been widely disseminated over the past two decades. Those who tell this story counter the late Pasolini’s detractors by noting that if Salò is hard to see, so too is our world of bare life and resurgent sovereignty, of unabashed exploitation and the end of the citizen-subject’s autonomy.5 Indeed, Salò‘s defenders have argued cogently and often compellingly for the film’s lasting relevance. They have shown that Pasolini’s late work speaks to a range of urgent contemporary debates. Seldom, though, have these critics lingered on Salò‘s images or tarried with the uncomfortable question of complicity. There is instead a rush to bypass, an effort to look through rather than at the film in these accounts, which frequently refer not to the film’s images but to what they signify.6 And they have been seen to signify everything from “the eclipse of desire” in the present to “current methods of biopower,” where the operative word in the last phrase is “current.”7 By this account Salò looks forward-looking, like our contemporary. Made just over forty years ago, the film uncannily anticipates our politics and our predicaments, today.

    To be sure, critics who make arguments like these—including, most forcefully, systematically, and instructively, Alessia Ricciardi—follow the lead of the allegorizing cover story that the director himself provided when he said that sex in the film was merely a “metaphor for power” (“Il sesso” 2063). Indeed, Pasolini claimed repeatedly that he had sought, in Salò, to expose contemporary capitalist power at its purest, its most “anarchic” (“Il sesso” 2065-6). But if we take Pasolini at his word here—or if, forgetting that a metaphor asks to be read, we take him to mean that the film’s images are so many veils to strip away or see through—then it becomes difficult to account for the film’s painstaking construction, and even more so for its insistent backwardness: its fascination with fascism and its fixation on Sade, its staging of ritual tableaux and its retrograde interest in “sodomy.” This interest contrasts starkly with the liberated—and still celebrated—sexual exuberance of the director’s previous three films, his Trilogy of Life. Some of the films he made before the Trilogy, ranging from La rabbia (1963) to Teorema (1968), had indeed shown postwar capitalist power recognizably—that is, in images in which spectators might have recognized themselves readily. Salò is instead set in a past that, by most accounts, was never to be repeated, that was supposed to have been left behind. It was therefore easy for Salò‘s spectators to regard the film as if it were not about them at all. For Salò is first and foremost about fascist and Sadean power—forms of power whose apparent remoteness from the present might have reassured viewers who tended to relegate fascism and Sade to pasts long since superseded. These same spectators might have tended to imagine sadistic sexual practices as confined to present worlds that they chose not to enter. Thus if the film was meant to force spectators to recognize their present, then it is not clear why the film itself placed so many obstacles in the way of recognition, why it provided so many alibis, rendering power in such spectacular and patently past forms when its goal was to decry a type of power that was all too present and banal.

    Again, recent readings have more often praised Salò for its “proleptic insight” than they have attended to such obstacles and alibis (Ricciardi, “Rethinking Salò“). That is, critics have insisted on Salò‘s prescience and defended the film on precisely these grounds—so much so, I would argue, that the film’s pastness has been all but forgotten, and its pedagogy all but forfeited.8 The film’s backwardness has been understated, overlooked, or obscured in many recent analyses. But it is only by staying with this backwardness that we can begin to learn Salò‘s lesson. This means looking at—as well as reading—the film. Rather than labeling the late Pasolini either prophetic or apocalyptic, either “saving” or simply pathological, it means responding to Salò‘s specificity, and refusing the ostensibly politicizing but effectively pacifying claim that sex in Salò is a mere “metaphor for power.” This claim sanitizes, desexualizes, and de-aestheticizes. It reassures us by giving us permission to feel that we are not implicated in, or at all ambivalent about, the film’s brutality. But that we are thus implicated and ambivalent becomes clear if we look long enough. In this sense, Pasolini’s detractors are on to something.9 I say this despite the fact that I will not be joining them in dismissing Salò. Nor, to be clear, will I be joining other critics who, adhering to neither of the two sets of views that I have sketched so far, defend the film but declare Pasolini’s “political analyses” altogether “failed” (Maggi 5). Although I build on Armando Maggi’s claim that “Pasolini’s works teach us a method of reading reality, not a set of historical beliefs” (5), I do not think that this “method of reading” can dispense with Pasolini’s critique of progress.10 On the contrary, this critique motivates my reading of Salò, a film that is nothing if not backward: “behindhand in progress” sexually, politically, and, as I will show, pedagogically (OED). Following the film’s own (backward) movement from text to image,11 then, I contend that Salò‘s force derives from its ways of implicating us through a range of formal means. These are also ways of instructing us, where “instruction” does not refer to content delivery.

    Pasolini in Detention

    In the Italian context in particular, “instruction” was often, in the discourse of reformers leading up to and including the philosopher Giovanni Gentile, a disparaging name for what the old school was good for: nothing. A waste of time and talent, “instruction” stood opposed to the real education that, reformers argued, only the new school could provide. “Material, mechanical,” repetitive and ritual, rote and redundant, coercive, contentless, useless, merely outward, and, most emphatically, “dead,” like the Latin language that it privileged—instruction was what progressive educators wanted to replace.12 They called for an education centered on inwardness and individuality, one that was Northern European in its provenance and that would therefore be capable of equipping Italian students for modernity, finally.

    Two sets of facts are worth underscoring in this connection. First, while he was at work on Salò, Pasolini was also composing a text that he called a “trattatello pedagogico,” or “little pedagogical treatise” (Gennariello 15). In this text, without addressing instruction directly, Pasolini calls Rousseau—whose Émile inaugurates the modern critique of the old school—”monstrous,” and says that he prefers to dedicate his treatise instead to the “shade of de Sade,” as if the latter figure could counter the former (Gennariello 33). Second—and this is key but ideologically counterintuitive—in Italy the ranks of self-styled Rousseauists, that is of ostensibly progressive educational reformers, included fascists, chief among them Gentile. Gentile’s own pedagogical treatises speak scathingly about “instruction” but soar rhetorically when calling for the modernization—and indeed the “liberation”—of Italian public education (La riforma 176). Gentile in fact became Minister of Education under Mussolini, and oversaw the implementation of a broad set of educational reforms in Italian public schools. (These reforms included the abolition of compulsory Latin for all students, and the surprising, instruction-advocating response from Antonio Gramsci that this measure prompted paves the way for Pasolini’s radical repurposing of the old school, though only indirectly.13) The framework that the Riforma Gentile put in place was one of the structural features of the state that persisted after the end of the war and the fall of the fascist regime (Wolff 81-2).14

    These reforms were continuous with a whole strand in Italian educational discourse in both the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries—a long series of pedagogical theories that tried to yoke education to modernization, and that made schooling a matter of catching up, of overcoming the national predicament known as arretratezza, or belatedness (Stewart-Steinberg, The Pinocchio Effect). Such catching up was still compulsory in the postwar period. Indeed, as Paola Bonifazio shows in Schooling in Modernity, her book about the state-and corporate-sponsored deployment of documentary film in postwar Italy, in this context the demand to catch up intensified. This demand accompanied another that has been a central concern in recent scholarship in both Italian historiography and film studies: a postwar imperative to paper over the fascist past, to render it a closed “parenthesis” in Benedetto Croce’s infamous formulation, and to do this in order to reconstitute the nation as good object.15 Even or perhaps especially among mainstream communists, the need to lay claim to and enshrine the antifascist resistance trumped any real reckoning with the recent past or attempt to work through it.16 Forward-thinking, sponsored filmmakers like those Bonifazio studies and politicians on the left alike thus shared in a consensus that pretended to leave the regime behind, that preserved “distinctions between the fascist past and the democratic present” (Fogu 156), and that trained the national gaze on the present and future of progress defined as economic growth.17

    Against this consensus, Pasolini loudly protested. He came to associate modernization with monoculture—with “homogenization,” “cultural genocide,” and what he calls, in a beautiful, lyrical, proto-ecocritical essay, “the disappearance of the fireflies” (“L’articolo delle lucciole”). For Pasolini, capitalist modernity, far from delivering the freedom it promised, entailed the destruction of older forms of life and led to the foreclosure of possibilities for thought and action, imagination and memory. Indeed, the essays that Pasolini wrote during the last years of his life go so far as to claim that what he alternately names neo-capitalism and neo-fascism—that is, capitalism in its post-war, consumer-driven guise—is more totalizing, more pernicious, and in fact more fascist than fascism itself. Whereas the regime had ruled through an “irregimentazione superficiale, scenografica” [a superficial, scenic form of regimentation], Pasolini claims that under the new dispensation, which both is and isn’t new, regimentation has become “real,” an accomplished fact and no longer an aspiration (“Fascista” 233). Power now lays claim to hearts and minds as well as bodies, and power thus internalized can level whole forms of life, including the forms of life of fireflies.

    These are the forms of life that Pasolini’s other films are famous for rendering. And the Pasolini we know how to love traveled everywhere—first all over Italy, then all over the world—in search of cultures not yet conquered by modernity. This effort took him from the subproletarian borgate, or suburbs, surrounding Rome, where he began his film career in the early 1960s, to Yemen in the early and mid-1970s, where he filmed both a documentary on the modernization of the city of Sana’a, Le mure di Sana’a (1971), and Il fiore delle Mille e una notte [The Thousand and One Nights] (1974), the last film he made before Salò, other parts of which were filmed in Ethiopia, Iran, and elsewhere. Such were the lengths to which the filmmaker had to go, he noted, to find even momentary escapes from a capitalism and a conformism that now covered and stultified all of Italy and most of the rest of the world. So it was bound to feel like a betrayal when Pasolini announced that he would stop this travel, because “integrating power” had become altogether inescapable (“Abiura” 71). This power left him with no alternative but to retreat, return, stay in.

    Staying in, at least, is what he claimed to be doing in a text called “Abiura dalla Trilogia della vita,” the “Abjuration” or “Repudiation of the Trilogy of Life.” In this short essay, Pasolini distances himself from—indeed, renounces—the three features that he made before Salò, all of which had staged exuberant if not uncomplicated celebrations of youthful bodies and pleasures. No longer able to believe in the “lotta progressista,” the “progressive struggle,” for sexual liberation, Pasolini finds that the films in the trilogy have been co-opted by capitalism operating through a “tolerance as vast as it is false” (“Abiura” 72). In the “Abiura,” Pasolini writes that he has come to realize that any affirmative handling of bodies and pleasures would be similarly coopted, which is why he is herewith—in and through the “Abiura”—giving up the search for alternatives to what he finds in his immediate world. I cite his conclusion in the original as well as in translation, because it is truly a text over which to weep:

    Dunque io mi sto adattando alla degradazione e sto accettando l’inaccettabile. Manovro per risistemare la mia vita. Sto dimenticando com’erano prima le cose. Le amate facce di ieri cominciano a ingiallire. Mi è davanti—pian piano senza più alternative—il presente. Riadatto il mio impegno ad una maggiore leggibilità (Salò?). (Pasolini, “Abiura” 76, original emphasis)

    [Therefore I am adapting to degradation and am accepting the unacceptable. I am maneuvering to rearrange my life. I am forgetting the way things were before. The beloved faces of yesterday begin to yellow. In front of me is—little by little without any more alternatives—the present. I re-adapt my commitment to a greater legibility. (Salò?)]

    These are the essay’s last sentences: six declaratives whose finality is finally if only subtly undermined by the question mark that hovers in the concluding parenthesis.

    These words, and the whole essay, are by now well known. Roberto Esposito, Suzanne Stewart-Steinberg, and Rei Terada are just some of the many critics who have recently considered its relevance to contemporary conditions of impasse. To my knowledge, though, no one has yet undertaken to read the text’s weird parenthesis as a corrective to Croce’s. Recall that, for Croce, a parenthesis names what’s over and done with, a case that’s closed. Here instead Pasolini’s question about his own film hangs in the air and makes us hesitate before turning the page; it forces us to revisit the last sentence to be sure we’ve understood. Which we haven’t quite, since neither, by his own indirect, interrogative admission, has the “I” who signs the declaration. The parenthetical question in the “Abiura” lingers, remains unresolved; far from effecting, it enigmatically prevents the achievement of closure and the abandonment of what’s come before.

    This is striking not least because Pasolini’s avowed goal in the “Abiura” is to announce that he’s abandoning the past in two senses: he is repudiating his own past projects, and, since these were themselves projects of filmic recovery, he is also renouncing the whole impulse to look for ways out of, and for life-giving alternatives to, the postwar capitalist present. But let’s return to the sentences that I have been reading. They are at once deliberative and affect-laden: the verb manovrare, recalling as it does the Gramscian guerra manovrata or “war of maneuver,” and the calculating notion of risistemare, rearranging or more literally re-systematizing, one’s life—these grate against the “beloved faces of yesterday” that are now beginning to fade. It thus becomes impossible to tell whether accepting the unacceptable is a matter of pathos or of resignation. Which suggests, of course, that it is both: the “Abiura” depicts a world in which all passion is spent, but it does so passionately rather than dispassionately, as when, in his penultimate sentence, Pasolini considers the present that he sees before him “little by little without any more alternatives,” where these phrases—suspended between dashes that sustain the hopes soon to be dashed—postpone the inevitable.

    To postpone the inevitable is to do something other than simply accept it. This is Pasolini in detention, for “detention” also names “a keeping from going or proceeding; hindrance to progress; compulsory delay” (OED). In this sense, the phrases “pian piano senza più alternative,” phrases that are dilatory, detaining, even while they usher in the end, emblematize the “Abiura” as a whole. For the text protests too much, encircling the faces that it pretends to leave behind, and remembering the forms of life that it claims to be forgetting. The “Abiura” everywhere betrays an ongoing attachment to all that it says it forswears. In this way, Pasolini’s essay, like his late poetry, looks to “schemi letterari collaudati [proven or time-tested literary schemas]” (Trasumanar 66), drawing on what Anne-Lise François calls poetry’s peculiar “power to conjure and linger with what it claims not to mean and not to have” (“‘The feel’” 462). Indeed, the “Abiura” is a poetic text in this specific sense: the essay participates in the lyric mode that involves continuing the very thing that one claims to be discontinuing—as when Petrarch, of all people, announces at a particularly low point in his love life: “Mai non vo’ più cantar com’io soleva [I never want to sing the way I used to anymore]” (209). But here the point is that the poet makes this announcement in a canzone, that is, precisely by singing the way he used to and the way he’ll continue to for many, many poems to come. Recanting remains a form of cantar, of singing. The palinode—the kind of poem whose speaker says, “I take it back”—remains an ode.18 So too does Pasolini’s “Abiura,” I am claiming.

    Reading Salò

    This way of reading—a lectio difficilior or reading in detention—has important implications for understanding Salò, and in what’s left of this essay I will indicate the difference it makes. That it is indeed reading that’s at issue for any viewer of Salò the “Abiura” already suggests in its last sentence: “I re-adapt my commitment to a greater legibility (Salò?).” But what is “legibility”? And how does it organize Salò? The film offers a first answer in the form of an “Essential Bibliography,” which appears near the end of the film’s opening credit sequence. If the “Abiura” is one text that mediates our access to Salò‘s images, this list of sources is another. The frame signals the film’s aspiration to participate in, and perhaps to complicate, a French philosophical conversation.19 James Steintrager has also compared the “Bibliografia” to the legitimating forewords that appeared before translations of Sade’s works, some of which are in fact named here by Pasolini (357). (De Beauvoir’s essay “Must We Burn Sade?” and part of Klossowski’s Sade My Neighbor, for instance, both still appear before the Grove Press English translation of The 120 Days of Sodom.) These prefatory gestures were meant to preempt censorship by establishing the high seriousness of the novels they introduced. If these novels were worthy of the attention of French philosophers, the thinking went (at a time when French philosophers had not lost prestige), then obscenity charges would be defused in advance. “[R]edeeming social value” would be guaranteed (qtd. in Steintrager 356).

    Fig. 2 Salò‘s “Bibliografia essenziale”

    There are several other ways to interpret Pasolini’s invocation of these figures in Sade’s reception and postwar “rehabilitation,” and it is interesting to note the figures left off the list, whose readings of Sade are implicitly deemed inessential: Horkheimer and Adorno, Bataille, Lacan.20 In my view, though, what matters most is simply that the film begins by assigning required reading. At the outset, that is, Salò interpellates the viewer as a pupil. But the question then becomes: what kind of student is the viewer enjoined to be or become? I cannot claim to be the only viewer at once ardent and compliant enough to have read, in order, all of the texts enumerated here, but I can attest, after having learned the hard way, that the exercise is a slog and ultimately unrewarding. In fact, I would even call the bibliography somewhat sadistic: it holds out the thrilling if pedantic promise that the texts it lists will somehow disclose Salò‘s significance. But no “essential” insight, no solution to the riddle, is in fact forthcoming. On the contrary, the bibliography constitutes a time-consuming misdirection.21

    This suggests that, whatever else it may be, “legibility” for the late Pasolini is not transparency. Still less is Salò‘s pedagogy a matter of what I have called content delivery. Instead it entails instruction, defined not as education, let alone as edification, but rather, as in the discourse of progressive educational reform, as an experience of often painfully inflicted tasks that impose on students’ time. Here, however, rather than being refused, such instruction is affirmed and even administered. But to what end? In Salò, Pasolini returns to and repurposes instruction to counter the forgetting of the fascist past and its structural persistence. To do this is also to reintroduce temporal contradiction into a context of presentist consensus. Against the progressive claim sanctioned by the state, schools, and films alike that the past is past and closed, parenthesis-wise, Salò brings the bad old news of all that is not abandoned when old eras are declared ended, and old fixations outgrown. In such a context, infliction and imposition become necessary because kinder and gentler teacherly means—respectful of our space and our spontaneity and rooted in a belief in our freedom (the fascist Gentile was, again, a great believer in our freedom)—would not forcefully register the survival of the past from which we are not free.22

    To be sure, there is also an account of our unfreedom in what I have called the allegorizing reading of Salò, a presentist reading authorized by Pasolini’s own claim that sex in his film is only a “metaphor for power.” Yet, if only unwittingly, proponents of this reading imply that we should look through Salò‘s images to what they signify, symbolize, or metaphorize. But imagine reading right past the vehicle in a poem to access the tenor that it “hides,” as if the latter weren’t at all affected by the former. By this account Salò is not about this casting call or beauty pageant but about bare life; not about that whipping but about contemporary sovereignty. This argument, which effectively lets viewers off the hook, runs directly counter to mine. It is obviously not a progressive argument, since it is about how much we have regressed in recent years, but like progressive educational theory from Rousseau to Gentile, it spares us the work and the formative ordeal of returning to the past that Salò repeats. We can better understand the terms of this repetition and the value of the ordeal to which it leads by turning to another category, related to instruction: ritual.23

    Lands of Regret

    Again, Pasolini claimed that Salò was “conceived as a rite” (Bachmann 42). Unlike many recent readers of the film, I take this claim seriously, as a prompt to think through the film’s complex and programmatic engagement with ritual. I also take this claim to be more instructive, because more demanding, than the allegorizing or metaphorizing claim that I have already considered. For if a metaphor can all too easily be treated as a means of content delivery—as a vehicle to be seen through in a search for tenors or referents—a rite, by contrast, is undergone as a process.24 Or it is resisted. Or resistance becomes inseparable from the experience of undergoing it.

    Rites recur in a book that I think can shed light on Salò, more than those listed in the film’s bibliography: Ernesto De Martino’s La terra del rimorso, or The Land of Regret. First published in 1961, De Martino’s book gathers a range of ethnographic and historical reflections on tarantismo, the set of ritual practices associated with the treatment of poisonous spider bites in Puglia, in southern Italy. The text centers on the returns of malignant symptoms among the predominantly female tarantate, those supposedly bitten and re-bitten by spiders, “bitten again” being another meaning of the rimorso in De Martino’s title. De Martino is especially interested in ritual cures for these symptoms, cures that turn out to imitate the symptoms so closely as to be indistinguishable from them.25 These cures were, interestingly in the context of Salò, orgiastic in antiquity. Considering their social role in the present, De Martino reads these rites neither as matters of superstition nor as instances of mental illness, but as ways of responding to what he calls “il cattivo passato che torna,” “the bad past that returns” (13).

    Fig. 3 From Gian Franco Mingozzi, La Taranta (1962), made in consultation with Ernesto De Martino

    A passage from the anthropologist’s conclusion underscores this return’s relevance to De Martino’s present:

    Today we know that the “prick” of remorse is not the attack of a demon or of a god, but the bad past that returns…. But precisely because we know these things—and the contemporary world has procured for us too much of this bitter knowledge—tarantismo activates our interest once again and becomes a live question that concerns us intimately. On the other hand, precisely because our consciousnesses have never been so buffeted by the individual and collective past as they are today, and precisely because our souls are beset by the search for operative symbols that might be adequate to our humanism and to our sense of history…tarantismo is not indifferent to us, but rather almost compels us to measure with it the ensnared powers of our modernity. In this sense, if the Land of Regret is Puglia in that it is the elective fatherland of tarantismo, the pilgrims who visited it in the summer of ’59 [De Martino himself and his team] come from a vaster land that in the end awaits the same name, a land that extends even to the limits of the world inhabited by men [sic]. (272-73)

    What begins as a confident statement about the difference between “us” and those who still believe in gods, monsters, malevolent spiders, and miracle cures thus ends with a virtual erasure of this very difference. Locating the modern researchers, tellingly renamed “pilgrims,” in a land that is also one of regret (though one that doesn’t know itself), and then further widening the boundaries of this land so that it encompasses the whole inhabited world, De Martino all but undoes the distinction that he initially establishes above between the backward and benighted tarantate and the modern, metropolitan men who have undertaken to observe them. Yet on another level this distinction is preserved or sublated, because it is the latter who stand to learn from the former, and it is difference that makes this learning possible.26 Since souls in “our modernity” are tasked with searching for the kinds of “operative symbols” that remain operative in the realm of tarantismo, the remorseful Southerners effectively teach their northern visitors. Measured against—or rather with, as De Martino more forcefully writes—tarantismo, “our humanism” and our “history” cannot remain the same; they cannot, that is, after the lessons of the Land of Regret, remain the possessions of moderns who either claim to have superseded the past, or who rush to catch up with those who have. De Martino’s text thus both thematizes and models a way of relating to the past that resists its subsumption by the present.27

    Pasolini and De Martino clearly share an interest in the ritual resources available in non-modern worlds. Both suggest, moreover, that such resources might still be accessed and set to work to redress an ailing modernity.28 But Pasolini is typically said to have abandoned this hope by the time he made Salò.29 I have shown, however, that the “Abiura,” which purports to announce this abandonment, does something else as well. We can now say that that text dwells in the Land of Regret: it enacts and reenacts the return of the bad past that De Martino traces through the Puglia of the tarantate, only to argue that it happens everywhere, that the return is not regional.30

    This return structures Salò, including at the level of the image. A pair of sequences can illustrate this organizing principle. In the villa’s main hall—where the libertines, their female storytelling assistants, and the guards and victims all gather for assemblies when what Sade calls “school” is in session—Signora Vaccari (who was, incidentally, born in a school) presides over two storytelling scenes. To begin with, the narratrice regales the congregation with an account of her early life. A victim has already disappointed one libertine, and now another victim ineptly masturbates the financier. Seeing this, Signora Vaccari breaks off her story, declaring that something must be done. Prompted by this declaration or by something else, a young curly-haired girl, looking dazed, suddenly runs to the nearest window and tries to jump out. Guards stop her, and we see her struggling as they carry her away—but only for several seconds, because it is mealtime, and after a dissolve the struggle is succeeded by the first of several banquet scenes.

    Lunch is eventful. Victims working as waitresses are (in the film’s language) sodomized, as is the eager and ever idiotic financier. Two other libertines philosophize, and a narratrice reminisces. Out of nowhere, everyone sings a partisan song—pointedly out of place, of course, in this fascist redoubt. After this, a mannequin is brought in, and the masturbation lesson promised by Signora Vaccari is finally given, to the delight of libertines, storytellers, and soldiers alike. At this point the viewer has all but forgotten about the escape or suicide attempt that immediately preceded the meal. But the film provides an aggressive reminder, enacting the return of the diegetic “bad past.” Back in the main hall, the whole group is pictured: signori and storytellers, victims and soldiers, all again gathered silently around the altar, which now has its wings closed. After a sign is given, these wings, painted to look like curtains, open to reveal the would-be escapee, now dead. Two shots show that the girl’s throat has been cut, but Signora Vaccari quickly resumes her storytelling. A crude painting that sits atop the altar, anomalous in a villa famously full of modernist artworks, depicts a haloed Madonna and her Child.31 This painting was shown frontally only once, very briefly in the background during the scene before lunch, its appearance coinciding with the girl’s attempt to escape. Now the Madonna is more prominently visible, since the storyteller positions herself immediately before the painting. She steps aside, then paces back and forth repeatedly, to reveal, then conceal, then reveal again the dead girl, flat on her back, who has become the painting’s extension or its refutation. The girl’s body disappears from view, then reappears, is alternately covered and uncovered by Signora Vaccari’s dress. Now you see her; now you don’t; then again you do. The victim’s intermittent visibility instantiates the return of the bad past that Salò stages. For the viewer, each reappearance becomes a brief experience of what De Martino calls ri-morso: a re-bite.

    Fig. 4 Before

    Fig. 5 After

    Fig. 6 Victim

    Fig. 7 “Another story”

    Fig. 8 “Another story”

    But the static image of the Madonna presides over these reappearances. The painting’s sustained presence onscreen contrasts with the dead girl’s disappearances and returns. The Madonna thus marks one place where Salò reflects on its own status as image, drawing on what Georges Didi-Huberman calls the tradition of “critical images.” These he understands as primarily ritual, rather than representational, in their function.32 More specifically, Didi-Huberman argues that critical images engage in “a perpetual ‘putting to death’” in order to counter “the common desire” or collective determination to forget it (Confronting Images 220). The critical image thus constitutes an answer to, and an effort to undo, collective disavowal. Likewise, as both a rite and what Pasolini more specifically calls a “sacra rappresentazione” (“Il sesso” 2066)—referring backward to a tradition traceable to early modern Tuscany, that birthplace of perspectival vision where, dialectically, Didi-Huberman locates resources for thinking the image otherwise—Salò seeks to counter the progressive wish to abandon the fascist past.33

    All That Behind

    This wish is distilled in Michel Foucault’s response to what he saw as the “sacralization” of Sade in Salò. Foucault objected in particular to the film’s investment in “an eroticism of the disciplinary type”:

    After all, I would be willing to admit that Sade formulated an eroticism proper to the disciplinary society: a regulated, anatomical, hierarchical society whose time is carefully distributed, its spaces partitioned, characterized by obedience and surveillance.

    It’s time to leave all that behind, and Sade’s eroticism with it. We must invent with the body, with its elements, surfaces, volumes, and thicknesses, a nondisciplinary eroticism—that of a body in a volatile and diffused state, with its chance encounters and unplanned pleasures.(“Sade, Sergeant of Sex” 226-7, my emphasis)

    Elsewhere Foucault complicates this understanding of historical sequence, attending to sovereignty’s survival after its ostensible eclipse, its living-on into the era of discipline, and discipline’s living-on into the age of governmentality (Security 8, 107). Still, there is something almost irresistible about the progressive invitation and interpellation, offered here with the poignant assurance of being on the present’s side: “It’s time to leave all that behind.” We can recognize in this response to Salò a version of the impulse to abandon the past that I am arguing the film itself works to counter. In fact, Salò points up in advance the wishfulness of Foucault’s thinking, the utopianism of his search for “a nondisciplinary eroticism.” The film also lets us see—or rather, forces us to see—the progressivism that implicitly underwrites even queer theories inspired by Foucault’s call for reinvented bodies and pleasures.

    Leo Bersani, for instance, famously places complicity at the center of his account of gay male sexuality in essays like “Is the Rectum a Grave?”34 This text takes pains to position its understanding of sex against the “pastoral impulse” that Bersani detects in his contemporaries’ accounts—accounts of sex’s radical potential to establish communal solidarities (22). Seeking to correct what he takes to be the idealization operative in such accounts, Bersani offers instead a theory of gay male sex that sees it as working through the ruthlessness in which it traffics, in order to become a paradoxically “hygienic practice of nonviolence” (30). In this practice, rigorously pursued, being penetrated by the other becomes a form of “self-debasement” (27) or “self-dismissal” (30), in and through which gay men give up their entitlements as bearers of “proud subjectivity” (29), enacting instead a willingness to relinquish the self capable of cleansing this self of other-directed violent drives. Hence Bersani’s description of such sex as “hygienic.” Masochism of a particular kind becomes an answer to sadistic urges; the care of the self through the arrangement of its “shattering” can, in time, stem this self’s impingements on the world.

    Salò offers no perspective whatsoever from which sex could be seen to lead to such a “shattering” or salutary weakening. The film thus makes it possible to see that “pastoralization,” or something like it, lingers in Bersani’s quest for a paradoxical kind of cleanliness. Bersani hopes that intimacy with and even careful contamination by male power can be made to yield a nonviolent and all but uncontaminated result. By contrast, Salò‘s intimacy with its libertines is not finally purgative, but rather repetitive. The film compels us to take insistent if intermittent and uncomfortable pleasure in the old erotics from which Foucault wanted us to graduate.

    Here again, a pair of sequences is illustrative, not least because it flagrantly violates the rule—or indeed the restraining order—that others see as operative in the film, whereby sex in Salò, as a mere “metaphor for power,” can only take the form of “brutal assaults involving no foreplay and no undressing, aimed at the humiliation of naked, defenseless, and otherwise inert bodies” (Ricciardi, “Rethinking Salò“). In the second of the film’s two wedding scenes, an executive assistant named Guido helps the Bishop to officiate. (Salò is evidently a place in which gay marriage has been legalized. So even a “backward” reading of the film, like mine, cannot but find prophecies.) The Bishop chants while the other libertines march in, each beaming and arm in arm with a miserable-looking male victim. Guido, for his part, remains obliging. While the ceremony is in session, the camera frames the Bishop’s briefs, covered by his gauzy red gown, in a sustained close-up that contradicts the common wisdom according to which Salò privileges long and medium shots. After approaching the Bishop from behind, Guido fondles him. A quick cut then follows.

    Fig. 9 Officiant

    Fig. 10 Executive Assistant

    Fig. 11 Fondling

    Fig. 12 Close-Up

    The film has so far trained viewers to expect nothing to follow from fondling in general, for it has never allowed anything resembling a “sex scene” to unfold. Hand job, instead, has been heaped upon hand job—but always interruptedly. The close-up that concludes Salò‘s second wedding scene startles, then, by giving way to an image of coupling that is conventional if contra natura.35 In this next scene, the Bishop and his assistant are shown going at it as the camera engages in an elaborate dance, a back and forth between nearness and medium distance that prompts us to admire, not only to recoil from, this instance of intimacy. Sex is followed by kissing and tender talk that both bespeaks consent and projects that consent into the future. And this from a director who claimed, in the “Abiura,” to be giving up on, and indeed to “hate,” bodies and their sex organs (73). In this scene, the camera gives the lie to that claim: those bodies and organs are shot, and lit, lovingly.

    To be clear, this moment of mutual satisfaction in the midst of “brutal assaults” (Ricciardi, “Rethinking Salò“)—and of consent in the midst of constant coercions—matters not because it renders the other sex acts shown in Salò any less diegetically demeaning or casts any doubt on their cruelty. It matters instead because, if we look at and linger on the moments that Guido shares with the Bishop—rather than assume that sex in the film holds no visual interest but simply allegorizes and anticipates—we begin to learn the lesson embedded in a scene that might at first look like a mere anomaly. Imagining a republic whose ruling elite do anything but “abdicate power” when they engage in same-sex sex (Bersani, “Rectum” 19, original emphasis), Salò also addresses a reality in which disciplinarians are still at large. One does not depose such figures by saying, with Foucault, that it’s high time to leave them behind.

    Fig. 13 Wedding Night (1)

    Fig. 14 Wedding Night (2)

    Fig. 15 Wedding Night (3)

    This path through Foucault and Bersani thus leads, however improbably, back to school. For Salò‘s lesson was not that its viewers simply lived in the “bad past” represented by the film’s Republic of Salò, but rather that they could not merely leave this past and place behind by deciding that, in keeping with progress, it was time to do so. For Pasolini, the old school taught this lesson, as tarantismo did for De Martino.36 This is why Pasolini’s return to fascist “irregimentazione scenografica” (“Fascista” 233), a return “conceived as a rite,” also returns to instruction (Bachmann 42).37 Salò makes Sade’s “School for Libertinage” into an old school that gives ritual form to the “bad past” denied by official discourses of progress. These discourses would have us bypass the experience of rimorso by which alone we might redress “our modernity,” according to De Martino (273). Salò, by contrast, sets such remorse to work, and it is as a remorseful pedagogical ritual that the film still operates most powerfully. “Ci riguarda da vicino” indeed, in De Martino’s words—it looks at us up close and concerns us intimately—because, as the film’s reception shows, the land of regret remains a place that we would abandon, that we pretend to have left behind. This place’s claim on us is what Salò would have us learn the hard way.

    Footnotes

    Unless otherwise noted, all translations from the Italian are my own.

    1. Versions of this pathologizing response range from the early, phobic consensus distilled in Uberto Quintavalle’s memoir Giornate di Sodoma to Georges Didi-Huberman’s recent account of the apocalyptic turn and “the death and disappearance of survivals” in Pasolini’s last works (Come le lucciole). For more on Pasolini’s pathologization see Benedetti, and for a cogent response to Didi-Huberman and defense of the late Pasolini, see Ricciardi (“Pasolini for the Future”).

    2. Pasolini says that he wants Salò to be “a formally perfect film” and contrasts this perfectionist approach to his earlier, messy, “magmatic” procedure in Bachmann (43).

    3. See Bersani and Dutoit, for whom, in the film, “[h]orror is almost constantly forestalled by a multiplication of aesthetic appeals” (29). The binoculars’ framing in this sequence constitutes, in their view, one such appeal, an appeal that is compatible with and even enhanced by estrangement. In contrast, Ricciardi sees these backward binoculars as part of the film’s effort to thwart both aesthetic and erotic enjoyment by ruling out “perverse proximity” in all its forms (“Rethinking Salò“). For an account that differs from Ricciardi’s as well as Bersani’s and Dutoit’s, instead emphasizing the sense of “suffocating nearness” produced by this shot, see Copjec (203). And for a more recent reading of the same sequence that likewise stresses “identification” and complicity, see Annovi (44).

    4. To my mind, the best account of aestheticization in the film remains Bersani and Dutoit. But whereas Bersani and Dutoit associate Salò‘s aestheticization with “saving frivolity” and think that the film thus displays “Pasolini’s refusal to be fixed—better, to be transfixed—by his subject” (29), I see no such saving and no such refusal in the film.

    5. On Salò and bare life, see Ricciardi (“Rethinking Salò“) and on the film as forecasting the end of “the autonomy of the citizen-subject,” see Copjec (229). Other recent readings that value Salò for its prophetic qualities include Recalcati (23-9), Ravetto, and Indiana (90).

    6. For a notable exception, see Rhodes.

    7. See Recalcati (Il complesso di Telemaco 23-9), and on “the eclipse of desire” more generally, see Recalcati (“L’eclisse dei desideri”). On “current methods of biopower” as they figure proleptically in the film, see, again, Ricciardi (“Rethinking Salò“).

    8. For a recent, brief discussion of Salò‘s pedagogy, see Chiesi (132-5). On the pedagogical impulse in Pasolini more generally, see Zanzotto, and also Stone.

    9. There is therefore some truth to the film’s first spectators’ sense that Pasolini must have been symptomatically “fixated” on both the fascist and Sadean pasts. See, for instance, Quintavalle (14, 22). Indeed, Pasolini’s Salò Republic bears more than a passing resemblance to the “province” to which Freud alludes in an early letter discussing fixation: “in a certain province fueros [ancient laws or local sovereignties] are still in force, we are in the presence of ‘survivals’” (208). Freud here maps the political onto the psychic, so that fixation becomes a matter of fueros within. I will be arguing, against Didi-Huberman (Come le lucciole), that we are still very much “in the presence of survivals” in Salò. To repeat this Freudian claim, though, is not to suggest that Salò is a mere record of its director’s psychopathology, as his detractors would contend.

    10. I refer readers who would discount such a critique as inherently “conservative”—or simply counterproductive under current conditions—to recent work in fields ranging from black studies, to queer theory and from visual studies to ecocriticism, and beyond. See, to name only a few, Berger, Dayan, François (Open Secrets), Freeman, Love, and Sexton. For an earlier example, see Horkheimer and Adorno. And for a reading of Salò that both considers and extends this critique, see Terada.

    11. On the movement from word to image as regression, see Bollas (111-12). In the art historical context, see Warburg (8) and Didi-Huberman (Confronting Images 149).

    12. This sentence reworks and adds to the litany of charges against “instruction” found in Gentile (La riforma 186).

    13. For some of Gramsci’s pages on Latin and “instruction,” see the Quaderni, vol. 3 (1544-6) and the Prison Notebooks (37-9).

    14. On other persisting features of the fascist state, see Fogu, who concludes: “Most of the administrative, judicial, and even police apparatus of the fascist state and party was left untouched and effortlessly integrated into the new republican order” (152).

    15. See, for a historiographic instance, De Bernardi, and for an example from film studies see Fabbri. For Croce’s “parenthesis,” see Croce (3), and on the ongoing ideological work of this image, see Fogu (149). Elsewhere Fogu notes that it was not until 1976, when “the famous televised debate between historians Denis Mack Smith and Renzo De Felice” was broadcast, that, “Fascism was suddenly brought out of the representational closet and in such a way that the Crocean image of a fascist parenthesis in Italian history [began to be] thoroughly delegitimized” (158-9). It was thus in the context of this closet—and, I am arguing, in an effort to counter its effects—that Pasolini made Salò.

    16. This is just one of many problems addressed by Fortini, whose essay “The Writer’s Mandate and the End of Anti-Fascism” treats “the anti-fascist myth” mainly as a hindrance to revolution (53). Fortini also reminds readers, however, that such a reckoning would have made it possible to recognize fascism’s relation to capital, rather than grant the “definition of fascism as ‘enemy of civilisation’—including bourgeois civilisation” (45). Seeing fascism as an extension or weapon of the latter would instead mean confronting continuities between the postwar period and the decades that preceded it—which need not entail minimizing the “ruin” to which fascism leads (34).

    17. Here I bracket the ultraleft movements associated with operaismo, or workerism, and Autonomia. But for a luminous recent discussion of these movements and their prefiguration in postwar culture, see Mansoor.

    18. Compare Agamben’s reflections on “revocation” and “re-evocation” in Pasolini’s late work (though not in Salò specifically) (“From the Book” 93-94).

    19. On Salò‘s response to these philosophical debates, see Ravetto (106).

    20. Georges Bataille’s writings on Sade include “The Use Value of D.A.F. de Sade” (1930) and “Sade” (1957). Pasolini also refers to Bataille’s The Trial of Gilles de Rais as a source of inspiration for Salò, but without naming Bataille’s name (“Il sesso” 2063). Jacques Lacan’s “Kant with Sade” (1963) is perhaps more Pasolinian than any of the texts listed in Salò. And conversely: there is already something Lacanian about the performance of aggressive erudition that is the “Essential Bibliography.” Max Horkheimer and Theodor Adorno’s Dialectic of Enlightenment (first published in Italian translation in 1966) also includes an “Excursus” on the Marquis that pairs his work with Kant’s.

    21. Gian Maria Annovi reads the bibliography as “a sort of contrapasso for the spectator of the Trilogy, an intellectual punishment” (139-40).

    22. For some of Gentile’s reflections on freedom in education, see his La riforma dell’educazione (e.g. 58-9). And for an earlier account attesting to the centrality of freedom in Gentile’s educational theory, see Gentile (“L’unità della scuola media”). To be sure, statements in favor of progressive-sounding educative freedom can be found in Pasolini’s writings. See, for instance, “Le mie proposte su scuola e Tv” (177). But such statements should be read alongside others that insist that one must not accept progressive pieties but rather learn to be “progressive in another way, inventing another way of being free” (“Due modeste proposte per eliminare la criminalità in Italia” 168).

    23. On forms of repetition inseparable from the resistance that they might seem to block, see Comay. Pasolini considers ritual in his brief but suggestive review of a film to which Salò is heavily indebted: Marco Ferreri’s La grande abbuffata (Blow-Out, 1973) (“Le ambigue forme della ritualità narrativa”).

    24. I am relying on Asad’s account, according to which ritual privileges practice over signification. Galluzzi eloquently describes Salò‘s assault on signification in Pasolini e la pittura (143).

    25. For another account of “the disquieting indistinction between the ill and its remedy,” see Borch-Jacobsen (113).

    26. This is already, then, the shift or “next stage” that Gayatri Chakravorty Spivak locates in the “trajectory of the subaltern”: “Not to study the subaltern, but to learn” (440).

    27. My reading of La terra del rimorso differs from Simonetta Falasca-Zamponi’s in her overview of De Martino’s works (57-60).

    28. For a fuller consideration of Pasolini’s relationship to De Martino, though one that does not address La terra del rimorso specifically, see Subini (26-34). See also Ricciardi (“Pasolini for the Future”). Maggi treats this relationship as well, but he sees Pasolini and De Martino as ultimately opposed (7-8). According to Maggi, Pasolini reductively translates De Martino’s complex, non-dichotomous understanding of history into a neat and naive division between past and present: De Martino’s emphases are thus “at odds with Pasolini’s belief in a sharp dichotomy between the ‘then’ of a premodern condition and the ‘now’ of post-history” (7). I am instead attempting to highlight how Pasolini’s late work attests to the survival and the still-possible return of that which has been declared long gone. This is, in my view, a dynamic rather than dichotomous approach to history, one that does not declare any past over and done with definitively.

    29. See, for instance, Maggi (7-8) and Didi-Huberman (Come le lucciole).

    30. I borrow this formulation from Joan Copjec, who insists that psychoanalysis is “not a regional discourse” in Murray.

    31. Galluzzi identifies this as an imitation of Raphael’s Madonna di Foligno (144 n164). For his part, Maggi emphasizes the Marian dimension of this image, so that Mary becomes one (absent) mother among many others in Salò (108-9).

    32. Thus, according to Didi-Huberman, Fra Angelico “reenacts” “a gesture of unction” when he splashes paint onto a wall, punctuating figurative paintings with non-figurative passages (Confronting Images 202-3). And thus Donatello learns from the makers of bóti, or death masks for the still-living Florentine nobility, that sculpture is a matter of casting as much as truth to life—of process, that is, as much as appearance (Didi-Huberman, Confronting Images 226). Thus, finally, the maker of a painting honoring St. Veronica sets aside his brush, preferring to render the saint’s cloth with cloth rather than realistically.

    33. I cannot engage with the sacra rappresentazione or with Didi-Huberman’s account of the critical image in detail here. I note only that this engagement might complicate critical assertions that the film records the making of what Giorgio Agamben calls “bare life.” Whereas Agamben’s homo sacer can be “killed but not sacrificed” (85), Salò takes pains to render its killings sacrificial in Didi-Huberman’s sense if not in Bataille’s (Confronting Images 220).

    34. On complicity, see also Bersani (Homos 90), and for a later reassessment of the arguments advanced in “Is the Rectum a Grave?,” including its arguments for the radical potential of masochism, see Bersani (“Sociality and Sexuality”).

    35. Gary Indiana memorably calls this “normal love” (83).

    36. That the old school had long since sought to provide ritual forms for responding to the past that survived in the present is shown in Walter Ong’s classic, not to say old-school, essay “Latin Language Study as Renaissance Puberty Rite.”

    37. To be sure, the phrase “conceived as a rite” is a contradiction in terms, for a rite cannot, strictly speaking, be conceived, at least not if it is to be socially efficacious. On the contrary, traditionally, “For ritual to function and operate it must first of all present itself and be perceived as legitimate, with…[its] symbols serving…to show that the agent does not act in his own name and on his own authority, but in his capacity as a delegate” (Bourdieu 115). (For an opposed account that centers on attempts to make the image efficacious from within “the ruins of representation and culture” and in the absence of social sanctioning, see Pandolfo.) There was, of course, no such delegation in Pasolini’s case; or rather, the director himself did the delegating. In this sense, there is a qualitative difference between the rituals observed by De Martino and those imagined by Pasolini: whereas the tarantate studied by the anthropologist had long sought cures in a communal context, even the most devoted of spectators attended a film “conceived as a rite” by its director alone.

    Works Cited

    • Agamben, Giorgio. “From the Book to the Screen: The Before and the After of the Book.” The Fire and the Tale. Translated by Lorenzo Chiesa, Stanford UP, 2017, pp. 83-108.
    • —. Homo Sacer: Sovereign Power and Bare Life. Translated by Kevin Atell, Stanford UP, 1998.
    • Annovi, Gian Maria. Pier Paolo Pasolini: Performing Authorship. Columbia UP, 2017.
    • Asad, Talal. Genealogies of Religion: Discipline and Reasons of Power in Christianity and Islam. Johns Hopkins UP, 1993.
    • Bachmann, Gideon. “Pasolini on de Sade: An Interview during the Filming of ‘The 120 Days of Sodom.’” Film Quarterly, vol. 29, no. 2, 1975-6, pp. 39-45.
    • Bataille, Georges. Literature and Evil. Translated by Alastair Hamilton, Marion Boyars, 1973.
    • —. “The Use Value of D.A.F. de Sade.” Visions of Excess: Selected Writings, 1927-1939, edited by Allan Stoekl, translated by Allan Stoekl with Carl R. Lovitt and Donald M. Leslie, Jr., U of Minnesota P, 1985, pp. 91-102.
    • Benedetti, Carla. “Il ‘capolavoro’ di Pasolini.” Frocio e basta, edited by Carla Benedetti and Giovanni Giovannetti, Effigie, 2012, pp. 5-44.
    • Berger, John. The Shape of a Pocket. Vintage, 2003.
    • Bersani, Leo. Homos. Harvard UP, 1995.
    • —. Is the Rectum a Grave? and Other Essays. U of Chicago P, 2010.
    • —. “Is the Rectum a Grave?” Is the Rectum a Grave? and Other Essays, pp. 3-30.
    • —. “Sociality and Sexuality.” Is the Rectum a Grave? and Other Essays, pp. 102-119.
    • Bersani, Leo and Ulysse Dutoit. “Merde Alors.” October, no. 13, 1980, pp. 22-35.
    • Bollas, Christopher. Hysteria. Routledge, 2000.
    • Bonifazio, Paola. Schooling in Modernity: The Politics of Sponsored Films in Postwar Italy. U of Toronto P, 2014.
    • Borch-Jacobsen, Mikkel. “Mimetic Efficacy.” The Emotional Tie: Psychoanalysis, Mimesis, and Affect. Translated by Douglas Brick, Stanford UP, 1992, pp. 98-120.
    • Bourdieu, Pierre. “Authorized Language: The Social Conditions for the Effectiveness of Ritual Discourse.” Language and Symbolic Power, edited by John B. Thompson, translated by Gino Raymond and Matthew Adamson, Harvard UP, 1991, pp. 107-16.
    • Chiesi, Roberto. “Una nuova gioventù di spettatori e conniventi: Immagini della giovinezza nell’ultimo Pasolini.” Fratello selvaggio: Pier Paolo Pasolini fra gioventù e nova gioventù, edited by Gian Maria Annovi, Transeuropa, 2013, pp. 125-35.
    • Comay, Rebecca. “Resistance and Repetition: Freud and Hegel.” Research in Phenomenology, vol. 45, no. 2, 2015, pp. 237–66.
    • Copjec, Joan. “What Zapruder Saw.” Imagine There’s No Woman: Ethics and Sublimation. MIT Press, 2002, pp. 191-231.
    • Croce, Benedetto. “Chi è fascista?” Il giornale di Napoli, 29 October 1944, p. 3.
    • Dayan, Colin. The Law Is a White Dog: How Legal Rituals Make and Unmake Persons. Princeton UP, 2013.
    • De Bernardi, Alberto. Una dittatura moderna: Il fascismo come problema storico. Mondadori, 2001.
    • De Martino, Ernesto. La terra del rimorso: Contributo a una storia religiosa del Sud. Il Saggiatore, 1961.
    • Didi-Huberman, Georges. Come le lucciole: Una politica delle sopravvivenze. Translated by Chiara Tartarini, Bollati Bolinghieri, 2009.
    • —. Confronting Images: Questioning the Ends of a Certain History of Art. Translated by John Goodman, Pennsylvania State UP, 2005.
    • Esposito, Roberto. Living Thought: The Origins and Actuality of Italian Philosophy. Translated by Zakiya Hanafi, Stanford UP, 2012.
    • Fabbri, Lorenzo. “Neorealism as Ideology: Bazin, Deleuze, and the Avoidance of Fascism.” The Italianist, vol. 35, no. 2, 2015, pp. 182-201.
    • Falasca-Zamponi, Simonetta. “Of Tears and Tarantulas: Folk Religiosity, de Martino’s Ethnology, and the Italian South.” California Italian Studies, vol. 5, no. 1, 2014, pp. 41-64.
    • Fogu, Claudio. “Italiani brava gente: The Legacy of Fascist Historical Culture on Italian Politics of Memory.” The Politics of Memory in Postwar Europe, edited by Richard Ned Lebow, Wulf Kansteiner, and Claudio Fogu, Duke UP, 2006, pp. 147-76.
    • Fortini, Franco. “The Writer’s Mandate and the End of Anti-Fascism.” Screen, vol. 15, no. 1, 1974, pp. 33-70.
    • Foucault, Michel. “Sade: Sergeant of Sex.” Interview with G. Dupont. Translated by John Johnston. Aesthetics, Method, and Epistemology, edited by James D. Faubion, The New Press, 1998, pp. 223-7.
    • —. Security, Territory, Population: Lectures at the Collège de France, 1977-1978. Translated by Graham Burchell, Palgrave Macmillan, 2007.
    • François, Anne-Lise. “‘The feel of not to feel it,’ or The Pleasures of Enduring Form.” A Companion to Romantic Poetry, edited by Charles Mahoney, Wiley-Blackwell, 2010, pp.445-66.
    • —. Open Secrets: The Literature of Uncounted Experience. Stanford UP, 2008.
    • Freeman, Elizabeth. Time Binds: Queer Temporalities, Queer Histories. Duke UP, 2010.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “To Wilhelm Fliess.” The Complete Letters of Sigmund Freud to Wilhelm Fliess, 1887-1904, edited and translated by Jeffrey Moussaieff Masson, Harvard UP,1985, pp. 207-15.
    • Galluzzi, Francesco. Pasolini e la pittura. Bulzoni, 1994.
    • Gentile, Giovanni. La riforma dell’educazione: Discorsi ai maestri di Trieste. Laterza, 1920.
    • —. “L’unità della scuola media e la libertà degli studi.” La nuova scuola media. Edited by Hervé A. Cavallera. Opere complete di Giovanni Gentile. Vol. XL Le Lettere, 1988, pp. 1-39.
    • Gramsci, Antonio. Quaderni del carcere. Edited by Valentino Gerratana, Einaudi, 2007. 4 vols.
    • —. Selections from Prison Notebooks. Edited and translated by Quinton Hoare and Geoffrey Nowell Smith, International Publishers, 1971.
    • Horkheimer, Max and Theodor Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments. Edited by Gunzelin Schmid Noerr, translated by Edmund Jephcott, Stanford UP, 2002.
    • Indiana, Gary. Salò or the 120 Days of Sodom. BFI, 2000.
    • Lacan, Jacques. “Kant with Sade.” Translated by James B. Swenson, October, no. 51, 1989, pp. 55-71.
    • Love, Heather. Feeling Backward: Loss and the Politics of Queer History. Harvard UP, 2007.
    • Maggi, Armando. The Resurrection of the Body: Pier Paolo Pasolini from St. Paul to Sade. U of Chicago P, 2009.
    • Mansoor, Jaleh. Marshall Plan Modernism: Italian Postwar Abstraction and the Beginnings of Autonomia. Duke UP, 2016.
    • Murray, Jennifer. “The Inheritance of Potentiality: An Interview with Joan Copjec.” E-rea, vol. 12, no. 1, 2014, doi: 10.4000/erea.4102.
    • Ong, Walter. “Latin Language Study as Renaissance Puberty Rite.” Studies in Philology, vol. 56, no. 2, 1959, pp. 103-24.
    • Pandolfo, Stefania. Knot of the Soul: Madness, Psychoanalysis, Islam. U of Chicago P, forthcoming.
    • Pasolini, Pier Paolo. “Abiura dalla Trilogia della vita.” Lettere luterane, pp. 71-6.
    • —. “Le ambigue forme della ritualità narrativa.” Cinema nuovo, no. 231, 1974, pp. 342-7.
    • —. “L’articolo delle lucciole.” Scritti corsari, pp. 160-8.
    • —. “Due modeste proposte per eliminare la criminalità in Italia.” Lettere luterane, pp. 166-71.
    • —. “Fascista.” Edited by Massimo Fini. Scritti corsari, pp. 157-60.
    • —. Gennariello. Lettere luterane, pp. 19-67.
    • —. “Il sesso come metafora del potere.” Per il cinema. Edited by Walter Siti, vol. 2, Mondadori, 2000, pp. 2063-7.
    • —. Lettere luterane. Einaudi, 1976.
    • —. “Le mie proposte su scuola e Tv.” Lettere luterane, pp. 172-8.
    • —. Scritti corsari. Milan: Garzanti, 1975.
    • —. Trasumanar e organizzar. Garzanti, [1971] 1976.
    • Petrarch, Francesco. Petrarch’s Lyric Poems: The Rime sparse and Other Lyrics. Edited and translated by Robert M. Durling, Harvard UP, 1976.
    • Quintavalle, Uberto Paolo. Giornate di Sodoma: Ritratto di Pasolini e del suo ultimo film. Sugarco, 1976.
    • Ravetto, Kris. The Unmaking of Fascist Aesthetics. U of Minnesota P, 2001, pp. 97-147.
    • Recalcati, Massimo. “L’eclisse dei desideri.” Forme contemporanee del totalitarismo, edited by Massimo Recalcati, Bollati Boringhieri, 2007, pp. 61-82.
    • —. Il complesso di Telemaco: Genitori e figli dopo il tramonto del padre. Feltrinelli, 2013.
    • Rhodes, John David. “Watchable Bodies: Salò‘s Young Non-Actors,” Screen, vol. 5, no. 4, 2012, pp. 453-58.
    • Ricciardi, Alessia. “Pasolini for the Future,” California Italian Studies, vol. 2, no. 1, 2011, http://escholarship.org/uc/item/8v81z3sg.
    • —. “Rethinking Salò after Abu Ghraib.” Postmodern Culture, vol. 21, no. 3, 2011, doi: 10.1353/pmc.2011.002.
    • Sade, Marquis de. The 120 Days of Sodom. The 120 Days of Sodom and Other Writings. Edited and translated by Austryn Wainhouse and Richard Seaver, Grove Press, 1966, pp. 181-674.
    • Sexton, Jared. Amalgamation Schemes: Antiblackness and the Critique of Multiracialism. U of Minnesota P, 2008.
    • Spivak, Gayatri Chakravorty. “Scattered Speculations on the Subaltern and the Popular.” An Aesthetic Education in the Era of Globalization. Harvard UP, 2012, pp. 429-42.
    • Steintrager, James. “Liberating Sade.” Yale Journal of Criticism, vol. 18, no. 2, 2005, pp. 351-79.
    • Stewart-Steinberg, Suzanne. “Abiura.” Political Concepts at Brown, 5 December 2015, Brown University, Providence, RI. Conference Presentation.
    • —. The Pinocchio Effect: On Making Italians, 1860-1920. U of Chicago P, 2007.
    • Stone, Jennifer. “Pasolini, Zanzotto, and the Question of Pedagogy.” Pier Paolo Pasolini: Contemporary Perspectives, edited by Patrick Rumble and Bart Testa, U of Toronto P, 1994, pp. 40-55.
    • Subini, Tomaso. La necessità di morire: Il cinema di Pier Paolo Pasolini. Ente dello Spettacolo, 2007.
    • Terada, Rei. “Pasolini’s Acceptance.” Sovereignty in Ruins, edited by Klaus Mladek and George Edmundson, Duke UP, forthcoming.
    • Warburg, Aby. Images from the Region of the Pueblo Indians of North America. Translated by Michael P. Steinberg, Cornell UP, 1995.
    • Wolff, Richard J. “Italian Education During World War II: Remnants of Failed Fascist Education, Seeds of the New Schools.” Education and the Second World War: Studies in Schooling and Social Change, edited by Roy Lowe, Routledge, 2012, pp. 73-83.
    • Zanzotto, Andrea. “Per una pedagogia.” Nuovi argomenti, no. 49, 1976, pp. 47-51.
  • Transgenic Poetry: Loss, Noise, and the Province of Parasites

    Susan Vanderborg (bio)
    University of South Carolina

    Abstract

    Transgenic poetry, in which a verbal text is coded as DNA and placed within a life form, has both extended and called into question some of the most basic generic conventions of poetry. This essay uses theories of parasitic language to examine transgenic poetry’s emphasis on noise and loss, focusing on two prominent texts engaged with human reshaping of the environment: Eduardo Kac’s Genesis and Christian Bök’s ongoing The Xenotext Experiment.

    The next step in the evolution of poetry might involve living media. In 2003, Eduardo Kac described an innovative format, that of “[t]ransgenic poetry,” where the poet must “synthesize DNA according to invented codes to write words and sentences using combinations of nucleotides” and then “[i]ncorporate these DNA words and sentences into the genome of living organisms” (“Biopoetry”). Joe Davis, an early transgenic poet, coded the words, “‘I am the riddle of life know me and you will know yourself’”—a phrase used in a mid-twentieth-century conversation between biologists—into DNA and implanted this updated “Delphi[c]” DNA text into E. coli in 1994 (259-60).1

    While transgenic poetry’s living vessels have been the subject of reviews and some extended scholarship, there is significant debate about how to read them as poems: how to examine the ways in which their authors rework the genre and how to assess the environmental arguments these authors make using such poetic formats. Mapping a transgenic poetics becomes all the more difficult because, as Judith Roof argues in The Poetics of DNA, the idea of “read[ing]” DNA as “alphabet,” “book,” or “code”—i.e., as something “transparent,” “accessible,” “translatable,” and “editable” (7, 15-6)—does a disservice to the “complexity” of both genetics and literature (215).2 She concludes, “If, in fact, we actually learned to read—actually understood that language is multivalent, that nothing exists in a stable, secure relation—our abilities to understand and deploy substances such as DNA would in the end be much greater” (215). Roof’s book does not discuss poetry, but the practice of destabilizing reading and metaphors for reading is a hallmark of the most ambitious transgenic poems. The latter are not simply interdisciplinary poems whose signifiers need deciphering, but poems that foreground noise and opacity across multiple signifying systems with fluid sources and repeated interruptions. Such poems’ most excessive displays are sometimes shadowed by forms of loss—the loss not only of familiar genre conventions but of settled content, reliable textual translations, and at times recognizable language itself—as these poems attempt to remap poetry’s structures, responsibilities, and limits within the genetic experiments of the Anthropocene. In this essay, I explore two prominent texts that set out different agendas and formats for the transgenic poem: Eduardo Kac’s Genesis and Christian Bök’s ongoing The Xenotext Experiment.

    The Noise of Genesis

    Kac first displayed his viewer-responsive transgenic poem, Genesis, at the 1999 Ars Electronica festival in Austria. In his essay for the exhibition catalogue, he explains:

    The key element of the work is an “artist’s gene,” i.e. a synthetic gene that I invented and that does not exist in nature. This gene was created by translating a sentence from the biblical book of Genesis into Morse Code, and converting the Morse Code into DNA base pairs according to a conversion principle which I developed specifically for this work. The sentence reads: “Let man have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth.” This sentence was chosen for its implications regarding the dubious notion of humanity’s (divinely sanctioned) supremacy over nature. (“Genesis” 310)

    Kac also used E. coli as the host for his artist’s gene. The bacterium is prone to mutations, and those viewing the Genesis exhibit in person or on the Internet could engage UV radiation to increase these mutations, rewriting the premises of the biblical sentence (Telepresence 252). As critics have noted, Kac’s project both questions and colludes with human manipulations of nature, self-consciously using its own bioengineering to comment on the uses and perceptions of that science.3 Kac sent the gene model to a laboratory to be manufactured, and his project required substantial exhibition equipment (Telepresence 251). At the first exhibition of the work, a “microvideo camera, a UV light box, and a microscope illuminator” linked “to a video projector and two networked computers” produced stunning visuals from the Petri culture (251). Bacteria with the Genesis gene turned blue under the UV light, bacteria lacking the gene gleamed yellow, and a green hue signified the intermixing of the two types (“Genesis” 310).4 Kac’s website lists forty-one exhibitions of Genesis in different countries through 2015, an exhibition cycle that has incorporated new mutations and text displays, including “Indian black granite tablets” featuring the phrase from the biblical Genesis, its Morse format, and the bases of the artist’s gene (Telepresence 255); gold and glass sculptures about the Genesis gene and protein (257); video art (260); and “giclée print[s]” of the Petri culture bacteria and letter changes (259).

    Why would Kac specifically describe his transgenic art as poetry, and where exactly is the poem? As Kac states in his introduction to the first edition of Media Poetry, he is less focused on composing traditional poetic forms such as “lyric sonnets” via new technology than on discovering entirely different “reading possibilities” suggested by technopoetry (12). He defines poetry broadly as “a profound engagement with language” that also “liberates language from ordinary constraints” (introduction to Media Poetry [2007] 10). His oft-cited definition of the subgenre of “biopoetry,” of which the transgenic poem is one example, takes poetry past the constraints of human language: “the use of biotechnology and living organisms in poetry as a new realm of verbal, paraverbal and nonverbal creation,” whose “possibilities” include “infrasound” poems directed at elephants and poems created by firefly light flashes (“Biopoetry”), neither of which could be paraphrased easily using human signifiers.

    Genesis simultaneously uses, challenges, and supersedes the human word.5 Here, “liberat[ion]” can seem more like diminution; the linguistic segment of Genesis most recognizable to human poetry readers is limited to a single coded sentence and its revisions, which appear in the Petri projection simply as color clusters. However, as the project moves into an analysis of metaphors of language and communication, this sentence might only be part of the poem’s linguistic investigation. Kac’s essays on Genesis and other biopoems, which he sees as extensions of the poems’ language, use the tropes of “dialogue[]” and “communication” to explore “interspecies interaction, ‘biotelematics,’ and ‘biorobotics,’” as well as code “conversion principle[s]” (Telepresence 218, 249).6 These metaphors might seem “reductive” (255) for precisely the reasons Roof outlines. N. Katherine Hayles, for instance, rebukes Kac for using the word “‘translation’” to describe the transition from Morse-rendered letters to DNA in Genesis, because this word falsely implies an “equivalence between language understood by humans and the biological specificity of protein folding” (“Who Is in Control Here?” 84).

    For his part, Kac fully appreciates the usage problem. He calls into question “[t]erms like ‘transcription,’ as well as ‘code,’ ‘translation,’ and many others commonly employed in molecular biology,” because they “betray an ideological stance, a conflation of linguistic metaphors and biological entities, whose rhetorical goal is to instrumentalize processes of life” (“Life Transformation” 183).7 Throughout his descriptions of biopoetry, Kac uses words such as “writable” or “dialogues” as studied provocations (“Genesis” 310-11), reminding readers of the messy “construct[ion]” of each “metaphor” (Telepresence 262), and often challenging the idea of reliable data transmission, i.e., “the very possibility of communication” itself (218). Instead of presenting smooth, clear transitions from one code, medium, or discipline to the next, Genesis foregrounds encodings and “intersemiotic” “translations” (256) that are avowedly incomplete, imprecise, or distorted, from the obvious Petri dish letter changes in the bacterial biblical text to Kac’s speculations that “Morse code,” rather than being a neutral medium for relaying words, might have been formulated as a vehicle for “the bigotry of nativist ideology” that its creator endorsed (261).

    There are subtler breaks, too, in data presentation throughout the project. Kac’s essay in the 1999 exhibition catalogue, for instance, tantalizes readers with another inter-field translation, this time converting genetic material into melody: “DNA music, generated live in the gallery, is synthesized by the use of a complex algorithm that transcribes the physiology of DNA into musical parameters” (“Genesis” 311). Kac’s text does not specify the algorithm or parameters, or explain their complexity (though Kac’s website now offers a link to the composition details). The sheer play of colors and texts at the exhibition—English words, Morse code, DNA base abbreviations on the gallery walls—alongside the supporting machines and music must have felt overwhelming rather than simply informative (Telepresence 251), even before the later addition of the gene and protein art. Sensory overload is part of the point. The noisy poetic site of Genesis, Kac states, expresses “the paradoxical condition of the nonexpert in the age of biotechnology” (Telepresence 252). Surrounded by new genetic specimens, we may not fully understand their manufacture, but we must still interact with them and confront the advertising images and economic rumors broadcast about them.8 “[E]ven inaction,” Kac emphasizes, “implicate[s]” the observer (“Fifty Questions” 40): “To click or not to click” on the textual error-generating UV radiation in Genesis is always “an ethical decision” (Telepresence 252), a map in miniature for thinking about the equally noisy, “unpredictab[le]” results (260) of our environmental decisions.

    There are precedents in avant-garde writing for a poetics that foregrounds data loss, noise, breaks, and distractions. Kac’s celebration of “interfere[nce]” and “noise” (“Fifty Questions” 40) at each stage of Genesis aligns his transgenic art with what scholars such as Craig Dworkin have, adapting Michel Serres’s communication theory in The Parasite, described as a poetics of “‘noise’” (46). Serres’s observation that all information delivery involves the “parasit[ic]” interposition of “noise” within the medium—”we know of no system that functions perfectly, that is to say, without losses, flights, wear and tear, errors, accidents, opacity”—segues into his famous argument that the “noise” we try to “suppress[]” is what enables “communication” (12-13).9 Serres’s own reconstruction of Genesis and John proclaims, “In the beginning was the noise” (13). Approaching noise through literature, Serres locates the themes of “nonsense, pure noise, [and] disorder” in canonical texts (185), reading poetry for “truth statements,” as Marjorie Perloff notes (“‘Multiple Pleats’” 190). Yet Serres’s The Parasite also asks us to imagine new stylistic “system[s]” and texts openly structured around noisy “[m]istakes,” “confusion,” “interrupt[ions],” and “shocks,” instead of “equilibrium” (12-13). His noise model has been used to analyze the semantic and visual distortions of Language poems,10 such as the deliberate “miscommunication[s]” or “malapropisms” in Charles Bernstein’s texts, which reflect the confusion of a contemporary subject trapped “in an increasingly alien technospace” (Perloff, “‘Multiple Pleats’” 194)—a feeling that might resonate with Genesis‘s viewers. Dworkin argues that a poetics of noise might also generate a “[p]olitics of [n]oise,” as he scrutinizes sound and typographic play in Susan Howe’s poems, which elide the “distinction between ‘message’ and ‘noise’” to challenge “received perspectives and centers of power” (31, 48, 38). The “opacity” in noise-based Language poetry, Ming-Qian Ma concurs, can offer a “radical critique of society and culture,” as these forces are shaped by “‘systemic’” devices “of sense-making” in normative “‘communication’” (183, 175).

    These three poetic studies do not mention transgenic poetry, but Kac’s Genesis creates an even broader range of noisy interferences across various formats in its own critique of the human tropes of “dominion” and transmission.11 Genesis not only redefines the poetry book as a showcase for noise to which readers actively contribute, but its unusual bioform can be said to embody Serres’s idea of parasitically noisy language—with the twist that here the human poetic text is interposed in a microbial host. Serres might appreciate the ambiguity, in Genesis, over what the parasite actually is. The Parasite, while it associates “noises” with “[s]ickness, epidemics,” and the “metamorphoses” of “bacteria” (253), also adapts its metaphor to discuss “animals whom we parasite” (78), and to describe humans and their products as parasites on the ecosphere: “Tomorrow,” writes Serres, “we will remember, with some difficulty, our moving and sonorous world, polluted with the unbreathable, stinking air of motors” and their “noise” (141). Serres ties these images to speculations about the birth of “[p]rivate property” in the story of the person who gets to take the item he contaminates (140), a parallel to Genesis‘s focus on claims of owning the planet and its creatures.

    Looking more closely at the textual play of noise helps to explain both the structure of Kac’s poetry and its possible ability to foreground or contest a particular “ideological stance” (“Life Transformation” 183). The final text is never set here; every exhibition of Genesis is at once the primary poem and tangential noise, producing new letter mutations in its iteration of the process. Reviewers generally acknowledge the subversion of the bible premise the mutations can produce, but there are few readings that engage the specific details of the work as noise makes the language less recognizable. By the time the Ars Electronica 99 exhibition had closed, Kac had recorded several letter changes—”LET AAN HAVE DOMINION OVER THE FISH OF THE SEA AND OVER THE FOWL OF THE AIR AND OVER EVERY LIVING THING THAT IOVES UA EON THE EARTH” (Telepresence 254). The changes, more pronounced at the sentence’s end as if symbolically picking up speed, can be seen as systemic stammers or stoppages, part of the process of seeing how long it takes for each letter group to lose its recognizable denotation in English or any other Latin alphabet-based language, with former “typos” transformed “into gibberish,” in Steve Tomasula’s words (“Gene(sis)” 255), so that any search for guidance from this biblical excerpt should conclusively be halted.

    Alternatively, I would argue that these shifts can be read back into flexible new satirical patterns in which they defamiliarize “man” as lord, suggest errors over the span of an “EON,” and transform the detectable movements of creatures into something less decipherable that might evoke a distorted view of “U”/you the manipulator as well. Kac’s The Book of Mutations (2001)—whose prints, which can be viewed on his website, include artistic representations of different sets of sentence letter shifts from Genesis bacteria—proffers other ways to remake and repopulate the original line’s world. It is tempting to see in the third page’s “DEMINION,” for instance, a bid to remove the hierarchy of “minion[s]” and lords that “dominion” suggests—or does its sound play instead accuse us of being infernal “demons” for our misuses of nature? Here we watch the isolated “man” transform into the symbiotically inclusive conjunction “AND,” while “moves” becomes “DOVES” and the “sea” changes to the act of perception marked by “SEE,” as if readers were asked for their own interpretations of the revisions. Imagine an ecopoetry book, Kac’s Mutations suggests, that is not a set artifact of bound pages making arguments about the ramifications of biotech, but rather an ongoing parasitic reinvention of one problematic introductory statement. In Kac’s book, we see multiple ways in which that beginning could be destabilized, while also being reminded of our own insistent desire to order the environment—not only to start an experiment, as in choosing to engage the UV radiation, but to impose human meanings on random outcomes by ordering chaotic letter sequences back into semantic units, or by turning biological events into metaphors for the nature narratives we would like to exist.

    To thwart such ways of reading, Genesis‘s poem occasionally refuses to allow the recuperation of its noise back into letters at all. “The code is not translated back after each and every show,” Kac states (“Trans-Genesis”), which means that in some shows the new textual revisions remain wholly unreadable. Do they still comprise part of the poem, then? Whether it is read or not, the noise has no clear endpoint, unlike the elements in a print text.12 “Genesis does not have a specific duration,” Kac points out; “[s]ome galleries host the show for a few months, others for a few weeks” (“Trans-Genesis”). But these are artificial limits, for any one experiment could run “‘indefinitely’” (“Genesis: A Transgenic Artwork” 19). There is quiet commentary in having a living unbounded poem, a reminder that the effects of bioengineering in the outside world do not often have temporal limits, to say nothing of the careful containment protocols of an exhibition.

    The poem’s language, moreover, does not simply become unrecognizable in its noisy bacterial revisions, but rather reveals a source that was already plagued by noise and loss from its inception. Kac identifies his quoted sentence as taken from the King James Bible, explaining at length the background that made this edition a good target to satirize (Telepresence 261), but a source check will find the noise in his attribution. “‘Let man have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that moves upon the earth’” (“Genesis” 310) is not an exact quotation. Kac’s sentence seems to merge similar statements from two verses, 26 and 28, in the King James’s first chapter of Genesis:

    26 And God said, Let us make man in our image, after our likeness: and let them have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over the cattle, and over all the earth, and over every creeping thing that creepeth upon the earth.

    28 And God blessed them, and God said unto them, Be fruitful, and multiply, and replenish the earth, and subdue it: and have dominion over the fish of the sea, and over the fowl of the air, and over every living thing that moveth upon the earth. (New American Library 9)

    While Kac’s Telepresence chapter on Genesis doesn’t mention his adaptations, it suggests one possible cause: his source was not a print bible, but an unspecified webpage (251), evoking an archive that, like the reinventable book pages, might be more transient or prone to intrusive revisions. Kac or the online citer modernizes the verb into “moves,” as if the source had mutated to accommodate contemporary readers. The fact that verses 26 and 28 have nearly the same phrasing draws attention to the repetition and noisy excess already present in the King James text itself, with the differences subtly subverting the credibility of either verse, making us wonder which one presents the true extent of the granted “dominion.” Nor are these the only problems with the source. The Telepresence chapter delights in mentioning “deliberate and accidental changes” in early print bibles and in pointing out that the King James text—a translation in a strictly linguistic sense—was also deeply collaged and “ideological”:

    I selected the King James English version (KJV), instead of the Hebrew original text, as a means of highlighting the multiple mutations of the Old Testament and its interpretations and also to illustrate the ideological implications of an alleged “authoritative” translation. King James tried to establish a final text by commissioning several scholars (a total of forty-seven worked on the project) to produce this translation, meant to be univocal. Instead, this collaborative effort represents the result of several “voices” at work simultaneously.(261)13

    Kac emphasizes the noise in the King James translation’s flawed human artistry. The king’s most strenuous attempts to ensure a seamless, “‘authoritative’” bible only demonstrated the fictionality of “a final text” that subordinated nonhuman animals as well as rationalized, in Kac’s view, a “fierce British colonialism” on religious grounds (Telepresence 261). There is noisy retranslation and alteration, too, in the very style of Kac’s essays. Part of the Genesis piece that appeared in Ars Electronica is reproduced in the Telepresence chapter on Genesis, which also has several segments that overlap with the essays “Transgenic Art Online” and “Life Transformation—Art Mutation.” Sometimes whole paragraphs are repeated but for small changes that challenge the reader to track them, or else, as in the case of the King James commentary, text is moved from note to main body, further blurring the idea of a central message with parasitical noise. Each essay’s revisions, losses, and reframings make us reevaluate Genesis‘s significance.

    Consider, finally, the contributions of the poem’s vessel. It is a truism that postmodern poetry foregrounds the materiality of its signifiers, and Kac’s later recasting of Genesis‘s sentence, gene, or protein using materials such as granite, gold, and glass, each with its own distinctive appearance and symbolic connotations, simply entices us to reexamine the initial host: the bacterium itself. What additional noise is introduced by the choice of a particular host for a transgenic poem, a host with its own unique biology and history (in E. coli‘s case, the bacterium’s use in genetics experiments), an organism surrounded by cultural myths that we create? Serres’s The Parasite lovingly details the literary mythology surrounding each organic parasite or scavenger he discusses. In bio texts, as David Crandall notes, when one proposes the idea of a transgenic newspaper “archive” located in “the junk DNA of New York cockroaches,” the suggestion provokes humor (114)—or disgust—that distracts us in our reading, even if the source words are coded without error. Such distractions make us more aware of our species biases. Kac’s choice of E. coli is itself a gentle reminder that the bacterium, familiar to most readers from outbreak notices, exists in non-detrimental or even “mutualistic” forms as well as in disease-generating ones (Engelkirk and Duben-Engelkirk 159, 184).14 Consider, too, the reversal of the definitions of message and noise in the bacterium’s self-regulating mechanisms. George Church, who made a DNA recording of a textbook he co-authored, Regenesis: How Synthetic Biology Will Reinvent Nature and Ourselves (2012), explained his decision to work with “standalone DNA” on “commercial DNA microchips” (Leo, par. 10): “We purposefully avoided living cells…. In an organism, your message is a tiny fraction of the whole cell, so there’s a lot of wasted space. But more importantly, almost as soon as a DNA goes into a cell, if that DNA doesn’t earn its keep, if it isn’t evolutionarily advantageous, the cell will start mutating it, and eventually the cell will completely delete it” (qtd. in Leo, par. 10).15 As a trans-species project, Genesis may not make us fully see E. coli and other organisms as “égal” (our equal), as Noury suggests (153), but neither can the poet dismiss the host’s potential resistance to human expectations for a transgenic conversation.

    Training skeptical readers to interrogate each code or narrative, to become attuned to the fine print of corporate advertisements and the noise of their own species preconceptions, and to explore “alternative views” of molecular biology (Telepresence 255)—including approaches that are less results-driven and more focused on the tangled communal and moral effects of transgenic “life” (252, 260)—is one aim of Kac’s poetic emphasis on noise in Genesis. He also concedes the limitations of this strategy. Transgenic or not, no poem can change research protocols; transgenic poets can only use the “ethical tension” in their projects to “stimulate[] reflection and debate” on broader human reconstructions of species and the environment (Telepresence 254-5).16 But within the constraints of the poetry genre, Kac insists on the artist’s responsibility to at least try to broaden the forms taken by such bioethical debates, particularly by taking “language” past “a human-centered form” (“Fifty Questions” 28), even as he acknowledges how hard it is not to fall back on humanistic vocabulary and concepts. Kac describes the slime mold in another one of his biopoems, The Eighth Day, in a “collaborative action” with human input, then breaks down the word to qualify that “amoeba and humans” may “‘co-labor,’ i.e., work in tandem,” but the amoeba doesn’t “‘know’” this (“Fifty Questions” 59).17

    For now, perhaps the best route through Kac’s biopoetry is to read it not simply as noisy or “illegib[le]” in human linguistic terms, as Clüver suggests (184), but as a group of texts whose various components and audiences experience different degrees of noise and loss. Such noise is a reminder of artistic fallibility, foregrounding our fictions about communication more than our dialogic successes, as detailed in this pitch for bee poetry in “Biopoetry”: “Write and perform with a microrobot in the language of the bees, for a bee audience, in a semi-functional, semi-fictional dance” conveying no useful message about the locations of nectar for the insects. Another entry imagines two poem hosts from one microbe strain in a culture, “compet[ing] for the same resources,” leading to the possible loss of one poem in its entirety or to fresh texts via the noise of “horizontal poetic gene transfer.” In Genesis itself, Kac wonders exactly whose noisy intrusions are distracting whom: “am I, through an evolutionary process, a vehicle for [the bacteria’s] will to survive, contributing to the proliferation of bacteria by creating new ones?” (Telepresence 254). This question might be the springboard for Bök’s The Xenotext Experiment, which expands the transgenic poetry of parasitic language to encompass new forms as well as angry indictments of the human pollution of the earth.

    The Xenotext Experiment: Human Elegies

    As do Kac’s essays, Bök’s commentary on The Xenotext Experiment scrutinizes metaphors of speech or inscription such as “writing” and “response,” along with familiar wordplays on existing biological terms such as protein “express[ion]” and RNA “translat[ion]” (North of Invention, ch. 2). Bök is just as insistent as Kac in describing his transgenic texts as poems, even as he agrees that poetic language in the new millennium will not necessarily be confined to human forms and readers. “I often joke that we are probably the first generation of poets who can reasonably expect to write literature for a machinic audience of artificially intellectual peers,” Bök comments (“Poetic Machines”), and he speculates on the possibility of his Xenotext transgenic poems being sent through space as open letters to alien readers (“The Xenotext Experiment” 231).18 Yet the form Bök proposes for his transgenic poetry is different from Kac’s. Where Kac codes one text into DNA, Bök’s goal is to have his first nucleobased text, an original poem about new “life” forms and the poetic “lyre,” produce a second poem within a bacterium’s cellular processes to form two “mutually encipher[ing]” DNA-RNA transcription texts (North of Invention, ch. 2). Currently the paired-poem experiment succeeds with E. coli, though not yet with Bök’s intended final vehicle, the “extremophile” bacterium D. radiodurans (ch. 2).19

    Kac and Bök also seem to have very different genre expectations for what transgenic poetry should do. While Genesis delights in noise and misrecognition as an end result, Bök’s The Xenotext Experiment, despite its defamiliarizing genetic ciphers, still stresses the need to be able to decode “intelligible,” “meaningful sentences” from the poems at its conclusion (North of Invention, ch. 2). And while Genesis is structured around loss and mutation, the Xenotext strives for perpetuity, evoking the much more traditional poetic goal of ensuring the author’s eternal reputation. Bök’s intended host, D. radiodurans, “can repair its own DNA so quickly that the germ resists mutation” (North of Invention, ch. 2), creating a poem that might “last until the sun dies” (Hill) in a “quest for immortality” (Collis), as the review headlines announce. Bök compares his transgenic poems to long-established forms such as “sonnets,” invoking the sonnet’s typical goal of preserving what humans love (North of Invention, ch. 2). His transgenic texts’ duration, if successful, would far exceed the promised reach of Shakespeare’s “So long as men can breathe, or eyes can see” (187). Bök also places his transgenic texts within “the elegiac pastoral tradition” (North of Invention, ch. 2), where stylized constructions of nature help immortalize the subject, a “shepherd-poet” (Harrison 1-2). The elegy form promises that the deceased lyricist “lives on in” some afterlife, providing “an element of reassurance, of consolation” (Norlin 309), which seems a good parallel for Bök’s own artistic rearrangements of nature in service of human commemoration.20

    Yet Bök’s project, perhaps even more sharply than Genesis, turns out to foreground unrecoverable loss and noise. It is not only that Bök extends the bacterium’s role in the poetic process, or that the poem’s translation to its second host is still imperfect. The association of language with loss is integrated into the poem at its fundamental thematic and structural levels. Bök’s study, ‘Pataphysics, references Serres’s parasitic noise (57), but the more direct muse for the Xenotext is William S. Burroughs, the science fiction language theorist who denounced “[t]he word” in The Ticket That Exploded (1967) as “a virus,” something “alien and hostile,” “a parasitic organism that invades and damages the central nervous system,” compelling us to speak (49-50).21 Infected with this noisy parasite, the humans in Burroughs’s texts themselves become increasingly parasitic and invasive. Here there are no gentle shepherds; Burroughs’s Ghost of Chance (1991) tallies instead the species extinctions and environmental havoc that humans cause as macro-parasites on “the planet as an organism” (18) until their violent word “virus” finishes “burning itself out” and most of its “Mad” speakers are destroyed (54). Bök asserts that his own transgenic poems “make literal” Burroughs’s equation of word and microbe (“The Xenotext Experiment” 229), and he mirrors Burroughs’s rage at human assaults on biocommunities. The result is that all stages of the Xenotext enact a very Burroughs-like tension between what the human author can do—”the badassness of poetry,” as Bök puts it in Species of Spaces—and the prospect of the loss of all human language, part of humans’ self-erasure as we poison the landscapes around us.22

    It is the formal prowess of Bök’s poetry that readers notice first. Bök’s goal of producing “a machine for writing a poem in response” (Species of Spaces) echoes Burroughs’s vision of a “writing / machine,” though Bök works at the level of amino acids rather than with Burroughs’s “[g]reat sheets of magnetized print” (Ticket 62). Burroughs was known for his writing procedures, the use of “cut up[s],” “splices,” and “prerecorded” textual “substitut[ions]” to generate new semantics in passages (Ticket 207, 211, 205), but Bök’s poetic constraints in the Xenotext are far more extreme.23 In the transgenic poem pair, he has written the initial poem using only twenty of the letters in the English alphabet, linking each one of those letters to a specific codon, a “genetic triplet[] made by permuting the four nucleotides in DNA” (“Re: Buffalo Conference and Xenotext”; North of Invention, ch.2). Every codon is “an instruction for creating one of twenty amino acids used to make a sequence of protein” (North of Invention, ch. 2). Once the DNA poem is placed within the bacterium, the “DNA sequence” generates a “codependent” “messenger RNA sequence” for another set “of amino acids” (ch. 2). Each of those amino acids is again linked to one of the twenty letters to spell out the words for a second English poem (ch. 2). “[N]o poet in the history of poetics,” Bök states, “has ever actually imagined creating two texts that mutually encipher each other” in a live host (ch. 2). After many computer trials, he selected these letter matches for the double enciphering out of which he created his lipogrammic DNA and RNA poems:

    alphabet: a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z

    xenocode: t v u k y s p n o x d r w h i g z l f a c b m j e q(ch. 2)

    Other parts of the project could also be described as studying alien codes; Wershler notes that its ciphering challenges are equaled by the “postgraduate level biology,” software experiments, and financial applications needed for the poet’s collaborations (56-7). For readers seeking guidance with the science, Bök prefaces the two transgenic texts with poems in a print volume, The Xenotext, Book 1 (2015), which both explains and makes art from the relevant biological processes by building “modular acrostic” poems from “atomic models for each of the amino acids” or DNA bases, and providing examples of protein folding by “misread[ing]” letters of a poetry line as protein components (154-6). Still other poems, intended for forthcoming companion volumes, catalogue the properties of the transgenic host, humans’ ecological footprint, and our desire for the feedback of another sentient species.

    Bök is equally imaginative in trying to minimize the negative connotations of Burroughs’s parasite. He rereads Burroughs’s language virus as a source of creativity: “If the poet plays ‘host’ to the ‘germ’ of the word, then the poet may have to invent a more innovative vocabulary to describe this ‘epidemic’ called language” (“The Xenotext Experiment” 231). This reframing of Burroughs’s parasite metaphor is partly indebted to Christopher Dewdney. Dewdney’s “ominous conceit,” as Bök’s essay puts it, of “‘language…as a psychic parasite’” actually softens Burroughs’s parasite image (231). In his essay “Parasite Maintenance,” Dewdney briefly quotes Burroughs and states that “language” may not be “necessarily benevolent” (78-9). Yet Dewdney emphasizes that “living language exists in a symbiosis with the human ‘host’” in ways that can be “mutually beneficial” (79), arguing that poets’ brains have the added advantage of containing “the Parasite,” which he defines as “a special neural system” (75-6), “an internal structure generating novel configurations” in language (78) that expands ideas and senses “beyond” their usual constraints (90-1).24 Bök, in turn, insists that his own “‘xenotext’” is an artistic achievement for humans that remains neutral to its bacterial host: “a beautiful, anomalous poem, whose ‘alien words’ might subsist, like a harmless parasite, inside the cell of another life-form” (“The Xenotext Experiment” 229).

    And yet, for all Bök’s claims of coexistence, the destructive valence of Burroughs’s parasite is hard to forget. In Word Cultures, Robin Lydenberg reminds us that for Burroughs the human “language parasite” (18) is neither beautiful nor “‘harmless’” (122); it is a horrible infestation that the author must “expos[e] and exhaust[],” with all formal innovations geared toward that end (137).25 Language is indeed the parasite that transforms its hosts into parasites: “To name, for Burroughs, is virtually to obliterate humanity and individual will, to reduce the individual to a hungry orifice, an empty sucking hole,” and “[r]epresentation” is “a lethal symbiosis which reduces the world to a ‘copy planet,’ a false and lifeless imitation” (Lydenberg 40). The villains in Burroughs’s 1960s Nova trilogy embed noisily dissonant language texts in human hosts in an attempt to blast the earth. The ecological motifs in Burroughs’s post-1980 texts further contextualize his hatred of language. Ghost of Chance depicts language as a synecdoche for everything dangerous about humans, a facet of the murderous “Ugly Spirit” that haunts Burroughs’s texts (48). “Homo Sap,” he writes, “can make information available through writing or oral tradition to other Sap humans” (48), embodying a language tied to “war, exploitation, and slavery” (49), as well as to the eradication of nonhumans, which he describes at length in atypically poignant images. “Bulldozers are destroying the rain forests, the cowering lemurs and flying foxes, the singing Kloss’s gibbons, which produce the most beautiful and variegated music of any land animal,” he writes, as if to underscore the contrast between the lyricism of the nonhuman and the noisy violence of human “enemies of the planet,” whose “name is legion” (18-19).26 Ghost of Chance‘s narrator employs a longstanding catchphrase of Burroughs’s texts: “one is tempted to say, as Brion Gysin did, ‘Rub out the word‘” (49).

    Like Burroughs, Bök finds little to praise in the few human “artifacts” likely to be noted “after tens of millions of years”: the “mass extinction” of other species, “climate change,” and “nuclear waste” (North of Invention, Q & A). When Bök cites the exigency of saving something more of “our cultural heritage against planetary disasters” (“The Xenotext Experiment” 228), he refers not only to the distant prospect of the sun’s death but to nearer possibilities like “nuclear war” (North of Invention, ch. 3, 2) and crop loss due to the harm done to bees by insecticides (The Xenotext, Book 1 23). It is no surprise that Burroughs’s frightening images of human parasites and parasitic language affect both Bök’s encoded poem pair for the bacterium and the accompanying poems Bök writes about that process, texts that include direct rewrites of Burroughs’s virus remarks (e.g., the anagrammatic rearrangement of “Language is a virus from outer space” into “Language tapers our vicious frames” [Species of Spaces]) and which are marked by their own forms of loss and noise, as well as by a sense of the limits of poetry’s cultural critiques.

    Each of the two current texts Bök intends to be generated by “poet” and “germ” has fourteen lines. These “abbreviated Petrarchan sonnets,” as he describes them (North of Invention, ch. 2), are the ghostly foundation text to his first book on the project, since they have been read at lectures but will be published formally only in a later book. Apart from the sonnet structure, he models their pairing on a Renaissance “pastoral” exchange, though one whose opening topic is romance rather than explicit elegy: Christopher Marlowe’s “The Passionate Shepherd to His Love” and Walter Ralegh’s “The Nymph’s Reply to the Shepherd” (ch. 2). As Bök’s use of “abbreviated” suggests, there is metrical and linguistic loss in his elliptical sonnets. The difficulties of double-coding foreclose a sonnet’s iambic pentameter or consistent rhyme, limiting each line to two to four words, and precluding as well the range of wordplay in the Marlowe-Ralegh tetrameter quatrains. Here, too, as in Kac’s Genesis, the poetry is visually reduced to a color marker, this time “cell[s]” that “glow red in the dark” to show the bacterium’s response protein (ch. 2). The fact that Bök’s microbe produces only the match words prompted by the poet’s DNA coding also structurally foregrounds a sense of absence in the response mechanism.

    These absences are thematically echoed as the Xenotext poems, like Genesis, ponder the potential losses incurred by their technical achievement, moving from lyric appeal to elegiac lament for both human artists and manipulated organisms. Where the poet’s sonnet is a “masculine assertion about the aesthetic creation of life,” Bök explains, the bacterium’s sonnet is “a feminine refutation about the woebegone absence of life” (ch. 2). The gender clichés recall the way Mary Shelley’s male scientist violates the feminized “nature” he had “pursued…to her hiding-places” in order to make a new creature (54), with Bök now grafting Dr. Frankenstein onto Marlowe’s shepherd, who reduced nature’s bounty to adornments to seduce a lover.27 Both nature and the human are diminished in the process, Bök suggests, as he cuts down the poet-shepherd-reshaper to a puerile “herdboy,” addressing the bacterium as a lost Nabokovian “nymphet” (North of Invention, ch. 2). At best, the poet is still “‘Orpheus’” to the bacterium’s “‘Eurydice,’” whom he loses, presumably, by his need to scrutinize her too “insistent[ly]” (The Xenotext, Book 1 150, 67). The vision of losing or diminishing other organisms, and of our inability to avoid the noise of cultural stereotypes, reminds us to proceed with caution in developing this new poetic form, and is perhaps another reason that Bök selects such an imperishable host.

    Poet (DNA encoded text)
    any style of life
    is prim
    
    oh stay
    my lyre
    
    with wily ploys
    moan the riff
    
    the riff
    of any tune aloud
    
    moan now my fate
    
    in fate
    we rely
    
    my my
    thnow is the word
    
    the word of life
    
    Germ (RNA encoded text)
    the faery is rosy
    of glow
    
    in fate
    we rely
    
    moan more grief
    with any loss
    
    any loss
    is the achy trick
    
    with him we stay
    
    oh stay
    my lyre
    
    we wean
    him of any milk
    
    any milk is rosy
    (North of Invention, ch. 2. Transgenic poems reprinted by permission of Christian Bök.)

    The language of the poet’s sonnet is indeed self-important and insistent. Despite its reference to “moan[ing],” the octave celebrates human ingenuity as an art of “wily ploys” with an individualized “riff.” The “stay” in lines 3-4, “oh stay / my lyre,” is ambiguous, a call for either lyric persistence or for silence, though the former seems better suited to the delight of making “any tune aloud” invoked in line 8. Where the first line, “any style of life,” evokes the possibility of different living media and lifestyles, the phrase “is prim” in the second line suggests a desire for decorous form. The piece suggests that it is the poet’s form that wins. The sonnet is possessive about “my lyre,” emphasizing the personal form of composition, and the concern with “my fate” in the sestet precedes and overshadows the collective resignation of “in fate / we rely” in lines 10-11. “[M]y myth,” dramatically isolated in the twelfth line, “now is the word” in the next line; that “word,” moreover, concludes the poem as “the” singular “word of life.” This language of dominion recalls Adrienne Rich’s “book of myths / in which / our names”—the names of feminized others or outsiders—”do not appear” (164).

    Both the context and themes of the bacterium’s poem deflate the first sonnet’s masculinist bravado.28 Ralegh’s nymph had already challenged the pastoral notion of a sheltering or humanized nature and indicted poetic “wil[es],” as the DNA text might put it, reminding the shepherd that words can deceive (“If all the world and love were young, / And truth in every shepherd’s tongue” [105]) and that living forms die (“Soon break, soon wither, soon forgotten” [106]), the very antithesis of the lasting text Bök wishes to achieve. The first lines of Bök’s bacterial poem undercut the new shepherd further; the reference to “faery” tales in “the faery is rosy / of glow” acknowledges, but may also critique, the poet’s fanciful creations. The Petrarchan cliché of “rosy” beauty gets reworked as an allusion to the experiment’s intended red hue, but neither human interposition nor nature is necessarily “benign” here (“The Xenotext Experiment” 229). Bök states in his essay that his “‘word-germ’ has only the most miniscule [sic], most negligible, chance whatsoever of producing any dangerous contagion” (231), at the same time the word “rosy” in the bacterium’s poem hints, like ambient noise, at “Ring around the rosy,” the children’s lyric purportedly based on our historical encounter with the bacterium Y. pestis, the cause of the Black Death.29

    “[M]ilk” itself becomes “rosy” in the last line of the bacterium’s poem, as if mingled with blood, creating visions of wounding and nursing in the same image. This poem does “moan more grief,” as the fifth line suggests, focusing on absence and lack at the communal level. There is no personal “my fate” here, only a repetition of the lack of control in “in fate / we rely,” which comes well before the image of “my lyre” in the eleventh line. Artifice is something that costs the artist, becoming an “achy trick” attached to “any loss.” The antecedent for “him” in “with him we stay” in the ninth line is not specified. If it refers to the masculine scientist-poet, does “stay”—followed by a second repeated stanza from the poet’s sonnet—underscore that the bacterium’s “lyre” really belongs to the poet? Or is there some counter-creation in which the bacterium usurps his lyre? Whomever “h[e]” refers to in the bacterium’s poem, he moves from possible lover to child in the three closing lines, where “any milk is rosy,” but “we wean / him of any milk.” Serres asks whether the baby “whom the mother carried, who sucked at her breast” should be considered “a parasite” (78); questions about children who can no longer be nursed, or children who turn against their nurturers, grow more vexed in the Xenotext project as Bök addresses human incursions on the planet.

    Where Kac’s Genesis raises implicit questions about what the nonhuman poetic host signifies, Bök directly uses the physiology of his transgenic texts’ intended host to interrogate human incursions. “The Extremophile,” a companion prose poem intended for a later Xenotext volume, shows D. radiodurans or other extremophiles flourishing not only in the harshest natural environments on “Earth” or in “outer space” (20)—no seductive pastoral charms here—but also in the worst human-polluted landscapes. A sample extremophile in his composite portrait “feeds on concrete,” and Bök’s catalogue of opportunistic organisms expands rapidly, like an avalanche of noisy interpolations of the transgenic poems’ ellipses: “It breeds, unseen, inside canisters of hairspray” (“The Extremophile” 17); “It feeds on polyethylene”; “It thrives in the acidic runoff from heavy-metal mines, depleted of their zinc”; “It eats jet fuel” (18); “It feeds on nylon byproducts”; and “It dwells in a tide pool of battery acid” (19). The organisms’ feedings increase with seeming relish as we move from “byproducts” to more dramatic industrial accidents: “It gorges on plumes of petroleum, venting from the wellhead of the Deepwater Horizon” (19), “It resides inside the core of Reactor No. 4 at Chernobyl” (20), and “It is ideally adapted to eat hot graphite in the ruins of Unit 2 at Three Mile Island” (21).

    Here our pollutants create an alien, synthetic ecology—”acidic runoff” and “tide pool of battery acid” amid “the ruins of” our culture—where extremophiles might “thrive[],” adding entry after entry to the list poem, precisely because they are “totally inhuman” (23). These images go further than Burroughs; they recall Philip K. Dick in “Planet for Transients,” a short story in which the last fully human survivors of a nuclear war realize that they have reshaped the earth into an irradiated “jungle” of evolved creatures, “‘Countless forms adapted to this Earth—this hot Earth,’” whose atmosphere and nutrients are now poison to the prior inhabitants (338).30 This is “wean[ing]” with a vengeance, or with poetic justice. Here there is no coy courtship, sentimental maternity, or vision of transgenic dialogue; an extremophile, as Bök states bluntly in his poem, “does not love you. It does not need you. It does not even know that you exist” (“The Extremophile” 23).

    “The Extremophile” gives a far from “rosy” picture of that human lifestyle even within the human community. Its pictures of eco-destruction also read like a manifest of war crimes and atrocities from the twentieth century and beyond. One extremophile “thrives in the topsoil of battlefields contaminated with toxic doses of lead” (20), and others remain alive in “the firebombing of Dresden” (17), “the conflagration during the collapse of the World Trade Center” (21), “the incineration of Hiroshima” (22), “the crucibles of Treblinka” (21), and “the tornados of hellfire, raging, unchecked, in the oil fields of Kuwait during the Persian Gulf War” (19). For the Xenotext‘s Orpheus, hell is always ignited by humans as we parasite one another. It is hard to read the thundering rhythms of the lists in “The Extremophile” without beginning to root for a nonhuman successor. Perhaps our previous poems, Bök suggests, chose the wrong species to commemorate.

    Such deep ambivalence about poetry’s place and perdurability against this catalogue of wrongdoing continues throughout the text. Bök closes the poem with a statement that seems to inspire human creativity: the extremophile “awaits your experiments” in science or poetics (23). He has argued that the text can be read as an “allegory” for the power “of poetry,” a craft that might survive our destructiveness (Species of Spaces). At the same time, however, the acts of censorship the poem mentions (“the furnaces reserved for The Satanic Verses after the fatwa issued by the Ayatollah of Iran” [20] or “the Nazi bonfires at the Opernplatz in Berlin” [18]) suggest that we have already begun a nightmarish purging of our language and creativity, an appalling parody of Burroughs’s “‘Rub out the word’” (Ghost of Chance 49) or Serres’s image of a text “burnt” to confound the “parasite” (253). “What poetry can we imagine,” Bök asks in “The Perfect Malware,” another poem from an upcoming Xenotext print book, “when poetry itself has gone extinct” and we are left with only noise and ash, “the soot of our burnt books,” to scan (8)?

    Neither Burroughs nor Bök ever fully abandons the word germ in his own texts, a fact that Bök reflects in the sardonic title of “The Perfect Malware,” a piece he describes, only half-jokingly, as the “best poem I’ve ever written in the course of my entire career” (Species of Spaces). Wikipedia defines “malware,” or “malicious software,” as made “to disrupt computer operations, gather sensitive information,” or “gain access to private computer systems” (“Malware,” par. 1). Here poetry becomes deliberately subversive noise, an interruption that might bring down a system entirely—but what is being subverted or rewritten? At times the “it” of the lists in “The Perfect Malware” does seem close to Burroughs’s malevolent language germ, “infecting us, like a virus” (13) and spreading our violence across the ecosystem: “It sings an orison to itself in Hell, calling all thinking machines to embrace its madness. It teaches us to kill…. It is a tombstone for our sentience” (9). But other lines plead for new poetic markers, perhaps in reference to the transgenic poems or to the self-interrogations of this print poem with its repeated queries of “Who am I?” (15), to challenge such a fixed course: “Must we bequeath to the darkness all the bright tokens of what we know?” (11). The “malware” of the poem’s penultimate line (15) is not quite the pernicious language virus that identifies and consumes, nor the vision of language fading “into thin air” at the end of Burroughs’s The Ticket That Exploded (217). If Bök echoes Burroughs’s “silence / to say / good bye” (Ticket 183), it is to give “The Perfect Malware” something more tentatively open, “like the voice of a child, saying goodbye in the dark,” longing for a response, though unsure of whether it will come in the hoped-for form of human acts to stop the loss of species he describes—”the fey imp in all living things” about “to be destroyed”—or only in the form of alien signs after the planet’s “swelling fireball” (14-5). The child’s voice recalls the child abruptly being weaned in the Xenotext RNA poem, and might be an apt figure for the early stages of transgenic poetry itself.

    Bök’s Xenotext, even more markedly than Kac’s Genesis, offers cross sections of a transgenic poetry form in transition, aware of its noise and fallacies. This new poetry chafes against generic and genetic limits (“We were never intended to be tied to whatever made us” [The Xenotext, Book 1 146]) that it is sometimes forced to acknowledge. Kac’s biopoetry battles against the restrictions of human language through projects that are still quintessentially human intellectual experiments, including his theorization of a poetics of noise and genetic mutation. For Bök, the final problem with the transgenic poem may not be its manipulation of nature but its limits as an elegiac vessel. This is not only because his full text currently cannot be read in D. radiodurans. Bök describes his transgenic poems’ “character” in curiously anti-monumental terms, as “very fragile” and different from his usual style (“Teaching myself molecular biochemistry”). His supplementary print poems have to step in to document ecological losses—”the omnicide of the world” and “our own extinction” (The Xenotext, Book 1 17, 74)—in powerfully eloquent sequences too lengthy to be encoded for a DNA-RNA pair structure or perhaps to be encoded reliably at all across generations of a life form. Nor is Bök certain about the existence of alien readers to translate our transgenic messages. “The Perfect Malware” might be addressing those elusive or illusive readers: “I know that nowhere, among these glowing nebulae, do any of you exist” (15). Orpheus’s fierce love letter is written not only to the nature we are destroying but to human poetry itself, giving a passionate look backward at all the older forms whose language games might still be lost as noise after the deaths of their authors and readers. In this fashion, The Xenotext, Book 1 elegizes, in addition to the classical “pastoral,” the “[v]irelay,” the “nocturne,” the Shakespearean and “alexandrine sonnet,” the “acrostic,” the “catalogue” poem (151-6), and concretist-influenced visual typography, as well as Bök’s work in earlier texts like Crystallography (1994, 2003), which also features chemical compound-based generative devices. The noise and toxins of the present actively destabilize the poetic past in “Colony Collapse Disorder,” a “feast” of translation/misreading where Bök gradually “‘transmut[es]’” the verbal nuances of a book of Virgil’s Georgics into a dirge for the “impoverishments” of beehives caused by the latest human “pesticide[s]” (46, 60, 23).

    What is poetry’s role in this “impoverish[ed]” climate? For all their differences, the Xenotext and Kac’s Genesis ask similar questions: is the poet’s job only to mourn or critique in reflecting on the technological state of the art? Can transgenic poetry make any interventions in bioethics or any difference to its readers? Kac sees transgenic poems and other aesthetic gene experiments, despite their noise, as still offering the chance for “healthy” and “beautiful chimeras and fantastic new living systems,” though he insists that unless they are “loved and nurtured,” especially with multicellular hosts, any hope of the poetry’s “Ethical” component will fail (Telepresence 243). Bök wants to believe that poetry’s critiques might offer something “curative” (Species of Spaces), a call to rethink “our only legacy to the future” (North of Invention, Q &A), but he remains more skeptical of our caretaking potential. Despite Bök’s genetic experiments, the speaker in The Xenotext, Book 1 still worries that violence is unchangeably “embedded in our genomes” (19), and that the most vivid elegy for our future losses, or those of the earth, may not stop them from happening. In the Xenotext‘s love poetry, our affections are always insufficient. Bök’s “Virgil greets us at the Gates of Death to tell us that we love our lovers, but never enough to bring them back from Hell,” and that “we have damned our children to leave the fallout shelter” (74). While he insists on the need to keep experimenting with new poetic forms to protest that outcome (“And yet, I must let loose, upon the world, my perfect malware”), the poems also leave open the possibility that transgenic poetry and its print counterparts may simply become a better way of detailing our spoliations, “our excursion from the ovum to the void” (“The Perfect Malware” 15, 11). Instead of Marlowe’s shepherd’s call to “Come live with me and be my love” in a halcyon poetic fabrication of nature (185), Bök offers the reader a starker invitation in bleaker landscapes, quietly dropping the promise of shared “love and life”: “Come with me, and let me show you how to break my heart” (The Xenotext, Book 1 151, 19).

    Notes

    1. Davis describes Max Delbrück’s original puzzle, “a DNA model constructed of 174 toothpicks in four different colors,” in “linguistic” terms, speculating that “scientists” had “waxed just a little bit poetic” when they thought the arbitrary link between signifier and referent mirrored the link between “triplet codon” and “amino acid” (259). For other transgenic texts, see Kac’s Move 36 (2004), which codes the Descartes quotation “‘Cogito ergo sum’” as a “‘Cartesian gene’” introduced into a plant, alongside a gene to make the foliage curve (Kac, “Life Transformation” 177), and Cypher (2009), “a DIY transgenic kit” housing artificially engineered DNA that translates a brief science fiction-themed “poem,”

    “ATAGGEDCATWILLATTACKGATTACA.” The audience can “transform[] E. coli” by adding the poem-DNA (Cypher). Bök describes the “Synthia” bacterium, which Craig Venter implanted with DNA “that enciphered a quote from [James Joyce’s] A Portrait of the Artist as a Young Man: ‘To live, to err, to fall, to triumph, to recreate life out of life’” (North of Invention, ch. 1), and notes current and future DNA text projects in plants in The Xenotext, Book 1 (113, 115).

    2. Such tropes, Roof notes, historically have been used to foster the illusion of “a hyperbolic sense of agency and control” and to justify biased “pseudoscience” about “race, gender, and sexual orientation” (3, 13). Megan Fernandes references Roof’s speculation on biopolitics and poetics in an essay that mentions Kac’s Genesis, though she deals more deeply with poetry that uses transgenics at a thematic level, rather than a formal one.

    3. While Genesis seems to allow a nonhuman organism to effect incalculable changes in the bible quotation (Telepresence 252), scholars debate whether the artist does, in fact, truly cede “dominion” in this text. The fact that the “unpredictable” microbes “continue to mutate even when the UV light does not shine,” Hayles states, undermines “human agency” to an extent, although she questions whether the “‘artist’s gene’” implantation ultimately upholds that agency, and whether Genesis “critique[s]” or “reinscribe[s]” the idea “that flesh can be reduced to data” (“Who Is in Control Here?” 86, 83-84). On the issue of control and its ethics in Kac’s bio art, see also Steve Baker, Dominique Moulon (“Fifty Questions”), Mathieu Noury, Matthew Causey, Gunalan Nadarajan, Steve Tomasula (“Gene(sis)”), Fernandes, Yunjin La-mei Woo, and Carol Becker, who also queries whether the debate over dominion Kac provokes will alter our ecopractices (43).

    4. “For subsequent versions,” Kac adds, “I created exclusively green fluorescent bacteria” (Telepresence 262).

    5. Following Kac, Hugues Marchal finds Genesis poetic for its “creation” of new forms with and outside of the “‘verbal,’” as well as its “critical stance” toward scientific praxis (76), while Tomasula compares Genesis‘s processes to OuLiPo poetic generative devices (“Gene(sis)” 255). Claus Clüver sees Kac’s definitions of both media poetry and biopoetry encouraging texts that “approach[] illegibility” (179), yet he still suggests that Genesis is a poem only because of the use of the bible sentence (184), even as he asks whether the E. coli should be considered “transmitters of signs” or “the sign” itself (181). He does note that other Kac biopoetry plans involving “‘language’” in “non-human” species go “beyond” the genre challenges of prior poetic innovations such as Dada texts (184).

    6. Kac insists on the “direct relationship between my books and my artworks” (“Fifty Questions” 78). Since bio installations depend so much on authorial comments to explain their methods to an audience, Jens Hauser argues, their “Paratexts” might be considered examples of needed textual “Parasitism or Biocenosis” of linked organisms (93-4). Noury details Kac’s use of “communication” and “dialogical interaction” in these paratexts (see Kac, Telepresence 218; Noury 132-3), discussing Genesis‘s commercial lab work, Internet use, the relation between the artist’s gene and the information in the rest of the organism, and the Petri culture plasmid exchanges between bacteria with the Genesis gene and the ones lacking it (Noury 131-8), as well as Kac’s analysis of “Telecommunications” and Baudrillard’s “‘hyperreal’” (Kac, Telepresence 141; Noury 142-3). Noury mentions noise in the context of self-organization and second-order cybernetics (149), but looks more at how Kac anticipates the posthuman and transhuman (179) than at Kac’s creation of purposely flawed or nontransparent transmissions.

    7. David Hunt, though he focuses less on details of Genesis‘s language, also finds Kac keenly “suspicious of metaphors” such as “[t]he genome as a book,” especially “reduce[d]” to a seemingly closed print volume (par. 1-2). He praises Genesis‘s “open-ended,” “hypertext”-style “process” (par. 3-4) involving “multiple perspectives through multiple languages,” taking fluctuating, “provisional forms,” and arriving at a “state of perpetual ‘unfinish’” that disrupts the “heavy totalitarian cadences” present in “language as a tool of ideology” (par. 6-8).

    8. Clüver argues that the very abundance of Genesis‘s visual and sound “multimedia” and “intermedia” forums reminds us that we cannot see the bacterial text without “translation,” and that, if we lack the scientific background, we may not know how to interpret what we do see (181-3). Cary Wolfe notes W.J.T. Mitchell’s claim that Kac’s bio texts foreground “‘the invisibility of the genetic revolution,’” but asserts that “Kac’s work also exploits” deliberately “our lust for the visual” to show the limits of “human (and humanist) visuality” (What Is Posthumanism? 162-4).

    9. As Serres scholars point out, “parasite” in French can also denote “static or interference” (Wolfe, “Bring the Noise” xiii). See, too, Wolfe on Serres’s premise that “‘Nonfunctioning remains essential for functioning’” and its effect on his theory of interdisciplinary “‘translation’” and his call to “‘rewrite a system’” based on “‘differences, noise, and disorder,’” so that, as Wolfe notes, “noise is productive and creative” (xiii-xiv). Dworkin’s analysis of noise’s “necessary” role in Serres’s communication theory reminds us, conversely, that the noisiest composition “cannot ever completely escape from the republic of signification” (46-8).

    10. In his introduction to the first edition of Media Poetry, Kac cites “the formal conquests of” Language poetry and related vanguard texts, while still emphasizing the need to leave behind paper-based page art (11).

    11. Darren Wershler’s article on The Xenotext Experiment as a “boundary object[]” in “media art” and “communication studies” (43-4) suggests the need for reading noise in transgenic poems; without citing Serres directly, he mentions the noncommunicative aspects of language (“language is inherently excessive and routinely frustrates any attempts to fix meaning” [58]) when transgenic authors transform “what it means to write poetry” (46). In an effort to show the innovations of Bök’s Xenotext, however, Wershler deemphasizes the noise of Kac’s Genesis, reading it more “as a storage container for pre-existing texts,” and notes Bök’s critique of Genesis as insufficiently transformative of the host (48-9).

    12. Robert Mitchell sees this expansiveness as part of the bio art genre: “though one initially encounters most vitalist bioartworks as though they were discrete and concrete objects with clear borders, many of these same works are designed to produce a subsequent confusion about the precise borders of the work of art and to encourage a sense that both the origin and future of the work of art remain indeterminate and open” (85).

    13. Tomasula also discusses textual “inconsistencies” and “contradictory stories” in the vocal and early written stages of the bible’s Genesis as a “myth” that stayed “open,” “turning into new versions of itself,” a format Kac mirrors, he argues, in letting present-day viewers affect the Genesis sentence (“Gene(sis)” 252-3). Wolfe notes Kac’s subversion of the idea of an “authoritative,” direct “‘voice of God’” by stressing the King James Bible as “‘a translation of many translations’” and observes more generally “the disjunction of meaning” from “language” produced by Genesis‘s switches in “texts/codes” that challenge “the dream of translation” as “complete transparency between one language and another” and the implied “‘dominion’” within “that notion of language”—another argument for focusing on textual noise, though he does not read specific letter changes in the Genesis sentence beyond their “nonsensical” status (244-7). Rebecca Sanchez notes the “embodied” “semantic slippage” of controlling “‘man’” and “movement” in the first Genesis show sentence (150); Kac briefly ponders “the noise” of the “EON”/”AAN” changes in terms of “‘time’” or gender (“Genesis: A Transgenic Artwork” 19); and Anna Gibbs, in an overview of book format “translation[s],” notes Genesis‘s broad focus on “instability and unreliability,” qualities that she sees the Xenotext trying to oppose. In contrast, see Rosemary Lee on Bök’s Xenotext and Kac’s “Biopoetry,” both read under an epigraph of Burroughs’s virus remark. Even if certain Kac experiments “mutate” or are “closed to human reception,” Lee argues, Kac and Bök, as “cross-disciplinary” poets of the “non-human,” still try “to faithfully translate information from one system of coding into another” (1, 3, 6).

    14. Kac’s website essay on Genesis states that its nonpathogenic E. coli type, “JM101,” is “safe to use in public and [is] displayed in the gallery with the UV source in a protective transparent enclosure” (par. 3). Bök’s vessel, D. radiodurans, is also a “nonpathogen[]” (Saier 1129).

    15. Robert Majzels asserts via linguistic metaphor that a transgenic artist “interrupts the [organism]’s speech” (par. 10). Clüver cites Kac’s sense of the bacterium’s “‘internal interests as a living creature’” in Genesis (182) and Hayles mentions the “irresistible mandates” of its “biological processes,” as well as the bio research history of another organism in Kac’s The Eighth Day (“Who Is in Control Here?” 84, 80)—though not in the context of noise. Adam Dickinson argues that the mutations effected by the radiation in Genesis should be seen as “damaging the organism” (141), though he praises Bök’s The Xenotext Experiment as “nonviolent” (145).

    16. Tomasula agrees with Kac that Genesis makes us weigh the “consequences not always foreseen, nor benign” of “interfering with evolution” or of our environmental pollution (“Gene(sis)” 255).

    17. Hayles sees “‘collaboration’” as potentially too anthropomorphic for Genesis as well, because the microorganisms “did not agree to the arrangement,” and she finds the “conversations” in Kac’s other bio art largely “symbolic,” emphasizing differences “between human and nonhuman” perception (“Who Is in Control Here?” 84-5). To depict the relations among “a plant,” “a bird,” and “humans” in his Essay Concerning Human Understanding (1994), Kac paraphrases Humberto Maturana’s idea of “consensual domains: shared spheres of perception, cognition and agency in which two or more sentient beings (human or otherwise) can negotiate their experience dialogically” (“Trans-Genesis”), though Maturana seems to have adapted the term “consensual” from a human context, describing “a domain of coordinated behavior…that is indistinguishable from a domain of consensus established between human beings” (“Cognition” 42-3). The Xenotext Experiment provokes similar questions about how to describe the bacterium’s role. Wershler refers to it as both “collaborator” and “co-author” (50), while Dickinson calls it “colleague” and “symbiont,” stating that the Xenotext exemplifies, in Don McKay’s terms, “‘an address to the other with an acknowledgement of our human-centredness built in, a salutary and humbling reminder’” (145). Nikki Skillman argues, in contrast, that the bacterial poem is only “ventriloquism” (262).

    18. For a discussion of scientific conjectures that aliens could have tried this previously with genetic data in viruses, see Bök (“The Xenotext Experiment” 228 and North of Invention, ch. 1) as well as Wershler (47-8). “Who is this message for?” Wershler asks of the Xenotext; “Will they ever find it? Does it matter?” (58). “[I]f a poem is written in the vacuum of space and there’s no human there to read it,” Tomasula adds, “is it still a poem?” (“Introduction” 3). Kenneth Goldsmith describes the transgenic poetry as “the most unreadable text of all,” given its microscopic size and “alien” audience (170). Majzels wonders whether the bacteria, “these tiny organisms are in fact the aliens, the xenos who have always been here reciting long strings of generative poems to each other while humans are busy murdering each other?” (par. 10).

    19. Bök writes in June 2014, “I have performed assays on the extremophile, and I have managed to integrate the gene into the chromosome; the organism fluoresces in response, as expected, but it keeps destroying the resulting protein, before the entire mass of the molecule can be detected, meaning that we cannot read the poem before it is metabolized. I have to figure out how to make the poem more stable in this environment. I have managed to get the construct to work definitively in E. coli—but I have promised to get the poem to function in the unkillable bacterium” (“Re: Xenotext”).

    20. Iain Twiddy discusses the “artificial” quality of nature portrayals in pastoral elegies and the adaptation of this quality in modern poems about human ecological impact, whether the focus is on a person or whether an “aspect of nature is itself the subject being mourned” (3-5).

    21. Robin Lydenberg finds strong similarities between the parasite philosophies of Burroughs and Serres, namely the concept of “the parasite” as “‘always already’” found in “language” and society, the undercutting of the “parasite/host” division, the drive “to exorcize the parasite” from “body and writing,” and the belief that “the parasite is the archetype of all relations of power; but it is also the agent of change which disrupts those relations” (127, 130). David Ingram briefly mentions Serres’s theory of “‘one-way relations’” to explain Burroughs’s vision of “media control” and evokes Serresian “noise” to describe Burroughs’s “cut-ups” that can “both subvert and renew that system” (101, 110). Arndt Niebisch also cites Serres’s idea of “feedback as a parasitical structure” (par. 2) to read Burroughs’s “cut-ups” and “recordings” (par. 9).

    22. Douglas Luman notes initially the “hopeless” tenor of the Xenotext‘s “pastoral” transgenic poems that will survive “our own fragility” and “likely disappearance,” yet that cannot reverse that absence or the other “extinction[s]” we have caused (par. 7, 9, 6, 4). He briefly links this eco-“damage” to “systems of action brought into being by our own will in language,” but he sees The Xenotext, Book 1‘s “elegiac” tone, in its last text, as “reassuring” us about poetry’s afterlife with “a new way into creation” (par. 4, 8, 11). I argue that as a group Bök’s Xenotext poems are more qualified about the survival and memorializing effect of poetry. See, too, Eleanor Gold on the book’s imagery of “apocalyptic destruction” for “the Anthropocene” (par. 3), Michael Leong on the text’s multiple “translation[s]” of environmental “Apocalypse” (248-9), and Frank Davey on “Recovery and loss” in a text “doubtful of its political usefulness” (par. 4, 1).

    23. Bök scholarship focuses intensively on the poet’s generative devices. See Brian Kim Stefans’s essays, Perloff (“The Oulipo Factor”), Jean-Philippe Marcoux’s Eunoia articles, and texts by Jerome McGann, Robert David Stacey, Brent Wood, Gibbs, and Sean Braune (“Enantiomorphosis” and “The Meaning Revealed”). Stephen Voyce’s interview with Bök covers numerous stated and unstated guidelines in the poet’s texts, with an extended section on the titular project. See, too, Braune on the attempt to create a Burroughsian “living clinamen” in the Xenotext (“From Lucretian Atomic Theory” 177-8). Wershler describes in detail the codes, computer resources, and models Bök used in The Xenotext Experiment (49-54).

    24. Bök explains that Dewdney’s “Parasite” is a helpful entity combatting another symbiont, “the Governor,” “that regulates” words and ideas: “The Governor unveils the power of language over us; the Parasite reveals the power of language in us” (‘Pataphysics 95, 116).

    25. For Burroughs’s efforts to thwart the language virus, see Priscilla Wald on “his ‘cut-up[s]’” as self-“‘inoculation’” against the otherwise unseen parasite (185-6). Lydenberg traces Burroughs’s stylistic “violence” from his “metonymic” play and “holes” in passages in Naked Lunch (43) to his print intercuts, “experiments with tape recorders and film” (44), “found texts” (105), “fold-in[s]” (43), “simultaneous multiple texts” (45), and, ultimately, his call for “silence” (114). See, too, Ihab Hassan on Burroughs’s “montage,” Dada poetics, and “splice[s]” (9) in “a deposition against the human race” (4) as “‘Virus’” (13), using “desiccated, automatic” phrasing whose “final aim is self-abolition” (8). Timothy Murphy discusses Burroughs’s “elegiac” “(anti-) narrative” in the “‘silence to say goodbye’” (136-7), while Ingram studies the influence of Alfred Korzybski’s semantic theory on Burroughs’s techniques such as “non-linear” glyphs to fight ingrained “verbal controls” (95, 98). Hayles, in How We Became Posthuman, analyzes Burroughs’s use of tape recordings both compositionally and in his descriptions of “‘writing machine[s],’” his fear that his own virus-“destabiliz[ing]” texts might “become infectious in turn,” and his interest in “noise” as well as “silence” (214-6, 219). Todd Tietchen reads the “cut-ups” as “disrupting the signifying chains of ideological language” toward “a liberating silence” (120) in an example of Mark Dery’s definition of “‘Culture Jamming,’” where artists “‘introduce noise into the system as it passes from transmitter to receiver’” (114).

    26. See, too, Chad Weidner on Ghost of Chance‘s images of “‘deforestation, pandemic pollution,’” and “entire species” wiped out by humans (“‘The Great God Pan’” 200-01); on the book as an “Ecological Elegy” (195), “an obituary” for “the earth” (204); and on the book’s “softer,” “more accessible” language (197). See also Weidner’s extended discussion of the book’s indictment of “‘The Ugly Spirit…in Homo Sap, the Ugly Animal’” (The Green Ghost 136-57). Barry Miles also observes the environmentalism of Burroughs’s final texts, quoting the excerpt from Ghost of Chance about “‘the planet as an organism’” being “destroyed by humanity” (253-4), and states that Captain Mission’s interaction with lemurs features “some of Burroughs’s most tender and exquisite writing” (244).

    27. Oana Avasilichioaei juxtaposes similar quotations about “nature”‘s “hiding-places” from Frankenstein with Bök’s descriptions of the Xenotext.

    28. Tony Hill concurs that the RNA poem counters the “machissimo” in the poet’s sonnet (par. 5), Wershler finds the poet’s text/implantation “hubristic” (51), and Alexander Kim also notes “the hubris of the poet’s project” in “Orpheus,” “while Eurydice responds to its arrogance” (par. 10). Gregory Betts sees a “Promethean” pride in the Xenotext‘s bid for poetic “immortality” (50-1). Skillman, discussing the “elegiac” quality of the poem pair, notes “the expressive, improvised ‘riff’ of artistic will” and “ambitious” “boasts” of the first sonnet and the response’s “apocalyptic, melancholy” sense “of human loss” (265-6), though with generally different interpretations than mine of the lines’ wordplay. Dan Disney looks briefly at “homophonic” play in the pair that “proclaims our imminent/immanent absence” (411, 408).

    29. Iona and Peter Opie recognize the widespread, though probably mistaken, idea of the song’s plague roots (221-3). A.M. Juster, perhaps overcautiously, questions the “‘benign’” status of even E. coli experiments.

    30. Wershler also cites Dick as a potential influence on the Xenotext, though he references a different story and premise (58).

    Works Cited

    • Avasilichioaei, Oana. “Viral Endeavor: A Transcription.” Jacket2, 31 Oct. 2011, jacket2.org/commentary/viral-endeavour-transcription. Accessed 10 Nov. 2016.
    • Baker, Steve. “Philosophy in the Wild?” The Eighth Day: The Transgenic Art of Eduardo Kac, edited by Sheilah Britton and Dan Collins, Institute for Studies in the Arts, Arizona State U, 2003, pp. 27-38.
    • Becker, Carol. “GFP Bunny and the Plight of the Posthuman.” The Eighth Day: The Transgenic Art of Eduardo Kac, edited by Sheilah Britton and Dan Collins, Institute for Studies in the Arts, Arizona State U, 2003, pp. 39-43.
    • Betts, Gregory. “I Object: Writing Against the Contemporary.” English Studies in Canada, vol. 40, no. 2-3, 2014, pp. 41-63.
    • Bök, Christian. Crystallography. 2nd ed., Coach House P, 2003.
    • —. “The Extremophile.” The Capilano Review, vol. 3, no. 16, 2012, pp. 17-23.
    • —. North of Invention: A Canadian Poetry Festival, 20 Jan. 2011, Kelly Writers House, Philadelphia. Address. media.sas.upenn.edu/pennsound/groups/North-Of-Invention/Bok-Christian_North-of-Invention_KWH-UPenn_01-20-2011.mp3. Accessed 1 Nov. 2016.
    • —. ’Pataphysics: The Poetics of an Imaginary Science. Northwestern UP, 2002.
    • —. “The Perfect Malware.” Australian Poetry Journal, vol. 2, no. 2, 2012, pp. 8-15.
    • —. “Poetic Machines 01.” Harriet: News and Community, Poetry Foundation. 3 Nov. 2007, www.poetryfoundation.org/harriet/2007/11/poetic-machines-01/. Accessed 10 Dec. 2016.
    • —. “Re: Buffalo Conference and Xenotext.” Received by author, 8 Jan. 2016.
    • —. “Re: Xenotext.” Received by author, 14 June 2014.
    • —. Species of Spaces: A Transdisciplinary Conference on the Work of Georges Perec, 28 Mar. 2014, Teesside University, Middlesbrough, UK. Keynote Address. media.sas.upenn.edu/pennsound/authors/Bok/Bok-Christian_Complete- Recording_Species-of-Spaces-Conference_Teesside-University_UK_3-28-14.mp3.mp3. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. “‘Teaching myself molecular biochemistry is just part of the process.’” Interview with Kaveh Akbar. Divedapper, 13 Oct. 2014, www.divedapper.com/interview/christian-bok/. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. The Xenotext, Book 1. Coach House Books, 2015.
    • —. “The Xenotext Experiment.” SCRIPTed, vol. 5, no. 2, 2008, pp. 227-31, script-ed.org/wp-content/uploads/2016/07/5-2-Bok.pdf. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. “The Xenotext Experiment: An Interview with Christian Bök,” By Stephen Voyce, Postmodern Culture, vol. 17, no. 2, 2007. Project Muse, pmc.iath.virginia.edu/text-only/issue.107/17.2voyce.txt. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Braune, Sean. “Enantiomorphosis and the Canadian Avant-Garde: Reading Christian Bök, Darren Wershler, and Jeramy Dodds.” Canadian Literature, no. 210/211, 2011, pp. 190-206.
    • —. “From Lucretian Atomic Theory to Joycean Etymic Theory.” Journal of Modern Literature, vol. 33, no. 4, 2010, pp. 167-81.
    • —. “The Meaning Revealed at the Nth Degree in Christian Bök’s Eunoia.” Studies in Canadian Literature, vol. 34, no. 2, 2010, pp. 134-51.
    • Britton, Sheilah and Dan Collins, editors. The Eighth Day: The Transgenic Art of Eduardo Kac. Institute for Studies in the Arts, Arizona State U, 2003.
    • Burroughs, William S. Ghost of Chance. High Risk Books, 1991.
    • —. The Ticket That Exploded. 1967. Grove P, 1987.
    • Causey, Matthew. “The Ethics and Anxiety of Being with Monsters and Machines: Thinking Through the Transgenic Art of Eduardo Kac.” Crossings, vol. 2, no. 1, 2002, crossings.tcd.ie/issues/2.1/Causey/. Accessed 10 June 2016.
    • Church, George, and Ed Regis. Regenesis: How Synthetic Biology Will Reinvent Nature and Ourselves. Basic Books, 2012.
    • Clüver, Claus. “‘Transgenic Art’: The Biopoetry of Eduardo Kac.” Media Borders, Multimodality and Intermediality, edited by Lars Elleström, Palgrave Macmillan, 2010, pp. 175-86.
    • Collis, Stephen. “Christian Bök and the quest for immortality.” Jacket2, 23 May 2012, jacket2.org/commentary/christian-bok-and-the-quest-immortality. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Crandall, David. “Possible and Impossible Books: Of Speed, Bodies, and the Buffer.” Codex, edited by Bill Sebring, spec. issue of Link, no. 8, 2002, pp. 107-16.
    • Davey, Frank. “The Politics of Bök’s The Xenotext.” London Poetry Open Mic, 3 Dec. 2015, www.londonpoetryopenmic.com/frank-davey-blog/the-politics-of-boks-the-xenotext. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Davis, Joe. “Cases for Genetic Art.” Signs of Life: Bio Art and Beyond, edited by Eduardo Kac, MIT P, 2007, pp. 249-66.
    • Dewdney, Christopher. “Parasite Maintenance.” Alter Sublime. Coach House P, 1980, pp. 75-97.
    • Dick, Philip K. “Planet for Transients.” We Can Remember It for You Wholesale. The Collected Stories of Philip K. Dick, vol. 2, Carol Publishing Group, 1990, pp. 327-39.
    • Dickinson, Adam. “Pataphysics and Postmodern Ecocriticism: A Prospectus.” The Oxford Handbook of Ecocriticism, edited by Greg Garrard, Oxford UP, 2014, pp. 132-51.
    • Disney, Dan. “Xenotextuality? Conceptualism, Materiality, and the Sublime.” The Journal of English Language and Literature, vol. 61, no. 3, 2015, pp. 399-414.
    • Dworkin, Craig. Reading the Illegible. Northwestern UP, 2003.
    • Engelkirk, Paul G. and Janet Duben-Engelkirk. Burton’s Microbiology for the Health Sciences. 9th ed., Lippincottt Williams and Wilkins, 2011.
    • Fernandes, Megan. “The Transgenic Imagination.” Postmodern Culture, vol. 25, no.1,2014. Project Muse, muse.jhu.edu/journals/postmodern_culture/toc/pmc.25.1.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Gibbs, Anna. “Writers, Writing, and Writing Programs in the Information Age: Code, Collaboration and Interdisciplinary Connection.” Text, vol. 15, no. 2, 2011, www.textjournal.com.au/oct11/gibbs.htm. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Gold, Eleanor. Review of The Xenotext, Book 1, by Christian Bök. Full Stop, 18 Dec. 2015, www.full-stop.net/2015/12/18/reviews/egold/the-xenotext-book-1-christian-bok/>. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Goldsmith, Kenneth. Uncreative Writing: Managing Language in the Digital Age. Columbia UP, 2011.
    • Harrison, Thomas Perrin. “Introduction.” The Pastoral Elegy: An Anthology, edited by Thomas Perrin Harrison, U of Texas P, 1939, pp. 1-24.
    • Hassan, Ihab. “The Subtracting Machine: The Work of William Burroughs.” Critique, vol. 6, no. 1, 1963, pp. 4-23.
    • Hauser, Jens. “Observations on an Art of Growing Interest: Toward a Phenomenological Approach to Art Involving Biotechnology.” Tactical Biopolitics: Art, Activism, and Technoscience, edited by Beatriz da Costa and Kavita Philip, 2008. MIT P, 2010, pp. 83-104.
    • Hayles, N. Katherine. How We Became Posthuman: Virtual Bodies in Cybernetics, Literature, and Informatics. U of Chicago P, 1999.
    • —. “Who Is in Control Here? Meditating on Eduardo Kac’s Transgenic Art.” Britton and Collins, pp. 79-86.
    • Hill, Tony. “Christian Bök Is Writing Poetry That Eats Jet Fuel and Will Last Until the Sun Dies.” Motherboard, 20 Aug. 2011, motherboard.vice.com/blog/christian-bok-is-writing-poetry-that-eats-jet-fuel-and-will-last-until-the-sun-dies. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • The Holy Bible, King James Version. New American Library, 1974.
    • Hunt, David. “Eduardo Kac: Metaphor into Motif.” Kac Web, www.ekac.org/dhunt.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016. First published in the brochure of the Genesis exhibit at Julia Friedman Gallery, May 4-June 2, 2001.
    • Ingram, David. “William Burroughs and Language.” The Beat Generation Writers, edited by A. Robert Lee, Pluto P, 1996, pp. 95-113.
    • Juster, A.M. “The Immortal Poetry Experiment.” C2C Journal, 29 July 2016, www.c2cjournal.ca/2016/07/the-immortal-poetry-experiment/. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Kac, Eduardo. “Biopoetry.” Kac Web, www.ekac.org/biopoetry.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016. Shorter version originally published in Cybertext Yearbook 2002-03, edited by John Cayley, Markku Eskelinen, Loss Pequeño Glazier, and Raine Koskimaa, Research Center for Contemporary Culture, 2003, pp. 184-85.
    • —. The Book of Mutations. 2001. Kac Web, www.ekac.org/bom.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. Cypher: A DIY Transgenic Kit. 2009. Kac Web, www.ekac.org/cypher.text.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. Essay Concerning Human Understanding. 1994. Kac Web, www.ekac.org/essay.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. “Fifty Questions for Eduardo Kac: An Interview by Dominique Moulon.” Life, Light, and Language. Centre des Arts, 2011, pp. 7-84.
    • —. “Genesis.” LifeScience: Ars Electronica 99, edited by Gerfried Stocker and Christine Schöpf, Springer-Verlag, 1999, pp. 310-11.
    • —. Genesis. 1999. Kac Web, www.ekac.org/geninfo2.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. “Genesis: A Transgenic Artwork.” Art, Technology, Consciousness: Mind@large, edited by Roy Ascott, Intellect Books, 2000, pp. 17-19.
    • —. “Introduction.” Media Poetry: An International Anthology, edited by Eduardo Kac, Intellect Books, 2007, pp. 7-10.
    • —. “Introduction to the first edition.” Media Poetry: An International Anthology, edited by Eduardo Kac, Intellect Books, 2007, pp. 11-12.
    • —. “Life Transformation—Art Mutation.” Signs of Life: Bio Art and Beyond, edited by Eduardo Kac, MIT P, 2007, pp. 163-84.
    • —. Move 36. 2004. Kac Web, www.ekac.org/move36.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —, editor. Signs of Life: Bio Art and Beyond. MIT P, 2007.
    • —. Telepresence and Bio Art: Networking Humans, Rabbits, and Robots. U of Michigan P, 2005.
    • —. “Trans-Genesis: An Interview with Eduardo Kac.” By Lisa Lynch. Kac Web, www.ekac.org/newformations.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016. Print publication with slight revisions in New Formations, no. 49, 2003, pp. 75-90.
    • —. “Transgenic Art Online.” Data Made Flesh: Embodying Information, edited by Robert Mitchell and Phillip Thurtle, Routledge, 2004, pp. 259-62.
    • Kim, Alexander B. “The Xenotext Experiment.” The Triple Helix Online, 8 Jan. 2014, triplehelixblog.com/2014/01/the-xenotext-experiment/. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Lee, Rosemary. “Bioinformatic Poetry.” 2016, pp. 1-7. Academia.edu, www.academia.edu/23705888/Bioinformatic_Poetry. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Leo, R. Alan. “Writing the Book in DNA.” Home page, news, Harvard U Medical School, 16 Aug. 2012, hms.harvard.edu/news/writing-book-dna-8-16-12. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Leong, Michael. “Poetry for the Apocalypse.” American Scientist, vol. 104, no. 4, 2016, pp. 248- 51.
    • Luman, Douglas. “Book Review: The Xenotext, Book 1.” The Found Poetry Review, 1 Sept. 2015, www.foundpoetryreview.com/blog/book-review-the-xenotext-book-1/. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Lydenberg, Robin. Word Cultures: Radical Theory and Practice in William S. Burroughs’ Fiction. U of Illinois P, 1987.
    • Ma, Ming-Qian. Poetry as Re-Reading: American Avant-Garde Poetry and the Poetics of Counter-Method. Northwestern UP, 2008.
    • Majzels, Robert. “The Xenotext Experiment and the Gift of Death.” North of Invention, edited by Sarah Dowling, spec. issue of Jacket2, 29 Mar. 2013, jacket2.org/article/xenotext- experiment-and-gift-death. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • “Malware.” Wikipedia. Wikimedia Foundation, en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malware. Accessed 1 April 2016.
    • Marchal, Hugues. “The Usher of the Household of Humankind.” Eduardo Kac: Move 36, edited by Elena Giulia Rossi, Filigranes Éditions, 2005, pp. 73-7.
    • Marcoux, Jean-Philippe. “The Point Is Poetry: Interrogating Categorizations of Christian Bök’s Eunoia Ten Years Later.” Canadian Poetry, no. 69, 2011, pp. 75-86.
    • —. “Theoretical Constraint, Linguistic Copiousness: Reconsidering Section ‘A’ in Christian Bök’s Eunoia.” Canadian Poetry, no. 66, 2010, pp. 87-97.
    • Marlowe, Christopher. “The Passionate Shepherd to His Love.” The Norton Anthology of Poetry, 3rd ed., edited by Alexander W. Allison et al., Norton, 1983, pp. 185-6. Maturana, Humberto R. “Cognition.” pp. 29-49. Observer Web Archive Editions, www.enolagaia.com/M78bCog.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016. First published in Wahrnehmung und Kommunikation, edited by Peter M. Hejl, Wolfram K. Köck, and Gerhard Roth, Peter Lang, 1978, pp. 29-49.
    • McGann, Jerome. “Eunoia: Beauty or Truth (or What?).” The Antioch Review, vol. 67, no. 1, 2009, pp. 138-52.
    • Miles, Barry. William Burroughs: El Hombre Invisible. A Portrait. Hyperion, 1993. Mitchell, Robert. Bioart and The Vitality of Media. U of Washington P, 2010.
    • Mitchell, Robert, and Phillip Thurtle, editors. Data Made Flesh: Embodying Information. Routledge, 2004.
    • Mitchell, W.J.T. What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images. U of Chicago P, 2005. Murphy, Timothy S. Wising Up the Marks: The Amodern William Burroughs. U of California P, 1997.
    • Nabokov, Vladimir. Lolita. 1955. Perigee, 1980.
    • Nadarajan, Gunalan. “Specters of the Animal: The Transgenic Work of Eduardo Kac.” The Eighth Day: The Transgenic Art of Eduardo Kac, edited by Sheilah Britton and Dan Collins, Institute for Studies in the Arts, Arizona State U, 2003, pp. 44-50.
    • Niebisch, Arndt. “Feedback: Media Parasites and the Circuits of Communication (Dada and Burroughs).” Parasites, spec. issue of Semiotic Review no. 1, 2013, semioticreview.com/index.php/thematic-issues/issue-parasites/14-feedback-media- parasites-and-the-circuits-of-communication-dada-and-burroughs.html. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Norlin, George. “The Conventions of the Pastoral Elegy.” The American Journal of Philology, vol. 32, no. 3, 1911, pp. 294-312.
    • Noury, Mathieu. L’art à l’ère des biotechnologies: La question du vivant dans l’art transgénique d’Eduardo Kac. Éditions Le Manuscrit, 2007.
    • Opie, Iona and Peter Opie. The Singing Game. 1985. Oxford UP, 1988.
    • Perloff, Marjorie. “‘Multiple Pleats’: Some Applications of Michel Serres’s Poetics.” Configurations, vol. 8, no. 2, 2000, pp. 187-200.
    • —“The Oulipo Factor: The Procedural Poetics of Christian Bök and Caroline Bergvall.” Textual Practice, vol. 18, no. 1, 2004, pp. 23-45.
    • Ralegh, Walter. “The Nymph’s Reply to the Shepherd.” The Norton Anthology of Poetry, 3rd ed., edited by Alexander W. Allison et al., Norton, 1983, pp. 105-6.
    • Rich, Adrienne. The Fact of a Doorframe: Poems Selected and New, 1950-1984. Norton, 1984. Roof, Judith. The Poetics of DNA. U of Minnesota P, 2007.
    • Saier, Jr., Milton H. “Genome Sequencing and Informatics: New Tools for Biochemical Discoveries.” Plant Physiology, vol. 117, no. 4, 1998, pp. 1129-1133. JSTOR, www.jstor.org.pallas2.tcl.sc.edu/stable/pdf/4278374.pdf. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Sanchez, Rebecca. Deafening Modernism: Embodied Language and Visual Poetics in American Literature. New York UP, 2015.
    • Serres, Michel. The Parasite. Translated by Lawrence R. Schehr, U of Minnesota P, 2007.
    • Shakespeare, William. “Sonnet 18.” The Norton Anthology of Poetry, 3rd ed., edited by Alexander W. Allison et al., Norton, 1983, pp. 186-7.
    • Shelley, Mary. Frankenstein, or, The Modern Prometheus. Edited by M. K. Joseph, Oxford UP, 1969.
    • Skillman, Nikki. The Lyric in the Age of the Brain. Harvard UP, 2016.
    • Stacey, Robert David. “Toil and Trouble: On Work in Christian Bök’s Eunoia.” Canadian Poetry, no. 62, 2008, pp. 64-79.
    • Stefans, Brian Kim. “Review: Eunoia.” Boston Review, 1 June 2002, bostonreview.net/poetry/brian-kim-stefans-review-eunoia. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • —. “Terrible Engines: A Speculative Turn in Recent Poetry and Fiction.” Comparative Literature Studies, vol. 51, no. 1, 2014, pp. 159-83.
    • Tietchen, Todd. “Language out of Language: Excavating the Roots of Culture Jamming and Postmodern Activism from William S. Burroughs’ Nova Trilogy.” Discourse, vol. 23, no. 3, 2001, pp. 107-29.
    • Tomasula, Steve. “Gene(sis).” Data Made Flesh: Embodying Information, edited by Robert Mitchell and Phillip Thurtle, Routledge, 2004, pp. 249-57.
    • —. “Introduction to Focus: 00.0 Machine Writing.” American Book Review, vol. 35, no. 2, 2014, pp. 3,7.
    • Twiddy, Iain. Pastoral Elegy in Contemporary British and Irish Poetry. Continuum International Publishing Group, 2012.
    • Wald, Priscilla. Contagious: Cultures, Carriers, and the Outbreak Narrative. Duke UP, 2008.
    • Weidner, Chad. “‘The Great God Pan Is Dead!’ The Ecological Elegy of William Burroughs’ Ghost of Chance.” British and American Studies, no. 14, 2008, pp. 195-205.
    • —. The Green Ghost: William Burroughs and the Ecological Mind. Southern Illinois UP, 2016.
    • Wershler, Darren. “The Xenotext Experiment, So Far.” Canadian Journal of Communication, vol. 37, no.1, 2012, pp. 43-60.
    • Wolfe, Cary. “Bring the Noise: The Parasite and the Multiple Genealogies of Posthumanism.” The Parasite, by Michel Serres, translated by Lawrence R. Schehr, U of Minnesota P, 2007, pp. xi-xxviii.
    • —. “Language.” Critical Terms for Media Studies, edited by W.T.J. Mitchell and Mark B.N. Hansen, U of Chicago P, 2010, pp. 233-48.
    • —. What Is Posthumanism? U of Minnesota P, 2010.
    • Woo, Yunjin La-mei. “Eduardo Kac’s Genesis: Stages of Dilemma, Complicity, and Assimilation.” 2016, pp. 1-22. Academia.edu, www.academia.edu/5356039/ Eduardo_Kacs_Genesis_Stages_of_Dilemma_Complicity_and_Assimilation. Accessed 1 Dec. 2016.
    • Wood, Brent. “The Rhythmic Dynamics of Don McKay and Christian Bök.” Canadian Poetry, no. 69, 2011, pp. 9-39.
  • Informal Observations

    David Wills (bio)
    Brown University

    A review of Krell, David Farrell. Derrida and Our Animal Others: Derrida’s Final Seminar, The Beast and the Sovereign. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 2013.

    Over the past twenty years David Krell has often eschewed the standard format of scholarly publications in favor of, for example, philosophical fiction (Son of Spirit; Nietzsche: A Novel); or books that allow themselves a more informal tonality and a type of modest pedagogical ambition, as in the case of Derrida and Our Animal Others. He dedicates his first two chapters to summarizing the Beast and the Sovereign seminars that Derrida gave in 2001–2003. The three following chapters discuss The Animal That Therefore I Am, Derrida’s critique of Heidegger on the animal, and Heidegger on apophantic discourse. A conclusion then proposes some directions for future research.

    Yet Krell’s modesty is accompanied by a forceful denunciation of the parlous state of current intellectual effort, particularly as it participates in the “flatten[ing] and banaliz[ing of] our powers of expression” as a function of the “waxing illiteracy of our time” (158). Thus, whereas he mourns the loss of academic rigor and the sidelining of work within the literary and philosophical humanities, he finds those disciplines to be complicit in their own demise, descending to “rather vapid self-righteous discourses on biopower and biopoliticking,” or contributing to “exchanges within and without the walls, in our departments and colleges as well as at conferences, [that have] become increasingly mindless, overhasty, and testy” (93, 149).

    A major aim of Derrida and Our Animal Others is therefore to hold up the late work of one philosopher as a shining example of how research and pedagogy should be conducted, even though Krell knows full well that the style of Derrida’s teaching and writing can produce reactions of impatience and charges of obfuscation. Krell is one of those (as am I) who have no doubt that Derrida’s work is to be admired and emulated, and his book is therefore replete with observations and commentaries that demonstrate the philosophical acumen and pedagogical strategies of the series of seminars—and writings around those seminars—that turned out to be Derrida’s final major undertaking before his death in 2004. One might, in that respect, call Krell’s book unapologetically partisan: for example, he finds Derrida’s somewhat contentious, even combative critique of Agamben in The Beast and the Sovereign “utterly devastating,” “exactly right” in substituting a philology of “rhetorical flourish” for the deconstructive reading he promotes (15).

    So modest, in one sense, is Krell’s project of presenting philosophical thinking and teaching as it should be, that he is content to have the blow-by-blow commentary of “The Beast and the Sovereign” seminars, their “themes” and “theses,” fill well over a third of his book. Each sub-chapter in that first section begins with an annotated summary of the topics covered in each of the twenty-three seminars, including bibliographical sources. The same the section concludes with the admonition (tongue-in-cheek, I presume) concerning what “the granting agencies” could have done “for philosophy instead of against it”: i.e., “they could have used that money to fly dozens of us to Paris” (75). That summary even finds fit to discuss typos that appear in the English translations, restricted almost exclusively to incorrect German usages such as the scharfes ‘s’ (8n). Krell’s book is, in that way, about nothing if not attention to detail, and Derrida is especially valued for being the paragon of minutiae-minding (even if he was himself capable of typos and other inaccuracies).

    “The Beast and the Sovereign” summaries lead into a similar discussion of The Animal That Therefore I Am, although by this point in Krell’s book, and for the remainder, Krell’s commentaries become more exegetical, as he expands the scope of his analysis to embrace a number of other topics, or to expand on—even gently critique—Derrida’s approach. For example, Krell attends to Heidegger’s concept of Benommenheit as developed in his1929–30 seminar, and he discusses Lacan’s translation of Heidegger’s essay on “Logos” from 1951. Krell is at his strongest when it comes to his exhaustive knowledge of the Heideggerian corpus, and he similarly demonstrates a laudable erudition when he turns his attention to classical Greek. If only for that philological richness, Derrida and Our Animal Others is a treasure, what we might call a thesauretical treasure.

    The soft approach of Krell’s project persists into his “Conclusions and Directions for Future Research,” the final chapter, whose title has to be an ironic comment on the bureaucratization of academic work—one imagines trying to fit the chapter into the three-centimeter space provided for such reflections on a grant application or sabbatical report form. That informal tonality makes this a book that one reads with considerable interest and a widening smile. It allows for some digressive, even peculiar asides —for example, on Willem Defoe (53) or on wine (125) —and for many self-reflexive moments of allow-me-if-I-mays, or self-deprecation concerning the foolishness or awkwardness of what is being proposed (165). At one point he sums up a series of reflections with the sentence: “Thought-provoking questions or suspicions—to which I have no replies and no anodynes” (122). But none of that prevents serious conceptual developments such as his proposing an idea of “pantology,” an “everythinging” (137) that might better understand, or be better related to Heidegger’s equilibrium—if that is what it is—of revealing and concealing. And in such passages this reader had his own form of revelatory moment. The “pantology” discussion occurs in the chapter on Heidegger’s “Logos” essay, in which Krell analyzes extensively the sense of logos as legein (from gleaning to reading), and the moment just referred to is followed and reinforced by a series of excellent paragraphs that move through Heraclitus and Plato all the way to Hegel and finally Melville’s Pierre, one of whose characters hears “the busy claw of some midnight mole in the ground” (138–9).

    Krell can sometimes be such a mole, which is an admirable animal other, as Nicholas Royle has superbly detailed). One of the tunnels that David Krell persistently digs through is the story of the “missing third” of Derrida’s “Geschlecht” essays, which he mentions in a couple of notes (27, 101) before dedicating a brief discussion to it as part of his directions for future research, maintaining that “among the ‘missing links’ in Derrida’s oeuvre none is as potentially important” (148). For Krell, that link is constituted in particular by certain presumptions concerning Derrida’s reading, in “Geschlecht III,” of Heidegger’s reading of Georg Trakl, and the belief that the essay will open to us a new intersection of—for want of better terms—the personal and the political, an intersection that reveals an earlier (1984–85) casting of issues that will resurface in the final seminars.

    I say that Krell has “belief” in the importance of the missing essay in the sense that, one imagines, he hopes being able one day to write a book like this one on the “Geschlecht” series, which indeed forms a fascinating confluence of Derrida’s ideas. But I say “belief” also to recall the trust, faith or credence that Derrida holds to be the basis of every utterance and every communication, a question that gets particularly thematized, in “The Beast and the Sovereign” seminars, via Robinson Crusoe’s praying. Krell’s belief in the importance of the missing “Geschlecht” essay can be interpreted as his prayer or entreaty that the lines of communication to that essay be kept open, and, more generally, that we continue to trust in what new work by, and commentary on, Derrida might bring forth. But does Krell himself have that faith? In the closing pages of Derrida and Our Animal Others he asks whether it is “possible to take seriously Derrida’s claim that every statement or assertion, even the sparklingly clear statement of explicit argumentation, is preceded by a silent plea” (161). Yet that is indeed what Derrida claims, and he expects it to be taken seriously. No message whatsoever could be sent out, across the adestinational void that he has insisted on elsewhere, unless it were accompanied by or inhabited by the structure of such a plea, praying to arrive, to be heard, to be entertained (un entretien is an interview in French) by “another” who is similarly praying. Put perhaps too crassly, for it is not reducible to interpersonal communication: no communication without some form of trust, without there being faith or “prayer” (and of course the more or less blind faith one puts in God to hear one’s prayers is the paradigm of that operation). Given that, what I read as Krell’s hesitation to take this idea of Derrida’s seriously is somewhat surprising, as if he were somehow struggling with the idea even as it presents itself to him as a grand avenue for future work and thinking.

    Yet the fact of a type of surprise should be understood as a positive feature of Krell’s writing, and of the modesty of the project of Derrida and Our Animal Others. It is as if, in writing this and other books, those written and those still to come, Krell were both praying and being attuned to what reaches him from another, not stridently declaring what he knows to be the case, but rather preferring to proffer these comments and reflections for whomever wishes to listen, even as he listens to what might come back to him from what he has written. Such readiness for surprise has nothing to do with philosophical naivety but represents instead an openness and ethics of academic exchange that we would do well to emulate.

    Works Cited

    • Derrida, Jacques. Beast and the Sovereign Trans. Geoffrey Bennington. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2009.
    • —. The Animal That Therefore I Am. Trans. David Wills. New York: Fordham UP, 2008.
    • Royle, Nicholas. “Mole.” L’animal autobiographique: Autour de Jacques Derrida. Ed. Marie-Louise Mallet. Paris: Galilée, 1999. 547-62.
  • A Compelling Ontology of Wildness for Conservation Ecology

    Rick Elmore (bio)
    Appalachian State University

    A review of Lorimer, Jamie. Wildlife in the Anthropocene: Conservation after Nature. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2015.

    Jamie Lorimer’s Wildlife in the Anthropocene is a bold, provocative, and compelling rethinking of wildlife conservation in the age of the anthropocene. Lorimer’s book is driven by the conviction that “the Anthropocene challenges the modern figure of Nature that has become so central to Western environmental thought, politics, and action” (1). In the anthropocene, Lorimer argues, the natural world is hybrid, nonlinear, and multiple in contrast to its traditional essential, circular, balanced, singular, and holistic image (2). Lorimer’s work takes its place alongside that of Val Plumbwood and Timothy Morton in arguing that the concept of Nature no longer helps us think the state of the world, presenting us with the need “to develop and illustrate a multinatural approach to conservation after the Anthropocene” (5). Lorimer develops “an alternative ontology of wildlife that environmentalists might use in place of Nature for conservation” (20). What excites Lorimer about the notion of “wildlife” is its inherently non-anthropocentric, differentiated, and ever-changing character; wildlife being a concrete instance of the multinatural, always “becoming” character of the natural world. Wildlife and the “ontological politics” associated with it “flags the degree to which any management decision is a biopolitical act,” a managing of life at the level of populations (33). In light of this biopolitics of conservation, Lorimer provides a wide ranging and thorough review of recent literature in conservation, philosophy, geography, and ecology, one that marks the complex transdisciplinary nature of conservation ecology, while proposing a fundamentally “optimistic,” clear, nuanced, and practicable way forward for conservation ecology.

    The first chapter sketches Lorimer’s ontology of wildlife, drawing inspiration from sources in ecology, ethnology, and conservation biology, as well as from the “vital materialisms” of Latour, Deleuze, Haraway, and Bennett (21). It is the thinking of this later group, and particularly Deleuze, that most influences Lorimer’s ontology, “a concern for difference … [and] becoming” lying at the heart of his account (32). Adopting Deleuze’s distinction between “difference” and “diversity,” where difference concerns becoming and diversity concerns the given, Lorimer argues that much work in conservation focuses on given, “extant diversity,” capturing the diversity of an ecosystem at a particular historical moment and then universalizing and essentializing this snapshot as the basis of its conservation efforts (32). The central problem with this approach is that it “renders the present eternal at the expense of the generative processes that keep ecology alive” (33). To resist this focus on givenness, Lorimer proposes his “generative” ontology that, like many process and vitalist ontologies, takes the process of becoming as the reality of existence. However, the originality of Lorimer’s account is that it shows “wildlife” to be the reality of ontology. As he writes near the end of Wildlife in the Anthropocene, “Wildlife is […] multinatural. It is immanent. It is difference—where difference is intensive, concerned less with the diversity of current forms and more with the unruly potential to become otherwise” (181). In “wildlife,” Lorimer finds a more concrete, intuitive, and accurate figure for characterizing existence as a process, capturing the dynamic and substantive nature of reality in a less abstract sense than “difference” or “becoming.” For Lorimer, ontology is wildlife, and he develops the essential features of “wildlife” around four themes: “hybridity, nonhuman agency, immanence, and topology” (21).

    Hybridity recognizes a complexity to the world that challenges any thinking of nature, “wilderness,” or “the human” as discrete or fundamentally separable entities, suggesting that all existence is always already an assemblage, a mixture. Noting Donna Haraway’s work on interspecies interactions, Lynn Margulis’s theory of symbiogeneis, and Kathryn Yusoff’s geological work on the essential biochemical entanglement of the bio and the geo, Lorimer argues that one simply cannot conceive ontology as dealing with discrete, essentializable, and more or less self-sufficient entities (21–25). What is important about the hybridity of ontology is that it undermines the applicability of categories like “purity” and “authenticity,” as well as disrupting conservation ecology’s reliance on an essential, pure, or authentic notion of nature to ground its conservation efforts. This lack of purity and ontological hybridity highlights, Lorimer argues, the underappreciated role nonhuman agency plays in ecology and ontology.

    There is a long-standing, transdisciplinary critique of anthropocentrism that rethinks the privilege and distinction between “the human” and “the animal.” Yet Lorimer argues that the power of these critiques is measured by their ability to offer an alternative account of nonhuman agency. Lorimer takes actor-network theory (ANT) as a pioneering discourse of this kind of agency, the shift to a “flat ontology” in which all “actants” have a “generalized symmetry” in their ability to act providing the ground on which to develop a full blown account of nonhuman agency (26). Lorimer expands this account of nonhuman agency in the second chapter by developing the concept of “nonhuman charisma.” However, the importance of this ontological hybridity and non-human agency is that it pushes us towards a commitment to ontological “immanence.”

    Following the work of Deleuze and Guattari, Lorimer describes “immanence” as “an ecological assemblage composed of a single substance and characterized by emergent properties, rather than transcendence essences” (28). Immanence marks reality as composed of a single “matter” but a “matter” lacking any essential nature, immanence “suggest[ing] a speculative and multinatural ontology, sure of the existence of matter but perpetually uncertain as to what matter might become” (28). On Lorimer’s account, reality is a real, substantial plane of immanence that is never fully captured in any process, representation, or conception of it, and this constitutive, real “uncertainty” or “wildness” grounds both Lorimer’s critique of any essential, univocal, or clearly differentiated “topological” categories (for example, “alien/native, situ/ex situ, and wild/domestic”) and his insistent deprivileging of “the human,” since material immanence must be ontologically anterior to the very differentiation between the human and the nonhuman. Overall, it is these two basic assertions that Lorimer is most intent on establishing, his generative ontology of wildlife seeming not unlike Manuel DeLanda’s ontology of assemblages, even though he only mentions Delanda in a footnote (28). Although Lorimer’s account of ontology is somewhat schematic, it is justified not simply because Lorimer’s project aims to develop an account of conservation ecology rather than simply an ontology, but also because the goal of Lorimer’s ontology is to show how conservation ecology and particularly conservationists themselves are products of the very systems they study, a goal that does not require an exhaustive account of the ontological relationships between humans and the natural world. Additionally, Lorimer’s insistence on the central role humans have to play in conservation allows his ontology to side step the specter of anthropocentrism that often haunts immanent or flat ontologies.1 Hence, Lorimer’s ontology presents reality as a wild, uncertain, complex, and immanent “assemblage,” in which nonhuman agency holds far more causal efficacy than human actions, and it is this final characteristic that marks the realism of Lorimer’s ontology, the deprivileging of human consciousness and thought unseating the basic idealism of the traditional, anthropocentric account of nature. This is admittedly a fairly minimal notion of “realism.” However, the primary strength of Lorimer’s ontology is its explication of the role of nonhuman agency in shaping reality.

    Having argued that the fundamental litmus test of any ontology of immanence is its ability to account for nonhuman agency, Lorimer turns in the second chapter to argue that nonhuman species “configure” our “perception and subsequent evaluation” of them (39). More specifically, Lorimer expands the concept of nonhuman charisma, a notion long used in conservation ecology to “describe a set of species that have popular appeal” (39). Nonhuman charisma describes not just the aesthetic aspects of the nonhuman world that draw our attention but also “the material properties of an organism […] and the feelings engendered in proximal, multisensory encounters between a conservationist and their target organism” (40). Charisma, in a variety of forms, “ecological,” “aesthetic,” and “corporeal,” is the mechanism that circumscribes, directs, and structures the processes and forms of difference that grab our attention, move our bodies and minds, and call to us emotionally. Following the ethnological work of Jakob von Uexküll, Lorimer argues that “the physiological and phenomenological configuration of the human body puts a range of filtering mechanisms on our experience of the world that disproportionately endow certain nonhumans with ecological charisma,” our fairly limited range of sensory, olfactory, acoustic, and electromagnetic capabilities structuring what processes, objects, and entities can appear, move, and interest us. Appreciating the agency of the natural world requires the recognition that the world does not call to us or affect us evenly because of the physiological and phenomenological realities of human life. One of the key results of this recognition of ecological charisma and human enthnology is that it shows the inherently biopolitical nature of conservation ecology.

    Once one recognizes the essential role of nonhuman charisma in shaping conservation ecology, one sees that conservation is best understood as “a biopolitics,” a concern for the health, diversity, and flourishing of ecosystems at the level of population (58). Lorimer argues that the popular notion of biodiversity is an archetypal example of this biopolitics: “biodiversity conservation seeks to secure the future health and diversity of life” through “panoptic knowledge, comprehensive accounting, and efficient, instrumental management” (58–59). The promise of biodiversity is to “secure the full diversity of life at the interconnected scales of genes, species, and ecosystems,” allowing for a maximal flourishing of life through panoptic knowledge and rational use of resources (75). This vision of conservation must obviously confront the realities of limited funding and incomplete knowledge, realities that necessarily force conservationists to prioritize certain projects, species, and ecosystems over others. For Lorimer, however, this is not the primary complication with this approach to conservation. Rather, he argues that biodiversity, while claiming to be driven by a rational interest in the maximal flourishing of life, is, in fact, governed by a “species ontology” guided by the kinds of nonhuman charisma outlined above.

    The third chapter presents a case study of nonhuman charisma and its affective influence on conservationists and the science of conservation ecology by showing how it directs existing biological knowledge in the UK. For example, birds account for 65% of the total existing biological record, dwarfing all other categories (the next closest group, Vascular plants, sit at 22%). Similarly, with the exception of butterflies and beetles (which collectively amount to 3.6% of the existing record), “invertebrates have been largely neglected,” accounting for only 8% of the total existing biological record (73, 75). This distribution supports the notion that ecology and conservation have not been primarily driven by a rational, panoptic logic but have rather been directed by nonhuman charisma: the fact that we can see and hear birds more easily than other less dynamic and quieter entities explains their domination of the existing records. In addition, Lorimer contends that even “common definitions of species […] favor the classification of higher-order animal species with greater ecological charisma—for example, those that reproduce sexually and are more easily differentiated by the human eye” (69).

    Lorimer spends most of the rest of the book showing in detail how his ontology of wildlife and its concomitant notion of nonhuman agency allow us to think differently about existing conservation practices, particularly the dominant models of “composition” and “rewilding” ecology. Lorimer turns in later chapters to two elements unique to contemporary conservation ecology: the media representation of animals as an affective logic “mobilized to cue strong emotional responses” (120), and the “commodification of conservation” in the “selling of privatized encounters to save nature” (143).

    For Lorimer, the mediatization and commodification of conservation are underappreciated yet profoundly powerful elements in current conservation practice, increasingly structuring how we both understand and enact conservation efforts. These two sites also develop the role of affect and nonhuman agency central to Lorimer’s account, showing how the general experience of conservation is mediated by representations and capital. In particular, a focus on these sites acknowledges that most individuals in contemporary industrial societies rarely encounters the animals, areas, or processes to which conservation is directed except through print, online, and television media or relatively expensive ecological tourism (119). This gives these forms of media and commercialization immense power to shape most people’s understanding and relationship to conservation. Lorimer looks at the role of “[s]entimentality, sympathy, awe, and curiosity” in wildlife films as particularly fecund sites at which our “preferences” for some species and processes are cultivated (136). This is a logic that obviously establishes and privileges certain charismatic, “flagship” species, yet it is also a site that has the potential to “open thinking and feeling spaces for the mobile, mutable, and emotional dimensions of difference […] and thus push for different, more convivial political/ethical sensibilities towards (non)human others” (124). Hence, this media logic is not simply a negative fact of contemporary conservation but a site that conservationists should be thinking through directly.

    In the eighth chapter, Lorimer takes up the growing field of urban ecology. He is particularly interested in the way urban ecology contests the figuration of nature as “protected spaces,” and in “the spatial and topological dimension of conceiving wildlife” (162). What are wild spaces? What makes them wild? And how does changing our conception of nature change our conception of wilderness and wildlife? One of the primary changes wildlife offers to our thinking of conservation is to contest the importance of the figure of the “island” as the spatial model of conservation, a change that also contests the practice of “fortress conservation,” in which, in the name of protecting areas, inhabitants of those areas are evicted or regulated (163). Hence, urban ecology offers us a way of thinking a more “open-ended conservation,” which Lorimer characterizes as “a fluid topology of wildlife,” one that recognizes the dynamic, moving character of wilderness. Lorimer is quick to acknowledge that this model is “playing with fire,” replacing “a qualitative model” of stability with a “quantitative model” of changing magnitudes and rhythms (176) Yet, for him, urban ecology offers the clearest existing model for a rethought ontology of the natural world as becoming.

    In his conclusion, Lorimer frames his new ontology and thinking of wildlife and ecology as a response to the anthropocene. He suggests that the dominant models of conservation (composition, rewilding, control, fortress, etc.) must be rethought, not simply because they can be made to work better but also because, as his book shows, current forms of conservation ecology start from a thinking of nature and the conservationist’s relationship to nature that fail to acknowledge deeply enough the affective, charismatic, nonhuman, and ontologically “wild” character of the world. Hence Lorimer ends by outlining what he calls a “cosmopolitics for wildlife”: a conservation ecology that acknowledges that “[l]ife in the Anthropocene is too strange to be human and afforded rights. It is too social and multiple to be objectified and given a price. And it is too feral to be pure or risky to be liberated in the wilderness” (179). He compares this cosmopolitics to the notion of the “rambunctious garden” developed in the urban ecology of Emma Marris, and follows Marris in the conviction that the “novel ecosystem of the Anthropocene” requires a thinking of ecology that is, because of the role of nonhuman agency, more “exuberant and unruly” than previously thought.

    Lorimer also stakes out several concrete implications of his cosmopolitics, not the least of which is that, given his conviction that conservation is inherently biopolitical, there is no one “Natural” way “of cutting up” the diversity of life, meaning that, for him, “there are legitimate reasons for conservationists to submit animals to pain and death and even to let animal cultures and species go extinct” (188). In this sense, conservation, for Lorimer, always appears as a mode of “biosecurity”: “nurturing relations and cultivating abnegations in order to enable companionship between humans and other species,” a project that is not without its violences nor without a certain figuring of “the human” and “the animal” (190). Lorimer proposes that the immense role of nonhuman agency shows conservation to be at root a “democratic” and necessarily “public” endeavor, as this recognition forces the acknowledgement that reality, ecology, and conservation are “the property of a more-than-human citizenry unable or indisposed to participate in relations of commodified consumption” (192). While charting the way in which a conservation ecology based on an ontology of multinatural wildness and becoming might seem to cohere all too well with the flux and flow of a neoliberal understanding of the world, Lorimer insists convincingly that Wildlife in the Anthropocene is a book that, while not denying that the anthropocene is a “disaster,” encourages us to ask what possibilities might still remain for the practice of conservation ecology.

    Footnotes

    1. Brassier provides an excellent summary of this problem.

    Works Cited

    Brassier, Ray. “Deleveling: Against ‘Flat Ontologies’.” Under Influence – Philosophical Festival Drift (2014). Eds. Channa van Dijk, et. al. Omnia, 2015. 64–80. Web. 12 Sep. 2016.

  • A Parrot Might Talk Back

    Ellie Anderson (Bio)
    Muhlenberg College

    A review of Despret, Vinciane. What Would Animals Say If We Asked the Right Questions? Trans. Brett Buchanan. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2016.

    Vinciane Despret’s lively book offers an introduction to issues relevant to the field of animal studies. Interdisciplinary in nature, What Would Animals Say If We Asked the Right Questions? incorporates a wide variety of approaches, including scientific studies, anecdotal reports from animal breeders, caretakers, and trainers, as well as insights from ethology, anthropology, sociology, and philosophy. The playful style and structure of the book make for an engaging read that succeeds in unsettling assumptions about anthropomorphism, the treatment of animals in a variety of clinical and non-clinical settings, and the possibilities for responsible relations between humans and non-human animals. What Would Animals Say joins recent scholarship that focuses on community between humans and their animal others as well as on the epistemological and ethical issues that arise from interspecies relationality. In the wake of the first wave of animal studies, which largely centered on utilitarian arguments valorizing the similarity between humans and non-human animals on the basis of shared capacities, much scholarship in the past decade has pivoted toward more poststructuralist approaches that insist not on showing in what ways animals are like humans, but rather on respecting differences between humans and animals while also emphasizing their interdependence. A series of questions then arises, which include: Can people understand animals on their own terms? Can we feel for and with animals, or does this always entail assuming that they are just like us? Originally published in French in 2012, the English translation of Despret’s book participates in scholarly discussions about these timely questions, joining Donna Haraway’s When Species Meet, Kelly Oliver’s Animal Lessons: How They Teach Us to Be Human, Cynthia Willett’s Interspecies Ethics, Lori Gruen’s Entangled Empathy: An Alternative Ethic for Our Relationships with Animals, and Jane C. Desmond’s Displaying Death and Animating Life: Human-Animal Relations in Art, Science, and Everyday Life.

    Despret’s book topples several prejudices about relations between animals and humans, especially by demonstrating that the amateurish and anecdotal are among the richest sites for conceptualizing these relations. Anecdotes from “lay amateurs”—that is, non-scientists who work with animals, including animal breeders, caretakers, and trainers—are often discounted by science for their purported unreliability and overdetermination by anthropomorphic frames of reference. According to scientists, the anecdotes offered by amateurs hastily interpret animal behavior through the naïve lens of anthropomorphism. For instance, Despret mentions Portuguese cow breeder Acácio Moura, who claims that his cow behaves like a “diva” during contests by preening for the camera, and the well-known elephants of northern Thailand who make paintings with their trunks. Scientists accuse amateurs of making unjustified assumptions about the intentions of these animals while interpreting their behaviors on models of human capacities and needs. Does the cow mean to show off for the photographers? Does the elephant mean to paint a work of art, or is she being manipulated by her caretaker who tugs on her ear to solicit each stroke? Such questions are, for Despret, not the ‘right questions’ to which the title of the book refers (2). They rely on outdated models of individual agency and willfulness that in fact hold neither for humans nor for non-human animals. Despret encourages her readers instead to consider these animal activities in light of agencements: relational agencies between individual beings that are inseparably interwoven with those of their companions and that render the question of intention useless. In this regard, Despret’s work has intersecting poststructuralist, sociological, and pragmatic undertones. In discussing a debate about whether or not a viral photo on the Internet showing chimpanzees in Cameroon “mourning” the death of one of their own attested to “real” mourning, Despret dismisses this line of thinking as misguided. The right question, she says, citing William James, is not “is it really mourning?” but rather, “what does this mourning ask of us?” (170). That is, Despret is not looking for clear answers about whether or not our modes of interpretation of animal behavior are correct. She argues convincingly that these clear answers cannot be verified anyway because of the overdetermination of our relations with animals in the laboratory as well as in the field or the home. Thus, the kinds of questions that would lead to clear answers allowing us to categorize animal behavior are misguided, because our very categories are always already human ones. The “right questions” are instead those that lead to responsibility for our companion species and to curiosity about the situations that frame our interpretations of our relations with them.

    When we do not confine ourselves to metaphysical questions about the agency, subjectivity, and language of animals, but rather ask what each situation asks of us, we are, according to Despret, involving ourselves in a play of reciprocal curiosity, ethical responsibility, and provisional interpretations that are subject to correction and change. To argue that humans can have no answers to the question “what does this ask of us?” because we can never be in the position of the animal is to cut off interspecies relationality at the root. If the fact that humans can never understand animal behavior outside of our frames of interpretation means that we should not try and get close to them, then we are relegating ourselves to having no genuine relation to them. Moreover, we are neatly drawing the line of sameness and difference along the species boundary, presuming that humans can always put themselves in the position of other humans while overlooking the ways in which responding to the needs of other humans, even when they speak the same language and share the same customs, already requires translation and interpretation. To be sure, translation and interpretation are required when relating to animals, and can be undertaken in better and worse ways. Yet, according to Despret, we need not, and cannot, demand absolute certainty with respect to the needs, desires, beliefs, and intentions of animals. We can only respond to particular situations and do our best to understand what they ask of us, a task that does not require assuming that the human(s) and non-human animal(s) share the same interpretation of a situation or behavior.

    In this vein, the book shares a clear lineage with Haraway, whose When Species Meet Despret frequently cites. On both thinkers’ views, humans and other animals are best figured as “companion species.” The basis for relations between humans and non-human animals is neither their similarity nor their difference. That is, Despret and Haraway reject the utilitarian strain of animal studies, inaugurated by Singer, that makes animals a locus of human concern insofar as animals suffer like humans, and also set aside Levinasian fears of violating the alterity of the other by interpreting animal behavior through a certain assimilation of it to our own. Rather, Despret and Haraway claim that animals and humans develop attunement through their relations to each other as companion species. Despret writes: “What these breeders related—and I also heard this from dog trainers—can be said in a few words: animals and people have succeeded in becoming attuned to what matters to the other, to act so that what matters to the other also matters to oneself” (34). On Despret’s view, we do not need to provide arguments for how and why animals and humans might have the ability to become attuned to one another in spite of their differences: we are already attuned to one another. This mutual attunement of companion species is a far cry from the conditions of the laboratory and the industrial farm, where the difference between animals and humans is used as an excuse not to care for, about, and with them. Communion across species only appears as an impossibility in the sterile conditions imposed by contemporary science and capital.

    What Would Animals Say is at its most effective in its treatment of anthropomorphism and anthropocentrism. The question of whether the human treatment of animals assumes that they are like us is central to animal studies and links up with current philosophical debates about alterity. Despret has treated anthropomorphism in her earlier work, most notably in Thinking Like a Rat. In What Would Animals Say, Despret rejects the prejudice that considers the scientific method innocent of anthropomorphizing animals while taking amateur practices to fall into its trap. She shows that the exclusion of anecdote and the “manic suspicion with regard to anthropocentrism appear as the mark of a true science” (40). In a Foucauldian spirit, Despret shows that the experimental science that finds its legitimacy in the exclusion of anecdote is nonetheless subject to its own forms of anthropocentrism and anthropomorphism. This is most visible in the way that scientists frame the very questions that then lead to hypotheses and experiments. Take, as one of a number of examples that Despret uses to illustrate this point, studies on animal self-awareness undertaken by Helmut Prior, Ariane Schwarz, and Onur Güntürkün on magpies, and by Frans de Waal, Joshua Plotnik, and Dania Reiss on Asian elephants. Both of these studies were counted successes in showing that animals were able to “recognize” themselves in mirrors and must therefore have self-recognition. Despret, however, argues that the manipulated conditions of the laboratory contaminate any generalizable results that can be claimed here. What the experiment shows, she writes, is that “magpies (some magpies, more specifically, magpies raised by hand) and some Asian elephants (roughly thirty years old and raise in a zoo) can, in some very specific and exceptional circumstances for magpies and elephants…develop a new competency” (101). These experiments do not show that animals are self-recognizing, but rather that they are capable of developing a behavior that humans identify as self-recognition under certain rarefied conditions.

    What is to say that sight and reflection would be the primary modes of measure for a magpie’s or an elephant’s self-recognition? The idea that the observational and manipulated conditions of experimentation have effects on, and even overdetermine, the results of an experiment is familiar from the philosophy of science. Despret’s application of it to the question of understanding animal behavior is a highlight of the book, made forceful by her vivid use of example. Despret concludes from the many studies she describes that “anthropomorphism is always there, for what could be more anthropomorphic than an apparatus that requires an animal to deny his own habits to privilege those that the researchers think humans themselves do in the experience of learning?” (94). Science should not seek to deny its culpability in anthropomorphism or anthropocentrism and cut itself off from the anecdotal discourse of amateurs, but rather acknowledge its own perpetuation of anthropomorphic prejudices and respond to animals in richer ways. Humans interacting with animals should not try and remove interest from the picture, because actively developing mutual interest is essential to the development of interspecies trust and understanding. Despret cites the research of Daniel Hestep and Suzanne Hetts, which explains that most scientists try to make themselves as insignificant a part of the environment as possible (139). This approach cultivates disinterest on the part of the animal and the appearance of disinterest on the part of the observer, which is in many cases misguided. Despret notes the naïveté in assuming that, just because researchers try and make themselves invisible, animals will overlook their presence in their environment, behaving as they would were the observer absent and lacking any curiosity as to the identity of their new neighbor: “the researcher is the one who poses the questions, and they are often a far cry from imagining that the animals themselves may be posing just as many questions of their own, and maybe even the same questions as the researcher!” (16). Asking the “right questions” requires the imaginative work of wondering what the animal might be wondering. It requires the development of mutual trust on the basis of interest in companion species. These activities, for Despret, have “nothing to do with identification,” and are possible without presuming equivalence and certain knowledge of the other’s motivations (17).

    Despret’s book is unconventionally structured as an assembly of chapters that can be read in any order. Following the letters of the alphabet, each chapter title names a topic and asks a question, including “A for Artists: Stupid like a painter?,” “J for Justice: Can animals compromise?,” and “Y for YouTube: Are animals the new celebrities?” Readers may choose, Despret stipulates in an introductory note (“How to Use This Book”), to read the chapters in order or at random. Within each chapter, the reader can also find frequent references to other chapters (with a curious parenthetical graphic of a finger pointing to the title of the relevant chapter). This structure points to the strongest and weakest aspects of the book, which is a grab-bag of ethical and epistemological questions regarding animal-human interactions. This disorienting structure forces the reader to take responsibility for how she engages with the text, and gives rise to the experience of frequently questioning whether one is going about this reading in the “right” way. This questioning illuminates Despret’s insistence throughout the book that asking the “right questions” is a continual process of interaction and uncertainty. Moreover, Despret states that there is no “right way” to read the book (xvii). Rather, the chapter structure invites the reader to respond to the book in a manner that feels reciprocal and engaging. This experiential dimension highlights the interactive approach to relations between humans and non-human animals that Despret defends throughout, in which she shows the insufficiency of theoretical frameworks that make animals passive victims with mechanical and programmatic reactions, predictable automata who yield their labor and lives to humans in the laboratory or abattoir.

    While the structure of the book complements Despret’s approach to her subject matter, it gives rise to some problems and shortcomings. For one, Despret finds herself in the awkward position of continually having to reintroduce the thinkers, studies, and concepts she cites, because the reader could in principle be reading the chapters in any order. This is done with varying degrees of success in the chapters, sometimes rendering ideas unclear and leaving them undeveloped. Take, for example, the use of Konrad Lorenz. Lorenz and the science of animal behavior that he founded, ethology, appear in four chapters in the book. In the first, “B for Beasts,” Lorenz is mentioned in passing for the “model of breaking down” by which he describes the conditions of deprivation studies of animals in the laboratory (8). The reader is not properly introduced to Lorenz until “F for Fabricating Science,” where he is named as the founder of ethology and treated in a few pages in succession. Lorenz then reappears in “R for Reaction” without a reintroduction, and makes a further flash appearance in “U for Umwelt,” where Despret writes briefly about “Lorenz’s jackdaw” (162). I took Despret at her word and read a number of chapters out of alphabetical order, stumbling upon the “U for Umwelt” chapter before the others wherein Lorenz was described. In this chapter, Lorenz’s study of the jackdaw is not explained at all, leading me to believe that she must have introduced it in another chapter. However, it turned out that a basic exegesis of Lorenz’s work with the jackdaw could be found nowhere in the book. Even in Despret’s most involved description of Lorenz, in “F for Fabricating Science,” Lorenz is introduced as if to an insider audience who must already be familiar with his work, even though the reader has not received any information about Lorenz’s practices with the animals he studies. She writes:

    It’s true that the image one retains of Lorenz is that of a scientist who adopts his animals, swims with his geese and ducks, and speaks with his jackdaws. This image is faithful to his practice but less so to his theoretical work. On the basis of Lorenz’s theoretical propositions, ethology will engage in a resolutely scientific approach: ethologists who follow his approach will have learned to look at animals as limited to ‘reactions’ rather than seeing them as ‘feeling and thinking.’ (39)

    This oblique style of writing fails to set up the stakes of Lorenz’s theoretical investments as well as the way that Lorenz’s work might be in conflict with these investments. Moreover, it fails to highlight Despret’s intervention into this approach to animal behavior. Structured differently, the book could pose Lorenz (and ethology) as a key player in Despret’s account of the failures of animal studies: while Lorenz’s practices with animals reveal the deep interconnectedness of companion species and the complexities of anthropomorphism in human relations to non-human animals, his commitment to the abstract and sterile conditions of the traditional scientific method overlooks this interdependence and denies the subjective experience of animals (39). However, the book’s peripatetic form relegates Lorenz and the science of ethology to cameo appearances that remain two-dimensional. This issue not only emerges in Despret’s treatment of other figures, ideas, and practices, but also goes for Despret’s own contributions. The book contains moments of original insight, but does not sufficiently build or expand on them. The same ideas are cited frequently—the work of Haraway and sociologist Jocelyne Porcher showing up at critical junctures—without being satisfyingly expounded or highlighting Despret’s original contributions. I suspect that this is largely an issue with the structure of the book, which prevents Despret from establishing and building upon her arguments beyond each brief chapter.

    Despret consciously rejects a serial development of a cohesive line of argument. She notes from the very beginning, “I hope that one will be surprised not to find what one is looking for or what one expects” (xvii). This intention corresponds to her insistence that reframing interspecies relations leads to mutual surprise (49). Yet, in reading the book, one is surprised not to find much in the way of argument. Brimming with rich anecdotes and thoughtful questions, the book nonetheless leaves the reader wanting more in the way of original theory and critique. For all the playfulness of the book, Despret remains cautious when it comes to risking her own speculations or proposals. This will not be an issue for lay readers, but might limit the book’s effect on scholarship within animal studies. In sum, What Would Animals Say is a dynamic book that brings together an impressive variety of interdisciplinary research and succeeds in reframing traditional notions of anthropomorphism and interspecies relations even as its unconventional structure prevents it from satisfyingly marking its original contribution to the field of animal studies.

    Works Cited

    • Desmond, Jane C. Displaying Death and Animating Life: Human-Animal Relations in Art, Science, and Everyday Life. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2016.
    • Despret, Vinciane. Penser comme un rat (Thinking Like a Rat). Versailles: Éditions Quae, 2009. Gruen, Lori. Entangled Empathy: An Alternative Ethic for Our Relationships with Animals. Brooklyn: Lantern Books, 2015. Print.
    • Haraway, Donna. When Species Meet. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2008.
    • Oliver, Kelly. Animal Lessons: How They Teach Us to Be Human. New York: Columbia UP, 2009.
    • Willett, Cynthia. Interspecies Ethics. New York: Columbia UP, 2014.

  • Afterword: Improvement and Overburden

    Jennifer Wenzel (bio)
    Columbia University

    “The mouth of this river forms the best harbour I have yet seen; being wide, deep and free from shoals, with a fine situation for a town and fortifications where ships may lie close along the shore, the land high, with a good air and fine streams of water”: so observed Christopher Columbus on November 12, 1492 (124–25). The report of this promising scene concludes Columbus’s inventory of the resources he found at the newly-named Rio de Mares: gold, spices, cotton, aloe, and mastic to be traded, as well as pliant souls to be converted. It’s a curious kind of inventory, not so much a list of current stock as a vivid projection of what could be. I take it as a seminal instance of what Mary Louise Pratt has aptly called an “improving eye,” in which a European explorer’s survey of the landscape offers a prospect both spatial and temporal: a vision of a “Euro-colonial future,” with “resources to be developed, surpluses to be traded, towns to be built” (61). What both Columbus’s inventory and Pratt’s analysis of eighteenth and nineteenth century travel writing tell us is that a resource logic is also a resource aesthetic. From the “beginning,” if you will, Columbus’s judgments—the best harbor, good air, fine streams and situation—are at once economic and aesthetic. You can just picture the scene, no? (Perhaps you’ve seen it in a vacation brochure.) The profitable and the beautiful are brought into alignment, envisioned as one and the same. This emphasis on aesthetic rather than merely economic value in the logic of improvement serves to “presuppose — naturalize — a transformative project embodied in the Europeans” (Pratt 59). Europeans might not have been the first to gaze upon these beckoning landscapes, but they were (so the logic goes) the first to discern in them what they were meant to become. The gap between the actual and the possible is bridged with a teleology. In this Afterword, I trace a kind of pre-history of (post)modernity, taking the improving impulse evident in Columbus’s prospect as a blueprint for capitalist modernity—a map of the future that, in its very immateriality, bears a complex yet instructive relation to the uneven territory of our present.

    Anatomizing the forms of desire and coercion at work in the improving eye, Raymond Williams puts the link between economy and aesthetics more baldly than Pratt when he observes that, in reading conventional histories of English landscape,

    you might almost believe—you are often enough told—that the eighteenth-century landlord, through the agency of his hired landscapers, and with poets and painters in support, invented natural beauty. And in a way, why not? In the same ideology he invented charity, land-improvement and politeness, just as when he and his kind went to other men’s countries, such countries were ‘discovered’. (120)

    Elsewhere in The Country and the City, Williams links the agricultural and infrastructural aspects of “improvement” or “cultivation” more explicitly with their social, cultural, or moral aspects, “which were historically linked but in practice so often contradictory” (115). He identifies the false promise in the tautology: “improvement is or ought to be improvement” but seldom is (116). Thus the anger with which Aimé Césaire tallies the murders, stolen resources, and ruined lifeworlds attributable to the European “civilizing mission” in his Discourse on Colonialism: “They throw facts at my head, statistics, mileages of roads, canals, and railroad tracks…. I am talking about millions of men torn from their gods, their land, their habits, their life (43). In the exchange from which this passage is excerpted, Césaire offers a counter-inventory of what Columbus and his successor-improvers have wrought.

    Although he was concerned more with morality than with aesthetics (and, above all, with economic value), John Locke was another key theorist of “improvement” in its manifold senses. “In the beginning,” Locke writes in “Of Property,” “all the world was America” (V.49), by which he means that the entire earth was unimproved waste land gifted by the Creator to humankind for them to labor upon and make productive. “Waste” is a crucial word for Locke, in a quite different sense than it is for us today. For him, it primarily signifies land awaiting the infusion of labor—through which the gift of the earth to “men in common” becomes private property (V.34, V.25). The only possible limit to this divinely-ordained process of enclosing waste land that Locke recognizes is that agricultural produce might spoil before it can be used—i.e., go to waste. The crucial innovation that resolves this contradiction between “letting waste and making waste” (Ince 43) is money: “a little piece of yellow metal, which would keep without wasting or decay” (Locke V.37). Money helps to cheat the time of nature by enabling accumulation without spoilage, the industrious improvement of waste land without the sin of wasted produce. Locke’s optimism about the potentially limitless wealth to be made from waste is, as political theorist Onur Ulas Ince writes, a “progressive and acquisitive gaze that perceives the world as a reservoir of potential value to be extracted and accumulated” (46). Like Columbus, Locke is a prophet of accumulation: looking upon waste, he can see what will be. Not to extract and accumulate that value would be a sin—to contravene the intention for which the gift of the earth was given.

    All of this might be dismissed as so much bourgeois political economy. And yet, notice how closely John Steinbeck’s defiant demur to the logic of improvement in The Grapes of Wrath echoes the moral economy of waste and the aesthetic of the improving eye, even as it lays bare their barrenness. Columbus’s prospect at the mouth of the Rio de Mares in Cuba finds its California counterpart in fallow land along the roadside, “lying there to be seen and coveted” by Okie migrants fleeing the merciless bankers and unforgiving winds scouring the Great Plains in the 1930s:

    the good fields with water to be dug for, the good green fields, earth to crumble experimentally in the hand, grass to smell, oaten stalks to chew until the sharp sweetness was in the throat. A man might look at a fallow field and know, and see in his mind that his own bending back and his own straining arms would bring the cabbages into the light, and the golden eating corn, the turnips and the carrots. (234)

    Out of mere “good green fields” the narrator brings forth a sensuous vision of bounty and beauty, the product of physical exertion and unalienated labor, a displaced small farmer’s embodied dream of what could be. A “homeless hungry man” driving this road “could know how a fallow field is a sin and the unused land a crime against the thin children” (234). As in Locke’s moral economy, waste land is a sin—affirmed both by a furtive squatter “steal[ing] a little richness from the earth” and by the sheriff’s deputy who finds his secret garden—and productive labor is the foundation of landed property: “A crop raised—why, that makes ownership” (235). But the private property regime dominated by the “great owners” whose aim is to produce profit rather than food is also shown to be a form of theft: the most rapacious one, with the force of law behind it. Who steals richness (in whatever form of value) from whom?—from deed-holders of thousands of acres lying waste, from hungry children, from Native Americans, from the earth itself. And theft is but one of the deadly sins that might be committed over the land lying fallow for the Okies to covet. Agricultural production is not only aestheticized but also sexualized, as hunger is re-figured as illicit erotic desire: the “good green fields” evoke “lust” and “temptation” for the farmer-fathers (234). To resist such temptation, however, is its own form of transgression against an alternative moral and legal code: a sin against the subsistence imperative, a crime against the children.

    The spectacle of the 1930s Dust Bowl, with the native grasslands of the American prairie relentlessly ploughed under for cash crops until the topsoil simply blew away, rendered starkly visible the ecological limits to growth that Locke refused to see. It’s an iconic instance of how the castles in the air promised by the improving eye dissolve into catastrophe: massive swirling dust clouds of the very topsoil on which plant and herbivorous life depends. The dramatic sense of catastrophe is appropriate here, if we take the logic of improvement as a narrative arc and follow it to the bitter end with which we late moderns are all too familiar: not beckoning waste land awaiting improving labor, but wasted land—land (and lives) laid waste. And we know, too, that waste in this latter sense, as toxic or otherwise unwanted byproduct, can itself beckon as a new occasion for profit-making: as waste in Locke’s originary sense, as prospect. (This is to put the resource-to-waste-to-resource cycle that Amanda Boetzkes observes in her article in a broader context.)

    Perhaps the narrative mode appropriate to our historical moment is not future projection (as in the glittering promises of improvement) but instead confession: an inventory of past sins, a record of resource exhaustion, a belated reckoning with externalities. Consider something like William Carlos Williams’ “This Is Just to Say,” a twelve-line poem that takes the implicit form of a pre-emptive Post-it® note on the refrigerator: don’t go looking for the yummy plums in here because I ate them already. In “Tarhands: A Messy Manifesto,” a meditation on Canadian indifference to the environmental costs of bitumen extraction in the Alberta oil sands, Warren Cariou adapts Williams’ non-apology apology as a “Letter for a time capsule to be opened in 2112”:

    This is just to say
    we’ve burned up all the oil
    and poisoned the air
    you were probably hoping to breathe.
    Forgive us.
    It was delicious
    the way it burned
    so bright and
    so fast. (31)

    In both poems, the consummation of intense sensuous pleasure is cited as an implicit justification for expropriation, yet the record of such pleasure would presumably only make the addressee’s loss of anticipated future enjoyment harder to bear. Give up your dream for that resource; I realized mine already and it was so totally worth it (to me). This dynamic reveals the hollowness of the social promise of Locke’s moral justification for accumulation, the “commonwealth” which he understood as increasing the “common stock of mankind.” Indeed, Locke begins with eating as a literal act of incorporation to explain how labor creates individual property in land: whatever I eat, you cannot.

    Both the improving eye à la Columbus and these confessional poems invoke a future, but they construe it differently: the improving eye implores the present with the promise of a better future, while the confessions address an impoverished future, one that is downstream, in the aftermath. Their trajectory is resource exhaustion rather than improvement, subtraction rather than addition. Yet in both the progress narrative of accumulation and the narrative of diminishment and decline, aesthetic judgment serves to legitimate and naturalize appropriation. I have argued that a resource logic is also a resource aesthetic by demonstrating how the logic of improvement joins its accounting of facts on the ground with prodigious imaginings of what will be. It’s a trick of the eye that allows Columbus to look upon a river mouth and imagine a bustling harbor town, or Steinbeck’s farmers to gaze longingly on empty fields and feel in their bones the satisfactions of labor and sustenance they might bring. One might conclude, then, that a resource aesthetic may be mere ideological cover for appropriation and exploitation—that “improvement” in its myriad senses is the friendly face of ruthless extractivism.

    The question that gives me pause is whether extractivism might have its own aesthetic. The logic of improvement rests on an agricultural or organic premise of development, addition, bringing forth. But what of the logic of extraction, which seems, by contrast, a logic of emptying out or subtraction? How does a mining company see? What tricks of the eye enable its work? The extracting eye, I want to suggest, peers through space rather than time: to keep one’s eye on the prize in this context means to home in on what’s valuable, to espy the buried ore precious enough to make it worth the digging up. Paydirt. In mining parlance, the technical term for the layers of dirt and rock that must be excavated to get down to the valuable minerals below is overburden. Overburden is everything lying on top of the buried resource (or underground infrastructure, like pipelines or tunnels), as well as the pressure exerted by that everything on what’s beneath it. Overburden is topsoil, sand, and clay; sedimentary rock; surface water and groundwater. Everything in the way of paydirt. Overburden, I want to suggest, is an aesthetic judgment as well as an economic one: a way of seeing and a way of imagining what can’t be seen. Like that apocryphal line attributed to Michelangelo, that he simply carved away everything that didn’t look like David, mining is a subtractive mode of sculpture: everything that doesn’t look like money is cut away as overburden. Only through a trick of the eye could one look upon a landscape—whether forest or farmland, muskeg or mountain, prairie or permafrost—and see it all as overburden.

    The implications of overburden in a broader, metaphorical sense are not difficult to grasp: overburden is the everything-else that stands in the way of resource extraction. In ecological terms, paydirt is the enemy of topsoil and groundwater; when the paydirt is fossil fuels, it’s the enemy of atmosphere and oceans too. But the implications are broader still. Mary Louise Pratt reminds us that even as the improving eye sketches a future prospect, it empties out an extant landscape and lifeworld that is already “lived as intensely humanized, saturated with local history and meaning, where plants, creatures, and geographical formations have names, uses, symbolic functions, histories, places in indigenous knowledge formations” (61). Pratt’s subject is the European colonial encounter, but her account of an intensely inhabited landscape placed under improving erasure can describe any place under threat of being under-mined.

    This is, I think, what Warren Cariou has in mind with regard to Alberta oil sands (or tar sands) extraction in his allegorical tale of Tarhands, who “rose up out of a swamp with a nation on his back.” The people, who had wakened Tarhands and knew he was hungry, “shoveled all kinds of everything at him: trucks, roads, steam, pipes, trains, muskeg, lives, methamphetamines, rivers, pastahowin, laws, futures. He ate as fast as they could shovel, and sometimes he was almost satisfied” (18). In Cariou’s dark rendering of the upheavals underway in northern Alberta, overburden is both the “all kinds of everything” that goes into the insatiable maw of mining, and the pressure that this everything exerts: the burden of carrying on your back a whole nation whose dream of development has been staked (once again) on resource extraction.1 In Alberta, recent technological innovations like steam injection are being used to extract bitumen from oil sands with a much smaller surface footprint than the usual (albeit, in oil industry terms, unconventional) practice of open pit mining, which Naomi Klein has described as a “terrestrial skinning” in which “vast, vivid landscapes are being gutted, left monochromatic gray.” In Klein’s metaphor, what the industry sees as overburden is the earth’s skin, which, when intact and healthy, is a vibrant shade of green. Steam-assisted gravity drainage, as the industry calls it, would seemingly reduce the scope of what is deemed overburden in the technical sense, thereby minimizing this flaying of the earth. In a broader sense, however, and given the links among fossil fuels, climate change, and the increased risk of massive wildfire, it’s hard not to see the fires of 2016 that ravaged northern Alberta and Fort McMurray—the epicenter of the oil sands industry—as a kind of aftermath, in the literal sense of a second harvest (or, following Klein’s skin metaphor, a debridement). Everything that extraction had spared (what boreal forests and muskeg that remained “untouched”) and everything it had built (boomtown neighborhoods and the promise of a better life) were revealed to have been overburden after all. The spectacle of monstrous flames in the rearview mirrors of fleeing Albertans and transient oil workers are perhaps a 21st century counterpart to the monstrous dust clouds the Okies fled nearly a century earlier.

    Read most broadly, overburden offers another way of understanding the costs of a resource logic taken to its furthest conclusion. Overburden is distinct from mine tailings, the often toxic residue (i.e. waste product) that remains after the ore has been extracted. Overburden is perfectly good stuff that just happened to be in the way: Mary Douglas’s dirt in the way of paydirt. It is, in other words, closer to waste in Locke’s originary sense of the beckoning origin of accumulation. As critics including Teresa Brennan, Fernando Coronil, David Harvey, Leerom Medovoi, and Rob Nixon as well as the contributors to this special issue have shown, capitalist accumulation reduces both humans and nonhuman nature to “resources” whose value is calculated solely in economic (or latterly, biopolitical) terms. If neoliberalism is understood as having largely dispensed with the promise of improvement as a social good (rather than a strictly individual project with individual benefits), then we might say that the very things that the logic of improvement and enclosure once promised as ends—civilization, civil society, the state, the commonwealth as a social compact to protect citizens and their property—now appear as an intolerable commons, an unproductive waste (in Locke’s originary sense) in need of privatization, resource capture, and profit-stripping. It’s all overburden.2

    Once upon a time, Marx told us of that “bewitched, distorted and upside-down world haunted by Monsieur le Capital and Madame la Terre, who are at the same time social characters and mere things” (969). In the upside-down world of overburden, Monsieur le Capital is at the controls of a gargantuan earthmover, scooping up in its maw Madame la Terre and “all kinds of everything” and dumping it upside-down (Cariou 18). As with the tricks of vision at work in the commodity fetish, to see the earth as overburden requires a kind of X-ray vision whose image renders negative everything but profit.

    The aesthetic of overburden is the inverse of improvement: improvement turned upside-down and inside-out.

    Overburden is us.

    Footnotes

    1. Canada is perhaps the exception that proves the rule that James Ferguson observes about the contemporary divergence between the developmentalism of “‘seeing like a state’” (in James Scott’s formulation) and the extractivism of “seeing like an oil company”: oil extraction in twenty-first century Africa, Ferguson tells us, occurs largely in “secured enclaves, often with little or no benefit to the wider society.” Such enclaves separate the multinationals not least from “the follies of planned improvement by states” (377–78).

    2. Indeed, note the language of excavation in Christophe Clapham’s account of the fate of African states under neoliberal globalization in Africa and the International System: The Politics of State Survival (1996): “Deprived of both capable staff and economic resources, states quickly became ‘hollowed out’” (qtd. in Ferguson 379).

    Works Cited

    • Cariou, Warren. “Tarhands: A Messy Manifesto.” Imaginations 3.2 (2012): 17-34. Web. 25 Oct. 2016.
    • Césaire, Aimé. Discourse on Colonialism. Trans. Joan Pinkham. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2000. Print.
    • Columbus, Christopher. “Journal of the First Voyage to America, 1492-1493.” The Heath Anthology of American Literature. 3rd ed. Vol. 1. Ed. Paul Lauter. Boston: Houghton Mifflin, 1998. 117-123. Print.
    • Ferguson, James. “Seeing like an Oil Company: Space, Security, and Global Capital in Neoliberal Africa.” American Anthropologist 107.3 (2005): 377-82. Web. 25 Oct. 2016.
    • Ince, Onur Ulas. “Enclosing in God’s Name, Accumulating for Mankind: Money, Morality, and Accumulation in John Locke’s Theory of Property.” The Review of Politics 73 (Winter 2011): 29-54. Web. 25 Oct. 2016.
    • Klein, Naomi. “Addicted to Risk.” 8 Dec. 2010. Talk.
    • Locke, John. The Second Treatise on Civil Government. Amherst: Prometheus Books, 1986. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. Vol. 3. Trans. David Fernbach. New York: Penguin, 1991. Print.
    • Pratt, Mary Louise. Imperial Eyes: Travel Writing and Transculturation. New York: Routledge, 1992. Print.
    • Steinbeck, John. The Grapes of Wrath. New York: Penguin, 2006. Print.
    • Williams, Raymond. The Country and the City. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1973. Print.

  • When Energy is the Focus: Methodology, Politics, and Pedagogy

    A Conversation with Brent Ryan Bellamy, Stephanie LeMenager, and Imre Szeman

    Brent Ryan Bellamy (bio), Stephanie LeMenager (bio), and Imre Szeman (bio)
    University of Alberta

    “The world itself writes oil, you and I write it.” —Stephanie LeMenager, Living Oil

    I sat down with Stephanie LeMenager and Imre Szeman to talk about Resource Aesthetics,” the topic of this special issue of Postmodern Culture, in Vancouver, B.C. during the 2015 Modern Language Association annual meeting. LeMenager and Szeman were both early proponents of critical work on oil and energy from within the humanities. Their work has helped to shape the ways scholars continue to think about the impasse between our rampant, energy-hungry economic system and the flourishing of human and more-than-human life on the Earth. I wanted to ask them how they each got started in this field and where they think a compelling place to start thinking about energy, culture, and politics would be now.

    What strikes me about this conversation, retrospectively, is the way that placing energy at the heart of one’s analysis produces such unexpected, generative outcomes. Certainly, it raises methodological questions. Where does one locate energy’s impacts? Why take up one form of energy, oil, and not another, nuclear or coal? When does one (de)limit the importance of energy to one’s thinking? How best to report the impacts of energy on social life? What is to be done with the infrastructural remainders of our carbon saturated world?

    Our conversation also deals in the practical outcomes that would result from taking energy into account. On the one hand, focusing on energy enables a different kind of politics to emerge. For instance, a politics that concerns infrastructure and planning seems possible in light of the costs of energy’s transport and logistical systems. Moreover, rather than asking “What kind of political world do we want?” we might start asking “How do we want to use energy?” On the other hand, centering energy in the curriculum deeply affects our pedagogy and its outcomes. Once baffled by the limits to imagining the world differently, students can now come prepared to address practical questions related to energy on a manageable scale. What strikes me about the following exchange is the way it hinges on sharing knowledge about pipelines, fossil freight trains, and energy grids as much as on devising new ways of engaging in research and conversation that start from the point of where we are now rather than where we would like to be.

    BRB: You are both early voices in the field of thinking about energy and culture. Could you tell me a little bit about the origin of your interests in studying oil and energy? How did you come to this research work, and what drew you to the field?

    SL: I felt personally involved in what it means to live with petro-modernity because of a family connection to oil that had been a powerful imaginary throughout my young life, and then there was the fact that the neighborhood in California where I was living at the time of writing was being fracked. Also, on a more positive note, the peak oil literatures that were coming out in the early twenty-first century, even in the form of design plans from my former city of Ventura, California, were incredibly interesting to me and created design scenarios that seemed to foretell a different energy future and insist on a different political possibility. But as I began to pursue these interests—in my own neighborhood, in my own immediate history—I started to realize that for me the way to talk about global climate shift, the way to talk about the privatization of water and a lot of resource issues that are at the forefront of our minds, the way “in” was oil and more broadly fossil fuel culture, and the way that fossil fuels have been naturalized into an everyday. I realize I am close to Matt Huber’s work in this regard (see Huber Lifeblood), but it was an interest that developed individually for me as well—it just seems to me that the most compelling way to talk about global climate change and its multiple collateral damages and to potentially act within this infinitely complex scalar problem is to center our inquiries around oil, and more broadly energy.

    IS: My interest in the cultures of oil originates in two places. Like Stephanie, the first is a personal one. I grew up in Calgary, Alberta, which is one of the centers of the oil industry in Canada. It’s the place where all of the administrative offices of oil corporations are located. My father worked not in administration but as a pipe fitter and boiler maker, working on pipelines and sour gas plants as a welder. I went to high school in downtown Calgary, a place where working class kids and the children of those living in the affluent areas, like Mount Royal, came together as a result of the Calgary Board of Education’s allotment of school spaces. One of the things that I became aware of very quickly while growing up in Calgary is the gap between the kinds of things my father and the fathers of my friends did—mine was one of the workers who actually went out and created the apparatus of oil. Oil culture has always been in the back of my mind as something that needed to be dealt with if we were ever to understand how politics truly operates in Canada.

    The other place where my interest in oil culture can be marked is an article I was asked to write for a special issue of South Atlantic Quarterly on the topic of system failure (see Szeman “System Failure”). It was left very wide open as to what we could do under this general rubric. The more I thought about what constituted system failure and what might result in the end of the current system of liberal capitalism and perhaps produce a political opening, the more I realized that one of the unspoken elements of contemporary life was the importance of energy. If we were to trace the significance of energy for the system of capital, we might understand how irruptions or shifts in the former might cause uncertainty or problem in the latter, and do so in a way that current political movements seem unable to do. Questioning the necessity or givenness of current systems of energy is a way of provoking or anticipating another system of energy, another system of collective, social life.

    BRB: I want to pick up on something Stephanie said about the moment of looking at those peak oil plans. It seems to me that there is an interesting connection between the recognition of a limit and speculation, in a different sense than trying to figure out where we could find more oil. I mean in the sense of a different future that could be lived, something Imre is interested in as well. Like a mapping of oil and capital, the thing about the plan is that it is a form that lets you think through the (im)possibility of transition. I find that really compelling.

    SL: Yes, I do too, and I think that there is so much emphasis right now in Environmental Studies or Environmental Humanities on speculative fiction as a form that might somehow open up dystopian narrative toward a different kind of activism and a different kind of imagination. When I look at design plans, like the one that was created for a post-oil Ventura, my former town, for instance, there is a lot of speculation that goes into that kind of architectural, engineering, and infrastructural planning. The idea of scenario design is not one that is limited to literary studies and in fact doesn’t even come from literary studies. So, I looked at those plans and I thought how exciting it was that people with real expertise could imagine a city where 75% of the food that was consumed would come from within 100 miles, where almost all the water that was used for industrial or domestic purposes was greywater, it seemed very clear looking at those peak oil plans that solutions are not that far from the plausible, and yet I think we tend to get caught up in an idea of political malfunction and even a failure of will. Whatever the mistakes or ideological shortcomings of peak oil activism, it was also a watershed moment for design, I think.

    BRB: Let’s move from maybe these two, overlapping ideas, the blueprint of what the future could look like and a way out of our fossil fuel reliance, to come at the structure of things. I think these play nicely into my next question, which has to do with the title of this special issue: “Resource Aesthetics.” I am wondering what you find most productive or provocative in thinking about oil in a specifically aesthetic register, or in such a way that includes questions based in form, representation, or figuration. Are there other facets of sensation and the sensorium besides vision that, to you, can offer us particular purchase on oil as substance and problem?

    IS: I think Stephanie will be better at answering this question than I will. She certainly writes about this in Living Oil quite a bit. I guess the first thing I want to say is that when I think about resources I want to play things off against one another: I want to insist on the importance of their sheer materiality, their character as something we can’t possibly avoid or get away from. Why? I think sometimes it’s too easy for those of us working in the critical humanities to insist on the importance of representations—to point out that there is no such thing as society, or a city, or anything, outside of the systems of representation that have made these an element of our social imaginaries. I don’t disagree with this; but I still think that insisting on the sheer materiality of natural resources demands that we ask different kinds of questions. A resource like oil is not something that we can think our way around or beyond. We can’t simply figure a different way of viewing it or position it in a different kind of aesthetic and so unnerve it. Resources are material in ways that, in part, evade aesthetics, evade representation. There’s a double movement in thinking about aesthetics and resources that I want to keep alive: one in which we recognize their sheer necessity and blunt reality, and another in which we try to bring them into representation. You can witness this in the work of all of those who work on energy humanities or petro-cultures. We first say: why haven’t resources been figured more prominently given how important they are for capitalist modernity? And second: we begin the work of tracking down the aesthetic or epistemic registers where representations of resource culture do arise. I wouldn’t want our attention to the latter to make us forget that initial resistance, which seems so important to how resources mean in and for modernity.

    SL: I’ll take a slightly different tack here and say that if we think about aesthetics in a really fundamental sense as being about how we as embodied beings experience the world and how the world experiences us in return, then aesthetics can be a means to what we might think of as relationality or as a relationship with matter as such. When I started writing Living Oil I wasn’t expecting to make any kind of declamations about media or mediatization, but I really became interested in the ways in which certain infrastructural features that are normative in the US or Canada certainly—like freeway systems, like suburban malls, like subdivisions—are themselves a mediatized mode of representing life to ourselves and in turn are representing as aesthetic agents. That kind of intense relationship with the world that makes a path for us into the everyday is where I tend to locate the most exciting aesthetic exploration. Some of that is present in my work, and it has precedence in work by artist-geographers like Matt Coolidge of the Center for Land Use Interpretation, or some of the civically engaged artists in Los Angeles like the Los Angeles Urban Rangers, who work with, in many ways, deprivatizing public spaces and deprivatizing corporate spaces, giving those spaces the materiality in fact they always already possess and radiate. So I re-thought what I meant by aesthetics when I got into the question of oil and became very focused on aspects other than vision—I don’t think the visual is by any means the most important way to understand what “aesthetics” is and does. I think the tactile is incredibly important—the world of plastics that Roland Barthes wrote about as being ubiquity itself—there’s a world of a certain kind of smoothness and a certain kind of suppleness that is for many people in wealthier nations normative; it is also destroying our oceans. The question of the aesthetic can be a politicized one and it also has been taken up with a great deal of attention to the micro scale by people who are associated with the new materialist philosophy, think about theorists like Stacy Alaimo or Jane Bennett—that new materialist focus on the porousness of bodies and their material exchange that Alaimo calls transcorporeality—that’s a part too of what the aesthetic problem is here and it’s one that keeps leading back to the material, which is so hard to get at. We can’t think our way around it and yet how can we not think with it?

    BRB: It’s interesting to me—especially now that you’ve mentioned the question of scale—that “material” and “matter” appear in both of your answers but these terms operate differently for each of you. To put it bluntly one seems to be an old materialism and the other a kind of new one. Perhaps one point of contact, at least in terms of interest, is infrastructure.

    SL: I think in both of our answers there may be an interest in recovering bodies and even forms of labor that may be more explicit in Imre’s answer, but the erasure of laboring bodies of various kinds is part of the problem that energy as metaphysic presents to us.

    IS: Edward Renshaw wrote an article in 1963, I think in the Journal of Political Economy, in which he figured out a basic statistic: over the preceding century (1850–1950), what were the shifts in the sources of the energy used? He discovers that in 1850 that 6.8% of energy consumption on the planet was from fossil fuels—a number that immediately gives us a different idea of the Victorian Era and pace of industrialization than we typically have. By 1950 he estimates 90.8% of the work output was from fossil fuels. That’s an incredible shift, one that is mirrored by another: the laboring body of humans and of animals became a distinctly minor part of overall work output between 1850 and 1950. The explosion of fossil fuel use generates, among other things, an abstraction of work from the body, pushing the world of energy away from the ready-to-hand of daily, phenomenal experience. This growing abstraction has significance for aesthetics as well as labor. If you live in a world in which you have to collect your own firewood, you have an idea of what warmth is and what it means for your body. The minute that disappears, however, and heat comes into your house as if by magic, one no longer possesses the capability to experience, phenomenologically and aesthetically, an earlier moment when energy was linked more directly to the body. Many of us live in a world in which energy abstracts us from life, at least with respect to many of our life activities: mobility, movement, heat, and food.

    I worry that such claims can come off as bad anthropology underwritten by a bad Heideggerianism. And yet, I think we can’t deny that it’s this kind of violent abstraction that’s built into oil modernity, a kind of abstraction that’s manifest in suburbs and highways, but also in every other act of the modern. There are still parts of the world that don’t experience this degree of abstraction, where there are different ideas, capacities, and relations to the material world. So, maybe one of the things we’re talking about here is an increasing abstraction that becomes an element of our chosen aesthetics, which then become hard to work around, hard to think past.

    SL: Yes, hard to think past. But as I’ve said, I also think aesthetics can be understood as a series of methods and movements that push us back toward embodiments and specificities and sites. I think as long as we don’t take an Arnoldian view of aesthetics in relation to civilizational “bests” etcetera, you know Beauty with a capital B, the aesthetic mode of analysis—really the aesthetic mode of action—has a tremendous potentiality. In some ways, I’m gesturing back to the early days of Cultural Studies, here, and also toward Social Practice art. I can think of a couple of relevant books to think with here, not just books like Huber’s Lifeblood or my book or the various works that Imre has done including his wonderful collaborative photo essay on the tar sands, but something like Nicole Shukin’s Animal Capital (2009), another great example of what is a social, political, but also an aesthetic analysis of the erasure, in many respects, of animal bodies and then of the process of critical re-embodiment to some degree.

    BRB: Now, I’m just thinking about the anatomical image of the beaver that Shukin looks at in her introduction. You have abstraction at play there too, in the separation between the icon and animal and the way that Maclean’s Magazine, where the image comes from, labels the beaver’s anatomy “Canada in Depth”—a grandiose national abstraction! Here, in the midst of considering abstraction, I want to ask about where you locate a starting point for researching oil culture. This question builds on something you write in your book, Stephanie: that “compelling oil media are everywhere. Films, books, cars, food, museums, even towns are oil media. The world itself writes oil, you and I write it” (LeMenager 2014, 11). That’s why I say “starting point”—if oil is so ubiquitous in the number of ways we have already been tracing out in the conversation then what impact do specific oil media have on our understanding of resource aesthetics? In what ways do our starting points matter, if they matter at all?

    SL: For me, site specific work is really important, and so when I started thinking about how to get into the everywhere, the everything of oil, I wanted to go initially local, but I also wanted to think about tracing specific flows and hovering over particular kinds of transhipment or even particular ports. And in this I think I am similar to other people who have written about oil, I think about Timothy Mitchell—an entirely different book in the larger arguments that came out of it (see Mitchell Carbon Democracy)—but like my own work a book interested in following the supply lines, creating site-specific genealogies of what we might call petro-modernity. I was inspired by people in my region in LA at the time, like Matt Coolidge, I was inspired by Nicola Twilley, a New York based artist who has done recently the “cold chain” or Perishable Project with Coolidge through the CLUI (Center for Land Use Interpretation). That project traces refrigerated foods throughout North America, hovering at particular sites of storage and transhipment—this kind of conceptual geographical work that begins with ground-truthing in specific places was what inspired my method of environmental cultural studies, I would say— and I started in Santa Barbara because I was teaching in Santa Barbara and I wanted to know it vertically, you might say, from the underground up. There had been a very important, historically important oil spill there that created a certain kind of cultural environmentalism which was, in a sense, in a decadent phase by the time I wrote about it. I wanted to talk about how oil had impacted a certain sociality in that region—an environmental sociality—how it had begun to create the radicalization in one sociologist’s view of an affluent class of people and then how that “radicalization” of the affluent in turn spun off into a very specific and in some sense consumer-oriented form of environmental politics. So I like looking at regional and local resource chains and then the social worlds that grow up and interact with them, are developed from them, and produce them. I think those relationships make a world. And I also think it’s important to be site specific, because then you can see you work roll over into various kinds of activism. Where you start is incredibly important. Everybody is going to choose a different place to start. In a way there is no site that isn’t relevant. Whether you are in a resource region that is an affluent one, a very wealthy one, whether you’re in one that’s extremely injured by its resource destiny, in a sense—I don’t actually believe in resource destinies but some politicians do—the implications for the epistemological reach of the project, the possibilities for activism, the aesthetic affordances that a project might have are all about where you choose to start. I chose to start in a particular place that was relevant to me and that I could in some respects ground-truth through interviewing and through photography and really looking at my environment. That’s what I wanted. It was a method that came out of conceptual geography and art and not out of literary cultural studies per se.

    IS: By “where do you start?” do you mean “where do you start your analysis?”

    BRB: Yes, I guess if we are hoping to go back to an earlier point about rendering visible, whether that is to get a better grasp of resources for people already compelled to find solutions to these problems or whether it’s to get people thinking about them in the first place, where do you start your analysis?

    IS: One of the reasons that I am attracted to work like Stephanie’s is that it shows me a critical path that is somewhat different than how I would go about things. It reminds me to pay attention to the distinct type of work that people are doing in relation to resources. To start with, it reminds me of the importance of activist work, that people care about where they live and work, and that they are (of course) able to understand the significance of oil when it arises in their particular situation. When I am here in Vancouver, I find it very hard not to think about the protest against Kinder Morgan near Simon Fraser University and what that has meant for that community of students and scholars in the last few months. It isn’t where I would necessarily start my analysis of energy—from looking at this particular protest, that is—but that’s just a difference of training and conceptual orientation. Where does one start? I guess I agree with Stephanie that one generates different answers to the questions about oil modernity depending on what you want to analyze. One place you could start is in Titusville, Pennsylvania, which I would say is the historical starting point of oil modernity, and you figure out what comes next. Starting historically is one way to go. I’m not saying that’s where I start, but when I think about a scholar like Timothy Mitchell, he starts at a moment when energy was still visible to the bodies that could interrupt its movement, and what intrigues him, in part, is that that becomes increasingly difficult—impossible!—when we move from coal to oil as our dominant energy source.

    Stephanie is right; “The world itself writes oil,” which means, in the period of modernity, that oil is written absolutely everywhere. And yet one of the places to start for people doing literary criticism is to ask why oil and energy tend not to be in literature when one sees oil everywhere. Patsy Yeager, for instance, talked about the ways in which, despite the importance of the road in American Literature, oil doesn’t really figure into narratives of the road. She talks about how in Kerouac’s On the Road the protagonists don’t even really stop for gas. On the one hand this seems like a silly demand—Kerouac, of course, can write about whatever he wants, and we needn’t draw conclusions about the nature of modernity as a result of missing elements in the road novel! After all, he doesn’t write about exchanging windshield wiper fluid either, and we would never read anything major into that absence. But there is, of course, something distinct about oil, as we’ve been pointing to throughout this interview.

    Starting points: Patsy, Jennifer Wenzel, and I have just finished editing a book called Fueling Culture, which is made up of 101 short essays on energy, on oil primarily, each linked to a keyword. What I found fascinating about putting the book together is that it seemed that you could start almost anywhere when talking about oil and generate a whole worldview in the process, whether starting with the word Lebenskraft in the German philosophical tradition, or by reflecting on the Greek word energeia, which leads one to recognize (for instance) the word “energy” doesn’t start to be used in the English language with its current meanings until the late 1850s. Or you could start by talking about comic books. My colleague at the University of Calgary, Bart Beaty, describes how difficult it was for illustrators of American comic books to figure out how to visualize the energy of the post-WWII world of superheroes, i.e., nuclear energy, gamma radiation, and the like, because this is energy you cannot see it. Jack Kirby’s solution to this problem—bright colored lines and spheres filled with intent —generated a visual vocabulary for energy with which we are all familiar.

    The world writes oil. What this means is that we need many people starting from many different points to get us to understand how that world works, what that has meant for us and what that might mean down the road. When we say what it means for us, I want to insist again strongly that what it means to be modern is to be creatures of oil. We spend a lot of time talking about all kind of things that name what it is to be modern: the expansion of rights, accumulation through dispossession, and the globalization of the world. It is telling that up until recently we haven’t made oil and energy part of this story, and we have to. Just as those other narratives require many starting points, so must the one about oil as well.

    SL: I would just add to what Imre has said, well first of all, in Lolita, the gas station is a very important site. It is true with Kerouac, and I agree with Patsy. Really, Kerouac was writing a lot about nostalgia for public transit, for buses, for shared transport, for hitchhiking. There was a world of the 1940s that was longed for and missed in Kerouac.

    IS: The world of pre-Eisenhower highway infrastructure.

    SL: Right, a pre-Eisenhower, more public culture of mobility, which itself is interesting as a comment on oil culture, I think. And then, in Lolita, the gas station is written with a pop sensibility, very much akin to the work of Ed Ruscha in his small books, Twentysix Gasoline Stations (1963) and Thirtyfour Parking Lots (1967). It’s also almost always metonymically connected with rape. So oil has generated quite a few literary artifacts, but again it’s not always as visible as it might be. Oil is not crudely visible—so to speak. It’s certainly visible through infrastructure. There are layers of mediation that have to be considered to bring its visibility to the surface or to make it felt. But I think there are a lot of different places one can look for it. I had a conversation with Amitav Ghosh last year, last spring when he visited Oregon. He was frustrated that although he wrote an essay that in many ways began a whole critical movement around Petro-culture and petro-fiction, there hasn’t been more writing about what fossil fuel culture, and the automobile in particular, is meaning for south Asia. So that would be another interesting question to ask in terms of where to start. Where to start in terms of global elision, colonial or postcolonial forgetting. To say that oil is everywhere is to some degree a provincial statement on my part, because it is really about certain parts of the world that have experienced modernity in a certain way while in other parts of the world that particular experience of modernity may be happening more recently, has happened more recently, or may not exist. I do think coming at oil from a multi-sited, multi-disciplinary perspective is absolutely necessary. You can make a conversation that’s more exciting and ultimately more about political possibility beyond oil.

    BRB: Again, infrastructure plays such an important role in the way we come to understand these starting points. Whether we begin with the regional or with the absent presence of petrol itself, the built spaces of petro-modernity shape our sense of starting points. I agree we need these launching points to be multiple. What is your sense of how petro-modernity plays out in non-North American spaces and on the registers of everyday life?

    IS: To start, it’s interesting that the automobile has retained its role as an index of modernity.

    SL: Yes.

    IS: I was in Beijing recently and one of the strongest desires of the emergent middle classes is to own a vehicle. It may have one of the best mass transportation systems in the world, built very, very quickly by the central government at great cost, and expanding all the time. It’s exceptional. It’s hard to be in Beijing and complain that public transportation is terrible. It’s very cheap and readily accessible. But it doesn’t make a difference: everybody still wants a car. Despite all of the difficulties, despite the fact that you can’t really drive it because there are already too many people on the various ring roads, ensuring that there is almost always a traffic jam on every major highway, despite it being very expensive, having a car is still the index for finally fully reaching modernity. Despite everything else—you could have a very, very fancy phone, work in a tall skyscraper, I don’t know what else, be surrounded by computers everywhere—it doesn’t make a difference: the car rules. It’s odd that this crude mechanical creature continues to have so many fans. Middle class Chinese not only want cars—they want SUVs! Even if they might feel some guilt about this desire, they give into it because they imagine it as a safe space for their families. And so I think Ghosh is right: even if it hasn’t arrived everywhere, one of my fears is that the automobile will be retained as an index of what it means to finally have arrived in the twenty-first century, despite all we know about the social and environmental traumas it inflicts.

    SL: I love what you said just now about the family and how that particular idea of modern family locked into automobility is a Western or global Northern expression. One of the first articles I read that excited me and pushed me toward writing Living Oil was Mimi Sheller’s article on car culture (for Theory, Culture, and Society) where she was talking about the ways in which automobility creates a whole assemblage of gendered being. I became frustrated while writing Living Oil by how much of what I think of as progressive modernity—feminism, environmentalism even, as it has been expressed in the U.S. in particular—is actually tied to assumptions, but also objects and paths, that have been created by fossil fuel energy. So it’s not just the things that we associate with environmental injury or evil, but also certain kinds of progressive politics and progressive identity relations or assemblages of identity that are very much locked into these objects and prostheses—the automobile being the foremost one.

    BRB: I am curious about the relationship in your thinking between fossil-fueled capitalism and the specific political regime that we might name modernity or liberal democracy. How might we endeavor to reckon and to map fossil capital with respect to political contexts configured otherwise? You both seem focused on petro-culture as a feature and symptom of Americanized modernity. How would your perspectives shift in view of, and how would they account for, different coordinates, for instance in the case of Saudi Arabia’s non-liberal, a-modern fossil capitalism? And we could also add any number of other examples here—Azerbaijan, Chechnya, Kazakhstan, Sudan, Venezuela, and so on.

    SL: I actually prefer the term petro-modernity to the term petro-culture, and use “petro-modernity” to explicitly describe a certain US/North American mode of living which is largely aspirational, in the sense that its imagined rewards have been realized by very few people, globally, as Imre was just mentioning. My book is about the end of the American century, by which I mean a very specific ideological, economic, and cultural hegemony—if not empire. So of course it would be an entirely different book if it were located elsewhere. Fortunately such books, and articles, and documentaries, and poems about fossil-fuel capitalism worldwide are being made. They are even being made in languages other than English, thank god! The flurry of cultural production around fossil fuel cultures counters the more apolitical musings of Anthropocene thought, where we imagine ourselves as fossil trace. I am not waiting for the apocalypse to get me out of the political morass that climate change both indicates and underwrites. In other words, I want to keep talking about oil, and certainly in a global context.

    IS: As many political commentators have pointed out, the presence of oil and the riches that it creates help to support all manner of totalitarian regimes of power and privilege. And it continues to do so. The sheer amount of value generated by oil, and the remarkable capacity for small groups of elites to control this value, has generated enormous amounts of power—from Rockefeller to Putin, and from Nigeria to Angola to any of the places you mention in your question. Michael Klare and other commentators (see Salas 2009 and Gustafson 2012) have attended to the ways in which the presence of oil appears to undermine or disable democratic state practices. If the presence of oil appears to benefit the bottom line of GDPs (however unequally that wealth is distributed), when it comes to politics it is the lead actor in the drama known as the resource curse.

    It’s true: I don’t spend much time studying these parts of the world (at least I have not done so to date). In part, this is because what I hope I have been attending to in my work is the larger, hidden narrative of the power produced by oil and of resources more generally. Modernity and liberal democracy should not be conflated in the way that you seem to do in your question. Modernity can take a range of political forms (which I take to be one of the lessons of, for instance, Susan Buck-Morss’s Dreamworld and Catastrophe: The Passing of Mass Utopia in East and West). Analyses of non-liberal fossil capitalism are generally underwritten by a liberal narrative, one that would deem the political transformation of Nigeria into Norway to be a success that solves the problem of oil. Far from solving the problem, however, this approach doesn’t even pose the question of the role played by fossil fuels in producing modernity!

    If my emphasis has been on Western modernity, it’s precisely because of the “problem solved” character with which fossil fuels are treated in relation to the West. The group EthicalOil.org has made a name for itself by pointing out that, despite what critics say, Canadian oil from the oil sands is ethical. Why? Well, Canada is one of the only oil nations to have a democratic government! Problem solved regarding the use of fossil fuels! And so fossil fuels disappear. They don’t need our attention anymore. Fossil fuels can play a role in propping up totalitarian regimes. But the argument being advanced here is that they needn’t have this role: fossil fuels can be a great resource for countries that know how to figure them into economics and politics. Part of the argument here is, of course, for the need for governments to leave the oil business to private industry.

    What’s missing in Ethical Oil’s account of the link between oil and politics? In a word: everything. To begin with, there’s no concern about how the fossil fuel economy creates power and money within liberal democracies. There’s no interest in the unequal access to power within countries, which both determines and is determined by race, class and ethnicity. And there’s no interest in unequal access to energy between countries. I won’t even mention the lack of attention to the environmental impacts of fossil fuel economies or the lack of concern about the capacity for fossil fuel economies to continue on into the twenty-first century: it’s obvious that neither really matters in such accounts.

    BRB: Right, and another problem with Ethical Oil is that it is simultaneously laughable and incredibly powerful. Despite the cringe it elicits from the left, it still catches a hold of some underlying truth about oil economies. IS:

    Indeed. Liberal democracy isn’t totalitarianism; but it’s not real democracy either. The power of extant liberal democracy is that, in a Francis Fukuyama-esque manner, it puts itself forward as having resolved the drama of modern politics. Problem solved! In the process, what gets lost is both the nature of this form of politics and the specific role of oil in making it possible—the latter is far easier to see in the case of totalitarian regimes. The work of Timothy Mitchell has been so important to the study of energy because he shows how “carbon-energy and modern democratic politics were tied intricately together” (5). For Mitchell, democracy is an apparatus of modern governmentality—“a mode of governing populations that employs popular consent as a means of limiting claims for greater equality and justice by dividing up the common world” (9). Fossil fuels produced industrial modernization and mass society, as well as the various political forms that are used to govern these societies. One of the most important and least well-understood roles played by the energy of fossil fuels is the production of a politics “with a particular orientation towards the future: the future was a limitless horizon of growth. This horizon was not some natural reflection of a time of plenty; it was the result of a particular way of organising expert knowledge and its objects, in terms of a novel world called ‘the economy’” (143). This is a long answer to your question: in short, at the heart of petro-modernity, political contexts that seem to be configured otherwise are in fact variations on a common theme: the enduring power of oil in shaping human affairs.

    BRB: In light of the connection between fossil fuels and modernity, how do you teach resources and energy? What are the sorts of challenges you and your students face? Is there anything they do not get, surprisingly, or do get right away? Do they find thinking and talking about oil comes naturally to them, or does it seem difficult? What lessons do they find particularly hard to take? What do you find surprising when teaching about resources and energy?

    SL: I have an energy unit in my introductory course for undergraduates and I also cannot help but talk about questions of energy in the Cultures of Climate Change class that I have taught as a graduate seminar recently. I think Imre and I both have been influenced by Allan Sekula’s work. One of the things I love that Sekula did in Fish Story is his account in the very beginning about how his inspiration for writing it came from growing up in San Pedro, a port, and from being continually made aware of the materiality of shipping—that accidents happen, et cetera—so that the finance capital that was first associated with the high seas comes to ground, for him, in the maritime ports. But that is also true about oil. I think we all live next to some railway, pipeline, oil refining facility, liquefied natural gas facility, oil or coal port facility that powerfully materializes what energy capital is and how it bulks up the world, and the dangers it carries, particularly in trains that are not retrofitted to carry the kind of crude matter that comes from the Bakken Shale and other shale and sand deposits. My students, when they start thinking about how close they are to accident, and at the same time how close they are to the very stuff of capital, want to talk about it. There’s a lot to talk about. There’s a lot to map. There’s a lot to explore. It’s not a conversation that’s always about despair either because, certainly for Environmental Studies students who have taken classes across fields in sciences, as well as in social science and humanities, they are thinking very creatively about renewables and other forms of cleaner energy. So I have my students do a speculative fiction in which they sketch sustainable worlds of the near future, and almost always they begin with ‘this is the kind of grid that I want to see’ or ‘this is the kind of energy system’ or ‘I want this kind of density so that energy resources will not be overspent.’ I think it’s a great teaching topic in many different registers, both for the speculative aspects of it and the technological creativity and innovation that can be attached to it, but also to get people living in place more dynamically and self-consciously and thinking again about what it means to be so close to accident and at the same time so close to the stuff of capital.

    IS: One might expect students to give into despair and throw up their hands and say ‘what can we possibly do?’ There is something interesting and unique about energy. Given the fact that we are making claims that we are absolutely shaped by our energy sources—that oil is necessary for modernity, and, as it is running out, we might no longer have the modernity that is in our bodies and beliefs as much as in our infrastructures—one might expect students to think: ‘what can possibly be done to create some utterly new way of being and belonging?’ Strangely, this doesn’t disable students. There is something about the materiality of oil that allows them to imagine forms of change that would be very hard to do if one was just doing a class on democracy or collectivity. Oil gives students a concrete problem and object to work with when they are imagining environmental and political futures. Framing the problem of contemporary collective life as one about the use and abuse of energy offers a much more concrete way to describe those futures. Students say, ‘Ah! If it’s oil modernity, then energy is a place where one can intervene to reshape modernity in some ways.’ If oil modernity shapes our experience of things, we must then be able to fundamentally reshape it via oil: modernity and its various discontents offer a bigger target than just oil, but because this target is co-equivalent with contemporary life itself, it actually renders students unable to imagine new futures (how the hell do you change everything?). Not so when we approach it all along the vector of energy.

    Examining the present through the socio-political dynamics of energy produces a fascinating class dynamic. I teach a course called Resource Fictions at the graduate level. For one thing, I found that the students come from a broader range of disciplines than is usual in a class offered by the Department of English and Film Studies. The students contribute in distinct and productive ways, drawing on their very specific fields of research. They all read Stephanie’s work or the work of others, and say ‘Oh my gosh, I didn’t really grasp the degree to which we have to attend to this particular problem of energy.’ And they feel troubled by it, alert to it, and alarmed by it. But they are not overwhelmed by it, at least not in a way that they are in some of the other classes I teach. Brent was in a graduate class I taught on collectivity in which I concluded the semester by screening Jonestown: The Life and Death of People’s Temple (2006 Dir. Stanley Nelson Jr.). I wanted us to think about different forms of collectivity and what the end result of alternative modes of belonging can be (what happened in Jonestown is tragic; the People’s Temple started out in a much more intriguing place—an origin that is too quickly forgotten and cancelled out by its crazed conclusion). When the lights went up, many of my graduate students were crying: they felt undone not only by the story of Jim Jones, but also by what it seemed I was suggesting about the impossibility of new forms of collectivity—though that certainly wasn’t my intention!

    SL: I want to take your class now!

    IS: Consider the difference between imagining a new collectivity and imagining a different energy future. The models of the latter are quite powerful in the way that they grab people’s attention. Nobody will say ‘no’ if the city of Edmonton introduces street lights that use less energy because each incorporates a small solar panel. No one is going to object to that. No one will rush to City Hall to say: ‘No way, those old lights were so much better!’ in a way that they might over trickier social issues such as gay marriage or access to abortion. And I really do believe that different systems of energy introduce alternate modernities, even if on the sly. I don’t believe that we can have neoliberal capitalism run on wind or solar power.

    SL: It’s actually a kind of interpellation.

    IS: I’d just like to add one more thing: At the 3rd Annual Cultures of Energy Symposium held at Rice University in April 2014, Matthew Schneider-Mayerson had his class display posters of their work—in the way that students might do at a science conference, even though not all were scientists—about some solutions they would take to very specific things. I thought they were all incredible. I could not believe the sophistication of the alternative energy projects mapped out by these eighteen- and nineteen-year olds. None of them had the slightest hesitation about either the need or the possibility of the energy shifts for which they argued. I will often say ‘to change oil modernity we have to change absolutely everything all at once,’ which is perhaps as effective rhetorically as it is limited politically. The students were well aware of how difficult it is to make systemic change in the U.S. if one names it as such. So what they did in their projects—whether knowingly or not—is to map a problem that is lived by everyone: how we use energy. Even those who deny climate change would embrace plans to use less energy. Again: there’s a way to articulate a global, post-national politics via energy that might be impossible via nation-to-nation climate accords, as nations are modes of belonging built around difference and competition in ways that don’t easily map onto ways of acting that have to be agreed upon globally.

    SL: I would say that students are much more solution-focused than faculty tend to be on these issues. Also, on the other side of the apparent invisibility of oil, we might imagine intervention or re-mapping of systems because there are identifiable routes—such as train routes, even though they try to obscure those in the U.S. But there are symbols that are fairly easily read that mark which trains are oil trains, which trains are not; there are coal trains now running along rivers in Oregon and the dust from the coal is polluting the rivers, affecting the salmon runs—because you can identify points potentially where interference might occur, people, students and otherwise, start to realize how communities of activism or civic investment can coalesce and interventions might be made. I think the pipeline communities have been a really great example. Emily Ferguson, the Ontario activist, has talked about pipeline citizenship. It’s almost like a new version of bio regionalism, where we’re thinking in terms of the energy shed—one that was imposed upon us, not that came about organically—but how do we live in that energy shed? How do we re-identify ourselves as a citizenry living with that and then begin to shift our own behaviors so as to potentially make our lives safer and cleaner? There is a lot of very productive local imagining and imagining in social media—that I think maybe you were talking about with those posters, Imre—where I can identify real agency, whereas when I try to talk about climate change with my students, I get students weeping and I get despair. Or I get people telling me they just don’t want to hear about it at all. And of course I myself can become overwhelmed by sadness when faced particularly with climate-related issues such as ocean acidification or, more broadly, the sixth extinction. It’s an interesting place where pedagogical friction happens— where I’ve realized most powerfully that environmental pedagogy can be a kind of grief work, yes, but that productive grieving requires what I’ll call supportive infrastructure: we need to be able to think in terms of systems that we can identify and interact with.

    BRB: I have often felt that having the right concept for a particularly nagging social or ecological ill helps to alleviate my sense of the pain it generates. The lived experience of being a pedestrian in Edmonton, Alberta, for instance, is the experience of being a person in a built world that is totally against you. To chalk it all up to fossil capitalism and the path dependency of petroculture offers a small sense of relief, yet recognizing this feeling makes me think that stopping inquiry there is not enough. How can we, as researches, use this kind of revelatory moment and also move beyond comfortable explanatory systems? In what ways has your approach to researching energy and, critically, to teaching it pushed you beyond your disciplinary boundaries? Has your focus on oil, in particular, meant that you had to reconsider your methodology and your pedagogy?

    IS: There’s no question: doing research on and teaching about energy has forced me to contend with disciplines outside of my comfort zone. And this goes well beyond what normally constitutes interdisciplinarity—as when an English professor dips their toe into continental philosophy. The disciplines of energy today are geology, engineering, economics, and, to a certain degree, history. Those of us who have been advocating for an energy humanities are, in effect, arguing that other disciplines need to contend with the worlds produced by different forms of energy at different times. To do this effectively means understanding how energy has been figured (or not figured, as the case may be) to date, and this means contending generously and expansively with other disciplines.

    But let me provide some further nuance to this answer—which is an expected one, no doubt (who these days affirms disciplinary boundaries?). I’ve had very little commitment to any given discipline to begin with; indeed, I’ve spent a good part of my career railing against the prescribed limits produced by our standard division of university research. So much energy has been expended either on defending or attacking disciplines that I think we forget that disciplinary division is a feature of a system as much as (or even more than) what is demanded by the issue or question under investigation. The system in question? The university—a bureaucratic, biopolitical space of knowledge transfer and a mechanism for the assignation of social and cultural capital. It’s hard to have encountered the work of Pierre Bourdieu and not be left questioning the real reasons for fields of study that emerge within disciplines, as well as the structure of the disciplines themselves; and we all too often fail to position the university within the structure of modern governmentality outlined by Michel Foucault, in which it acts as a structure for the organization of large, complex populations.

    The problems and questions that emerge out of the concatenation of energy and politics are what interest me; these shape my research and my teaching. The how of methodology and pedagogy has to be driven by the problem in question, and not the pre-established orientation of this or that discipline, or even a mix of disciplines (which for critico-theoretical communities too quickly acts as a confirmation of the legitimacy of method and/or the problem under consideration). The problem at the core of all of my interrogations of petro-cultures is the capacity for socio-political change. We are faced with a deep, structural threat to the continuity of the modern: the energy source that enables it is (of necessity) in short supply, and the use of it is making the planet uninhabitable. These are immediate, material threats, which are well understood. Can these threats be used as a way of engineering a transformation that fundamentally alters not only our energy systems but also the socio-political systems they sustain? Is there a way to use this material threat as a way to engender social justice? Energy and social justice can seem far apart. My task, and the task of others interested in the politics of energy, is to show just how deeply they are in fact connected. Whatever research and pedagogic methods I employ start from here.

    SL: Along similar lines to Imre’s tracking of the problem, for me the focus on oil demanded a breaking of the fourth wall. I felt I had to look at the world around me and move out into communities beyond academia. Which isn’t to say that my book intends to place itself far beyond literary and cultural studies—it has simply opened from the inside out via newer fields like eco-media and infrastructure studies. I had learned from the work of former colleagues like Lisa Parks—and from my fan-like following of the Center for Land Use Interpretation—that you have to go outside. To get into the affective worlds oil creates, the feeling of places it has injured, boosted, busted, I had to do some ground-truthing. This meant talking with people, recording the oral histories of activists in the case of my first chapter, which treats the Santa Barbara oil spill of 1969. I talked with neighbors in Ventura, California, where I then lived, who had worked in the oil industry or who were at that time combating fracking in our neighborhood; I joined anti-fracking efforts, talked with the Environmental Defense Center in Santa Barbara, I went to Fort McMurray, where I sat in cafes and talked with people, with cab drivers, with the wife of an oil sands worker, with other energy tourists. I learned as much as could be learned about Port Arthur, Texas, on a day of driving around there and trying to engage people in conversation— none of this was grant-funded, by the way. It was simply what I could do on very little time and my own money to feel that I had gotten some sense (literally, a sensory knowledge) for the places oil extraction and production has shaped and is shaping, places I had read about but felt I couldn’t write about with integrity if I hadn’t gone there, met people who lived “in” oil differently than I myself do, as an academic. The weight of what oil has meant to modernity, what I call petro-modernity, affected me quite personally. For me to write about oil essentially meant researching a sprawling social novel that I will never complete—and which came out as an academic book. I felt that the oil story was, and is, the story of the end of America, America the idea (which intrudes into many global places) at its best and worst.

    BRB: It’s immensely interesting that the pedagogy of energy is so closely linked to the politics of energy, both in an activist sense and in a cognitive mapping sense. To use a turn of phrase from Imre’s work, the question of how to know about oil seems to generate both a knowledge set and a view towards politics.

    IS: It may be that what Mitchell has mapped for us is the trajectory of a certain kind of politics that has now come to an end.

    SL: Yes.

    IS: And there is another politics that is in the process of emerging—one that Mitchell perhaps cannot see. If part of the politics that he’s imagining is based in labor and the movement of labor against capital and the state, I think vis-à-vis energy that that is gone. The workers who are in energy industries tend to be much more invested in those industries than they are in defining themselves as laborers against capital. Then-Premier of Alberta Ed Stelmach’s increase in royalty rates in 2007 was greeted with criticism from corporate head offices and oil field workers, who protested in front of the legislature (see “Alberta oil workers”). There’s an investment on the part of those who are part of the industry that they continue to make money from oil.

    But this isn’t to say that there aren’t multiple sites at which exist the forms of awareness about resources that might yet generate a ground for a new politics. It’s a relatively new situation in the history of political movements to be against infrastructure. I can’t help but be intrigued by a mass movement against a pipeline, that is, against what was a previously invisible bit of infrastructure. This is a more promising politics about oil than one which starts from the position that we shouldn’t use oil whatsoever. The latter is an impossible position. It doesn’t get us anywhere. We can’t immediately step out of oil modernity because we don’t like it and into something else, for all kinds of reasons. But we certainly can begin to figure that infrastructure and its apparatus in ways that we haven’t before, at least not to any significant degree. As you were talking, Stephanie, it seemed to me Mitchell tells about one kind of politics about fossil fuels and not other, emergent politics of resources. Just because we can’t stop coal shipments in their tracks doesn’t mean that infrastructure has ceased to be a productive site of political action.

    SL: Right. I would say, too, Keystone XL aside for a moment—although this might play into that as well—that the digital mapping tools that are available to us now, in combination with social media, have created a generation of people much more aware of infrastructural realities and infrastructural intensities, and also maybe empowered to feel a little bit like ‘I get to choose my own infrastructure,’ you know, ‘I get to DIY my infrastructure,’ or ‘I can do it on the computer.’ I’m thinking again about Emily Ferguson, this young woman out of McMaster, who ends up mapping line 9 late at night, over a series of nights, through Google maps. She ends up doing something no one had ever seen before because Enbridge wasn’t putting this out to the public. As a geography student, an undergraduate, who happens to be able to use Google mapping tools, she calls a new public into being. There are ways in which our worlds are revealed to us and are seemingly more manipulable now (even as we see our traditional political systems gridlocked), and I think this has created for us the potentiality for a new kind of politics. Specifically, I’m talking about politics around energy. I think Mitchell is great in that he actually lays down the infrastructure as that which affords particular kinds of political formations, movements, and alliances, but now we are in a different phase.

    IS: It may be, just to follow up on this, that climate change is one of those hyper-objects that we can’t figure, and so the tendency is to feel that we can’t act on it.

    SL: Or simply to not know what to do.

    IS: Yes, or not know what to do. I think that when it comes to infrastructure and energy, we know that energy relates to climate directly, and that there might be possibilities to mobilize change around energy use that there aren’t around the abstraction we name climate change.

    SL: Exactly.

    IS: The use of older structures like borders with new political objects like pipelines generates a politics that I’m not sure we fully understand. The fact of the border allows for an intervention into our oil system, since it’s not only a “not in my back yard” scenario that is being played out with Keystone XL or pipelines in Canada that traveling from Alberta to the West and East Coast. The border—national, territorial, First Nations—enables bigger, planetary concerns to be critically examined, and does so in a way that has proved to be unexpectedly powerful and effective.

    SL: Yeah. I think it’s in some respects a reiteration of the bio-regionalist politics of an earlier moment, but I guess I’d have to substitute something for bio-. Not quite sure what yet.

    IS: Well, we’ll have to figure this out.

    Works Cited

    • “Alberta oil workers rally against royalty hikes.” cbc.ca 17 Oct. 2007. Web. 22 July 2015.
    • Buck-Morss, Susan. Dreamworld and Catastrophe: The Passing of Mass Utopia in East and West. Cambridge: MIT P, 2000. Print.
    • Gustafson, Thane. Wheel of Fortune: The Battle for Oil and Power in Russia. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2012. Print.
    • Huber, Matthew T. Lifeblood: Oil, Freedom, and the Forces of Capital. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2013. Print.
    • LeMenager, Stephanie. Living Oil: Petroleum Culture in the American Century. New York: Oxford UP, 2014. Print.
    • Mitchell, Timothy. Carbon Democracy. New York: Verso, 2011. Print.
    • Renshaw, Edward. “The Substitution of Inanimate Energy for Animal Power” Journal of Political Economy 71.3 (1963): 284–292. Print.
    • Ruscha, Ed. Thirtyfour Parking Lots. L.A.: National Excelsior Press, 1967. Print.
    • —. Twentysix Gasoline Stations. L.A.: National Excelsior Press, 1963. Print.
    • Salas, Miguel R. Tinker. The Enduring Legacy: Oil, Culture and Society in Venezuela. Durham: Duke UP, 2009. Print.
    • Shukin, Nicole. Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopolitical Times. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.
    • Szeman, Imre. “System Failure: Oil, Futurity and the Anticipation of Disaster.” South Atlantic Quarterly 106.4 (2007): 805–823. Print.
    • Szeman, Imre, Jennifer Wenzel, and Patricia Yaeger, eds. Fueling Culture: 101 Words for Energy and Environment. New York: Fordham UP, Forthcoming 2017. Print.
  • The Programmable Image of Capital: M-I-C-I′-M′ and the World Computer

    Jonathan Beller (bio)
    Pratt Institute

    Abstract

    The selfie and fractal celebrity have become the obverse of what Sylvia Federici calls the system of global apartheid. These results of a financialized attention economy index a shift in the character of both labor and the commodity form towards screen mediated code-work and networked valorization. We can thus rewrite the labor theory of value in relation to image and code, and hypostasize the totalitarian aspirations of capitalism in the notion of “the world computer.” While traditional ontologies are devoured by the new order of value production and extraction, remainders that may be resources for transformation, exit, and defense persist everywhere.

    To be in the photographic universe means to experience, to know and to evaluate the world as a function of photographs. —Vilém Flusser

    Pixel Programming and the Geopolitics of the Selfie

    The megalomania, abjection, and fractal celebrity ascendant with digital platforms such as Facebook, Instagram, Tumblr, YouTube, and many others are practically familiar—we have felt the repercussions of their practice. The younger people are, the more immersed, the more affected they are: primarily but not exclusively in the Global North, students and non-students are driven to physical and psychic extremes to manage and perchance control the information throughput. Race, gender, body-image, clothing, homework and course selection, community, career, politics, futurological imaginaries, sexualities, and psychic worlds are renegotiated, networked as they are with fleshwounds, anorexia, washboard abdominals, Bentleys, $200K watches, brutal beatings, catastrophic accidents, two-headed animals and thigh-gaps.1 No one is left untouched. For the two billion-plus users of these platforms, new currencies have emerged— domain-specific forms of wealth, measured in “likes,” that not so surprisingly turn out to be convertible.2 As college students are hired for their “Friend” lists, and people trade Instagram micro-celebrity for versions of modeling careers, we recognize that the fractal logic of celebrity offers a payoff to successful pixel programmers up and down the food chain.

    But as with classical factory work, dissymmetrical exchange still determines the payoffs offered to content providers by the big image-combines in return for their shareholders’ ownership of the background monetization of the photopolitical social metabolism. In the reigning future now current, everyone may be famous for fifteen minutes a day, but the billionaires, though few and far between, are billionaires practically forever.

    Navigating a present in which, as Vilém Flusser presciently told us, all activities aspire to be photographed entails a radical reprogramming of not just subjectivity but also social relations, including forms of connectivity, community, and solidarity; the environment; and the linear time of what was known as history. The effects of the photograph run from the psychological to the anthropocenic, from Adorno’s quip that advertising is “psychoanalysis in reverse” (qtd. in Silverstone 132)3 to Sean Cubitt’s definition of mediation as “the primal connectivity between human and non-human worlds” (276). This terrain of the “technical image” is also that of attention economy and attention economies that would turn everyone else into a means for one’s own celebrity. Justin Bieber’s infamously insensitive remark upon his visit to the Anne Frank house in Amsterdam—“Truly inspiring to come here. Anne is a great girl. Hopefully she would have been a Belieber”—is an eloquent testimony to the one-dimensionality and historical disarticulation that oft times comes with fractal celebrity’s dissymmetrical, narcissistic, and megalomaniacal absorption of attention.4

    Fortunately, from Tahrir to Madrid to Taksim to Ferguson to Palestine, we can observe other modes of pixel programming besides those composed in the key of fractal versions of charismatic fascism, and therefore, other ways of organizing the attentional product. Not the least of which in the US right now is Black Twitter. @Nettaaaaaaaa (Johnetta Elzie), @Tefpoe (War Machine III), @deray (Deray Mckesson), and many others are working to change the way the US understands racism and the everydayness of the legacies of slavery, focusing attention on the diurnal experiences of racism and police violence. On the academic front, intellectuals and activists make their marks and assemble the ranks, challenging settler colonialism, carceral society, police brutality, imperialist war, structural violence, homophobia, hetero-patriarchy, racial capitalism, and other ills even as they face threats, law suits, and institutional ostracism. Among the ways these challenges are offered is the demonstration that status quo violence is presupposed and perpetuated by the knowledge base and ways of knowing. The focus, solidarity, documentation, community building, pedagogy, outcry, and organizing of protest, new knowledge, and counter-affect made possible by numerous activists using social media broadly understood cannot be underestimated. Here, in the spirit of Negar Mottahedeh’s and Jodi Dean’s more affirmative take on selfie dialectics, we sense that the cybernetic outgrowth of social media is also an outgrowth of the commons, of something like what the early Marx might have called species-life and species consciousness—a welling up “from below” of liberatory aspirations, or, more dialectically perhaps, a repository of modes of struggle and a transmission of subaltern becoming.5 One can in fact participate in platforms like Instagram, Tumblr, YouTube, and others to create a sustaining environment for, for example, gender queer engagement becoming, anti-Zionist activism, #blacklivesmatter and much else. These are obviously scenes of cultural production with their own specific and often alternative relation to the logistics of attention economy. However, there is a war over the utility, meaning, potentials, and proprietary control of these technologies and performances (to say nothing of the conversion of all semiotic exchange into a medium of advertising or other types of value-extraction). My point is obvious, in a way: present media technologies of value-extraction/creation are also social, historical, and bio-synthetic outgrowths, which is to say, they are part of political economy and thus sites of struggle.

    We must not forget, then, that alongside the new modes of fandom and personality/community generation, the planet, overlaid with social media that threatens to turn the socio-symbolic, the semiotic and the political into a subroutine of capital accumulation, is increasingly blighted by too many recent and ongoing apartheids, genocides, and holocausts. Of course I am thinking about Palestine, Darfur, Rwanda, Congo, Afghanistan, Iraq, Central America and Syria, the global situation of refugees, and also about the dispossessed population of what Mike Davis called, almost a decade ago, “the planet of slums” (a billion people living in slums, two billion people living on less than two dollars per day—most of them young). This form of radical dispossession—itself the dialectical antithesis of celebrity for the subject—is not an accident, and no amount of “liking” is going to fix it. Silvia Federici, in a significant revision of Davis’s notion of the planet of slums, has spoken of “the system of global apartheid” to describe this situation in which a dispossessed population equivalent to the population of planet Earth in 1929 stands as a new type of historical achievement (70). This pointed reformulation invoking “apartheid” underscores the econometrics, cartographics, mediations, and modes of racialization that actively and concertedly—systematically—constitute one third of the people on “our” planet as simultaneously a global underclass and a racial Other in relation to “the Free World.” For me, the system of global apartheid names a post-industrial, post-colonial, post-modern, “post-racial” form of dispossession in which all of these words following “post-” still function under forms of disavowal and erasure. In imagining an alternative future that can break with a ubiquitous new modality of classification and the new forms of racialization and racism that function through re-structured economies of dispossession and disappearance (evolving in direct relation to new economies of possession and appearance), we must do far better than (re-)assuring ourselves in our own fractal celebrity (if you have any) that, were things otherwise, the two billion or more dispossessed members of the media platform Earth, reduced in one and the same movement to media of signification for the meanings of others and to invisibility to the point of extinction, would also have been “Beliebers” in our best media-selves. The sad truth is that things are as they are in part because we have way too many beliebers—beliebers in the celebrity-form itself.6

    … One could indeed wonder: Is “the selfie” the other side of global apartheid?

    Computational Capital: The New Calculus

    Towards the practical end of producing critique within the infrastructure of belief sustaining both Global North-style believers (I’m going to give Justin a break and use the “v” instead of the “b”) and global apartheid, I am interested in what I think of as the archive of the visible and the logistics of visualization. This will help us cast doubt on “the Good Americans,” “the Good Europeans,” and “the Good Cosmopolitans” in the same way that Nazism casts doubt on the good of “the Good Germans.” While the older modes of visualization persist (meaning the history of visuality as organized by print, painting, photography, cinema, mathematics, optics, the built environment and the commodity-form, as well as the not altogether separable vectors of race, gender, class, colonization, industrialization, and imperialism), it is necessary to consider the dual emergence of digital culture and the omnipresence of the screen/image itself. Despite suggestions regarding the decreasing importance of visuality in the face of computation, the omnipresence of the visual interface that is the screen/image as mis-en-scène for social becoming is at once incontrovertibly occasioned by the development of digital computers (along with their codes, and their structural and indeed infra-structural inequalities, about which more anon), and remains an indispensable feature of their command-control functionality.

    Although digital-visual technologies continue to structure visualization along psychoanalytic, fetishistic, classist, racist, sexist, and nationalist spectacular lines, no analysis of this increasingly complex relation between image and code—one that has encroached, fatally perhaps, on self and world—could even approach completeness without an understanding of digital culture as itself an extension of the logic of financialization. This new computational matrix I call (somewhat unimaginatively) Digital Culture 2.0, since the first globally aspiring digital culture—and this is an argument—was that of capitalism itself. An historical schema then: in the span from capital to finance capital we move from Digital Culture 1.0 to Digital Culture 2.0. One result among many in this long history of economic and computational convergence is that financialization has given us the pathway called the selfie—a specific mode of commodity calculus amidst a new calculus of commodities.

    Today the bios is confronted by the programmable image—the selfie is but one example, albeit one that puts the face back in the interface. The long twentieth century has been characterized by the penetration of the life-world by images, restructured linguistic function, the machinic ramification of the psyche, and the re-ordination of fundamental vectors of social participation and power. The visual turn meant that images and then computers became the dominant mnemotechnical devices, overcoming language-based archives and what Kittler called precisely “the bottleneck of the signifier” (Kittler 4). But it has been a mistake to imagine (if anyone has) that all the agency of social transformation resides in the development of media technics. Photography, cinema, and computation were themselves developments of capital, and this in a dialectical way. To invoke dialectics here means that visual and computational culture developed in a context of social struggle (sociality) over the means (and meanings) of production, caught between what might be hypostasized as opposing vectors of expropriation, domination, and control on the one hand and pursuits of pleasure, community, welfare, justice, liberation, and plenitude on the other. Today’s instrumentalization of the subject-function (as consumer, gamer, drone pilot, debtor, citizen, alien, etc., ad infinitum), along with the pulverization of psychic life that results from multiple fragmentary, fractal instantiations of “subjective” agency induced and required by broad-spectrum networks, is both symptom and result of a Digital Culture 2.0 in which images have become, in addition to a kind of anti-linguistic vernacular, also archive, calculus, worksite, and code. (Post-)Modern consciousnesses, such that they are, bear the signature features of these technical transformations that are themselves part of a history of struggle for liberation and autonomy while also being part of the apparatus that secures domination, precarity, and radical unfreedom. Consciousness itself, integrated in myriad ways with the fixed capital of digital media, is at once entrepreneur, worksite, toxic externality, and resource. Thus, in the context of this special issue of PMC, resource aesthetics from the perspective of this article would indicate the aesthetic (and kinesthetic) dimensions and practices, broadly conceived, that now accompanies some moment of nearly every transaction with the environment–an externality, that as Cubitt teaches us, was centuries (of colonialism) in the making.

    The general form of the new calculus is as follows: the accelerated mathematics of capital that have long been generating real abstractions (the basic money-form but also more advanced forms of money) out of the materiality of living formations (forms of life) today number-crunch not only behind and beyond but also in and through the screen-image. The screen-image has become the paradigmatic means by which capital bio-processes its programs, although the corporate-sponsored state with its law, police, military, borders, walls, and banks clearly continues to have a part to play as medium and screen infrastructure. The commodity form and capitalist production have evolved in terms of complexity, but as we shall see, the intervals between the discrete moments of production still require “human” input, or what was once paradigmatically thought of as labor.

    “The image of capital” is not a single image—neither Marilyn Monroe, the American Flag, a Jackson Pollack, Apple Pie, nor a UNICEF poster child. If capital had its way, “the image of capital” would be all of them. Capital would position labor power within the enclosure that is the generalized encroachment of capitalized images on all aspects and moments of life, within the general movement of social relations towards the image—that is, within a formation already immanent in Guy Debord’s Society of the Spectacle (1967): “All that was once directly lived has become mere representation” (12). It would place us within, in short, the becoming imaginary of the world (the bottomless overlays of imaginaries) and the virtualization of reality that seems to forever place the Real in quotation marks. It is in and from such a condition, one that Vilém Flusser would call “magical,” that we wage our struggles. Therefore it is within the emergent totality that Flusser calls “the universe of technical images,” now being taken to another level by ubiquitous computing and the rise of what I call the world computer, that we receive our programming and wager our counter-programs.7 These wagers, the struggles with capitalist informatics, are everywhere, but the results are nonetheless desperate, mournful, bloody, or material for all that.

    Famously Marx discerned what was effectively the calculus of the commodity form when he showed that the commodity was the summation of the value of labor-time and raw materials. This allowed him to demonstrate precisely that profit came from the expropriation of labor-time through its unequal exchange for the wage. While circulation meant the exchange of value equivalents, production was the dissymmetrical exchange between labor and capital, where capital extracted surplus value. Marx made the distinction between C-M-C (commodity-money-commodity) and M-C-M (money-commodity-money)—that is, the distinction between the exchange of equivalents in simple circulation (C-M-C) and the movement of capital accumulation—where the latter formula, which was really M-C-M′ (M′>M), contained within it profit: the dirty secret of the dissymmetrical exchange between capital and labor that extracted surplus value through wage-labor during commodity production. Within the relation known as wage-labor, workers brought their commodity (labor power) to market and received less value from capital than they produced for capital. The workers’ unpaid labor time (surplus labor) became the capitalists’ profits, generating M′ from the original M when the commodity produced by wage-labor was sold on the open market. The worker went home with subsistence wages; the capitalist went home rich.

    This relation of alienation, along with the commodity form itself, was, in retrospect, already a mode of digitization, the translation of qualities into quantities, of subjective, sensual labor and use values into exchange values, of subjective time and objective qualities into numbers. Under this process of viral digitization, the countryside was emptied as the urban proletariat grew; cities expanded along with factories and tenements as vast fortunes were created; traditional societies were liquidated; colonial states erected; spices, gold, and slaves shipped; armies conscripted; people slaughtered. To coin a phrase: “all that was solid melted into air, everything that was sacred was profaned.” Much ink has been spilled over the consequences of emergent capital’s evolutionary if not revolutionary transformation of the human species during the five hundred years leading up to the twentieth century. Colonization, Industrialization, Imperialism, Modernity, World Wars, the great metropoles…while profits and corpses mounted, material life was besieged by its inexorable conversion into the numerical denomination known as price. In brief, this is the history of the first great phase of quantification: Digital Culture 1.0, with humanity consequently positioned as standing reserve.

    With post-Fordism, virtuosity, attention economy, cognitive capitalism, semio-capitalism, and the like, it would seem that another evolutionary (if, again, not revolutionary) moment is well underway. In writing about these changes in the bio-mechanical interface with capital (the movement from factory to screen), first in terms of the cinematic mode of production and more recently as “Digital Culture 2.0,” I have contested the ruling idea that simply because commodification no longer exclusively incarnates itself in industrial objects, value has become “immeasurable.” I have suggested rather a distributed, screen-based, cybernetic interface with fixed capital—it being understood today that the logistics of value extraction are increasingly ambient, informatic, and, in a certain sense with respect to the harvesting of metadata, metabolic.

    The case for the immeasurability of value has not been so much argued as assumed. Here is Antonio Negri’s early and highly influential formulation: “My first thesis, a deconstructive and historical thesis, is that measuring labor, and thus ordering it and leading it back to a theory of value, is impossible when, as today, labor-power is no longer either outside or inside capitalist command (and its capacity to structure command)” (80). Negri continues,

    We have thus far posed a number of affirmations: (1) that the measure of labor-value, grounded on the independence of use-value, has now become ineffectual; (2) that the rule of capitalist command that is imposed on the horizon of globalization negates every possibility of measure, even monetary measure; and (3) that the value of labor-power is today posed in a non-place and that this non-place is s-misurato (immeasurable and immense)—by which we mean that it is outside of measure but at the same time beyond measure. (83)8

    Digital metrics had not evolved to their current levels of granularity when Negri wrote this article in 1999. Indeed his own analysis unconsciously forecasts the emergence of a new metrics of subjectification:

    The latent recognition that political economy gives to the fact that value is now an investment of desire constitutes a real and proper conceptual revolution…. [T]his revolution in political economy is revealing in that it involves dominating the context of the affects that establish productive reality as the superstructure of social reproduction and as the articulation of the circulation of the signs of communication. Even if the measurement of this new productive reality is impossible, because affect is not measurable, nonetheless in this very productive context, so rich in productive subjectivity, affect must be controlled. Political economy has become a deontological science. In other words, the project of the political economy of conventions and communication is the control of an immeasurable productive reality. (87)

    However, while this view of the immeasurability of productivity became the accepted one in post-Marxist and autonomist circles (and an unnecessary detour in what appeared obvious to rampant internet boosterism), some of us always saw measure in monetization itself and, as I show in this essay, so did Marx. As we shall see, the positing of a field of valuation with pricing already posits and over time effects the emergence of metrics both of measure and of extraction, importantly for us, in the form of “likes,” financial derivatives, and metadata.

    Part of this confusion arising from the intensification of the role of affect and linguistic command in postmodern capitalism stems from a category mistake regarding the nature of the commodity. It was a mistake to imagine that because the industrial object was comprehended as a commodity, the commodity-form is properly (necessarily) an object—and that the value of anything that is not strictly speaking an object (or can be objectified in the form of an object) is immeasurable. The object, as it turns out, was a moment in the historical development of the commodity-form. The corollary confusion accompanying the movement from the commodity object to the dispersed, disbursed, distributed commodity regards the movement from factory production in the case of the former “objectivity” of the commodity, to distributed production in the social factory in the case of the latter. Industrial production created commodified objects in the factory to be sold at markets, while distributed (digital) production creates derivative “objects” in the social factory—that are also commodities—to be sold on attention markets. They are also produced via attention in distributed fashion, meaning to say distributed production in a society that has literally become a factory of the imaginary. The new, distributed image-objects are mediated and indeed inseparable from franchises, platforms, brands, and other modes of associative transmission.

    As financial markets have long presumed through options, commodities can be constituted through derivative forms (in all senses of that word) of enterprise and still be treated as the commodity-form by capital. What is effectively being priced is a social relation, one summed up in the idea of risk. Indeed it is arguable that the derivative was always implicit in the commodified object—from the moment that its dual identity of use value and exchange value was posited by capital. The history of the logistics of the commodity-form is one first of composition and then of decomposition, one of integration and then of derivation. We are most familiar with the integration of labor in the production process (the summation over time of the labor-time in an object), since the commodified object, as site of proprietary intelligibility, sale, and therefore of valorization of capital’s profit in money, naturalized the derivative component in the form of the object itself in the moment of price. However, following the moment of the commodity’s composition (as object), the value (quantity of abstract universal labor-time) as price in money of a particular commodity was indeed derived from the integral that was the summation of values contained in that commodity. If the cost of a production run of commodified objects was the summation of the cost of labor-time (the integral of cost of work over time times time) plus the total cost of raw materials and fixed-capital (machine) amortization, then the object’s price was the derivative price of the value of the total amount of labor-time inherent at the moment of (which is to say “in”) a particular object over the total number of objects produced plus that of the appropriate fraction of raw materials and machine amortization utilized per object. In the same sense that in basic Newtonian mechanics an object’s displacement is a derivative of its velocity, the price of the commodity as object was itself a derivative of the general movement of capitalized object production at a particular point (an evaluation of a particular moment of value in the fluid movement of values in general), and only in this way was it possible for the market to compute the relative price of an object in relation to the general equivalent. These mathematics were practiced before they became conscious and it was the great contribution of Marx—one on par with those of Newton and Leibnitz—to derive some of the rules by which a calculus of value could be configured. Later the volatility of price was formalized (and itself priced) by options traders.

    The rise of modern financial derivatives and the metrics of attention represent the developing conceptualization and cognition of relations that were already practical and practiced. Just as the Romans didn’t need Newton to have an adequate sense of how long it took to get a chariot from point A to point B, buyers of Model Ts did not need derivatives to pay for their cars. Henry Ford’s statement “You can have any color you want so long as it’s black” was an acknowledgement of the possibility of options and the necessity of limiting options for the purposes of market heuristics. Options in consumption practice and hence options allowing for risk management with respect to sales (on the consumer side, commonly called preferences) were in this case effectively reduced to near zero for consumers (or more precisely approximately two—buy it or don’t). From this perspective of the purposeful delimitation of options in a world in which options were becoming immanent, marginal utility theory, which proposed that a particular commodity would be worth slightly more to one buyer than to another, was already a theory of derivatives that acknowledged a secondary market of risk management in the domain of social difference (aesthetics, taste, and the semiotics thereof, along with other aspects of “utility”). The development of options (both in commodity fashion and finance) allows for purchasers to make a bet on the currency of their own read of market value. This includes a calculus of their particular needs amidst the play of values and implies a pursuit of tailor-made contracts. The metrics follow these wagers, but the calculus is not free—it requires work and demands a program. The structural and historical point here is that the development of the calculus of commodification, which has moved away from factory and object as paradigm to that of the deterritorialized social factory and distributed consumption, dialectically transformed the possibilities of both spatial and economic movements beyond the option-less Model T. From the space-time of the Model T and the industrial factory has emerged the space-time of spacecraft and the virtuosity of the social factory: Google, nanotechnologies, satellites, drones, fiber-optics, ambient computing, algo-trading and the like run the myriad options so that the products of the social factory can be efficiently consumed to produce … capital.

    Financial derivatives and digital media platforms—monetized on bank and shareholder speculation facilitated by attention metrics—are among the new calculi of value. They are not as different from the speculative leap into buying early commodity-forms as we may imagine. These digital metrics, media of risk management that are also modes of extending the logistics of quantification and valuation, emerge directly from and in turn facilitate new distributed forms of commodity production in the social factory. The new metrics adequate to distributed processes of production and value accumulation (from Apple’s global commodity chains to Mechanical Turk’s cellularized labor, Walmart’s product tracking, Facebook’s social interface, and Ethereum’s crypto-currency) are far more complex than, say, the assembly-line output counts on the factory floor, and more complex again than the consumption of labor-power objectified in what appeared as a clear-cut “object” (purchased with money received in exchange for what appeared as a clear-cut “wage,” but that bit on the wage is another paper); they require the movement of the exponentially more complex pathways and calculations of capital into the (nano-)second by (nano-)second operations of discrete state machines, that is, digital computers—as well as the new modes of sociality that post-Fordist theory has been at pains to describe. This convergence of the calculus of value production with new modes of sensual interface and with the provision of sensuous labor—and thus with production itself—that is made possible by computation marks the rise of a new phase of the capitalist mode of production, one that we might denominate as the computational mode of production. The computational mode of production describes the dynamic function of a regime of valuation that I have come to understand as Computational Capital. This shift in the mode of production takes us beyond the bourgeois era—and indeed beyond the cinematic one as well—towards a convergence of the computations of capital with the operations of the universal Turing machine.

    Elsewhere I have endeavored to show that computational capitalism finds its lineage directly in racial capitalism. As a few of my examples above about the negotiation of social difference as an informatic enterprise would imply, this relation to racialization and social difference is not ancillary but central.9 Here however, if one wanted to come up with an answer finally to those who claim that in post-Fordism value has become immeasurable, one need go no further than Marx’s discussion of “the price-form” in Chapter Three of Capital, “The Circulation of Commodities,” to understand how to proceed.

    Things which in and for themselves are not commodities, things such as conscience, honour, etc. can be offered for sale by their holders, and thus acquire the form of commodities through their price. Hence a thing can, formally speaking, have a price without having a value. The expression of price is in this case imaginary, like certain quantities in mathematics. On the other hand, the imaginary price-form may also conceal a real value-relation or one derived from it. (197)

    Marx’s comparison of the relation of price to value with both real and imaginary numbers tells us that, as in mathematics, whether a value is “real” or “imaginary” (-i), it can be treated according to mathematical rules; that is, it is subject to mathematical operations that yield practical results. It is worth recalling that, utilizing imaginary numbers, made acceptable by Leonhard Euler in the 18th century and developed by Carl Friedrich Gauss in the 19th, mathematics predicted the existence of the Higgs boson and, lo and behold, equipment designed by the same mathematics found it. Whether the Higgs boson is real or not is somehow beside the point, since mathematics mediated by technics and “nature” produces mathematical effects that are internally consistent— verifiable in their own terms (and then photographed, of course). Here we say that the derivation of value in finance is both an instrument of measure and a means of production; mathematicians use imaginary numbers to produce real (or is it virtual?) solutions. Put more simply, we might say that, in the context of capital circulation, the price-form posits the commodity form. The price-form allows the mathematics of the commodity-form to operate even in the absence of classical rational(ized) production. When, for example, capital buys off someone’s conscience, it does so for a reason—that too is a cost of production. Today perhaps the same could be said about a situation when capital buys off someone’s consciousness wholesale—or that of an entire society.10 These are costs of production and have a systemic rationale. In the mesh, such rationales may restructure the ontology of that which is rationalized.

    When Marx wrote Capital, conscience and consciousness were not the obvious market products of what today have come to be known as disciplinary societies, control societies, or mediological ones—despite the fact that Marx lucidly grasped German idealism’s notion of consciousness as at once precisely the product of alienated labor and the disavowal of the material basis of socio-economic organization of material practice as the social basis of bourgeois idealism. In The German Ideology, Marx writes, “The ruling ideas are nothing more than the ideal expression of the dominant material relationships, the dominant material relationships grasped as ideas … and hence the ideas of their dominance” (67). Today, however, there can be no doubt that those once presumably divine, biological, organic, psychological or quintessentially human properties composing the general intellect are inexorably bound up in the material exigencies of regimes of production—indeed, as we are at pains to demonstrate, the financialization that is digital culture presupposes the productive capacities of cognitive, neurological, and/or attentional practices.11 Given this massive shift towards the computational ramification of the general intellect, it seems imperative to derive the “real value relation” priced by the market of diverse modes of attention gathering, social media practice, linguistic practice, and other human activities that fall outside of traditionally recognized forms of wage-labor but that are required for social production and reproduction. The (re-)organization of the productive powers of the general intellect requires the integrated organization of many moving parts: matter, consciousness, computation, and, as you will have already guessed, the programmable screen/image.12

    M-I-C-I′-M′

    In recognition of the paradigm shift in the character of both labor (towards attention and neuronal process) and the commodity form (towards integrated distribution based upon a rentier model of the general intellect), which is another way of invoking the shifting character (sublation) of subject and object in post-Fordism, I’d like to take this opportunity to introduce a slight modification into the general formula for capital: M-C-M′. As noted, the value that will generate this second, greater quantity of money is classically acquired in the production process, that is, in capital’s dissymmetrical exchange with labor through the medium of the wage. As we have seen, it is the worker’s unpaid labor that provides surplus value to capital and thereby creates the increase from M-M′ during the cycle of commodity production culminating in market valorization.

    Let’s now rewrite the general formula for capital as M-I-C-I′-M′—where M is still money, but I is Image and C is Code. C here, as Code, is to be understood not as a stable entity but as a discreet moment in the movements of the discreet state of a computer—we could say, of all networked computers, and, with a nervous nod towards what may be the emergent integration of the totality of computation, perhaps of “The Computer.” By replacing commodity “C” with IC-I′ (which reduces to commodity “C” at Fordist speeds in which an object is simply the material manifestation of the information laboriously imposed upon the materials that was required to make it), we register the sublation of the commodity form as object by the matrix of information. I-C-I′ indexes the movement between appearance, praxis, and digital-informatic substrate, as when, for example, one uploads an image on Flickr, tweets, makes a purchase on Amazon.com, trades a stock, “likes” the red Ferrari. In reality, I-C-I’ might represent many iterations of I-C’-I’’-C’’’-I’’’’-C’’’’’-I’’’’’’… etc. Holding those types of units fixed for a moment, it now appears that value production may take place anywhere in the circuit or more often network that mediates between M and M′—the interval formerly indicated by the commodity “C”. That is, at any moment along the circuit from monetized capital investment to monetized profit, a value-productive transaction is possible—each movement or modification generates new data. Automated “labor,” that is, work done by computational machinery alone, is not labor but machine amortization. Labor, and more to the point surplus labor, formerly understood to be extracted solely as surplus value in the waged production of commodities (that is, the portion of unpaid factory labor, objectified in the commodified product that provided profit when sold), now appears to have multiple forms and insertion points: there are today many more ways not to pay for labor. The labor of production is, in short, distributed across multiple sites: e.g., hundreds of thousands of software writers, tens of millions of historically devalued (mostly female, mostly Asian) hands, billions of screens attended to by billions of operator-functionaries such as ourselves, and finally the whole media-ecology and economy of images and information broken down into ever smaller granular units that structure perception, proprioception, and the very conditions of planetary survival and widespread premature death. Commodities, now fully algorithmic in that they seamlessly integrate use values and exchange values and script the realization of use values as means for the production of further exchange values, are constructed through the juridical and practical organization of proprietary pathways through the vast database of the world computer (the sum total of all code and the infrastructure that runs it).

    The emergence of the world computer, which in my own view is already “super-intelligent” and effectively “self-aware” (even if difficult to recognize as conscious by one of its “conscious organs”), is the key to the absorption of distributed life activity by the calculus of capital (see Bostrum). At every (infinitesimally small) moment, the Universal Turing Machine that contains—not simply in theory, but indeed as is posited both in theory and by capital to contain—all actually existing discreet state machines is in a discreet state. The modification of each state is the direct or indirect result of social process. The technical elaboration of the logistics of informatics in the medium once known as life is the necessary other side of capital’s absorptive accumulation of life-activity as value.

    In the movement from the factory to the social factory, commodities no longer have to be materialized as goods in object form (although they still can be, but even these goods are also combinatories of brands, images, franchises, and other financialized informatic-semiotic vectors); they exist and are produced as integrated value-formations. Some of what is bought (by us) with our screen-labor is the use of the platform itself, but as we saw with the branded self and fractal celebrity, the utility and the logic exceed the domain of any particular platform and compose a cultural logicThe Cultural Logic of Computation, as David Golumbia eloquently puts it, part of the control exercised by Digitality as Cultural Logic,” as Sebastian Franklin gleans it. The rest of the labor, also sedimented as data but not returned to us either as utility or proprietary stake, is absorbed, gathered, scraped, accumulated, captured—in short stolen through the meta-data equivalent of primitive accumulation—and then bundled and sold to angel investors, shareholders, or advertisers, or seized by governments, police and secret police forces, etc. Our modification of the discreet state of the global computer—remunerated at work, unremunerated as dispersed life activity (but actually remunerated at a discount in social currency, viability, know-how, stupefaction, connections, etc.)—generates modifications of what I am calling the code through our use, indeed through our inhabitation, of networked media machines. Since this enclosure by new-media capital posits and extracts forms of labor that are also now explicitly forms of communication, the expropriation of labor is also an expropriation of communication and hence an expropriation of individual consciousness, semiotic capacity, and democracy. From the days of Prudhoun’s “property is theft” to industrialized wage-labor and then to the computerized expropriation of the cognitive-linguistic, the institutionalized theft of the creative product of individuals has always been anti-democratic. Given the present context where everyone is enjoined to participate and add their voice, perhaps capital, as the antithesis of democracy, has never functioned more contradictorily than it does today. Consciousness is theft. There may be democracy, but not for us, or so says capital’s current foreclosure of (and on) History and the historical imagination.

    The expanded notation “I-C-I′” represents the integrated productive activity formerly denominated by “C.” This description befits the shift from the paradigm of the factory to that of the screen-based social factory, and understands material objects pressed into the service of capital as themselves media. It recognizes that the very function of these mediations enacts the computational colonization of the subject, the human, and the bios. It also asserts, in an extension and Marxification of Flusser’s notion of the universe of technical images, that in Digital Culture 2.0, commodity production has now become paradigmatically a transaction in the movement from Money to Image/Code and back.13 This is not a linear process as with the assembly line, or even simply a global process as with the global commodity chain paradigmatically signified by Nike in the late ’80s and ’90s. It is a networked process of vectoral connections, presided over by what Ken Wark deftly calls “the vectoral class” (72).

    One immediate consequence indicated by this formula is that the Image has become and remains a paradigmatic worksite of capitalism. Print, as Benjamin pointed out in the “Work of Art” essay, is here only a special case, though a particularly important one (your reading of this article, very likely on a screen, is a special case of image processing). Furthermore, taking Flusser’s surprising example, in Towards a Philosophy of Photography, of the shoe as a form of encoded information, we can see even more clearly that the social product itself, to say nothing of the commodity form, has, from our present perspective at least, always had both an image component and an informatic component—even if the senses had not yet undergone sufficient dialectical development to re-cognize negative entropy as such (that is, order itself as image and information), even if the senses had not yet become, as Marx might say, “theoreticians.”14 The commodity-object was a proto-image and proto-information. Whether it was some purportedly Platonic form of the shoe guiding the shoemaker to encode that information in the leather and then allowing that information to be recognized in the medieval shop and consumed until the medium gave out on the cobblestone street, or it is some ultra-provocative media-hyped aesthetico-ballistic property of a gender imaginary guiding an aspirant selfie-maker to wager yet another possibly sexy skin-shot for fractional-collective valorization, the relation between image and code/commodity is here operative. McLuhan might have said, the differences are a matter of media, and of the sense ratios: leather was tactile, facilitating walking and agrarian labor, while digital images are haptically virtual, facilitating corporeal organization by visuality, electrified consumption, and possibly in the case of our example, masochistic lust. Correct, but from the standpoint of political economy, also incomplete: the differences from informatic medieval shoe to informatic post-fordist booty are also a matter of an intensive programming of behavior in as much as the regime of images is part of the developmental program of capital expansion. This program works its way through the psyche and the built environment towards cybernetics and the bio-/necro-political in order to stave off the falling rate of profit and augment capital’s self-valorization—its autonomy and impunity. It is capital’s “answer” to revolutionary attempts to throw off its yoke. Here with new media we find the makings of a new order of imperialism—a kind of computational colonialism characterized by omniveillance, scripted behavior, and its own specific distributed practices and mentalities.

    As it turns out, our efforts here to conceptualize the informatic absorption of social practice necessary to post-industrial capitalist expansion go back at least to the mid-twentieth century. I’ll give an historical example to concretize what I have said somewhat. In a brilliant essay entitled “Italian Operaismo and the Information Machine,” Matteo Pasquinelli rediscovers the work of Romano Alquati, “one of the first authors of Italian operaismo,” and finds “a conceptual bridge to connect Marx with cybernetics” (52) in Alquati’s 1963 text.15 In his argument regarding the rise of cybernetics and information, Pasquinelli convincingly shows that a passage of “Alquati could be understood avant la lettre as the very first postulate of cognitive capitalism that operaismo will start to develop only many decades later” (55). Building a powerful argument that the current conjuncture of capitalist informatics should be properly understood as a “society of meta-data” (64), Pasquinelli, with a Marxist theory of value firmly in mind, explains: “Alquati introduces the concept of valorizing information to describe the flow running upstream and feeding the cybernetic circuits of the whole factory. Such a valorizing information is continually produced by workers, absorbed by machinery, and eventually condensed into products” (54). His essay offers us a few tantalizing passages from Alquati’s text, including the means to understand Alquati’s term “valorizing information.” As Alquati’s essay is otherwise untranslated into English, I (somewhat shamelessly) reproduce Pasquinelli’s translation here:

    Information is the essential to labour-force, it is what the worker—by the means of constant capital—transmits to the means of production on the basis of evaluations, measurements, elaborations in order to operate on the object of work all those modifications of its form that give it the requested use value. (Alquati 1963 [121] qtd. in Pasquinelli 54)

    The productive labour is defined by the quality of information elaborated and transmitted by the worker to the means of production via the mediation of constant capital, in a way that is tendentially indirect, but completely socialized. (Alquati 1963 [121] qtd. in Pasquinelli 55)

    Cybernetics recomposes globally and organically the functions of the general worker that are pulverized into individual microdecisions: the ‘bit’ links up the atomized worker to the figures of the Plan. (Alquati, 1963 [134] qtd. in Pasquinelli 55)

    As Pasquinelli summarizes,

    In other words, operating as a numerical interface between the domain of labour and capital, cybernetics transforms information into surplus value…. Alquati’s important insight is a continuum merging management, bureaucracy, cybernetics, machinery and the division of labour: cybernetics unveils the machinic nature of bureaucracy and, conversely, the bureaucratic role of machines as they work as feedback apparatuses to control workers and capture their know-how. With Alquati we visit the belly of an abstract machine that is a concretion of capital no longer made of steel. (55, emphasis added)

    What is left out of this astonishing account, and what is absent more generally from the writings of Italian Operaismo is the history of the industrialization of visuality as an equally significant—and in my view historically necessary—pathway for the direct cybernetic absorption of cognitive and affective activities by fixed capital. The cursory treatment of visuality by many of the theorists of cognitive capitalism is closely related to the mistaken notion of value’s immeasurability discussed earlier. As I argued in these digital pages in “Cinema, Capital of the Twentieth Century” (1994) and in a book, The Cinematic Mode of Production (2006), cinema brought the Industrial Revolution to the eye. Notions found in Christian Metz’s discussion of the three types of cinematic writers that together with the audience formed a feedback loop between the cinema and spectator’s metapsychology, or Jean Luis Commoli’s view that the queues around the block invented the cinema, offered early testimony to the cybernetic role of visual culture in the increasingly financialized integration of bodies and machines. The understanding that looking was posited as labor also meant the buildup of fixed capital from its harvest of new forms of attentional labor, and suggested that the history of visual technologies is an open archive capable of documenting the real subsumption of cognition, perception, and sociality by capital. Capital does not capture the cognitive-linguistic without industrializing vision. Thus, to redeploy Pasquinelli’s fine phrase in relation to visuality, screen images were for a long time “concretions of capital no longer made of steel.” The industrialization of visuality must be understood both to drive and to complement the industrialization of ratio-cognitive processes, from Babbage’s Analytic engine (contemporary with the birth of photography), to Norbert Weiner’s account of cybernetics as the machinification of low-level decision-making and “discrimination” (contemporary with the birth of television), through to Olivetti mainframes (precursors to the birth of the internet) and the now more obvious convergence of visual and discursive cognitive process today in social-media capitalism.

    Virtuality and “Remaindered Life”: The Labor of Watching, the Factory Code, Autonomization, and De-ontologization16

    “The new industrial revolution which is taking place now consists primarily in replacing human judgment and discrimination at low levels by the discrimination of the machine,” writes Norbert Weiner, the father of cybernetics, at the twilight of the industrial era (New Media 71).17 He could just as well have been thinking (as Flusser did only a few decades hence) about the automation of certain aspects of thought and of perception in the visual domain by means of the quantum functions of the camera. Indeed it is not certain that the camera was not thinking Weiner. Paul Virilio has shown that exhibit A of cybernetics, Weiner’s anti-aircraft gun, a fusion between human operator and machinic weapon with pre-calculated trajectories enabling targeting was already a kind of camera. And we must admit that even the discursive “virtuosity” of the locuter, theorized by Paulo Virno as an extension of social cooperation scripted by capital, emerges in a media-ecology equally dependent upon the production and absorption of cognitive-affective processes prescribed by programmatic visualization and decision making. These machinic and linguistic reformations organized by visual protocols, mark the capture and displacement of human agency as well as a reorganization of the cultural terrain first sensed as a full-blown sea change in the notion of Postmodernism.

    However, the reorganization of culture and ground by capital’s transformation of the senses has been a long time in the making. As early as the mid-nineteenth century, in “The Production of Relative Surplus Value” chapter of Volume I, Marx observed the emergence of new industrial jobs that remarkably consisted in watching the machinery.

    In many manual implements the distinction between man as mere motive power and man as worker or operator properly so called is very striking indeed. For instance, the foot is merely the prime mover of the spinning-wheel, while the hand, working with the spindle, and drawing and twisting performs the real operation of spinning. It is the second part of the handicraftsman’s implement, in this case the spindle, which is first seized upon by the industrial revolution, leaving to the worker, in addition to his new labour of watching the machine with his eyes, and correcting its mistakes with his hands, the merely mechanical role of acting as the motive power. (495-6, emphasis added)

    Notably, this emergence of visual labor in “the fragment on machines,” in which industrial manufacturing is conceived (borrowing from one Dr. Ure) as a “vast automaton” for which the workers become but its “conscious organs,” rests upon the discipline and regimentation imposed by the increasing automation of steam driven industrial capital. Again, this time in “Machinery and Large-Scale Industry,” Marx writes,

    The technical subordination of the worker to the uniform motion of the instruments of labour, and the peculiar composition of the working group, consisting as it does of individuals of both sexes and all ages, gives rise to a barrack-like discipline which is elaborated into a complete system in the factory and brings the previously mentioned labor of superintendence to its fullest development…‘To devise and administer a successful code of factory discipline, suited to the necessities of factory diligence, was the Herculean enterprise, the noble achievement of Arkwright!’ (Ure, 15) … In the factory code the capitalist formulates his autocratic power over his workers like a private legislator and purely as an emanation of his own will, unaccompanied by the division of responsibility otherwise so approved by the bourgeoisie, or the still more approved representative system. The code is merely the capitalist caricature of the social regulation of the labor process and becomes necessary in co-operation on a large scale and the employment in common in instruments of labor. (549–50, emphasis added)18

    The code is merely the capitalist caricature of the social regulation of the labor process. Software studies might pause here and take a deep breath. Since the mid-nineteenth century, the labor of watching, of making adjustments with one’s hands, and the emergence of what was already the recognizable outlines of executable code were, we could say, in the works. Already here we witness the labor of superintendence, the labor of cooperation organized by code. The requirements were there; it was a matter of formalizing the mechanism. In the 1844 manuscripts Marx said that “industry was the open book of human psychology,” is it any wonder that just over one hundred years later Turing suggested the likelihood that the laws of human behavior were governed by a rule-set?

    From the standpoint of capital, the role and indeed the fate of the two formerly distinct tracks, the visual and the verbal, is combined, in the reprogramming of behavior by the labor process. Their integrated emergence as modes for the organization of value-productive activity is bound together just as their codification through juridical prescription, scientific inscription, and police execution is inseparable again from the histories of money, imperialism, labor, class, gender, sexuality, and racialization that consciously or not informed their organization and thus their encryptions, transmissions, and valuations. This history is one of a broad-spectrum colonization of media, one that makes clear that by the time the medium is the message, the message is capitalist exploitation.

    For criticism, we note in passing, it is perhaps only vis-à-vis such a broad-band, interdisciplinary and indeed anti-disciplinary approach as sketched above that one might fully glimpse the modality of the network of encroachments of informatics, of code, of programmable images, on the life-world. To avoid platform fetishism (and to begin to decolonize media studies), it should become discursively impossible to separate the above terms fully and render any one of them autonomous. No race without class, no cinema without gender and imperialism, no computation without capital, no wealth without murder. Logically, it is thus also impossible to extract these “objects” of analysis from historical process or to separate any of these from violence: The violence of abstraction, of codification, is not merely metaphorical. An argument for the full autonomy of any of these discursive sedimentations amounts to a disavowal of the violent history of their formation as interoperable with one another, and hence amounts to an automated (and often automatic) reproduction of that violence. Media Studies bound to platform fetishism leads to a processing of data in the fascist sense, as do strictly disciplinary approaches more generally.

    The cybernetics that are the very condition of digitality and computational capital place us not only in a post-Fordist but also a post-human moment. If biopolitics (necropolitics) and the technics thereof have become the measure of all things formerly social, then “Man” most certainly is not. Neither can “man,” nor “woman” as Donna Haraway clearly indicated in her 1985 “Cyborg Manifesto,” remain the gold standard of Marxism, Socialism, or Socialist Feminism. This demotion of “man,” “woman,” and “the human,” not necessarily a bad thing for all constituents, is significant not only as a symptom of a mammoth transformation of the mode of production and reproduction to computation in the cybernetic interpenetration of image, code and financialization, but also because “the human” (along with God, Gold, and Truth) no longer appears available to function as ground (see Haraway). During the twentieth century the dollar went off the gold standard, representation went off the reality standard, and capital went off the human standard—three outmoded interfaces that were at the same time metrics (methods of account) rendered clunky if not obsolete by informatics and digitization. Today, in a near total de-grounding of metaphysical assurances, standards are ones of protocol interoperability, and the old terms are reduced to forms of user-interface. Indeed, as Allen Feldman has brilliantly shown, metaphysics and operative, on demand restructuring of ontologies, is a medium of (permanent) war.

    In the list of gold, reality, and human as standard, the last, it should also be admitted, seems irredeemable, given that “the human” is an idea built upon racial exclusion of colonized and enslaved peoples. Some might argue that the jury is still out, but racism, colonialism, apartheid, and genocide were part of the human operating system of Digital Culture 1.0, and as I’ve argued elsewhere, the enslaved and the colonized were the first content providers for capital’s platform known as “Humanism.” Nowadays with the continuation of these value-extractive programs by other means (though the old means certainly persist), the distributed, indeed trans-species, and in fact in the broadest sense the trans-media cybernesis that characterizes the computational mode of production blurs the neat distinctions between human and technology, between biology and semiology, between inside and outside—for better and for worse. As mentioned at the outset of this article, these mutations in the protocols of valuation are themselves the result of struggle just as the earlier essentialist algorithms (Human, God, Gold, Reality) were both forcibly imposed and forcefully resisted. Value does not become measureless, but the imposition of the value form breaks up the received ontologies of prior modes of life as it imposes and legitimates universal exploitation for the purpose of infinite accumulation. Given some clarity on the macrological character of the dialectic of capital accumulation and radical dispossession, it seems obvious, even trivial that the new computational metrics being put in place have a bearing on “representation” and “politics,” domains that are themselves no longer conceivable as autonomous to the degree that they are being subsumed by the operating system of computational capital.

    Some questions arise: With the real subsumption of humanity as a standard of value, how to confront the full autonomization of capitalist valuations? With the shattering of the sovereign subject in multi-tasked distributed production that deploys ontologies as algorithms (American, male, Chinese, female), we are forced to ask exactly who or what is exploited in the social factory? In whose name and on whose behalf are we making the revolution? Looking towards the horizon one must also ask: is there a Communist Computing?19 In my view, these are questions of poesis and programming. With these questions in mind, we may see that it is not value that has become immeasurable, as Negri thought, but rather that which Neferti Tadiar calls “remaindered life” (“Life-times” 796): the fragments and dimensions of persons and peoples, of experience and aspiration that literally fall out of an economy (and its representations and political programs) in which, over the past century, product, semiotic, measure and value are increasingly unified. Remaindered life is immeasurable and unaccounted for because the metrics themselves are instruments of capitalization through the financialization of the schema of information. This immeasurability, this being beyond number, is what Negri was probably reaching for (and what Tadiar is able to name) in his mistaken claim that value was immeasurable. With respect to what is immeasurable, the words that conclude Borges’s 1941 “The Garden of Forking Paths,” a story about encryption if there ever was one, seem prescient. Knowing that the newspapers will pick up the story, the spy Yu T’sun murders an Englishman, who could have taught him much about his own history, to send a message (the Englishman’s name is that of the town to be bombed) to German military intelligence. Bearing witness to the remnants of informatic war, and writing from his English prison cell, he melancholically reflects on his deeds, his losses, and his relation to his German commanding officer for whom he foreclosed his alternative paths in order to send a message—“He does not know (no one can know) my innumerable contrition and weariness” (29, emphasis added).

    It is tempting to say that this remaindered life, already present in Borges and resultant from the logistics of communication in the context of world war, is a new antithesis that is and will be the resultant form of the synthesis of capital and labor in the network of M-I-C-I′-M′, which, with its colonization of the life-world, would put labor and capital in lock-step ordained by the value form itself and simultaneously externalize non-capitalist experience beyond the horizon of representation. We are being pushed towards a non-productive fugitivity and forms of endurance and survival.

    The insistent call of a politics beyond politics (since “politics” is now a subroutine of financialized semiotics) results from the near total colonization and capture of sign systems by a formation of capital that is increasingly autonomous. On the autonomization of the value form, this from Capital:

    In simple circulation, the value of commodities attained at the most a form independent of use values, i.e., the form of money. But now, in the circulation of M-C-M, value suddenly presents itself as a self-moving substance which passes through a process of its own, and for which commodities and money are both mere forms. But there is more to come: instead of simply representing the relations of commodities, it now enters into a private relationship with itself, as it were …. Value … now becomes value in process, money in process, and, as such, capital. It comes out of circulation, enters into it again, preserves and multiplies itself within circulation, emerging from it with an increased size, and starts the same cycle again and again. M-M, ‘money which begets money.’ Lastly, in the case of interest-bearing capital, the circulation M-C-M′ presents itself in abridged form, in its final result without any intermediate stage, in a concise style, so to speak, as M-M′, i.e., money which is worth more money, value which is greater than itself. (Capital 257–8)

    Two things to conclude here as a result of capital’s colonization of the life-world, which is to say, its artificial intelligence: first, money’s shimmering presence, its pyrotechnics, its metaphysical, psychotropic, cybernetic effects (which might be abstracted and understood as the financialized precondition for the identity of identity and non-identity) are the effects of its “concise style,” and a consequence of its role in structuring, which is to say programming, the metabolism of society—the latter word is Marx’s. Second, what has happened in the past long century, particularly with the visual turn, the capture of the cognitive linguistic and the consequent evisceration of classical metaphysics (an imposition of the same “concise style” that required the placing of “being” under erasure, and along with the rise of simulation and virtuality, required the evisceration of traditional metaphysical essentialisms by the screens of capital), is that, under the authority of the autonomization of the value form, the number and type of intervals from M-M′ have undergone an exponential expansion. The wholesale rewiring of space-time at all operative levels by the protocols of a unified operating system (the invisible hand) synonymous with and indeed authored by capital logic in deadly struggle with revolutionary innovation from below withers away old world metaphysics (as well as the old world itself), utilizing methods of ramification and incorporation through enumeration—the assignation of number to any quality whatever.

    The computational mode of production has encroached upon the world. The general procedure was and is the recursive loop image-code-financialization, though at an earlier stage in capital development this was simply called commodification. This procedure, along with the ability to reverse engineer a desired effect back to a fragmentary process could be traced back to Gutenberg, and the scientific revolution, and industrialization–all of which, whatever else they were, pace McLuhan, were vehicles of capital expansion. The expansion and intensification of this procedure of image-code-financialization through a recursive feedback loop with the bios, its extrinsic and intrinsic development, strives to encompass both the macro and micro infinities of space-time. As we have seen, with computational capital’s exponential growth of the circuits from M-M′, through the organization of image and code and the development of these as worksites, the forms of the commodity and the forms of labor have been transformed, along with the very mode of the presencing (or non-presencing) of both the human and being.

    Amidst all this semio-material re-ordination, two fundamental conditions remain as results of the autonomization of the value-form: designated hypostatically they are private property (the accumulation of capital) and violence (the accumulation of dispossession). As Marx wrote in Capital, “There is not one single atom of… value that does not owe its existence to unpaid labor” (728). Today we might understand that these “atoms” of value are life-quanta, stolen moments of life-time that result in the antithesis of democracy. We red-flag in passing the symptomatic rise of interminable war, massive environmental destruction, worldwide precarity and everyday fascism as inescapable aspects of capital’s broad-spectrum, increasingly fine-grained informatic praxis of command/control. And, with Tadiar, we gesture towards the remainder, that which falls away from the calculus of capital, as a direction of insurgent investigation.

    Elsewhere I hope to reconsider the space of the interval from M-M′—along with the politics, such that they are, of the production of “interest,” a term that itself indicates a convergence in accord with the new calculi of value operative within the domain of images and codes.20 The interval from M-M′ is the interval of speculation, creativity, exploitation—and also and always of struggle. We do not yet know if that sovereign interval that has presided over so many nightmares can be meaningfully transcended or only momentarily suspended.

    Footnotes

    1. A moment’s attention to the gendered logic of the hegemonic selfie is in order—nicely analyzed in Sarah Gram’s blogspot discussion of Tiqqun’s Preliminary Materials for a Theory of the Young Girl (2012) and the selfie. Quoting Tiqqun, Gram writes, “‘the young girl is the model citizen of contemporary society,’ an identity colonized by capital.” Gram suggests that the young girl is the hollowed-out commodity par excellence, imprisoned by its own self-production. Gram tracks the schizoid drives of obligation and shame in this commodity-self production mediated by the self-image, or the selfie, and writes, “We elevate the work women do on their bodies to the utmost importance, and then punish the outcome of that labour. That is how hegemony works.”

    2. Riffing on Vilem Flusser’s Towards a Philosophy of Photography to title her project Towards a Philosophy of the Selfie, Columbia University student Maya Meredith, in a section entitled “I point and shoot, therefore I am,” micro-blogged a quotation from Virginia Heffernan’s Wired article on Instagram:

    Now that superstylized images have become the answer to “How are you?” and “What are you doing?” we can avoid the ruts of linguistic expression in favor of a highly forgiving, playful, and compassionate style of looking. When we live only in language—in tweets and status updates, in zingers, analysis, and debate—we come to imagine the world to be much uglier than it is. But Instagram, if you use it right, will stealthily persuade you that other humans—and nature, and food, and three-dimensional objects more generally—are worth observing for the sheer joy of it.

    Meredith comments on this notably language-replacing visual platform:

    But to me, this brave new world is troubling. Haven’t endemic racism, classism, homo- and transphobia, and sexism already revealed to us the problems with basing communication purely on visual cues? The world of social media photography, with its purely like-based system (no thumbs-downs here as on YouTube) seems to be the ultimate self-affirmer, but this universal positivity lulls us into a false sense of security. I don’t want to see the ability to decode eroded any further than it already has been.

    Meredith’s project has inspired my own.

    3. Adorno is alleged to be quoting Leo Lowenthal.

    4. Had Anne Frank, who would have been eighty-seven this year (2016), not caught the last train to Auschwitz, she would have been a Belieber. Perhaps it’s easy to the point of being uncool to pick on Bieber’s low-hanging fruit, but we need to ask: is this particular cut ‘n’ mix fantasy of historical redemption symptomatic of a generalized narrowing of the range of empathy, of experience? Is a cyborg “sharing,” in which all one’s machine-mediated posting, friending, and liking serve to procure dopamine and extend one’s fan-base, to be the new infrastructure of solidarity?

    5. For some excellent quick reads, see Rebecca L. Stein, Adi Kuntsman, and Negar Mottahedeh. See also Dean.

    6. Like it or not, the reigning econo-metrics of the celebrity-self, fractally reproduced and scaled from Barack Obama and Miley Cyrus to the loneliest anorexic teen, are structural and financial. If, for example, one sees Obama, in his capacity as the president of Empire, as the expropriation of Black radical imagination rather than the expression of it, then the word “audacity” in his titular phrase “the audacity of hope” has a sinister irony to it—at least for those who suffer the collateral damage of drone strikes, US foreign policy, and financial practices, and the domestic policies of the security state that include racial profiling, the prison industrial complex, immigrant detention, and border “fences.” This critique would not be focused on Obama’s integrity but on the structural limits of celebrity-mediated politics. As a structural feature of finance capital, the celebrity/celebutant—itself the fractalization of the charismatic dictator and the Hollywood celeb—posits everyone else as expropriable sensual labor, a source of attention in a mode of self-branding that capitalizes on the hopes and aspirations of others. “Fandom as free labor,” as Abigail de Kosnik, calls it, is fundamental to the (“personal”) brand as financial vector. Knowing that this accumulation of alienated subjectivity powers the celebrity subject gives one pause regarding the actually existing mediations of “democracy.” In a post-civil rights, post-Ferguson, white-supremacist US presumably presided over by Obama, it suggests the limits of politics organized by celebrity capitalism and threatens to make audible the ironic (and structurally cynical?) declension of Obama’s widely admired title The Audacity of Hope (2006).

    7. It is noteworthy that the world computer is a phrase that has emerged among crypto-currency programmers (Ethereum) during the course of the three years that it has taken to write this essay and bring it to pixilated press.

    8. To Negri’s great credit and in a manner characteristic with the originality of his thought, the challenge to measurability of value comes “from below” as innovative affective powers that exceed the metrics of (and thus are devoid of recognition by) political economy. One unattributed example he gives (though Silvia Federici comes immediately to mind) is housework. The second is as follows:

    This case deals no longer with the traditional paradigms of classical economics but with a really postmodern theme: the so-called economy of attention. By this term, one refers to the interest in assuming in the economic calculation the interactivity of the user of communication services. In this case, too, even in the clear effort to absorb the production of subjectivity, economics ignores the substance of the question. As it focuses attention on the calculation of ‘audience,’ it flattens, controls, and commands the production of subjectivity on a disembodied horizon. Labor (attention) is here subsumed, stripping it from value (of the subject), that is, from affect. (79)

    One could wonder where he got that example—perhaps his sources come from below as well.

    9. Jonathan Beller, “Texas-(s)ized Postmodernism: Or Capitalism Without the Dialectic,” Social Text 127 (Summer 2016). See also “Fragment from The Message is Murder,” Social Text 128 (Fall 2016).

    10. This latter can be sold individually or in lots, piecemeal or, on occasion, all at once. In reality, such purchases are contracts, contracts for products that require labor over time to produce.

    11. For some of the details of the increasing resolution of these dynamics, see, for example, Nielsen and Pernice.

    12. This shift in the mode of production also implies an ontological shift—a shift in the mode of being of things (and of the status of “the thing”). The being of the universe has a new character within the meta-universe (multi-verse) of commodified knowledge that renders it—it is arguable whether or not any knowing exists beyond such an epistemic horizon, at least for us. You will no doubt notice that we are thus rapt by an inversion in which the mode of knowing trumps the essence of any object: all being, from the subatomic to the cosmic, is enframed by commodification. The implication in short: existence is given up to us through the calculus of the commodity-form—the medium is, after all, the message. If we wanted to embrace fully the logical and perhaps practical collapse of all non-commodified worlds into fully commodified representation even at the level of style, we might be tempted with regard to the total colonization of subjectivity by computational capital to write that what’s true for the selfie is true for the otherie too. But let’s resist such dissonant totalitarian foreclosure.

    13. Though I do not have time to develop this here, these are moments of material production riding on the back of use value. Use has not disappeared; it has, from the standpoint of capital, become merely theoretical. The particular use is a matter of indifference, for capital, and in fact lies beyond its episteme as a structural and practical necessity, but the positing of a ground, an ultimately determining instance, a limit and a threshold, is still functional.

    14. A shoe and a piece of furniture are valuable because they are information-carriers, improbable forms made of leather or wood and metal. But information is impressed into these objects and cannot be detached from them. One can only wear out and consume this information. This is what “makes” such objects, as objects, valuable, i.e., “able” to be filled with value. In the case of the photograph on the other hand, the information sits loosely on the surface and can easily be conveyed to another surface. To this extent the photograph demonstrates the defeat of the material thing and of the concept of “ownership.” (Flusser 51–2)

    While I disagree with Flusser regarding the defeat of ownership (indeed this entire essay is about its persistence), his insights into the post-industrial rise of informatics in the universe of the technical image are notably rich. Here we can see that the commodity is treated as image and information by virtue of its negative entropy (its improbability)—despite the historical fact that the senses had not yet developed sufficiently to produce the concept of information or make these imagistic aspects of negative entropy legible as such. Fredric Jameson’s now classic reading of the peasant shoes painted by Van Gogh would indicate, however, not only that as early as the end of the nineteenth century such a thing as shoes contained information, but also that that information was modified by use and could be rendered both visible and legible. (parenthetically cite page numbers?)

    15. Pasquinelli refers to Alquati’s Composizione organica del capitale e forza-lavoro alla Olivetti, Part 1. Quaderni Rossi 2 (1962) and his Composizione organica del capitale e forza-lavoro alla Olivetti, Part 2. Quaderni Rossi 3 (1963).

    16. I borrow the term “remaindered life” from Neferti Tadiar. See her “Decolonization, ‘Race’ and Remaindered Life Under Empire.”

    17. Directly linking the history of computation and television to cybernetics, Weiner wrote “(a) the use of television had shown us a way to represent two or more dimensions on one device and (b) that the previous device which measured quantities should be replaced by a more precise sort of device that counted numbers” (New Media 67). Nam Jun Paik tells the history thus:

    Newton’s physics is the mechanics of power and the unconciliatory two-party system, in which the strong win over the weak. But in the 1920’s a German genius put a third-party (grid) between these two mighty poles (cathode and anode) in a vacuum tube, thus enabling the weak to win over the strong for the first time in human history. It might be a Buddhistic “third way,” but anyway this German invention led to cybernetics, which came to the world in the last war to shoot down German planes from the English sky. (New Media 229)

    18. Marx cites Dr. Ure’s Philosophy of Manufactures (1835).

    19. The interrogation of the seeming autonomy of the value-form arises from the perception of over-expropriation and the intimation of the possibility of constructing alternative constituencies. Los Indignados, Occupy, Podemos, Tsipras’s people-backed refusal of debts imposed by the Imperial EU are all examples of nascent uprising.

    20. Jonathan Beller, “Informatic Labor in the Age of Computational Capital,” Lateral: Journal of the Cultural Studies Association 5.1 (Spring 2016).

    Works Cited

    • Beller, Jonathan. “Cinema, Capital of the Twentieth Century.” Postmodern Culture 4.3 (May 1994): n. p. Web.
    • —. The Cinematic Mode of Production: Attention Economy and the Society of the Spectacle. Lebanon: UPNE, 2006. Print.
    • —. “Texas-(s)ized Postmodernism: Or Capitalism Without the Dialectic,” Social Text 127 (Summer 2016). Print.
    • —. “Fragment from The Message is Murder,” Social Text 128 (Fall 2016). Print.
    • —. “Informatic Labor in the Age of Computational Capital,” Lateral: Journal of the Cultural Studies Association 5.1 (Summer 2016). Web.
    • Borges, Jorge Luis. “The Garden of Forking Paths.” Labyrinths: Selected Stories & Other Writings. New York: New Directions Publishers, 1964. 19-29. Print.
    • Bostrum, Nick. Superintelligence: Paths, Dangers, Strategies. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2014. Print.
    • Cubitt, Sean. “Decolonizing Ecomedia.” Cultural Politics 10.3 (2014): 275–286. Print.
    • Dean, Jodi. “Images Without Viewers: Selfie Communism.” Foto_museum.ch. 2 Jan. 2016. Web. Accessed 10 Oct. 2016.
    • Debord, Guy. The Society of the Spectacle. Trans. Donald Nicholson-Smith. New York: Zone Books, 1995. Print.
    • Federici, Sylvia. Revolution at Point Zero. Oakland: PM Press, 2012. Print.
    • Feldman, Allen. Archives of the Insensible: Of War, Photopolitics and Dead Memory, U of Chicago P, 2015. Print.
    • Flusser, Vilem. Towards a Philosophy of Photography. London: Reaktion Books, 2000. Print. Franklin, Seb. Control: Digitality as Cultural Logic. Cambridge: MIT P, 2015. Print.
    • Golumbia, David. The Cultural Logic of Computation. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Gram, Sarah. “The Young Girl and the Selfie.” Textual-Relations. 1 Mar. 2013. Web. 3 Jun. 2016.
    • Haraway, Donna. “A Cyborg Manifesto.” The Cybercultures Reader. Eds. David Bell and Barbara M. Kennedy. London: Routledge, 2000. 291-323. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Postmodernism, or, the Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke, UP, 1991. Print.
    • Kittler, Friedrich. Gramophone, Film, Typewriter. Trans. Geoffrey Winthrop-Young and Michael Wutz. Stanford, California: Stanford UP, 1999. Print.
    • Kosnik, Abigail de. “Fandom as Free Labour.” Digital Labour: The Internet as Playground and Factory. Ed. Trebor Scholz. New York: Routledge, 2013. 98-111. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy, Volume I. Trans. Ben Fowkes. New York: Penguin, 1990. Print.
    • Marx, Karl and Friedrich Engels. The German Ideology. Amherst: Promethean Books, 1998. Print.
    • Meredith, Maya. “I Point and Shoot, and Therefore I Am?” Towards a Philosophy of the Selfie. 5 May 2013. Web. 3 Jun. 2016.
    • Negri, Antonio. “Value and Affect.” Negri in English. 5 Aug. 2010. Web. 3 Jun. 2016. Print. The New Media Reader. Eds. Noah Wardrip-Fruin and Nick Montfort. Cambridge: MIT P, 2003. Print.
    • Nielsen, Jakob and Kara Pernice. Eyetracking Web Usability. Berkeley: New Riders, 2010. Print. Pasquinelli, Matteo. “Italian Operaismo and the Information Machine.” Theory, Culture, and Society 32.3 (May 2015): 49-68. Print.
    • Silverstone, Roger. Why Study the Media? London: Sage Publishers, 1999. Print.
    • Stein, Rebecca L., Adi Kuntsman, and Negar Mottahedeh. “The Political Consciousness of the Selfie: Q&A.” Stanford UP Blog. Jul. 2015. Web. Accessed 10 Oct. 2016.
    • Tadiar, Neferti. “Life-times in Fate Playing.” South Atlantic Quarterly 111.4 (2012): 783-802. Print.
    • —. “Decolonization, ‘Race,’ and Remaindered Life under Empire” Qui Parle Vol. 23, No. 2 (Spring/Summer 2015), pp. 135-160. Print.
    • Wark, McKenzie. Telesthesia: Communication, Culture and Class. New York: Wiley, 2012. Print.

  • Energyscapes, Architecture, and the Expanded Field of Postindustrial Philosophy ‘

    Jeff M. Diamanti (bio)
    McGill University

    Abstract

    This essay isolates the relationships between energy deepening, economic elasticity, and social plasticity as the key matrix driving a petroeconomy otherwise imagined as free from material constraints, and claims that energy deepening establishes itself in spatial forms, or the physical setting, of a fully saturated fossil fuel society. By moving through exemplary instances of postindustrial landscape architecture and the philosophical tradition mobilized by its theorists, this essay shows that the political economy of postindustrial energy already implies an object-oriented ontology rather than a labor-oriented one, and as such amounts to political disaster.

    In a special report to the New York Times entitled “Power, Pollution, and the Internet” (2012), tech reporter James Glanz made public what was until then a bit of an industry secret: digital forms of information were not only environmentally unfriendly compared even to the thick and heavy forms they replaced; more surprising still, the so-called immateriality of information, the Internet, and our everyday engagement with it had produced a worldwide leviathan hungry for quantities of energy “sharply at odds with its image of sleek efficiency and environmental friendliness” (Glanz). Digital farms or warehouses require the energy output of thirty nuclear power plants because, whether in use or not, the information housed in these warehouses remains online (Glanz). Inside each warehouse are enormous complexes of servers, wires, and electrical circuitry (the heat from which can be visualized from space) that need constant cooling. According to Pierre Delforge of the Natural Resources Defence Council, “Data center electricity consumption is projected to increase to roughly 140 billion kilowatt-hours annually by 2020, the equivalent annual output of 50 power plants, costing American businesses $13 billion annually in electricity bills and emitting nearly 100 million metric tons of carbon pollution per year.” And because most electricity comes from coal, diesel, and petroleum products, the so-called immaterial economy is not only premised on, but actively motivates, the rapid expansion of an energy infrastructure now indisputably responsible for significant contributions to climate change.

    Glanz’s report and many others like it, including Ingrid Burrington’s for The Atlantic, foreground the infrastructural and environmental costs of the Internet in order to temper the association of digital culture with weightlessness and green immateriality. My claim in this essay, however, is that the infrastructural truth of the postindustrial economy involves an equally troubling if not coterminous feature of the postindustrial, which is the inseparability of constant increases in global energy wealth since the 1970s—today’s climate crisis—and the simultaneous decrease in labor requirements across the global economy—today’s unemployment crisis. The aesthetic misrecognition of digital culture and communication as immaterial takes place in a larger context that includes the disfiguration of labor from its social ground, what I refer to as energy’s economic elasticity, and the emergence of fossil fuels as a form of social regulation, what I call the social plasticity of oil.

    This essay will clarify the aesthetic economy of postindustrialization by establishing that, while development in the Fordist era was primarily designed to standardize and increase labor productivity in and around the factory, the postindustrial economy is instead premised on redefining and reshaping all landscapes as energyscapes, and all energy as economic elasticity. In the critical theory that has grown up alongside landscape architecture and ecological urbanism, intensive and extensive growth in flows of energy and information across landscapes gets recognized as an opportunity to endorse and experiment with speculative philosophies and so-called object-oriented ontologies. By moving through exemplary instances of postindustrial landscape architecture and the philosophical tradition its theorists mobilize, this essay claims that the political economy of postindustrial energy already implies an object-oriented ontology rather than a labor oriented one, and that this (along with the intellectual position that celebrates it) amounts to political disaster.

    Energyscapes and the Infrastructures of Accumulation

    Energyscape, in the account that follows, names the expanded field—the historical and physical settings—in which capital accumulation is provided its energy infrastructure, which is to say, where energy is optimized aesthetically and socially for the sustained growth of capital.1 By combining energy with landscape in the settings I nominate here, I am not just referring to what Alberto Toscano and Jeff Kinkle call “logistical landscapes” (205), such as the ports, oil patches, pipelines, and freeways captured by Allan Sekula and Edward Burtynsky. Certainly logistical or infrastructural landscapes are critical to the smooth operation of everyday life. What I am more interested in here is the aesthetic and economic saturation of postindustrial landscapes with energy intensive infrastructures, so that logistical landscapes, sites of resource extraction, industrial factories, and postindustrial cities are sewn together in an expanded field.2 In order to calibrate what I have elsewhere called the peculiar carbon-capital complex, or what Andreas Malm has called “fossil capital,” the postindustrial economy makes seamless the circuit of energy extraction, circulation, and consumption. Specially planned economic zones provide the economic and logistical infrastructure required to keep postindustrial growth apace, while energyscapes—which is to say, the infrastructural and technological base of the fossil fuelled fantasies driving the immaterial, the digital, and the fluid—normalize particularly troubling features of what we might term the aesthetics of a vanishing labor force at odds with the carbon-capital complex.

    At the level of cultural theory and philosophy, this aesthetic economy is expressed as a set of conceptual preferences shorn off of a form of materialism that triangulates labor, capital, and energy. These features include the liquid, plastic, and elastic preferences of political economy and political philosophy in the postindustrial era, both of which have, consciously or not, driven the concept and standpoint of human labor power into the ground, and excavated an accelerated, albeit accidental and depoliticized, unity between capital and energy in the meantime.

    There is no shortage of committed attempts to expose the true environmental costs of energy-hungry infrastructures. The trouble with exposition, however, is that one can no more see a pipeline through a computer screen than one can see the caloric and affective output of a Chinese worker in a smartphone. Part of this is a problem of scale, no doubt. In the words of Peter Gross, who helped design the data warehouses that anchor the Internet, “it’s staggering for most people, even people in the industry, to understand the numbers, the sheer size of these systems” (qtd. in Glanz). Infrastructure more generally, of course, remains for the most part hidden from view, except when its contents are exposed, distributed, spilled, or sabotaged. This is why the struggle to visualize infrastructure is central to any environmentalist politics, as Nicole Starosielski explains: both because ecological devastation is a logical outcome (rather than an accident of) our global energy system and because state security blocks easy knowledge of it. When it comes to infrastructure of any kind, talk of state security and terrorism is never far away.

    Environmental risk, however, is logically tied to the specifically economic function of energy infrastructures. Globally, the International Energy Agency predicts that, in order to maintain growth, energy supply will need to grow by forty-five percent between 2006 and 2030 to more than seventeen billion tons of oil-equivalent annually, seventy-three percent of which will be consumed by cities (International Energy Agency). A significant portion of that energy will be tied to the production, distribution, and consumption of digital information. Already in 2013, the Information and Communication Technology (ICT) ecosystem uses fifty percent more energy per year than the aviation industry (Mills). This accelerated correlation between economic growth and energy consumption has been steadily climbing since the Industrial Revolution. The World Bank’s estimated sixteen-fold increase in economic output in the twentieth century (“from about $2 to $32 trillion in constant 1990 dollars”) indexes a seventeen-fold increase in annual commercial energy consumption (from “22 to approximately 380 EJ”) during the same period (Smil 14). This, in a nutshell, is a statistical picture of the saturation I have in mind when I refer to the energyscapes that provide economic growth with its infrastructural fix. For while a good deal of the energy consumption that has made capital accumulation possible has been at the site of production—what World Bank experts term commercial energy—we are increasingly unable to imagine either public or private activities that do not require an enormous amount of energy mediated by an impossibly complex system of automation, logistics, and infrastructure. This colloquial fact of energy, however—that we not only use a lot of it, but are hard pressed to find spaces, activities, or ideas about the future that do not—obscures an equally implicit but perhaps more politically volatile fact about the historical shape of the capitalist exploitation of labor.

    Metaphors and lexical fields clothing so-called immaterial culture have gone a long way to occlude digital culture’s spatial and historical contours. As Allison Carruth has recently suggested, most of our ecological metaphors for digital technologies, such as the “cloud” and “streaming,” mask, “willfully in some cases, what is an energy-intensive and massively industrial infrastructure” (342). The coincidence of the infrastructure of digital culture with our postindustrial energy system recedes both phenomenologically and logistically to the level of setting, rather than occupying what in literary studies gets called content. The experiences of daily life depend on an ecological characterization of infrastructure, not because some hidden truth about the Internet lurks beneath the surface of its presentation, but rather because economic growth, state security, and postindustrial culture are all contingencies of a political economy that weds the growth in value to the increase in the total energy circulating through the spaces we inhabit. Digital culture is an expression of a resource aesthetic whose ecological reality runs deep, but whose economic logic is hidden in plain sight.

    Making visible the economic and ecological contents of infrastructure, however indispensable a practice, does not of necessity generate a political counterforce, precisely because the economic and ecological contradictions of a world formed by fossil fuels are intimately bound together. Energy’s economic elasticity comes in the form of the logistics revolution in shipping and manufacturing, as well as the productivity gains made through automated and energy intensive technologies, while oil’s plasticity, which is to say, its capacity not only to fuel daily life, but to give it a material shape as well, regulates and modulates the economic value of postindustrial society.

    It is clear now, following Wikileaks, the BP oil spill, and other daily manifestations of what is an otherwise deep and hidden infrastructure, that knowledge of infrastructural content does not lead to its politicization (Szeman 147). This is because, to use Amanda Boetzkes and Andrew Pendakis’s useful phrasing, the fossil fuels on which life today depends provide us with not just plastic products but also plasticity as a historical “paradigm.” From the now inseparability of exchange rates and oil prices to the plastic materials of everyday life, or what Boetzkes and Pendakis call “contemporary neoliberal fantasies about the capacity of individuals to endlessly make and re-make themselves,” the world since the second half of the twentieth century is fundamentally saturated with and mediated by social, economic, and psychological plasticity. Digital culture is the example par excellence of plasticity’s two sides: on the back of enormously complicated and expensive infrastructures, and a multitude of electronic materials made from oil, comes an experience of immateriality, lightness, and global communication emancipated from the weighty limits of matter. Plastic’s materiality is world shaping, just as its immateriality—or the experience of speed, freedom, and deracinated communication—contours the social. The energy system we find ourselves in depends on this dialectic between oil’s universality, its conditioning of the possible, and oil’s material or infrastructural realism—the weighty anchor for postindustrial life as we know it. Hydrocarbons give the postindustrial world a sense of a world by unhinging it from geographical limits—a freedom expressed through the postindustrial immediacy with both itself and more industrial parts of the world that is made possible by digital communications and logistics.3 The spatial and temporal aspects of oil’s dialectic generate a setting unique to its plastic qualities—since the other name for space-time is setting—which is what, in my title, I term energyscapes: a concept that, like the land- and media-scapes it refigures, names both the form and historical specificity of the setting we find ourselves in.

    Catherine Malabou’s 1996 book on Hegel and plasticity made clear the problems and possibilities of the plastic dialectic in the age of oil, while her recent turn to cerebral and cognitive plasticity has redefined the concepts of the cerebral and the imagination. For her, plasticity involves itself in our thinking about it, since at base it is “a capacity to receive form and a capacity to produce form” (9). Like many of the contributors to the collection on Plastic Materialities, Alberto Toscano turns plasticity into the concept that captures both the materiality and epistemological condition of a critique of capital today, insisting that capital accumulation depends on a constant making and remaking of locales and regions in its own image. My contribution here is to double the dialectical sense in which capital depends on plasticity, since plasticity itself is tied not just to the abstract capacity to give form, but also to the historical specificity of the energy system from which its material expression (plastics) comes. If capital remakes the world in its image, its global success in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries has been wholly contingent on its ability to turn fossil fuels into both its essence, by achieving growth gains through energy deepening, and its appearance, through the plasticity of postindustrial social relations and the objects that surround us. What I mean to draw out from the philosophy of plasticity and the energy infrastructure that gives form to the digital, “immaterial,” and postindustrial forms of work and communication is the context in which to critique the explicitly political ambitions of postindustrial philosophy.

    Following Levi Bryant, who coined the term Object-Oriented Ontology (OOO), I understand Speculative Realism, Actor Network Theory (ANT), and OOO as speculative positions connected at multiple axes. My claim here, however, is that each articulates a shared fantasy of the world in the measure that they are constitutive of a postindustrial philosophy that imagines capital as a form of energy, but not energy (and its infrastructure) as a property of capitalist exploitation.4 I counter this shared fantasy by establishing the indispensability of dialectical thinking in a plastic world, which is a consequence of the energy regime I am trying to foreground, since the postindustrial dialectic between energy and capital (in my account) is what cuts across the philosophical hubris of speculative philosophy. Bryant’s own attempt at providing speculative philosophy with a politics importantly grounds itself in what he calls thermopolitics: where he turns energy into a fact of nature that cuts across what he calls critical theory and its obsession with discourse, rather than treat it as a concept tied to capital, capitalism, or the economic more generally. Energy stands in as the interruption of second nature by first nature in Speculative Realism, ANT, and OOO because these positions abandon dialectical thinking, and thus any chance of mediating the historicity of energy and its relation to capital. In order to think about the historical specificity of concepts, especially ones that seem to refer to matter itself, Bryant and others would need a specifically historical materialism. Capital no doubt expresses itself as energy all the time, but only because of its unique capacity to combine what Marx in the “Critique of the Gotha Program” called natural wealth and human labor into a force severed, and therefore ostensibly autonomous, from its origin.

    Postindustrial Landscapes

    Articulating the setting of the infrastructural base of postindustrial society is a means towards historicizing the relationship between energy, capital, and labor. As I have suggested already, setting is neither the space nor time of a drama exclusively, but rather the texture, rhythm, and environment in which it takes place. Isolating the force that both capital and energy exert on a setting can only occur in what Rosalind Krauss famously called an “expanded field,” because energy and capital are not things in and of themselves. I am invoking Krauss’s celebrated insights into the “rupture” in art history sometime around 1970 because the transformation that concerns Krauss (the elastic logic of sculpture amidst the turn to land art) is both contemporaneous with and constitutive of the one that concerns me. At the end of her essay (which is as much about the weird things going on in the sculpture of the Smithsons, Robert Morris, Richard Serra, Sol LeWitt, Alice Aycock, and so on, as it is about historicism in criticism), she asks her audience to consider a theory that addresses “the root causes—the conditions of possibility—that brought about the shift into postmodernism” (“Sculpture”). Because she is troubled by historicism’s “genealogical trees,” Krauss wants to promote an approach that addresses “the cultural determinants of the opposition through which a given field is structured” (“Sculpture”). In the vocabulary of the expanded field of sculpture, this means that the political economy of the 1970s is not autonomous from that decade’s aesthetic economy. Krauss’s role in formative debates about the role of artists in designing the postindustrial environment, as we see in a moment, is another indication that what she meant by the expanded field had everything to do with overlapping spheres of political and aesthetic economies, in addition to the historicity of medium. This at least is what lurks behind the notion of an expanded field in the first place, even if that essay means to stick to a specifically aesthetic reading of that field until its final page. Krauss’s critique of historicism escapes medium specificity, which is why much of her work that follows the 1979 essay develops a theory of what she calls the “post-medium condition” (A Voyage 32).

    My own account concerns itself with putting “energy deepening” at the heart of the expanded field of the postindustrial, and thereby to identify such deepening as a crucial component of what Krauss called the “root cause” of postmodernism. Energy deepening is a “root cause” because it made possible not only the financialization of the global economy—which, erupting on the back of the energy futures market in the late 1970s and early ’80s, impacted currency delinking, rapid expansion in resource industries, and the artificially cheap energy for consumers and businesses available for a period—but also a whole host of digital technologies that enable and shore up the so-called immaterial, creative, and affective turns in the global economy. Energy deepening, then, provides the infrastructural link between what in an older vocabulary would have been the base (postindustrialism) and superstructure (postmodernism) of our current era. When directors of the then Organization of Arab Petroleum Exporting Countries (OAPEC) began an embargo on oil shipments in 1973 in response to the US involvement in the Yom Kippur War, it exposed the increasing saturation of global markets in the geopolitical and material properties of fossil fuels. Only two years earlier, Nixon’s recess from the Bretton Woods Agreement meant that a new standard of value was on the horizon, since the US dollar that was meant to replace gold was more vulnerable to market fluctuations than physical reserves of commodities like gold, sterling silver, or oil. In a handful of years, energy had become more than an intensive factor in the productive forces of society, and had begun to contour the very substance and landscape of the market.

    Contemporaneous with energy deepening at the market level, however, was an equally dramatic turn back to landscape in architecture and urban design at the cusp of postindustrialization. The precise moment when landscape became the general frame of reference for architects is still widely debated. For architecture theorist and historian Felicity D. Scott, the ambition to “design the environment” was already made explicit during the Universitas Project hosted at MoMA in 1972. There, design curator at MoMA Emilio Ambasz invited people as varied as Krauss, Joseph Rykwert, Peter Eisenman, Octavio Paz, Henri Lefebvre, Jean Baudrillard, Manuel Castells, and Hannah Arendt to collaborate on an interim report imagining “Institutions for a Post-Technological Society.” Though the report reached only a limited audience, it nonetheless established a specifically “postindustrial conception of environment” that involved new scale, in Scott’s words, “such as systems theory, cybernetics, information theory, and semiology” (89–90). The environmental impact of the world’s being saturated with difficult-to-extract sources of energy had already begun to shape the world at a theoretical level even before the first major oil crisis, yet the spatial paradigm that emerged in response to it foreshadowed the oxymoron of postindustrialization: in order to temper the environmental costs of industrial cities, the postindustrial city would need a wholly new infrastructure hungry for energy.

    In Grahame Shane’s brief history of the discipline, Kevin Lynch’s call for an “ecological approach to landscape” in his 1984 Good City Form—itself a response to Howard Odum’s 1963 Ecology—paves the way. In Shane’s genealogy, echoed by many of the key players in American landscape urbanism, the turn is expressed loudest somewhere between the Parc de la Villette competition in Paris (1984–1989) and the International Building Exhibition for postindustrial renewal in Germany’s Northern Ruhr region (1989–99)—where Leon Krier, Peter Eisenman, Elia Zenghelis, Rem Koolhaas, and Aldo Rossi submitted landmark proposals. The biggest names in the architecture world seemed, in both Shane and Richard Weller’s accounts, to confirm that architecture had broadened its ambitions to include what the discipline’s key theorist, James Corner, called “a truly ecological landscape architecture” for which architecture “might be less about the construction of finished and complete works, and more about the design of ‘processes,’ ‘strategies,’ ‘agencies,’ and ‘scaffoldings’” (qtd. in Weller 77). Art and architecture historian Kenneth Frampton’s 1995 “Toward an Urban Landscape,” in addition to Koolhaas’s landmark essay “The Generic City” and Paola Viganò’s Territories of a New Modernity, to name but a few examples, announced that the turn from architectural objects was complete, and that what now needed to be designed were landscaped settings.

    Even in this origin story, what fueled the turn from objects to settings in architecture and design was not merely a raised environmental awareness, but also the site-specific demands of development initiatives explicit about the ambition to postindustrialize. In the case of Germany’s Emscher Park (the historical center of coal and steel production), the aim was, as Kelly Shannon puts it, “simultaneously [to repair] environmental damage and [to project] economic renewal” (148), while for Bernard Tschumi’s Parc de la Villette—the former abattoir district of working class Paris—the aim was to turn the city’s center of caloric production into a permanently unfolding “event.” In Tschumi’s sense of the word—a hybrid term mutated through conversations with Jacques Derrida, who collaborated and wrote extensively on the project, and Michel Foucault—“the event here is seen as a turning point—not an origin or an end—as opposed to such propositions as form follows function” (Tschumi 256). Modernism’s commitment to the concrete contours of the architectural object no longer captured the ambitions or capacity of urban design, since for Tschumi the relationship between building and landscape was interactive, always “turning.” Instead of objects in space, Tschumi sought to build an environment.

    Tschumi was relatively clear about his discursive ambition at La Villette, which was to materialize a “deconstructive architecture” that would extend beyond the “drama” of object-functions (what users do in a building) to the coordinates of a “setting” (Tschumi 256). Hence inside the park are individual folies or interactive sculptures in a variety of shapes and sizes— some look like excerpts from a children’s playground, others half-finished scaffolding for a bank façade—while the total landscape of La Villette is the setting Tschumi set out to design. For Derrida, who took great pleasure in elaborating the meaning of La Villette, the folies were material equivalents to the ongoing “invention” necessary for the new economy, of which La Villette is a flag bearer (qtd. in Tschumi 257). Thus both in form and function, La Villette announced an ambition for the coming turn to landscape in architecture, which was to subtract spaces from the realm of the immediately productive (a coal mine, steel mill, or abattoir) in order to design an indeterminate setting where use, invention, and program are variable.

    If what fueled Tschumi and Derrida was La Villette’s deconstructive ethos, it was only due to the theoretical weight then attached to indeterminacy in general. However, those that would look to the project as a sign of things to come in landscape urbanism—the US’s two leading figureheads, Charles Waldheim and James Corner, for instance—would see something much more interesting underway. Corner put it best (though many landscape theorists would echo him in order to distinguish their practice from classical landscape theory) when he named “terra fluxa” the new terrain of architecture and landscape. Liberated from the two axes of space characteristic of architecture’s classical domain, terra fluxa “suggests shifting attention away from the object qualities of space (whether formal or scenic) to the systems that condition the distribution and density of urban form” (Corner 28). In Corner’s eyes, architecture’s move towards landscape was also a move from objecthood to systemhood. Thus, while it looked from the outside as if architects were invited into the garden at La Villette, major firms and theorists such as Corner, Waldheim, MVRDV, Koolhaas (whose own proposal for La Villette was most inspiring for Corner), and Foreign Architect Office (FOA) understood the project to advance the already growing turn to landscape in the architectural imaginary.

    This also helps explain why, just as quickly as major architects turned their attention to landscape in the ’80s and ’90s, landscape architects redefined landscape as a form of infrastructure, or more generally as a design approach to infrastructure space. Corner himself did this in the major 1997 collection Recovering Landscape, but W. J. T. Mitchell had established the inseparability of landscape and the infrastructures of power in his Landscape and Power (1994). In addition to the early influence of Deleuze on architecture and urban theory in the ’80s and ’90s, the widespread redefinition of landscape to mean a place where information, matter, energy, and ideas flow was a consequence of the gradual obsolescence of industrial infrastructures—and ways of thinking about infrastructure—upon which the postindustrial was predicated.

    Landscape Infrastructures

    In David Gissen’s estimation, the architectural shifts toward “research,” “organization,” “landscape,” and “infrastructure” are generally part of the same historical process:

    This involves not only a turn toward specific geographical concepts and theories, but toward material and representational transformations as well. We can see this in various contemporary works that advance the territory of maps over plans, the flow of matter over subjects, and the concept of environment over that of space-time. (42)

    Gissen charts the decline of design—a professional aesthetic practice tied to the modern movement, but also to the types of commodities that were necessary to generalize modernity— and the recent ascendency of the geographical as the disciplinary and political terrain of architecture. Design, in his account, was about accommodating a space-time of modern governance, whereas the geographical is about setting up the postindustrial matrix of “governance, production, and management” that are otherwise “everywhere and nowhere” (Gissen 42). Even if this geographical ethos is not universal across building practices, for Gissen, Stan Allan, Jesse Reiser and Nanako Umemoto of Reiser + Unemoto, among many others, it defines landscape architecture’s material function in the postindustrial economy.

    Several important figures in landscape urbanism have anchored their vision of the new economy to Aldo Rossi’s canonical provocation in which architecture names the mediation of matter and energy. In their field manual, which doubles as a postindustrial manifesto for energy’s material economy, Reiser and Umemoto go as far as to implicate architecture’s “substance, its scale, its transitions and measurement” with “the dilations and contractions of the energy field” (22). For Resier and Umemoto, whose built and theoretical ambition is self-purportedly to realize the full and determining potential of “material and formal specificity over myth and interpretation” (23), this alliance between the spatial aesthetics of architecture and the fluid tectonics of “the energy field” is not novel, but restores an older idea. In Rossi’s late modern version of landscape tectonics, architecture’s principle sits between the two sides of tempo in Italian, namely “both atmosphere and chronology” (Rossi 1). Thus what is architectural, as opposed to merely built, is the “fog” that “penetrate[s] the Galleria in Milan: it is the unforeseen element that modifies and alters, like light and shadow, like stones worn smooth by the feet and hands of generations of men” (Rossi 2). Though Rossi’s motivation in re-describing architecture as atmospheric in the 1980s was to design political spaces, the economic crisis that occasioned his investment in 1981 generated similar conclusions amongst other developers.

    Architecture’s landscape is here reimagined by Rossi and then Reiser and Umemoto as atmospheric space (like weather) and materialist time (the smooth stones after generations of pilgrims) in order to calibrate its forms to “the energy field” it mediates. We might expect the primacy of energy and “material logics” in architecture to result in a civil engineering approach to aesthetics—that is, optimized distribution of forces—but Reiser and Umemoto generate what in 2006 is in many ways a novel materialism much closer to speculative brands of contemporary philosophy than to a new rationalism (Reiser and Umemoto 27). Indeed they most want to move past the rationalist approach to distribution of forces, which for them “precludes the productive and rich capacity of matter to define or influence geometry” (Reiser and Umemoto 74). Using Manuel DeLanda’s speculative philosophy as their cue—work that predates Quentin Meillassoux’s veritable bible for speculative realism in 2006—their novel tectonics prioritize intensive properties of matter over extensive ones.

    Diller, Scofidio + Renfro’s “Blur Building” for the 2002 Swiss Expo has become notorious for its dramatization of intensity over extension. Blur, in their words, “is an architecture of atmosphere—a fog mass resulting from natural and manmade forces” (Diller et al.). Users cross a narrow bridge out into the middle of Lake Neuchâtel in Switzerland until they reach an enormous cloud that seems to hover autonomously between the lake and the bridge. The cloud itself is the lake vaporized through 35,000 high-pressure nozzles, guided by the building’s “smart weather system” (Diller et al.). Though the cloud itself is supported by an intricate piping, plumbing, oil rig-like structure that extends into the lakebed, its architecture is properly landscaped since it both responds to, and produces, weather systems, and reduces the visual field to a minimum in order to maximize the atmospheric. In this version of landscape architecture, figuration is abandoned in favor of a generalized and atmospheric ground.5

    Both Reiser + Umemoto and Elizabeth Diller have tied the rise of intensive spatial properties to the dematerialized production sites central to the information economy. The new office space, in Reiser + Umemoto’s theory of tectonics, and in their major Dubai office tower “O-14,” is characterized by shrinking hardware, expanding “soft spaces” (Reiser and Umemoto 109), and a landscape designed to augment creative and non-programmed forms of work. “Against Program” is the way William J. Mitchell puts it, when he describes the spatial paradigm required to settle the digital, postindustrial economy in cities not yet ready for it. Program, in his criticism, implies a hardware priority that stunts creative use and co-opts communication between user and building, and building and system. Hence Corner’s paradigm shift, where landscape urbanism moves from “terra firma” to “terra fluxa,” is one that saturates the larger field of urbanism today, and is situated not just within the philosophical tradition of new materialism, but within the spatial coordinates of the energy-rich postindustrial economy, too.

    It should come as no surprise that the peculiar qualities of energy in its material form— namely, those intensive properties emblematic of design and the theoretical preference for flows—have come to dominate the way many people think about space and its organization today. My argument so far has been that the carbon-capital complex is built on optimizing the social and economic plasticity of oil through the elasticity of energyscapes. The replacement of human labor time with a combination of dead labor in the form of machines and non-human sources of power is a governing law of economic history. Thus as human labor is freed from the factory floor and its static hardware, the absent cause of postindustrialization—namely, energy deepening at a most alarming rate—begins to saturate both theories and plans for the postindustrial setting. As global energy supply increases gradually, energy’s economic elasticity is optimized through the specifically gradient qualities of oil, including its plasticity and elasticity at the socio-cultural level and its intensity and extensity at the level of setting.

    If energy has become the dominant point of reference for many designers and landscape urbanists, it would perhaps explain why landscape urbanism is at times as able to normalize the energy structures of a fossil fueled postindustrial society as it is to arm that same society with an environmentalist countertendency. This at least is the line that Mohsen Mostafavi walks in his opening remarks to the mammoth Ecological Urbanism collection. Mostafavi, Dean of the Harvard Graduate School of Design, promotes an ecological approach to urban design first defined by Félix Guattari. Initially developed in Guattari’s The Three Ecologies in the 1980s, “ecosophy” read through the lens of landscape is a commitment to developing intensive capacities across the environment, social relations, and human subjectivity (the three ecologies). Here energy is shed of its economic function, and instead promoted as an ecological force counter to capitalist modernity. Instead of programming energy-efficient spaces, Mostafavi insists that a design approach to the environmental crisis views the fragility of systems “as an opportunity for speculative design innovations rather than as a form of technical legitimation for promoting conventional solutions” (17). The fragile relationship between human energy needs and environmental sustainability is “the essential basis for a new form of creative imagining” (Mostafavi 26). And what finally proves illustrative for his vision of ecological urbanism is the informal markets of the lumpenproletariat in Lagos and Brazil, and the reclamation of abandoned brownfields for community gardens in Detroit and New Orleans. Thus when Mostafavi insists that “ecological urbanism must provide the necessary and emancipatory infrastructures for an alternative form of urbanism” (40), he means infrastructure as a form of spatial product that enables stimulating forms of postindustrial interaction: the market and the farm are economically complementary, and offer an image of urban life with both manufacture and power generation cut out.

    Pop-up factories, for instance, are not part of this picture, but are presupposed by it—like the coal plants and oil refineries currently fueling the global economy. Externalizing production and hydrocarbon infrastructures at an aesthetic level is primary to ecological and landscape approaches to the problem of postindustrial energy. These “aesthetic” clues about an urban modality ecologically coded are meant, in Mostafavi’s account, to offer a picture of a design ethic able to “counter the global dominance of capitalism” (50), plausible in one obvious sense since carbon and capital appear to have been disarticulated in this view of the world. The transition out of capitalism, in ecological urbanism’s most distinguished voice, is simultaneously a transition out of petromodernity.

    Whether strategically excised from the picture, or made the dominant variable in future projections, energy systems and the energyscapes they imply have become the primary concern in ecological urbanism and landscape architecture. What I have been arguing here is that this preoccupation gives a theoretical insight into the physical impact of hydrocarbon systems on the social and economic settings in which we live and on the design principles through which the carbon-capital complex establishes itself in the physical and social setting of the postindustrial. To the degree that energy in its most abstract definition is that which animates all matter, landscapes of any variety will thus also be energyscapes. What the postindustrial economy requires, however, are spatial modulations of energy deepening, since without energy deepening there is no economic growth, and without spatial modulations of energy there is no setting for expanded cycles of deepening. In addition to reimagining the spatial field of architecture as an energy field, the turn to landscape in architecture has brought with it a redefinition of architecture as a form of energy infrastructure for a new economy. From the trading floor of the energy futures markets in New York, Chicago, and London, to the ports, pipelines, and servers that facilitate the cultural conditions of late capitalism, energy deepening gives the global economy a sense of setting.6 The vulgar economic reality of fossil fuels is most mediated, however, where postindustrial energyscapes calibrate the spatial heterogeneity of our fossil fueled energy system.

    Philosophy and the Problem of Energy

    The aesthetic preference in landscape architecture and ecological urbanism for intensive properties, such as energy and information flows, and the infrastructure systems that maximize them, were necessary features of the larger project to postindustrialize key economic spaces. This, I have been suggesting, is neither an accident nor a tendency separate from the philosophical disposition that has matured during the same postindustrial transformations at the global stage. It is not an accident because the philosophical turn to intensive properties in Deleuze, Laruelle, De Landa, and Meillassoux is always a form of theoretical legitimation that gives license to the speculative characteristic of their philosophical tradition, a stance premised on a rejection of nearly all philosophies tied to industrial forms of measurement and thinking. Historically and theoretically, speculative realism and the object-oriented ontology it made possible depend on an insight into intensive properties of matter, of which energy is the most obvious, important, and economically valuable. Yet neither of these two positions, nor the political philosophy of accelerationism indebted to them, takes seriously the elasticity that energy deepening makes available for capital after oil reigns supreme—an economic elasticity so significant, in my account, because it is responsible for both the aesthetic and economic effacement of labor in the postindustrial economy.7 Thus, while a reading of energy as cosmic force animates much of speculative philosophy, energy’s dialectical imbrication with capitalist accumulation appears only at the register of climate change.

    Here I want to be very careful not to misrecognize the political and philosophical motivation behind the conceptual preferences that animate speculative philosophies of the present, but instead to situate those preferences in an economic field equally, if not more, invested in them. Deleuze no doubt has the right idea when, in Nietzsche and Philosophy, he distinguishes between energic force and force as will, and it is in this matrix of materialism that Peter Hallward convincingly characterizes Deleuze’s philosophy “as an exercise in creative indiscernment, an effort to subtract the dynamics of creation from the mediation of the created” (3). Certainly the ambitions of Nietzsche, Whitehead, and Bergson reside in the former—in the philosophical optimization of creativity, instead of the rather more dialectical game of discerning “the mediation of the created”—and for this reason Nietzsche’s fascination with the eternal return of energy leads Deleuze not to the critique of specific forms and uses of energy (industrialized coal, oil, fertilizers, and so on), but to the celebration of creativity as such. If for Nietzsche “the world” is “a monster of energy, without beginning, without end,” and whose only will is “the will to power,” as it is famously described at the close of The Will to Power (fragment 1067), we might hazard to supply this picture of the world with what gives it its contemporaneity, to paraphrase Benjamin in thesis XIV. My intention here is to track the way the conceptual distinction between energy and intensity pans out when what is in need of conceptualization, critique, and politicization is very much the material history of energy’s concept, including its philosophical, aesthetic, and political economy. What happens to philosophical disposition when it is confronted with the urgent need to historicize the smooth synthesis of industrial energy systems with social creativity, mass unemployment, and the epistemological impasse of a fossil fuelled modernity? My claim here is that it will have a very difficult time recognizing the normative versions of its ambitions without the capacity and motivation, using Hallward’s words again, to discern forces that mediate the created, that give eternal return a sense of specificity, and so on.

    What then mediates the created in a postindustrial landscape premised on untold quantities of energy, radically uneven concentrations of capital, and rapid environmental destabilization? My claim in the opening section of this essay was that capital has never before been as bound to its capacity to deepen and extend energy-intensive forms of production, circulation, and consumption as it is in the postindustrial era, a tendency largely responsible for the political and critical hostility to labor. But the expanded field of postindustrial economics that I have been posing to the tradition that celebrates the energic is not historically unique in its preference for energy in the abstract over labor as the mediation of energy and the value it helps expand.

    An important predecessor to the postindustrial philosophy I have been shadowing here is Isabelle Stengers’s critical realism. Stengers’s speculative critique of empiricism and positivism makes space for, but is crucially distinct from, more ludic materialisms that today celebrate creative energy, and energy as such. What distingushes the critical realism to which I wish to return from the more recent iterations that follow from the postindustrial philosophy I have named as such is its attention to conceptual conditions and its commitment to mediation in the face of radical uncertainty. On the other side of scientific and critical realism is a critique of energy that returns us to the thermodynamic reason of capital.

    In the tradition continued by Isabelle Stengers—a tradition heavily indebted to the work of Michel Serres and Gaston Bachelard—the occasion for a speculative form of philosophical realism stretched back to the heart of industrialization, or more specifically to the irreconcilable rupture between mechanics and thermodynamics. Animating the gap between a thermodynamic faith and the rational observation of mechanical force in Stengers’s account is the aesthetic economy of the former. The idea of “conversion between ‘forces’ was initially an aesthetic idea,” she maintains, “which communicated with the presentation of an ‘indestructible force’ that gave nature its permanent unity” (179). This “indestructible force” stretched back to Leibniz’s “life force” and to the post-Kantian philosophy of nature, both of which cohered in an aesthetic irreducible to scientific reason. In Stengers’s account, energy and its nineteenth-century theory requires an aesthetic understanding of universal convertibility—and this would matter later, once energy and human labor become ostensibly interchangeable in the postindustrial period—since for energy to make sense, it must be equally visible in the burning candle or the heat given off by a chemical reaction as it is in electrolysis, the electric battery, and the steam engine. Hence what energy initially establishes is not just a theory of matter’s behavior but what Stengers calls “a ‘way of seeing,’ an aesthetic” that unified not just the rhythms and tendencies of the physical world, but the disciplines charged with studying them (192).

    Lurking behind the metaphysics of energy and the theory of thermodynamics is, in Stengers’s words, an energy “landscape” involving not just scientific inquiry but historically specific structures of thought (vii). And the implications for political economy—which in the 1860s was up against what would prove to be its most hostile opposition to date, namely Marxism in its most mature stage—are not difficult to grasp once Stengers extends her critique to the theory of entropy and its consequence for value standards of work. The leap of faith required for the theory of universal energy convertibility gave the industrial economy its economic doxa. At issue is the relationship between measurement and the object of measurement when energy is understood as a form of work. In the formative theses of Carnot and Claussius, the measurement of energy necessarily creates the object called energy. This is because “in the case of energy transformations … measurability is in no way a ‘given,’ it must be created, fabricated from whole cloth” (Stengers 210). Motivating this scientific form of perlocution is a conundrum introduced by the theory of entropy: namely, that not all transformations are reversible. Though the first law of thermodynamics states that energy can be neither created nor destroyed, the second law eliminates any chance of equivocation between transformations since entropy names that portion of energy that permanently escapes transferability. Thus one cannot measure energy like one can measure the extensive properties of matter (length, volume, weight, and so on) because at its heart—and this is why object-oriented ontologists and landscape architects are both blind to and stimulated by energy—energy is pure intensity, with no inherent extensive properties, and thus not measurable from within a rationalism premised on extension. Unlike mechanical force, which has a source and a result that on paper can be reversed, energy “obligated the physicist to be conscious that he was a manipulator, an active participant in the definition of equivalence” (Stengers 211).

    The point here is twofold. Energy (in its two faces—one positive force, the other negative entropy) is in Stengers’s words “a rather strange” object for science. It is strange because it betrays the logical forms of measurement that had, until then, defined not just scientific systems of measurement but economic forms, too. And this is the second point. The labor theory of value emerged as a logical extension of the mechanical universe, lock, stock, and barrel. Labor power, in its original formulation, was a measurable form of energy, the equivocation of which was supplied by the wage. Energy and its enigmatic theory made any measure of human energy (labor) more than a little odd, since the value of a commodity implied an economy of different states of accumulated and potential energy (labor, most obviously, but capital too). If labor is a form of energy, and energy is pure intensity evading rational measurement without the active intervention (and invention) of an observer, then the specifically economic form of rationality associated with classical political economy would require as much faith as the physicist measuring energy. Positivism, both in physics and in economics (and the money form of value is the greatest positivism of them all), was already a form of speculation, since what these fields took as their universal objects (one energy, the other labor time) troubled the very enterprise they supposedly verified.

    On the cusp of the thermodynamics revolution in science, Marx was fast on the heels of the second enterprise. Capital is an enormous exercise in a type of materialist critique that intervenes, too, within the logical assumptions of the then novel science of political economy in order both to expose its fallacies and to catch a vista from within its contradictions onto what might succeed it. We might then call Marx, like Roy Bhaskar does, the first realist in the modern era. Stengers, too, comes close to recognizing the significance of energy’s historical and complimentary coincidence with the political economy of capital in the nineteenth century. Her critique exposes the way that the political economist’s aesthetic challenge of tracking the appearance of value back to its sources is the same challenge that sits at the heart of thermodynamic reason. From the perspective of Stengers’s critical realism, the enigma of value is the enigma of energy, the historical unfolding of which provides fossil capital with its resource aesthetic.8 Understood from within Stengers’s critique of thermodynamic reason, the contemporaneous evisceration of labor as a critical standpoint and the ludic misrecognition of energy’s inseparability from capital come as no surprise in an expanded economic field premised on both.

    Footnotes

    1. My preference for the word “setting” here, over and above the ecocritical nomenclature of place and space, is meant 1) to flag my sense that energy and capital modulate experiences of and ideas about setting (coded as environments) and the rhythms and scales that texture it; 2) to underscore the cultural history of what is typically understood as the environment, but what I am saying has been setting all along, and; 3) to mark my debt to Leerom Medovoi’s claim in “The Biopolitical Unconscious: Toward an Eco-Marxist Literary Theory” (and Michael Rubenstein’s sharp interpretation of it, which he was so kind to share with me). Medovoi’s Eco-Marxism stakes its position in a revision to the metaphysical binary at the heart of much ecocriticism in which, despite rigorous efforts to avoid such a schema, man and environment are figured as forever separate. “The historicizing alternative to such metaphysics,” Medovoi argues,

    would be an ecocritical inquiry into the materially specific (and recent) invention of the “population/environment/capital” triad, a systemic exercise of political power that only some two hundred years ago began to develop strategies for pacifying, harnessing, and reorganizing the mutual relationships of human and nonhuman life toward the end of optimal capital accumulation. (131)

    This “historicizing alternative” reads setting as both responsive to and the result of capital’s dependence on, but ideological re-presentation of, the environment. Thus

    the key contribution of a Marxist ecocriticism, or an ecocritical Marxism, would be to focus attention on the recodings of setting as a mechanism through which the biopolitical environmentalization of actual spaces (as governable milieus for life) might pass into the literary (Medovoi 133),

    to which I will add here the capitalization and spatialization of energy.

    2. My thinking about the singularity of infrastructural circuits across distinct geographies of extraction and circulation is heavily informed by Keller Easterling’s reading of “infrastructure space” in Extrastatecraft.

    3. Timothy Mitchell’s account of the economization of fossil fuels, in “Fixing the Economy,” Carbon Democracy, and elsewhere, has been formative to my understanding of where and how to isolate energy in the critique of political economy. Especially inspiring have been Mitchell’s insights about the function of fossil fuels in the conceptual history and composition of terms such as “the economy” and “the globe” (109). In Mitchell’s account, it is oil’s saturation of “currency systems” in the postwar era in particular that creates the conditions for national accounts, macroeconomic management, and a concept of boundless growth (139). This latter sense of a variegated relationship between spatiality and temporality driven by the industrialization of fossil fuels is what I am tracking in this essay.

    4. In Bryant’s account, what distinguishes these speculative positions is their hostility to what routinely gets called correlationism, which assigns a determinant role to the subject that discovers an object in the world. Critical theory, very broadly understood, is in Bryant’s account opposed to speculative theory.

    5. It is precisely these qualities of “Blur” that make Cary Wolfe enthusiastic for the project’s implications for a specifically posthuman architecture, in What is Posthumanism? (2009), and that alarm Mark Dorrian in “Clouds of Architecture” (2007).

    6. My use of the term setting is meant to be distinguished from Jeff Malpas and Ursula Heise’s return to Heidegger’s thoughts on place—which is to say, a sense of place. I’m not concerned with Heidegger, which is why I use the term “setting” here. Thinking about the effect of fossil fueled economic growth on the physical and social cartographies is consistent with the argument that Andreas Malm makes about the production of an “abstract spatio-temporality” for capital:

    the necessary material substratum for this spatio-temporality–long hidden from the view of most Marxists, however sharp their eyes have otherwise been–is fossil fuels. They represent the geological compression of the time and space required for photosynthesis hundreds of millions of years ago, when no humans roamed the planet; sui generis, their dense energy permits capital to produce its own abstract spatio-temporality for the production of surplus-value. They are incorporated into capital as its own motive force. (56)

    7. In Robert Ayres and Benjamin Warr’s groundbreaking analysis in ecological economics, upwards of twelve percent of growth in the twentieth century remains unexplained so long as energy is considered an independent variable in economic growth. When they internalize energy in their measures of growth, on the other hand, continued global growth is fully explained despite lowering labor inputs (due mainly to automation) at the macroeconomic scale (Ayers and Warr 196).

    8. In The Human Motor (1990) Anson Rabinbach traces the conceptual and theoretical overlap between the emergent theory of the conservation of energy in the 1840s and Marx’s turn to the concept of labor power, a transformation that Brent Bellamy and I will characterize as Marxism’s dialectical solution to the enigma of energy in our forthcoming introduction to Marxism and Energy.

    Works Cited

    • Ayres, Robert and Benjamin Warr. “Accounting for Growth: the Role of Physical Work.” Structural Change and Economic Dynamics 16 (2005): 181–209. Print.
    • Bahksar, Roy. Scientific Realism and Human Emancipation. London: Routledge, 1986. Print. Boetzkes, Amanda and Andrew Pendakis. “Visions of Eternity: Plastic and the Ontology of Oil.” e-flux 47 (September 2013): n. pag. Web. April 12, 2015.
    • Bryant, Levi, Nick Srnicek, and Graham Harman. “Towards a Speculative Philosophy.” The Speculative Turn. Melbourne: re.press, 2012. 1–17. Print.
    • Carruth, Allison. “The Digital Cloud and the Micropolitics of Energy.” Public Culture 26.2 (2014): 339–364. Print.
    • Corner, James. “Terra Fluxus.” The Landscape Urbanism Reader. New York: Princeton Architectural P, 2006. 21–34. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Nietzsche and Philosophy. New York: Columbia UP, 2006. Print.
    • Diamanti, Jeff. “Three Theses on Energy and Capital.” Reviews in Cultural Theory 6.3 (2016): 13–16. Print.
    • Easterling, Keller. Extrastatecraft: The Power of Infrastructure Space. London: Verso, 2014. Print.
    • Galloway, Alexander. “The Poverty of Philosophy: Realism and Post-Fordism.” Critical Inquiry 39.2 (Winter 2013): 347–366. Print.
    • Gissen, David. “The Architectural Reconstruction of Geography.” Coupling: Strategies for Infrastructural Opportunism. Pamphlet Architecture 30 (2011): 42–45. Print.
    • Glanz, James. “Power, Pollution, and the Internet.” New York Times. The New York Times Company, September 22, 2012. Web. May 11, 2015.
    • Hallward, Peter. Out of this World: Deleuze and the Philosophy of Creation. London: Verso, 2006. Print.
    • International Energy Agency. World Energy Outlook. Paris: OECD, 2008. Print.
    • Krauss, Rosalind. “Sculpture in the Expanded Field” October 8 (1979): 44. Print.
    • —. A Voyage on the North Sea: Art in the Age of the Post-Medium Condition. London: Thames & Hudson, 2000. Print.
    • Malabou, Catherine. The Future of Hegel: Plasticity, Temporality and Dialectic. Trans. Lisabeth During. London: Routledge, 2005. Print.
    • Malm, Andreas. “The Origins of Fossil Capital: From Water to Steam in the British Cotton Industry.” Historical Materialism 21.1 (2013): 15–68. Print.
    • Medovoi, Leerom. “The Biopolitical Unconscious: Toward an Eco-Marxist Literary Theory.” Mediations 24.2 (Spring 2010): 122–39. Web. May 10, 2016.
    • Mills, Mark P. “The Cloud Begins with Coal: Big Data, Big Networks, Big Infrastructure, and Big Power.” National Mining Association. August 2013. Web. May 2, 2015.
    • Mitchell, Timothy. Carbon Democracy. London: Verso, 2011.
    • Mitchell, William J. “Against Program.” Architecture Theories of the Environment. New York: Routledge, 2013.
    • Mostafavi, Mohsen. “Why Ecological Urbanism? Why Now?” Ecological Urbanism. Zurich: Lars Müller Publishers, 2010: 12–54. Print.
    • Nietzsche, Friedrich. The Will to Power. New York: Vintage Books, 1968.
    • Power, Nina. “Decapitalism, Left Scarcity, and the State,” Filip 20 (Spring 2015): n. pag. Web. May 28, 2015.
    • Rabinbach, Anson. The Human Motor. Los Angeles: U of California P, 1990.
    • Reiser, Jesse and Nanako Umemoto. Atlas of Novel Tectonics. New York: Princeton Architecture P, 2006. Print.
    • Rossi, Aldo. A Scientific Autobiography. Cambridge: MIT P, 1981. Print.
    • Diller, Elizabeth, Ricardo Scofidio, and Charles Renfro. “Blur Building.” Diller Scofidio + Renfro, n. d. Web. April 12, 2015.
    • Scott, Felicity D. Architecture or Techno-Utopia. Cambridge: MIT P, 2007. Print.
    • Shane, Grahame. “The Emergence of Landscape Urbanism.” The Landscape Urbanism Reader. New York: Princeton Architectural P, 2006. 55–68. Print.
    • Shannon, Kelly. “From Theory to Resistance: Landscape Urbanism in Europe.” The Landscape Urbanism Reader. New York: Princeton Architectural P, 2006. 141–163. Print.
    • Smil, Vaclav. Energy Transitions. Oxford: Prager, 2010. Print.
    • Stengers, Isabelle. Cosmopolitics I. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2010. Print.
    • Toscano, Alberto. “Plasticity, Capital, and the Dialectic.” Plastic Materialities. Durham: Duke UP, 2015. Print.
    • Toscano, Alberto and Jeff Kinkle. Cartographies of the Absolute. Winchester: Zero Books, 2015. Print.
    • Tschumi, Bernard. Architecture and Disjunction. Massachusetts: MIT P, 1996. Print.
    • Weller, Richard. “An Art of Instrumentality: Thinking Through Landscape Urbanism.” The Landscape Urbanism Reader. New York: Princeton Architectural P, 2006. 68–86. Print.
  • The Materiality of the Digital: Petro-Enlightenment and the Aesthetics of Invisibility

    Carolyn Elerding (bio)
    The Ohio State University

    Abstract

    This essay interprets digital petroculture’s aesthetic of invisibility in two ways. First, the ubiquitous intangibility of software simulation in everyday life is framed in terms of the Marxist concept of “realization” in circulation. Second, the “cloud’s” remote storage and processing of data is understood as a system of rents. These two processes reinforce the invisibility of the vast material resources consumed in order to perpetuate digital culture. After discussing the roots of this invisibility in enlightenment techno-science and its perpetuation through education, the essay argues that attempts to address social inequalities through cultural design should also engage with environmental issues.

    Software, computation, code, and data now permeate nearly all sociocultural production, as demonstrated by not only the digitally augmented financial crisis and the ubiquity of cloud computing, but also the online empowerment of historically marginalized groups through the relative accessibility of social media and other digital tools.1 Though currents in digital studies undergo constant negotiation, many researchers and theorists across the humanities and social sciences agree on the importance of the aesthetic dimensions of computing as an expression of cultural value. While emphasizing computation’s unique medial specificity, for example, theorists have nevertheless compared it aesthetically with language, narrative, theatre, cinema, and architecture, among other arts and media.2 Many cultural theorists of media technology further insist that processes hidden from view require as much investigation as, for instance, images onscreen. Software, like any technology, is a cultural object with both direct (i.e., visual, aural, and gestural) as well as less sensuous aesthetic properties that, like the obfuscatory principle of invisibility on which this essay focuses, express cultural values at least as powerfully.3 Software provides such diverse affordances that concrete limitations, such as digital culture’s reliance upon electricity and therefore carbon combustion, recede from awareness, and, as David Berry points out, this ubiquitous and polymorphous cultural effect is quickly naturalized.4 In this way, software culture both exemplifies and obscures petroculture: by appearing to volatilize or virtualize materiality, abstracting it into a simulation that, because less or differently tactile, visceral, or sensory, seems—but is not—less embodied and situated. The argument of this essay is that the remarkable aesthetic of invisibility and immateriality characterizing carbon-based energy consumption in general is also expressed through two fundamental aspects particular to computational culture, both linked complexly to the principle of modularity in digital engineering: 1) the fluid ubiquity of software and simulation in everyday activity, which exemplifies Marx’s discussion of “realization” in circulation, and 2) the remote storage and processing of data in the networked “cloud” infrastructure, a material system that, I argue, is based in large part on rents.5 My purpose is to explore ways in which the stubborn invisibility of material relations subtended by carbon fuel combustion is supported by the nonsensuous expressiveness of computing, an aesthetic rooted in enlightenment techno-science and reproduced socially through schooling.6 Despite its palpable material infrastructure and the often negative consequences of digitalization, especially for vulnerable populations, the software bodies of computing and the cloud are also camouflaged by spuriously “values-free” aesthetics characterizing techno-science, education, and all other “discourses of sobriety,” as Bill Nichols has aptly categorized them (3).

    Revealing harmonies and unisons emerge in the counterpoint produced by reading petroculture and the digital together socioeconomically. Accounting for the cultural force of computation requires us first to expose the strange concealment of everyday contemporary life and capital’s basis in cheap carbon fuels, and this is true in two senses: not only does computing require electricity, but digital culture is also closely related to petroculture aesthetically. Petroculture is naturalized and ubiquitous to the point of invisibility: “petromodernity has enveloped the Euro-American imagination to the extent that ‘oil’ has become implicitly synonymous with the world” (LeMenager 60–61). The cloud and other forms of digital technoculture also recede from perception, remaining hidden in plain view. Both analog and digital petrocultures take on ontological significance. The centrality of energy to governmentality necessitates an expansion of Foucault’s analysis of biopolitics, as Imre Szeman proposes (“Conclusion: On Energopolitics” 455).7 Digital code has become as important as language in human activity, assuming the cosmological role of “lingua franca of nature” (Hayles). Recent conceptualizations of the “Anthropocene” link humanity’s inscription in the geological record through air, soil, and water pollution inseparably to petromodernity as well as to globalizing enlightenment humanism (Szeman, “Conclusion” 458–59).8 However, these critiques have only begun to explore the role of digital technology and media in petromodernity as a specifically energopolitical issue. Although new materialist approaches, particularly Jussi Parikka’s work on media and the Anthropocene, attend to the pollution and social inequality generated by the manufacture and disposal of digital technology, they address energy consumption only glancingly, if at all. The same is true of many politically incisive analyses of media technology and social difference produced by postcolonial feminist theorists.9 Energopolitics remain largely under erasure.

    Digital culture and petroculture participate together in what Raymond Williams calls a “structure of feeling,” a shared—if less than conscious—belief system (128–35). Peter Hitchcock has described oil as “deeply embedded in the ways a society represents itself to itself” (81). Like oil, to extend Hitchcock’s claim, the digital remains strangely invisible, though it pervasively shapes contemporary life and representation.10 Hitchcock argues that imagining and working towards a world without oil requires comprehension of “oil ontology,” oil’s obscured manner of articulating modernity (81). Imre Szeman meanwhile insists that the issue is relatively unsubtle, a case of denial or complacency (“Literature” 324). I would add, as Nick Dyer-Witheford argues, that “greenwashing,” or the well-known practice of using corporate publicity to portray environmentally harmful products or processes as ecologically sound, also subverts critiques of oil, coal, and digital electricity consumption (113). While each of these factors contributes a layer of obfuscation to the invisibility of petroculture and of its role as the basis of digital culture, what sets Hitchcock’s insight apart and demands further elucidation is the involuntary quality of oil’s constitutive “encounter as missed encounter” with the social world, its aspect as the unstable ground of advantaged Western subjectivities and as a traumatic and therefore unnamed condition for possibility (97). Computational culture shares oil’s black-boxed ontology, its constitutive encapsulation from view, on the basis of structurally parallel relationships with techno-scientific practice, a primary site of social construction and erasure in industrial culture.11 For instance, a black box encloses unresolved (if esoteric) disagreement over oil’s geologic origins, controversy attributed to modern experimentation’s version of a hermeneutic circle. The proper comportment of a test can only be evaluated based on the researcher’s advance projections of what the correct outcome should be, with predictions often fueled by corporate sponsorship and various unacknowledged ideologies more than by values conventionally attributed to enlightenment techno-science, such as rationality or provision for the public good (Collins and Pinch, The Golem at Large 76–92; Cole). However, to many a layperson as well as to most scientists this process of social construction remains screened from view.12 Similarly, as I will explain, cultural values informing early computer programming practices were hard-wired into computation’s obfuscatory ontology in the name of science and technological progress. Petroculture and the digital are linked by a vast and robust structure of feeling rooted in techno-science and related progress narratives, as well as by a close material relationship based on the world of code’s reliance upon electricity commonly derived from carbon combustion.

    The Material Shadow of the Cloud

    As Daniel Tanuro writes, Marxist theory has tended to overlook the crucial distinction between renewable and non-renewable energy sources. Since in Marx’s day industrial capitalism was in its infancy, the environmental consequences of choosing particular energy sources were largely indiscernible (Tanuro 95). Contemporary Marxist theorists have nevertheless been among the few clear-sighted critics of the effects of digital political economy on the environment. Writing in 1999 (with great fidelity to Marx), Dyer-Witheford proffers a lucid analysis of the scope of the impact of digital technology on the environment and of the cynicism of industrial greenwashing campaigns, the ferocity of which indexes the considerable threat environmentalist movements pose to capital (Cyber-Marx 113).13 The oxymoronic corporate image of digital technology thus remains one of impossibly non-polluting capitalist expansion in which unregulated competition appears as the sole means of general survival. Dyer-Witheford goes on to explain how the project to increase energy efficiency, ostensibly in response to challenges from environmentalists, actually serves as a corporate pretext for increasing profits and more effectively exploiting natural resources (114)—nor, as I explain in more detail below, does it reduce pollution. Environmental crises are quickly and easily masked by notions of necessity and progress, both under the banner of techno-scientific capitalism. The result is technological development (or merely planned obsolescence) without structural progress toward social equality.

    However, without arguing that simulation is inauthentic or inherently undesirable, I am more interested in the technologically mediated “remodeling” of nature that Dyer-Witheford critiques: “shifting from stripping nature to synthesizing it, recreating a world of artificially generated resources to substitute for the gutted planet left in the aftermath of industrialism” (113). Immersion in the ubiquitous processes of digital abstraction hides approaching destruction from view. The thorough digitalization of culture makes an ontology out of simulation, a process Lev Manovich has called, in a much more cheerful key than Dyer-Witheford’s critique, “softwarization” (Software). More soberly, Chun contemplates software’s invisible regulation of representation, and Wark, writing in the 1990s, sees the digital as producing a “third nature.”14 Katherine Hayles, meanwhile, describes ubiquitous computation as cyclically and cumulatively reinforced and compounded through expectations of more complete digitalization (30). Increasingly energy-intensive means of exploring possible futures using immersive Internet communications technologies and digital media produce impressions of immateriality in the present.

    The mythology of the “cloud”—the infrastructure for selling space or collecting rents on hard drives pooled and accessed remotely, indispensable to the streaming and sharing of audio and video—handily perpetuates this ideology of immateriality.15 Quentin Hardy writes that the cloud provides and encourages expectations of unprecedented levels of instantaneity, ubiquity, and immersive multimedia realism through scaling and—most importantly—sharing processing capability, though the cloud is commercial or proprietary and will soon be owned, controlled, and designed by a small number of companies. Nevertheless, since, as Hardy explains, anyone who can afford to do so may lease cloud storage or, with a computer and Internet service, gain access free of charge, the cloud is experienced, particularly by the advantaged, as public or open.16 It is crucial to understand that the cloud is not public in a material sense of being socially owned and democratically operated, though its public availability to users and its accompanying rhetoric of openness and freeness (along with confusion caused by the erosion of public institutions and services, and hence over meanings of the term “public”) perpetuate an impression of democracy. The projection of an image of immateriality is pivotal here. As Andrew Blum illustrates, by representing data as non-physical, the cloud metaphor permits companies to perform openness and yet avoid sharing specific information about where and how particular data is stored, and the duplication and storage of data in multiple locations (in order to minimize loss and the cost of bandwidth due to distance) both contribute to a sense of placeless immateriality as well (240). The cloud, however, is fundamentally physical and machinic, comprised of a network of “massive warehouses” that are basically “huge hard-drives” (Blum 255).

    Conventional usage of terms like “ecology” and “ecosystem” in media theory to describe media “environments” begins to seem cynical in light of the consumer and industrial energy expenditure required to experience digital technology as weightless. While cloud service providers have expanded the availability and efficiency of flexible remote storage in addition to preventing the negative effects of network demand surges, they require coal- and oil-based electricity in far greater quantities than most users realize (Hardy). Astra Taylor has consolidated research on the pollution produced by digital technology manufacturing in a comprehensive and sobering analysis of the aggregate energy costs of cloud computing (178–183). Among most individual users in general, however, there is little sense of the spatial and energy requirements of data. Oddly, even Blum brushes past the issue of fuel consumption, despite the otherwise detailed texture of his book-length account of visiting and touring data storage centers in the US (227–62). Marxist categories, however, help to elucidate this point. Not only are Internet profits extracted from unpaid user labor, but also the entire process is fueled by extravagant amounts of carbon combustion.17 Thus, in addition to rendering social media and the Internet more genuinely social—that is, publicly owned and operated—both should be reconfigured and regulated to minimize environmental harm.

    David Harvey argues that Marx, particularly in Volumes 2 and 3 of Capital, provides previously overlooked but significant points of departure for materialist analysis of digital economy. Harvey figures indirect value extraction online in terms of Marx’s space- and land-based notion of rents (Harvey, Glaeser, and Pinsky). Like Terranova, Harvey proposes that user labor is fundamental to the valorization of companies such as Google. He focuses principally on the extraction of rent from intellectual property, much of which is user-generated content or tracking information, as it is monetized through sales of information to marketing agencies by corporate owners who retain indefinite rights to it, a process, I would add, facilitated by controlling physical storage. Harvey reinforces the close analogy with land by describing Google’s institutional configuration and economic process, as well as similar practices associated with other services, as “economies of dispossession,” invoking the traumatic displacement of serfs during the historical transition from agrarian feudalism to the formation of towns in medieval Europe during the mercantilist period in the history of capitalism.18

    The analogy of the digital with the geographic is reinforced by another aspect of data’s materiality: By deriving such extensive profits from its unpaid laborers, who greatly exceed its paid workforce in number, and through such frictionless circulation, Google makes an unprecedented contribution to social stratification. In Volume II of Capital, when Marx critiques Ricardo and to a greater extent Smith for not exposing the social relationships surrounding the three “original sources of all revenue” (wages, profit, and rent), he theorizes land as the basis of private property, and writes that once all the land in a country has become private property, the basis for capitalism is in place (439–49). If online spaces are analogous to geographical ones in the manner Harvey proposes, the consequences are clear: Google and similar companies secure or enclose (and here one might envision another black box) as much virtual property as they can while users produce and belabor it for free, generating vast corporate profits.19

    Waste, Modularity, and Realization

    Many of the millions of data centers now located throughout the world constitute gigantic facilities occupying hundreds of thousands of square feet, containing astronomical numbers of servers (hard drives), and requiring almost unthinkable amounts of energy for computing and cooling and for charging backup battery systems (to prevent centers from slowing or crashing, which can happen in a fraction of a second), as well as to compensate for the normal dissipation of electricity from the necessarily extensive wiring involved (Blum, 227–262; Glanz; Hardy). In the US as of 2012, data centers were responsible for two percent of all electricity consumed. Presently, many of the servers do little more than burn electricity derived from coal and oil, consuming as much as thirty times more energy than needed for the services they intermittently provide. The data center is a nexus of wastefulness due to the infrastructural redundancy required to meet contemporary users’ expectations—or anticipated expectations.20 Though, overall, corporations using their own private cloud architectures and local data centers currently account for most of the energy usage in question, some data companies estimate that three quarters of the data they store is produced by individual consumers whose Internet usage, at work or leisure, requires extensive processing. Users habituated to instantaneous access have quickly become unwilling to settle for less. Likewise, business concerns rely on the same convenience in order to function competitively. In both cases, the perceived threshold of necessity rises incessantly. In order to meet these expectations, online companies run servers at full capacity at all hours.

    Maintaining constant readiness requires a great deal of energy—equivalent to the output of about thirty nuclear power plants as of 2012. Typically, “utilization” rates remain between six and twelve percent, meaning that servers in data centers tend to use only this small fraction of their computing potential when they are functioning—this in addition to merely idling most of the time in preparation for a potentially overwhelming surge in Internet traffic. In addition, software applications (or, as is often the case, obsolete versions of them) are frequently left running indefinitely without regard for demand, let alone material ramifications. Data centers’ reliance upon auxiliary energy sources is mirrored in their function as a “backup service” for large energy utilities, which prize their patronage because data centers require a steady supply of power at all times, including at night when other customers use little, thus permitting utilities to avoid risk and purchase resources in advance more frugally.

    Modularity, a central principle in software and hardware design, is highly valued as a source of efficiency but is nevertheless directly related to the issue of poor processing utilization in data center hard drives. It also, I argue, building upon Tara McPherson’s work on software modularity in relation to social inequalities, establishes and reinforces the previously noted perceptual gap subtending the invisibility of digital petroculture. Modularity, a principle for managing complexity by “chunking” programming into relatively independent, interchangeable, and yet interconnected parts, was at first a matter of necessity in computer engineering. It soon became an aesthetic value that promoted simplicity and “invisibility” on behalf of users (McPherson, “Why Are the Digital Humanities So White?” 146).21 As is well known, early operating systems were easily overwhelmed, tending to crash when tasked with multiple applications or even simply when turned on or off. Operating a minimum of applications on each continuously running server thus remains an entrenched practice even when it is no longer necessary. Though technological development, like art, is frequently presented as operating autonomously from other cultural and socioeconomic contexts, in cultural studies of science and technology its relation with society is recognized as complexly dialectical, a matter of co-construction. McPherson investigates the way that the aesthetics of the UNIX operating systems that so extensively shaped today’s digital socio-technological systems, including Windows and the Internet, reflect significant transformations in cultural perceptions of both race and computing that were under negotiation during the period of UNIX’s development (“U.S. Operating Systems” 21–37). I wish to demonstrate a similar relationship between digital design and environmental consciousness.

    UNIX was conceived as a modular array of utilities to be used together in a variety of configurations connected efficiently, but also cleanly separated, by uncluttered and streamlined interfaces—hence the strong emphasis in its widely influential design philosophy on limiting each program to performing a single task. This elegant principle has led, perhaps paradoxically, to what I am identifying as the excesses of cloud ubiquity, connectivity, and supposed immateriality. McPherson explains how the frequent recurrence and high estimation of this early conception of the principle of modularity in discourse related to UNIX’s development served as a main impetus behind UNIX’s eventual omnipresence in contemporary computing. It also functioned as a systematic “privileging of the discrete, the local, and the specific” (25). McPherson argues that computational culture’s modular sense of elegance and efficiency shared conditions of possibility with two related but mutually antagonistic broad social movements. On the one hand, during the period of UNIX’s initial design in the late 1960s, anti-inequality activism ignited throughout the world. These efforts included the anti-colonial, feminist, Marxist, and anti-racist movements. On the other hand, here focusing particularly on racial inequality in the US, McPherson notes the emergence during this period of an attempted colorblindness that has been criticized for facilitating covert racism (24). Comparing this form of modularity with the “lenticular logics” of 3-D postcards from that period that display a different image upon rotation, as well as to early UNIX engineering, McPherson identifies a central organizing principle of the technological milieu of the postwar era: its “logic of the fragment or the chunk, a way of seeing the world as discrete modules or nodes, a mode that suppresses relation and context. As such, the lenticular also manages and controls complexity” (25).22 Before McPherson’s comparative interpretation of UNIX and its early cultural context, these social and techno-social movements had never been studied together, despite the proliferation of interdisciplinary research. This, McPherson explains, is an effect of the cultural modularity wrought by UNIX aesthetics and through the permeation of daily life by computing. Another lenticular logic of modularity is revealed as McPherson connects “the deeply siloed departments that categorize our universities” as well as broader epistemological phenomena with the modularity of UNIX-derived computation, noting a tendency toward compartmentalization that has intensified—again, counter-intuitively, given the placeless and timeless ideology of immateriality characterizing the cloud—with the expansion of digital culture (“U.S. Operating Systems” 23–24).

    If digital form subtly obfuscates racism and other forms of inequality, it also operates culturally to divert awareness away from the closely related issue of environmental devastation, the effects of which are far more severe for those already enduring the material consequences of the colonial legacy of inequality. McPherson, unsurprisingly in light of the cultural phenomenon of petro-invisibility in media studies, does not mention environmental movements, but nevertheless discusses a relationship between the modularity of digital technology and a structure of cultural blindness (25). The commonly accepted rules guiding programming today still reflect the values that emerged in and surrounding UNIX and, it should be added, also mirror the values of techno-science more generally as a discourse of sobriety. These aesthetic and functional values include simplicity, cleanliness, clarity, minimalism, extensibility, and most pertinently for the purposes of social critique, modularity or composition based on flexible and connectible parts: “These rules implicitly translate into computational terms … an approach which separates object from context, cause from effect” (“U.S. Operating Systems” 26–27). Like the absent presence of oil, the digital’s self-presentation hides, but also reveals, symptomatically.

    Modularity corresponds precisely to the misrecognition pervading, and preventing critical awareness of, digital culture as petroculture. It participates in the partitioning separating experiences of, on the one hand, deregulated and virtually unlimited consumer, corporate, and institutional access to processing, away from, on the other hand, the significant contribution to climate change made by data storage centers. As with black-boxing, the goal of this logic of encapsulation is to manage complexity by hiding it from view, placing it out of the reach of the average, nonexpert user-consumer. As Anne Balsamo argues, the relationship between culture and technology is itself black-boxed, with prior contributing events removed from visibility as though they never took place, creating a “persistent blind spot” to the cultural ramifications of technology (4). Perceptions of technology as entirely separate from material sociocultural processes enable a widespread and dangerously naive faith in the deterministic power of technology to ensure social progress. A more accurate, if hopeful, perspective on the historical relation between technology and society would be that those who design technology help to shape the future (Balsamo 5–6), potentially, I would add, including genuinely sustainable infrastructure and equipment. In the meantime, a seamless web of simulations of users’ actions dominates perception, safely insulated from any indication of dirtiness or guilt, coal and oil, or blood. The user’s self is represented with a difference, with different consequences and, perhaps, in the immediate future, fewer of them. An avatar brings one closer to a world of powerfully flexible, constructed simulations. In the case of Internet connectivity, it also draws near the personas of other users with the privileges of access. However, it simultaneously distances one from the material, embodied, embedded underpinnings of the processes one engages in.

    What is to be done? Clearly, from the point of view of capital, potential energy savings do not outweigh the risk of profit loss from an interruption in instantaneous access. Meanwhile, the demand for more processing and storage keeps pace with the drive to streamline overhead costs with cheap petro-electricity in a top-speed race downhill from the peak of oil production. Remembering the eruption of previous market bubbles leads some to fear the precarious unsustainability of this level of energy consumption (Glanz). Solutions are, in many cases, ready-to-hand, but a competitive industrial culture of risk aversion and, especially, secrecy—related in part to the discretion required for handling others’ data—renders environmentally oriented improvements slow to arrive and difficult to negotiate. Though some of the largest consumers of energy for data centers, such as Google and Facebook, have attempted to design more energy-efficient systems within their storage operations (and Amazon, for instance, has begun building its own private wind farms), it is unclear to what extent these strategies have yielded energy conservation. All the while, data markets expand in tandem with the Internet’s rapid saturation of global territory. Alternative approaches to data center management and design, though not widely in use, have demonstrated eighty percent improvements in processing utilization (and therefore energy efficiency) by scheduling large tasks in advance, and other options exist for protecting servers against the risk of interrupted service due to powering down while not in use (Glanz).

    Here, again, the material social effects of digital technology become salient. Techniques intended to conserve energy amount to consciously regulating the use of collectivized resources, rather than relying on automatic equilibration, as in free-market economics. The data storage industry is largely ungoverned, so much so that the US federal government, for instance, has reported its inability to ascertain how much energy it uses in its own data centers (Glanz). All the while, the demand for energy grows. According to some predictions, within six years cloud-related technology will comprise nearly ninety percent of the purchases in the Internet communciations technology market (Hardy). Thus, cloud computing, though a form of collectivization—in theory an efficient means of pooling data storage and power usage—is transposed by the unregulated market dynamics of neoliberal global capitalism into an almost unimaginably wasteful sociotechnical juggernaut accruing irreversible momentum and lubricated by the aesthetic legacy of petroculture. What Glanz describes as the “settled expectations” of corporate and individual consumers for anything, anywhere, anytime could, as I hope that my discussion makes clear, help to determine the unfortunate fate of the biosphere.

    As Hitchcock argues with respect to oil ontology, the primary task for a response to digital petroculture’s sublime wastefulness is adequate representation (81). Marx’s notion of “realization” offers traction for conceptualizing digital political economy, especially in thinking through the costs of social media and other apparently free online services.23 In this regard, Marx’s unfinished work in Volume II of Capital usefully articulates the distinction between production and consumption that theorizations of “prosumption” have blurred in response to economies of user-generated content for social media platforms. Marx concentrates on the junctures at which capital, more or less continuously, metamorphizes from one into another of its various forms: money, means of production, commodity, and so forth. As Harvey’s reading emphasizes, the flow of capital through its cycle of metamorphosis can be blocked—these are the points, I would add, at which the cloud, suddenly no longer everything, everywhere, and all the time, can fall back to earth, re-spatialized and -materialized. Harvey summarizes that value and profit under capitalism can only be “realized,” can only exist in any meaningful way, through a purchase, without which circulation ceases (62–63). Whereas in Volume I of Capital, Marx depicts capitalism as a smoothly functioning process for the purpose of demonstrating the labour theory of value, in Volume II he presents the flow of capital as a precarious and highly particularized ongoing series of simultaneous and transient events. Costly interruptions in circulation can be caused by shortages of effective demand (demand plus ability to pay), by a severe shortage of or price increase in labor or, most salient for the focus of the present essay, by shortages of resources such as energy. Web 2.0 social media’s so-called prosumption in the cloud, increasingly the “business model” of privatized, digitalized education as much as in other sectors (NMC), shapes capital by effectively aggregating its various phases and by distributing it ubiquitously. This renders the notion of market “liquidity” almost inadequate—“vaporization” would be a more suitable metaphor. Yet, the cloud’s material shadow remains, despite its cultural invisibility.

    Petroschooling and the Digital

    Modern culture relies on carbon combustion for the expansion and replication of its governmental, economic, and sociocultural forms, and one of petro-enlightenment’s most characteristic manifestations is in digitalized schooling. Distance education and online classes completed on campus have conventionally provided important services to students with limited access or scheduling constraints, but in recent years the aggressive expansion of online education has rightfully become controversial, not least because of its often close relationship with privatization. Formal online education, with its ambiguously material apparatuses based on social media designs (and the often overlooked fine print bundled into their user agreements), seems to offer students and institutions simple and inexpensive solutions to a wide range of problems.24 With the development of Web 2.0’s most celebrated characteristics—interactivity, customizability, and economies of user-generated content—online pedagogy increasingly emulates and employs social media, in itself no bad thing. However, the social reproduction of the ideological milieu of the cloud through the schooling industry is as dangerous to institutions as it is to the environment.25 Increasingly, academic decision-makers look to Silicon Valley for answers to administrative questions. Successful digital technology enterprises are now often viewed as archetypes that the so-called business models of historically non-profit academic institutions should emulate. Furthermore, the aesthetics of online education, particularly in some of its more “cutting” or “bleeding” edge manifestations,26 are increasingly indistinguishable from entertainment media—unsurprisingly, given that education in general is already greatly commodified under neoliberal privatization. As a result, leisure-time consumerism, commodity entertainment, and corporate-sponsored socializing are seen as the new basis for techniques and practices of learning and teaching. While this pedagogical emphasis on popular culture as opposed to elite humanism is in many ways long overdue, it often reflects market dynamics. As with social media, in the context of “e-learning” (fully online pedagogy as well as the use of digital communications devices in physical classrooms) many different forms of value are derived through processes of virtualization via the technological reproduction of an existing social already influenced by mainstream commodity culture. These processes of extraction operate both directly as rent (tuitions, subscriptions, and other fees), as well as through private purchase of equipment or personal devices for infrastructure, and less directly by more subtle means, including data exchange for advertising and surveillance purposes. The process of value extraction in academic sectors reinforces class stratification by marshaling massive quantities of value into the corporate domain via accelerated and intensified realization.

    Digital programming or simulation enables automation of what was previously done, supposedly more expensively, by living, and often skilled, labor. In this sense also, the democratization of automation in the form of free digital media technology serves to reinforce inequality, in contradistinction to the project of enlightenment as commonly understood in the west since the eighteenth century.27 Furthermore, the greater visual and procedural sophistication of image-rich and customizable online services (such as the popular educational presentation tools, Prezi and PowToon) require considerable amounts of energy. While innovation and cycles of competition may, despite streamlining workflow, lead to a greater demand for labor, at least initially, such does not seem to be the case in e-learning. Some institutions have begun experimenting with online approaches to reduce overhead costs such as instructional labor (University 29–32). Therefore, critiques of labor displacement and energopolitics should become central in digital humanities and other critical pedagogies that would explore new potentials for digitally mediated interactivity that all participants, instructors as well as students, could experience as meaningful and intentional.

    Despite unresolved disagreement over the significance of digitalization and regardless of growing campus movements demanding divestment from carbon-based electricity, the resource politics of institutional learning are hardly mentioned in critical university and education studies, let alone in literature on e-learning. However, David Blacker devotes several pages of intensive critique to the subject, proposing the term “petroschooling” in response to John Bellamy Foster’s work on Marx’s conceptualization of the metabolic relation between human life and the rest of the natural world (38–51). In short, Blacker contextualizes learning materially as well as socioculturally, placing his strongest accent on ecology: “the material infrastructure that makes possible our current school system rests, like so much else, on the alarmingly precarious basis of cheap and abundant fossil fuels” (45). Though Blacker focuses on primary and secondary schooling in the US, the implications of his analysis are equally sobering when applied to higher education in the US and in countries with comparable postsecondary systems. Summarizing the societal and educational consequences of resource depletion, Blacker emphasizes the school system’s dependency on the elaborate petroleum-based transportation system as a means of transporting staff, faculty, students, and supplies (44). Blacker also notes the energy inefficiency of the architecture of many school buildings as well as the role that industrialized agriculture, with its fuel-consuming machines and fertilizers derived from petroleum, has played in releasing children from the burden of farm labor and thus enabling them to attend factory-style schooling (44–47). By inference, the stakes are potentially even higher for postsecondary education, which depends on publishing industries, frequent travel for conferences and research, a wider geographic draw, and more, all reliant upon communication and mobility fueled largely by carbon combustion.

    Unlike most decision-makers as well as pundits, Blacker does not seek salvation in the digital cloud, and hardly mentions the e-learning bubble, though he proposes that the Taylorist face-to-face institutional form will soon be replaced with other configurations, particularly in rural areas (and, one might add, in failed urban school districts) (45). As the timely formulation of an adequate response to large-scale crisis is unlikely, Blacker predicts that the already compromised tradition of universal petroschooling will become untenable. Higher levels of education, in particular, require more energy on every level and, from administrative and governmental points of view, now represent a poor investment as less expertise and skill is needed due to intensified mechanization (46–50). Here, Blacker’s critique adjoins those of cultural theorists of media. The introduction of new technology is often paramount to the proletarianization of those most vulnerable, whose access is attenuated or narrowly circumscribed to their extreme disadvantage, and whose consequent “critical ambivalence” towards digital technology deserves recognition as a pivotal form of expertise, though it is frequently dismissed as an indication of obtuseness (Eubanks, 10–11, 99).28 Digital petroschooling often becomes enlightenment humanism on life support—humanities, perhaps without humans, but still reproducing humanism, including its well-known flaws.

    Meanwhile, “magical thinking” (Eubanks) about digital immateriality assumes a variety of sometimes contradictory forms shaped by those who benefit from uncomplicated access. Internet communications technologies and digital media evoke freedom, choice, convenience, openness, cleanliness, costlessness, and innocence. Not just online, but in any technologically mediated classroom (which, increasingly, describes nearly all of them, at least to some degree), these values are reproduced through pedagogy, not only through the instructors’ interaction with students and pupils’ relations with one another, but also by means of the often obscure aesthetics of digital petroculture. The drive to virtualize schooling, even by merely rewiring the conventional “bricks and mortar” classroom, controls perceptions of new possibilities and promotes optimistic technological determinism.

    Conclusion: Ecocultural Digital Design for and as Education

    The process of technological innovation involves complex social negotiations through which meaning as well as the matter of the world are created, invoked, constituted, and made intelligible by design participants: it is a place where discourse and materiality meet, where the limits of each are constituted, tested, refined, expanded, and reified. As such, it is the place where the technological imagination is most fully engaged in the praxis of technocultural reproduction. (Balsamo 16)

    If some of the aesthetic politics of digital petroculture and their stakes in education have been made clear in this essay, it should also be emphasized that online petroschooling presents possibilities for energopolitical and economic resistance, just as it has become a promising zone in which to explore and value oppressed and marginalized identities through critical pedagogies. A different and differently technologically mediated politics of knowing is possible, and its aesthetics should occupy pride of place in design and in design education, alongside rigorous exposure to critical humanities and social sciences.

    In designing for culture, as Balsamo has influentially conceived it, the specific outcomes are not projected beforehand; rather, the goal is to implement from the first moment a collaborative process that promotes inclusion and equality through practical engagement in technological design combined with cultural critique (7).29 Similarly, I wish to contend that integrating detailed environmental awareness into the design process might achieve beneficial results: “Through the practices of designing, cultural beliefs are materially reproduced, identities are established, and social relations are codified. Culture is both a resource for, and an outcome of, the designing process” (Balsamo 11). First steps might involve imagining what environmentally astute cultural design of digital technology, and what designing beyond the obscured petroculture subtending digitalization, could yield. Some problems for ecocultural digital design to consider include how the benefits of “peak” digital mediation might be extended without using carbon electricity (and this would require using far less energy than is used now), and what “designing for difference” to include differing abilities and postcolonial and gender critiques would look like from an environmentalist point of view, and vice versa. The digital must be recognized as a false transition away from oil, one that erases, in multiple ways, the need for a plan to protect the world’s most vulnerable from the climate and resource disasters that are likely to arrive and, in fact, for many have already begun. As things stand, digital design and practice, including petroschooling, remain among Western enlightenment humanism’s misfirings, covering up and even catalyzing much of the inequality integral to the capitalism upon which it has always relied, capitalism based largely on the consumption of carbon fuels.

    Footnotes

    My thanks to the editors. To the growing number of scholars elaborating the fields of petrocultural critique and environmental humanities, my solidarity.

    1. For a comprehensive analysis of the global sociopolitical significance of digital technology, see Dyer-Witheford’s Cyber-Proletariat.

    2. Manovich argues for software’s medial specificity. In addition, Manovich joins Berry, Chun (Programmed Visions), Cox, and Wardrip-Fruin in pointing toward analogies between software, language, metaphor, narrative, and literature. And finally, while Manovich links software very closely with cinema, Laurel compares it with theater, while Kitchin and Dodge relate it to architecture.

    3. I follow current practice in decolonial feminist cultural studies of science and technology in arguing that technologies are cultural objects in the sense that they are, at least potentially, politically reflexive processes of techno-social and broadly multidisciplinary construction, expression, and negotiation among users and designers— past, present, and future. Briefly put, anything constructed may be deconstructed and reconstructed differently; thus, socio-technological process is always fertile with possibilities for change (Balsamo 9–15). For another influential discussion of the social implications of technology, see Chun, “Race and/as Technology.”

    4. A number of recent studies address the widespread lack of recognition and understanding of the material underpinnings of digital culture, its energy requirements in particular. These include the methodologically diverse essays edited by Parks and Starosielski; The Marvelous Clouds, in which John Durham Peters interprets the natural environment as media, as well as vice versa; Parks’s “Energy-Media Vignettes” in the online journal Flow; and Hu’s A Prehistory of the Cloud, an archaeology of cloud computing as material culture.

    5. Referring to the system of networked remote data storage as the cloud has foregrounded its less spatial and physical components: electrical signals and protocols, for instance. The most directly tangible part of the cloud is the rapidly growing system of servers and other hardware infrastructure that permits this remote and secure storage of data. The cloud relies on hard drives that are always running, usually idling, often on a sublimely vast scale (imagine hundreds of thousands of servers on a “farm”). As I will emphasize, it is the often wasteful cloud computing of Internet and communications technology corporations like Google, Facebook, and YouTube, rather than the aggregate cloud storage of individual users and small businesses, that contributes most substantially to the cloud’s electricity usage.

    6. Rather than the historical period associated with eighteenth-century Europe, I use the term “enlightenment” to designate a widespread project of democratizing reason and knowledge that paradoxically tends to lead to instrumentality. In this, I follow Horkheimer and Adorno. The Internet expresses enlightenment ideals in concrete form through its expanding networks of communication and information storage.

    7. Szeman adopts the term “energopolitics” from Dominic Boyer (“Conclusion” 462).

    8. On the Anthropocene, see especially Parikka (Medianatures) and Wark (Molecular Red).

    9. See, for instance, Balsamo, Chun (“Race” and Programmed), Nakamura, Nakamura and Chow-White, and Wajcman.

    10. In 1992, Amitav Ghosh noted the cultural inscrutability of oil, and Hitchcock is among those who have investigated this question further.

    11. For a thorough and influential explanation and critical appropriation of the techno-scientific concept of black-boxing, see Latour (6).

    12. Of this topic, Thomas P. Kuhn’s Structure of Scientific Revolutions, originally published in 1965, remains one of the best explanations.

    13. Although not the focus of this essay, greenwashing is a form of obfuscation additional to but also related to those elaborated by Hitchcock, LeMenager, and Szeman, since even those who recognize it tend to overlook the energopolitical dimensions of the digital.

    14. Several theorists have used the phrase “second nature” to refer to the sociocultural effects of human civilization reconfiguring the natural world.

    15. In this essay, I focus on the cloud’s spatial properties rather than on the production of value through a version of labor or social reproduction (by means of indirect monetization of user-generated data) or on the complexities of circulation and intellectual property that characterize the Internet. As compelling, central, and intertwined as these other aspects of capitalism are, they have been treated at length by scholars such as Tiziana Terranova, Tim Jordan, and Jonathan Sterne, and there is no lack of acknowledgment or continuing refinement of the discourse related to them—Kylie Jarrett’s work on user-generated content as a form of social reproduction is particularly useful.

    I have focused instead on ways in which the cloud’s material infrastructure enables the establishment of privatized rather common online space: space that has been enclosed and leased to individuals, corporations, and governments, and this has suggested other analogies with land, rents, and especially with the exploitation of the natural environment. A number of scholars are working to expand the referential frame of capitalism along these lines. Jason Moore, for instance, explains in Capitalism and the Web of Life (2015) that capitalism, particularly its establishment and expansion, cannot be defined solely in terms of the relationship between profit and wage-labor (and nor can the important reframing provided by social reproduction fully make up the difference, due to its emphasis on humanity rather than on biological life in general) (52–55). The history of capitalist, and colonial and imperialist, expansion is one of, among other things, dispossession from traditional embeddedness in nature. Displacement from access to land as the means of survival was followed by the instantiation of both the rent and wage-labor systems (ibid.). In Moore’s view, capitalist accumulation is the production of a different kind of space and temporality than was experienced before, and it involves a dialectic of relations of exploitation and appropriation, both in the sense of primitive accumulation as well as appropriating the “work/energy” of natural processes (8–18). On this point, in addition to Caffentzis (14) and Lefebvre (10–11), Moore acknowledges the influence of feminist materialists, such as Donna Haraway (34–35). The resulting milieu is experienced as an immersive spatial location as much as a temporal process, and I suggest that the same is true of online space facilitated by the cloud. As Jody Berland also argues, “the nineteenth-century idea of an endlessly receding horizon advanced by America’s ‘Manifest Destiny’ reappears in the twentieth-century vision of a new respatialized frontier in cyberspace, and fuels twenty-first century ideas about transformation through digital technologies” (19).

    Focusing on labor and production has often led Marxists to overlook environmental concerns (Tanuro).

    16. For an incisive discussion of the “critical ambivalence” towards technology experienced by less advantaged individuals and communities, see Eubanks.

    17. As Terranova points out in “Free Labor: Producing Culture for the Digital Economy,” the term “labor” has been complicated—correctly—for partaking of various oversimplifications. As one reader of this article has suggested, the terms “input,” “time,” and “work” might serve well in its place. Yet, like Terranova, I nonetheless continue to use the term “labor” in a broad and ecumenical sense to describe the basic process, whatever form it takes, of contributing to the generation of value, and I do so in order to emphasize the impact on temporal experience, a limited life resource easily commodified and devalued in the flexible and precarious post-Fordist milieu. Today, many users create unremunerated online content for all to enjoy that is subsequently monetized for advertising purposes, and on this basis the global economy is rapidly transforming, such that Google and Microsoft have become some of its most significant influences. Hence, in my media analyses I utilize the ideas of free labor and indirect value extraction.

    18. Harvey introduced the idea of “accumulation by dispossession” in his 2003 article “The ‘New’ Imperialism: Accumulation by Dispossession.” In a debate with Edward Glaeser and Seth W. Pinsky hosted by the City University of New York (CUNY) Graduate Center in December 2013, Harvey linked the concept with the Google search engine (“What”).

    19. Other quasi-spatial iterations of primitive accumulation include a popular online business model sometimes referred to by its critics as “astroturfing,” where services initially offered for free are later leased for a fee after the associated habitus is established.

    20. For instance, services one would probably never imagine to ask for are provided automatically through networked devices with little opportunity for opting out. Fuchs argues in “Google Capitalism” that replacing the opt-out clauses in user agreements with opt-in clauses would provide an effective means for reducing indirect value extraction through data mining, and I would add that they could also be used to prevent unnecessary transmission of data-intensive graphics through ICTs instead of relying on liberal subjectivity to recognize and make the decision consciously.

    21. Grounded in many years of interdisciplinary scholarship in digital studies, critical race theory, and gender studies, McPherson’s reflections on modularity’s co-constructive relationship with its social context lead to a strong association with “the covert” as a means of containing social unrest. The following quotation summarizes her position:

    Modularity in software design was meant to decrease “global complexity” and cleanly separate one “neighbor” from another (Raymond 85). These strategies also played out in ongoing reorganizations of the political field throughout the 1960s and 1970s in both the Right and the Left. The widespread divestiture in the infrastructure of inner cities can be seen as one more insidious effect of the logic of modularity in the postwar era. … Let me be clear. By drawing analogies between shifting racial and political formations and the emerging structures of digital computing in the late 1960s, I am not arguing that the programmers creating UNIX at Bell Labs and in Berkeley were consciously encoding new modes of racism and racial understanding into digital systems. (Indeed, many of these programmers were themselves left-leaning hippies, and the overlaps between the counterculture and early computing culture run deep, as Fred Turner has illustrated.) … Nor am I arguing for some exact correspondence between the ways in which encapsulation or modularity work in computation and how they function … in emerging regimes. Rather, I am highlighting the ways in which the organization of information and capital in the 1960s powerfully responds—across many registers—to the struggles for racial justice and democracy that so categorized the United States at the time. Many of these shifts were enacted in the name of liberalism, aimed at distancing the overt racism of the past even as they contained and cordoned off progressive radicalism. The emergence of covert racism and its rhetoric of color blindness are not so much intentional as systemic. Computation is a primary delivery method of these new systems, and it seems at best naïve to imagine that cultural and computational operating systems don’t mutually infect one another. (“Why Are the Digital Humanities So White?” 149)

    In short, McPherson’s insight is comparable to analyses that interpret the onscreen media of the Internet or cinema as engagements, though often symptomatic ones, with their social contexts.

    22. McPherson explores this “lenticular logic” in greater detail in Reconstructing Dixie.

    23. In Volume II of Capital, Marx introduces the idea of “realization” in the first chapter, particularly section 4, “The Circuit as a Whole” (131–143). Realization (of surplus value) refers to the conversion of commodity capital back into the money form but also into the form of profit.

    24. I have published a more expanded cultural analysis of the political economy of online higher education in Mediations (see Elerding).

    25. Corporate philanthropy has sponsored extensive research warranting the claims of cloud mythology on behalf of education: Preparing for the Digital University by George Siemens et al. and The Horizon Report: 2014 Higher Education Commission by New Media Consortium are only two of many examples.

    26. In Programmed Visions Chun uses the term “bleeding edge” to describe the rate of obsolescence typifying new media.

    27. Some media and software theorists, such as Manovich (Software 16), argue to the contrary that technology is available to anyone. Postcolonial feminist media theorists like Nakamura (“Indigenous Circuits”), boyd, and Eubanks have thoroughly critiqued this claim in their research and analyses of the sociocultural differences that shape participation online and in digital tech communities.

    28. Collins and Pinch discuss a related principle, the porous boundary between “learned” and “lay” expertise, throughout The Golem and The Golem at Large.

    29. In “Designing for Difference,” McPherson explores possibilities for applying Balsamo’s approach in digital humanities research and pedagogy. Here, closely related to her previous work on modularity, McPherson’s critical focus is the profoundly problematic and very common “notion of the ‘bracketing’ of identity or other signs of culture that might prevent one from accessing the technical nature of the computer[,] … the tendency to describe computation as a series of levels increasingly abstracted from culture” (179).

    Benjamin Bratton is also known for theorizing alternative approaches to design and design education. In “On Speculative Design,” Bratton envisions design cultures that would conceptualize temporality differently from the cycles of commodity production.

    In addition, in “New Ancestors: A Conversation with McKenzie Wark,” Gean Moreno and Wark discuss the importance of “broadening the technological imagination” through anti-commodification design.

    Works Cited

    • Balsamo, Anne. Designing Culture: The Technological Imagination at Work. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • Berland, Jody. North of Empire. Durham: Duke UP, 2009. Print.
    • Berry, David M. The Philosophy of Software: Code and Mediation in the Digital Age. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan, 2011. Print.
    • Blacker, David J. The Falling Rate of Learning and the Neoliberal Endgame. Winchester; Zero Books, 2013. Print.
    • Blum, Andrew. Tubes: A Journey to the Center of the Internet. New York: Ecco, 2012. Print.
    • boyd, danah. “White Flight in Networked Publics: How Race and Class Shaped American Teen Engagement with MySpace and Facebook.” In Race After the Internet. Eds. Lisa
    • Nakamura and Peter A. Chow-White. London: Routledge, 2011. 203-22. Print.
    • Bratton, Benjamin H. “On Speculative Design.” Dis Magazine (2016): n. pag. Web. 23 May 2016.
    • Brouillette, Sarah. “Academic Labour, the Aesthetics of Management, and the Promise of Autonomous Work.” Nonsite 9 (2013): n. pag. Web. 2 June 2015.
    • Chun, Wendy Hui Kyong. Programmed Visions: Software and Memory. Cambridge: MIT P, 2011. Print.
    • —. “Race and/as Technology: Or, How to Do Things to Race.” Camera Obscura 70 (2009): 7-36. Print.
    • Cole, Simon A. “Which Came First, the Fossil or the Fuel?” Social Studies of Science 26.4 (1996): 733-66. Print.
    • Collins, H.M., and T.J. Pinch. The Golem: What Everyone Should Know about Science. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1993. Print.
    • —. The Golem at Large: What You Should Know about Technology. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 2002. Print.
    • Cox, Geoff, and Alex McLean. Speaking Code: Coding as Aesthetic and Political ExPion. Cambridge: The MIT P, 2013. Print.
    • Dyer-Witheford, Nick. Cyber-Marx: Cycles and Circuits of Struggle in High-Technology Capitalism. Urbana: U of Illinois P, 1999. Print.
    • —. Cyber-Proletariat: Global Labour in the Digital Vortex. Toronto: Pluto P, 2015. Print.
    • Elerding, Carolyn. “Mass Online Education: Dialectic of Enlightenment 2.0.” Mediations 28.1 (Fall 2014): 105-126. Print.
    • Eubanks, Virginia. Digital Dead End: Fighting for Social Justice in the Information Age. Cambridge: MIT P, 2011. Print.
    • Fuchs, Christian. “Google Capitalism.” Triple C: Communication, Capitalism & Critique 10.1 (2012): 42-8. Print.
    • —. “The Implications of New Information and Communication Technologies for Sustainability.”
    • Environment, Development and Sustainability: A Multidisciplinary Approach to the Theory and Practice of Sustainable Development 10.3 (2008): 291-309. Print.
    • Gabrys, Jennifer. “Powering the Digital: From Energy Ecologies to Electronic Environmentalism.” Media and the Ecological Crisis. Ed. Richard Maxwell, Jon
    • Raundalen, and Nina Lager Vestberg. New York: Routledge, 2015. Print. Ghosh, Amitav. “Petrofiction.” New Republic 206.9 (1992): 29-34. Print.
    • Glanz, James. “Power, Pollution and the Internet.” New York Times 22 Sept. 2012. Web. 2 June 2015.
    • Gold, Matthew K., ed. Debates In the Digital Humanities. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2012. Print.
    • Golumbia, David. The Cultural Logic of Computation. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Haiven, Max. “Finance as Capital’s Imagination? Reimagining Value and Culture in an Age of Fictitious Capital and Crisis.” Social Text 108 (Fall 2011): 93-124. Print.
    • Haraway, Donna Jeanne. “A Cyborg Manifesto: Science, Technology, and Socialist-Feminism in the Late Twentieth Century.” Simians, Cyborgs, and Women: The Reinvention of Nature. New York: Routledge, 1991. 149-182. Print.
    • Hardy, Quentin. “The Era of the Cloud.” New York Times 11 June 2014. Web. 2 June 2014.
    • Harvey, David. A Companion to Marx’s Capital, Volume 2. New York: Verso, 2013. Print.
    • Harvey, David, Edward Glaeser, and Seth W. Pinsky. “What Are the Economics of the Creative Economy?” 17 Dec. 2013. The Graduate Center, City U of New York (CUNY). YouTube. Web. 2 June 2015.
    • Hayles, Katherine. My Mother was a Computer: Digital Subjects and Literary Texts. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2005. Print.
    • Hitchcock, Peter. “Oil in an American Imaginary.” New Formations 69.1 (2010): 81-97. Print.
    • Horkheimer, Max, and Theodor W. Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments. Trans. Edmund Jephcott. Ed. Gunzelin Schmid Noerr. Stanford: Stanford UP, 1987. Print.
    • Hu, Tung-Hui. A Prehistory of the Cloud. Cambridge: MIT P, 2015. Print.
    • Jarrett, Kylie. Feminism, Labour and Digital Media: The Digital Housewife. New York: Routledge, 2016. Print.
    • —. “The Relevance of ‘Women’s Work’: Social Reproduction and Immaterial Labour in Digital Media.” Television & New Media 15.1 (2014): 14-29. Print.
    • Jordan, Tim. Information Politics: Liberation and Exploitation in the Digital Society. London: Pluto P, 2015. Print.
    • Kitchin, Rob, and Martin Dodge. Code/Space: Software and Everyday Life. Cambridge: MIT P, 2011. Print.
    • Kuhn, Thomas S. The Structure of Scientific Revolutions. Chicago: Phoenix Books, 1965. Print.
    • Latour, Bruno. Science in Action: How to Follow Scientists and Engineers through Society. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1987. Print.
    • Laurel, Brenda. Computers as Theatre. Reading, Mass.: Addison-Wesley Pub. Co., 1993. Print.
    • LeMenager, Stephanie. “The Aesthetics of Petroleum, After Oil!” American Literary History 24.1 (2012): 59-86. Print.
    • Manovich, Lev. The Language of New Media. Cambridge: MIT P, 2001. Print.
    • —. Software Takes Command: Extending the Language of New Media. New York: Bloomsbury, 2013. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital Volume II. Trans. David Fernbach. London: Penguin, 1992. Print.
    • Maxwell, Richard, and Toby Miller. Greening the Media. New York: Oxford UP, 2012. Print.
    • McPherson, Tara. “Designing for Difference.” Differences 25.1 (2014): 177-188. Print.
    • —. Reconstructing Dixie: Race, Gender, and Nostalgia in the Imagined South. Durham: Duke UP, 2003. Print.
    • —. “U.S. Operating Systems at Mid-Century: The Intertwining of Race and UNIX.” Nakamura and Chow-White. 21-37.
    • —. “Why Are the Digital Humanities So White? or Thinking the Histories of Race and Computation.” Gold, Debates in the Digital Humanities. 139-160. Print.
    • Moore, Jason. Capitalism in the Web of Life: Ecology and the Accumulation of Capital. New York: Verso, 2015. Print.
    • Moreno, Gean. “New Ancestors: A Conversation with McKenzie Wark.” E-flux (2014): n. pag. Web. 22 May 2016.
    • Nakamura, Lisa. “Indigenous Circuits: Navajo Women and the Racialization of Early Electronic Manufacture.” American Quarterly 66.4 (2014): 919-941. Print.
    • Nakamura, Lisa, and Peter Chow-White, eds. Race After the Internet. New York: Routledge, 2012. Print.
    • New Media Consortium (NMC). The NMC Horizon Report: 2014 Higher Education Report. Austin: New Medium Consortium, 2014. Print.
    • Nichols, Bill. Representing Reality: Issues and Concepts in Documentary. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1991. Print.
    • Parikka, Jussi. “The Geology of Media.” The Atlantic 11 Oct. 2013. Web. 4 June 2015.
    • —. “Insects and Canaries: Medianatures and Aesthetics of the Invisible.” Angelaki 18.1 (2013): 107-119. Print.
    • —. “Introduction.” Medianatures: The Materiality of Information Technology and Electronic Waste. Ed. Jussi Parikka. Open Humanities P/Living Books About Life 7 Oct. 2011. Web. 4 June 2015.
    • Parks, Lisa. “Energy-Media Vignettes.” Flow 19.08 (n. d.). n. pag. Web. 23 May 2016.
    • Parks, Lisa D., and Nicole Starosielski, eds. Signal Traffic: Critical Studies of Media Infrastructures. Urbana: U of Illinois P, 2015. Print.
    • Peters, John Durham. The Marvelous Clouds. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2015. Print.
    • Ravitch, Diane. Reign of Error: The Hoax of the Privatization Movement and the Danger to America’s Public Schools. New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 2013. Print.
    • Siemens, George, Dragan Gasevic, and Shane Dawson. Preparing for the Digital U: A Review of the History and Current State of Distance, Blended, and Online Learning. UT Arlington LINK Research Lab. 2015. Web. 4 June 2015.
    • Smelik, Anneke and Nina Lykke, eds. Bits of Life: Feminism at the Intersections of Media, Bioscience, and Technology. Seattle: U of Washington P, 2008. Print.
    • Sterne, Jonathan. “ComPion: A Loose History.” Parks and Starosielski, 31-52. Print.
    • Stiegler, Bernard. “Teleologics of the Snail.” Theory, Culture and Society 26.2-3 (2009): 33-45.
    • Szeman, Imre. “Conclusion: On Energopolitics.” Anthropological Quarterly 87.2 (2014): 453-464. Print.
    • —. “Literature and Energy Futures.” PMLA: Publications of the Modern Language Association of America 126.2 (2011): 323-325. Print.
    • —. “System Failure: Oil, Futurity, and the Anticipation of Disaster.” The South Atlantic Quarterly 106.4 (2007): 805-823. Print.
    • Tanuro, Daniel. “Marxism, Energy, and Ecology: The Moment of Truth.” Capitalism Nature Socialism 21.4 (2010): 89-101. Print.
    • Taylor, Astra. The People’s Platform: Taking Back Power and Culture in the Digital Age. New York: Metropolitan Books, 2014. Print.
    • Terranova, Tiziana. “Free Labor: Producing Culture for the Digital Economy.” Social Text 18.2 (2000): 33-58. Print.
    • University Committee on Planning and Budget (UCPB). The Choices Report. Systemwide Academic Senate, U of California, March 2010. Web. 4 June 2015.
    • Wajcman, Judy. TechnoFeminism. Malden: Polity, 2004. Print.
    • Wardrip-Fruin, Noah. ExPive Processing: Digital Fictions, Computer Games, and Software Studies. Cambridge: MIT P, 2009. Print.
    • Wark, McKenzie. Molecular Red: Theory for the Anthropocene. New York: Verso, 2015. Print.
    • —. “Third Nature.” Cultural Studies 8.1 (1994): 115-132. Print.
    • Williams, Raymond. Marxism and Literature. Oxford UP, 1977.
  • Resource Systems, the Paradigm of Zero-Waste, and the Desire for Sustenance

    Amanda Boetzkes (bio)
    University of Guelph

    Abstract

    This essay argues that efforts to recuperate the ecological damage of industrial waste as a profitable resource obscure the broader procedures by which human bodies, substances, energies, and desires are also yielded as resources in an economic model of indefinite expansion. The “cradle-to-cradle” proposition for a zero-waste society thus corresponds with the expanding scope and complex operations by which lives are deprived of plenitude and starved of excess, so that suffering and need become potential resources themselves. Through the artworks of Thomas Hirschhorn, Melanie Bonajo, and Tara Donovan, this essay shows that the ideal of zero-waste conceals the wasting of human and ecological life on which the economy is predicated.

    What counts as a natural resource is now indistinguishable from its deployment and distribution through global systemic procedures that are economically, aesthetically, and ecologically charged. It seems no substance, object, energy, or territory is exempt from being evaluated for its potential use and exchangeability for economic growth. Thus land, water, oil, plastics, and profit achieve a kind of equivalence as resources proper. Even waste is recuperated for its potential resourcefulness, so that the concept of a “resource” subscribes to a paradigm and ideal of “zero-waste.” Waste contravenes both a capitalist prohibition against energy expenditures that do not lead to profit, and an ecological imperative for resource conservation. What defines a resource, then—with its accompanying technologies of extraction, its forms of exchange, distribution, and social values (“resourcefulness”)—is borne out first through the triangulation of a restricted global energy economy (a system that relies on corporeal deprivation and suffering), and second, through a correlate ecological crisis defined precisely through the foreclosure of biodiversity. Resource systems gather the dissociated vectors of industrial exploitation, the penury of capitalism, bodily depletion, and ecological consequences of an economic system that refuses to engage complex strategies for wasting.

    The notion of resource has developed into a global armature by which substances, bodies, and energies are absorbed into a broader techno-corporeal machine that precludes physical sustenance, and destines the planet to ecological collapse. This essay examines how industrial waste has been considered a resource in its own right, and how the resourcing of waste ultimately renders invisible the forms of labor, energy expenditure, and ecological consequences on which the global resource system relies. Such a predicament is particularly evident in the “cradle-to-cradle” model of production that takes its foundational principles from industrial design. First proposed in 2002 by chemist Michael Braungart and architect William McDonough, cradle-to-cradle was an approach to design practice by which industrial and commodity production would be chemically altered but also stewarded through the economy in such a way as to maximize material reutilization to a point of zero-waste. It distinguished itself from what it called the “cradle-to-grave” model, which assumes that materials are simply used to the point of exhaustion, and products retired into landfills or other forms of waste dumping. However, in order to achieve the zero-waste ideal, the authors would rely on an alternate model of economy according to which companies take financial responsibility for the distribution, return, and upcycling of their production. The model aspires to eliminate waste by turning it into a resource economy. Thus cradle-to-cradle is not merely a recycling system; its functioning requires an alternate infrastructure of bi-directional exchange. The question is whether this alternative could be compatible and coextensive with the prevailing global economy.

    The drawback of cultural ideals of eliminating waste and their relationship to the prevailing resource paradigm comes into view when works of contemporary art visualize a process of machinic heterogenesis by which bodies, energies, substances, and desires are absorbed into a manifold autopoietic system in which industrial waste is absorbed for profit. I discuss the way art relies on energy slaves, and on physical desire, deprivation, and ecological damage by examining three works of contemporary art that visualize this autopoietic system and its effects: Thomas Hirschhorn’s Jumbo Spoons and Big Cake (2000), which foregrounds the restrictions of the resource economy and its reliance on bodily deprivation; Melanie Bonajo’s After Life Against the World (2012), which shows the stultified desire to free the body from its imbrication in the waste-resource complex; and Tara Donovan’s Untitled (Plastic Cups) (2006–2015), which generates a future ecological perspective on the resource-waste predicament. Taken together, these three works expose the paradoxical aesthetic of the current resource paradigm, in which the ideals of a wasteless society are hinged to corporeal and environmental systems that are always already wasted. They visualize the dilemmas of such systemic closure, and the extent to which the ideology of zero-waste is tied not only to the deferral or prevention of bio-corporeal nourishment, but to broader notions of systemic impoverishment as well.

    Technical Nutrients and Zero Waste

    North American postminimalist artists of the late 1960s and ’70s made visible the connection between waste production and industrial resource extraction. Robert Smithson, Richard Serra, and Robert Morris used industrial waste materials such as ore, slag, and textile remains, among other forms of debris, to create sculptures that succumbed to a state of deformation. The postminimalist aesthetic foregrounded the material excesses of the industrial cycle that would persist across time. Smithson in particular situated art in lifeless postindustrial landscapes, so that he could imagine a time in which all matter had reached an entropic endgame. His work Spiral Jetty (1970), for example, was installed in the Great Salt Lake in Utah, not far from an abandoned oil drilling complex. The landscape was otherwise desolate. Smithson documented the construction of the sculpture as a kind of formation in reverse, whereby a dump truck deposited basalt rock into the lake to build up the 1500-foot spiral armature of the sculpture, but the sculpture was nevertheless destined to be abandoned to the rising and falling water levels of the lake. In these future wastelands, the return to form and the structural integrity of the artwork were impossibilities. Industrial production led to the irreversible wasting of matter.

    The postminimalist vision of modern industry was clear: resource-based economies were bound to particular forms of surplus materials—wastes—that sediment and cannot return into the economic cycle of production, exchange for profit, and consumption. Yet recent decades have seen a preoccupation with the return of waste into the economy, particularly in efforts to reincorporate it through the “Four Rs’” (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle, Regulate). The rise of the discourse of eco-efficiency in the 1980s saw efforts on the part of individuals, municipalities, and industries to take responsibility for the waste they produce and to come up with strategies for sustainable waste disposal or reintegration into economic circulation. Cultural theorist Gay Hawkins astutely summarizes this predicament in her Deleuzian reading of contemporary waste management. In the past, she explains, garbage was handled through practices of elimination and expulsion, that could be understood as spatial acts of passing from one side of a boundary to another in ways that produce and perpetuate the cleanliness and order of the subject (whether through an elimination from the individual sphere or through practices in which it passes from within social circulation to an exterior cursed zone, as per Mary Douglas’s insightful hypothesis in Purity and Danger [1966]). The elimination model reached its apex in the postwar era with the rise of disposability culture, when commodities were produced with a view to quick and easy discard. Hawkins argues, however, that disposability as such is a technical and spatial fantasy; not only is the prospect of waste disappearing a logical impossibility, but waste is also increasingly visible, “a landscape in its own right” (Hawkins 10). The politicization of environmental responsibility charges waste with a new moral valence, whereby waste is never simply eliminated but rather enters into a reorganized set of relations in connection with the subject, and with social space more broadly. The question remains, however, what kinds of forces generate the desire and will to preserve waste within social circulation. How do these desires relate to global patterns of waste handling?

    Michael Braungart—renowned chemist, founder of the EPEA (Environmental Protection Encouragement Agency), and former Greenpeace activist—suggests that the efforts of industries to implement the Four Rs have proved misguided from the start. In Cradle to Cradle: Remaking the Way We Make Things, Braungart and his co-author, architect William McDonough, propose a major overhaul of the systemic relationship between resources and consumer products. The book outlines a biomimetic model of resource circulation. The authors wage substantive critiques of sustainability, among them the fact that most efforts to recycle have actually led to a downcycling of materials, by which they lose both use value and exchange value. The downcycling of materials such as plastics, metals, and chemicals can increase environmental contamination because of the widening dissemination of downgraded materials. The continual circulation and redistribution of industrial wastes in a closed system means that not only has Smithson’s vision of a postindustrial landscape slowly succumbing to the pull of entropic disorder been reified, but this landscape is not a discrete space and time outside of human history. Rather, it is an integral part of the world because it has been incorporated into the very processes of economic development. The systemic closure of recycling leads to a paradoxical condition in which production, consumption, and wasting are integrated processes that deplete planetary resources. The culture of sustainability has distributed the planet’s resourcefulness in such a way that it has become a self-exhausting system, both economically and ecologically.

    Braungart and McDonough’s treatise on waste is exemplary in that it proposes a new model of economy in order to grapple with industrial waste. Ultimately, however, it generates a lacuna insofar as it relies on industrial design (technological innovation) to take strides towards ecosystemic balance, and an elaborate management system to organize the distribution, tracking, and replacement of commodities. In the midst of these overlapping systems—a designer economy and an ecology of waste—there is little understanding of the energies that drive and perpetuate economies and how these are connected to ecological imbalances. This oversight perpetuates forms of invisibility as the historical paradigm of resource-harvesting transforms into a global system of waste circulation. It is therefore worthwhile to see how such invisibilities occur, and what they obscure.

    Braungart and McDonough’s “cradle-to-cradle” model of resource use relies on a principle of circulating “nutrients” rather than matter per se. The authors suggest that since the Industrial Revolution, the resource industry has developed two metabolic systems: the biosphere and the “technosphere.” The biosphere, a familiar concept in the life sciences, functions on a principle of zero-waste, which is to say that in nature all spoilage turns into primary nutrients—carbon, hydrogen, oxygen, nitrogen—that are reabsorbed by the soil and its microorganisms and therefore generate growth and diversity. By contrast, the processes of extracting, altering, or synthesizing substances from the Earth’s crust generate new material flows of industrial mass that are toxic to the soil and cannot be broken down. In fact, these new materials were designed for ever-greater flexibility and durability in some cases, and built-in obsolescence in others (though only with a view to diminishing use value, not to proper biodegradation). Braungart and McDonough offer the designation “technosphere” for the circulatory system of these new flows, and characterize its metabolic system as “cradle-to-grave” to signal the uni-directionality of these new substances. The authors identify the conflation of technical and biological materials in the manufacture of consumer products as the fundamental problem of the emergence of the technosphere. They argue that the reason for increased pollution and amassment of waste is the production of “monstrous hybrid” products that cannot be salvaged, separated and properly recycled into their respective systems. They take the example of the conventional leather shoe; where at one time leather shoes were tanned with vegetable chemicals that would biodegrade, in the past half-century vegetable tanning has given way to tanning with chromium, a toxic chemical that is cheaper to produce but often harmful to workers exposed to it during manufacture and to the environments in which the manufacturing wastes are dumped. After the shoe has finished its life, it is returned to a landfill in which both its biological and technical materials are lost. In a similar vein, conventional rubber-sole shoes contaminate the atmosphere and soil with lead and plastics as they start to wear down and leave particles in their wake (Braungart and McDonough 99).

    Braungart and McDonough’s main argument concerns the production of waste, but they do not condemn consumption as its primary cause. They posit that while the confusion of flows between the biosphere and the technosphere is the core problem that generates waste (and multiple forms of environmental toxicity), waste can be rethought in terms of biological and chemical nutrients. Thus, the tragedy of waste is not that it is inherently contaminating, but rather that its nutrients have not been recovered in their respective spheres. The authors propose a biomimetic system of industrial design in which organized nutrient recovery replaces waste:

    To eliminate the concept of waste means to design things—products, packaging, and systems—from the very beginning on the understanding that waste does not exist. It means that the valuable nutrients contained in the materials shape and determine the design: form follows evolution, not just function. … With the right design, all the products and materials manufactured by industry will safely feed these two metabolisms, providing nourishment for something new. … Products can be composed either of materials that biodegrade and become food for biological cycles, or of technical materials that stay in closed-loop technical cycles, in which they continually circulate as valuable nutrients for industry. (Braungart and McDonough 104)

    The book offers a number of solutions to the cradle-to-grave problem of waste, such as new chemical designs that respect the biosphere/technosphere distinction (such as nutritious biological textiles, or a synthetic commercial carpeting with a durable bottom and detachable top that could be upcycled for its technical nutrients). The book itself is printed on a prototype for a synthetic plastic paper that is waterproof, durable, and can be recycled into technical nutrients. More than offering design solutions, however, it advances an economic foundation for the zero-waste model. The book’s technosphere designs require a new exchange infrastructure by which technical nutrients could be recovered and upcycled. For example, in order for the cycles of the technosphere to succeed, a “product of service” concept would have to be implemented. Instead of products being bought, owned, and disposed of by consumers, technically nutritious products (such as cars, televisions, carpets, computers, and refrigerators) would be reconceived as services rented for a defined user period (Braungart and McDonough 111):

    Under this scenario, people could indulge their hunger for new products as often as they wish, and industry could encourage them to do so with impunity, knowing that both sides are supporting the technical metabolism in the process. Automobile manufacturers would want people to turn in their old cars in order to regain valuable industrial nutrients. Instead of waving industrial resources goodbye as the customer drives off in a new car, never to enter the dealership again, automobile companies could develop lasting and valuable relationships that enhance customers’ quality of life for many decades and that continually enrich the industry itself with industrial “food.” (Braungart and McDonough 114)

    Herein lies the dilemma of waste and its relationship to the resource paradigm. The authors cannot conceive of the technosphere’s metabolism without also invoking a major economic reconfiguration from a product-consumer-based exchange to a highly regulated economy of temporary use and recovery, in which the use of objects is nested within limited exchange contracts. Industry itself would be geared not towards extraction and manufacture but towards nutrient management. In other words, to advocate for a cradle-to-cradle metabolic system, the authors undertake a shift in voice from a practical account of the capacities of postindustrial design to a utopian vision of an economy based on nourishment and richness, that is enabled by its overcoming of the exchange for profit model. It is utopian rather than practical insofar as it accounts neither for the primacy of profit accumulation as an existing condition of the prevailing economic metabolism, nor for the fact that the disruptive movement of energy from human systems to ecological systems is fundamental and cannot be resolved technologically. The cradle-to-cradle model risks becoming an impossible fantasy of a middle ground between the desire for the accumulation of resources and an endless supply of nutrients.

    The Northern Chinese village of Huangbaiyu in Benxi Province makes a curious case in point. In partnership with Deng Nan, the daughter of former Chinese statesman Deng Xiaoping, William McDonough’s architectural firm was commissioned to implement the principles and designs of cradle-to-cradle and transform Huangbaiyu from an agriculture-reliant village into an eco-village. The village was organized to be a model for the Chinese government’s more ambitious goal of centralizing rural communities, seizing farmland, and moving over half of its 800 million peasants to the cities (Toy). The firm planned to relocate disparate farm plots to a central area, where homes would be built of straw and pressed earth, and rigged with solar panels and other energy conversion technologies. The local residents were encouraged to exchange their current homes and land for one of the centralized eco-houses. The land could therefore be consolidated for more efficient yields and farming development. In lieu of tinder or bottled gas, residents would use biogas provided by a biogasification plant owned by the village chief, Dai Xiaolong. By 2006, forty-two of the planned two hundred houses had been built, but none were occupied, despite government pressures on locals. Furthermore, the eco-village functioned primarily as a private enterprise, having been funded mainly by the village chief, with only a fraction of the endeavor supported by the Chinese government. Not only were residents of the village unable to afford the cost of the eco-village housing, but they saw no practical benefits to changing their livelihood in agriculture for a centralized eco-communal lifestyle (Toy).

    McDonough’s experimental village demonstrates the way that the techno-utopianism of a zero-waste ecological model works at cross-purposes with historical forms of sustainability (such as decentralized rural agriculture) even though it attempts to lower the cost of energy. In effect, Huangbaiyu remained a stalemated project because it could not intervene into the prevailing assemblage of labor, or yield an investment of human life to animate it or support its functioning. Moreover, the resistance on part of the inhabitants was due in no small part to the fact that the eco-village would have deprived each of them of land and individual sustenance, not to mention cost them all their savings or put them into debt. Thus, Huangbaiyu became a zero-sum game for those who would opt into it, much as it was a zero-waste city. In this sense, the energy and maintenance costs of such a system remain unaccounted for, as do its claims to genuine sustainability.

    Machinic Heterogenesis of the Global Waste System

    If waste is incorporated into global systems of economic circulation, and if efforts to re-pattern those systems to contain or eliminate both biological and industrial wastes are thwarted because they cannot channel the invisible energies that power economic growth, then the question arises, what is the source of these energies? How can the economy’s energies be understood in relation to systemic imbalances, particularly in their depletion of human bodies for the expansion and growth of the global capital? To answer these questions, we can consider contemporary art’s preoccupation with waste and forms of energy depletion and expenditure. Thomas Hirschhorn’s installation Jumbo Spoons and Big Cake is a poignant example of a global economy that is at once a wastescape and a restricted system that thrives on human deprivation. The installation visualizes a deprived and suffering human population bound up in a paradoxical resource economy that prohibits waste while wasting itself through the cycle of diminishing returns of material wealth. Moreover, Jumbo Spoons and Big Cake conveys this corporeal condition precisely through the use of complex industrial materials. The construction orbits around a “world cake” set on a wood plank frame and covered with media images taped to cardboard frames depicting global resources (food, water, and energy) and the multitudes of people who depend on them. Each slice is wrapped tightly in colored plastic and weighted down by chains of buckets that are poised to catch every last crumb—an astute depiction of how an excessive figure such as a luxurious cake can be inverted to become an image of penury. The big cake is a figuration of wealth, but it is also a limited resource from which everyone must draw to survive. Books about global resources and the world’s destitute are chained to the central armature so that titles spring forward from a tangle of images and materials: The Economics of the Labor Market; Hungry Ghosts: China’s Secret Famine; The African Poor: A History; Your Money or Your Life! The Tyranny of Global Finance; The Rwanda Crisis: A History of Genocide. In addition, four monitors sit on top of the cake, airing documentary footage of war, food, cooking, and labor.

    Fig. 1
    Thomas Hirschhorn, Jumbo Spoons and Big Cake, 2000. Copyright Thomas Hirschhorn. Courtesy of Thomas Hirschhorn and Stephen Friedman Gallery, London.

    Spreading foil appendages attach the cake to twelve altars, each featuring a novelty spoon made of foil and dedicated to a “failed utopia”: Mies van der Rohe, the 1937 Nazi Degenerate Art Show, Malevich, Rosa Luxembourg, guns, fashion, the moon, Rolex Swiss watches, the Chicago Bulls, Nietzsche, a city (Venice), and a country (China). Like the big cake, these altars feature information, images, and literature that articulate the global vision of each utopia. The spoons appear to be dipped in blood, which pools at the bottom of each altar. All the information and attention devoted to the utopia is therefore haunted by the struggle to fulfill hunger. As Hirschhorn puts it: “I want to make a new work about the world condition, the World State. The World State is about the need to eat or the possibility of not eating. The World State is unjust, inconvenient, confused, fucked-up, shitty. Everyone has to eat.” Evidently, the impoverished state of the world’s people underwrites what Hirschhorn calls the “World State.” For all of the plenitude of each altar—its array of substances, information, and affectively-charged images—a subtext of desperation and human suffering underwrites the utopia.

    Many critics have been interested in Hirschhorn’s capacity to visualize the scope and history of modern globalization. Benjamin Buchloh praises Hirschhorn’s pavilions, altars, constructions, and monuments for their alternative spatial demarcations that integrate themselves and thus mimetically follow the systems of global exchange. Hirschhorn’s impoverished materials, which make his works look like an “amateurish bricolage,” are negative ready-mades—the containers and wrapping materials in which objects have been packed, shipped, and distributed (Buchloh 47). They are composed of the traces of the global system of production posited as waste. In other words, Hirschhorn represents global capitalism in an excremental phase, precisely as a waste system, or rather as a system in the process of wasting itself. Waste here is not a homogenous base matter sedimented at the endpoint of industrial processing as it is in Robert Smithson’s earthworks and non-sites. There is no transgressive waste to throw a wrench in the works of a cultural superstructure. There is no possibility to be jarred out of the symbolic system of representation that preserves and supports the economy. Instead, the installation is interpenetrated by flexible and enduring substances that appear as disposed materials but nevertheless permeate the channels of global exchange: aluminum, nylon, adhesives, plastics. Waste is continuous with the economy of the world state, and cannot be eliminated from it because it has been so completely incorporated. As Buchloh describes, Hirschhorn creates a mechanomorphic carnality that fuses derma and techne, and extends into tentacles of monstrous hypertrophic growth (Buchloh 48).

    Buchloh’s description derives from Felix Guattari’s exegesis on machinic heterogenesis in Chaosmosis. Guattari describes how technology grounds itself in living machinic systems in ways that are axiological, gathering and patterning social collectivity, semiotic relations, bodies, and desires. Ultimately, he outlines how the world is entirely mediated by and through an apparatus of machinic systems that function autopoietically, though this apparatus deploys itself in different registers of alterity. It installs itself in “Universes of virtuality beyond its existential territory, in constellations of incorporeal Universes of reference with unlimited combinatories and creativity” (Guattari 44). Its domains of alterity include the alterity between different machines and different parts of the same machine; the alterity of an internal material consistency; and the alterity of scale, or fractal alterity, which establishes a play of systematic correspondences between machines at different levels. Guattari strives to reconcile value and machines: to see values as immanent to machines, and machines as enunciative of values. He locates “machines of desire” and aesthetic creation within assemblages of subjectivation, and they are thus “called to relieve our old social machines which are incapable of keeping up with the efflorescence of machinic revolutions that shatter our epoch” (55). Machinic heterogenesis (the proliferation and development of zones of alterity, and axiological complexions within these zones) counterbalances the capitalistic homogenesis of generalized equivalency that appropriates machines into a singular economic instrument of power.

    Hirschhorn’s treatment of the global resource economy links the ideologies of the world state to material substances and a precarious corporeal metabolism in which human bodies are bound up in procedures of diminishing returns of energy. He therefore exposes multiple registers of alterity within processes of machinic heterogenesis, making them visible for an ethical consideration of the human desire for sustenance and the condition of hunger within the homogenous waste economy. Jumbo Spoons and Big Cake visualizes the way that utopian dreaming succumbs to the economic impetus for accumulating human energies and is underpinned by the necessity of profit, which becomes a form of endless hunger that pre-empts a balanced metabolic cycle of need, provision, waste, and biodegradation. Hirschhorn shows a zero-waste economic system that requires hunger in order to perpetuate itself, thus foreclosing nourishment from the start.

    Metabolisms within Economies

    From this perspective, then, it becomes possible to see how Braungart and McDonough inadvertently pattern their technological solution to waste on a system of capitalist homogeneity that subsumes its ecological intentions into an economic instrument that deploys human energies in order to expand indefinitely. They make two intertwined assumptions that, while inaccurate, nevertheless explain why the forms of waste of industrial resource systems are misunderstood and difficult to visualize. First, they assume that the technosphere can be patterned on the biosphere in order to generate a zero-waste paradigm, and that this will succeed because ecosystems are fundamentally balanced and balancing. Second, they assume that the global economy is founded on a fair and rational exchange system that would support and complement a biomimetic waste system in all its dynamic complexity, when in fact the energetic imbalance of the economy predetermines biomimesis to homogeneity and failure. For all its pretensions of a more sophisticated form of sustainability, the zero-waste paradigm reiterates the metabolic rift at stake in nineteenth century labor, in which the biosphere is presumed to be a harmonious system, while industrial labor introduces imbalance and waste.1 The prospect of separating the technosphere from the biosphere rests on the belief that there is a natural balance to be found and recuperated. But if, as McKenzie Wark argues, homeostasis is an unattainable ideal—nature is in the first place unstable, and always already understood in its agonistic encounter with human labor (200)—then the apparent dilemma presented by industrial waste is the following question: how can two opposing systems be reconciled within, on the one hand, a resource economy in which human labor has an antagonistic interaction with homeostatic nature that generates technospheric (industrial) waste, and, on the other hand, a resource economy that segregates and processes this excess in order to preserve that same ecosystem that the first disrupts? Paradoxically, the cradle-to-cradle system preserves its ideal of nature—articulated in its primary tenet that the biosphere and the technosphere can and should be separated—by insisting on the intensification of infrastructure and management of an economy that fundamentally and metabolically disrupts this ideal. This model does not ask where the infrastructure of upcycling will draw its energy, nor crucially, whether this energy will require another form of labor power that may potentially entail new types of waste. On what energy would this new infrastructure be “nourished”? While it suggests a revolution in design, urban dwelling, and low-cost energy technologies, the cradle-to-cradle system does not challenge the prevailing economy of resource harvesting, consumption, and profit at the expense of “energy slaves”—possibly human ones—that are sacrificed for the ideal of natural balance.

    The source of the energy required to transform the resource system into two discrete spheres is uncertain. The utopian goal is the “nourishment” of both in such a way as to supply each with infinite and perpetual value. The confrontation between nature and labor-power seems to have disappeared from the equation, and the “imbalance” of waste is apparently resolved. In this way, the cradle-to-cradle model is underpinned by a contradictory capitalist economy. In Fredric Jameson’s description, the political causality for technological change is not the ingenuity of inventors, but rather labor unrest itself (58). In response to worker demands for higher wages and better working conditions, the capitalist introduces new machinery. Hence the contradiction: while the progress of capitalism produces ever-greater misery for workers, class struggle is responsible for the greater productivity of capitalism. The zero-waste model of product-design and consumption assumes that there are technological (particularly chemical) solutions to the problem of environmental toxicity. But the technological solution nevertheless remains nested within an imbalanced economic system. In resolving the problem of waste through the management of nutrient cycles, the authors do not account for the energy cycles that already power the economy’s expansion, which include the struggles of the labor force to nourish themselves even as they fuel the system’s production, and the complete denial of nourishment for the unemployed who ensure a standing reserve of potential employees that keep the standard level of wages as low as possible.

    Jameson proposes unemployment as the primary condition through which to understand the paradoxical energy system of the economy. Not only is global unemployment structurally inseparable from the accumulation and expansion of capitalism; it is a state of fundamental dysfunction, misery, and idleness on which the system relies. Unemployment flattens out “multiple situations … of naked life in all the metaphysical senses in which the sheer biological temporality of existences without activity and without production can be interpreted” (Jameson 151). What better definition of waste than this state of dysfunctionality that produces a cross-section of beings, confines them to corporeal uselessness, and binds them to its own degenerating materials? As Jameson argues, the capitalist system is a unity of opposites. It is both open and closed, so that on the one hand it operates by openness and expansion (accumulation, appropriation, and imperialism), while on the other hand it stagnates and dies if it remains stable and cannot expand. It therefore must “interiorize everything that was hitherto exterior to it” (Jameson 146). This means that even an ecologically sound proposal to upcycle products through the successful recirculation and management of nutrients is on a continuum with a larger system—an assemblage—that absorbs all sources of energy for the purposes of its own expansion, while relying on a state of impoverishment and waste that appears on a register seemingly unrelated to planetary health—unemployment. But as Jameson insists,

    those massive populations around the world who have, as it were, ‘dropped out of history,’ who have been deliberately excluded from the modernizing projects of First World capitalism and written off as hopeless or terminal cases, the subjects of so-called ‘failed states’ (a new and self-serving pseudo-concept), or of ecological disaster or of old-fashioned survivals of allegedly immemorial, archaic ‘ethnic hatreds’, the victims of famine whether man-made or natural—all these populations at best confined in camps of various kinds, and ministered by various NGOs and other sources of international philanthropy—our reading suggests that these populations, surely the vessels of a new kind of global and historical misery, will look very different when considered in terms of the category of unemployment. (149)

    Hirschhorn’s visualization of global capital encompasses both a zero-waste scenario and global hunger as coextensive facets of the same system. Given Jameson’s commentary, we might also see how Big Cake enacts global capital’s instrumentalization of zero-waste technologies as the dispersal of the condition of “unemployment” across people, objects, and substances that are fused together within the system’s absorption and wasting of life, even as it spreads and disseminates its impoverished bio-techno materiality.

    This disturbing situation remains unseen, however, because of the strength of the belief that zero-waste systems are biomimetic, that biomimetic systems promote biodiversity and life in their self-regulation, and that their distribution of energy is non-hierarchical and non-disruptive. In this sense, the zero-waste model relies on a common analogy between ecological balance and a market ecology, in which the lives of organisms, individuals, and collectives are “naturally” born and returned to the balance of the whole. Because the processes of expending and absorbing energy are part of symbiosis, the terms of cycling and recycling nutrients are accepted as metabolic and not economic per se. George Bataille’s theory of economy takes this hierarchical transfer of energy as essential to the character of an economy and of societies (see Bataille). Whether that transfer occurs through predatory consumption or organized rituals of sacrifice, the absorption of energy always comes at the expense of a violently sacrificed being or object. Such a model of energy transfer acknowledges that the relationship between resource systems and their earthly sources may be agonistic precisely because symbiosis itself is a chaotic and capricious system. The harmony of the biosphere is fundamentally indifferent to human values. To maintain energy within an expanding human economy, however, requires a hyper-vigilance toward the ways that energy escapes the system. Cradle-to-cradle might simply be a biotic metaphor for hermetically sealing the energies that drive capitalist development while turning a blind eye both to the current ecological condition that takes the complexity of dynamic anthropogenic change as a given, and to the psyche of desire and consumption that underlies the expansion of the economy.

    Where Hirschhorn synthesizes the contradictory relationship between the material plenitude of global capitalism and the starving multitudes that rely on its energy, the Dutch artist Melanie Bonajo brings this dilemma to the scale of the individual body in its relationship to consumer products. She shows how the material realities of the economic mechanomorph converge on the body and its desires for sustenance, fulfillment, and access to an energy reserve that will provide it with homeostasis as well. Her works frequently stage her body in tension with household objects in domestic scenarios. Bonajo describes her household furniture as a “condensation of material energy,” speculating how long she could live off that energy, and describing how she dreams of burning everything she has (Bonajo). Her photograph series imagine this cathartic fantasy of escaping the capitalist grid, but they also invoke a palpable sense of suffering and self-destruction, as though to sacrifice oneself would be a kind of autopoietic response to the perpetuation of the economic system that absorbs the energy of bodies through their own processes of impoverishment. Bonajo’s only option is to remain bound to her material objects, particularly her furniture.

    Consider Figure 2, After Life Against the World (2012): a woman lies on a layer of toilet paper rolls, decorated by birthday candles and lipsticks, on top of her kitchen counter.

    Fig. 2
    Melanie Bonajo, After Life Against the World, 2012. Copyright Melanie Bonajo. Photograph courtesy of the artist.

    Her surface morphology is remolded by a layer of ambiguous substance that looks like clay but stands in as icing, given the positioning of the candles on top. The fridge below is conspicuously open so that one can scan the food inside. The woman could be read as a redistributed and feminized version of Hirschhorn’s Big Cake. Bonajo presents an ambivalent scene of a body regulated between capitalist plenitude (she recreates herself as a cake–we can even see the flour on the floor as evidence of this process) and physical powerlessness (she is naked, smothered by inert substance, lit up, but lying down and caught in an axis of shelving supports, each placed like a geometric compass, in a play on Leonardo’s Vetruvian Man). Bonajo thus articulates the constricted dilemma of symbiosis with an always-hungry and expanding energy system. The woman does not sit down to eat the food in her fridge, but is instead delivered up on the counter as an energy reserve in her own right.

    Bonajo’s mobilization of the body as an object to be consumed and its positioning in relation to furniture and other commodities, calls to mind Graham Harman’s provocative account of tool-being. I have been arguing that bodies and energies are incorporated into the global economy and become unseen forms of waste; Harman argues that the world is an empire of equipment, and that existence or being is not an exclusively human experience, but is integral to a broader tool-being. He writes,

    Every being is entirely absorbed into this world-system, assigned to further possibilities in such a way that there could never be any singular end-point within the contexture of reference. In this strict sense, the world has no parts. Beings are not only tool-beings in some limited private way; rather, they should be utterly swallowed up into a single system of tool-being, a total empire of equipment. (43)

    Where Guattari observes an expansive system of machinic heterogenesis that is put under duress by a homogenous capitalist machine, Harman describes an all-encompassing global equipment to which human beings find themselves adjoined. Bonajo exposes the adjoinment and the co-implication of body and furniture in an energy system that provokes the desire to expend oneself into and as an integral part of the global equipment of that system.

    Ecological Deprivation and the Wasting of Biological Life

    The conjunction between the global economy, its appropriative energy system, and its internalization of waste takes on a geological scale when understood in relation to climate change. Tara Donovan’s landscapes of Styrofoam and plastic objects speak to this new register of the industrial resource economy. Donovan recapitulates the restriction of the closed resource system and the impossibility of regeneration, with a particular focus on petrochemical materials such as plastics and other polymers, which irrevocably displace the elemental substance of the planet itself in her work. For example, Donovan’s Untitled (Plastic Cups) (2006–2015; Fig. 3) is a vision of anthropogenic change in which thousands of plastic cups stacked at different levels create the illusion of a glacial topography of undulating snow banks.

    Fig. 3
    Tara Donovan, Untitled (Plastic Cups), 2006–2015. Plastic cups. Dimensions variable. Copyright Tara Donovan. Photograph courtesy of the artist and Pace Gallery.

    The installation takes the viewer from the scale of an individual object (the single plastic cup) to the phenomenon of global warming through its strong visual associations with Arctic landscapes and glacial melt. More strongly, it is haunted by the concept of the Anthropocene: the era of human carbon history and its devastating ecological effects, including the extinction of innumerable species and the sedimentation of carbon and nuclear toxicity, all of which is measureable in geological strata. Importantly, this era is not simply an imminent crisis, but one that will predetermine the very fabric of the planet in the future. The waste of the industrial resource economy has an unshakeable perpetuity; it is a hyperobject “massively distributed in time and space,” as Timothy Morton argues (1). Donna Haraway forges a connection between the Anthropocene and the concept of the “Capitalocene,” in which the crisis of anthropogenic changes to the planet are not fundamental to the human species per se, but rather to the historic economic system and its reliance on carbon fuels. The Capitalocene acknowledges that the geological time frame entails a conjunction of registers from a human system to planetary systems. The planetary impact of the Capitalocene becomes measurable and visualizable through the specific forms of waste that the system produces. As an entity, it has a flat organismic toll; species and biotic life, human energy slaves, whole nations, and human civilization itself have all been squandered in Donovan’s portrayal of the planet’s future. Yet this toll is evident only in the multitudes of plastic cups, a veritable graveyard of consumer products. There are no inhabitants in this landscape, which may not be capable of sustaining life at all. Despite the impressive number of cups and their plenitude as a totality, they are all empty, with no possibility of ever being used for their original function: being filled to quench thirst. The technological sophistication of the disposable plastic cup has become a scene of dysfunctionality in which the “unemployed” products are frozen in a standing reserve of organized but useless human garbage.

    Donovan’s installation therefore discloses a different register than Hirschhorn’s Big Cake, with its conflicted and roiling waste system that barely sustains life, albeit through the violent competition for scarce resources and diminishing returns of “nutrients.” This is an alternative view of the impoverishment stemming from a system that feeds off the desire for sustenance from a limited source of energy. It is instead an ecological extension of that system as a catastrophic waste of life. Donovan lays bare the global equipment of the capitalist energy system and the permanent waste it produces from the perspective of geological time. Energy has dissipated and life has disappeared while earthly material is displaced with petrochemical objects. The installation encompasses the endpoint after the biosphere and technosphere have coingested one another, producing a figuration of emptiness, lifelessness, and entropy. Donovan’s vision is therefore akin to Robert Smithson’s Spiral Jetty in its forecasting of the future of industrial production as entropic stasis. More pointedly, she articulates this landscape of ruins through a multitude of objects that are interlocked, nested in one another and carefully placed to generate a gestalt. Thus the remains of the expended system are also indexes of its existence as a complex equipment that extended itself into every object it produced and recuperated every object into itself. The corporeal energies that powered this closed system have disappeared, leaving only the inanimate objects that were once the tools and appendages through which it yielded its energy.

    Vision across the Registers of Waste

    Hirschhorn, Bonajo, and Donovan each visualize facets of an industrial resource system that functions as an autopoietic energy-economy of diminishing returns. The very inhabitants and operators of the system are denied sustenance, while the system is powered by the hunger of those beings that feed off it. This energetic depletion of life permeates the registers of economy—object production and consumption, individual and planetary metabolism—to produce a state of totalizing waste in the future. The real waste generated by such a system remains invisible to cradle-to-cradle models of product design and consumption that rely on technological innovation, and zero-waste proposals do not grasp the scale of waste produced by the industrial resource complex. The wasting system of the global energy economy is massively distributed in time and space, stretching across registers of human and biotic life. The artists considered here advance a critical visuality insofar as they articulate forms of connection between unacknowledged or invisible waste and the system that produces them. They expose and elaborate the coextensiveness of human and ecological wasting with the system’s diminishing energy levels. Most importantly, their works force us to consider waste more broadly, not as merely systemic pollution, but in energetic terms as well. Both human and biotic life become energy resources for the economy, and the spoilage of that system. In that case, we must ask what the axiological underpinnings of zero-waste are, and what they must become in order to address the real ecology of waste.

    Footnotes

    1. Marx describes the ways in which agricultural technologies introduced a molecular imbalance in cycles of nature (see Foster, Clark, and York).

    Works Cited

    • Bataille, George. The Accursed Share. Trans. Robert Hurley. New York: Zone Books, 1991. Print.
    • Bonajo, Melanie. “Interview Melanie Bonajo.” i heart photograph. Blog. 18 Mar. 2008. http://iheartphotograph.blogspot.de/2008/03/interview-melanie-bonajo.html. Web. Accessed September 26, 2016.
    • Buchloh, Benjamin. “Detritus and Decrepitude: The Sculpture of Thomas Hirschhorn.” Oxford Art Journal 24.2 (2001): 41-56. Print.
    • Foster, John Bellamy, Brett Clark, and Richard York. The Ecological Rift: Capitalism’s War on the Earth. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2010. Print.
    • Guattari, Felix. Chaosmosis: An Ethico-Aesthetic Paradigm. Trans. Julian Pefanis. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1996. Print.
    • Haraway, Donna. “Anthropocene, Capitalocene, Plantationocene, Chthulucene: Making Kin.” Environmental Humanities 6 (2015): 159-165. Print.
    • Harman, Graham. Tool-Being: Heidegger and the Metaphysics of Objects. Chicago: Open Court, 2002. Print.
    • Hawkins, Gay. “Plastic Bags: Living with Rubbish.” International Journal of Cultural Studies 4 (2001): 5-23. Print.
    • Hirschhorn, Thomas. “Artist’s Statement.” Paris, 1999.
    • Jameson, Fredric. Representing Capital: A Reading of Volume One. New York: Verso, 2011. Print.
    • McDonough, William, and Michael Braungart. Cradle to Cradle: Remaking the Way We Make Things. New York: North Point P, 2002. Print.
    • Morton, Timothy. Hyperobjects: Philosophy and Ecology after the End of the World. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2013. Print.
    • Toy, Mary-Anne. “China’s first eco-village proves a hard sell.” The Age. 26 August 2006. Web. 3 June 2016.
    • Wark, McKenzie. Molecular Red: Theory for the Anthropocene. New York: Verso, 2015. Print.
  • Introduction: Toward a Theory of Resource Aesthetics

    Brent Ryan Bellamy (bio), Michael O’Driscoll (bio), and Mark Simpson (bio)
    University of Alberta

    On May 10, 2016, as the May Day wildfires ravaged the city and environs of Fort McMurray, Alberta, and neighbouring municipalities swelled with the 90,000 residents forced to flee their homes, Postmedia News (Canada’s go-to media source for neo-liberal spin) ventured to lift the collective mood with a type of silver-lining headline: “Good news everyone! Wildfires deemed no threat to Fort McMurray radioactive waste site” (Graney). Good news indeed, although perhaps compromised in its goodness by some unsettling details in the accompanying story: for instance, that the waste site now deemed safe from fire holds 43,500 cubic metres of uranium ore residue and contaminated topsoil; or that the tomb of this waste, housed beneath the city’s centrally-located Beacon Hill neighborhood, is effectively in midtown; or that the construction of the site in 2003 served to contain spillage occurring all the way back in the 1940s and 50s, a fact and a timeline meaning that the atmosphere within which Fort McMurray grew exponentially in the second half of the twentieth century was literally one of unaddressed radioactive contamination. In this regard, one might read the exclamation mark in Postmedia’s headline as doubly punctual, driving home the affect requisite to the story itself while also demarcating sharply the ‘before’ and ‘after’ of radioactivity. Never mind the uncertainties of the radioactive past, the headline’s exclamation seems to say: trust instead in the security—the inviolability—of our collective radioactive future.1

    That the “good news” on offer in this story was genuinely news will not only index popular ignorance about the storage of radioactive waste in Fort McMurray—it will also prove symptomatic of profound historical amnesia: the widespread forgetting or indeed failure to know that this northern city, well before becoming a global centre for bitumen extraction, was once a key hub in the transport of uranium. The radioactive materials were sourced in the 1940s from the world’s first uranium mine, located at Port Radium, on the shores of Great Bear Lake in the Northwest Territories, and after transport by train from Fort McMurray and refinement in Ontario, were shipped to Los Alamos, New Mexico where they were used to develop the world’s first atomic bomb. On August 6, 1945 that bomb killed 100,000 people instantly in the city of Hiroshima and left tens of thousands to die of radioactive poisoning in the months that followed. The uranium mines were worked by members of the Sahtu Dene First Nation, who hauled and ferried the ore in forty-five kilogram burlap sacks, exposed to the radioactive dust that coated their lungs, contaminated their water, and infiltrated their homes. Declassified documents have since shown that the U.S. and Canadian governments never informed the workers of the risks involved (Nikiforuk); Deline, the nearby Dene town on the shores of Great Bear Lake, would become known as “the village of widows.”2

    We choose to begin our special issue on “Resource Aesthetics” with this amnesiac history because the prospect of Fort McMurray’s radioactive waste site conjoins a host of concepts, issues, problems, and motifs that animate, variously, the essays to follow. The story turns on dynamics of visibility, of what can and cannot be seen. It highlights the inescapable entanglement of distinct energy sources and regimes under modernity—in this case, the overdetermined petro-system supplemented by nuclear-fuel residuals. It indicates the spatiotemporal complexities of extraction’s practices as of its legacies. It intimates a capacious repertoire of aesthetic figuration indispensable to the generation and deployment of energy as hegemonic resource. And it marks the inextricability of energy as power from social and political power, most significantly with respect to an ongoing capitalist history of settler-colonialism (crucial for us to acknowledge, writing as we do from Treaty 6 territory) in which resource extraction and the violent, even genocidal project of clearing away Indigenous peoples go hand in hand.3 For all these reasons, Fort McMurray’s radioactive waste site demarcates a complex zone where “resource” and “aesthetics” come together as sedimented, remediated historical practice. The site’s rich strata—sedimentations of nuclear, oil, and labour energies, buried under the picturesque banality of rolling grassland—vividly illustrate the multilayered dimensions involved in unpacking “resource” and “aesthetics” together as a conceptual matrix or, better yet, as a scorched site of ideological and political contest.

    The contributions collected here seek to bring the term resource aesthetics into critical circulation. The resource logic of capitalism presupposes (and prevails as we accept) that resources have no aesthetic whatsoever—that they constitute pure, brute inputs. Against such presupposition, we take as axiomatic the insight so incisively articulated by Jennifer Wenzel in her Afterword to this issue: “a resource logic is also a resource aesthetic.” Our contributors explore and examine the aesthetics of resource culture in order to describe the ways in which we do or do not see, feel, and act in response to the abidingly material power of resources: not merely inputs, but forces, relations, and practices that fundamentally shape or indeed render culture and society. The term “render” is key, functioning through what Nicole Shukin has memorably theorized as its “double entendre” or “double logic” to provide a hinge between the figural and the material—between representation as resource and resource extraction as process (20, 88).4 In the age of anthropogenic climate change, resource aesthetics must begin with the petrocultural—the tottering hegemony of fossil capital—precisely because fossil fuels saturate everything: the resource aesthetics of petroculture mediate all other resource aesthetics conceivable in contemporary life. We would nonetheless insist that resource aesthetics as concept or indeed paradigm also extends to encompass such things as bio-matter and geo-matter, attention and affect, speculative investments and energy futures, history, memory, critique, and of course labour. Our project aims to reckon what happens—to imagine what could become possible—when we take up resource aesthetics as cultural practice yet also critical method: as at once object and analytic.

    The etymology of “resource” is complex and, arguably, conflicted. A loanword from the French, the term reverberates with meanings concerned with personal capacity alongside monetary reserves and with renewal and restoration in the wake of adversity, emergency, or failure. This overlapping concentration of senses shadows the two commonplace definitions prevailing today. One operates abstractly to describe the means of satisfying a need. People who are resourceful will be able to use the objects around them in order to resolve some immediate problem or deficiency. The other replaces abstraction with concretion, as found in the conventional way in which people talk about natural resources—fish, timber, minerals—as material commodities that are relatively unprocessed. Marx describes resources in these terms, defining resources as “objects of labour spontaneously provided by nature”: “fish caught and separated from their natural element, namely water, timber felled in virgin forests, and ores extracted from their veins” (Capital 284). In this iteration, resources form the basis for what has come to be known as the staples thesis in economic development: a theory of export-led growth in which raw materials get sent away to be processed and repackaged for sale on the market. Thus if “the object of labour has, so to speak, been filtered through previous labour,” for Marx, “we call it raw material” (Capital 284).

    How might resource, in the terrain of critical theory, be most productively thought? The answer could well be found in the term’s historical embeddedness. Neither commonplace sense of resources—the practical or the figurative—will serve on its own to convey what we have in mind for the term, precisely because these senses are inextricable, mutually constitutive. A word whose etymology returns us to the idea of rising up, resurgence, or restoration, “resource” is itself both material for extraction and a figure of abstraction. In the words of Neil Smith, “capital stalks the earth in search of material resources; nature becomes a universal means of production in the sense that it not only provides the subjects, objects, and instruments of production, but is also in its totality an appendage to the production process” (Smith 71). As a result—and here Smith quotes Marx—“it ‘appears paradoxical to assert, that uncaught fish, for instance, are a means of production in the fishing industry. But hitherto no one has discovered the art of catching fish in waters that contain none’” (ibid.). Thus when we invoke the term “resources” here, we mean to recall the processes of extracting and abstracting as naturalized from the standpoint of capital. For Jason Moore, in his widely cited Capitalism in the Web of Life (2015), resources are the inputs that keep capitalism going, that bring what he calls “Cheap Nature” in the form of “a rising stream of low-cost food, labor-power, energy, and raw materials to the factory gates” (53). Resource likewise denotes finance and money, so, for us, it is also operative in the abstractions of the computerized world of financialization and cloud computing. The vast banks of data stored on servers—kept cool by lake or ocean water, powered largely by coal— provide another touchstone for the resourceful (see Mills, The Cloud Begins with Coal). Production, on the one hand, and circulation, on the other, overwrite what we deem to be resources. In this issue, we recognize that, whether concrete and natural or cognitive and digital, resources are resources for the valorization process of capital.

    As a term and a concept, “aesthetics” likewise involves valorization, though ostensibly (or at least conventionally) from the other way around. Yet to the extent that capital supplies the hinge, for aesthetics as for resources, the two come to meet on the material terrain of value. Consider the vividly materialist understanding of the aesthetic offered by Terry Eagleton in “The Ideology of the Aesthetic,” his early attempt (later more fully explicated in his volume of the same name) to rescue aesthetics “from [the] otherwise somewhat discreditable current of bourgeois thought” (337). Here Eagleton makes a claim for the emergence of eighteenth-century aesthetic theory and the discursive tradition that follows as a formative materialism that ultimately moves towards a discourse of the body in relation to the world: “the aesthetic,” he tells us, is “the first stirrings of a primitive, incipient materialism, politically quite indispensable” (328) to the project of ideological critique. Rather than serving primarily as a study of art, of the beautiful, of the natural, for Eagleton the aesthetic has always been a study of social submission and a hegemonic mechanism, a political unconscious whose structures of feeling enforce a highly efficacious “lawfulness without law” (330). As a kind of Lacanian Imaginary, the aesthetic then “will secure the consensual hegemony which neither the coercive state nor a fragmented civil society can achieve” (332).

    In very much the same vein, Jacques Rancière offers a provocative take on such aesthetic consensus with his theory of the “distribution of the sensible.” The language of his central definition emphasizes the correlations we have in mind: “the system of self-evident facts of sense perception that simultaneously discloses the existence of something in common and the delimitations that define the respective parts and positions within it” (12). The simultaneity of inclusion and exclusion at stake in Rancière’s theory—whereby the aesthetic’s universalizing appeal or indeed general equivalence necessarily coexists alongside its dissymmetrical availability and distribution—constitutes the double bind so decisive for the production of value under any aesthetic regime, and thus makes the aesthetic a site of inescapably social and material contest. Exemplary of such contest is the hierarchy of senses inscribed by the modern distribution of the sensible in which visuality and its prevailing aesthetics have come to organize the perceptual field—delineating commonality in the very process of delimiting differences. Within this distributive logic, vision is at once hegemonic and a resource, and each because of the other—precisely because, as Jonathan Crary argues compellingly, “[s]o much of what seems to constitute a domain of the visual is an effect of other kinds of forces and relations of power” (2–3). For Rancière (making a point about art specifically that, to us, holds more general valence) aesthetics refers to “a mode of articulation between ways of doing and making, their corresponding forms of visibility, and possible ways of thinking about their relationships” (10). There is, in our estimation of the aesthetic, no dallying with the sublime, no question of the beautiful, no separation of the art object from the commodity form that characterized the earliest understandings of the aesthetic object in a nascent modernity; rather, the aesthetic here is proximate to the absolute banality of existence in keeping with Fredric Jameson’s reports on the structural function of the aesthetic in postmodernity (Postmodernism 4). As Alberto Toscano and Jeff Kinkle remind us, “capitalism as a totality is devoid of an easily grasped command-and-control-centre. That is precisely why it poses an aesthetic problem, in the sense of demanding ways of representing the complex and dynamic relations intervening between the domains of production, consumption and distribution, and their strategic political mediations, ways of making the invisible visible” (24–5). In the rigorous, capacious terms outlined by these thinkers and others, the aesthetic accounts for the knotted density yet disbursed intimacy of our unremarked assumptions about the world and the lines of force and power with which they are enmeshed.

    A focus on the entanglements of resource logic and aesthetic discourse invites more careful consideration of the manner in which each term might inflect its other when brought into relation. Resource aesthetics can be said to provoke the contradictions between the instrumental and the beautiful, the literal and figurative, extraction and its representation, in a way that might return the question of visibility to a consideration of the material requirements of aesthetic production, while at the same time insisting on the aesthetics of resource extraction and the recognition of infrastructure as form. Or, to put that another way, by thinking the figural iterations of resources and the literal face of aesthetics, the aesthetics of resources alongside the aesthetic as resource.5 Naming the imbrications of aesthetics and resource refuses the classical notion of a discourse of aesthetics set apart from economics and politics and, at the same time, refuses a notion of resource extraction that is somehow exempt from the mediation of an aesthetic ideology (to use de Man’s term) that would seek to bring into alignment the functions of resource extraction and the built forms of everyday modern life. One might, for example, describe the petrocultural moment of high modernism as a recession of the aesthetic in which the marriage of form and function renders form invisible—oil, in the exemplary instance, is the form that disappears (a claim resonant with Stephanie LeMenager’s contention in Living Oil that, in the early to mid 20th century, “oil became an expressive form, although often hidden as such, in plain sight” [66]). If modernism, as a recognizable practice of what LeMenager calls “petromodernity” (67), seeks an alignment between form and function, then in that alignment what disappears from view is the aesthetic that effortlessly normalizes the brute inputs of energy that is fossil fuel. The pure trajectory of the pipeline, the distant gleam of refineries, the smooth surface of the blacktop, and the gentle curve of the fintail all recede into the seamless operations of carbon dependency.

    The result of the saturations of petroculture is the double disavowal of an aesthetic that cannot be seen as such, that constitutes oil as oil and yet does not register on the level of culture. The recession of oil’s form, in other words, indexes an aesthetic ideology. Against this ideology, we would insist on what is, more realistically, the historically poor fit between oil and world in modernity. Resource aesthetics are, on those terms, a matter of critical method, of interpretation, of what, defining aesthetics in Resistance to Theory, Paul de Man calls “a phenomenalism of a process of meaning and understanding” (7): for de Man ideological critique is a matter of deconstructing the presumed correspondence between the idea and its manifestation, or “the embodiment of significance within the sensuously apparent” (Loesberg 89). Disrupting the seamless space between form and function, resource aesthetics as critical method challenges the aesthetics of symmetry that underlie resource extraction: a phantasmatic aesthetics of exchange without waste or excess mirroring the belief in a balance of nature that will always right itself regardless of humanity’s incursions.6 At the same time, to regard the aesthetic through the lens of resource extraction is to reframe the aesthetic as an appreciation of its material condition: to destabilize the presumption that aesthetics is a study of only what is visible and to insist that attention to the sensible must necessarily extend beyond the visual province of conventional aesthetic discourse.

    Thus conceived, resource aesthetics will recollect the question of what Fredric Jameson famously termed cognitive mapping—a practice that, as Toscano and Kinkle contend, ventures dialectically to reckon the contours of capitalism with and against the dynamics of the visual: “The shift between different regimes of economic practice can also be traced in terms of forms of envisioning, which is also to say forms of abstracting—in the sense of selecting, extracting, and shaping material for cognition and action” (37). We can find a vivid instance of this kind of methodological reckoning in Andreas Malm’s account of what he calls “the historical totality of the fossil economy” in his recent, groundbreaking book, Fossil Capital (5). Seeking to historicize a contemporary moment enthralled by the looming catastrophe of human-induced climate change, Malm turns to the onset of the fossil economy in England’s early-nineteenth-century cotton industry. He shows how the shift in industrial energy source from water to coal-fired steam—occurring at a point when water was more potent as a source of energy and so more profitable than steam—emancipated cotton capitalists from the geographical constraints of water-as-energy and enabled them thus to locate their factories in densely populated urban zones where they could command and exploit labour more efficiently and intensively. Key for Malm within this energic shift (and, we would add, to the resource aesthetic operational for it) is the capacity of energy-intensive fossil fuel to abstract space and time, and so to launch the formal or generic conditions of possibility for the fossil economy, as a totality, to emerge:

    The more capital tries to extract itself from the absolute, concrete qualities of space and time, the deeper must be its exploitation of the stock of energy located in their exterior. The abstract spatiotemporality of capital is just as entwined around nature as what came before it—only a very special segment of nature, with a spatiotemporal profile harmonizing with its own. Capitalist growth … is a set of relations just as much as a process, whose limitless expansion advances by ordering humans and the rest of nature in abstract space and time because that is where most surplus-value can be produced. (308; italics in original)

    The force of Malm’s intervention is thus to insist on the inextricability and co-constitutiveness of two orders of power typically—we might even say obsessively—disarticulated under petromodernity’s prevailing ways of seeing and knowing: the power of energy source (fossil fuel) and the power of social system (capitalism). For “‘fossil fuels’ … are, by definition, a materialization of social relations. No piece of coal or drop of oil has yet turned itself into fuel, and no humans have yet engaged in systematic large-scale extraction of either to satisfy subsistence needs: fossil fuels necessitate waged or forced labour—the power of some to direct the labour of others—as conditions of their very existence” (19). Framed in terms of the concept important to this special issue, Malm intervenes at the level of resource aesthetics to propose a different approach to figuring history and, with it, a different approach to figuring the now: not, as some accounts of postmodernity would have it, by the triumph of spatialization, but instead by “the revenge of time”—“the rolling invasion of the past into the present” (6, 10).7

    Understood in the ways we have been outlining, resource aesthetics as critical method can find traction within and across a considerable range of fields, debates, and paradigms. Questions of landscape and terrain might make resource aesthetics relevant, as an approach, to inquiry in cultural geography, ecocriticism, environmental humanities, and geocriticism, for example. Anthropology and biopolitical theory might both make use of a resource aesthetics perspective to examine biocapital’s human resources, as exemplified for instance by the illicit organ trade, undocumented and migrant workers, or precarious populations as global surplus labour. Mobility theory and communications studies could draw on resource aesthetics when analyzing infrastructure and circulation: the pipeline, the freeway, the cargo container, the electrical grid, the telecomunications network, and so on. To the extent that resource aesthetics concerns matters of figuration as well as extraction, and points toward dynamics of surface and depth, it could well hold unexpected significance within recent lively debates about styles of critical reading (paranoid, reparative, surficial, distant) in literary studies. We could go on; the larger point, though, is that resource aesthetics as critical method holds capacious potential for theory and practice across contemporary disciplines. The essays that follow might reverberate, in one way or another, with some of the connections outlined here, and they might suggest additional connections we do not name. For our purposes, however, the valence of resource aesthetics as method holds most significance—as this issue’s essays will attest—for two fields in particular: the energy humanities, an emergent field, and Marxist critique, a resurgent one.

    Energy humanities offers both a proper name for already existing research on energy resources, regimes, and their histories and futures across the humanities and human sciences and a horizon of possibility for fresh researchers just beginning to take up energy-related questions. Running parallel to cultural studies and the environmental humanities, energy humanities approaches energy systems as social and cultural phenomena. Rather than read energy inputs as external to the social or the economic, researchers in the field treat energy as an embedded component of modern life so as to reframe its problem in terms of impasse, one that confronts modern societies, as Jennifer Wenzel argues, “not merely despite our knowledge about energy, but also, at least in part, because of our knowledge about energy” (“Taking Stock” 33).8 Those working on the energy question in this emergent field thus strive not only to name an impasse particular to late capital but also to address this problem of knowing, precisely in order to furnish activists, artists, researchers, and politicians with the means to push fully fossilized social relations towards energy transition. Furthermore, the transition they envision does not limit itself to replacing high-density energy resources with more dispersed or radioactive ones, but rather opens onto questions about the kind of world we collectively wish to inhabit. Such questions prove inescapably material and intensely abstract all at once—and as such lend themselves well to the perspectives and capacities we claim for resource aesthetics as method. Resource aesthetics, that is to say, offers energy humanities a particular view on to the world as it has been made and as it might be remade.

    While the aesthetic has long been a category for Western Marxism (to use Perry Anderson’s canonical framing), energy, as electricity, force, or movement generated from particular resources, seems to present a sticking point for a Marxist critique of political economy. Such difficulty is especially pronounced if energy, in the form of oil, coal, or even nuclear or hydro power, seems synonymous with labour. Marx could not have been clearer about this, even in his notebooks, where he writes,

    Capital which consumes itself in the production process, or fixed capital, is the means of production in the strict sense. In a broader sense the entire production process and each of its moments, such as circulation—as regards its material side—is only a means of production for capital, for which value alone is the end in itself. Regarded as a physical substance, the raw material itself is a means of production for the product etc. (Grundrisse 690)

    Energic inputs to the production process necessarily then seem to rest on the side of constant capital, that is fixed capital, that is not variable capital, that is not labour. Herein lies the rub: labour requires energy. Moreover, as Marxist-feminism has rightly been demonstrating since the 1970s, the energy labour requires is by no means limited to the caloric.9 From the standpoint of Marx’s critique, the energy required in the production process is not the source of value: labour itself is. On an abstract level, this tenet seems to hold, but when looking at the historical contingency of capitalism it would not be difficult to mistake energy inputs, and fossil fuels in particular, as the drivers of the motor of capitalist production. It appears that energy-hungry machinery has replaced labour power and that it demands ever more resources as it goes on. We do not wish to come down on either side of this question, but instead to highlight its consequences. For us, it seems that the labour theory of value stands at the heart of one of the most powerful explanatory tools we have available to us today, yet lacks a proper account of energy—of fuel, of resource. Returning the aesthetic to the question of energy offers a means to define capital’s domination of resources and articulate a non-productivist-based social relation.

    The contributions that follow take us on a tour from the gritty dirt of resource extraction to abstractions that attempt to address financialization and the energy demands of our screen culture. At the very outset of this dialogue, Nicole Shukin powerfully questions the centrality of the visual to a project of defining and figuring resource aesthetics; “The Biocapital of Living— and Art of Dying—After Fukushima” speaks to the risk of critical practice that strives only to make visible the invisible. Aligning such practice with the nuclear project itself, Shukin turns instead to the dissensual recalcitrance of those refusing to leave the contaminated zone after nuclear meltdown for evidence of an art of dying that might thwart the biocapital of resilient subjectivity, one of neoliberalism’s most indispensable resources. In “Resource Systems, the Paradigm of Zero-Waste, and the Desire for Sustenance,” Amanda Boetzkes (more enthusiastic than Shukin about the power of critical visualization) examines three recent examples of installation art that make visible contemporary capitalism’s paradoxical capacity to idealize wastelessness by commodifying waste as resource—a productive aesthetic that obscures while perpetuating and proliferating the generalized wasting of bodies and ecologies.

    Carolyn Elerding and Jeff Diamanti expand from a shared premise: that any association of digitality with immateriality is delusional. In “The Materiality of the Digital: Petro-Enlightenment and the Aesthetics of Invisibility,” Elerding works through the energo-politics of supposedly immaterial digital technologies, arguing that as cloud computing obscures strategies of primitive accumulation in digital space, so the aesthetics of digital design—and modularity in particular—reinforce those forms of misrecognition that characterize the damaging compartmentalizations of petroculture. Meanwhile Diamanti’s “Energyscapes, Architecture, and the Expanded Field of Postindustrial Philosophy” identifies, in the infrastructural turn in contemporary architecture, the inseparability of ever-increasing energy wealth (otherwise called “climate crisis”) from ever-decreasing global labour requirements (otherwise called “unemployment crisis”) by means of a critique that defines New Materialism’s ontologies as post-industrial philosophy.

    Jonathan Beller offers an account of the digital attentive to the contemporary screen-image as productive resource, arguing in “The Programmable Image of Capital” that the convergence today of value’s calculus with new forms of sensuous interface and labour—a convergence made possible by digital computers and media platforms—signals the emergence of the computational mode of production as a new phase in the history of capital. The conversation between Brent Ryan Bellamy, Stephanie LeMenager, and Imre Szeman deliberates on the results of taking the critical questions posed by energy and its resource aesthetics into the heart of one’s pedagogy and politics. Finally, taking overburden as its conceptual pivot, Jennifer Wenzel’s afterword literally brings us crashing back to the ground. In her account of the logistics and aesthetics of resources, improvement and overburden supply the coordinates of a way of seeing the unseen (future development, hidden profits) that ultimately determines value and meaning as predicated on the normative fit of the ambitions of capital and what does or does not come into view.

    These diverse contributions on “Resource Aesthetics” thus take up some of the most pressing and contested issues in contemporary resource culture: toxicity and waste, materiality and immateriality, finance and code, the politics of labour and the labour of politics, energy, perception, and capital. They aim to recalibrate or indeed reconstitute the resource question as a resolutely aesthetic problem for materialist theory today. Offering what we hope is an original and welcome intervention in social and cultural theory, the collection confronts the present conjuncture of fossil capital with concepts and methods that might advance the project of dismantling the hold of such capital on our social world.

    Notes

    1. The waste site was not the only radioactive source of media fascination and concern in early May: as several headlines broadcast, government authorities also worried about the security of radiographic instruments used to inspect welding work and to gauge the density of roadways— that is, to reckon the integrity of the built infrastructure of Canada’s extractive industry (The Canadian P 2016). Such radiographic devices exhibit a curious unidirectionality and a certain self-reflexivity. Making visible the otherwise invisible, they remain invisible themselves, only detectable by similar devices sensitive to their level of radioactivity. Much could be observed about the dialectics of visibility and invisibility, of observation and occlusion, materialized in these tools—with considerable import for the concept of resource aesthetics framing this special issue.

    2. This haunting phrase supplies the title for Peter Blow’s 1998 documentary film about this history. For searching critical engagements with these events and their legacies, see Van Wyck’s 2002 essay “The Highway of the Atom” and his 2010 monograph of the same name.

    3. The hidden-in-plain-sight quality of resource aesthetics, as we describe it here, resonates with the ongoing effacement or removal of Indigenous peoples, especially as resource extraction becomes a mechanism for claiming Indigenous lands. Consider, for instance (to focus only on examples from the Canadian context with which we are most familiar), the planned and ongoing operation of chromite mining and smelting in what is known as the ring of fire in Treaty 9 (Nishnawbe Aski Nation), otherwise called the James Bay lowlands; or the struggles over bitumen extraction and development in Treaties 6, 8, and 10 spanning Northern Saskatchewan and Alberta; or the contest over pipeline expansion in the un-ceded Coast Salish and Haida Territories.

    4. As Shukin contends, “[t]he double entendre of rendering is deeply suggestive of the complicity of ‘the arts’ and ‘industry’ in contemporary capitalism” (20). Animal Capital, the book in which Shukin makes this argument, is focused on animality and zoopolitics rather than the energy question—yet we feel her insight into rendering’s double logic bears as readily on the latter in ways and to ends that we hope our concept of resource aesthetics can begin to tease out.

    5. See, for example, Marriott and Minio-Paluello’s The Oil Road: Journeys from the Caspian Sea to the City of London and also Nadia Bozak’s The Cinematic Footprint: Lights, Camera, Natural Resources.

    6. One thinks here, in slightly different terms, of Benjamin’s famous claim that humanity’s “self-alienation has reached such a degree that it can experience its own destruction as an aesthetic pleasure of the first order” (Illuminations 242). Our theorization of the aesthetics of symmetry will also resonate with Timothy Mitchell’s historicizing account of the emergence of ‘the economy’ as a discrete modern entity: “its object was not the material forces and resources of nature and human labor, but a new space that was opened up between nature on the one side and human society and culture on the other—the not-quite-natural, not-quite-social space that came to be called ‘the economy’” (Carbon Democracy 132).

    7. Because Malm argues quite polemically that the contemporary moment—riven by anxieties about climate crisis, the unfolding manifestation of a durational, accumulative history of carbon combustion—constitutes “an epoch of diachronicity” (8), we are tempted to suggest that his account of the totality of the fossil economy involves a form of cognitive mapping against itself, at least with respect to that method’s characteristic correspondence to the supposedly spatializing turn under late capitalism.

    8. Wenzel’s piece concludes a dossier that Brent Ryan Bellamy co-edited with Jeff Diamanti (also a contributor to this special issue of Postmodern Culture) titled “Envisioning the Energy Humanities” for Reviews in Cultural Theory and available at http://reviewsinculture.com/archive/volume-6-issue-3/.

    9. Many thinkers, from Sylvia Federici, Leopoldina Fortunati, Mariarosa Dalla Costa, and the Italian Marxist-feminists to Maya Andrea Gonzalez, Marina Vishmidt, and Lise Vogel, among many others, have articulated the free gift to capital that the normalization of gender offers.

    Works Cited

    • Benjamin, Walter. Illuminations. New York: Schocken Books, 1969. Print.
    • Bozak, Nadia. The Cinematic Footprint: Lights, Camera, Natural Resources. New Brunswick: Rutgers UP, 2012. Print.
    • The Canadian Press. “Fort McMurray Fire: Nuclear Safety Specialists To Inspect Sites For Leaks.” huffingtonpost.com. 12 June 2016. Web. 23 June 2016.
    • Crary, Jonathan. Suspensions of Perception: Attention, Spectacle, and Modern Culture. Cambridge: The MIT P, 1999. Print.
    • De Man, Paul. The Resistance to Theory. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1986. Print. Eagleton, Terry. “The Ideology of the Aesthetic.” Poetics Today. 9.2 (1988): 327–338. Print.
    • Graney, Emma. “Good news, everyone! Wildfires deemed no threat to Fort McMurray radioactive waste site.” Postmedia News 10 May 2016. Web. 14 July 2016.
    • Jameson, Fredric. “Cognitive Mapping.” Marxism and the Interpretation of Culture. Ed. Cary
    • Nelson and Lawrence Grossberg. Urbana: U Illinois P, 1988, pp. 347–60. Print.
    • —. Postmodernism, Or, The Cultural Logic of Late Capitalism. Durham: Duke UP, 1991. Print.
    • Kinkle, Jeff and Alberto Toscano. Cartographies of the Absolute. Winchester: Zero Books, 2015. Print.
    • LeMenager, Stephanie. Living Oil: Petroleum Culture in the American Century. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2014. Print.
    • Loesberg, Jonathan. “Materialism and Aesthetics: Paul de Man’s Aesthetic Ideology.” diacritics 27.4 (Winter 1997): 87–108. Print.
    • Malm, Andreas. Fossil Capital: The Rise of Steam Power and the Roots of Global Warming. New York: Verso, 2016. Print.
    • Marriott, James and Mika Minio-Paluello. The Oil Road: Journeys from the Caspian Sea to the City of London. New York: Verso, 2012. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital Volume I: A Critique of Political Economy. Trans. Ben Fowkes. New York: Penguin Books, 1990. Print.
    • —. The Grundrisse: Foundations of the Critique of Political Economy. Trans. Martin Nicolaus. New York: Penguin Classics, 1973. Print.
    • Mills, Mark P. The Cloud Begins with Coal: Big Data, Big Networks, Big Infrastructure, and Big Power. August 2013. Web. July 2016.
    • Mitchell, Timothy. Carbon Democracy: Political Power in the Age of Oil. New York: Verso, 2011. Print.
    • Moore, Jason. Capitalism and the Web of Life: Ecology and the Accumulation of Capital. New York: Verso, 2015. Print.
    • Nikiforuk, Andrew. “Echoes of the Atomic Age: Cancer kills fourteen aboriginal uranium workers.” Calgary Herald. 14 March 1998. Web. July 2016.
    • Rancière, Jacques. The Politics of Aesthetics: The Distribution of the Sensible. Trans. Gabriel Rockhill. New York: Continuum, 2004. Print.
    • Shukin, Nicole. Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopolitical Times. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.
    • Smith, Neil. Uneven Development: Nature, Capital, and the Production of Space. Athens: U of Georgia P, 2008. Print.
    • Van Wyck, Peter C. Highway of the Atom. Montreal: McGill-Queen’s UP, 2010. Print.
    • —. “The Highway of the Atom: Recollections Along a Route.” Topia 7 (2002): 99–115. Print. Village of Widows. Dir. Peter Blow. Toronto: Lindum Films, 1998. Film.
    • Wenzel, Jennifer. “Taking Stock of Energy Humanities.” Reviews in Cultural Theory 6.3 (February 2016): 30–34. Print.

  • The Biocapital of Living–and the Art of Dying–After Fukushima

    Nicole Shukin (bio)
    University of Victoria

    Abstract

    After Fukushima, a tiny handful of “refuseniks” defied the government’s orders to evacuate a twenty-kilometer zone around the damaged reactors in the region. Rather than relocating to temporary shelters, several refuseniks remained in the zone to care for livestock who had been abandoned, and whose market value had been ruined by exposure to radiation. This essay formulates their defiance as an “art of dying” in order to amplify its potential to undermine resilience as a resource of the biopolitical and nuclear state, and to open up the possibility of a post-capitalist animality within the nuclear ruins.

    Introduction: “After Fukushima”

    The recent disaster referred to in shorthand as 3/11, that is, the meltdown of several nuclear reactors at the Fukushima Daiichi plant in east Japan triggered by a 9.0 magnitude earthquake and tsunami on March 11, 2011, isn’t only a compound catastrophe that realizes the lethal gamble of nuclear energy. Despite the slash or tear in the historical calendar that 3/11 seeks to rend, the disaster shorthand paradoxically places 3/11 in lineage with the earlier rupture of 9/11. Far from the isolated event that a catastrophe ostensibly signifies, 3/11 throws the serialization of disasters in neoliberal times into relief, including even the anticipation of a sequel. Other resource or energy accidents prior to 3/11 may have similarly appeared exceptional in their scale and deadliness, yet the contingent singularity of each disaster is belied by an iterability that links them within a chain of neoliberal catastrophes to which we are becoming accustomed: Fukushima, Deepwater Horizon, Chernobyl, Exxon Valdez, Bhopal, and so on.

    What characterizes this chain of disasters as neoliberal isn’t simply the unaccountability of resource multinationals whose aggressive economic activities are enabled, to a historically unprecedented degree, by a state that now “secures, advances, and props the economy” rather than protecting against its excesses, as Wendy Brown puts it (64). While “the socialization of risk accompanying the privatization of gain” is certainly illustrated by 3/11, this dynamic does not describe the full impact of neoliberalism (Brown 72). Following Brown, who herself builds upon Foucault’s lectures on the subject, the fuller achievement of neoliberalism is the enlargement of “economy” into an all-pervasive epistemology and ontology, raising “the market itself to a principle of all life or of government” (Brown 61). The economy is “detached from exclusive association with the production or circulation of goods and the accumulation of wealth” and attached to an array of arch-organizing “principles, metrics, and modes of conduct, including for endeavors where monetary profit and wealth are not at issue” (Brown 62). For Foucault and Brown, neoliberalism constitutes a “governing rationality” (Brown 9) capable of revolutionizing the very meaning and matter of life and death by virtue of stealthily implanting market reasoning into every sphere of existence, “from mothering to mating, from learning to criminality, from planning one’s family to planning one’s death” (Brown 67). It is no surprise, then, that even an environmental and social catastrophe like 3/11 gets reconstituted as a neoliberal object lesson and growth opportunity. Far from memorializing an unrepeatable tragedy, 3/11 betrays something about the ontological power of a hegemonic form of economic reason to systematically make allowances for, and subjectively condition us to accept, serial catastrophes as an inevitability of life in the twenty-first century.

    Yet as Brown also notes, neoliberalism is neither inevitable nor homogeneous; how it manifests in the nuclear nation of Japan before and after Fukushima is clearly different from “the neoliberalism of the 1970s” or from “neoliberalism as an experiment on and in the Third World” (49). Neoliberalism “ranges and changes temporally and geographically” (49), a global phenomenon that is “ubiquitous and omnipresent, yet disunified and nonidentical with itself” (48). More crucially, how the seeming inevitability of a neoliberal nuclear industry and its ontological conditions and effects are contested after Fukushima is overdetermined in nationally and historically specific ways for the Japanese. After all, Fukushima represents both “the unthinkable return of radiation” in Japan (Lippit, “Instead”) and, as Anne Allison notes in Precarious Japan, a post-War quagmire of precarity arising from unprecedented forms of precarious labor, social insecurity, and environmental contamination (13). The nuclear nation’s exposure of its own population to radioactive risk through the “peaceful” production of atomic energy needs to be placed in historical relation with the specific forms of precarity accompanying neoliberalism in Japan as well as with the earlier acts of total war suffered by the people of Hiroshima and Nagasaki.1

    Jean-Luc Nancy notes that when he was asked to speak to what it means to philosophize “after Fukushima,” the question evoked for him Adorno’s declaration that there can be no poetry after Auschwitz, and he voices a concern that co-conjuring Auschwitz and Fukushima in this way risks minimizing the incommensurability of two separate horrors (1). Worried by the sinister rhyme of Fukushima with Hiroshima, Nancy cautions against confusing “the name Hiroshima–the target of enemy bombing–with that of Fukushima, a name in which are mingled several orders of natural and technological, political and economic phenomena” (13). And he recalls the insistence by philosopher Satoshi Ukai that “‘Fukushima’ does not suffice to designate all the regions affected (he names the counties of Miyagi and Iwate) …” (13).

    Yet Nancy nonetheless probes for an actual commensurability that does require linking and thinking such different disasters together. Auschwitz can be likened to Hiroshima, proposes Nancy, when both are recognized as disastrous precursors of Fukushima, acts of annihilation made possible by the fusion of technoscientific rationality and a globalized system of general equivalence into a devastating combine that begins self-proliferating interests and ends in chilling indifference to the living. Regarding what is common to Auschwitz and Hiroshima, Nancy has this to say:

    The significance of these enterprises that overflow from war and crime is in fact in every instance a significance wholly included within a sphere independent of the existence of a world: the sphere of a projection of possibilities at once fantastical and technological that have their own ends, or more precisely whose ends are openly for their own proliferation, in the exponential growth of figures and powers that have value for and by themselves, indifferent to the existence of the world and all of its beings. (12)

    The subsumption of all spheres of existence, values, and activities into a “regime of general equivalence” (a market economy in which money, according to Marx, renders all things commensurable or exchangeable) in combination with a technological civilization whose “fantastical” projections become self-serving ends with no relation to existence: this co-proliferation of indifferent technology and indifferent equivalence is, in Nancy’s view, the continuous disaster within which Fukushima calls to be understood. He writes, “the regime of general equivalence henceforth virtually absorbs, well beyond the monetary or financial sphere but thanks to it and with regard to it, all the spheres of existence of humans, and along with them all things that exist” (5). To imagine philosophy, not to mention a future, “after Fukushima” requires, then, the possibility of existing aside or apart from an order of real subsumption that technologically metastasizes to the point of enfolding even disasters into capitalist chains of equivalence. At the same time, however, alternatives to global capitalism would need to emerge out of the impossibility of any “after” that could cleanly break with a history of capitalism whose technological infrastructures, toxic burdens, and radioactive traces are now irremediably insinuated into everything animate and inanimate. Thanks in particular to the radioactive resources and wastes of the nuclear economy, material life is laced with the poisonous legacy of a global nuclear industry to such an extent that even if capitalism were to be overthrown tomorrow, it would necessarily be lived as a deadly trace long into the future. In other words, any imagination of a life after capitalism, after Fukushima, will have to contend with its nuclear ruins.

    In what follows, I therefore grapple with the lethality of neoliberal nuclear power in relation to a meltdown that began before 3/11 and that will persist interminably into the future. The term “meltdown” is my own shorthand for the disastrous equivalence or indifference discerned by Nancy. The unfathomable fallout from the ongoing meltdown in Japan confronts us, more particularly, with a nuclear sublime that has led other philosophers like Jacques Rancière to revisit Kant’s formulation of the sublime as the “imagination’s incapacity to present a totality to reason, analogous to its feeling of powerlessness before the wild forces of nature” (Aesthetics 89). Confronted with the sublime meltdown in Japan, I seek to direct attention to a resource that may not at first appear critical to comprehending the nuclear restart currently underway in Japan and the continuing production of nuclear energy despite (or, as we’ll see, because of) the “lesson” of Fukushima.2 From the location in Canada where I write, the resource economy that might appear most pressing to engage is uranium mining. After all, the Canadian-based Cameco Corporation is a key supplier of uranium to Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO), owner of the damaged nuclear reactors in Fukushima prefecture. When it comes to the resources of the nuclear economy, it would be equally tempting to excavate for the longer history of Canada’s role as a supplier of uranium through its part in the Manhattan project, recalling the national sacrifice of indigenous land, labor, and health in the mining of the uranium used in the bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki.3 Much, no doubt, can also be said about the missing materiality of nuclear fuel after Fukushima, and about TEPCO’s attempt to locate the fuel rods in its ruined reactor No.1 by using muon tomography to produce images of a sublime core too deadly to be approached by humans (muon tomography uses the cosmic radiation of subatomic particles to penetrate matter and generate images) (“Muon”). However, as central as the mining of uranium and the sublime materiality of atomic fuel may be to the resource politics and aesthetics of nuclear power, I contend that this lethal form of energy is also heavily reliant upon a less obvious resource: that of human resourcefulness itself, or human resilience.

    Resilient subjects constitute the positive, biopolitical “double” of deadly energy run amuck, given the phenomenal energy they release in reaction to/with catastrophe. As many critics of the burgeoning neoliberal interest in human and ecological resilience have noted, resilient subjects are in the first instance a product of adversity. “[C]ore to any definition of resilience,” write Brad Evans and Julian Reid, “is the ability to react and adjust positively when things go wrong; that is, resilience occurs in the presence of adversity” (32). Although resilience gets fetishized as a resourcefulness inherent to human nature and the ecosystems in which humans are embedded, it demands to be critically interrogated as a contingent form of biocapital that is shocked into existence by neoliberal catastrophe, which is to say, catastrophe allowed for and managed by an economic rationality now installed within every sphere of life. Resilience is exploited as a potent resource of flexible labor and life accustomed to the chronically precarious conditions of unlimited growth. If resilient subjectivity is accidentally produced by sudden disaster, it is also consciously cultivated and valorized by corporate and state institutions that have a stake in individuals’ and populations’ ability to subjectively manage objectively unbearable conditions of life. The capacity of resilient subjects to acclimatize to new thresholds of life and death that have been stretched beyond previously imagined limits emerges as an enabling condition of the reproduction of global capitalism and as a means of averting politicization of adversity. In short, resilient subjects constitute a resource that is invaluable in socially mitigating the deadly effects of disaster and in conditioning or preparing individuals and populations to weather future shocks that promise to be as, if not more, lethal.

    By identifying capitalism with a logic of proliferation that amounts to a death drive in its indifference to “the existence of the world and all of its beings” (12), Nancy risks overlooking the degree to which the necropolitics of disaster are imbricated with the biopolitics of resilience. To put it another way, what Fukushima compels us to consider is the degree to which the inhuman rule of equivalence banks on the passionate resilience of living beings that cling to life in the face of disaster. The resilience of life-forms and life systems that, more than just surviving adversity, emerge with increased tensile strength, having learned an extreme lesson in the value of adaptability and flexibility, constitutes a species of biocapital. It does so by enabling an inflexible rule of equivalence to continuously (and disastrously) overcome not only what Marx termed “natural barriers” to capitalism (410), but also the self-impairing barriers capitalism poses to itself by damaging the very ecological conditions of life.4

    I broach the biocapital of human resilience by focusing on a tiny but telling handful of people who defied government orders to evacuate the twenty-kilometer area around TEPCO’s Fukushima Daiichi plant, choosing to stay behind in unmitigated exposure to radiation. These so-called “refuseniks,”5 several of them bachelor farmers whose irrational stasis contrasts starkly with the mobility of thousands of nuclear refugees who relocated to temporary shelters according to the (hypocritical) biopolitics of population health and safety, arguably represent a radical rather than resilient fatalism. Their recalcitrance potentially undermines the biocapital of human resilience even as it is susceptible to recuperation by a nuclear industry and nuclear nation that would expose biological life to lethal experimentation and exploit the adaptability of those living subjects who survive. In the defiance of the handful of people who refuse relocation, the possibility of an “after Fukushima” may be glimpsed, in at least two senses. Firstly, the refuseniks show that an ontological counter-experiment from below is possible, a post-capitalist existence lived aside or apart from (yet in acute exposure to) the neoliberal nuclear economy. They ironically rehabilitate a sacrifice zone into a time-space of living and dying that opens an aporia within common sense. Secondly, the refuseniks appear to reject the available subject positions, particularly the resilient subjectivity that correlates with a neoliberal history of catastrophe and that sensibly agrees to cope with deadly capitalism. They do so, arguably, through what I call an art of dying, one that evades the pincers of both the biopolitical and the nuclear state by refusing the logics that mitigate and rationalize catastrophic capitalism.

    The art of dying involves disabusing oneself and others of the illusion that the subjects of catastrophic capitalism are anything but the living dead. Yet the art of dying simultaneously robs capitalism of its sublime power, its threat, by both carrying on banal everyday life in an area declared exceptionally dangerous and by choosing a solidarity with dying that changes the subjective experience of that threat. Finally, as the comments of several refuseniks show, the art of dying takes the form of an identification or kinship with the animality of fellow creatures written off as useless once their convertibility into capital is ruined by radiation, an identification particularly with livestock that was supposed to have been culled in obedience to a government advisory but that largely ended up being abandoned to starvation in the panic of evacuation. Rejecting the self-preserving common sense of human relocation and other biopolitical strategies of building immunity to radiation, those who stay behind complicate the neoliberal language of resilience that enables deadly capitalism to have a future. But again, any “after” Fukushima or any post-capitalist existence that Fukushima’s refuseniks may germinate in the nuclear ruins is a ghostly hollowing out of a system by those who frontally face the blunt reality that the nuclear sublime ultimately makes all earthlings into the living dead. I ask, among other things, whether those residents of Fukushima who refuse to evacuate can be understood in terms of “the already dead” as elaborated by Eric Cazdyn (4), and if so, how the already dead might thwart the biocapital of resilient subjectivity and materialize the imagination of a future after, or aside from, capitalism.

    In interrogating resilience as a resource of the nuclear sublime through the foil of Fukushima’s refuseniks, it becomes apparent that human resilience represents only the edge of a more specious terrain of biocapital. This terrain comprises the even greater resourcefulness of interconnected life-forms placed under severe duress that struggle to salvage basic conditions of life and, in the process, capitalism’s ecological conditions of existence. As James O’Connor emphasizes, “conditions of production” are now identical with ecological “conditions of life,” which means that any life-preserving resilience on the part of organisms or ecosystems effectively serves the reproduction of the system of capitalism (308). If the defiance posed by a scattering of refuseniks keeps open the alternative of a post-capitalist subjectivity or, more accurately, a post-capitalist animality, their example is again constantly at risk of being recuperated as a neoliberal object lesson in the value of stoically weathering deadly environments.

    The Nuclear Sublime and Aesthetic Politics of (In)Visibility

    The aesthetic concept that suggests itself most readily in relation to the ungraspable totality of meltdowns like Fukushima and their effects on earthly bodies is, unsurprisingly, that of the sublime. In The Nuclear Borderlands: The Manhattan Project in Post-Cold War New Mexico (2006), Joseph Masco troubles the fetishization of what he first called the “nuclear sublime” by asking: “What kind of cultural work is performed in the act of making something ‘unthinkable’?” (2). In relation to a Cold War American culture that was simultaneously building the atom bomb and rhetorically projecting nuclear war as unthinkable, he proposes that “to make something ‘unthinkable’ is to place it outside of language, to deny its comprehensibility and elevate it into the realm of the sublime” (3). The sublime, in Masco’s view, is ultimately an aesthetic ruse that functions to divert attention away from “the everyday social and material effects of the U.S. nuclear production complex” (4).

    However, the invisibility of radiation together with the incomprehensible complexity of a system of global capitalism suggest a politics of the sublime beyond that of an aesthetic strategy of diverting attention. As Gabrielle Hecht has noted, nuclear power is a political ontology that constitutes material histories, geographies, and bodies, not to mention reorganizes the very substance of life and death (320). Masco himself illustrates the ontological politics of the nuclear economy when he notes that trace amounts of radiation from U.S. nuclear testing during the Cold War continue to be found in virtually all living tissue. “Every person on the planet now receives a certain amount of radiation each day produced by the cumulative effects of above-ground nuclear weapons tests and radioactive releases from within the global nuclear complex” (26). With the nuclear sublime, aesthetic politics become inextricable from the ontological and biological struggle of life-forms over their very conditions of survival and existence. And it is the question of what this struggle might look like, and how the living might ontologically resist rather than resiliently adjust, that becomes key to an aesthetic politics.

    I’ve already suggested that the sublime disaster of the nuclear meltdown is historically supplemented by the biocapital of resilient subjects who manage to survive in increasingly lethal environments. Invoking Kant’s analytic of the sublime, Brad Evans and Julian Reid propose that the neoliberal philosophy of resilience “teaches us to live in a terrifying yet normal state of affairs that suspends us in petrified awe,” which is to say, in a de-politicized attitude before neoliberal catastrophe, dutifully soldiering on and powerless to imagine the possibility of future emancipation (16). Against this attitude of stoic acceptance, which ultimately lays the subjective conditions for unbounded capitalism, and against the negation of any possibility of making sense of or cognitively mapping a terrifying totality, Rancière proposes an aesthetic politics that would open an aporia of another kind within what he terms the “distribution of the sensible” (Politics 7). Unlike sublime terror, this aporia is produced from below, by the energy of emancipatory subjects who, unlike resilient subjects, refuse to accept continuous endangerment as their chronic lot. Rancière takes issue with Lyotard’s reversal of the Kantian notion of the sublime in the latter’s contention that matter itself (rather than supersensible ideas or reason, as in Kant’s third Critique) constitutes a sublime, inhuman “Thing” that exceeds human comprehension, and whose unrepresentability is the negative subject of postmodern art. For Rancière, Lyotard’s formulation of the sublime is tantamount to a renunciation of material history and social struggle by virtue of reducing humans to a passive posture of speechlessness before the unrepresentable. Rancière’s concern is not unrelated to the problem Evan and Reid have with neoliberal lessons in resilience designed to acclimatize subjects to the inevitability of insecure, dangerous life. As Stephen Zepke notes,

    Rancière objects to how Lyotard’s sublime and avant-garde event refuses to link art’s specificity to a future emancipation, but connects it instead “to an immemorial and never-ending catastrophe” …. This, Rancière continues, “transforms every promise of emancipation into a lie” and makes “resistance” an “endless work of mourning.” (9)

    Lyotard’s fault, in Rancière’s stringent view, is that he “disconnects artistic modernism from the ‘grand narrative’ of the emancipation of the proletariat and reconnects it to that of the extermination of the Jews” (qtd. in Zepke 10). In the context of Fukushima, such an aesthetic of the sublime would, in Rancière’s reading, consign people to being victims and witnesses of ongoing catastrophe rather than emancipatory actors able to intervene in material history to change its course.

    The aporia of dissensus or disagreement, which Rancière formulates in place of the sublime, strikes or breaks differently into a given “distribution of sense.” As Rancière puts it, the creative struggle of people produces a radical “fissure in the sensible order by confronting the established framework of perception, thought, and action with the ‘inadmissible’” (Politics 85), introducing new claims previously deemed unthinkable or impossible. The unrepresentable, in other words, is converted into the politically possible through acts of dissensus that open a polity to “the part that previously had no part” (to echo Rancière’s terminology, 12). Rancière’s theorization of disagreement poses a stark challenge to the ontological compliance or agreement with catastrophe that is cultivated by neoliberal cultures of resilience, and his work insists that it is a positive ontology of creative existence and struggle for equality that is ultimately at stake in aesthetic politics.6

    With this tense bundling of positions on the sublime in view, I turn to the twenty-kilometer exclusion zone declared around the Fukushima Daiichi plant following the nuclear meltdown, and to the scattering of humans who defied orders to evacuate. The occupation of this deadly geography by residents who, against common sense and governmental reason, insist on residing in homes and on farms rendered alien by radiation compels consideration of the aesthetic politics of the nuclear sublime as a political ontology involving nothing less than an art and politics of living/dying. Whether their disagreement amounts to dissensus in the Rancièrian sense, or whether it will be recuperated as resilience and as a resource of nuclear energy futures, remains to be seen. But by way of approaching this question, I want to briefly trace how the refuseniks’ irrational act of living in exposure to deadly radiation compares with other responses to the nuclear sublime that are more readily recognizable as aesthetic, possibly because in striving to make invisible radiation visible, the politics of the latter continues to inhabit a representational rather than an ontological register.

    Akin to the resource aesthetics of the film documentary on Edward Burtynsky’s photographs of industrial mega-projects, Manufactured Landscapes (2006), a great deal of political art after Fukushima has revolved around the invisibility of the nuclear economy and the seemingly limitless threat of nuclear materials and wastes (recall that the half-life of a radioactive isotope like plutonium is 24,000 years, and the plutonium leaking from the Fukushima Daiichi plant will still be energetic in half a million years). The description of the Arts Catalyst’s Actinium exhibit on nuclear culture remarks on artists’ efforts to make the invisible or the concealed visible: “Artists are making the nuclear economy increasingly visible by rethinking nuclear materials and architectures, decay rates and risk perception, questioning the 20th century belief in nuclear modernity” (“Actinium”). Both the Tokyo Electric Power Company (TEPCO) and the Japanese government have been scathingly accused of minimizing the amount of radiation released into the atmosphere, land, and ocean; understandably, many citizen groups and activists have sought to demystify the company’s and government’s pictures of the disaster in order to expose its hidden magnitudes. Thus an explosion of political art inside and outside Japan, from films like “The Radiant” by the Otolith group (2012) to Japanoise concerts to art exhibitions like Ken and Julia Yonetani’s display of uranium chandeliers, entitled Crystal Palace: The Great Exhibition of the Works of Industry of All Nuclear Nations (2012), has sought to politicize the meltdown by making its impacts visible or audible, antagonizing nuclear nations like Japan and a global nuclear economy that exploits radiation’s invisibility to downplay its material effects.

    Despite its interventions, however, political art devoted to critical visibility arguably can go only so far in producing a fissure or dissensus within the given distribution of sense, for the simple reason that visibility as a political means and end is imbricated in the very history and technologies of nuclear power that it would contest. The pursuit of visibility inadvertently participates in the logic of “the enlightened earth” that nuclear energy disastrously escalates. Masco invokes the words of Horkheimer and Adorno to sound the underlying resonance between Enlightenment thought and the rationalities driving nuclear energy and culture: “The Enlightenment has always aimed at liberating men from fear and establishing their sovereignty. Yet the fully enlightened earth radiates disaster triumphant” (qtd. in Masco 1). As ideologically entangled as the pursuit of critical visibility may at times be in forms of enlightenment reason, the deeper complicity is material and literal. After all, Japan’s “peaceful” nuclear energy program exists to power an electrical grid that supplies current to human populations now existing in a “24/7” order of illuminated wakefulness. In 24/7: Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep, Jonathan Crary observes that late capitalism has effectively removed the “off” switch on electricity-powered lights, computers, and electronic devices, eroding the distinction between day and night. Electricity powers a perpetual, illuminated daytime and a “surplus” wakefulness, by which Crary refers to forms of surplus value generated by people who continue to consume and produce in what were previously the off-hours of the human sensorium, once closed to capitalist value-making in the unproductive state of sleep. The pursuit of critical visibility is complicated not only by this nuclear-powered hegemony of electricity and light over downtime and darkness; it gets even more complicated when one considers the intimate relationships between the modern histories and techniques of photography, cinema, and nuclear science. In 1896, the year the German physicist Wilhelm Conrad Röntgen discovered X-rays, the French physicist Henri Becquerel discovered spontaneous radiation by accident during an experiment on phosphorescent light. Becquerel had sprinkled uranium salts on Lumière photographic plates and happened to notice that the plates generated a photograph even though they hadn’t been exposed to an external light source such as the sun. In this way, Becquerel discovered the existence of invisible rays immanent to physical matter itself, rays strong enough in this case to produce visual images. As Thomas Pringle puts it, with radiation’s image-making effects it seemed “as though the earthly matter itself was reaching out and participating in photographic processes” (136).

    The point, however, is that in both their means and ends photography and nuclear science share a history as well as material resources and techniques, particularly “exposure” of bodies to light, either in the form of visible or invisible rays. In the historical relation that he charts between radiation and celluloid film, Pringle elaborates on this shared logic, noting that with the atomic light released by the bombs dropped on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, human biology itself was treated “as a kind of film” exposed to lethal light (142). Television and cinema have also been implicated in nuclear technologies and imaginaries; Jean Baudrillard contends that the

    homology of the nuclear and of television can be read directly in the images: nothing resembles the control and telecommand headquarters of the nuclear power station more than TV studios, and the nuclear consoles are combined with those of the recording and broadcasting studios in the same imaginary. (53–54)

    And Akira Mizuta Lippit reads postwar Japanese cinema in relation to what he terms the “avisuality” or excess visuality unleashed by atomic light (Atomic 82). Writes Lippit: “the atomic explosions in Hiroshima and Nagasaki turned these cities, in the instant of a flash, into massive cameras; the victims grafted onto the geography by the radiation, radiographed” (50). The desire for total visibility becomes, in Lippit’s analysis, simultaneous with the “thanatographics” of nuclear annihilation (50).

    Understanding the task of political art after Fukushima as a making visible of the invisible therefore risks leaving the exchanges, homologies, and agreements between visibility, visuality, and nuclear power untroubled. The artist who seeks to illuminate catastrophe must be careful not to perpetuate it inadvertently by replicating the physicist’s, photographer’s, or even bomb’s pursuit of irradiated matter in this ongoing history of energy and light. Tokyo Electric Power Company, as I already mentioned, is using the inhuman in-sight of muons to penetrate and produce images inside its No. 1 reactor. Poison and cure become exchangeable in a nuclear pharmakon that relies on the invisible rays of radiographic matter to supply visual data of radioactive fuel that cannot be approached by any living body without reducing it to cinders.7 TEPCO’s accountability for the sublime meltdown takes the form of an exercise in generating visual evidence of the fuel rods’ location, ironically perpetuating Japan’s reliance upon an atomic imaginary and science at the very moment when a mass movement to decommission the nation’s nuclear reactors is at its strongest. If dissensus with nuclear power is to be found in Fukushima prefecture, in Japan, and beyond, it thus will arguably need to be of a kind that opens a fissure in this distribution of the sensible wherein the politics of visibility and atomic energy trade insights and techniques.

    The politics of visibility also risk dovetailing with the politics of human biocapital in extreme acts of visual witnessing, such as video journalist Tetsuo Jimbo’s foray into the twenty-kilometer exclusion zone to capture images of the inside. With a camera and Geiger counter on his car dash measuring levels of radiation exposure as he drives into the zone, kamikazi style, Jimbo’s “Inside Report from Fukushima Nuclear Reactor” (2011) is spiced with a sense of suicidal daring that adds risk-value to his footage. Reporters like Jimbo risk their health (even if it is as much the perception of risk as actual risk that is excited by forays into the exclusion zone) in a way that raises the stakes of visuality. He undoubtedly exposes himself to the dangers of extreme radiation, but this endangerment is dramatized for political effect and carefully monitored. Visibly clocking the duration and degree of exposure becomes something of a cliché and caché in this genre of extreme reportage, and suggests that entrepreneurial acts of visual witnessing may already be trading tropes with a neoliberal culture of resilience that promotes disaster as an opportunity.

    This is not to say that political art or activism that seeks to make intensities of radiation visible isn’t a crucial response to chronic government deception after 3/11, as well as a potent means of agitating for political change. The work of citizen science groups to crowdsource radiation data and generate detailed maps, for instance, has been invaluable in helping people in Japan navigate irradiated life after 3/11. However, by living in at once more extreme and more unspectacular exposure to radiation, the refuseniks embody a different aesthetic politics, one that is closer to the Rancièrian formulation of aesthetic politics. In embodying a “form of life” that is barely intelligible, or that doesn’t make sense in relation to the governing rationality of human life and health, one that involves an art of dying, they cause an ontological perturbation within political common sense.8

    The Art of Dying

    Jeremy Walker and Melinda Cooper describe resilience as nothing less than “a governmental philosophy of nature and society” (145), and they trace a genealogy of the concept from its neoliberal variations back to C. S. Holling’s seminal definition of ecological resilience: “a measure of the persistence of systems and of their ability to absorb change and disturbance and still maintain the same relationships between populations or state variables” (Holling 14). The resource of resilience has clearly yielded value for those invested in Japan’s nuclear economy, considering how rapidly initial government plans to decommission all of the nation’s nuclear plants after 3/11 have been reversed. Neither the terrible ongoing meltdown in Fukushima nor the massive waves of anti-nuclear protest inside and outside Japan have been able to end a nuclear economy whose arsenal now includes a governmental philosophy of resilience that subjectivizes people into making the best of catastrophe. The rootedness of the concept of resilience in eco-systems theory suggests that it serves the survival of large-scale systems that seek to capture crisis within a feedback loop of self-improving information. If meltdown and mass protest aren’t capable of catalyzing radical change, how could I possibly suggest that a handful of stay-behinds in the exclusion zone might somehow jam the loop or hold the clue to a possible life “after Fukushima” in their art of dying? In suggesting this, don’t I run a risk of preposterously fetishizing a handful of individuals who are far from politically mobilized (in contrast, for instance, with the mobilization of the Mother’s Movement against nuclear power by Japanese women), who lead largely isolated lives in the zone, and who could easily be seen as the most vulnerable and politically resigned of all who managed to escape with their lives following 3/11?

    There is much to support this other reading. Yet if the image of resistance one seeks is “political” in the narrow sense, then it will be impossible to see much at work in the aesthetic-ontological act of staying behind in the exclusion zone. Even looking for something “at work” is already a misdirection, since the kind of protest against the nuclear sublime and its accompanying cultures of resilience that, I propose, can be glimpsed in the zone is more akin to the unproductivity of the state of sleep that, Jonathan Crary worries, is increasingly eroded in late capitalism; the refuseniks represent something like the resourcelessness of a nighttime that used to limit how far capitalism could reach into and resourcify the human sensorium. Much as Eric Cazdyn says about “the already dead,” the refuseniks “do not constitute a political movement in the traditional sense. Rather, they portend a political consciousness that can inspire and inform political movements” (9). Tellingly, even as I write these words the Japanese government is planning to make the deadness of the exclusion zone productive again, whether by using it as a graveyard for radioactive waste materials or as a test site for drones and robots.9 So if the refuseniks belie the ostensible totality and inevitability of global capitalism by installing another ontology within its nuclear core, and if this ontology can be understood as analogous to the reemergence of a time (night) and an activity (sleep) not yet annexed into the 24/7 daytime of production and consumption, theirs is paradoxically a protest that will last only as long as it takes for the nuclear wasteland to be re-subsumed into the business of equivalence.

    Many critics have noted that the seeming deadness of exclusion zones for humans and for capitalist value-production is belied by the explosion of feral and wild animal life in nuclear sacrifice zones such as those in New Mexico, Chernobyl, and now Fukushima (Broglio). Immediately following 3/11, the area around the Fukushima Daiichi plant was a radiation ecology weirdly teeming with life, with the singular exception of one species (humans). Significantly, a solidarity with the life in the zone written off by the market and the state is expressed by refuseniks when explaining their reasons for defying evacuation orders. In the first of two film documentaries entitled Nuclear Nation (2012), made nine months after the meltdown, Atsushi Funahashi follows some of the more than 1,400 residents of the town of Futaba who were evacuated and temporarily resettled at Kisai High School in Kazo City. Nuclear Nation also documents the defiance of some of the people who refused to evacuate, including farmers like Masami Yoshizawa. The brief but charged remarks of Yoshizawa, in particular, suggest to me the possibility that the so-called refuseniks might embody an unsettling subjectivity that runs counter to the biopolitical grain of the times, one that resembles that of “the already dead.”

    The film first shows Yoshizawa distributing feed to his herd of cattle while talking about his decision to stay behind. He points to the cows: “They’re surviving proof of what happened. Of course, we are, too. Lots of people escaped, but we couldn’t, nor did we want to.” His next words suggest that the desire to stay in place, in unmitigated exposure to radiation, springs from a shared spirit of animal defiance rather than from a passive or resigned subjectivity: “These guys are protesting the nuclear accident too,” he nods at the cows. Yoshizawa ignored a government order to cull his cattle, and while many livestock animals starved to death in the days and weeks following 3/11, Yoshizawa refused to abandon his livestock to starvation. A 2012 article in The Guardian, “Fukushima’s rebel farmers refuse to abandon livestock,” relates that other farmers similarly ignored evacuation orders, and for similar reasons (McCurry). A mini-documentary on the rebel farmer Naoto Matsumura, entitled “Alone in the Zone,” importantly reveals a tendency to sentimentalize, indeed fetishize, men whose love of animals inspires such sacrificial devotion. Other media stories describe Matsumura as the “world’s most radioactive man” (Miller), and again demonstrate how highly susceptible the so-called rebels are to being recuperated as figures of super-resiliency. The heroicization of lone bachelor farmers like Matsumura excites depoliticized pathos in a way that could culturally undercut the anti-nuclear politics of another explicitly gendered movement that mobilizes for change outside the zone, namely, the Mothers Movement.

    Yet one of the most succinct expressions of radical kinship with animals and animality captured by Funahashi in Nuclear Nation, and spoken by Yoshizawa, is not so easily dismissed:

    I can’t sell these cows. Keeping them, feeding them, incurring expenses. What’s the use in that? I was conflicted. But my mind’s made up. I’m committed to letting these cows live. My destiny is linked with theirs.

    The farmer’s words are charged, particularly the word “destiny” that simultaneously evokes the deadly exposure to radiation that he finally chooses in solidarity with his cattle and the aporetic anticipation of a future in which he has no longer agreed to reproduce the known universe of capitalist value-making and human exceptionalism. What does it mean to link oneself ontologically to the fate of creatures whose existence, previously circumscribed by their exchange-value as biological property or “animal capital” (Shukin), is suddenly void of value? Yoshizawa no longer owns three hundred “head” of cattle, exactly, although in the film this is the number of animals he says he continues to tend; the relationship of human ownership radically shifts when he begins to “incur expenses” without any hope of return on investment. Although the farmer has not evacuated the region, he has evacuated economic reason by fatalistically identifying with animals that, paradoxically, only have a chance of dying after Fukushima. When I say that they only have a chance of dying, let me emphasize that phrase’s double valence: Yoshizawa both identifies with the pathetic fate of animals that have been abandoned to radiation and anticipates the unexpected future that opens up of living with animals who only now have a chance of dying, once radiation poisoning has ruined them for the economy of slaughter. Only now, in other words, do his cows have a chance of living past the age at which they would normally have been sent to market. The ontological art of dying I’m attributing to recalcitrants like Yoshizawa is therefore one that emerges out of a kinship with animal death, out of the possibility that one’s death need not be finally decided either by the market or by the biopolitical rationality of a state. While there’s no doubt that this kinship or identification is prone to exciting a depoliticized cult of animal love in the nuclear wasteland, there is also a chance that it could ignite the possibility of materially imagining post-capitalist community.

    Cazdyn’s theorization of “the already dead” is helpful in elucidating an art of dying opposed to the resilient subject’s adjustment to continuous catastrophe. For Cazdyn, “[t]he paradigmatic condition illustrating the already dead is that of the medical patient who has been diagnosed with a terminal disease only to live through medical advances that then turn the terminal illness into a chronic one” (4). As he notes, “[t]he disease remains life threatening, still incurable, even though it is managed and controlled, perhaps indefinitely” (4). Although Cazdyn doesn’t refer to the governmental philosophy of resilience per se, his likening of a catastrophic system of global capitalism to a terminal illness that is managed as a chronic condition as opposed to being radically contested speaks closely to the resource, or biocapital, of resilience. Rather than some zombie state cooked up by popular culture, the already dead, as he formulates it, is an ontological refusal to accept the unlivable conditions of capitalist life as a chronic condition. “It is only when the living remember that they are already dead that the possibility for liberation emerges,” he proposes (190). Cazdyn’s formulation of the already dead is unwittingly echoed by Evans and Reid’s invocation of death in their more explicit critique of resilient life: “Resilience cheats us of … [the] affirmative task of learning how to die. It exposes life to lethal principles so that it may live a non-death” (13). Yet Evans and Reid, while challenging neoliberal and biopolitical rationalities that have effectively monopolized the meaning and substance of life and death, finally propose an “art of living” rather than an art of death in response (175). Moreover, the art of living they elaborate hinges upon a

    reconstituted understanding of the human as a fundamentally political subject; one empowered by its hubristic belief in an ability to secure itself from those elements of the world it encounters as hostile to its world, rather than being cast in a permanent condition of resilient adaptation to a biologized understanding of the nature of the world as such. (43)

    Neither Evans and Reid nor Cazdyn consider how ontological protest against the capitalization of life might involve other animals. The art of dying in kinship with other animals that emerges in the Fukushima exclusion zone, however, suggests that it is precisely when humans are biopolitically reduced to resilient organisms and radiation experiments that it becomes crucial that animality be occupied as a counter-practice.

    Foucault suggests something along these lines in The Courage of Truth (1983–84), when he says of the cynical mode of life (most infamously modeled by the Greek philosopher Diogenes, who shamelessly chose to live in the open like a dog) that by virtue of being “indexed to nature, and only nature, [it] ends up giving a positive value to animality” (282). More than just a “material model of existence” (283), Foucault proposes, “[a]nimality is an exercise. It is a test for oneself, and at the same time a scandal for others” (283). The art of dying after Fukushima involves confronting the deadliness of the nuclear economy with a “practice of animality” in this sense (288). As Cazdyn writes, “[t]he already dead refuse … either to die or to be alive until these categories can be remade to accommodate the unique and new existence the already dead experience” (198). Most importantly, perhaps, the question of the already dead is inseparable from the problem of trying “to imagine what comes after globalization” (Cazdyn 161). As Cazdyn declares, “[i]f you find this difficult, if not impossible, then perhaps it is because imagining what is beyond globalization is like imagining what comes before or after time–a mind-bending exercise indeed” (161).

    Lessons from Fukushima

    The governmental philosophy of resilience seeks to turn catastrophes like Fukushima into “lessons” that teach subjects, markets, and states how to better brace themselves for a future of chronic disaster. The neoliberal coding of catastrophe as a learning opportunity is emblazoned in a string of news articles that echo a 2013 piece entitled “Lessons From Fukushima, Two Years On.” The article opens like this: “Companies have valuable lessons in transparency to glean from the Fukushima disaster, [sic] said the author of an independent report on the accident that famously called it ‘Made in Japan’” (Yee). The callousness of branding disaster is blended with the moral imperative of positive thinking in discourses of resilience that turn disasters like Fukushima into learning opportunities. Positive thinking, and feeling, becomes a trait of resilient subjectivity and a resource of the nuclear economy. Consider the Japanese Health Ministry’s decision to raise the legal allowable limit of yearly radiation exposure in the Fukushima region to a level twenty times higher than it was prior to the meltdown.10 The health of Japan’s human population is governed through a capricious metrics that can be adjusted to minimize the effects of radiation, and to “encourage” new thresholds of biological resilience by virtue of adjusting subjective perception of the threat. Despite its visible arbitrariness, the manipulation of the allowable limit of exposure carries an expert power of veridiction that works to establish deadly radiation as an acceptable reality, absorbable by and rendered compatible with a body’s, and a population’s, conditions of life. Mere weeks after the nuclear meltdown, Shunichi Yamashita, a Fukushima Radiation Health Risk Advisor, delivered a public talk that crystallizes the moral imperative for people to think and feel positive in the wake of disaster. In his talk he helps to hail the depoliticized, resilient subject into being by reassuring the Japanese that so long as they keep “smiling” they won’t suffer any negative effects from radiation, whereas if they are not able to put a happy face on the situation they’ll be prone to its negative effects (“Unbelievable”). Yamashita’s advice reveals how the language of emotional as well as physical resilience downloads responsibility for the nuclear disaster onto the psychosomatic subject’s powers of feeling.

    By contrast, farmers like Masami Yoshizawa resist harvesting positive lessons of this kind from the meltdown. Instead, they ontologically link their present and future existence to that of livestock animals whose market value has been ruined by radiation, and whose lives and deaths are much harder to resourcify either symbolically or materially. Although seemingly irrelevant to the sublime machinations of the global nuclear economy, the scattering of people who swim against the biopolitical tide of evacuation and self-preservation at least begin a defiant practice of animality that could change everything.

    Footnotes

    1. Nancy writes: we “must begin by calling into question the distinction … between military and civilian” (18). To this end, he invokes the philosopher Osamu Nishitani, who wrote a text one month after 3/11 entitled “Where is Our Future?” As Nancy notes, “Osamu Nishitani could speak, on March 19, 2011, of a state of ‘war without enemy.’ A war without enemy is a war against ourselves. The problem posed by the ‘peaceful’ use of the atom is that of its extreme, and extremely lasting, harmfulness” (16).

    2. Japan’s more than fifty nuclear reactors were decommissioned after the Fukushima disaster, and intense public protests appeared to be successfully averting the resumption of nuclear energy in the country. Devastatingly, however, the current Prime Minister Shinzo Abe has since begun rebooting the nuclear nation, and in April 2015 the Japanese courts approved the first restart of a nuclear power station in the country.

    3. For a history of Canada’s exploitation of the Dene people in the mining of uranium on their territory, see van Wyck.

    4. In his formulation of an ecological Marxism, James O’Connor contends that Marx failed to consider how “‘natural barriers’ may be capitalistically produced barriers, that is, a second capitalized nature” (160).

    5. I first came across reference to the “refuseniks” in Gilhooly.

    6. It would be worthwhile to bring Rancière’s notion of dissensus up against the nuclear sublime in relation to another nuclear disaster, that of Chernobyl. As Adriana Petryna notes in her study of Chernobyl, Life Exposed: Biological Citizens After Chernobyl (2002), damaged life has been strategically mobilized as a biological resource by many survivors of Chernobyl, and in a manner that, I’d suggest, interacts in complicated ways with neoliberal discourses of resilience. Writes Petryna, human “biology, scientific knowledge, and suffering have become cultural resources through which citizens stake their claims for social equity in a harsh market transition” (4).

    7. Muons are apparently atomic particles harmless to humans, animals, and plants, and benign in their radioactive powers.

    8. As Rancière puts it in The Politics of Aesthetics, aesthetics is political not when its subject matter is political, but when it involves “the invention of new forms of life” (25).

    9. See Humber and “Fukushima.”

    10. The allowable radiation exposure limit before March 11, 2011, was one millisievert per year. For children in Fukushima, the limit has been reset to twenty millisieverts. Adam Broinowski notes that Japan’s “systematic program to adjust official radiation limits and to underestimate the dangers to health” has facilitated a deadly plan to begin resettling evacuees back in the exclusion area.

    Works Cited

    • “Actinium.” Arts Catalyst. Arts Catalyst Center for Art, Science, & Technology. 19 Jul. 2014. Web. Accessed on 22 Jul. 2016.
    • Allison, Anne. Precarious Japan. Duke UP, 2013. Print.
    • “Alone in the Zone.” Vice Japan. N. d. Web. Accessed on 12 Oct. 2015.
    • Baudrillard, Jean. Simulacra and Simulation. 1981. Trans. Sheila Faria Glaser. U of Michigan P, 1994. Print.
    • Broinowski, Adam. “Conflicting Immunities: Priorities of Life and Sovereignty Amid the Fukushima Daiichi Nuclear Disaster.” Electronic Journal of Contemporary Japanese Studies 14.3 (2014). Web. Accessed on 15 Sept. 2016.
    • Broglio, Ron. “The Creatures That Remember Chernobyl: Radioactive Boars and Bunnies Won’t Let Us Forget About the Nuclear Disaster.” The Atlantic, 26 Apr. 2016. Web. Accessed 10 Oct. 2016.
    • Cazdyn, Eric. The Already Dead: The New Time of Politics, Culture, and Illness. Duke UP, 2012. Print.
    • Cooper, Melinda and Jeremy Walker. “Genealogies of Resilience: From Systems Ecology to the Political Economy of Crisis Adaptation.” Security Dialogue 42.2 (2011): 143-160. Print.
    • Crary, Jonathan. 24/7: Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep. Verso, 2014. Print.
    • Evans, Brad and Julian Reid. Resilient Life: The Art of Living Dangerously. Polity P, 2014. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The Courage of Truth: Lectures at the Collège de France 1983-84. Ed. Michel Senellart. Trans. Graham Burchell. Palgrave Macmillan, 2011. Print.
    • “Fukushima in the frame for robot, drone testing center.” The Japan Times 8 July 2015. Web. Accessed on 12 Oct. 2015.
    • Gilhooly, Rob. “Japan’s refusenik farmers tackle nuclear waste.” New Scientist 9 March 2012. Web. Accessed on 3 Aug. 2015.
    • Hecht, Gabrielle. “Nuclear Ontologies.” Constellations 13.3 (2006): 320-331. Print.
    • Holling, C. S. “Resilience and Stability of Ecological Systems.” Annual Review of Ecology and Systematics 4 (1973): 1-23. Print.
    • Humber, Yuriy, Masumi Suga, and Emi Urabe. “Japan’s 17,000 Tons of Nuclear Waste in
    • Search of a Home.” Bloomberg 9 Jul. 2015. Web. Accessed on 12 Oct. 2015.
    • Jimbo, Tetsuo. “Inside report from Fukushima nuclear reactor evacuation zone.” YouTube. 6 April 2011. Accessed on 23 July 2016.
    • Lippit, Akira Mizuta. Atomic Light (Shadow Optics). U of Minnesota P, 2005. Print. —.“Instead of Disaster: Cinema After ‘3.11’.” UC Santa Barbara. 22 Apr. 2015. Web. Accessed on 23 Jul. 2016.
    • Marx, Karl. Grundrisse: Foundations of the Critique of Political Economy. 1857-58. Trans. Martin Nicolaus. Penguin Books, 1973. Print.
    • Masco, Joseph. The Nuclear Borderlands: The Manhattan Project in Post-Cold War New Mexico. Princeton UP, 2006. Print.
    • McCurry, Justin. “Fukushima’s rebel farmers refuse to abandon livestock.” theguardian 28 Feb. 2012. Web. Accessed on 12 Oct. 2015.
    • Miller, Daniel. “World’s most radioactive man: Japanese farmer who refused to leave crippled Fukushima nuclear plant so he can take care of his animals.” DailyMail.com 12 Mar. 2013. Web. Accessed on 2 Jun. 2015.
    • “Muon scan gives detailed, but incomplete, look at meltdown of No. 1 reactor.” The Japan Times 20 Mar. 2015. Web. Accessed on 4 May 2015.
    • Nancy, Jean-Luc. After Fukushima: The Equivalence of Catastrophes. Fordham UP, 2014. Print. Nuclear Nation. Dir. Funahashi. Atsushi, 2012.
    • O’Connor, James. Natural Causes: Essays in Ecological Marxism. Guilford Press, 1998. Print.
    • Petryna, Adrian. Life Exposed: Biological Citizenship After Chernobyl. Princeton UP, 2002. Print.
    • Pringle, Thomas. “Photographed by the Earth: War and Media in Light of Nuclear Events.” NECSUS: European Journal of Media Studies (Autumn 2014). n. pag. Web. Accessed on 15 Sept. 2016.
    • Rancière, Jacques. Aesthetics and its Discontents. Trans. Steven Corcoran. Polity P, 2009. Public.
    • —. The Politics of Aesthetics: The Distribution of the Sensible. Trans. Gabrielle Rockhill. Continuum, 2004. Print.
    • Shukin, Nicole. Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopolitical Times. U of Minnesota P, 2009. Print.
    • “Unbelievable Comment by Mr. Yamashita.” YouTube. YouTube. 2 July 2011. Accessed on 3 Sept. 2015.
    • Van Wyck, Peter C. The Highway of the Atom. McGill-Queen’s UP, 2010. Print.
    • Yee, April. “Lessons from Fukushima, two years on.” TheNational. Abu Dhabi Media. 25 Mar. 2013. Web. Accessed on 2 Jul. 2015.

  • Notes on Contributors

    ELLIE ANDERSON is Visiting Assistant Professor of Philosophy at Muhlenberg College. She is co-author of “Feminist Perspectives on the Self” in the Stanford Encyclopedia of Philosophy and has previously published on Simone de Beauvoir in the Journal of Speculative Philosophy.

    BRENT RYAN BELLAMY is a Social Sciences and Humanities Research Council Postdoctoral Fellow at Memorial University of Newfoundland. He works on energy futures and speculative fiction. He has published articles in Mediations, Paradoxa, and the edited collection Green Planets: Ecology and Science Fiction (Wesleyan UP, 2014). He has work forthcoming in Fueling Culture: 101 Words for Energy and Environment (Fordham UP, 2017) and in Time, Globalization and Human Experience (Routledge, 2016), and has a co-edited, special collection, Marxism and Energy (MCM Prime, 2017), due out early next year. He is currently completing a monograph titled Remainders of the American Century: Post-Apocalyptic Novels in the Age of U.S. Decline.

    JONATHAN BELLER is Professor of Humanities and Media Studies at Pratt Institute. Books and edited volumes include The Cinematic Mode of Production: Attention Economy and the Society of the Spectacle; Acquiring Eyes: Philippine Visuality, Nationalist Struggle and the World-Media System; and Feminist Media Theory (a special issue of The Scholar and Feminist Online). Among his current book projects are The Programmable Image and The Message is Murder. Beller has been a fellow at the Barnard Center for Research on Women and Gender, serves on the editorial collective of Social Text, and is the director of The Graduate Program in Media Studies at Pratt.

    AMANDA BOETZKES is Associate Professor of Contemporary Art History and Theory at the University of Guelph. Her research focuses on the intersection of the biological sciences with visual technologies and artistic practices of the late 20th and early 21st centuries. She is the author of The Ethics of Earth Art (University of Minnesota Press, 2010), and co-editor of Heidegger and the Work of Art History (Ashgate Press, 2014). She is currently writing a book entitled, Contemporary Art and the Drive to Waste, which analyzes the use and representation of garbage in contemporary art, and how waste as such is defined, narrativized and aestheticized in the age of global capitalism.

    JEFF DIAMANTI is a postdoctoral fellow with the Petrocultures Research Group at the University of Alberta and is the Media@McGill postdoctoral fellow in “Media and the Environment” as of fall 2016. He is co-editor on a number of collections and companions on energy, climate, and political theory, including After Oil (Winter 2016), a special issue of Reviews in Cultural Theory on “Envisioning the Energy Humanities” (March 2016), and Marxism and Energy (forthcoming 2016). He has articles forthcoming in Resilience and Western American Literature, and he is working on a monograph titled The Long Transition: Energyscapes and the Infrastructures of Impasse as well as a co-edited collection on Climate Realism with Lynn Badia and Marija Cetinić.

    CAROLYN ELERDING is a PhD candidate in Comparative Studies at Ohio State University, where she studies culture, media, and technology and has been awarded the 2016–2017 Presidential dissertation fellowship. Her essay “Mass Online Education: Dialectic of Enlightenment 2.0” was published in Mediations after winning the Sprinker essay prize in 2013. For the 2017 MLA Convention in Philadelphia, she has organized a panel called “Materiality, Difference, and Digital Labor.” She is a member of FemTechNet and the Fembot Collective, two organizations that emphasize decolonial feminist frameworks in cultural studies of science, technology, and media, as well as pedagogy.

    RICK ELMORE is Assistant Professor of Philosophy at Appalachian State University. He researches and teaches in 20th century French philosophy, critical theory, ethics, social political philosophy, environmental philosophy, and new realisms. His articles and essays have appeared in Politics & Policy, Symplokē, The Cormac McCarthy Journal, and The Aesthetic Ground of Critical Theory (Rowman and Littlefield) among others. Rick’s work is guided primarily by the question how political, ethical, and environmental systems and institutions situate themselves in relation to violence, that is, to issues of inclusion, exclusion, power, force, law, policing, and normativity.

    STEPHANIE LEMENAGER is Barbara and Carlisle Moore Professor of English and Professor of Environmental Studies at the University of Oregon. Her publications include the books Living Oil: Petroleum Culture in the American Century (2014), Manifest and Other Destinies (2005) and (as co-editor) Environmental Criticism for the Twenty-First Century (2011). Her forthcoming collection Teaching Climate Change in the Humanities (with co-editors Stephen Siperstein and Shane Hall) addresses climate change pedagogy. She is a founding editor of Resilience: A Journal of the Environmental Humanities.

    MICHAEL O’DRISCOLL is Professor of English and Film Studies at the University of Alberta and Co-Editor of ESC: English Studies in Canada. He teaches and publishes in the fields of critical and cultural theories with a particular emphasis on deconstruction and psychoanalysis, and his expertise in 20th Century American Literature focuses on various forms of material culture, including poetry and poetics. He is Editor of Jackson Mac Low’s Complete Light Poems and Co-Editor of After Poststructuralism: Writing the Intellectual History of Theory and a special journal issue on The Event of the Archive; he is Co-Author of A Bibliography of the Black Sparrow Press. He has published in journals such as Modernism/modernity, Contemporary Literature, Studies in the Literary Imagination, and Mosaic.

    NICOLE SHUKIN is Associate Professor in the Department of English at the University of Victoria, and faculty member of the interdisciplinary graduate program in Cultural, Social, and Political Thought (CSPT). She is the author of Animal Capital: Rendering Life in Biopolitical Times (University of Minnesota Press, 2009), and her work has appeared, among other places, in volumes like Animal Life & the Moving Image (Palgrave 2015), Material Cultures in Canada (Wilfrid Laurier Press 2015), Against Automobility (Blackwell 2006) and Deleuze and Feminist Theory (Edinburgh 2000).

    MARK SIMPSON is Associate Professor and Associate Chair (Undergraduate Programs) in English and Film Studies at the University of Alberta, where he also co-edits ESC: English Studies in Canada. He specializes in US culture, particularly in the decades around 1900, and also in material culture studies, materialist theory, and mobility studies. He is the author of Trafficking Subjects: The Politics of Mobility in Nineteenth-Century America (Minnesota, 2004), the co-editor of a special 2010 issue on “Traffic,” and the co-editor of a forthcoming essay collection on the shared ecology of liberalism and literary history in modernity. He has essays published or forthcoming in journals such as Cultural Critique, The Canadian Review of American Studies, Nineteenth-Century Prose, and Essays on Canadian Writing, and in collections from presses such as Oxford, McGill-Queen’s, and UBC.

    IMRE SZEMAN is Canada Research Chair in Cultural Studies at the University of Alberta. He conducts research on and teaches in the areas of energy and environmental studies, critical and cultural theory, and social and political philosophy. Forthcoming books include Fueling Culture: 101 Words for Energy and Environment (Fordham UP, 2017; co-editor) and The Energy Humanities Reader (Johns Hopkins UP, 2017; coeditor). He is currently completing work on On Empty: The Cultural Politics of Oil, a book that maps the complex and contradictory ways in which oil has come to be positioned in our social imaginaries.

    JENNIFER WENZEL is a scholar of postcolonial studies and environmental and energy humanities at Columbia University, where she is Associate Professor in the Department of English and Comparative Literature and the Department of Middle Eastern, South Asian, and African Studies. She is the author of Bulletproof: Afterlives of Anticolonial Prophecy in South Africa and Beyond (Chicago and KwaZulu-Natal, 2009) and co-editor (with Imre Szeman and Patricia Yaeger) of Fueling Culture: 101 Words for Energy and Environment (Fordham, forthcoming).

    DAVID WILLS is visiting professor of English and Comparative Literature at Columbia University and Professor of French Studies and Comparative Literature at Brown University. His publications include books on film theory, and on Thomas Pynchon, as well as Matchbook: Essays in Deconstruction (Stanford, 2005) and a three volume analysis of the originary prostheticity of the human: Prosthesis (Stanford, 1995), Dorsality (Minnesota, 2008) and Inanimation (Minnesota, 2016). He has translated works by Derrida (Right of Inspection, Counterpath, The Gift of Death, and The Animal That Therefore I Am), and is a founding member of the Derrida Seminars Translation Project. He is completing a book entitled Killing Times: the Temporal Technology of the Death Penalty.

  • Notes on Contributors

    Ronald Bogue is Distinguished Research Professor Emeritus of Comparative Literature at the University of Georgia. He is the author of Deleuze and Guattari (1989), Deleuze on Literature (2003), Deleuze on Cinema (2003), Deleuze on Music, Painting, and the Arts (2003), Deleuze’s Wake: Tributes and Tributaries (2004), Deleuze’s Way: Essays in Transverse Ethics and Aesthetics (2007), and Deleuzian Fabulation: The Scars of History (2010).

    Jason Frydman is Associate Professor of English at Brooklyn College, CUNY, where he has also served as Director of the Interdisciplinary Program in Caribbean Studies. He is the author of Sounding the Break: African American and Caribbean Routes of World Literature, and has published extensively on the literatures of the Caribbean, Latin America, and the African diaspora, on subjects ranging from eighteenth- and nineteenth-century Muslim slave narratives to gender and migration in Junot Díaz and Sandra Cisneros. He is currently at work on a project about the legal fictions of Caribbeans on trial.

    James Hodge is Assistant Professor of digital media studies at Northwestern University in the department of English and the Alice Kaplan Institute for the Humanities. He studies digital media aesthetics. He has published essays in Critical Inquiry, Film Criticism, and elsewhere. His book project, Animate Opacity: Digital Media and the Aesthetics of History, argues for the significance of animation for the experience of historical temporality.

    James Liner is Lecturer in Culture, Arts, and Communication at the University of Washington Tacoma. His research focuses on the politics and aesthetics of collectivity in contemporary U.S. literature, and his current book project examines the utopian possibilities of postmodernism in the novels of Thomas Pynchon.

    Julia C. Obert is Associate Professor and Assistant Chair in the Department of English at the University of Wyoming. Her first book, Postcolonial Overtures: The Politics of Sound in Contemporary Northern Irish Poetry, was published by Syracuse UP in 2015. Her work has also appeared in Interventions: International Journal of Postcolonial Studies, Textual Practice, New Hibernia Review, Irish Studies Review, Éire-Ireland, Postcolonial Text, and Continuum: Journal of Media and Cultural Studies, and is forthcoming in Irish University Review and Emotion, Space and Society.

    Christopher Schmidt is an Associate Professor of English at LaGuardia Community College, CUNY. He is the author of The Poetics of Waste: Queer Excess in Stein, Ashbery, Schuyler, and Goldsmith (Palgrave Macmillan, 2014), and two collections of poetry, Thermae (Eoagh, 2011) and The Next in Line (Slope, 2008). His essays, poems, and reviews have appeared in SubStance, Arizona Quarterly, Tin House, Bookforum, Boston Review, and other venues.

    Stuart James Taylor is a doctoral candidate at the University of Glasgow. His dissertation examines the relationship between mathematics and contemporary American literature.

  • “getting to the core of things”

    Stuart James Taylor (bio)
    Glasgow University

    A Review of Bolger, Robert K. & Scott Korb, eds. Gesturing Toward Reality: David Foster Wallace and Philosophy. New York: Bloomsbury, 2014. Cahn, Steven M. & Maureen Eckert, eds. Freedom and the Self: Essays on the Philosophy of David Foster Wallace. New York: Columbia UP, 2015.

    In 1985, long before he had been hailed as “the voice of an era” for a novel about the way consumer choice precludes free will (Kirsch), and before he impressed upon fresh graduates of Kenyon College the importance of choosing how to think, David Foster Wallace defined “what exactly fatalism is” (Wallace, “Fatalism” 143). In his undergraduate thesis, “Richard Taylor’s ‘Fatalism’ and the Semantics of Physical Modality,” Wallace describes fatalism as “a metaphysical thesis characterizing the world as working in a certain sort of way, in which everything that did happen had to happen, everything that does and will happen must happen, and in which persons as agents can do nothing but go with the flow over which they enjoy absolutely no influence” (143). The recent publication of this thesis has prompted two essay collections that re-engage Wallace’s works by emphasizing his status as a philosopher, a facet James Ryerson considers “an overlooked aspect of his intellectual life … that would play a lasting role in his work and thought, including his ideas about the purpose and possibilities of fiction” (“Introduction” 2).

    Published eight months apart, Gesturing Toward Reality: David Foster Wallace and Philosophy and Freedom and the Self: Essays on the Philosophy of David Foster Wallace signal a drive in Wallace Studies to resituate the writer’s cultural value, acclaiming him as both a “rare philosophical talent” and exemplary storyteller (Ryerson, “Introduction” 3). In comparing these singular contributions to the expanding field of Wallace Studies we can assess the fecundity of such an approach and its impact on Wallace scholarship.

    For Scott Korb, the essays in Gesturing Toward Reality aspire “to present Wallace’s work as one of the many places where philosophical ideas reside,” and the collection as a whole aims to “reveal Wallace’s work as a series of reminders of how life is and how it could be” (3). Readers hoping to engage in a rigorous appraisal of the aesthetic, ethical, and epistemological influences and effects of Wallace’s “big, brainy novels” and essays may object to being misled: the “Philosophy” of the collection’s subtitle is in the noun’s colloquial sense, that of a particular (purportedly Wallace’s) Weltanschauung (Ryerson, “Consider”). Thus, reiterated and taken for granted throughout the collection are the virtues of choosing adequate “temples of worship” and the consequences of submitting to less-nourishing “addictions” (Ryerson, “Consider”). It is perhaps the provocative ambiguity of “philosophy” that results in Gesturing Toward Reality’s 300-odd pages containing a less satisfactory philosophical appraisal than Ryerson’s excellent introduction to Wallace’s thesis in Fate, Time, and Language.

    Much of the success of Ryerson’s essay can be attributed to his respect for both Wallace’s precocious talent as an analytic philosopher and his family background (as the son of philosopher James Donald Wallace). By contrast, the aim of Gesturing Toward Reality to “reveal” Wallace’s philosophical significance as merely “a series of reminders” or notions of “how life is and how it could be” is a rather reductive treatment of a writer who made a significant contribution to the debate surrounding Taylor’s “Fatalism.” Consequently, Bolger and Korb’s examination of the “banal platitudes” of Wallace’s graduate commencement speech at Kenyon College fails to illuminate fully his philosophical import (Wallace, This is Water 9). By relying to a greater or lesser extent on the speech, better known as This Is Water and arguably the least fertile piece in Wallace’s oeuvre and the least representative of his literary philosophy, the essays of Gesturing Toward Reality often depict the writer superficially and even sentimentally: an act of neglect that has become so prevalent in Wallace Studies as to warrant Wallace the caricature nomination “Saint Dave.”1

    “Saint Dave” appears to be the patron of essays by Leland de la Durantaye, Robert K. Bolger, and Maria Bustillos. In “David Foster Wallace’s Free Will,” Durantaye hopes to show that the “most important idea” in Wallace’s works “is the question of how to be truly free” (21), which he does by considering “Wallace’s remark [in This Is Water] about being totally hosed … a signature stylistic trait and at the same time an absolutely serious, an almost technical, term in his philosophy” (21, 27). Durantaye’s argument is unconvincing, not least for the reductive treatment of ethics and logic resulting from his transplantation of the philosophically sophisticated term “free will” to a “stylistic” gadget in Wallace’s personal world-view tool belt (27). These distinct philosophical disciplines are thus amalgamated in what Durantaye calls a “philosophical spectrum,” in which the loosely ethical This Is Water is regarded as equivalent to Wallace’s work in modal logic (27). In almost the same breath Durantaye compares Wallace’s masterly honors thesis, which logically dismantles Richard Taylor’s notoriously tenacious “Fatalism,” with the Kenyon address which Durantaye calls “a masterpiece” (22-23). Similar misrepresentation also clouds Bolger’s “The Pragmatic Spirituality of David Foster Wallace,” in which Bolger gives “practical reasons for taking Wallace’s theology seriously” (33). While acknowledging that Dreyfus and Kelly misrepresent Wallace as “a sort of pop-culture self-help simpleton” (49), Bolger nevertheless reduces Wallace’s concerns to the “historic mystical tradition” excluding those nurtured by his literary and philosophical training (49). Bolger’s reliance on Wallace’s This Is Water, and his subsequent need to incorporate mystical theology as philosophy, impair his argument.

    Maria Bustillos’s “Philosophy, Self-Help, and the Death of David Foster Wallace” is an interesting analysis of Wallace and philosophy. Her target is “the deficiency of modern academic disciplines in encouraging students, and particularly young people, to build a whole, healthy psyche” (124). This failing arises, for Bustillos, partly from “essentially esoteric” philosophical texts which “offer little in the way of immediate assistance to the suicidal drug addict or the victim of an anxiety disorder” (127). Exploring an alternative syllabus, Bustillos successfully presents “self-help literature” as a modern incarnation of the Christian lexical tradition from John Wycliffe through Samuel Smiles to modern popular self-help books that, though lacking the fine distinctions of philosophical literature, have practical value for their readers. However, Bustillos errs when she writes that “Wallace came to approach self-help literature with the same clear-eyed, absolutely undeceived seriousness with which he read everything else” and that “[b]ecause of his history with AA, Wallace had been conditioned to accept certain premises of self-help literature that ordinary readers might balk at,” without considering the apparent contradiction (132, emphasis added). While the role of Christianity in Wallace’s life merits further consideration, it seems fallacious to explicitly disregard the “essentially esoteric” distinctions of philosophy in the work of a writer who was partly raised on such esotericism, and whose philosophical thesis is a contribution to “formal philosophical works” (127). A consideration of Wallace’s Christianity would profit far more from an appropriate contextualization that balanced his belief in the values of literary theory and logic. It certainly appears that the collection’s parameters—David Foster Wallace and “philosophy”—force a false dichotomy on the mutually inclusive merits of philosophical fine-distinctions and self-help literature.

    Notably stronger essays are offered by Thomas Tracey and Alexis Burgess. “The Formative Years: David Foster Wallace’s Philosophical Influences and The Broom of the System” benefits from Tracey’s close engagement with both the philosophical canon and Wallace’s more substantial works. This allows Tracey to claim that “Wallace’s extensive philosophical training equipped him with the tools to negotiate the concerns of Pragmatist ethics alongside Wittgenstein’s philosophy of language within the framework of [his debut] novel,” The Broom of the System, and that his “philosopher-father was a supplementary influence on the author’s personal and intellectual development beyond the halls of academe” (157). Tracey convincingly argues that James Wallace’s philosophical writings “evince how [his] own philosophy has drawn deeply on American Pragmatism, especially the work of John Dewey, and serve as one avenue into looking at what intellectual influence the father’s writings may have exerted on his son” (158). Opening this collection, with “How We Ought To Do Things With Words,” Burgess also provides a convincing close reading. He challenges the authority of Wallace’s overpraised infallibility by attempting to prove that in “Authority and American Usage” Wallace “got the right answer for (largely) the wrong reasons” (6). His account of Wallace’s “pretty big rhetorical slip” of demolishing descriptivism instead of promoting prescriptivism persuades by engaging with the technical intricacies of a piece denser than This Is Water (7).

    Allard den Dulk’s is arguably the only essay in the collection that successfully redeems the project of David Foster Wallace and Philosophy. In “Good Faith and Sincerity: Sartrean Virtues of Self-Becoming in David Foster Wallace’s Infinite Jest,” den Dulk suggests that main characters Mario, Gately, and Hal all “embody…a contemporary version of the ‘virtue’ of sincerity” (199-200). Using Sartre as his “heuristic perspective,” den Dulk proceeds through an account of the existentialism of Kierkegaard, Camus, Dostoevsky, and Kafka to argue that Infinite Jest promotes sincerity as “the ‘self-ideal’ or virtue that follows from this view of the self” in which one must “integrate his individual limitations and possibilities into a unified existence that he regards as his responsibility” (201-202). The success of den Dulk’s argument depends on a convincing reconstruction (indebted to the words of Ronal Santoni and Joseph Catalano) of Sartre’s notion of self-becoming as a framework for reading Wallace’s novel. Crucially, den Dulk’s approach to Infinite Jest allows a reading of the novel that reveals “Hal’s development to the attitude of sincerity is connected to a change in language-games, in communities of language and meaning” (219). Hal’s situation here contrasts to his context where “most people around him are not familiar with the language game of sincerity, and therefore do not understand him, and get the impression that he is uttering primitive drivel” (219). Unfortunately den Dulk’s philosophical approach to reading Wallace is the exemplary exception in Gesturing Toward Reality.

    Freedom of the Self is a hundred pages slimmer than Bolger and Korb’s Gesturing, and consequently has a tighter critical focus. The collection is edited by Steven M. Cahn and Maureen Eckert, the same editorial duo that brought us Fate, Time, and Language, the first contextualized publication of Wallace’s undergraduate philosophy thesis. An answer to the plea in the preface of Fate, Time, and Language for Wallace’s philosophical arguments to “be taken seriously and subjected to careful scrutiny,” Freedom and the Self is a sincere “tribute to a philosopher of consequence” (Cahn and Eckert viii). The majority of the collection consists of a rigorous appraisal of Wallace’s “Semantics of Physical Modality” (the earliest fraction of his considerable creative output), which risks excluding casual readers of Wallace. However, while Gesturing Toward Reality treads water by frequent returns to his lightweight Kenyon address, Freedom and the Self illustrates the benefits of a serious engagement with Wallace’s thesis, allowing the development of his fundamental creative inspiration—“what it is to be a fucking human being” (Wallace qtd. in McCaffery)—to be seen from its genesis.

    The collection’s first four essays elucidate significant attributes of Wallace’s response to Taylor’s “Fatalism.” William Hasker’s opening piece, “David Foster Wallace and the Fallacies of ‘Fatalism’,” illustrates the “splendid achievement” of Wallace’s “System J” (the logico-semantic framework created to articulate the flaw in Taylor’s argument for fatalism). First, conceding that this is not an original contribution to the debate about Taylor’s argument (merely a more effective update of Saunders’s initial criticism), Hasker believes that Wallace “has failed to grant Taylor’s premise P5 in the sense in which Taylor understood it” (22). In Hasker’s example of an agent knocking on a flimsy door, Taylor’s fifth premise states that we ordinarily, naturally, and universally accept that the shaking door is not a consequence of the door having been knocked, but a condition of the agent’s knocking it (16). Wallace is shown to reject this, refusing to grant Taylor’s rhetorical tenacity in upholding our understanding of “consequences of” as “conditions for” (Wallace, “Fatalism” 169). This is a flaw in Wallace’s argument because, Hasker argues, Wallace’s “admirably explicit” (18) outline of his philosophical project was “to grant [Taylor] everything he seems to want in the argument” (Wallace, “Fatalism” 151). The source of this flaw can be attributed, according to Hasker, to an uncharacteristic misreading by Wallace of Taylor’s Metaphysics, “in which the view [of the distinction between the act and the ability to act] is attributed by Taylor to his opponents” (27). Yet, Hasker notes with admiration, this error does little to diminish Wallace’s achievement of a meaningful contribution to philosophical scholarship.

    In response to Hasker, Gila Sher defends Wallace’s reading of the subtle distinctions between logical and semantic arguments, the former commonly (and erroneously) attributed to Taylor’s “Fatalism.” Wallace was aware, Sher is convinced, that the latter designation better describes Taylor’s method. This is crucial, because only by considering Taylor’s modal operators (as he himself does) as nonlogical is Wallace able to advance the description of them as physical by “distinguish[ing] between two types of physical modalities” (41). Sher’s conclusion (that attention to detail and innovative technical distinctions at the semantic level allow Wallace to reclaim free choice from the clutches of fatalism) results from a comprehensive appreciation of Wallace’s semantic sensitivity that discussions of choice in This Is Water could never elicit.

    Like Sher, M. Oreste Fiocco is appreciative of Wallace’s semantic distinctions. Where Sher focuses on the treatment of personal agency in Taylor and Wallace, Fiocco is concerned with what kind of philosophical structure permits such agency. For Fiocco, this is contingency, “the presence of nonactualized possibility in the world” (57). In “Fatalism and the Metaphysics of Contingency,” Fiocco considers Wallace’s critique of Taylor’s argument “significant” because it foregrounds “synchronic possibility, the idea that incompatible states of affairs are possible at a single moment” (58). After defining modal and temporal “metaphysics of contingency” Fiocco illustrates that, while Wallace foregrounds this notion of synchronic possibility, “Wallace and Taylor are actually making incompatible assumptions about the nature of contingency; each is presupposing a totally different view of the modal features of the world in time” (55, 77). Fiocco believes that Taylor in fact rejects synchronic possibility (i.e. subscribes to a temporal metaphysics) while Wallace assumes that Taylor accepts it (i.e. subscribes to a modal metaphysics). Of greater interest to Wallace scholars, however, is Fiocco’s claim that Wallace’s understanding of possibility rests on the synchronic. Although Wallace’s focus, in his thesis timeline, is on “the relations among worlds at moments,” Fiocco writes, “an essential feature of these moments is that there are many possibilities at any given one” (81).

    Following examinations restricted to the dissertation, Maureen Eckert considers Wallace’s philosophical work alongside its narrative consequences. In “Fatalism, Time Travel, and System J,” Eckert considers Wallace’s “System J…useful for exploring [David] Lewis’s account [in “The Paradoxes of Time Travel”] of the shift of context driving the Grandfather Paradox while pushing further into matters of modality” (100). Such consideration leads Eckert to explore resonances of Wallace’s philosophy in his fiction. Eckert’s contribution is also useful as an explanation of “System J,” supplementary to Hasker’s earlier illustration, which allows us to appreciate “the most radical feature of System J”: that the model “allows for no alternative presents in the context of an actual given present” (103). This feature (not bug) of System J permits, in Eckert’s own Lewisian example, “no way [for] a time traveller [to] actually and physically return to a past moment in personal time” whilst defending the conceivability of this: “to conceive of this possibility, for Wallace, cannot be confused with what is physically and actually possible” (105). In this territory, with imaginative freedom distinguished from contingent reality, Ecker concludes with thoughts on the development of Wallace from philosopher to author. She suggests that Wallace’s formal system is, like his fiction, an elegant means to highlight where exactly true freedom of choice lies and to demystify rhetorical sleights such as Taylor’s that would defend a fatalistic universe or one where the past could be violated as depicted in David Lewis’s Grandfather Paradox. With these remarks, Eckert at last opens the discussion of the legacy of Wallace’s early work on Taylor’s “Fatalism” to the field of narrative semantics that characterizes his later career.

    The observed shift from philosophy to creative writing provides an effective segue to Daniel R. Kelly’s essay. In “David Foster Wallace as American Hedgehog,” Kelly observes that “much of what Wallace talks about under the monikers of free will and choice will not interest certain analytic philosophers who understand and use the term ‘free will’ in particular, technical ways” due to the fact that Wallace’s focus shifts from logical Free Will to an ethical, existential, and everyday conception of the term (128). Kelly takes this latter conception to be the “one big thing” Wallace “knows” (109). This may provoke readers of Wallace’s complex novels, which have been noted for their encyclopaedic quality (Burn 28). Nevertheless, Kelly argues that free will is a subject that is informed, for Wallace, by the manifold difficulties of American culture. Contextualizing Wallace’s understanding of free will by referring to his essays on Dostoevsky, Kafka, television and contemporary American fiction, in addition to Infinite Jest, Kelly persuasively distills This Is Water into two words (“wake up”), a keyword-keynote that earmarks a career-long analysis of free will in contemporary America (124). Kelly encourages further study into what he considers a corollary of free will as Wallace’s “big subject”: the “secondary shadow” of fraudulence and the “fraudulence paradox” as explicated in his later work, specifically “Good Old Neon” (Wallace 179).

    An attempted synthesis of both free will as Wallace’s big subject and its obverse anxiety about fraudulence is offered in the collection’s final essay. In “David Foster Wallace on The Good Life,” Nathan Ballantyne and Justin Tosi aim to “contrast what Wallace says with some popular positions from moral philosophy and contemporary culture” on what philosophers call the good life (133). These popular positions are named “ironism,” “hedonism,” and “narrative theories,” and they serve as functional yet heavily compressed distillations of three nuanced philosophical stances on what makes life morally worthy. While noting that Wallace didn’t explicitly provide his own account of the good life in philosophy, Ballantyne and Tosi attempt to “triangulate his own view” of the good life from his written responses to irony, hedonism, and narrative theories (133). Perhaps the essay’s biggest problem, however, is its attempt to identify and define Wallace’s stance on narrative theories of life. While they convincingly illustrate how Wallace rejects the weak thesis of story-based ontologies, Ballantyne and Tosi are less successful in explaining his opinion of the strong thesis, “a subtle and complicated understanding of the self” with which they are “not ultimately sure how Wallace would engage” (157). This is a curious conclusion, because Wallace’s early works—namely The Broom of the System and “The Empty Plenum,” which stem from a deep interest in the theories of Wittgenstein and Derrida—show his artistic need for the strong thesis to be, if not all-encompassing, at least crucial to everyday conceptions of the self. What makes the essayists’ reluctance more striking is their subsequent comment that Wallace’s “humane recommendation about how to approach reflection on the good life” is “a sort of Wittgensteinian methodology”—the ambiguity of such a description being tantamount to an obfuscation of Wallace’s definitive consideration of Korsgaardian narrative theories (160). Nevertheless, this final essay does provide a productive engagement with Kelly’s proposal that fraudulence is antithetical to Wallace’s free will: Ballantyne and Tosi’s identification of fraudulence in theories of the good life indicates a fertile site for future scholarship.

    A tightly structured, well-informed and at times provocative collection, Freedom and the Self benefits from deep philosophical penetration. In particular, Kelly’s amendment of This Is Water’s status is a timely corrective to the superficial paraphrasing of Wallace’s Kenyon address (that mantra of Gesturing Toward Reality). With its nuanced consideration of the full breadth and depth of his comments on writing, reading, and culture – from “Semantics of Physical Modality” to his most accomplished fiction – Freedom and the Self brings us closer to the core of David Foster Wallace.

    Works Cited

    • Burn, Stephen. David Foster Wallace’s Infinite Jest: A Reader’s Guide. London: Continuum, 2003. Print.
    • Cahn, Steven M. and Maureen Eckert, eds. Fate, Time, And Language: An Essay on Free Will. New York: Columbia UP, 2011. Print.
    • Franzen, Jonathan. “Farther Away.” The New Yorker. 18 Apr. 2011. Web. 29 Aug. 2015.
    • Hunter, J. F. M. “’Forms of Life’ in Wittgenstein’s Philosophical Investigations.” American Philosophical Quarterly 5.4 (1968): 233-243. Print.
    • Kirsch, Adam. “David Foster Wallace’s importance of being earnest: Irony, Generation X and the sheer joy of language.” Salon. 30 Nov. 2014. Web. 29 Aug. 2015.
    • McCaffery, Larry. “A Conversation with David Foster Wallace.” The Review of Contemporary Fiction 13.2 (1993): n.p. Web. 29 Aug. 2015.
    • Miller, Adam S. The Gospel According to David Foster Wallace: Boredom and Addiction in the Age of Distraction. London: Bloomsbury, 2016. Print.
    • Ryerson, James. “Consider the Philosopher.” New York Times Magazine. 12 Dec. 2008: n.p. Web. 29 Aug. 2015.
    • —. “Introduction: A Head That Throbbed Heartlike: The Philosophical Mind of David Foster Wallace.” Cahn and Eckert 1-33.
    • Sanzgiri, Shona. “D.T. Max on David Foster Wallace: Everything and More.” Interview Magazine. 19 Oct. 2010. Web. 29 Aug. 2015.
    • Taylor, Richard. “Fatalism.” Cahn and Eckert 41-52.
    • —. Metaphysics. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall, 1974. Print.
    • Wallace, David Foster. The Broom of the System. London: Abacus, 1997. Print. —. Infinite Jest. London: Abacus, 1997. Print.
    • —. “E Unibus Pluram: Television and U.S. Fiction.” A Supposedly Fun Thing I’ll Never Do Again. London: Abacus, 1998. 21-82. Print.
    • —. “Good Old Neon.” Oblivion. London: Abacus, 2004. 141-181. Print.
    • —. “Joseph Frank’s Dostoevsky.” Consider The Lobster And Other Essays. London: Abacus, 2007. 255-74. Print.
    • —. “Richard Taylor’s ‘Fatalism’ and the Semantics of Physical Modality.” Cahn and Eckert 141-216.
    • —. “Some Remarks on Kafka’s Funniness from Which Probably Not Enough Has been Removed.” Consider The Lobster 60-65.
    • —. This Is Water: Some Thoughts, Delivered on a Significant Occasion, about Living a Compassionate Life. New York: Little, Brown and Company, 2009. Print.
    • —., ed. The Best American Essays 2007. New York: Mariner Books, 2007. Print.
    • Wallace, James D. Moral Relevance and Moral Conflict. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1988. Print.
    • Wittgenstein, Ludwig. Philosophical Investigations. Trans. G. E. M. Anscombe. Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1958. Print.
  • On Sidestepping the Political

    James Liner (bio)
    University of Washington Tacoma

    A review of Potts, Jason and Daniel Stout, eds., Theory Aside. Durham: Duke UP, 2014. Print.

    We all know better than to believe that the complex history of theory (to say nothing of its present) can be reduced to a sequence of compartmentalized, oversimplified schools and movements or a roster of celebrated proper names—and yet our pedagogy and even, at times, our scholarship continue to perpetuate a caricatured account of the life and times of Theory. In Jason Potts and Daniel Stout’s view in Theory Aside, the reification of the history of theory and of the theory canon results to a significant degree from the political and philosophical aspirations shared broadly among theorists and critics since the 1960s: “the desire for unprecedented intellectual transformation itself built a tendency toward canonicity into theory from the very beginning” (2). Potts and Stout’s new collection of essays pursues the worthy goal of calling theoretical and critical attention to the marginalia of theory—those historiographies, methodologies, and individual figures that have for various reasons been left to the side of the theory canon: “What … would our intellectual landscape look like if we were less beholden to the idea of wholesale change? … What intellectual options has [the] demand for radical alteration left by the wayside?” (3). In an age when it has become commonplace to pronounce the death of Theory as a discrete discipline, the essays in Theory Aside narrate a new history (and present) of theory that draws on unexpected sources, revises our understanding of the usual suspects, and introduces new questions that mainstream, canonical theory has forgotten or failed to ask. This search for theoretical alternatives is salutary.

    Moreover, Theory Aside pursues these goals without simply rejecting theoretical inquiry and retreating into the traditionally conceived disciplines. Although some critics have recently turned away from theory and toward the comforting, familiar disciplinary terrain of literary form and belletristic literature, the contributors reject this move. Moreover, they tend to do so partly on the grounds that it fails to provide workable, livable alternatives to the neoliberal corporate university. For example, in “Late Exercises in Minimal Affirmatives,” Anne-Lise François critiques a relaxation of critical rigor that she finds in the late work of Eve Kosofsky Sedgwick, William Empson, and Roland Barthes. Historicizing her critique of these three theorists, François sees an “uneasy proximity of a certain qualified emphasis on ease of access and concomitant futility of effort … to the seemingly similar emphases on ease, effortlessness, instantaneity, precarity, and unskilled labor defining late capitalism in the electronic age” (49). The relaxation she identifies in Sedgwick, Empson, and Barthes thus finds a more recent echo in Stephen Best and Sharon Marcus’s 2009 call for critics to turn from ideological depths to textual surfaces (see Best and Marcus, esp. 9–19). This agenda proposes that critics abandon models of criticism predicated on laborious ideology critique in order to focus on what’s already there on the surface of the text (Marcus calls it “just reading” [75]). However, a return to the text itself may look like an alternative to high theory, but it hardly counts as a workable alternative or a means of defending a discipline on the grounds of its distinctiveness: on the contrary, François suggests that such retreat will merely exacerbate the casualization of academic labor in the corporate university.

    François is not alone in linking labor conditions to the project of proposing theoretical alternatives. In “What Cinema Wasn’t: Animating Film Theory’s Double Blind Spot,” an interrogation of North American film theory’s relative silence concerning the role of animation in the historiography and interpretation of cinema, Karen Beckman likewise acknowledges the need for alternative theoretical approaches that remain cognizant of the constraints faced by academic labor. Translating André Bazin’s work on animation, for example, would be one clear remedy for the “blind spot” Beckman identifies, yet as she points out, the economic realities of academic labor confound such an easy solution, precisely because of the pressure on scholars to publish original monographs and articles rather than translations (189). Beckman’s innovative solution is to propose a different kind of translational work, in which film theorists dialogue not just about but also with animation “practitioners” in a broadly collaborative, interdisciplinary theoretical approach that contrasts starkly with calls for narrowly disciplinary, antitheoretical formalism (192; see 190–92).

    Interdisciplinary collaboration and methodological pluralism reappear elsewhere in the collection as remedies to blind spots produced by a retreat to the traditionally conceived disciplines. For example, in “Archive Favor: African American Literature before and after Theory,” Jordan Alexander Stein rereads the role of bibliographic and archival work in Henry Louis Gates, Jr. and calls for an expansion of what counts as literary scholarship. When Gates’s The Signifying Monkey appeared in 1988, it faced a double bind determined by its historical moment: on the one hand, Gates’s study was a monumental effort in recovering lost African American texts, but on the other hand, it continually elevated its theoretical aspirations at the expense of its traditional bibliographic scholarship, the latter almost becoming a source of embarrassment for Gates-the-high-theorist (165). Rather than perpetuate this inherited value system that views critical bibliography as a debased or outdated avocation and regards questions of history or materiality as inferior to those of aesthetics, Stein calls for theorists to take up “the challenges that come with accounting for and narrating the work of literary studies in plural terms” (173). Methodological pluralism, he contends, encourages recognition “that no scholar is or could become an interdisciplinary research project unto herself” and that interdisciplinary collaboration is not just desirable but necessary in a time when institutional pressures are driving scholars into disciplinary foxholes (173–74).

    The same methodological pluralism appears in several of the other essays in the collection. For example, Heather Love’s “Reading the Social: Erving Goffman and Sexuality Studies” calls on scholars in sexuality studies and queer theory to revisit the work of the sociologist Goffman. Arguing that Goffman has had a hitherto unacknowledged influence on queer theory, Love shows how Goffman’s methodology “ignores the distinction between text and world, enlisting literature as well as other narrative and fictional forms in the service of describing social dynamics and their reinscription of hierarchy” (241). For Love, this blurring of traditional disciplinary boundaries allows Goffman to approach familiar theoretical terrain—the thesis that identities are socially constructed—but this time from the position of “a socially grounded account of performativity” rather than the more familiar “linguistically oriented” one (245). Thus, Goffman not only exhibits the methodological pluralism celebrated by contributors to Theory Aside but also provides an empirical view on the phenomenology of sexually marginalized subjectivities.

    Love and Stein are thus exemplary of one of the chief virtues of Theory Aside: Love’s addition of Goffman to the historiography of theory, and Stein’s reevaluation of discounted critical methods in Gates, speak to the importance of maintaining theory’s interdisciplinarity when the very enterprise of theory, as traditionally understood, is increasingly devalued (along with the humanities in general) by a university system that prioritizes careerist education and commodified research. One viable response to the attack on theory is to demonstrate its unexpected vitality in places we wouldn’t think to find it and to show the surprising benefits of interdisciplinary research programs that fruitfully combine theory with other fields and methods.

    In addition to modeling interdisciplinarity and methodological pluralism, Love and Stein also contribute to the collection’s second crucial project: revising the theory canon and rethinking processes of canonization. Love does this by making a compelling case for broadening our notion of the theory canon, while Stein reveals often unseen methodological tactics in a canonical theorist. However, the collection’s most dramatic and surprising challenge to the inherited canon comes from Frances Ferguson, who reads I. A. Richards against the grain of New Criticism, with which Richards is most closely associated. New Criticism regards the literary text as sufficient unto itself, the archetypal illustration being Keats’s well-wrought Grecian urn. In “Our I. A. Richards Moment: The Machine and Its Adjustments,” Ferguson claims thatliterary criticism for Richards is comprised of “statements of consciousness or subjective statements” that “relate to [literary or aesthetic] objects themselves only in an oblique and variable fashion” (264). This is anathema to the doctrinaire New Critic, for whom the text transcends such contingencies as the proclivities of individual flesh-and-blood readers, the circumstances of an act of reading, or even history itself. For Richards, as described by Ferguson, literary meaning is neither transcendent nor eternal; to the extent that it arises from concrete, subjective experiences of reading a text, it is just as historical and “susceptible to change” as any other human experience (266). Ferguson’s concluding comments on Richards’s Practical Criticism—which collects, analyzes, and compares interpretations offered by his undergraduate students—underscore the distance between Richards’s theoretical assumptions and the canonical tenets of New Criticism: “Richards’s informants treat the poets behind the poems as if they had motives that can only be described as social motives, and they respond as social beings…. [T]hey demonstrate how little the reading of poetry actually participates in a distinct and autonomous world” (276). As Ferguson reads him, Richards could hardly be further from the self-effacing reverence for the work (not text) associated with the New Criticism—and the understanding of theory canonicity that emerges from Ferguson’s essay and others could hardly be further from the conventional narrative. Such rereadings call radically into question any pretense to theoretical or methodological purity, highlighting as they do the inevitable entanglement of formal with sociohistorical analysis, the humanities with its disciplinary others, and the conceptual and intelligible with the material and the contingent.

    For all its merits, however, Theory Aside has crucial limitations as well. Significantly, many of these stem from the modest ambitions staked out in Potts and Stout’s abnegation of theory’s claims on revolution. One consequence of their rejection of theory’s “strongly interventionist ambitions” and “compulsion toward radical transformation” (2, 3) is that it is not always clear what changes as a result of a given reading or why a reading matters outside its immediate context. For example, “What Is Historical Poetics?”, Simon Jarvis’s impressive reading of poetic virtuosity in Alexander Pope, is grounded in a reading of Theodor Adorno’s Aesthetic Theory and begins from the premise (recognizable in a different form to readers of Fredric Jameson) that literary form itself is always already historical: “what if ‘formalism’ were already ‘historical poetics’?” (98). Yet it remains somewhat unclear how the essay is intended to contribute beyond its specific focus on Pope and Adorno, and this despite both the virtuosity of Jarvis’s own technical analysis of Pope’s poetics and his provocative statement that form is the “most intimately historical aspect” of a “work of art,” the “most vulnerable to becoming obsolete or to missing its moment” (101). The likeliest larger context for Jarvis’s argument is aesthetic experience itself, but Jarvis regrettably leaves untheorized his key aesthetic term, “delight.” The essay thus misses an opportunity to theorize its concepts in a way that enables further critical intervention or theoretical elaboration. Potts and Stout’s deliberately limited claims on behalf of theory seem here to rein in theoretical and critical energies that might otherwise multiply beyond Pope and Adorno.

    William Flesch’s “Hyperbolic Discounting and Intertemporal Bargaining” is a similar case. Derived from his analysis of the behavioral economist George Ainslie, Flesch’s readings of the phenomenology of narrative time and the relation between reader and text are interesting and insightful, but the essay leaves important implications underdeveloped. His conclusion teases the reader—reading “is real life: someone else is presenting us the fiction”; it is “intersubjective to the core…, even when we are most solitary” (213)—without delivering on the promises for a social or political account of the experience of reading that such claims seem to suggest. In these instances, the essays appear to butt up against limits posed by the collection’s programmatic modesty.

    More troubling, however, is Theory Aside’s occasional neutralization of the political. There are moments when the volume’s modesty translates into an outright disavowal of the perennially political vocation of most theory. Potts and Stout present Michael Hardt’s call for “militancy” rather than “critique” as one instance of the “exclusively revolutionary” trajectory of theory that they hold partly responsible for pushing aside the conversations represented by these essays (4). For Hardt, mere critique is “the art of not being governed so much,” whereas his more radical model of “militancy seeks … to govern differently, creating a new life and a new world” (qtd. 7). For an illustration of why a radical theorist might be dissatisfied with theorizing that remains content with ameliorative reform, one need only look to “The Biopolitics of Recognition: Making Female Subjects of Globalization,” Pheng Cheah’s essay on women sex workers’ subjectivity under neoliberal globalization. Dismissing rather quickly the Marxian tradition of ideology critique (without, however, attending to the various transformations of the concept of ideology under Marx’s inheritors [127–28]), Cheah’s essay essentially acquiesces to neoliberal globalization, notwithstanding his productive use of Foucault’s classic analysis of biopower and biopolitics. In the concluding pages, Cheah writes: “With the decline of socialism as a genuine alternative, the only way forward is for countries to play the competitive game of developing human capital and the recognition of human rights within the framework of global capitalist accumulation…. [W]e cannot not want to be part of this system of creating useful human beings even if this makes us susceptible to being used” (137, 139). Being governed is a foregone conclusion here; capitulation is “the only way forward.” Cheah’s argument precludes the possibility even of utopian hope, let alone revolutionary praxis. One might reasonably excuse Hardt and other Marxists if this strikes them as rather beside the point of theory.

    While in many ways Cheah’s exclusion of revolutionary praxis is the exception in Theory Aside, it is precisely this exceptionalism that reveals the collection’s most significant programmatic flaw: the essays tend to be at their most insightful at those moments when they are furthest from the modest aims articulated in the introduction. Beckman’s exhortations concerning the place of animation in film studies also carry with them the ambitious goal of “catalyz[ing] full-scale conceptual reorganizations” of the discipline as a whole (183). Even further from Potts and Stout’s rejection of high theory’s lofty claims is the politics of noncontemporaneity developed by Natalie Melas in “Comparative Noncontemporaneities: C. L. R. James and Ernst Bloch.” Melas finds in James’s The Black Jacobins (1938) “a noncontemporaneity of the future” which “flips the noncontemporaneity of racial backwardness over to the vanguardist noncontemporaneity of a future revolution” (69). This noncontemporaneity anachronistically links the historical Haitian Revolution (1791–1804) with the coming postcolonial revolutions in Africa that constituted James’s future: “the past intrudes into the present as a trace of the future” (69). As Melas reads him, James clearly aims at something fundamentally other and more than being governed differently. Similarly, Elizabeth Povinelli, in her study of the relation between liberal biopower and critical theory titled “On Suicide and Other Forms of Social Extinguishment,” calls on theorists to “act even though the world in which our actions would have made maximal sense will be extinguished at the moment of our success, its cardinal measure subsumed by a new world” (91). This, of course, is precisely what revolutionary praxis itself does: it acts in this world to create a new one.

    Nowhere is the contradiction clearer between the collection’s modest program and its ambitious achievements, however, than in “Needing to Know (:) Theory / Afterwords,” the closing statement by Ian Balfour. Balfour begins with what is probably the volume’s grandest sweeping gesture: “To be antitheory is to be anti-intellectual” (280). The boldness of this opening move corresponds to the magnitude of Balfour’s claims for the necessity of theory: “theory is always at work…. It is thus not a question of whether to do theory, whether to take sides for or against it, but only a question of how one does it” (280). Although this sentiment is clearly shared among the essay’s contributors in various ways, what is unique in Balfour’s treatment is the powerful conviction—which elsewhere occasionally seems more like lip service—that theory’s new directions necessarily require that we enlarge the canon of theory without abandoning canonical proper names, that we continue rather than curtail critical traditions associated with revolution and political critique, and that we widen the scope of theory, not narrow its focus:

    We find ourselves in a precarious moment when it comes to what might be considered a brand new totality. No sooner had we finished learning the hard lesson of poststructuralism that absolutely everything was under the sway of difference (still true), when the need to know the totality … impressed itself in the world and on the scene of world theory and any number of seemingly local analyses. Jameson has been the most eloquent proponent of ‘back to totality’…. But the imperative now presents itself categorically. To everyone. (282–83)

    Balfour’s defense of theory stands less as a bookend than as a rejoinder to the introduction’s bracketing of revolutionary ambition. Whereas Potts and Stout make their focus the margins and minutiae of theory and decry high theory’s reliance on “the proper name” (1), Balfour’s afterword has theory squarely confronting the social totality itself—the same global capitalism against which Cheah proposes we are powerless—by means of two (essentially) proper names, poststructuralism and Jameson. Here and elsewhere, essays in Theory Aside have the most to offer theory and theorists when they are least faithful to the collection’s intentions.

    Nonetheless, Theory Aside usefully contributes to important theoretical questions, local and global, in a variety of ways. Although turning aside sometimes means turning away, the volume’s true strength lies in theorizing otherwise, approaching established figures or questions in new ways, complicating them rather than foreclosing them. As Povinelli puts it, “The question critical theory asks is what releases one or another of these potential otherwises into the actual” (89). The best essays here aim to release the potential otherwises of theory into a newly expansive and transformed canon of theory.

    Works Cited

    • Best, Stephen and Sharon Marcus. “Surface Reading: An Introduction.” The Way We Read Now. Ed. Sharon Marcus and Stephen Best with Emily Apter and Elaine Freedgood. Representations 108 (2009): 1–21. Web. 22 April 2011.
    • Marcus, Sharon. Between Women: Friendship, Desire, and Marriage in Victorian England. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2007. Print.

  • The Art of the Encounter

    Ronald Bogue (Bio)
    University of Georgia

    A review of Baross, Zsuzsa. Encounters: Gérard Titus-Carmel, Jean-Luc Nancy, Claire Denis. Brighton: Sussex Academic Press, 2015. Print.

    Baross, Zsuzsa. Encounters: Gérard Titus-Carmel, Jean-Luc Nancy, Claire Denis. Brighton: Sussex Academic Press, 2015. Print.

    The epigraph of Zsuzsa Baross’s outstanding study comes from Gilles Deleuze: “To encounter is to find, to capture, to steal, but there is no method for finding other than a long preparation.” What Baross puts on display is the art of the encounter—in the painting and 159 drawings of Gérard Titus-Carmel’s Suite Grünewald (1994-1996), in several films by Claire Denis, in texts on the cinema of Denis and on the body by Jean-Luc Nancy, and in Baross’s study itself. The art of the encounter, Baross shows, is a discipline of the contingent, a long preparation for the advent of the impersonal event, “an interruption, an irruption, opening (to) another future” (7). The artist or philosopher cannot will the event into existence. It is “[a]leatory, contingent, it arrives” (11). It impinges on art and thought as the force of an unforeseeable encounter. But the artist and philosopher can stage encounters, if not control them, by assembling images and concepts in experimental combinations, awaiting the arrival of an event, and then, should it arrive, composing paintings, films or texts that capture and amplify the force of that event.

    Encounters has three chapters: “In Place of a Preface … ,”an introductory section on the concept of the encounter; “159 + 1 Variations or Painting Becoming Music,” a lengthy analysis of Titus-Carmel’s Suite Grünewald; and “Il y a du Rapport Sexuel: The Body in the Cinema of Claire Denis and the Writing of Jean-Luc Nancy,” an essay exploring the network of relations Denis and Nancy have forged in the creation of their respective works.

    Baross opens with a reference to Jacques Derrida’s statement in Dissemination that “this (therefore) will not have been a book,” adding that not only will Encounters likewise not have been a book, but its preface will not have been a preface. This gesture toward Derrida is less a recognition of the problems of origins and closure in philosophical writing than an articulation of the necessities entailed in thinking the encounter. As Baross says of her non-book, “the movements the writing both tracks and sets into motion, pursues and itself generates in the texts abide by a different logic. Aleatory, contingent, fortuitous, its operations necessarily defy any pro- or pre-vision and announce its presence only after the fact” (2). The encounter’s effects may be shown but not predicted, and Baross’s aim is to make her non-book itself a “showing (a ‘monstration,’ to borrow the term of Jean-Luc Nancy, rather than a demonstration)” of the consequences of encounters: “resonances and echoes, montage and variation effects that from a distance join distant texts, texts and images, a writing and a painting, painting and drawing, thought and cinema, the cinema and the body” (2-3).

    Baross initially approaches the artistic and philosophical encounter as “a relation by contact,” reviewing various “mediators, transporters, carriers that deliver the new by way of contact, without, however, the power of determining what passes in that contact” (4). She first considers the basic relation of touch and then moves to the relations of intrusion, adoption, appropriation, abduction, and theft. Nancy’s L’Intrus, a meditation on his heart-transplant surgery, provides a graphic figure of intrusion. Denis’s film L’Intrus, inspired by Nancy’s text, exemplifies adoption, in that the film is not a faithful adaptation of Nancy’s essay but a treatment that invents a relation: “The film adopts the book as one adopts a child, gives it a wholly other future, a future unthinkable/unimaginable from the place where it was found” (5-6). Denis’s adoption of Nancy is like the appropriation painters make of earlier artists’ work, such as Picasso’s repaintings of canvasses of Rembrandt, Velasquez, Goya, and Manet. And what Jean-Luc Godard calls abduction is the wholesale appropriation of visual and sonic materials he conducts in Histoire(s) du cinéma, a collage/montage of quotations, music, paintings, photographs and film clips that constitutes theft without plagiarism. If Denis’s adoption “takes charge of its ‘object’,” Godard, in his abduction, “takes (what he finds) rather than takes charge of” (5, 6).

    All of these relations by contact—touch, intrusion, adoption, appropriation, abduction, and theft—offer Baross means of conceiving of the art of the encounter, but her goal is to discern as well relations of resonance and variation, which are relations of “contact, without con-tact. Between bodies, between bodies (corps) and corpus of writings, between traits and colors, concepts and musical notes, at a distance” (11). Relations of contact entail violence, the violence of forces that intrude and collide, and the violence of counter-forces that adopt, appropriate, and abduct those forces. Relations of resonance and variation, by contrast, function otherwise, Baross argues. They do so as Deleuzian “becomings,” encounters in which, says Deleuze, “‘what’ each (term or body) becomes changes no less than ‘that which becomes’” (10). A figure of this becoming offered by Deleuze is the “unnatural nuptial” (noce contre nature) of the orchid and the wasp, in which the orchid’s wasp-like coloration and scent induce male wasps to engage the flower as a female wasp and so collect pollen and carry it from one orchid to another. In this nuptial, the becoming-wasp of the orchid makes it a sexual partner of the wasp, and the becoming-orchid of the wasp makes it a reproductive organ of the orchid. “This erotic sensuous image of a nuptial,” says Baross, affords the conception of an encounter “whose force is without violence, without the violence of a forcing” (10). Resonance, like the sympathetic vibration of an open cello string when a piano note sounds, is one such nonviolent encounter at a distance. In resonance, interacting vibrations, waves, or currents are activated among bodies, but what passes among them is resonance itself. “The wave, the agitation, the tension do not come to bodies from the outside. It is in their resonance—something they have differently in common—that they encounter one another, consummate as it were their nuptial in resonance” (11). Variation is a second form of nonviolent encounter, complementary to that of vibration. In variations on a theme—a harmonic progression, a line, a color, an image, a figure, a concept—each new variation aspires to contract a relation with its predecessors across the intervals that separate it from them. Variation is “a quest for nuptials,” a search with the hope that each “new element will contract with the rest, with the past, that it will compose with other elements, enter into a relation of variation with variations already in place in a new block of becoming that the Variation itself will have become” (11).

    Crucial for Baross is that vibration and variation, unlike violent forms of encounter, are “machines,” by which she means that they are “generative of impersonal a-subjective effects that are spontaneous and involuntary,” and equally important, that the effects of these machines occur in “the realm of the senses or sensation” (11). Her object in the chapters following the introduction is to detail the operations of these machines in Titus-Carmel, Denis, and Nancy and isolate the effects of sensation that escape signification or rational conceptualization.

    In her lengthy chapter on Titus-Carmel, Baross provides clear, concrete examples of the workings of vibration and variation in the realm of sensation. (For those with an allergy to abstraction, a useful strategy might be to read this chapter first and then take on the introduction.) The object of her analysis is Titus-Carmel’s Suite Grünewald, a work consisting of one painting and 159 drawings created in response to the central panel of Grünewald’s famous Isenheim altarpiece (1512-1516). The acrylic painting is of the same size as the Grünewald altarpiece (256.6 cm x 332.6 cm), and its elements correspond, with varying degrees of abstraction, to those of the altarpiece—Christ on the cross at the center of the composition; Mary swooning in the arms of St. John the Evangelist on the far left of the painting; Mary Magdalene kneeling to the left of the cross; John the Baptist, pointing at Christ, to the right of the cross; and a small lamb on the right between the feet of Christ and those of John the Baptist. The 159 drawings, identical in size, but smaller than the painting (70 cm x 60.5 cm), are in mixed media: “chalk, crayon, acrylic wash, charcoal, lead pencil, and—cut or torn, then pasted on the subjectile—thin often transparent ‘Asia’ paper, itself in smooth pastel color” (20). In the 2007 exhibition of the Suite Grünewald at the Collège des Bernardins in Paris (the installation on which Baross comments), the acrylic painting is mounted on a panel at what would be the altar of the Collège’s Gothic nave, with the 159 drawings displayed on the room’s left and right walls flanking the altar. Baross’ book includes a photograph of the exhibition space, as well as color reproductions of the Grünewald altarpiece, Titus-Carmel’s corresponding acrylic painting, and 67 of the 159 drawings. The ample illustrations convey a clear sense of the Suite Grünewald, and their inclusion in the book allows the reader to follow Baross’s complex analysis readily.

    The encounter that occasioned Baross’s study of Titus-Carmel was a synesthetic sensation when first visiting the Suite Grünewald exhibition: “I believe I hear music—a trill on a single instrument, a short piano trah-la-la—faintly emanating from the picture-space of the drawings” (19). Her response to this contingent, disorienting event is to consider the Suite as a musical composition—not in some vague, impressionistic sense, but in a rigorous, philosophical sense that questions the limits of painting and music and seeks to uncover a becoming-music proper to Titus-Carmel’s artwork. She finds the musicality of the Suite in various formal relations of color and line, extracted from Grünewald and then reconfigured, and in their variation within and across drawings. The variations of these extractions and reconfigurations ultimately generate a temporality specific to the Suite, one that discloses a zone of indiscernibility between the forms of painterly and musical composition, a time-space of a becoming-music immanent to the artwork itself.

    Baross identifies in the disposition of the drawings a basic schema of “n + 1.” The drawings are displayed in two rows along each of the nave’s facing side walls, in groups of three above three, four above four, and so on, the groups punctuated by an additional drawing on the bottom row with no drawing above it. (In other words, the bottom row is a continuous row of evenly spaced drawings, whereas the top row parallels the bottom with an empty space appearing at irregular intervals above a drawing on the bottom row.) The groups form blocks of variation, the first three above three group, for example, consisting of six treatments of Grünewald’s kneeling Mary Magdalena, the same figure in each drawing but submitted to diverse modifications across the series. Each block of variation (three above three, four above four …) has its own dynamic, its elements varying in their degree of apparent self-coherence (some blocks contain anomalous drawings that echo drawings in other blocks) and in the extent to which their elements bear a resemblance to Grünewald’s. The “+ 1” drawings punctuate the blocks but also serve as joints or pivots that link each block to the next, as if each + 1 drawing were engendering a successive block of variation. In this sense, the n + 1 schema is both generative and open-ended.

    Each drawing is like a cinematic frame, Baross argues, a rectangle of unchanging dimensions that crops various elements of Grünewald’s canvas, now in extreme close-up (Mary Magdalena’s hands), now in close-up (Mary Magdalena’s torso), now in mid-shot (Mary Magdalena, Mary and St. John the Evangelist), and so on. Each framing is in service of what Baross labels a method, “namely, the progressive fragmentation, abstraction, denouement of the original” (26). The object of this method is to extract color and line from Grünewald’s representations and render palpable the strictly painterly forces immanent within them—forces Titus-Carmel identifies in his notes accompanying the exhibition as torsions, convulsions, suffocations, the slowness of the movements that disturb the figures, the whirlwind of reds, and “the agitations of a secret wind,” among others (27).

    But schema (n +1) and method (extraction through cinematic framing) are not enough to make the artwork a creative event. It is variation that does so. The schema provides a dynamic structure for variation, and method supplies extracted elements for its operation, but variation is the machine that generates productive encounters. Each extracted element is turned into a motif, or “prototype,” which Baross defines as “an a-signifiant, non-signifying element,” which has been “cut off from its origin” (30). The prototype is then subjected to experimental variation and set in resonance with other prototypes within an emergent composition of forces, rhythms and movements. That which converts heterogeneous prototypes, individual drawings, blocks of drawings, and the central painting into a composition is “the variation machine that the Suite invents and assembles and whose invention and assembly are coterminous with it” (33). Titus-Carmel’s “long preparation” for encounters is in the schema and method, but the creative formation and functioning of the variation machine is one he merely oversees as its operator, not its author, for the machine “coincides with its autogenesis” (33).

    The Suite is like a musical composition in that it is an active deployment of forces, rhythms and movements, but the becoming-music of the work is to be found above all in its temporality. Following Pierre Boulez, Baross identifies the “musical object” as “the aftermath of a retroactive, posthumous re-appropriation—paradoxically, not of an object, but of a passage…. … So that what gives itself is not a complete and accomplished whole but something that passes, is in passage … a passage that makes itself pass, breaches its own paths” (44). A melody, for example, passes in time, one tone after another, but only becomes a coherent melody through constant retrospective assimilation of the preceding tones into their successors as part of a complete yet open-ended passage. Baross’s claim is that the apparently spatial object of the Suite is really a temporal object, and that the variation machine generates passages among the diverse elements of the composition. She identifies three different temporal dimensions of the Suite. The first is chronological, marked by the dates of composition of the drawings, which are posted as titles of the various drawings (#1 June 20, 1994, for example). This succession has its own rhythms—sequences of one drawing per day, sets of drawings over two or three days, a hiatus of over a year, followed by drawings dated only by month and year and then a resumption of drawings including the day or days of composition. The second dimension is anachronic, passing forward and backward across the intervals between drawings. As Baross shows in great detail, #16 appears as an anomaly until #44 offers a variation of the earlier drawing’s elements, at which point a back-and-forth movement sets the two in resonance, and in the process activates # 28 as a belated member of the ensemble. And the third dimension is vertical, manifest in the cut and torn pieces of Asia paper pasted on the drawings. The translucent sheets covering portions of the drawing (and often covering other sheets as well) are layers of time, Baross argues, the mark of the drawing underneath the Asia sheet representing “a present that is past but not absent … a present that is both past and present, presenting itself” (56). The interval between the drawing and the sheet of paper “is between two presents simultaneously present, while, impossibly, also standing in a relation of present/past” (57).

    The culmination of the Suite as temporal object arrives in the final painting, dated 1994-1996, which is the time span that encompasses the creation of the work as a whole. Baross likens the painting to an electronic music machine called the “harmonizer.” Every musical note includes the overtones of its scale, though the ear does not perceive the overtones as discrete entities. The note is a contraction of multiple notes occurring at such speed that only one note is perceptible. The harmonizer retards the vibration speeds and thereby “liberates a whole series of virtual sounds, a selection of which will be articulated (prototypes) in a new composition” (59-60). The final painting is in one sense a culminating contraction of the 159 variations and their temporalities, but also a generative center whose virtual elements manifest themselves in the 159 variations. The painting thus is both before and after the variations. And further, the painting is also a “harmonizer” of Grünewald’s altarpiece, a machine that sets free the virtual forces of that canvas. Hence, “rather than singing praises of the master’s work, the Suite makes the painting itself ‘sing.’ In 159 variations, it liberates something like a song from the Crucifixion, a song of lines and colors which has been silently (virtually) present…. Or more precisely (or creatively) … the Suite gives its time to the tableau” (19).

    In the chapter on Claire Denis and Jean-Luc Nancy, Baross continues her meditation on time and resonance as these concepts relate to the body. If music is a temporal object, as is the Suite Grünewald, so too is the body itself, according to Baross. Bodies are formed of multiple, coexisting times that are like the passages of melodies. They “are constituted in the birth and passage (enchainement) of presents.” They are durations, “the always singular durations (or becomings) of an aging, a dying, a growing tired … passing through or being actualized in this or that body” (67). Neither a dimension nor a milieu, the body’s time is “constitutive,” and it is inseparable from the forces, themselves temporal, “that pass through it and traverse it, and to which it submits” (67). The time proper to a given body is singular but not personal, “not the attribute of a body but the expression of a life, of rhythmic variations in the ‘melody of an existence’ at ‘this’ or ‘that’ time” (68). In this regard, a given body is less a discrete entity than a “locality of durations—a dying, a suffering, a jouissance, a falling asleep—taking place, accomplishing itself, in time, in the place (lieu) and ‘locality’ of the body” (68).

    The body’s temporality, however, is not Baross’s primary topic in this chapter, merely “a preliminary and provisional” digression “in order to give time to the body, to give bodies their proper time” (67). Rather, her focus is on the pairs “sense/sensation” and “touch/resonance.” In Corpus, Nancy aims not to write about the body, argues Baross, but to let the writing be the body itself. Nancy works within language, but in this text “he writes toward the limit of language, toward its very edge and on the border of its sense” (70). He writes toward what he calls “the sense without sense” (sens sans sens) at the limit of language, and toward the body’s own sensuous sensations. He explores this zone between sense without sense and sensations through the figure of touch. In his text, it is as if the limits of language and the body, their respective skins, were entering a relation of touch, the writing being “a movement toward,” and the body “that which withdraws from it” (71). The text’s touch never makes contact, but resonates in “a rapport without touching, or rather, a rapport that self-touches while it also touches the other at a distance” (70). In the text, a “rapport or intercourse—something untouchable, inappropriable—takes place between the sense that is without signification, which arrives to writing at its limit” and “the sense of sensuous sensations (neither senseless nor without sense): micro vibrations, imperceptible tremors that traverse the surface of the skin” (71).

    Baross finds a similar investigation of the touch of bodies and the limits of sense and sensation in the films of Claire Denis. Denis works with the significations of the bodies, treating themes of racism, colonialism, and sexism, but in Baross’s analysis Denis also presents bodies of sensation, without signification, through a cinematic touch without touch. Through various techniques, she deploys a tactile vision, what Alois Riegl called a “haptic” near-seeing as if the eye were seeing with the hand. But in so doing, Denis also discloses the visible body as an image. “In the visible, image and body are linked by an exceptional complicity…. The body is image …, always already cinematic: in the visible, it screens—that is, extends—the visible” (74).

    Baross offers numerous examples of the body’s disclosure as sensuous asignifying image in Denis’s cinema. Notable is the section in which Baross analyzes three scenes from White Material, a film set on an African coffee plantation during a time of social upheaval. Baross shows how the complex images of contact between the white plantation owner’s son and black child soldiers and a black maid force awareness of relations only possible between bodies of sensation: the son’s bare neck and the point of a lance, a black hand running across the son’s shoulder tattoo, a bundle of cut hair thrust into a black maid’s mouth and then vomited to the ground. Equally impressive is the succeeding section, in which Baross surveys images across Denis’s oeuvre that participate in events of sensation: hair/fur/feather; the scar; a wound; the heart; the hand; the skin of the night.

    Baross closes the third chapter with a commentary on Nancy’s short review of Denis’s Trouble Every Day, speculating that the review offers an approach to the body that is absent in Nancy’s Corpus and that marks the most intense zone of resonance between Denis’s cinema and Nancy’s thought.

    Baross writes in the parenthetic mode, thought within thought, allusion within allusion, but also in the modes of projective anticipation and recursive reconfiguration, of adoption, appropriation, and abduction. I have numbered only a few of the concepts that Baross deploys in the invention of her own conceptual composition, ignoring Nancy’s “expeausition” and “excription,” Deleuze’s “spiritual automaton,” Barthes’s “punctum,” Foucault’s “dispositif,” among many others. The success of Encounters, however, is not in its use of sources, but in its operation as an autogenic variation machine, a machine that in its coherent incompletion, its rigorous openness, and its activation, through scrupulous selection and long preparation, of dynamic relations among texts, paintings and films, creates and perpetuates genuine encounters.

  • Narco-narratives and Transnational Form:The Geopolitics of Citation in the Circum-Caribbean

    Jason Frydman (bio)
    Brooklyn College

    Abstract

    This essay argues that narco-narratives–in film, television, literature, and music–depend on structures of narrative doubles to map the racialized and spatialized construction of illegality and distribution of death in the circum-Caribbean narco-economy. Narco-narratives stage their own haunting by other geographies, other social classes, other media; these hauntings refract the asymmetries of geo-political and socio-cultural power undergirding both the transnational drug trade and its artistic representation. The circum-Caribbean cartography offers both a corrective to nation- or language-based approaches to narco-culture, as well as a vantage point on the recursive practices of citation that are constitutive of transnational narco-narrative production.

    A transnational field of narrative production responding to the violence of the transnational drug trade has emerged that encompasses music and film, television and journalism, pulp and literary fiction. Cutting across nations, languages, genres, and media, a dizzying narrative traffic in plotlines, character-types, images, rhythms, soundtracks, expressions, and gestures travels global media channels through appropriations, repetitions, allusions, shoutouts, ripoffs, and homages. While narco-cultural production extends around the world, this essay focuses on the transnational frame of the circum-Caribbean as a zone of particularly dense, if not foundational, narrative traffic. The circum-Caribbean cartography offers both a corrective to nation- or language-based approaches to narco-culture, as well as a vantage point on incredibly recursive practices of citation that are constitutive of the whole array of narco-narrative production: textual, visual, and sonic.

    Erich Auerbach, confronting the similarly expansive flows and exchanges of “world literature,” called for an Ansatzpunkt, “a point of departure, a handle, as it were, by which a subject can be seized. The point of departure must be the election of a firmly circumscribed, easily comprehensible set of phenomena whose interpretation is a radiation out from them and which orders and interprets a greater region than they themselves occupy” (14-15). The “set of phenomena” this essay “elects” are patterns of narrative doubles in a series of citational texts set within the context of circum-Caribbean drug violence “whose interpretation is a radiation out from them.” These works—a US detective show, a Colombian telenovela, a Jamaican dancehall track, a US coming-of-age novel, and a Jamaican film—depend on mutually articulating intratextual and intertextual structures that map the racialized and spatialized construction of illegality and the distribution of death in the late twentieth-century circum-Caribbean narco-economy. Dialectically negotiating the truth-claims of official discourse and the genre conventions of fiction, narrative doublings mediate the tension–and stage the aporia–between hegemonic scripts of drug violence and the efforts of individual narratives to localize and complicate those scripts even as they inescapably participate in them.

    As an Ansatzpunkt, narrative doubling “radiates out” to a variety of ways in which narco-narratives stage their own haunting by other geographies, other social classes, and other media. These hauntings refract the asymmetries of geopolitical and sociocultural power undergirding both the transnational drug trade and its artistic representation. The particular history of the circum-Caribbean, with its unique “proximity and vulnerability to imperial and neoimperial forces” (Stites Mor 279), makes these asymmetries not only legible to scholars and critics, but also part of the formal apparatus of narco-narratives themselves, which constantly reference their own emanation out of a historically specific circum-Caribbean “socio-economic formation” (Lemelle 58). Much scholarly attention has been paid to narco-narratives as regionally specific, northern Mexican border narratives (Cf. Matousek 119-120); however, while the US-Mexico border looms large in the hemispheric narco-economy, this essay makes plain that narco-narratives rarely limit themselves to one border. The circum-Caribbean designation encourages us to pursue less linear, more plural and rhizomatic vectors of traffic, in a nod to the work of Édouard Glissant, who perhaps more than anyone brought the circum-Caribbean cartographic frame, reaching from Brazil to New Orleans, out of the disciplines of botany and Meso-American anthropology (Glissant 120-143). These vectors of traffic cut across disciplines and media, inspiring landmark works including Kamau Brathwaite’s “Jazz and the West Indian Novel” (1967-1969), where T. S. Eliot and Duke Ellington help clarify “the West Indian contribution to the general movement of New World creative protest” (337); Ned Sublette’s The World that Made New Orleans (2008), where you can track the maritime routes by which Cuba’s cha-cha-chá and three-chord loops shaped Fats Domino’s R & B and Chuck Berry’s rock ‘n’ roll; and, more recently, Marlon James’s A Brief History of Seven Killings (2014), a novelistic versioning of Laurie Gunst’s Born fi’ Dead, with a proliferation of Cuban political operatives, CIA agents, Colombian dealers, Bahamian crackheads, American journalists, reggae singers, and gunmen in Cold War Downtown Kingston, Miami, and New York. In light of such circum-Caribbean cultural production, it would seem impossible to produce a singular, border-bound narco-narrative. Whether from the hegemonic media position of US network television, or from the studio yards of Downtown Kingston, every narco-narrative integrates its doubles, its shadows. This is the formal expression of the transnationalism of the drug trade, and the transnationalism of the field of its narrative production. In the case of productions emanating out of the US media, these shadows express the bad conscience of narco-narrative production, politically ambivalent not only about the racialized, spatialized victims of the war on drugs, but also about its own dependence on the saleability of those victims and their art forms. In the case of productions emanating out of Colombia and Jamaica, these shadows set forth a critical understanding of local violence as essentially structured by US demand for narcotics and its government’s militarized, exported war on drugs. On the other hand, formally and generically these narco-narratives betray their own sort of ambivalence, an ambivalence about their own aesthetic and commercial accommodation to the violent social relations produced by these transnational structures.

    In two episodes about gangster rap and the narcocorrido, respectively, the US television procedural Law & Order leverages the repetitive capacities of its own formulaic structure in order to make available a critique of the racial substitutions encouraged by the hegemonic imagination of drug violence. These two Law & Order episodes that appeared less than five years apart essentially follow the same plot, featuring drug murders, racialized minorities, and the violent popular music associated with them. However, the doubled, conflated representation of African Americans and hip-hop with that of transnational Mexican migrants and narcocorridos points to a disturbing fungibility of racial signifiers in the transnational field of narco-narrative production, making available a critique of this fungibility even as the show relies upon it. Episode 7 of Season 20, “Boy Gone Astray,” aired on November 6, 2009, three years into Mexico’s military-led war against the drug cartels. The show opens with the discovery of the corpse of a young blonde woman, ostensibly an interior designer. The investigation locates a second apartment of the victim, filled with valuable modern art, cash, and high-grade marijuana; detectives conclude that she fronted for a Mexican drug cartel, dealing and laundering money through the art market. Clues to her murder emerge through a narcocorrido mp3 that Assistant District Attorney Connie Rubirosa (Alana de la Garza), despite being a native speaker of Spanish, takes to her DJ ex-boyfriend to help decode. He identifies the performers as Los Guerreros, a norteño band commissioned to glorify the exploits of the Vela family drug cartel.

    Through the dual figure of the native informant, Law & Order complicates its portrayal of Mexican narco-culture. ADA Rubirosa offers some historical context for District Attorney Jack McCoy’s (Sam Waterston) dismissal of narcocorridos as merely glamorizing violence and drug trafficking. She explains how narcotraficantes inhabit a symbolic space partly shaped by traditional corridos, or border ballads:

    CONNIE RUBIROSA

    These guys are folk heroes. JACK MCCOY

    Not to mention pushers and murderers. CONNIE RUBIROSA

    Well, you’d have to know Mexico’s colonial history. Banditos fought the power. Banditos like my ancestor, Juan Cortina. People revered them. JACK MCCOY

    Your ancestor, maybe I should keep a closer eye on you. So the Vela cartel targeted Nina Wilshire because she was in a song that extolled the virtues of a rival cartel. KEVIN BERNARD

    Yeah, well, it’s called talking smack with a semi-automatic.

    Rubirosa invokes her own ethnic filiation with a tradition of norteño resistance to both gringos and the Mexican central government. Revealing the constitutive doubleness of the native informant indexed as well by McCoy’s crack about keeping a closer eye on her, Rubirosa historicizes the narcocorrido genre only then to deploy her ethnicity manipulatively to compel the boy-assassin Raphael, trained by the Vela family, to testify against them. She uses memories of comforting bowls of her mother’s birria to entice his testimony, which the death of another witness-suspect indicates is a near-certain death wish. When during the trial a narcocorrido circulates on the Internet threatening ADA Rubirosa, Law & Order doubles its own generic form, appropriating a staple Mexican narco-drama plotline about the erosion of state institutions in the face of powerful drug cartels. McCoy’s concern over Rubirosa’s dangerous Mexicanness has manifested in an unexpected way, for in acting on behalf of the state, her duplicitous manipulation of her Mexican ethnicity to compel Raphael’s testimony sets the stage for the murder of state agents and government witnesses. “Mexican” emerges here as a volatile, destabilizing signifier as Law & Order establishes its transnational form through citation of narco-narratives from south of the border.

    Regular viewers of “Boy Gone Astray,” now turned on to narcocorrido mp3s and their generic conventions, might have felt a jolt of Law & Order déjà vu. On January 12, 2005, “Ain’t No Love” (Season 15, Episode 13) introduced viewers to the underground market in hip-hop mixtape CDs and the discursive production of “street cred” in gangster rap. Moreover, just as “Boy Gone Astray”’s Raphael would find himself poised between the violent world of his Mexican past and the opportunities his parents sought in the US, four years earlier Shawn Foreman seemed to be fulfilling the dreams of his middle-class Queens parents until old ties to the “street,” embodied by his friend “Psycho,” threaten to derail his upwardly mobile trajectory. Shawn had just recorded a hip-hop album with the legendary rap producer RC Flex, who was found murdered in his studio at the beginning of the episode, a plotline “ripped from the headlines” concerning the 2002 murder of Run DMC’s Jam Master Jay. Police investigation reveals that RC Flex and Shawn had argued shortly before the shooting, apparently about the mixtape version of the album Shawn and Psycho planned to leak to the street, the proceeds of which would fund Psycho’s big buy-in to the drug trade. Just as 2009’s narcocorrido mp3s would encode messages of gangland murder, so too do these 2005 underground, bootleg raps. Listening to the mixtape, Detectives Green and Fontana (Jesse L. Martin and Dennis Farina) hear Shawn boasting about the murder of a rival drug dealer that involved the same signature “ghetto silencer” (a plastic Orange Delecta bottle) as that used in RC Flex’s murder. While it becomes clear that Psycho committed both murders, the police and the DA’s office knowingly ignore the genre conventions of gangster rap and collapse the narration of crime with the confession of crime in order to prosecute Shawn.

    This willy-nilly substitution of one African American defendant for another agitates ADA Serena Southerlyn (Elisabeth Rohm), who insists that the two individuals should not be substitutable. In the final scene of the episode, District Attorney Arthur Branch (Fred Thompson) lectures ADA Southerlyn on the law before firing her:

    ARTHUR BRANCH
    You know, Serena, if you were right, you were right for the wrong reasons.

    SERENA SOUTHERLYN
    Meaning?

    ARTHUR BRANCH
    Emotions, not facts. What was it you said, everyone you talked to said he couldn’t have killed that man?

    SERENA SOUTHERLYN
    My emotional responses make me . . .

    ARTHUR BRANCH
    . . . an advocate. You’re a superb attorney; you ought to be involved in cases that feed your passion.

    SERENA SOUTHERLYN
    Well, that would be wonderful.

    ARTHUR BRANCH
    Serena, you must know, that will not happen in this office. It can’t. Now, a prosecutor can be zealous, but not passionate. Advocacy is warm-blooded, enforcement’s got to be cold-blooded, and blind, and even angry.

    Delivered with sangfroid, this defense of the district attorney’s office touts prosecutorial “blindness” in the face of its double, the emotional responses of advocacy. With the near-conviction of yet another innocent African American, Law & Order offers access to the racialized costs of such blindness.

    The Latin remix of this episode less than five years later provocatively disabuses regular Law & Order viewers of their would-be blindness: The way in which African American and gangster rap could be so easily “updated” to Mexican migrant and narcocorrido points to something beyond the show’s constitutive pop-ethnographic mode and its formulaic procedural structure. These substitutions, which so bothered ADA Southerlyn, highlight the fungibility of racial signifiers in hegemonic discourses of narcotics and popular music, easily conflating unique racial formations and their geopolitical and sociocultural contexts. In negotiating its relationship to these transnational discourses and genres, Law & Order presents, at arm’s length, the double criminalization of gangster rap and narcocorridos: not only do they narrate, motivate, and confess drug crimes, but their modes of dissemination (mp3s and bootleg CDs) bypass legitimate, copyrighted channels. Commodified scripts of popular music exploit this air of illegality to enhance their appeal. Shawn says of the lyrics that were taken as evidence: “I just put [them] in my song to juice up my rep.” And critic Miguel Cabañas notes in a comment relevant to gangster rap as well: “One could not explain the popularity of the narcocorrido without the censure of the genre that goes hand in hand with the criminalization of drugs” (520, my translation). Appropriating this double-bind, these Law & Order episodes stage the blindness of law-enforcement scripts while borrowing the illicit allure of the narcocorrido and gangster rap genres for its own commercial success.

    Through the duality of gangster rap and narcocorridos, native informants and prosecutorial blindness, Law & Order cites its way into the collapsible space between the truth-claims of official discourse and the conventions of fiction, the aporia that, this essay argues, is at the center of narco-narratives’ transnational form. The show’s “ripped from the headlines” format intensifies the traffic between official discourses and their fictional doppelgängers. An epigraph precedes Law & Order episodes that hew particularly close to the headlines: “Although inspired in part by a true incident, the following story is fictional and does not depict any actual person or event.” Not only a legal disclaimer against lawsuits, this disclaimer announces the creative license that enables fiction to probe the discursive construction of reality. In a discussion of Mexican literary production “amidst the din of gunfire,” Gabriela Polit-Dueñas notes the crucial importance of fiction in a context where “corrupt official discourses which try to reduce [narcotrafficking] to a legal problem are part of the complexity of the phenomenon” (560). Through techniques of narrative doubling, Law & Order draws attention to the way that the abstractions of legal discourse produce and maintain a blindness toward processes of racialization. By self-reflexively participating in the same substitutions as those legal scripts that criminalize racialized subjectivities and cultural production, Law & Order delicately positions itself between these scripts and their blind spots.

    Negotiating its own delicate position between official discourses of drug violence in the circum-Caribbean, and the melodramatic conventions of the Latin American telenovela, the Colombian serial El cartel intertextually cites Law & Order at the beginning of every one of its fifty-plus episodes. Like Law & Order, episodes of El cartel open with white text on a black background accompanied by a resonant voice-over. On El cartel it reads: “This is a work of fiction inspired by the book ‘The Cartel of Snitches.’ The characters and situations it presents are equally fictitious.”1 The “equally” in this disclaimer signifies ambiguously: it may indicate that the characters are as fictitious as the situations, or that the telenovela itself is as fictitious as the book. Tellingly, the book El cartel de los sapos, written by former narcotrafficker, DEA-collaborator, El cartel co-screenwriter, and current Miami jetsetter Andrés López López (Rincón 161), earned its notoriety and best-seller status precisely through its claims to be a true secret history In announcing that it is as fictitious as the book, the telenovela either announces that it is not fictitious at all or it points to the slipperiness of truth claims—and the need for the interpretive protocols brought to bear on and through fiction—in a transnational mediascape of secret histories and official accounts, violence and corruption, snitches and TV shows.

    El cartel sets its action to the sounds of Colombian cumbia, Puerto Rican reggaetón, Jamaican dancehall, US gangster rap, and Mexican narcocorridos, a complex matrix of circum-Caribbean dance music that performs at the level of sound what El cartel does at the level of narrative: operating across mediatized pathways worn smooth by the transit of slaves, merchants, migrants, commodities, capital, and arms, it is a matrix of borrowing, remixing, and collaboration that conspires to wrong-foot those who criticize it for its violence and obscenity. Like the foregoing musical genres, narco-themed telenovelas have been surrounded by controversy for sensationalizing, sexualizing, and profiting off the violence that has wreaked such transformational havoc in Colombia, as elsewhere. A popular serial form airing first in 2008 on Caracol TV in Colombia, then picked up for international distribution by Telemundo, El cartel negotiates its own precarious ethical status in this context through the protagonist Fresa (Manolo Cardona) and his doppelgänger Cabo (Robinson Díaz). This narrative doubling fuels the melodramatic morality play of El cartel, simultaneously attempting to humanize Fresa, a nickname that roughly translates to Preppy, without making the show vulnerable to claims that it whitewashes the tragedies unleashed by the drug trade and the ensuing efforts to suppress it. With these two characters, El cartel stages Colombia’s national debate over class relations and political economy in the narco-era, probing the degree to which drug trafficking disrupts the nation’s neoliberal values or aligns with them. However, this narrative doubling around the fulcrum of social class gets radically decentered as the show insists upon the transnational structure of the narco-economy, with Miami–the destination for the majority of drug cargo as well as the site of DEA headquarters–emerging as an alternative, circum-Caribbean supra-national capital. This cartographic doubling of political and economic power mitigates El cartel’s national discourse and forces viewers to reassess ethical questions under transnational structures of dominance.

    El cartel juggles the protagonist and his counterpart, as it does discourses of fiction and truth. In this way it manages to “produce an image of illegality,” as O. Hugo Benavides argues about Latin American narco-dramas, “in a much more ambiguous and nuanced form than that imposed by official discourse … even [while] still heavily embedded in the political and cultural constraints of the melodramatic medium” (17, 9). The first episode of the series opens with Fresa in handcuffs being escorted out of Miami International Airport and motorcaded to a federal detention center where he is stripped and searched. As he puts on his orange jumpsuit, his voiceover narration begins: “Everything I am about to tell you you can think is a lie, and, well, it’s within your right to think what you want but what I’m about to recount (contar) is the truth, it’s my truth, it’s my version of what happened.” The opening lines of the show foreground the narrative mode of confession, which serves multiple ends in El cartel. Fresa’s pleading tone hints at a desire for atonement and redemption. However, as the scene cuts to Fresa in well-tailored black street clothes, sitting on a chair in front of a small digital video camera, in a dark room surrounded by purplish fluorescent lights and two armed guards, we wonder what other ends his confession may serve, what deals he may have cut. Given the origins of the show in the commodification of Andrés López López’s confession, El cartel’s Scheherezadian narrative frame foreshadows the conflicts and interests motivating characters to offer their stories, their “version[s] of what happened,” accessing the citational and multi-positional construction that, I argue, is inherent to the narco-narrative genre.

    In his career as a narco, Fresa tries to stay aloof from violence and to treat his vocation as a straightforward pursuit of professional gratification and financial security; cartel boss Don Oscar even remarks upon how much Fresa revels in “moving merchandise (merca).” Yet pressures from within both the cartel and his family evacuate this neutral mercantilist middle ground. When she finally figures out that he is a narco, his grandmother kicks him out of the house, saying: “You have to reflect on the life you are pursuing. This path will only lead you to disgrace.” With Fresa cut off from his family, the cartel increasingly becomes a surrogate family. When Fresa refuses to carry a gun, Don Oscar’s partner Don Julio instructs him: “When you have reached the position you’re in, you don’t do the things that you like but the things you have to.” Fresa demurs once more, and Don Julio tells him to get out of the business: “You weren’t born for this,” and his wife adds, “Stop being naïve.” At this moment, Don Julio’s body guards rush up to tell him that the police have penetrated the perimeter of the ranch (finca) and that they have to flee. Don Julio says he’s tired of running, and the scene cuts to an Ultima Hora newsflash announcing his arrest, followed by a scene of Don Julio in a dank jail cell impotently vowing revenge against his captors. We then cut once more to Fresa, seen in the flip-out screen of the small digital video camera. The visual sequence of “documentary” frames documents that his initial years in the cartel gave him ample warning that he should get out. “In those five years, I travelled the road I’d dreamed so much about,” he reflects. “Glory. But I wanted more and more and more.”

    In the unfolding of El cartel, Cabo emerges as a literal and symbolic obstacle to Fresa’s efforts to remain nonviolent, to retire from the business, and to reenter legitimate society. Cabo’s arc underscores the dark underbelly of Fresa’s desire for “more and more and more,” linking the pleasures Fresa takes in commodity trafficking to the violence that inescapably accompanies it. Cabo initially serves as Don Oscar’s campy, ultraviolent gatillero (trigger-man), with a handlebar moustache, exaggerated snarl, and nasally montañero (hillbilly) drawl. When Don Oscar sends Fresa to Miami to lay low, Cabo encourages an intensification of violence against rival cartels, enforcing a bloodthirsty code of honor that gauges status through markers of dominance rather than profit. To punish Fresa’s disengagement from the cartel and his intervention in saving the life of a contracted target, Cabo collaborates with the DEA in attempting to set him up, marking Cabo’s increasing obsession with Fresa and with the latter’s privileged position in Miami.

    The structural relationship between Fresa and Cabo uses the device of narrative doubling to stage (but ultimately to interrogate) what Colombian cultural critic Omar Rincón refers to as “Narco.lombia”’s national allegory in the neoliberal era, which ostensibly allocates responsibilities for acts of violence in such a way as to keep the elites’ hands clean, to absolve them of responsibility for the narco-economy and its attendant bloodshed. This structural relationship echoes its US variant as mediated by Law & Order: hegemonic scripts of drug violence shunt responsibility onto fungible racialized and spatialized signifiers, rather than examining the role of official discourse and policy, not to mention white middle-class demand for narcotics, in producing and sustaining that violence. In the Colombian case, whereas Fresa represents an upwardly mobile, urban petite bourgeoisie pursuing neoliberal values, Cabo represents a resentful working class consigned to the position of gatillero. The show treats Fresa as a rational economic actor “who has been attracted to the rapidly-expanding, multi-billion dollar drug economy,” as Phillipe Bourgois has argued about crack dealers, rather than as an “‘exotic other’ operating in an irrational netherworld” (Bourgois 326). Fresa sympathetically embodies capitalist ideology yet comes to recognize the inseparability of this ideology in the narco-economy from Cabo’s violent, power-obsessed “irrational netherworld.” The show ambivalently makes this inseparability applicable to neoliberal capitalism in general through Cabo’s own upward mobility. After Don Oscar dies, Cabo begins dealing (traqueteando) and acquires the trappings of a jefe: a large finca and Don Julio’s ex-wife. This class jump provokes snide remarks from the traditional class of dons, but also trepidation. Tapping into a central trope of Colombian narco-narrative, the show dramatizes national anxieties over the cocaine-fuelled destabilization of traditional class hierarchies, an anxiety also at work in that circum-Caribbean narco-Ur-text, Scarface (1983), where ultra-violent Mariel refugee Tony Montana (Al Pacino) usurps the dominant underworld position of post-1959, bourgeois Cuban exile Frank Lopez (Robert Loggia).2 By raising the abominable specter of Cabo taking over the cartel, the telenovela may inspire viewers to long for precisely the traditional class hierarchy that Cabo contests, or it could lay bare for them the systemic unity of trade and violence undergirding that class hierarchy. This ambiguity acquires another layer of complexity when we take into account that the Colombian players operate in a world not of their own making. From generals in the Colombian army carrying out orders from civilian politicians under pressure from the US government as part of the Plan Colombia aid package, to cartel leaders taking advantage of new deals being offered by the DEA, the Colombian players in this narco-drama must navigate the whims of both US drug policy and US consumer demand. El cartel’s portrait of the narco-economy relies on our seduction by Fresa and, through this focalization, offers the experience of incremental dread as he finds himself increasingly haunted by his lower-class double Cabo. Yet the long shadow of US economics–funding both the war on drugs and the traffic in drugs–renders these characters, and Colombia more generally, as structured in dominance. The class-based critique of the narco-economy, which may or may not translate into a larger critique of neoliberal capitalism tout court, finds something for all Colombians to agree on by recognizing that it is the United States who has established the conditions for this ambiguity.

    As in Colombia, the cocaine trade has also fueled transformational violence in Jamaica, dovetailing with a similar US-sponsored neoliberal transition at the beginning of the 1980s. By reworking Ernie Smith’s 1974 popular reggae number “Duppy Gun Man” through doubling its temporal and cartographic orientations, Yellowman’s 1982 song “Duppy or Gunman” uses the citational practices of dancehall to chart a ghostly history of this transformational violence that is anchored in a critique of hemispheric political economy. Specifically, “Duppy or Gunman” responds to the overwhelming bloodshed leading up to and persisting after the 1980 elections in Jamaica. Caught up in US Cold War proxy politics, more than eight hundred people were killed as the CIA-backed Jamaican Labour Party (JLP) took power from the left-wing People’s National Party (PNP). The electoral conflict solidified a map of Kingston crisscrossed by heavily armed, politically affiliated garrison communities partly funded through CIA-encouraged cocaine transshipment (Edmonds). A sequence of repetitions mediates between Yellowman’s aestheticization of local gunfire and a spiritual, cartographical critique of this hemispheric violence. The 1982 track “Duppy or Gunman” opens with Yellowman covering Smith’s 1974 hit “Duppy Gun Man” over “Junjo” Lawes’s 1980 “Gunman” rhythm track. Reconstructing the original rhythm track of “Duppy Gun Man” with a dub-infused, ghostly sound, Lawes’s “Gunman” renders the duppy of the original title even more spectral. Smith’s 1974 song reflects a moment just before the horrific violence unleashed in 1980, recounting a semi-humorous parable about a would-be Romeo frightened off when “a dread from ‘cross de Gully / just passin’ through / decide fe run little joke” and shout “don’t move.” Overreacting to the dreadlocked passerby from a potentially antagonistic neighborhood, the protagonist of the 1974 “Duppy Gun Man” fails to “keep his head” and assumes the dread to be either a ghost or a gunman. This either/or registers the violence that haunts 1974 Kingston’s past and threatens its future; Yellowman’s 1982 version marks such violence as the inescapable condition of the present:

    Must be a duppy or a gunman
    I man no find out yet
    I and I was so frightened
    All the M-16 I forget.

    While Smith was so frightened that he forgot the name of the girl he was with, so frightened was Yellowman that he even forgot the M-16s around him. With American-made weapons having flooded Jamaica in the lead-up to the 1980 election, “Duppy or Gunman” marks the pervasive violence that continued to plague society in its aftermath, as “party leaders,” in Laurie Gunst’s account, “menaced by an outlaw underworld they could no longer control, turned the Jamaican police loose in the ghettos to execute their former paladins” (xv). Nadi Edwards comments on the reggae/dancehall rendering of Kingston’s violence: “It is a nightmare world, haunting and haunted, a world in which gunmen turn their victims into duppies, but the killers themselves are ghosts, spectral bodies that materialize only as agents of violence” (12).

    The dialogic reggae/dancehall aesthetics of versioning and dub production moves this haunting in two temporal directions: Yellowman’s “Duppy or Gunman” is melancholically haunted by the lightheartedness of Smith’s original, while it simultaneously haunts Smith’s song with the “nightmare world” of what was to come. Yellowman turns the ubiquitous gunfire of the present to aesthetic ends:

    Gunshot it no respect no one
    Gunshot it no respect no one
    It kill soldier man, it kill policeman
    It kill bad man, also gun man
    It kill animal, also human

    “Duppy or Gunman” calls out to Michigan and Smiley’s musically embodied trope of contagion to narrate the escalation of violence as an infectious transnational disease carried across borders by “M-16s” and “Magnums.” Yet whereas the Biblical righteousness of Michigan and Smiley’s “Diseases” warns of God’s vengeance against loose women, Yellowman revises the traditional Christian prayer “For Health and Strength” in order to invoke Rastafarian faith talismanically for protection against the disease of transnational violence: “For health and strength and daily food / we praise thy name oh Jah.” Through this citational layering of generic doubles, “Duppy or Gunman” articulates itself as a local critique, a prayer in the face of a geopolitical cartography shaped by US-manufactured weapons, drug trafficking to feed US demand, structural poverty, and Cold War political interference.

    Also attending to US-Caribbean Cold War relations, Russell Banks’s 1995 novel Rule of the Bone processes a geopolitical cartography of violence through the subject position of the white US consumer of both drugs and Jamaican culture. Banks’s Bildungsroman appropriates a classic narrative structure of US fiction, the white hero and his non-white sidekick,3 in order to lay bare the circum-Caribbean racialization of both drug violence and narrative violence. Rule of the Bone conjures a narrative space of doubles and repetitions to foreground its own participation in these racialized discourses, to insist upon the necessary incompleteness of any one narrative site of redress, and to direct readers to its intertextual doubles within the transnational field of narco-narrative production.

    Rule of the Bone’s doubling intertextuality stages and historicizes the narrative workings of white privilege via a white American adolescent’s tutelage by a Rastafarian elder. The iconic nineteenth-century friendship between Huck and Jim gets reworked through the late twentieth-century characters Bone and I-Man, the latter an undocumented Jamaican migrant laborer while in the US, though in Jamaica he is part of a Rastafarian group that supplies white American drug traffickers with marijuana. Bone, the fourteen-year-old protagonist, was sexually abused by his stepfather as a seven-year-old and now sports a mohawk and piercings, has dropped out of high school, and sells a bit of pot in order to pay rent with his friend and a scary bunch of bikers in Upstate New York. He eventually meets I-Man and learns about the production of his undocumented status:

    The deal was [he was] supposed to work on the apple trees in the spring and then in June the same crew was supposed to go to Florida on a bus and cut sugarcane all summer for a different company and come back north in the fall and pick apples. Once you signed on you couldn’t quit until six months were up without losing all the money that you’d earned so far and your work permit so if you left the camp you were like an international outlaw, an illegal alien plus you were broke. (155-156)

    While this passage, especially with its reference to sugarcane, registers the historically resonant state of bondage in which Jamaican migrant laborers circulate in the US, Bone’s use of the phrase “international outlaw” nonetheless attaches a sense of dangerous romance to I-Man as well. As Jim O’Loughlin notes, Rule of the Bone “explicitly interrogates” this romance as intertextually linked to “the white privilege inherent in fantasies of escaping from society in Huckleberry Finn” (31). In spite of Bone’s working-class, victimized social status, his development (Bildung) through friendship with I-Man prompts him to examine the privileges, complexities, and limitations of his role as white observer and narrator of this particular Black experience. As O’Loughlin comments: “Bone is forced to acknowledge his participation in a racialized system. In fact, his growth as a character becomes dependent upon that recognition” (40).

    This racialized system is as literary and linguistic as it is economic. In another scene of intertextual doubling, Bone watches I-Man garden with Rose, a wan blonde six-year-old girl whose crack-addicted mother sold her to a sketchy character named Buster Brown. Bone devised her escape from Buster and took refuge in an abandoned school bus that I-Man, no longer on the migrant labor route, had converted into a trailer home. Observing them, Bone thinks:

    They made a real nice picture, the two of them and it made me think of that book Uncle Tom’s Cabin which I got from the library and read in seventh grade for a book report but my teacher was wicked pissed at me for saying it was pretty good considering a white woman wrote it and gave me a D. My teacher was a white woman herself and thought I was being disrespectful but I wasn’t. I just knew it would’ve been different if it’d been written by a black man, say, or even a black woman and it would’ve been better too because the old guy Uncle Tom would’ve kicked some serious ass and then he’d’ve probably been lynched or something but it almost would’ve been worth it. In those old slavery days white people were really fucked up was what I meant in my book report and the white lady who wrote it was trying not to be, that’s all.(161)

    This invocation of Little Eva and Uncle Tom racializes authorship and emphasizes how Rule of the Bone self-reflexively limns the risks of its intertextual filiation with dubious literary ancestors. Just as I-Man, as a Rastafarian spiritual elder to Bone, echoes Uncle Tom’s relationship to George Shelby, his owner’s son, the reader is asked to attend to Banks’s relationship with Harriet Beecher Stowe. The novel acknowledges its inextricability, inside and outside the book’s cover, from the shadow of those melodramatic characters.

    The confessional mode connects the racialization of authorship and the weight of these iconic figures to the present moment. Recalling Fresa’s opening claims to offer “the truth, my truth, my version of what happened” in El cartel, Bone opens the Rule of the Bone saying: “You’ll probably think I’m making a lot of this up just to make me sound better than I really am or smarter or even luckier but I’m not. … The fact is the truth is more interesting than anything I could make up and that’s why I’m telling it in the first place” (1). This confession asserts Bone’s commitment to truth and “interesting”-ness, while recognizing that this story may provoke readers to consider Bone to be bragging about his international adventures with a charismatic Rastafarian elder. Disavowing any interest in self-promotion, this preface preemptively addresses the way the accumulation of racialized echoes and models might inflect the reader’s sense of what motivates Bone to share his story.

    After accumulating nineteenth-century echoes overshadowed by the violence of slavery, Banks’s novel pointedly sets the violence of the present within a geopolitics of the Cold War that Bone has now been properly formed to read and recite. Having relocated from Upstate New York to Jamaica’s Cockpit Country, host to the Maroon polity Accompong, Bone has joined I-Man’s brethren working their marijuana fields:

    After we had the dirt ready we planted the seeds for the new crop and hauled water and got the rows real soppy and for shading them while the plants were still babies we ran strings from poles and hung these humongous thin camouflage sheets that I-Man said’d been left behind in Grenada after the United States Army finished invading and went home. Dem hiding sheets spread all over de Caribbean now, mon. Dem de bes’ t’ing ‘bout dat invasion so as t’ mek de ganja reach him fulfillment undisturbed ‘neath de Jamaica sun an’ den return to Babylon an’ help create de peaceable kingdom dere. Jah mek de instruments of destruction come forward fe be instruments of instruction.(330)

    Bone’s first-person narration subtly integrates I-Man’s Rastafarian dialect through an unmarked, free indirect discourse, suggesting Bone’s own habitation of this nation-language. Whereas Yellowman prays for his own salvation amidst cocaine-fuelled, Cold War garrison politics, I-Man’s Rastafarian dialectic optimistically reflects on marijuana traffic to the US as a project of spiritual enlightenment that will turn America away from proxy wars and foreign intervention. Yet a racialized and spatialized double-vision marks both “Duppy or Gunman” and The Rule of the Bone: I-Man’s cold-blooded assassination at the hands of his white American distributors underscores the persistent and casual destruction rained down upon expendable Black lives caught up in feeding US drug demand, precisely that “proximity and vulnerability to imperial and neoimperial forces” that, Stites Mor notes, informs the circum-Caribbean’s critical vantage point on the possibilities of “transnational solidarity” (279).

    Disclosing the expendability of Black life in the eyes of many Jamaicans and Americans alike, one of the assassins says to his partner, “We shouldn’t do a white kid… The tourist board’ll go nuts” (339). At this point in the novel, Bone not only has grown comfortable speaking a Rasta-inflected patois, but he has been initiated by I-Man and his brethren into a ganja-assisted process of “coming to know I-self” (329). His Bildung fulfilled, Bone can confront his white privilege head-on, recognizing that “it was my white skin that’d saved me from being blown away like Prince Shabba and I-Man” (342). At the end of the novel, Bone sits docked in Montego Bay, about to depart Jamaica, left to reflect on what Achille Mbembe calls the “racist distribution of death” in the hemispheric “economy of biopower” (17), as well as on the racist distribution of death in the narrative economy of drug violence that his own story participates in. While Bone preserves I-Man’s language and spirit, the death of violence-averse I-Man confirms the novel’s participation in that racialized narrative economy. Which of course begs the question: on the book’s own terms, then, must we conclude that Rule of the Bone, like Uncle Tom’s Cabin, is “pretty good considering a white [man] wrote it”?

    Maybe Russell Banks himself does not tell the story of “the old guy kick[ing] some serious ass and then … probably [getting] lynched or something but it almost would’ve been worth it,” because the novel signals that that story has already been told, and that, for all his linguistic dexterity, it still wasn’t Banks’s to tell. Recurrent intertextual cues prompt readers of Rule of the Bone to seek out the outlaw rude-boy epic The Harder They Come–the novel’s transnational narrative double–to fill this narrative space that the novel conjures but necessarily leaves empty. Bone and I-Man’s crossing from the US to Jamaica is scored by the epoch-defining soundtrack of the 1972 film in which reggae star Jimmy Cliff plays outlaw folk-hero Ivanhoe “Rhygin” Martin (237). “A male subaltern exemplar of early postcolonial resistance” (Bogues 22), Ivan quixotically challenges the position he has been allotted in the global narco-economy. Upon seeing on television that a planeload of Jamaican ganja seized in Miami was valued at $100,000, he recognizes that the money involved far exceeds the meager take he risks his life for as a street dealer, and furthermore that the state itself is one of the major players in a semi-official international commodity trade. With fearless grace and with guns blazing, he takes on the police and military over the course of a manhunt that captured the Jamaican public’s imagination in the film and in history. Ivan’s grace itself represents the rude-boy, outlaw anti-hero’s performative resignification of the heroic, colonialist Hollywood westerns Jamaican audiences both laugh at and learn from at the beginning of the film. The Harder They Come concludes with a wounded Ivan on the beach at Lime Cay, waiting for a boat that will carry him to his “big welcome” in a Cuba that in 1972 Jamaica embodied the liberatory aspirations channeled by Michael Manley’s ruling People’s National Party. As a military unit surrounds him, Ivan joyously rises from behind the bushes and meets his death, fulfilling the transcendent performative destiny integral to the rude-boy genre, as well as its offspring in the dancehall, such as Vybz Kartel’s gun song “Send a Hell” (2008); in literature, as reworked in A Brief History of Seven Killings; and in Jamaican nation-language itself, where as Bogues notes, “death is ‘tek life,’ a spectacle that affirms [the] life [of young men who participate in violence] in the absence of positive alternatives” (24).4

    While preserving its distribution of death, The Harder They Come completes Rule of the Bone by offering an alternative aesthetic of violence to that of the pitiable, long-suffering death of Uncle Tom, and, in the figure of I-Man, that of the rote, routinized death of yet another white protagonist’s sidekick. Banks’s novel suggests that this was aesthetic work his book could not, should not do, at least not alone. With Bone poised to depart Jamaica by sea, the novel concludes with his privilege of navigating away from the scene of violence. Like his doubles Huck Finn, ready to light out for the territories; Shawn Foreman, living off his rap royalties; and Fresa, poised to retire in Miami, he occupies a narrative space not permitted to his subaltern, raced and classed double. The citational texts of circum-Caribbean drug violence register this privilege while calling upon multiple narrative sites, cartographic scales, and generic modes to do justice to those left behind.

    Footnotes

    1. “Esta es una obra de ficción inspirada en el libro ‘El Cartel de los Sapos.’ Los personajes y situaciones que se presentan son igualmente ficticios.”

    2. See, for example, Vallejo and Restrepo.

    3. See Lawrence, chs. 4, 5, and 11; and Fiedler.

    4. In “Send a Hell,” Kartel deejays:

    Miller 9 clap, clap it mek di cops seeSomebody haffi dead an yuh threaten me, fi box miTwo inna dem face coof coof I’m get drop seeDem ah go rush I’m go doctor but I’m dead inna di taxi. (2008)

    Alternative to this classical expression of rude-boy “tek-life,” in A Brief History of Seven Killings, Marlon James ambivalently fashions for Josey Wales, based on the real-life figure Lester “Jim Brown” Coke, a different sort of death-embracing “heroism” as he is consumed by a prison-house fire at the behest of the CIA and Jamaican government. Mastermind of his own success, Wales sabotages the 1978 Downtown Kingston Peace Treaty and the prospect of a Rasta Revolution, thereby buying himself total immunity from both the CIA and the JLP-government of Edward Seaga, which allows him to manage safely for more than a decade a drug trafficking network that stretches from Colombia, through the Caribbean, and across the United States. The reader’s admiration for his diabolical effectiveness, his ability to see the geopolitical balance of power better than condescending Americans and Uptown Jamaicans, presses hard against his responsibility for the shooting of Bob Marley and the undermining of the peace treaty, the hopes for which, the actual possibility for which, are best expressed in the novel by Tristan Phillips, based on the real-life Trevor Phillips:

    People need to know. They need to know I guess that, that there was this one time when we coul’a do it, you know? We could’a really do it. People was just hopeful enough and tired enough and fed up enough and dreaming enough that something could’a really happen. … Even people who usually expect the worst did, if only for two or three month, start to think peace a little then a lot, then peace was all they could think about. Is like how before rain reach you can taste it coming in the breeze. (James 568-9)

    Yet Tristan/Trevor was part of the leadership within the Downtown underworld that, according to Josey Wales, speaking about Papa-Lo (real-life Claude Massop), his mentor and double from the previous generation, “Start to act like he no longer like the world he himself help create. … He the worst kind of fool, the fool who start believing things can get better. … He not getting soft, he thinking deep, which politicians don’t pay him to do. … He want to forget them. I want to use them” (James 42-3).

    Works Cited

    • “Ain’t No Love.” Screenplay by Dick Wolf, Rose Sweren, and Lois Johnson. Law & Order 15.13. NBC. 12 Jan. 2005. Television.
    • Auerbach, Erich. “Philology and Weltliteratur.” Trans. Edward and Marie Said. Centennial Review 13.1 (1969).
    • Banks, Russell. Rule of the Bone. New York: Harper Perennial, 1995. Print.
    • Benavides, O. Hugo. Drugs, Thugs, and Divas: Telenovelas and Narco-Dramas in Latin America. Austin: University of Texas Press, 2008. Print.
    • Bogues, Anthony. “Power, Violence, and the Jamaican ‘Shotta Don.’” NACLA Report on the Americas (May/June 2006). Web. 2 May 2016.
    • Bourgois, Philippe. In Search of Respect: Selling Crack in El Barrio. New York: Columbia University Press, 2003. Print.
    • “Boy Gone Astray.” Screenplay by Dick Wolf, Keith Eisner, and René Balcer. Law & Order 20.7. NBC. 6 Nov. 2009. Television.
    • Brathwaite, Kamau. “Jazz and the West Indian Novel (I-III).” The Routledge Reader in Caribbean Literature. Ed. Allison Donell and Sarah Lawson Welsh. Routledge: London, 1996.
    • Cabañas, Miguel. “El narcocorrido global y las identidades transnacionales.” Revista de Estudios Hispánicos 42.3 (2008): 519-542.
    • Edmonds, Kevin. “The CIA, the Cold War, and Cocaine: The Connections of Christopher ‘Dudus’ Coke.” NACLA Report. NACLA, 14 July 2011. Web. 29 Mar. 2016.
    • Edwards, Nadi. “Notes on the Age of Dis: Reading Kingston through Agamben.” small axe 12.1 (2008): 1-15.
    • El cartel. Screenplay by Juan Camilo Ferrand and Andrés López López. Dir. Luis Alberto Restrepo. Caracol Televisión, 2008. Television.
    • Fiedler, Leslie. Come Back to the Raft Ag’in, Huck Honey.” Paris Review (June 1948): 664- 671.
    • Glissant, Édouard. Caribbean Discourse. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press, 1989. Print.
    • Gunst, Laurie. Born Fi’ Dead. London: Canongate, 2003. Print.
    • The Harder They Come. Dir. Perry Henzell. Perf. Jimmy Cliff. Screenplay by Perry Henzell and Trevor Rhone. International Films Management, Ltd., 1972. Criterion Collection, 2000. DVD.
    • James, Marlon. A Brief History of Seven Killings. London: Oneworld, 2014. Print. Lawrence, D. H. Studies in Classic American Literature. 1923. Reissue Edition. Ed. Ezra Greenspan, Lindeth Vasey, and John Worthen. New York: Penguin, 1990. Print.
    • Lemelle, Sidney J. “The ‘Circum-Caribbean’ and the Continuity of Cultures: The Donato Colony in Mexico, 1830-1860.” Journal of Pan-African Studies 6.1 (July 2013): 57-75.
    • López, Andrés López. El cartel de los sapos. Bogotá: Editorial Planeta Colombiana, 2008. Print. Matousek, Amanda L. “Shades of the Borderland Narconovela from Pastel to Sanguine: Orfa Alarcón’s Perra brava as Anti-Novela.” Frontiers: A Journal of Women Studies 35.2 (2014): 118-142.
    • Mbembe, Achille. “Necropolitics.” Public Culture 15.1 (2003): 11-40.
    • O’Loughlin, Jim. “The Whiteness of Bone: Russell Banks’ Rule of the Bone and the Contradictory Legacy of Huckleberry Finn.” Modern Language Studies 32.1 (2002): 31- 42.
    • Polit-Dueñas, Gabriela. “On Reading about Violence, Drug Dealers and Interpreting a Field of Literary Production Amidst the Din of Gunfire: Culiacán-Sinaloa, 2007.” Revista de Estudios Hispánicos 42.3 (2008): 559-582.
    • Restrepo, Laura. Delirio. Buenos Aires: Alfaguara, 2004. Print.
    • Rincón, Omar. “Narco.estética y narco.cultura en Narco.lombia.” Nueva Sociedad 220 (2009). Web. 2 May 2016.
    • Smith, Ernie. “Duppy Gun Man.” The Best of Ernie Smith – Original Masters. New York: VP Records/17 North Parade, 2010. CD.
    • Stites Mor, Jessica. “Circum-Caribbean development and transnational solidarity: perspectives from a post-development research paradigm.” Canadian Journal of Latin American and Caribbean Studies 38.2 (2013): 279-281.
    • Vallejo, Fernando. La virgen de los sicarios. Bogotá: Alfaguara, 1993. Print.
    • Vybz Kartel, “Send a Hell.” Self Defense Riddim. Kingston: Jamdown Ltd., 2008. MP3. Yellowman. “Duppy or Gunman.” Mister Yellowman. London: Greensleeves, 1982. CD.

  • Architectural Space in Windhoek, Namibia:Fortification, Monumentalization, Subversion

    Julia C. Obert (bio)
    University of Wyoming

    Abstract

    This essay argues that contemporary postcolonial cities are definitive of Anthony Vidler’s “architectural uncanny,” and it forwards Windhoek, Namibia’s capital city, as a particularly palpable example of this phenomenon. This essay reads local literary texts and other historical documents to investigate how Windhoek’s architectural spaces condition structures of both power and subversion. It identifies where local bodies are marshaled by the city’s constraints and where they can contest those constraints. Ultimately, despite the fact that Windhoek still bears the inhospitable imprints of two successive colonial powers, its subjects can find ways to take root, at least in part, in their uncanny city.

    Namibia was settled for thousands of years by indigenous groups—largely the Damara, Nama, and San—and, from the fourteenth century forward, by immigrating Bantu; German imperial forces declared it a colonial holding in 1884. Seeing their land and cattle appropriated by settlers, the Herero and Nama peoples rose up against German occupation in 1904. The German Schutztruppe, under the command of General Lothar von Trotha, determined to “annihilate” the resistance (von Trotha, qtd. in Mamdani 11), and wiped out the vast majority of both ethnic groups in the first act of genocide of the twentieth century. During World War I’s South-West Africa Campaign, South Africa seized control of the German colony, and administered the area from 1919 onwards as a League of Nations mandate territory. After World War II, South Africa refused to surrender South-West Africa to UN control and continued to occupy the area. When apartheid was implemented in South Africa in 1948, so too was it enforced in South-West Africa, with white settlers, so-called “colored” groups, and black South-West Africans being segregated by race (and with the latter further divided by ethnicity: Ovambo, Damara, Nama, Herero, Ovambanderu, and others). In the 1960s, the military wing of the South-West Africa People’s Organisation (SWAPO) began its armed struggle for independence, and in 1988, South Africa agreed to end its occupation of the country. Namibia became officially independent on March 21, 1990, and SWAPO’s Sam Nujoma took office as the country’s first democratically elected President.

    Despite the fact that Namibia has been independent for 25 years, it is in many ways visibly haunted by its colonial past, with its urban spaces in particular remaining redolent of the area’s sedimented political histories. Nearly all colonial regimes are driven by what Edward Said calls a “cartographic impulse”: the notion that redrawing borders, renaming spaces, and rebuilding places can literally shift the ground beneath subjects’ feet, disorienting and dominating local populations (78). 79). This violent “impulse” leaves the proprietary stamp of the imperial center on the spaces of the imagined wild frontier—the fantasy space projected as the postcolony by white power, to rely on Achille Mbembe’s analysis—making it a crucial tool of imperial hegemony, a rule to which both Germany and South Africa held true in South-West Africa (On the Postcolony 4). The built environments of liberated postcolonial spaces retain spectral traces of their subjugation and oppression, and so to some degree these environments remain anxious, unsettling, even inhospitable.

    Anthony Vidler refers to “estranging” urban spaces, forms that “express the precarious relationship between psychological and physical home,” as examples of what he calls the “architectural uncanny” (12, xii). Borrowing from Freud, Vidler discusses places that are at once familiar and foreign, using the concept as “a frame of reference that confronts the desire for a home and the struggle for domestic security with its apparent opposite, intellectual and actual homelessness” (12). Although Vidler focuses primarily on neo-avant-garde architecture and its expressions of postwar alienation, contemporary postcolonial cities—spaces that are at once domestic and unhomely, that are both fit for today’s deep dwelling and reminders of yesterday’s displacements—would seem to be virtually definitive of the “architectural uncanny.”1 Windhoek, Namibia’s capital city, is a particularly palpable example of this phenomenon. In its cartography and architecture, it reveals histories of genocide and apartheid as well as its independent present. The scars of the city’s one-time symbolic significance as the headquarters of the German Schutztruppe, as well as of its place as a staging ground for the spatial segregation of South African apartheid, are barely beneath the skin of its post-colonial, post-apartheid built environment.

    Literary representations of Windhoek tend to foreground this unhomeliness, often while critiquing the squandered promise of independence. Many texts feature the wide gap between the elite inheritors of the country’s bounty, most of whom live in fortified gated communities on the hills overlooking the city, and chronically poor black Namibians, who live in meager quarters in the old apartheid-era “locations” (the underdeveloped townships to which black communities were relocated under South African rule) and in informal squatter settlements on Windhoek’s outskirts. Frederick Philander’s play The Porridge Queen, for example, stages the “fanfare” of a Presidential motorcade—“ten expensive cars” manned by a “new brand of white collared Black civil servant”—as it blows blithely past a group of township women selling crafts from temporary stalls at “Busy Corner” (48-50). The irony that this makeshift market is located at the intersection of the recently-renamed Sam Nujoma Drive and Independence Avenue is, of course, not lost on Philander; these semantic changes to the post-independence cityscape, he implies, have not yet been matched by substantive progress. Several authors also note that the buffer zones between communities built during apartheid have been reinforced rather than remedied in recent years, and that post-independence city planners have repeated colonial (il)logics of “surveillance” and hygiene (“health, safety, order”) when projecting the future of the city’s poorer districts (Windhoek Municipality Structure Plan). Moreover, while several new monuments have been erected in Windhoek since independence, colonial memorials and buildings—among them Alte Feste, a German fortress, and the Reiterdenkmal, a memorial to the Schutztruppe killed during the Nama and Herero revolt—still dominate the cityscape. Windhoek is, in some ways, a kind of ghost space, an uncanny neocolonial revenant of the colonial city. Brian Harlech-Jones’s novel A Small Space describes dwelling in this space as a feeling of “living in two worlds,” an anxious sense of double vision or “dissonance” (184).

    Nevertheless, the power of this unhomely geography is not absolute; it is sometimes destabilized by the subterranean routes and subversive navigational strategies of particular pedestrians. As Gülsüm Baydar Nalbantoğlu and Chong Thai Wong remind us, “postcolonial space is both a reminder of a colonial past and a salutary gesture towards the future. It conveys both a negative moment that displays… binary constructions and fixed categories and a positive one of a promise of becoming for new… subject positions and new modes of spatiality” (7). This essay reads local literary texts and other historical documents for these “salutary gestures,” examining, to borrow a term from Guy Debord, how personal “psychogeographies”—“insubordinat[e]” wanderings; “fragmented, subjective, temporal experience[s] of the city”—can potentially work against “the seemingly omnipotent perspective of the planimetric map” in Namibia (Debord, “Introduction” 7; Sant). In other words, it investigates how Windhoek’s architectural spaces condition structures of both power and subversion, identifying where local bodies are marshaled by the city’s constraints and where they can contest its “currents, fixed points and vortexes” (Debord, “Theory” 50). This treatment of geography in Namibian literature echoes Achille Mbembe’s hope, in the South African context, for “the de-racialization of urban spaces”—a hope yet inseparable, Mbembe concedes, from the “interiorize[d] … presence of [past] physical destruction.” Mbembe describes this bifurcated view of place as a means of “giving the theme of the sepulchre its full subversive force,” and defines the sepulchre as a symbol of “the extra bit of life that’s needed to raise the dead which lies at the heart of a new culture that promises never to forget the vanquished” (Eurozine interview). Ultimately, despite the fact that Windhoek still bears the inhospitable imprints of two successive colonial powers, its subjects can find ways to take root, at least in part, in their “sepulchral” city. These subversive ways of being in place, as Mbembe suggests, are ways of “raising the dead”—of simultaneously reckoning with loss and imagining a more settled future.

    I. Building Windhoek

    The German presence in Windhoek dates back to 1890, when Reichskommissar Curt von François decided to station his garrison in the area. Von François chose the location as a strategic buffer zone between Nama and Herero communities, whom he had determined to fight separately in his effort to “annihilat[e] … the enemy” (44). He laid the foundation stone of the Schutztruppe headquarters, now called the Alte Feste (Old Fortress), in October 1890, thus establishing a German architectural foothold in the region. Designed by von François himself, the fortress’s imposing walls and four surveillance towers, along with its position overlooking the valley, projected German political dominance and military might. After the defeat of the indigenous forces in the early years of the twentieth century, a concentration camp was established in the shadow of the fortress—one of several the Germans built around the country—in which prisoners died by the thousands, a mass murder conspicuously erased from the cityscape in subsequent years (and only commemorated on site for the first time in 2014 with the erection of the Genocide Memorial).

    Fig. 1

    Once the locals were overpowered, German architects and builders raced to erect what Itohan Osayimwese calls “signifiers of Germanness” in the area, buildings that would lay claim to local territory while reflecting domestic familiarity for incoming settlers (Osayimwese 82). Many scholars note that architecture and design were crucial to asserting political power in colonial outposts under the sign of imperial spectacle. Thomas Metcalf, for example, describes colonial building practices as “political authority t[aking] shape in stone,” and explains their primary objective as “the enhancing of the hold of empire over ruler and ruled alike” (xi). Nevertheless, colonial settings also exerted a troubling “pull of difference” (Metcalf 5), which often prompted anxious efforts to ensure continuity with the imperial center. Although South-West Africa is typically represented in German writing of the time as the uncharted “wild West” (Haarhoff, Wild South-West 2), local architecture often took extreme pains to assert German national identity—a sign that settlers were civilizing the landscape rather than being uncivilized by their frontier. This meant that Windhoek became a prime example of Wilhelmine architectural eclecticism, a revivalist hodgepodge of historical styles with particular reference to Classical and medieval Romanesque forms (Osayimwese 128). Neo-Classical tropes link the Kaiserreich to dominant historical empires, while the neo-Romanesque Rundbogenstil—influenced by Roman and Byzantine techniques and characterized particularly by rounded arches—promotes “an association between the new Reich … and the golden age of the Kaiserreich during the Hohenstaufen period of the Middle Ages” when Romanesque design held sway (Curran 352). Both styles were designed to project German imperial authority and technological prowess, and were used throughout the empire at the behest of Wilhelm II. Windhoek therefore was, and remains today, a striking example of Deutsches Kaiserreich “power architecture” in the middle of the Namib desert (Osayimwese 286).

    The Windhoek Turnhalle (Gymnasium), designed by architect Otto Busch and inaugurated in 1909, echoed a number of buildings on the German home front and became an architectural centerpiece of the colony. With a timber-girdered roof and rounded neo-Romanesque arches, the Turnhalle’s elaborate, imposing design was both a “rallying point” for German settlers and a “distinctive symbol of [the colonial] presence to be beheld with respect and even with admiration by the natives of the country” (T. Roger Smith, qtd. in Metcalf 1)—in other words, an explicit mark of racist superiority. The building was used as a practice hall for the Windhoek Gymnastic Club—itself a symbol of robust imperial masculinity—but as an icon of colonial dominion over South-West Africa, it was also appropriated for extravagant celebrations of Kaiser Wilhelm’s birthday each year (Brummer 135). The Turnhalle’s lavish appearance clearly lent itself to authoritative expressions of imperial power, as it was used in turn during WWI by German forces and South African Union troops, and it later housed the 1975-1977 Turnhalle Constitutional Conference, an attempt to reinforce white rule in Namibia’s transition to independence and to stifle the resistance of the People’s Liberation Army of Namibia (the military wing of SWAPO).2 It therefore served for many years as an example of what Mark Crinson calls an “architecture of allegory”: a building that “announce[s]” itself.—and that, by extension, announces the power relations it heralds—by way of “facades, disjunctive form … sheer height, or a new relationship to the city” (229).

    Fig. 2

    Similarly, the Christuskirche (Christ Church), a German Lutheran church designed by Gottleib Redecker and erected between 1907 and 1910, became a monument to German territorial and ideological expansionism. Located on a promontory above the city, the Christuskirche literally overlooked the local population—an occupation of rarefied air that “enhanced its representational power” (Osayimwese 305). Also designed in the neo-Romanesque style with some fanciful Art Nouveau influence in its undulating roof line, the impressive building signifies the effectiveness of German and Finnish Lutheran missionary efforts in the region—Namibia is one of the most heavily Lutheran countries in the world today—and sets a uniquely German theological tradition in stone. The building’s aims were as much political and ideological as they were religious; the stained glass windows in the sanctuary were a gift from Emperor Wilhelm II, and a plaque (which remains there today) was mounted inside following the Nama and Herero uprising to commemorate the German soldiers who died in the conflict. As Jeremy Silvester points out, the plaque also names the places where each soldier died, and in so doing, it “proclaims both the metaphorical and physical occupation of the land by the German troops” (“Sleep with a Southwester” 275).

    Fig. 3

    The Germans also erected a number of important monuments in Windhoek in an effort to make their mark on the region. The first was the Kriegerdenkmal, a heavy iron obelisk crowned by an imperial eagle and surrounded by spiked cast-iron fencing, built in 1897 to memorialize the Schutztruppe who died fighting the Nama and Herero. Next, the Reiterdenkmal, an imposing bronze sculpture of a rifle-wielding corporal on horseback atop a stone plinth designed by Berlin artist Adolf Kurle, was inaugurated near Alte Feste during Kaiser Wilhelm II’s 1912 birthday celebrations. It too was constructed, as its commemorative plaque suggests, to honor the German soldiers who died “for emperor and empire to save and protect [South-West Africa] during the Herero and Hottentot uprisings between 1903 and 1907, and during the Kalahari Expedition in 1908,” as well as “German citizens that died [at] the hands of the indigenous [peoples].” The statue looms 31 feet above street level, and its armed rider seems to survey all who move beneath his gaze. These repeated efforts to name and to remember German civilians, and to count German losses, are also efforts to leave unnamed and unrecognized the many thousands Nama and Herero who were killed during the period. The fact that the Reiterdenkmal was erected on the site of a former concentration camp makes this silencing all the more ominous; as Elke Zuern argues, the rider “visibly present[ed] victor’s justice and offer[ed] a warning to those who might continue to resist” (3). Incredibly, this token of “victor’s justice” remained in place until 2009, when the statue was finally removed during the building of the new Independence Museum.3

    Fig. 4

    Finally, the von François statue, an 18-foot tall sculpture of the former German Reichskommissar rendered in military pose—one hand on hip, the other clutching his sword—was unveiled on Windhoek’s Kaiserstrasse in 1965. Although the street has since been renamed Independence Avenue, the hulking sculpture remains in place. Several writers mention this paradox: can Independence Avenue really be a symbol of postcoloniality with a statue of the first commander of the conquering German Schutztruppe at its heart? Keamogetsi joseph Molapong’s poem “In Search of Questions,” for instance, mentions the “insult” of “standing guard with Von Francois” every time he walks through the heart of downtown Windhoek (95).

    As these observations suggest, German monumentalization is dominant in Windhoek even today. Although some few buildings and memorials have been moved or renamed, “[t]he visitor arriving in downtown Windhoek for the first time would be forgiven for wondering if it really had been almost a century since the end of [German] colonial rule” (Zuern 21). The specter of colonial rule hovers menacingly over the postcolonial city; “ghostly reminder[s] of the German colonial state” haunt Windhoek’s post-independence streetscapes (Steinmetz 306). Some of these German buildings are beautiful—the fachwerk (timber-framed) façades in downtown Windhoek that now house shops and restaurants, for example, are of great architectural interest. They are also, however, conspicuous reminders of German rule. Since Germany remains one of Namibia’s most important trading partners and aid donors, and since the relatively privileged German community remains central to the Namibian economy, the Namibian government has often been reluctant to push for the removal of German landmarks (Steinmetz and Hell 158). By and large, then, the city feels painfully unhomely to many of its inhabitants, and this sentiment is frequently reflected in its literature. As Molapong succinctly puts it, Windhoek is full of “[b]uildings and architectures that scream insult, / that harbor artefacts of colonial descent” (“In Search” 95). These “artefacts” motivate both the biting satire and the aching disillusionment of Molapong’s poetic voice; as he puts it elsewhere, the desert’s “white sand” was “paged away” so that a “road … to Hell” could snake through Windhoek’s center (“Omukurukaze’s Thoughts,” Come Talk 95).

    When South Africa began administering the area in 1919, Afrikaner settlers slowly trickled in to Windhoek. Although their architectural footprint in the city was smaller than that of the German colonists, they did erect a handful of their own memorials in subsequent years. Foremost among these are the Oudstryder an Bittereinder Monument (1951), which commemorates the Boer diehards who moved to German South-West Africa after the Boer War rather than accept British rule, and the Owambo Campaign Memorial (1919), a monument to the members of the South African Army who died fighting King Mandume Ya Ndemufayo of the Kwanyama Owambo in 1917.

    Fig. 5

    However, the South Africans played a hugely significant role in the spatial reshaping of the city: in 1948, when officials in South Africa began to implement apartheid at home, the same was mandated for the country’s northern colony. A 1948 housing report compiled by the South-West Africa Administration (SWAA), “Housing for Non-Europeans in Urban Areas,” laid out the principles of urban design by which Windhoek was subsequently organized. It built on the “locations” established for indigenous populations by the Germans and recommended developing further “self-contained…townships” in the area to ensure absolute racial separation. The Natives (Urban Areas) Proclamation, No. 56 (1951), established compulsory segregation of black and “coloured” South-West Africans from white settlers, along with setting curfews, requiring “registration” of location dwellers, establishing “permits” for non-white laborers to enter white areas of the city, and so forth (Simon, “Desegregation in Namibia” 293). The city center was designated “whites only,” and the SWAA took pains to limit “the native population of the town to its actual labour needs” (NAN, “Memorandum for Guidance”) and to “remov[e]…redundant Natives” from urban areas (NAN, “Memorandum on Municipal”).

    Following the publication of these reports, South African authorities began to express concerns that the main indigenous location (now known as the “Old Location”) was restricting the westward expansion of the white city, “present[ing] a very serious problem in the future development of the town” (NAN, Windhoek Municipality, 1952). Moreover, a 1952 inspection report of the Old Location delivered to Windhoek’s Chief Native Commissioner describes the location as “depressing” and “nauseating” and tellingly asserts that “the Windhoek location as it stands is a menace not only to the health of its inhabitants but inevitably also to the European community of Windhoek” (NAN, “Inspection Report,” emphasis mine). These racist anxieties led to the construction of Katutura and Khomasdal (“black” and “coloured” locations, with the former further segregated by ethnicity) about five to six kilometers northwest of the city center, a distance that limited non-whites’ contact with “white Windhoek” and restricted access to shared amenities. “[B]uffer zone[s] of at least half a mile” (NAN, “Memorandum for Guidance”), whether green spaces or industrial areas for “noxious trades,” were constructed between segregated communities to minimize interracial contact—zones that have only partially been filled in today and that continue to “reinforce the…geographical and social dislocation” of Windhoek’s urban poor (Frayne 88). When African populations refused to leave the Old Location and began to protest, the government undertook a policy of forced relocation. In December 1959, the police opened fire on protesters, killing 11 and wounding 14 in an event now known as the Old Location Massacre. Mass relocation to Katutura followed, and the Old Location was turned into Hochland Park, a white residential suburb. The name Katutura itself, bestowed by the displaced Africans and meaning “Place Where We Do Not Stay” in Otjiherero, became a symbol of opposition to apartheid in South-West Africa (Pendleton 5). Nevertheless, living in a “place where we do not stay” reinforced a sense of unhomely temporariness for indigenous populations under South African rule.

    Katutura was organized around the principle of what might be called “surveillance space,” with streets regularized in a grid pattern, a single road for entrance to and exit from the location, perimeter roads surrounding the community allowing police to encircle the settlement, and floodlights throughout the area (Müller-Friedman, “Deconstructing Windhoek” 6). Dorian Haarhoff’s poem “The Old Location” describes Katutura as being “cemented and segmented / like a blood orange / with tankwide boulevards, / a strong block of offices / plus rented breeze bricks / without ceiling, / single siege quarters / for fenced tenants” (35-42). Beyond the ominous reference to the “blood orange” of the invading Boers, the turn of phrase “tankwide boulevards” suggests the increased militarization of the city, while “fenced tenants” implies that African populations were treated like cattle by South African rule. While the Old Location’s mazy roads, “narrow lanes that def[ied] roadmaking” (NAN, “Inspection Report”), could shield and shelter non-white bodies, Katutura’s “cemented and segmented” streets allowed for no such comfort. As John Ya-Otto, a former trade unionist and SWAPO activist, explains in his memoir, Battlefront Namibia, while the streets in the Old Location “snaked and jogged” around “irregular rows of shacks,” allowing people to “f[ind] a reprieve from the Boers’ efforts to implement their apartheid state,” there was “nowhere to hide” in the new township (35, 44). As displaced communities expanded northward and white suburbs consumed the rest of the city, non-white South-West Africans were further and further distanced from Windhoek’s central amenities. Moreover, the construction of the Western Bypass highway in the late 1970s just west of Katutura and Khomasdal provided “a largely impenetrable barrier between the residential townships…and the rest of Windhoek” and ensured that “native” areas could never be physically contiguous with white suburbs (Frayne 88).

    The pattern of segregation established in Windhoek under apartheid troubles the city today; as Jane Katjavivi indicates, this history can still “be seen, and felt” as one moves through the city (5). Insofar as urban space is concerned, the specters of South African rule linger on, such that residents of Windhoek must try to reconcile “the struggle for domestic security with its apparent opposite,” feelings of exile or displacement even at the heart of homeplace (Vidler 12). In other words, Windhoek’s contemporary built environment is at once postcolonial and neocolonial—an uncanny vacillation between heimlichkeit and unheimlichkeit. Indeed, a good deal of apartheid-era (il)logic has been repeated, inadvertently or otherwise, in post-independence city planning. The “politically oppressive urban model [of apartheid is now] regarded as normative and neutral in the post-apartheid era,” meaning that apartheid has effectively been used as a “blueprint” for contemporary urban design (Müller-Friedman, “Just Build it Modern” 49). The 2009-2014 Strategic Plan released by Namibia’s Ministry of Regional and Local Government, Housing, and Rural Development essentially concedes this point, identifying the “lack of proactive town planning” in Namibia’s post-independence period as a barrier to social equality in the country today. As Bruce Frayne puts it, while independent Namibia has had to contend with other “overriding political objectives” that have perhaps prevented the development of more positive planning strategies, the “persistence of elements of colonial city planning” has reinforced a “degenerative cycle of urban fragmentation” in Windhoek (i, 66).

    Because independent Namibia is dominated by wealthy whites and by a new class of non-white elites (mostly associated with the SWAPO regime) while the vast majority of black Namibians remain desperately impoverished, it is perhaps unsurprising that “colonial attitudes” are still being “encoded in legislation, building codes, [and] surveillance procedures” in the city (Rogerson 39). The 1996 Windhoek Structure Plan, which is still the city’s guiding urban planning document, often repeats the rhetoric of the SWAA’s housing reports; it promotes “health, safety, order,” proposes “prestige” buildings for the city center and “functionalist” architecture to be erected elsewhere, and suggests that “new street layouts [should] concentrate on designs which improve local surveillance.”4 The report also bemoans the fact that rural-to-urban migration is making poverty in Windhoek increasingly “visible” and condemns the building of “unsightly” home businesses in the city. Similarly, Libertina Amathila’s memoir Making a Difference, which focuses on her 20 years as SWAPO’s Minister of Regional and Local Government and Housing, Minister of Health and Social Services, and Deputy Prime Minister, repeatedly articulates her desire for Windhoek to be “clean” rather than “unhygienic.” At one point, Amathila says outright that “[a]s long as [she] was [in office], Windhoek would not be a dirty African town.”

    The primary result of this approach to post-independence city planning is the reinforcing of what Fatima Müller-Friedman calls apartheid “archipelagoes” in Windhoek (“Toward a (Post)apartheid Architecture?” 40). These archipelagoes are islands of wealth—often taking the form of fortified, securitized, gated communities, scattered throughout formerly all-white suburbs and proliferating on the southern and eastern edges of the city amidst crushing poverty. White communities and black elites are often tempted towards occupying these gated communities by estate agents’ language of colonial nostalgia (“raising children ‘like many years ago’”; developments called Camelot, Nu Hamlet, Rome, Trafalgar Court), by a fear of urban crime and a desire to “rebuild a sense of territorial control over their direct environment,” or by the presumptions of status ascribed to Gated Residential Developments (GRDs) (Folio, et. al. 894, 899, 891). The titular Dante of Sharon Kasanda’s novel Dante International, for example, lives atop a hill in an “exclusive” estate with an electrified gate and an intercom system for security, an arrangement that reveals “just how decadent and detached the rich in Namibia” are (79-80). Philander caustically describes Windhoek as the “Fort Knox of Africa,” a place where the wealthy retreat behind security fences from the ground-level realities of privation and scarcity (100).

    On the other hand, so-called informal settlements,—crowded groups of temporary shacks sanctioned by the city—are largely accepted as a housing solution for Windhoek’s poor, many of whom are black in-migrants from the country’s northern rural areas. (However, there is no tolerance for “illegal” squatting in the city; in 2008, the city demolished shacks in Havana Extension 6 because they had been built without the municipality’s consent.5) These settlements typically have little in the way of clean water, electricity, or constructed roads, let alone schools or medical services (CLIP Profile 80-102). Neighborhood names like Five Rand Camp, Illegal, and Sonderwater (Afrikaans for “without water”) are “fitting representations of the lived experience of the places they describe” (Lühl, “The Production of Inequality” 29). There are very few bridges between the spaces occupied by rich and poor in Windhoek, especially because the informal settlements are so far removed from the city center—a stratification that hews closely to the physical segregation enforced under apartheid. Kavevanga Kahengua’s poem “From Within” (from his collection Dreams) makes precisely this point: it identifies the vast physical and psychological distance between the privilege of Klein Windhoek, where “[t]he chosen occupy large spaces / In accordance with the master plan / As laid down to insure / The postcolonial continuum,” and the relative disadvantage of Katutura, where people are huddled “like ants,” where “shelter is a basic need,” and where “days and nights are insecure” (17-20, 41-46).6

    That said, some of the building that has been overseen by successive postcolonial SWAPO governments has actively contested the scopic regime established under colonial rule. A sprawling new State House complex south of the city center, commissioned by President Sam Nujoma in 2002 and completed in 2008, replaced the South African-built Old State House as the country’s Presidential residence in 2010. As previously indicated, the Reiterdenkmal was moved in 2009 to accommodate the erection of the Independence Museum, the Genocide Memorial, and a statue of Nujoma.7 The ponderous, solid museum looms over the nearby Christuskirche, dominating the city’s skyline (a nod to Nujoma’s decree that the museum be taller than any colonial structure in Windhoek) and dwarfing the more curvaceous and decorative German building (Kirkwood 40), while the new commemorative sculptures signal “a state project to transform the memoryscape of the country’s capital city” (Zuern 3).

    Fig. 6

    Similarly, Heroes’ Acre, a 732-hectare site ten kilometers outside the city organized around a 35-meter-high marble obelisk and an eight-meter-high bronze statue of an Unknown Soldier gripping a grenade and an AK-47, is a testament to both the sacrifices and the successes of the SWAPO revolution (Kirkwood 19). The Windhoek City Council’s website indicates that the site is intended to “foster a spirit of patriotism and nationalism” in future generations of Namibians, and both the militant symbolism and the epic scope of Heroes’ Acre connote the power and grandeur of the postcolonial state (Windhoekcc.org.na).

    Fig. 7

    Likewise, outside the city’s Parliament Gardens, three bronze statues of indigenous leaders—Herero Chief Hosea Kutako; Reverend Theofilus Hamutumbangela, an Anglican priest and founding member of SWAPO; and Nama hero Hendrik Samuel Witbooi, all of whom led anti-colonial resistance struggles—now jockey with von François for visual command of the city center and for narrative command of the city’s history. Finally, Windhoek’s Street and Place Naming/Renaming Committee has gradually been expunging colonial signifiers from the cityscape: Kaiserstrasse has become Independence Ave.; Curt von François St. has become Sam Nujoma Ave.; Göring St. is now named after Daniel Munamava, a SWANU revolutionary; Louis Botha St. has become Axali Doëseb St., in honor of the composer of the Namibian national anthem; and so on.8 All told, the iconography of an independent Namibia appears to be taking hold in the city, at least to some degree, often actively staging a “metaphorical confrontation with [artefacts] of the colonial period” (Kirkwood 40).

    Curiously, however, much of this post-independence building has been outsourced to a North Korean company called the Mansudae Overseas Project—the international division of Mansudae Art Studio, North Korea’s state art and architecture firm. As Megan Kirkwood explains, Namibia’s founding President Nujoma traveled to Pyongyang while in exile and became friends with Kim Il Sung. He evidently admired the fact that Mansudae’s work helped to “aesthetically unify the city”—virtually everything in Pyongyang was designed by the firm after the city was nearly leveled during the Korean War—and to “project state ideology” (Kirkwood 9). By hiring Mansudae to design and implement the incipient postcolonial state’s signature building projects, including the State House, Heroes’ Acre, and Independence Museum, Nujoma broke clearly with colonial precedents, but he also ensured that an independent Windhoek would emulate North Korean authoritarian spectacle. Echoing North Korean landmarks like the Kumsusan Memorial Palace and the Revolutionary Martyrs’ Cemetery, Windhoek’s Mansudae buildings are hulking Socialist Realist structures that signal state power both in terms of their bulk and heft and in their insistence on a modern, forward-looking aesthetic (a move that counters the Classical nostalgia of colonial building practices). However, they also ring more of dictatorship than of democratic rule; for example, the Unknown Soldier in Heroes’ Acre bears more than a passing resemblance to Nujoma, and the opulence of the State House’s marble floors and grand chandeliers stands in stark contrast to the tin shacks on the city’s northern fringes, suggesting the concentration of postcolonial wealth in the hands of an elite few. Further, while the Namibian Institute of Architects recommended that Independence Museum be erected in Katutura, a location that would allow it to benefit the daily lives of people who participated in the independence struggle, its pride of place in the Central Business District (CBD) distances the museum “from the very people whose freedom it is supposed to represent” (Kirkwood 41). Likewise, the fact that Heroes’ Acre stands at a ten-kilometer remove from the city leaves it almost entirely inaccessible to residents of the black townships, most of whom can little afford the transportation costs associated with such a trip. This explains, in part, why the author’s 2015 visit to Heroes’ Acre found the site eerily underused and falling into disrepair. Rather than becoming a gathering-place in which ordinary Namibians might reflect on their liberation from South African rule, Heroes’ Acre instead has inadvertently come to symbolize the lingering distance of the SWAPO government from the plight of Windhoek’s urban poor.

    Many local commentators have remarked on Windhoek’s post-independence “architectural identity crisis”; architect Jaco Wasserfall, for example, argues that “[visually], we are being colonized by the east,” and critiques the city’s failure to draw on indigenous resources in contemporary design and building practices (Wma-arch.com).9 In a moment of supposed renaissance, then, Windhoek faces further erasure and loss, missing an opportunity to create “public buildings…[that] reflect…the new Namibian nation, its beliefs, cultures and values, however diverse” (Kisting, The Namibian, 08/27/10). In fact, it might be argued that the Mansudae builds are themselves uncanny, absent as they are of visual references to local landscape and climate, and expressive as they are of the achievements and desires of a select few government officials rather than of democratic nation-building. (Even the new Genocide Memorial, which ought to reflect the cultural and aesthetic practices of the Herero and Nama communities, is overwhelmed by the iconography of the SWAPO freedom struggle.) While this uncanniness is different from that of colonial builds, in that Socialist Realist forms were chosen by the post-independence government precisely because of their refusal to echo European architecture, it nevertheless signals a country estranged from itself—a country willing to outsource control over its built environment to an abusive, authoritarian regime in Pyongyang rather than recognize its own citizens as productive of cultural worth. Similarly, the renaming of streets in Windhoek, while a symbolically significant move, has been satirized by several local authors as a largely cosmetic change to the cityscape. Kahengua’s poem “From Within,” for instance, points to the irony that Klein Windhoek’s Nelson Mandela Avenue signifies stratification rather than liberation for the majority of the city’s residents, given its inaccessible location in a well-heeled suburb (Malaba 21). Likewise, his “The Rumbling Stomach” lists several Windhoek intersections “[w]here great names meet”—“Corner of Robert Mugabe / And Sam Nujoma / Corner of Laurent Kabila / And Nelson Mandela”—but notes that these nominal changes aren’t accompanied by substantive ones, and argues that streets like Sam Nujoma and Laurent Kabila actually shelter those “trapped in their wealth” from Windhoek’s urban poor (17-22, 25). Kahengua’s lines suggest Windhoek’s lingering unhomeliness, noting that despite the changes to the city’s built environment effected since independence, Windhoek still frequently feels like a “precarious,” “estrang[ing]” place (Vidler xi, 12). The supposedly postcolonial city, in other words, is yet haunted by colonial forms; its built environment is shot through with traces of historical persecution and oppression.

    II. Writing Windhoek

    The power of this unhomely geography can occasionally be shaken by the subterranean itineraries and subversive navigational strategies of individual pedestrians. Although Windhoek’s architectural spaces—its colonial landmarks, apartheid-era townships, and more recent state tendencies towards visual authoritarianism—often seem inhospitable, many local subjects find ways to route through this inhospitality and to take root in their uncanny city. A number of Windhoek writers produce what the Situationists call “psychogeographic maps” of the city: they note the psychic effects of their built environment, revealing the “constant currents, fixed points and vortexes which strongly discourage entry into or exit from certain zones” and critiquing the seeming coercions of the city’s contours (Debord, “Theory” 50). Others go on to contest these coercions, documenting their unconventional uses of “dominated space”—their efforts to turn “a master’s project” (Lefebvre 164, 165) on its head by way of defiant shortcuts, derisive nicknames, intimate reappropriations of official spaces, or casual “wanderings that express … complete insubordination to habitual influences” (Debord, “Introduction” 7). Therefore, while local bodies are often marshaled by the city’s constraints, the literature also argues that personal geographies can sometimes move against official cartographies.10 Ground-level experiences of place, in other words, can occasionally oppose the “seemingly omnipotent perspective of the planimetric map” (Sant).

    The branch of contemporary Namibian literature that might be referred to as “literature of protest,” work that expresses a sense of disillusionment with the postcolonial regime and that highlights the country’s ongoing social problems, frequently focuses on the psychogeography of place. These texts study the “specific effects of the geographical environment…on the emotions and behavior of individuals,” making visible the often difficult experiences of Windhoek’s architectural spaces, especially outside membership in the city’s elite classes (Debord, “Introduction” 5). In so doing, they undermine the rationalizing, hegemonic viewpoint of city planners, revealing nodes of tension and of prohibition that the Windhoek Structure Plan leaves unremarked. For example, Philander’s spare stage space, along with his work’s disregard for the theatrical fourth wall, suggest Windhoek’s informal settlements as “comfortless world[s]”—overcrowded, desperately impoverished areas where, as his characters’ repeated acknowledgments of the audience’s prying eyes indicate, privacy is at a premium (Oliphant 7). When characters from these settlements try to move into the city’s shared spaces, like The Porridge Queen’s titular figure, who sets up a food stall on Independence Avenue and dreams of getting a loan from the “People’s Bank” to “expand [her] business into a more permanent one,” they are beset by feelings of nervous temporariness—the Porridge Queen’s loan, she accepts, is “[w]ishful thinking,” and her claim to a space along the city’s central corridor is fleeting at best (49). Philander also focuses on spaces excised from maps, like Windhoek’s rubbish dumps, where the city’s overlooked citizens live by scavenging. These otherwise unrepresented places appear, too, in poet Hugh Ellis’s work; Ellis’s poem “Hakahana,” named after one of Windhoek’s northern townships, describes a place where “People are living in small-box houses / People are scavenging dumpsites / … / People are living on borrowed time” (2-17). The poem reminds us that “Hakahana” means “hurry up” in Otjiherero, and this prompt, alongside Ellis’s line about “borrowed time,” indicates the sense of impermanence, indeed of unbelonging, felt by many on their home turf.

    Similarly, Kahengua’s “From Within” reveals the prohibitive “currents … and vortexes” that restrict access to Windhoek’s wealthy suburbs (Debord, “Theory” 50). “The affluent are privileged,” Kahengua says, “To live in the privacy of hills, / Among the rocks / Like rock rabbits / Amid the silence of a cemetery. / “BEWARE OF THE DOG” / Snarls at me. / From behind the fortress of walls / Dogs bark at the sound of feet, / Of the presumed poor intruder. / The clack of the electrified fence / Makes me an outright alien” (3-14). Architectural and topographical barriers—here electrified fences and a remote hillside location—condition the poem’s emotional economy; Kahengua’s speaker feels like “an outright alien” in Klein Windhoek, dislocated and disaffected. However, this poem takes its psychogeographic work a step beyond critique or lament: its speaker seems less a “poor intruder” than an unruly wanderer, one whose movements “express…complete insubordination to habitual influences” (Debord, “Introduction” 7). To borrow another Situationist term, Kahengua’s speaker is a recalcitrant dériviste or “drifter”: one who roams the city, “slipping” into “forbidden” places, capitalizing on the “labyrinths made possible by modern techniques of construction,” and both observing and transgressing the city’s “principal axes of passage…exits and…defenses” (Debord, “Theory” 53). For one thing, the poem is called “From Within,” its very title a rebellious gesture. The speaker has already crossed a seemingly impermeable border; s/he is obviously out of place in this “affluent” suburb, but is nevertheless “within” where s/he should be “without.” Similarly, Kahengua’s repeated use of the word “here” (“Here down Nelson Mandela Avenue,” “Here housing is a status symbol,” “Here streets are wide / As highways” [15, 21, 22-23]) insists on his speaker’s locatedness in Klein Windhoek. Although the easterly hillside suburb is far distant from the speaker’s Katutura home, s/he has drifted “here” and he refuses to be deterred (29). In fact, Kahengua’s speaker goes so far as to refer to Klein Windhoek as “Klein /Ae //Gams,” rebelliously speaking the predominantly white suburb’s name in Khoekhoe, the Nama and Damara language (2). This is a subversive assertion of belonging, even of ownership. Moreover, given that “/Ae //Gams” means “hot springs,” the term in a sense returns Klein Windhoek’s “fortress of walls” to its source, articulating a feature of the landscape—the waters—that no architectural intervention can change.

    A number of other Windhoek writers echo Kahengua’s sentiments; both Masule Sibanga and Ellis, for example, feature the figure of the cyclist-dériviste, one who flaunts his mobility on two wheels despite the psychogeographic prohibitions against entering some communities in Windhoek. The cyclist-dériviste covers a wide swathe of territory, offering litanies of street names as he rides to counter the fragmentation of the neo-apartheid city. This tactic also writes back to the difficulty of “casual encounter” in the auto-focused, monofunctional city (Lühl, “The Production of Inequality” 27). . Windhoek’s lack of effective public transit and the distance of its black townships and informal settlements from its central spaces of commerce and leisure tend to set segregation in stone; as Phillip Lühl puts it, “the socio-spatial conditions for different groups to interact and actively negotiate thei r… antagonisms are non-existent” in the city (27). The cyclist-dériviste, however, finds his own means of mobility and generates his own encounters. While Sibanga’s ice-cream man in “The Ice-Cream Seller” does so in service of work, peddling his wares down Independence Avenue and Sam Nujoma Drive, Hugh Ellis’s “Babylon by Bicycle” moves instead in pursuit of pleasure or play. Ellis’s speaker rides between Ludwigsdorf and Katutura, wending his way through the city and observing all passers-by, from “[d]omestic workers” to government officials (7-8). Although he is clearly most comfortable in Katutura, “hit[ting] that famous roundabout” in its “[r]ush hour bustle” and being carried along by its crush of bodies, he is more than willing to breathe the “rarefied air” of the city’s affluent easterly suburbs (14, 18). Although Katutura, he observes, is generally “still a world to herself,” he refuses to be confined to that world, riding under the Western Bypass, through Dorado Park, and towards “[t]he castles of Ludwigsdorf” (13, 1). Ellis’s speaker even describes “[c]linging to the hillside with [his] wheels”—a refusal to be shaken loose, even where he appears not to belong (18). Ellis therefore writes back both to the seeming immobility of neo-apartheid space and, in his leisurely progress, to the history that associates cross-racial movement through the city exclusively with labor—the history of migrant workers moving each morning from black compounds to white-owned houses and businesses and back to their compounds in the evenings before curfew. While Ellis’s speaker can subversively skirt Windhoek’s wealthy GRDs, however, he cannot take root there; although he flaunts the geographical gulf between the city’s northern townships and its affluent suburbs, he recognizes that the economic gulf between those spaces is manifestly unbridgeable. These lingering schisms suggest that the dialectic of homely and unhomely that defines the architectural uncanny cannot be neatly resolved: a city shaped for more than a century by colonial powers cannot be fully domesticated by twenty-five years of independence. The postcolonial city therefore does not present a choice between the familiar and the unfamiliar. Instead it gestures towards a topographical hauntology where even the most familiar of spaces are marked by enduring estrangements.

    A number of local writers turn to the process of diversion or détournement when negotiating Windhoek’s architectural spaces, a process that recognizes these estrangements but nevertheless insists on self-presencing. The Situationists originally theorize détournement in broad aesthetic terms: “the reuse of preexisting artistic elements in a new ensemble” (SI Anthology 55). Later, after his break with the Situationist International, Henri Lefebvre borrows the term to describe a set of specifically spatial practices—“divert[ing],” “reappropriat[ing],” or “put[ting space] to a use quite different from its initial one” (167). In Windhoek, colonial landmarks and monuments have frequently been reappropriated in this way, subversively diverted from their intended uses. For example, the Reiterdenkmal was notoriously reclaimed for indigenous protest rather than colonial memorialization on a few occasions. In 1959, after the Old Location Massacre, Herero activists stealthily covered the rider’s head with a linen bag and decorated the rest of the statue with flowers as a show of resistance to the violence of the South African regime.11 In 2008, anonymous protesters erected 51 crosses inscribed with phrases in Otjiherero around the statue, then inserted a Namibian flag into the barrel of the rider’s rifle. This diversion of the Reiterdenkmal from a locus of German nostalgia to one of Namibian nationalism ignited debates about the function of colonial iconography in a postcolonial state, and may have contributed to the recent removal and relocation of the statue.12 Similarly, while the Ovambo Campaign Memorial, inaugurated by the South Africans in Windhoek in 1919 after the defeat of King Mandume Ya Ndemufayo, last king of the OvaKwanyama people, was intended to be a testament to the power of Union forces, many OvaKwanyama appropriated the site as a memorial to the king himself. Reports that the South Africans had installed the king’s severed head in the monument actually prompted this subversive détournement; the monument was taken as “an affirmation of [the king’s] presence within the capital city,” and became a site of OvaKwanyama pilgrimage (Silvester, The Colonising Camera 147).

    In the literature, we often encounter these diversions of official space, along with accounts of “non-places,” places absented from maps of the city, being subversively appropriated as usable spaces (Trigg 107). For instance, Vinnia Ndadi’s Breaking Contract, an “oral life history” of the independence struggle recorded by Dennis Mercer, describes moving through the apartheid-era city by way of these “non-places” in order to evade white surveillance. When Ndadi is contracted to work for Thromb Brothers, a construction company building houses in Klein Windhoek, he cuts a path “through the bush” and slips unseen through it every time he wants to go “to town” (47). Likewise, when he and a friend are being pursued by the police, they hop into a sewer pipe to shake their followers, successfully evading capture. The sewer pipes offer clandestine routes through the city, routes invisible to colonial eyes but carefully mapped by those working against the regime; Ndadi’s friend Erastus knows immediately that the pipe behind Terrace Motors Garage will “le[a]d underground to the railway station” (42). Kahengua employs similar tactics in his writing, suggesting that there are palimpsestic layers to the city even after independence: some itineraries are claimed by Windhoek’s elites, while others—usually subterranean spaces that maps obscure or repress—are used by the city’s poor. To take just one example, Kahengua’s speaker narrates “The Rumbling Stomach” from underneath a bridge—beneath the teeming life of the city, he prophesies his country’s future. Although the poem is set on Independence Day, March 21st and others are celebrating Namibia’s liberation, Kahengua’s speaker remains skeptical of the SWAPO government. In fact, his lines explicitly connect the corruptions of the postcolonial state to those of the foregoing colonial regime: “Fireworks rock the night / Like colonial gun motors / From underneath the bridge / Inside my empty stomach / Air rumbles like a thunderstorm” (28-32). This liminal perspective can only issue from a liminal space, and so Kahengua’s speaker claims his spot beneath the overpass as a pulpit of a kind, making a (provisional) home of a supposed “non-place.”13

    Some texts also toggle between different visual perspectives in order to develop “insubordinate” relationships to local space (Debord, “Introduction” 7). Significantly, several authors allow their characters to take a bird’s eye view of the city—a panoptic gaze that only city planners and denizens of wealthy hillside suburbs are authorized to inhabit. Sylvia Schlettwein’s short story “Blood Brothers,” one of a series of supernatural tales collected in Schlettwein and Isabella Morris’s Bullies, Beasts and Beauties, centrally features this top-down point of view. Its main character is Kobus Visagie, an Afrikaaner with “a white South African rugby player’s face” who spends virtually all his time at Kiepie’s, a (real-life) Windhoek dance club off the Hochland Road that caters to an almost exclusively white clientele. However, after being turned by a vampire during a fight at Kiepie’s, he “trie[s] to walk and discover[s] he [can] fly” (15-16). He subsequently soars over Windhoek. Although he is on the hunt, his newfound perspective is revelatory: he finds himself trying to “spot human movement between corrugated iron, plastic and threadbare blankets below” as the depths of the city’s poverty are laid bare to him for the first time (17). The story also provocatively ascribes a kind of vampirism to Windhoek’s elite hillside suburbs: these areas overlook (in both senses of the word) the townships beneath, allowing the city’s wealthy few to live at the expense of, but at arm’s length from, the impoverished many. Harlech-Jones’s 1999 novel A Small Space offers a similar critique of the neo-apartheid city, turning throughout to the bird’s eye view to both illuminate and contest who is granted access to this proprietary perspective. The book frequently points out that “[t]he SWAPO leadership guys are…buying expensive properties” up in the hills—“[t]hey want swimming pools, big entertainment spaces, en suite bathrooms, covered patios with views, the works” (209). However, even Harlech-Jones’s less advantaged characters subversively seek out top-down views of the city, challenging the privilege of surveillance space and staking their own claims to place. Again and again, these characters find elevated sites overlooking Windhoek, sites that seem to give them some purchase on not just someplace, but (to use Vidler’s word) homeplace. For example, when Simon meets a colleague in the Weimann Building in the CBD, he immediately takes the lift to the roof and walks over to the parapet, wanting a view over the downtown area (227-29). 9). He and Julienne rendezvous at a hilltop knoll, admiring how “across the rolling golden-coloured grassland, Windhoek stretche[s] out on a south-north axis, lying low against the backdrop of mountains” and reveling in the “feeling of boundlessness” that this point of view obtains (110, 117). This almost vertiginous perspective allows for a kind of intimacy with place, even for a transgressive sense of ownership—Simon and Julienne now share “the views” coveted by the “SWAPO leadership guys.” From above street level, Windhoek is a thing of beauty, and Simon and Julienne drink in that beauty “with the gorge at their back, surrounded by space, looking over to the city spread out below in the distance” (116).

    Although the desire to domesticate an existing hauntology—in other words, to find ways of navigating difficult spaces instead of dismantling those spaces entirely—may read as quietistic rather than revolutionary, I argue that even such small steps represent major transgressions by members of a profoundly marginalized population. Indeed, in the absence of a dominant political will to alter the fabric of the city by desegregating spaces and eliminating apartheid geographies, the insubordinate movements of subaltern bodies through those spaces become significant gestures of resistance. Moreover, if Sara Ahmed’s assertion that “being at home is a matter of how one feels or fails to feel” holds true, then the individualized labor of engaging one’s own structures of feeling is itself a political act (89). Even if this labor is stealthy rather than overt, and even if it takes the body rather than bricks and mortar as an agent of change, it nevertheless insists upon its own homing refrain as a counterpoint to the city’s unheimlichkeit. Some Windhoek writers take this embodied resistance to the city’s visual regime a step further by asserting, as Bachelard does, that “the world exists through the porous retention of our bodies” just as much as it does through the map (11-12). As Dylan Trigg, describing the phenomenology of memory, puts it, “[w]e carry places with us”—including the ghosts of past places that we bear with us into the present (11). Although Windhoek is undeniably a neocolonial revenant of the colonial city, a space sedimented with traces of both German and South African conquest, “the body [is] the original haunted house” (Trigg 321). In other words, we cannot deny the cityscape’s uncanniness, but if we accept that “places live in our bodies, instilling an eerie sense of our own embodied selves as being the sites of a spatial history that is visible and invisible, present and absent,” we can imagine individual bodies as agents rather than objects of this unheimlichkeit (Trigg 33).

    Authors who populate the city with their own ghosts can therefore reclaim the uncanny as a more positive affect—their characters may feel a sense of doubleness, but they are the sources of that doubleness. Katjavivi’s story “Louis Botha Store” makes precisely this point: the Hochland Park in which Katjavivi’s protagonist Uapiona lives is overlaid throughout with memories of the Old Location. Uapiona’s grandparents lived in the Old Location before being forcibly relocated to Katutura, and their stories of that place “invite … a no-longer existing world … into the experience of the still-unfolding present” (Trigg 33). Her grandfather constantly superimposes Old Location landmarks on contemporary Hochland Park, despite the fact that current maps of the city would rather repress this history. He tells Uapiona that his old house was “not far from where we live now,” and he reminds her of the “German stores by the bridge into town” that were razed along with the Old Location shacks (3). Even Uapiona’s name, meaning “the one who wipes away the tears,” allows this “[h]istory [to] be seen, and felt”: she was born on the anniversary of the Old Location Massacre, and her very presence provides a spectral reminder of that event (5). Relocating the focal point of place, as Katjavivi does, in the body instead of in the map, is a gesture of reclamation; each pedestrian makes of the city a personal palimpsest, loosing hordes of her own ghosts in its streets.

    Harlech-Jones’s A Small Space similarly suggests that “lived spatiality is not a container that can be measured in objective terms, but an expression of our being-in-the-world” (Trigg 4). Just before independence, Harlech-Jones’s Saul is accused by SWAPO leadership of being a South African spy and is imprisoned by his one-time collaborators for months in a dark dungeon. In order to stay sane, he imagines himself moving freely through the city, accessing familiar itineraries in his mind’s eye. Saul later tells Julienne and Simon

    I’d plan my days—for example, one day I’d say, okay, today I’m going visiting in Windhoek…. Then, when I decided, I’d make my mind work. Not just general impressions, that was too easy, that wasn’t really working at it. If I was going to see my parents—for example—then I’d imagine all the details of the route, like each building along the way, the colours of the walls, the shape of the road.(182-83)

    The routes he envisions embed themselves in his flesh, and he carries them with him even after he is released. This produces, for Saul, a sense of “dissonance”—a feeling that “the past…[is] almost more real than [his] experiences in the present” (184). This feeling is particularly unsettling because “the two worlds [past and present] resemble each other so closely”; the changed streets that Saul moves through after he is freed seem both familiar and foreign—in other words, uncanny (184). While this experience of “doubling” may be vexed (Harlech-Jones 184), it nevertheless asserts Saul’s body as a source of place, reframing “received geography” as lived space (Allen and Kelly 8). Saul, like Katjavivi’s characters, becomes the locus of Windhoek’s uncanniness, and the fact that past “places live in [his] bod[y]” grants him a kind of ghostly agency in his relationship to the city (Trigg 33). His body, that is to say, is a repository of living history, not simply meat to be corralled by urban planners.

    Windhoek is in many ways a “precarious” place (Vidler xii). Virtually everywhere one turns, the city is painfully redolent of its histories of genocide and apartheid. From colonial memorials that negate indigenous losses to the entrenched morphology of segregation, Windhoek’s built environment is indelibly shaped by these violent histories. Even postcolonially, the specters of conquest and subjugation have not been fully banished; while streets are being renamed and monuments to a newly independent Namibia raised, apartheid is still being used as a “blueprint” for future urban planning, and state-mandated projects have tended worryingly towards visual authoritarianism (Müller-Friedman, “Just Build it Modern” 49). For many of its residents, Windhoek is therefore both familiar and foreign, both domestic and unhomely: an example of Vidler’s “architectural uncanny” (xii). That said, however, as A Small Space reminds us, place lives “eerily” in bodies just as bodies live in place, and this observation opens even the most forbidding of official cartography to the détournements of individual pedestrians (Vidler 12). Indeed, as Harlech-Jones and other Windhoek writers indicate, the city is as much a private tapestry of cycling paths and scenic overlooks as it is the public spectacle of the German Alte Feste or the Mansudae-built State House. Moreover, these subterranean itineraries invite rebellious intimacies with place; tellingly, Harlech-Jones’s final line reads, “It was time for them [Simon and Julienne] to go home” (292). Ultimately, if the Freudian uncanny is a kind of “oscillation” between heimlichkeit and unheimlichkeit (Trigg 33), many Windhoek writers reach boldly towards the former, forwarding Windhoek as a site of possible belonging, a space beyond “nostalgia, homesickness, exile, or alienation,” a space to call home (Vidler 12).

    Footnotes

    1. I should note here that my use of Vidler’s argument is slightly different than his own. Vidler is interested in the ways in which neo-avant-garde architects like Rem Koolhaas and Bernard Tschumi employ “the presence of absence” (182) as a defamiliarizing tool in their work, their projects intentionally undermining the supposed security that buildings provide in order to comment on the unhomely, unsettled modern condition (182). In so doing, these architects also reflect on that which is repressed by high modernist architectural practice and commentary immediately following WWII: the fact that the barrier between inside and outside that buildings purport to provide is always permeable, and that the home is always (at least potentially) subject to the pressures of not-home. While Vidler is therefore primarily concerned with specific Euro-American builds from about 1960 onward—builds that reveal the pressures of exile and estrangement—I am applying his terms to the entire urban fabric of a postcolonial city. This relocation, I argue, lends new weight to Vidler’s concept of the “architectural uncanny,” as colonial powers’ attempts to rebuild home abroad and colonized subjects’ efforts to resist these architectural impositions evoke precisely the kind of oscillation between intimacy and strangeness to which Vidler refers. Indeed, postcolonial cities, perhaps more than any other built environments, are suggestive of the “architectural uncanny”: they are at once hospitable and uneasy, at once productive of both belonging and alienation.

    2. Between 2005 and 2012, the building housed the Southern African Development Community Tribunal, although the courtroom was destroyed when the building caught fire in 2007.

    3. The Reiterdenkmal is still the subject of ongoing controversy—the National Heritage Council has been working to deproclaim the statue as a national monument, and several local German organizations threatened the Namibian government with legal action after the rider was removed. See (“Reiterdenkmal disappears overnight”; “Court battle looms over Reiterdenkmal”; “German groups defend Reiterdenkmal legal threat,” Namibian Sun, 12/26/13; 3/23/14; 4/6/14). The statue has since been relocated to the Alte Feste courtyard, where it is out of the public eye; it has been removed from its stone pedestal and is now supported rather less regally by metal posts.

    4. See also the 1995 Residents Survey Report (prepared by TRP Associates for the Municipality of Windhoek) and the National Habitat II Committee’s National Plan of Action (March 1996) for similar language and sentiments.

    5. See Sasman, “Windhoek in Serious Growth Squeeze,” AllAfrica.com, 8/31/10.

    6. Happily, at least some attention is finally being paid to the importance of thoughtful city planning in Windhoek. The Namibian government’s Vision 2030 policy document, which spells out the country’s longer-term development strategies, recognizes the importance of positive experiences of space and place for urban residents’ “well-being” and cautions against the damaging effects of “uncontrolled urban sprawl” (Namibian Govt 172). (However, the document appears to be much more concerned with the growth of so-called “informal areas” than with the unchecked expansion of upper-middle class suburbs [172]—and this national-level concern legitimizes the Municipality of Windhoek’s demolition campaigns against the squatters’ shacks and shanties springing up on the city’s outskirts.) The City of Windhoek has started to respond to Vision 2030’s aims by promoting mixed-use development, at least in the Central Business District (CBD). For example, the construction of Freedom Plaza, a major downtown redevelopment project spanning several blocks, is now underway. The proposed design comprises hotels, office towers, high-end apartment blocks, retail spaces, community resources (a craft market, a bus terminus, etc.), green space, public squares and arcades, a casino, and so on. If these plans are fully realized, Freedom Plaza will become a major draw for tourists, a gathering-place for (at least some of) the city’s residents, and a model for vertical rather than horizontal expansion that may check the outward growth of GRDs and limit the physical marginalization of the city’s poorest citizens. Additionally, during the author’s 2015 visit to Windhoek, a plan called the CBD Urban Design Framework was being advertised on a downtown billboard, promoted by both the City of Windhoek and a company called the Urban Design Institute of Namibia. The billboard claims an interest in “vibrant, integrated, and multifaceted” design in the CBD, mentioning the development of a “CBD residential strategy,” a concern for the area’s “visual identity,” and an investment in “enhancing arrival and movement through the city.” These are all important principles for strengthening the bonds between local bodies and their lived spaces—a particularly important goal in light of non-white Namibians’ long exclusion from the city center. While Windhoek’s Urban Design Framework project has seen little tangible progress thus far, if it moves forward, it will help to counter the apartheid-era logic in which post-independence urban design has been mired.

    7. While the Genocide Memorial, which occupies the former site of the Reiterdenkmal, is an important reminder of one of the darkest episodes of Namibia’s colonial history, its efforts at memorialization have proven somewhat unsatisfying to members of the communities most affected by the genocide. Nowhere does the memorial actually use the word “genocide,” and the uninitiated viewer might interpret the sculpture as yet another commemoration of the SWAPO freedom struggle, emblazoned as it is with the struggle’s unofficial motto, “Their Blood Waters Our Freedom.” Also, while the friezes across the sculpture’s plinth do feature imagery of the genocide, the memorial is topped by a bronze man and woman in modern clothing casting off chains—a gesture far more evocative of the anti-apartheid struggle than of the historical violence done to the Nama and Herero peoples.

    8. A relatively up-to-date list of renamed streets in Windhoek can be found at http://www.map-of-namibia.com/windhoek-streetrenames.html.

    9. Of course, this is not universally true; several new buildings designed by private firms are much more subtle, and a number of them invoke elements of Namibia’s landscape and ecology in their construction. To take just one example, the lovely new Hilton Eliakim Namundjebo Plaza Hotel, designed by Windhoek firm Wasserfall Munting and completed in 2012, privileges “[l]egibility and transparency” and “invite[s]…Nature…into the building” by way of local stone, indigenous plants, and the building’s “arid” color palette (Wasserfall Munting Architects, wma-arch.com). (These design principles are, of course, a far cry from those of the Mansudae projects; the State House’s bordering steel fence and surrounding guard towers, for example, project illegibility and opacity.) Nevertheless, the fact that Mansudae has been tapped for so many marquee state-mandated projects is telling. In fact, Mansudae is now suing the Tender Board of Namibia’s National Planning Commission for awarding a contract for a new Ministry of Information building to a local construction company rather than to Mansudae, indicating its sense of entitlement to Windhoek’s public projects (Menges, The Namibian, 04/01/14).

    10. These texts do have an impact on public discourse in Windhoek and around Namibia, although they are read and discussed primarily by the country’s educated elite. Several of the volumes analyzed in this essay, for example, are assigned to students in Namibian Literature in English courses at UNAM, and so are widely known in postsecondary education circles. Plays and poetry tend to reach slightly larger audiences in Namibia than do novels by virtue of being staged and performed; Hugh Ellis and Keamogetsi Molapong often read their work at Spoken Word Namibia—a poetry-in-performance series that has been running for 10 years now in Windhoek—and Frederick Philander’s plays have been mounted on a number of occasions, usually directed by Philander himself. These events often inspire conversation and sometimes controversy about the social issues facing Namibia today. That said, the adult and youth literacy rates in Namibia are 76.5% and 86.9%, respectively, and only 54% of the population attends secondary school, so access to literary texts in country is fairly limited (Unicef.org). Additionally, cultural events are concentrated in urban centers like Windhoek and Swakopmund, so rural populations have far fewer opportunities to come into contact with the materials discussed here, even in oral form.

    11. Interestingly, this protest was carried out at a German rather than a South African monument, perhaps to equate the Boers’ violence with earlier German acts of mass killing in Namibia.

    12. These stories are recounted in a number of places; I first encountered them in a discussion of the monument at www.waymarking.com.

    13. Moreover, from this pulpit, he rebelliously links the routes of rich and poor, collapsing distances that those in power would rather keep prohibitively expansive. In the same breath, he gestures towards Maerua Mall (“Corner of Laurent Kabila / And Nelson Mandela”), a site of up-market investment and privilege, Hage Geingob, an elaborate rugby stadium in the prosperous suburb of Olympia, and Julius Kambarage Nyerere Street, a road on the northwestern fringe of the city that runs through the impoverished township of Maxuilili (19-22). As Debord explains, “the [psychogeographic] distances that actuallyeffectively separate two regions … …may have little relation with the physical distance between them”—and the vernacular map of Windhoek that Kahengua sketches makes precisely this point, competing with official cartographies of the city (“Theory” 53).

    Works Cited

    • Ahmed, Sara. The Cultural Politics of Emotion. New York: Routledge, 2004. Print.
    • Allen, Nicholas, and Aaron Kelly, eds. The Cities of Belfast. Dublin: Four Courts, 2003. Print. Amathila, Libertina. Making a Difference. Windhoek: U of Namibia P, 2012. Kindle file.
    • Bachelard, Gaston. The Poetics of Space. 1958. Boston: Beacon Press, 1994. Print.
    • Brummer, Christopher. Blood and Iron in the Sand: Colonialism, Politics and Culture in German Southwest Africa. Diss. U of Chicago, 2001. Ann Arbor: UMI, 2001. Print.
    • Crinson, Mark. Empire Building: Orientalism and Victorian Architecture. London: Routledge, 1996. Print.
    • City of Windhoek. Windhoek City Council. Web. n.d. 1 Aug. 2015.
    • Curran, Kathleen. “The German Rundbogenstil and Reflections on the American Round-Arched Style.” The Journal of the Society of Architectural Historians 47.4 (1988): 351-373. Print.
    • Debord, Guy. “Introduction to a Critique of Urban Geography.” Situationist International Anthology. Ed. and trans. Ken Knabb. Berkeley: Bureau of Public Secrets, 1981. 5-7. Print.
    • —. “Theory of the Dérive.” Situationist International Anthology. Ed. and trans. Ken Knabb. Berkeley: Bureau of Public Secrets, 1981. 50-53. Print.
    • Ellis, Hugh. Hakahana. Windhoek: Wordweaver Press, 2012. Print.
    • Folio, Fabrice, et. al. “The Spread of a Transnational Model: ‘Gated Communities’ in Three Southern African Cities.” International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 36.5 (2012): 890-914. Web. 4 Aug. 2016.
    • Frayne, Bruce. “Urbanisation in Post-Independence Windhoek.” Namibian Institute for Social and Economic Research. Research Report 6, 1992. Print. Government of Namibia. “Vision 2030.” 2004. Web. 12 July 2015.
    • Haarhoff, Dorian. Aquifers and Dust. Johannesburg: Justified Press, 1994. Print.
    • —. Bordering. Johannesburg: Justified Press, 1991. Print.
    • —, ed. The Inner Eye: Namibian Poetry in Process. Basel, Switzerland: Basler Afrika Bibliographien, 1997. Print.
    • —. The Wild South-West: Frontier Myths and Metaphors in Literature Set in Namibia, 1760-1988. Johannesburg: Witwatersrand UP, 1991. Print.
    • Harlech-Jones, Brian. A Small Space. London: Online Originals, 1999. Print.
    • Informal Settlement Communities and the Shack Dwellers Federation of Namibia. “Community Land Information Program Profile of Informal Settlements in Namibia.” March 2009. Print.
    • Kahengua, Kavevanga. Dreams. Windhoek: Gamsberg Macmillan, 2002. Print.
    • Kasanda, Sharon. Dante International. Windhoek: Wordweaver Publishing, 2012. Print.
    • Katjavivi, Jane. “Louis Botha Store.” Hauptsache Windhoek. Windhoek: Wordweaver Publishing, 2012. 1-8. Print.
    • Kirkwood, Megan. “Postcolonial Architecture through North Korean Modes: Namibian Commissions of the Mansudae Overseas Project.” M.A. Thesis. U of Kansas, 2011. KU ScholarWorks. Print.
    • Kisting, Denver. “Windhoek suffers architectural identity crisis.” The Namibian. 27 Aug. 2010. Web. 8 Aug. 2016.
    • Lefebvre, Henri. The Production of Space. New York: Wiley, 1991. Print.
    • Lühl, Phillip. “Legacies of a Colonial Town: An Exhibition on Architecture and Cities in Namibia.” International Architecture and Design Showcase Brochure. Windhoek: Department of Architecture, Polytechnic of Namibia, 2012. Print.
    • —. “The Production of Inequality: From Colonial Planning to Neoliberal Urbanization in Windhoek.” Digest of Namibian Architecture 10 (2012): 26-31. Print.
    • Malaba, M. Z. “Namibia in the Poetry of Kavevangua Kahengua.” African Journal of New Poetry 4 (2007): 175-84. Print.
    • Mamdani, Mahmood. When Victims Become Killers: Colonialism, Nativism, and the Genocide in Rwanda. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2001. Print.
    • Mbembe, Achille. On the Postcolony. Berkeley: U of California P, 2001. Print.
    • —. “What is Postcolonial Thinking? An Interview with Achille Mbembe.” Eurozine Magazine, 1 Jan. 2008. Web. 8 May 2016.
    • Menges, Werner. “Korean company sues Govt over building tender.” The Namibian. 1 Apr. 2014. Web. 11 Jun. 2014.
    • Metcalf, Thomas. An Imperial Vision: Indian Architecture and Britain’s Raj. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2002. Print.
    • Molapong, Keamogetsi, and Chris Barr. Come Talk Your Heart: Performance Poetry by Keamogetsi Joseph Molapong. Photography by Chris Barr. Windhoek: New Namibia Books, 2005. Print.
    • — et al., eds. In Search of Questions: A Collection of New Namibian Poems. Basel: Basler Afrika Bibliographien, 2005. Print.
    • Müller-Friedman, Fatima. “Deconstructing Windhoek: The Urban Morphology of a Post- Apartheid City.” Working Paper No. 111, Development Planning Unit, University College London, 2000. Print.
    • —. “Just Build it Modern: Post-Apartheid Spaces on Namibia’s Urban Frontier.” African Urban Spaces in Historical Perspective. Ed. Steven Salm and Toyin Falola. Rochester: U of Rochester P, 2005. 48-72. Print.
    • —. “Toward a (Post)apartheid Architecture? A View from Namibia.” Planning Perspectives 23.1 (2008): 29-48. Web. 4 Aug. 2016.
    • Namibian Govt. National Planning Commission. Vision 2030. 2004. Web. 12 July 2015. Namibian Sun. “Court battle looms over Reiterdenkmal.” 23 Mar. 2014. Web. 11 Jun. 2014.
    • —. “German groups defend Reiterdenkmal legal threat.” 6 Apr. 2014. Web. 11 Jun. 2014.
    • —. “Reiterdenkmal disappears overnight.” 26 Dec. 2013. Web. 11 Jun. 2014.
    • Nalbantoğlu, Gülsüm Baydar, and Chong Thai Wong, eds. Postcolonial Space(s). New York: Princeton Architectural Press, 1997. Print.
    • National Archives of Namibia (NAN). SWAA A50/131 Vol. 1. “Memorandum for the Guidance of Local Authorities Who Desire to Establish Locations and Provide Housing Therein.” Dept. of Native Affairs, 1944. Print.
    • —. SWAA A50/131 Vol. 1. “Memorandum on Municipal Native Housing Schemes.” Dept. of Native Affairs, 1946.
    • —. SWAA 2/9/3/10 Vol.1. “Inspection Report: Windhoek Location (Chief Native Commissioner).” Dept. of Native Affairs, 1952. Print.
    • —. Municipality of Windhoek. “Strategic Plan, 2009-2014.” Ministry of Regional and Local Government, Housing, and Rural Development, 2009. Print.
    • —. Municipality of Windhoek. “National Plan of Action.” National Habitat II Committee, 1996. Print.
    • —. Muncipality of Windhoek. “1995 Residents Survey Report.” TRP Associates for the Municipality of Windhoek, 1995. Print.
    • —. Municipality of Windhoek. “Outline Development Plan, 1952.” 1952. Print.
    • Ndadi, Vinni. Breaking Contract. Transcribed by Dennis Mercer. Windhoek: Archives of Anti-Colonial Resistance and the Liberation Struggle, 2009. Print.
    • Oliphant, Andries. “Introduction to the Plays of Frederick B. Philander.” King of the Dump and Other Plays. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 2005. 4-9. Print.
    • Osayimwese, Itohan. Colonialism at the Center: German Colonial Architecture and the Design Reform Movement, 1828-1914. Diss. U of Michigan, 2008. Ann Arbor: UMI, 2008. Print.
    • Pendleton, Wade. “Migration and Urban Governance in Southern Africa: The Case of Windhoek.” Southern African Migration Project: Series on Migration and Urban Governance. 2005. 9-22. Print.
    • Peters, Walter. “Wilheminian Historicism and Objectivity: The Reception of German Architecture during the period 1882 to 1914 in the former German South-West Africa (Namibia).” Restorica 14 (1983): 13-23. Web. 4 Aug. 2016.
    • Philander, Frederick. King of the Dump and Other Plays. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 2005. Print.
    • Rogerson, Christian. “Aspects of urban management in Windhoek.” Urban Forum 1.1: 29-47. Print.
    • Said, Edward. Culture and Imperialism. New York: Knopf, 1993. Print.
    • Sant, Alison. “Redefining the Basemap.” Intelligent Agent 6.2 (2006). n.p. Web. 10 Jun. 2014.
    • Sasman, Catherine. “Windhoek in Serious Growth Squeeze.” AllAfrica.com. 31 Aug. 2010. Web. 22 Jun. 2014.
    • Schlettwein, Sylvia. “Blood Brothers.” Bullies, Beasts and Beauties. Eds. Isabella Morris and Sylvia Schlettwein. Windhoek: Wordweaver Press, 2012. Print.
    • Silvester, Jeremy, et. al., eds. The Colonising Camera: Photographs in the Making of Namibian History. Cape Town: U of Cape Town P, 1998. Print.
    • —. “‘Sleep with a Southwester’: Monuments and Settler Identity in Namibia.” Settler Colonialism in the Twentieth Century. Eds. Caroline Elkins and Susan Pederson. New York: Routledge, 2005. 271-286. 86. Print.
    • Simon, David. “Desegregation in Namibia: the Demise of Urban Apartheid?” Geoforum 17.2 (1986): 289-307. Print.
    • —. “Windhoek: Desegregation and Change in the Capital of South Africa’s Erstwhile Colony.” Homes Apart: South Africa’s Segregated Cities. Ed. Anthony Lemon. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1990. 174-190. Print.
    • South West Africa Administration. “Housing for Non-Europeans in Urban Areas.” Windhoek: South West Africa Administration, 1948. Print.
    • Steinmetz, George. “Colonial Melancholy and Fordist Nostalgia: The Ruinscapes of Namibia and Detroit.” Ruins of Modernity. Eds. Julia Hell and Andreas Schönle. 294-320. Print.
    • Steinmetz, George, and Julia Hell. “The Visual Archive of Colonialism: Germany and Namibia.” Public Culture 18.1 (2006): 147-84. Print.
    • Trigg, Dylan. The Memory of Place: A Phenomenology of the Uncanny. Athens: Ohio UP, 2013. Print.
    • UNICEF. Namibia Statistics. UNICEF. 27 Dec. 2013. Web. 15 Mar. 2016.
    • Vidler, Anthony. The Architectural Uncanny: Essays in the Modern Unhomely. Boston: MIT P, 1994. Print.
    • von François, Curt. Kriegfunrung in Süd-Afrika. Berlin: Reimer, 1900. Print. Wasserfall Munting Architects Inc. 2016. Web. 4 June 2014. wma-arch.com.
    • Windhoek Municipality. The Windhoek Structure Plan. N.p. n. pag. Oct. 1996. Web. 14 May 2014.
    • Ya Otto, John. Battlefront Namibia: An Autobiography. London: Heinemann, 1982. Print.
    • Zuern, Elke. “Memorial Politics: Challenging Power and Inequality in Namibia.” Draft ed. City University of New York Graduate Center. July 2012. Web. 2 Jun. 2014.

  • Sociable Media:Phatic Connection in Digital Art

    James J. Hodge (bio)
    Northwestern University

    Abstract

    This essay argues for the impersonally social character of phatic communication in the context of contemporary networked media culture. Georg Simmel’s theorization of sociability as a playfully impersonal mode of social being prior to difference provides the basis for a discussion of the pleasures of phatic communication in digital media in terms of connection not with persons but with the network itself. This pleasure has two distinct poles of experience: being and relating. The latter portion of the essay examines this distinction through the analysis of two digital artworks, Frances Stark’s My Best Thing and David OReilly’s Mountain.

    The Network as a Felt Relation of Non-relation

    What is a phantom cell phone vibration? As a number of recent scientific studies show, the sensation of a vibrating cell phone in its actual absence has become increasingly common.1 While explanations vary, the term evokes the neuroscientific concept of phantom limbs, a phenomenon marked by the (often painful) felt sensation of a missing limb as if it were present. Accounts of phantom limbs illustrate the existence and plasticity of the brain’s internal representation of the body, or body maps.2 Such studies presuppose a prosthetic logic of embodied incorporation, augmentation, and extension familiar to media studies since at least Marshall McLuhan. By contrast, phantom phone vibrations plainly exceed the logic of technical prosthesis. Like older telephone technologies, mobile telephones extend the human body’s capacity to communicate and act across vast distances. Phantom vibrations, however, index a different transformation in the human techno-sensorium than the old modernist tale of the conquest of time and space.3 More sensational, intensive, and strikingly non-agential, phantom phone vibrations evince the diffuse and ordinary sensation of being “always on.”

    The notion of living an “always on lifestyle,” as danah boyd calls it, imagines the contemporary networked subject as a kind of machine without an off button (boyd 2010). While devices may shut down, their networked infrastructure does not. Neither Facebook nor Google nor my cellular network provider turns off. Human subjects, of course, do need to “power down.” As Jonathan Crary notes, human beings need to sleep! (Crary 2013). Simply put, always-on networking problematically implies a fantasy of symmetry between lived experience and its technological infrastructures (smartphones, wireless networks, ubiquitous media). The availability of the network is not, however, the availability of the networked subject. The phantom phone vibration’s spastic hum from nowhere exemplifies this impossible, asymmetrical relation of network and subject, a relation of non-relation that desires so much more possibility, so much more symmetry. Defined in light of this situation, the ordinary fantasy of being “always on” is less a “lifestyle” than a series of technical and discursive practices through which one manages, cultivates, and tends to the oddly ambient demandingness of networked infrastructure. More specifically, one tends not so much to the infrastructure itself as our indirect relation to it.

    Phatic communication plays a crucial and variable role in managing the felt relation of non-relation to the network central to being “always on.” Phantom phone vibrations and e-mail alerts are phatic insofar as they establish, affirm, or sustain the possibility of connection. Many more digital habits are primarily phatic: checking email incessantly, scrolling social media newsfeeds or waterfall displays, gaming during moments of micro-boredom, swiping left and right again and again, and even just the urge to pull out a phone for no reason other than to unlock the screen and check, well, whatever. These ostensibly “active” practices seem to reinforce the reigning characterization of digital subjectivity as at least vaguely purposeful and driven by a need for “productive” intersubjective or personal connection. The actions most common to being online—scrolling, swiping, tapping, browsing, and clicking—are, however, perhaps first and foremost responses to the felt fact of networked connection. They’re about living in networked relation generally. Being networked, then, is less about striving for connection to anyone or anything than it is about maintaining and managing the felt experience of connection as such. Phantom phone vibrations are merely one of the more vivid examples underscoring the impersonal sociability of always-on networking, of living life on the basis of an ambient possibility of being connected otherwise afforded by networked digital infrastructures.4

    In this essay I describe the simultaneously impersonal and social character of connection in contemporary media culture. The first half of the essay examines linguistic theories of phatic address to specify the impersonal nature of networked connection. Georg Simmel’s notion of sociability, or the fundamental drive for relation as such prior to social affiliation, helps to flesh out the pleasurably social dimension of phatic communication. Even as Simmel’s short essay on sociability appeared over a century ago, his discussion of conversation and flirting as artful and playful modalities of sociability uncannily resonates in the age of texting and Tinder. The key distinction is, of course, that while Simmel theorizes sociability as impersonally intersubjective, sociability in the era of digital networks concerns impersonal connection to the network itself.

    The second portion of the essay discusses two digital moving image artworks: Frances Stark’s feature-length video My Best Thing (2011) and David OReilly’s art game Mountain (2014). Impersonal connection is a frankly difficult subject to thematize in a sustained critical idiom. As the example of phantom phone vibrations illustrates, impersonal connection is at once embodied and highly resistant to representation if not wholly non-representational. It is also distinctively ephemeral and persistently peripheral. Digital art becomes valuable and instructive here for the way it offers striking reflexive and sustained presentations of these problems. My Best Thing and Mountain alike emphasize the impersonal dimensions of the experience of digital media. My Best Thing almost completely brackets any direct human presence in its serial narrative of one woman’s Internet chats with two different Italian men. The video features basic animations of the three main characters set against a monochrome green background. Synthesized digital text-to-speech programs provide the dialogue through which we experience indirectly (or quite indirectly) conversational flirting and mutual masturbation. Like My Best Thing, Mountain suspends any direct representation of human experience. Much of the game features a mountain/planet floating in outer space occasionally offering subjective yet highly impersonal remarks on its own emotions and the weather. Despite such bare bones, anti-anthropomorphic, or impersonal modes of address, both works exert a powerful hold on their audiences. It is precisely if improbably by means of their manifest impersonality that the phatic emerges more clearly as the affective engine of networked digital sociability.

    Critics discussing social media and networks too often assume that the allure of connection lies with interpersonal or intersubjective relationality. In her study of Facebook, for example, José van Dijck argues for a distinction between “connectedness” and “connectivity” (van Dijck 2013). The former refers to users’ relations to one another; the latter refers to users’ more ambivalent relation to “Third Parties,” e.g. corporations and advertisers. Connection here denotes living in explicit or implicit relation to a potential somebody or a group of somebodies. It ignores, however, the more fundamental and ordinary impersonal pleasures of simply being connected to the network. This mode of sociality overlaps with but ultimately exceeds identity-based discussions of personhood and sociality, discussions that typically return to problems such as the public, private, and anonymity. To be sure, several critics, such as Steven Shaviro, do recognize the profoundly impersonal dimensions of networked connection. But even for Shaviro, the problem of identity remains paramount as something “implanted from without, not generated from within” (13). Instead, I take a cue from media theorist Scott C. Richmond’s observations about the appeal of Candy Crush Saga and Grindr.5 For Richmond, such media don’t show up too much. They don’t demand that I perform my subjectivity in any lasting, defining, or decisive fashion. Casual, desultory connection to the network allows me not to have to be myself too much. As Richmond notes, the pleasure of not having to be oneself too much can mean quite a lot in the context of digital neoliberalism’s constant opening up of markets (e.g. friendships as monetizable data). And to be clear, I imagine this impersonal pleasure as conceptually and phenomenologically distinct (if not wholly separable) from the much-noted carnivalesque performance of identity online, the work of crafting avatars, handles, and profiles. In contrast to analyses of online identity typically centering around immersive virtual worlds such as Second Life or World of Warcraft, I argue that many of the pleasures of connection are profoundly impersonal. They’re not about being or becoming someone else. The ordinary and impersonal pleasures of networks are about not having to be oneself too much; impersonal connection is about the bare sensation of feeling connected.

    Alongside recent work by scholars such as Richmond, Patrick Jagoda, and Kris Cohen, I offer this essay as an effort to re-orient the study of new media toward ordinariness, art, and the social dimensions of networked affect.6 Much prominent work in digital media theory emphasizes the nonhuman and implicitly impersonal character of human experience and knowledge as networked and technical. Yet this work often retreats to airy frames of metaphysical inquiry unfriendly to the more granular and the frankly messy experience of contemporary subjectivity. It is revealing that the very subject of subjectivity feels more native to affect and queer theory than to digital media studies, which too often favors masculinist discussions of the technical operation of software or the suspiciously sex-free domain of ontology. Approaches to media culture attendant to the subject as the focal point of critical investigation—and which combine approaches to digital media with affect and queer theory—are more urgently needed.

    Recent work in queer and affect theory focuses on the impersonal dimensions of experience. While digital media theory privileges various spectra of experience such as varieties of non-conscious cognition running from intelligent machines to humans to rocks and other things, queer theory concerns itself with the “non-sovereignty” of the subject (Hayles 2014). Unlike digital media theory, queer theory by and large has no problem with anthropocentrism. Conceived in opposition to the implicitly straight, white, male, educated, financially solvent liberal self of classical economics (homo oeconomicus), the economic subject who can act in the world and make decisions unbeholden to anyone else, queer theory’s characterization of the subject as non-sovereign acknowledges the ways in which the self and its attachments to others and the world remain variously incoherent, ambivalent, and dynamic. On this point, I aim to build on Lauren Berlant’s work on affect, ordinariness, and the historical present. Berlant writes, “To think about sensual matter that is elsewhere to sovereign consciousness but that has historical significance in domains of subjectivity requires following the course from what’s singular—the subject’s irreducible subjectivity—to the means by which the matter of the senses becomes general within a collectively lived situation” (Berlant 2012, 53). While attending resolutely to subjectivity, Berlant’s concern with non-sovereignty resonates with digital media theory’s concern with the impersonal dimensions of contemporary technologies. Berlant’s goal, as I understand it, is to examine how forces beyond our own apparent agency nonetheless exert tremendous influence on lived experience in its constitutive incoherence, its non-sovereignty. These forces include both the network in its parallel operation to human consciousness as well as much of our own, quite local and amodal embodied experiences called “affect.” The problem is to grasp the points of intersection or mediation by and through which the subject reckons with the forces shaping its ongoing formation and articulation. How is subjectivity produced not only by the powers that exceed it but which it can never know? This essay argues that the phatic form of address in digital networked media represents a key point of connection between subject and network. As such, the phatic plays a key role in producing the digital subject and its promotion of impersonally sociable connection.

    Feeling the Call of Networks: From the Phatic to the Sociable

    The network calls out. And it feels good!

    The network calls out constantly. My phone buzzes. A ding or trill accompanies the arrival of a text message. My Macintosh laptop “breathes” when it’s sleeping. Pop up ads “pop up.” While these noises, lights, and small animations sometimes feel annoying, they also remain deeply appealing. Few people manage to put their phones away or keep them away from their persons, and this seems instructive. Without succumbing to the rhetoric of addiction—“Are you addicted to your phone???”—it is important to note how even the arrival of an e-mail may carry with it a faint libidinal promise. E-mail is perhaps the least sexy mode of networked connection. But, if—like me—you’ve stopped reading a good novel to attend to an e-mail that ended up being something from a listserv, then you know what I’m talking about. That e-mail wouldn’t feel so deflating or disappointing if its sonic arrival didn’t tap into a latent urge for connection, for being or living otherwise in even the thinnest of quotidian or fleeting fantasies. Instead of understanding hailing in terms of interpersonal communication in the scene of contemporary media, I argue we may best grasp the forms of digital address as impersonal and social. We need to understand better how such apparently unappealing forms of address sustain a powerfully persistent—if simultaneously ambient and soft—libidinal promise of connection. We need to understand, in other words, digital forms of address in terms of their phatic character.

    Phatic communication feels good because it’s primarily social. Yet this crucial aspect of phatic communication has been oddly displaced in its travels from anthropology to linguistics via information theory. Indeed, the phatic begins as part of a theorization of social life.

    In the early twentieth century anthropologist Bronislaw Malinowski coined the term ‘phatic communion’ to describe how language establishes and maintains social bonds. Importantly, phatic communion does not depend upon semantic content. It occurs even in the absence of a shared language. Malinowski writes,

    Are words in Phatic Communion used primarily to convey meaning which is symbolically theirs? Certainly not! They fulfill a social function and that is their principal aim, but they are neither the result of intellectual reflection, nor do they necessarily arouse reflection in the listener. Once again we may say that language does not function here as a means of transmission of thought. (Malinowski, 330)7

    Phatic communication shores up social bonds or establishes and re-establishes a connection. It names a form of ongoing acknowledgment of co-presence and social proximity. Its primary role is social over and above any need to transmit ideas or content. When I say “How are you?” to an acquaintance in passing I’m just acknowledging our momentary co-presence in time and space. I’m not actually asking how she is (a lengthy response would feel like too much). All the same, the phatic communicational event remains irreducibly social.

    In his influential account of the phatic as a linguistic function, however, Roman Jakobson de-emphasizes this founding dimension of the phatic. Jakobson’s re-theorization of the phatic comes in the larger context of his synthesis of linguistics and information theory. The resulting combination de-privileges the social function of the phatic in Malinowski’s formulation. For Jakobson, phatic messages serve

    to establish, to prolong, or to discontinue communication, to check whether the channel works (‘Hello, do you hear me?’), to attract the attention of the interlocutor or to confirm his continued attention (‘Are you listening? Or in Shakespearean diction, ‘Lend me your ears!’—and on the other end of the wire ‘Um-hum!’). (Jakobson 355)

    The word ‘communion’ drops out in Jakobson’s treatment. While communication inevitably implies or implicates some social dimension in play, Jakobson’s description feels decidedly less social than technical; a social bond here becomes a channel. In the wake of Ferdinand de Saussure’s synchronic linguistics, the phatic designates a function of a language system whose larger functioning maintains an aloofness from concrete, historical social interactions. For Jakobson, the phatic is technical and linguistic over and above its mediation of the social. His reworking of Malinowski remains suggestive because it affirms an affinity between the historical theorization of the phatic and the advent of information theory at the origins of contemporary media culture. As Bernard Dionysius Geoghegan shows, Jakobson adapts the structure of Claude Shannon’s diagram of information theory for his own model of linguistic functions (Geoghegan). This move remains relatively unappreciated, however, for the way it privileges a technical model of operation over and above Malinowski’s emphasis on the social. In Jakobson’s re-theorization, the phatic becomes a technical aspect of language, not the self-sustaining and pleasurable mode of social affiliation it is for Malinowski. In the section quoted above, Jakobson discusses the phatic in relation to the part of his diagram labeled “contact.” All of his examples imagine a person talking to another person. And yet one of his examples sticks out for the way it masquerades as intersubjective communication. As Jakobson himself specifies, the phatic functions “to check whether the channel works.” In such cases, and even if such acts require a response from another human interlocutor, the phatic serves to verify the infrastructural viability of communication. Such instances privilege technical modes of communication. What’s more, they ever so slightly displace human communication as the default frame of communication. Even as one may speak to a somebody—can you hear me now? Good!—such phatic communications primarily address a technical system.

    A further glance at the similarities between Shannon’s and Jakobson’s diagrams reveals something of the probable motivation for this subtle but hugely significant shift. Jakobson’s “contact” corresponds to Shannon’s “noise.” For Shannon, noise signifies the measure of disorder in communication. It is not an obstacle to communication but rather constitutive of it. Taken a step outside the mathematical purview of his theorization of information—a step Shannon warns against but which has been done countless times—noise can also be considered in terms of its address to human experience.8 Rendered phenomenally as “noise”—white noise or non-semantic elements such as glitches or fuzz—noise indicates the availability or existence of a channel of communication. Whether considered strictly as an engineering problem or more broadly, noise names a property of a technical system. As much as Shannon’s theory of communication has obvious ramifications for the study of communication, it privileges the technicity of communication over and above what Malinowski would call “social bonds.” In synthesizing Malinowksi with Shannon, Jakobson quietly brings attention to the impersonally technical and mediated nature of communication. My argument is that this quiet transformation of the phatic reorients its relation to the social. Jakobson effectively pivots away from the profoundly intersubjective scene of the social sketched by Malinowski, a move that has much broader implications when considered against the historical backdrop of the massive influence of Shannon’s theory for the development of networked information systems.9 The question arises: does the phatic lie similarly at the basis of contemporary media culture?

    In his elaboration of the rise of “phatic culture,” sociologist Vincent Miller gestures toward an affirmative answer to the question. Taking up the emergence of networked digital culture through the rise of social media such as blogs, social networking websites and microblogs, Miller cites Malinowski’s (but not Jakobson’s) notion of the phatic in a discussion of phatic technologies: “technologies which build relationships and sustain social interaction through pervasive (but non-informational) contact and intimacy” (395). More concretely, for Miller, Twitter represents a paradigmatic instance of phatic culture because it sustains a sense of connected presence that “is necessarily almost completely devoid of substantive content” (396). Miller’s account helpfully sketches out the phatic character of networked media culture. What Miller misses, in his resolute focus on networks of persons, is the deep phatic appeal of a media culture that, of necessity, also includes technologies. Indeed, Miller neglects the revealing extent to which Twitter is only just mostly human. As a 2014 filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission reveals, a significant percentage of active Twitter handles do not properly belong to individual persons but rather to bots, that is, automated programs whose very job is simply to call out (Mottl).

    Our devices call out. But it’s only partially right to say they’re calling out to us or that they call out to serve as mere vehicles for interpersonal exchange. Our devices do not call out in the form of a direct address. They do not call out to us or for us because they do not primarily mediate person-to-person networks but rather the connections of machines to other machines or other technical systems. As much as Apple and similar-minded companies strive for new forms of personal computing and branding such as the iPhone or iPad, digital media hail human subjects in an irreducibly impersonal idiom. Amazon may hail me “personally”—Jim, we recommend X for you—but it does so algorithmically. Amazon.com hails me as market data, not as a person with parents and psychological depth. To synthesize Althusser and Deleuze, the network does not call out like a policeman in the street (hey! You there!). The network does not hail me as a disciplinary subject of the law and possible incarceration. The network hails me as a dividual, a collection of data points to be sifted algorithmically. Big Data is not Big Brother. To put the matter otherwise, networked digital media simply do not partake of what Émile Benveniste terms the “I-You” structure of address central to the construction of linguistic subjectivity (218ff.). Digital media’s phatic character does not evoke the structure of one thing (a subject, an I) acting upon or communicating with another (an object, a You). It operates more like expression in the middle voice, a tense not found in English or Romance languages but present in a minority including Ancient Greek, Swedish, Tamil, and Icelandic among others. The phatic character of digital media evokes more a sense of an impersonal “it happens” rather than an enunciation founded in the familiar and arguably inescapable structure of I-You in English and other languages. And in the context of digital media, the “it happens-ness” of phatic address seems to index a happening elsewhere.

    Digital media work at scales and speeds that largely exceed the purview of human perception and cognition. The operational withdrawal of digital technics, especially in its invisible and ubiquitous proliferation “out of the box and into the environment” begs for further inquiry into the question of how human experience comes into contact with contemporary media as infrastructure (Hayles 2009, 48). As media theorist Mark B. N. Hansen notes, this means that digital media’s address to human experience, in contrast to older media such as print or cinema, may be characterized as massively indirect or oblique (Hansen 2012, 53). This means that even as much as digital media unquestionably structure our lives as a largely insensible or inaccessible domain of infrastructure (Wi-Fi, undersea cables, the microprocessural nature of code) the question arises as to how we interface at all with such infrastructure or if “interfacing” may be reduced to the surface effect of a system that remains deeply opaque?10

    The phatic address of digital networks working in concert with our phatic habits provides a powerful scene for confronting the feeling of non-relation to digital media infrastructure. In the context of digital media’s “massively indirect” address to human experience, Hansen argues for the relatively novel significance of the periphery of experience, or what he also calls “sensibility.” Sensibility names the dimension of lived experience beyond the modal specificity of perception as well as the deliberative privilege of higher-order consciousness (Hansen 2015). I affirm the spirit of this project in my own inquiry into the phatic sensibility of always-on networking. While Hansen theorizes this media historical condition in onto-cosmological terms, my own concerns return to the ordinary. Why does the phatic feel good? Or, if that question is too naïve, why does the phatic successfully conscript us into feeling always on?

    Why is the phatic more than just annoying? A person tapping you on the shoulder over and over again engages in phatic communication. It may be annoying, but the implied promise (however thin) of inhabiting another social relation feels good. In a similar vein, e-mail can be annoying, but it can also feel good for the simple reason that it establishes or sustains a form of technical connection. In an essay from 1910, sociologist Georg Simmel builds on Aristotle’s famous characterization of man as a “social animal” with insights crucial for understanding the pull of today’s phatic media culture. Sociability, for Simmel names the “drive” for relation as such. For Simmel, “the impulse to sociability distils, as it were, out of the realities of social life the pure essence of association, of the associative process as a value and a satisfaction” (128). Sociability names a dimension of social life prior to affiliation. Sociability is social relation, in other words, prior to identity. Even as Simmel presupposes the field of the social as that toward which sociability strives, his theorization of sociability prior to social distinctions or differences—a drive for association as such—furnishes the basis for articulating the allure of contemporary media’s phatic address. The blinking lights and bells of mobile and networked media call out, and by so doing solicit a response in the mode of sociability, or in the idiom of social media, connectivity in general over and above connection to anyone in particular. Texting, for example, is pleasurable not precisely because of who we’re texting; the open-ended and associational character of texting or instant messaging is an end in itself.

    Simmel’s two main examples of sociability are flirting (discussed as “coquetry”) and conversation. The pleasures of both practices vividly exemplify Simmel’s emphasis on the open-ended nature of sociability. On a fundamental level, the pleasures of both flirting and conversation involve being in relation as such. Anticipating Malinowski’s discussion of phatic communion, Simmel writes, “in sociability talking is an end in itself; in purely sociable conversation the content is merely the indispensable carrier of the stimulation, which the lively exchange of words unfolds” (136). Even as a conversation may turn upon revelations, disagreements, and negotiations, sociability as a play of relation itself “may retain its self-sufficiency at the level of pure form” (136). Texting and instant messaging function in a similar way. Only the emergence of a “business-like” point in the conversation vanquishes sociability. Sociability diminishes when decisions must be made or contracts signed, i.e. the serious and decidedly unpleasurable points in an exchange that put an end to the phatic play of possibility. Pick you up at 7? It is no wonder so many people complain of an increased inability to make plans after the introduction of smartphones. Making plans actually works against the reigning fantasy of always-on computing in its phatic sociability. The network’s job, indeed the being of the network is to not make plans to the extent that any such decision would mark an exit from networked sociability and its phatic pleasures. The crucial turn, again, lies with the impersonal nature of networked sociability.

    Art and play also figure centrally in Simmel’s account. Simmel defines sociability as “the play-form of association” insofar as “the fact that in every play or artistic activity there is contained a common element not affected by differences of content” (128). To be sure, Kant’s aesthetics lingers in the foreground and background of Simmel’s discussion. Kant’s famous discussion of aesthetic experience as “purposive purposelessness” and the “free play of the faculties,” resonate with Simmel’s emphasis on the open-ended character of sociability (what we might call today being “always on”) and his emphasis on the artful play of sociability. Departing from Kant, however, Simmel’s emphasis on the ordinariness of social relations and their exemplification in aesthetics holds powerful lessons for assessing the value of art in examining contemporary media’s networked sociability.11

    Shot-Reverse-Shot After Instant Messaging: Phatic Sociability in My Best Thing

    The centrality of art and play in Simmel’s account suggests that analysis of digital artworks can help us grasp the low-level pull of phatic sociability characteristic of ordinary networked experience. Such analysis helps particularly because the phatic, so difficult to grasp in ordinary experience, plays a strong formal and aesthetic role in a number of important digital artworks. Ben Rubin and Mark Hansen’s digital installation Listening Post (2001), for example, sonifies network subjectivity in its computer-synthesized pattern repetitions of “I am” statements.12 A machinic beep precedes each utterance. Untethered from specific sources and divested of the singular grain of individual human voices, each “I am” statement functions as a bare utterance of indexical hereness absent local particularity. In the nascent genre of data visualization, Jonathan Harris and Sep Kamvar’s online We Feel Fine (2006) project gives variable form to “I feel” statements culled anonymously from the web. Its animated Java applet interface depicts these statements as colorful phatic particles floating against the black vacuum of networked space. Like Listening Post, We Feel Fine brackets statements from their personal sources. Instead of promoting the singularity of personal emotion, We Feel Fine reveals the generic and therefore impersonal quality of despair, love, and depression without the grain of embodiment. After reviewing a number of samples, each colorful dot starts to feel like any other, an expression of sameness grounded in the fact that somebody somewhere wrote an “I feel” statement. Confession becomes phatic.

    A number of digital artworks might well demonstrate the intimate ties between the phatic dimension of communication and networked sociality. No artwork, however, better concretizes the phatic and playful dimension of networked sociability than Frances Stark’s 2011 My Best Thing. Stark’s feature-length video demonstrates how Simmel’s two forms of sociability—flirting and conversation—remain central to networked culture, albeit in a profoundly impersonal manner. My Best Thing is a quasi-fictionalization of the artist’s own experiences with online communication, flirting, and mutual masturbation with two Italian men over the course of 10 and “a half” episodes. With the exception of a few inserted video clips, My Best Thing consists largely of animation generated by the formerly free (and now defunct) website Xtranorml, whose motto “if you can type you can make a movie” provides the project’s technological basis. Xtranorml animation software renders Stark and the two Italian men as minimally expressive Playmobil-like figures with computer-synthesized speech. The video thrives on the disjuncture between the complexity of the dialogue and implicit but unseen action with its bare bones visual correlate. On screen we see two figures facing each other. But sex and dialogue clearly occurs via instant messaging and video chat. Other interfaces and technologies unevenly disturb the conversational rhythm between Frances and the two Italian men: chatroulette, Facebook, gambling, television, and phones. Comical elisions in the dialogue also indicate the intrusion of time spent away from the computer inflecting the continuing but disjunctive nature of dialogue. A continual tension between form and content allows the video to denaturalize the phatic dynamics of online communication and to critically dilate the dynamics of network sociability.

    My Best Thing makes special use of the classical Hollywood editing technique of shot-reverse-shot, an editing convention the video strains to near breaking point in its evocation of networked relations (Fig. 1).

    As Kaja Silverman has shown, shot-reverse-shot sequences play a crucial role in connecting the spectator to the discourse of the film. Such sequences “suture” the spectator within cinematic narrative by cutting back and forth between camera angles representing the points of view of two characters in dialogue. In the tradition of the classical Hollywood cinema, shot-reverse-shot sequences render cinematic space coherent (See Bordwell, Staiger, and Thompson). Shot-reverse-shot also gives psychological coherence to the cinematic illusion of presence, a sense of spectatorial adhesion or “you-are-there-ness.” There is, however, nothing inherently coherent about the “profilmic” space of My Best Thing. The figures stand against a green background suggestive of green screens and the digital apparatus of post-production.13 The use of shot-reverse-shot to dramatize the play of instant messaging reveals a different kind of suture at play: the felt relation of nonrelation instanced by phatic sociability.

    At a key moment, Marcello tells Frances she must promise him something. Not knowing what it is, Frances expresses anxiety. Playing upon her worry, Marcello types demands to her one word at a time, a practice realized formally by the stilted, staccato rhythm of the computer synthesized dialogue, and reinforced by the use of shot-reverse-shot close-ups. He types,

    you / must / promise / to / me / that / am / an / Italian / boy / living / in / Rome / that / you / that / are / an / American / woman / living / in / L.A. / that / the / day / after / the / beginning / of / the / next / year / I lose myself. / Aaaaaahhhhhhhh…

    Two shots accompany every single word in the sequence: close ups of Marcello and a reaction shot of Frances. The readymade quality of My Best Thing plays an important role here (indeed, the video references Duchamp’s infamous Fountain later on). Frances reacts “emotionally” to every single word with a small repertoire of facial reactions including blinks, smiles, frowns, and tilts of the head. Such excessively melodramatic editing—as if each word needed to be felt by itself—underscores its real world source in instant messaging one word at a time. Notwithstanding the cartoonish character of the human figures in My Best Thing, they gradually become naturalized as avatars for specific persons who never actually appear in image or voice. All of the Italian’s man’s speech is subtitled. Here, the conspicuous absence of a subtitle for the word you negatively foregounds the impersonal character of this exchange. The absence of the word ‘you’ suggests a movement beyond its ostensibly personal form of second-person address toward what I earlier described as the middle voice-like character of digital media’s phatic address.

    This sequence further undoes the scene’s personal naturalism by juxtaposing the familiar conventions of cinematic “suture” with a mode of networked connection playing upon the felt expectation of waiting for a text or instant message to arrive. The thread of dialogue ultimately falls apart. Insofar as sociability thrives on flirting and conversation—and stops dead only when business is contracted, as in a promise made—this breakdown of conversation actually signals its continuation. The whole sequence plays in the elliptical zone of the messaging bubbles familiar to iPhone users (Bennett 2014). Such bubbles indicate that someone is typing a message and so play upon the general experience of connection in its vaguely futural orientation. The “promise” Frances must make, which Marcello can never articulate, is merely the allegorical pretense for the more massive yet always thinly expressed promise of networked sociability embodied by every blip, bloop, ding, or buzz: the promise of being potentially otherwise.

    The ‘thing’ in My Best Thing refers to a penis. Marcello asks Frances, “do you want to see my best thing?” Stark’s title draws our attention to this curiously meaningful phrase. Yet why is My Best Thing named after something so concrete yet so manifestly absent? True, it’s a bit of a crude joke. But like My Best Thing, which ranges over politics, literature, and art, it’s also playfully profound. Put simply, My Best Thing is about networked sex. Like Marcello’s nonvisible penis—and like the missing rocket, the phallic symbol at the center of the dream sequence quoted at length from Federico Fellini’s —literal and visible sex remains off stage. Marcello’s “thing” here operates as a sign multiply signifying penises, sex, and artistic production—it is, after all Frances Stark’s “best thing,” her self-proclaimed best work of art but also another absent phallus.

    The manifest absence of sex in any carnal sense brings us back again to the issue of the erotics of phatic sociability, suggesting that networked sex hinges on a sense of sex in an expanded and non-representational sense, an idea long familiar to scholars of theories of sexuality. In Berlant’s formulation, “Sex is not a thing, it’s a relation; it’s a nonrelation in propinquity to some kind of a recognition” (Berlant 2007, 435). Sex is not an object in the sense of a discrete event or form with definable contours; sex is rather a peculiar form of relation resonant to what I’ve been discussing here as subjectivity’s felt relation of non-relation to the network. For Berlant, sex is a non-relation in indeterminate intimacy with something recognizable, i.e. something resolvable, knowable, and capable of repetition.

    I want to propose a schematic distinction to help clarify these abstract terms. We might discern a continuum between the ideal poles of objecthood and relationality. This continuum would include various modalities of subjectivity situated or oscillating between being and relating. In particular, between relationality and objecthood or being lie the mediating twin dynamics of nonrelationality and thingness. The object denotes something known while the thing expresses the unknowableness of an object born of a manifest asymmetry or opacity of relation, in short, its non-relationality. With Berlant we can say that sex is not a thing. But we may propose that sex expresses a certain thingness in its proximity to the objecthood of being without losing its relational character precisely as a non-relation, a chasm, a governing opacity. Refracted through Stark’s title, My Best Thing invites viewers to consider sex as thingness. Such thingness never, of course, comes into view. Instead, the video’s playfully impersonal erotics render in textual form the habitus of phatic sociability (instant messaging) by other means (cinema). In other words, My Best Thing explores sex in its thingness as a play of technical and formal relations over and above any intersubjective drama.

    Another way to cast the continuum between objecthood and relationality would be to say that My Best Thing interrogates the pleasurably slippery spaces, the give and take, the variable synchronies between being and relation that more generally characterize networked life. Leo Bersani calls attention to the way sociability dissolves or at least brings into proximity the seemingly distant poles of being and relating, the respective avatars of the individual and the social. “Sociability,” Bersani notes, “is a form of pure relationality uncontaminated by desire.” “Why, exactly,” Bersani queries, “is pure relationality so pleasurable?” (9). Following Simmel, Bersani locates the impersonal pleasures of sociability in rhythm. Bersani writes, “It is as if there were a happiness inherent in not being entirely ourselves, in being ‘reduced’ to an impersonal rhythm.” The happiness or pleasure that inheres, moreover, in the rhythmic play of sociability found in flirting and conversation, is, more specifically, “the non-masochistic one of escaping the frictions, the pain, even the tragedy endemic to social life” (11). If this mode of pleasure seems familiar, it is the dominant form of ordinary pleasure in contemporary networked culture. Texting, for instance, isn’t pleasurable because of shared content; its pleasures derive from a shared and impersonal rhythm of exchange to the network itself.

    Consider the reigning complaint of exhaustion and being busy accompanying so much small talk. When the norm feels like exhaustion, soft—or, phatic—forms of connection from checking a phone to instant messaging and texting at once represent symptoms and compensatory reactions to the challenges of managing the uncertain project of subjectivity between being and relating.14 21st century experience is simultaneously slackened and overstimulated, 24/7 and always on. The value of social media, casual games, and networked connection lie with the way that they enable a subject to divest from the burden of selfhood. Crucially, divesting from subjectivity does not mean unplugging so much as doubly investing in sociable forms of relationality that loosely articulate being and relating. Bersani asserts,

    Most profoundly, the pleasure of sociability is the pleasure of existing, of concretely existing, at the abstract level of pure being. There is no other explanation for that pleasure. It does not satisfy conscious or unconscious desires; instead, it testifies to the seductiveness of the ceaseless movement toward and away from things without which there would be no particular desires for any thing, a seductiveness that is the ontological ground of the desirability of all things.(11)

    Like Berlant earlier, Bersani does not have networked digital media in mind. All the same, one could not give a better description of the appeal of the minimally constant hum of attachment governing the networked sociability modulated by phatic communications. Sociable pleasure does not derive from communicating with someone. It arises from the sheer fact of social being. In Bersani’s elegant formulation, being does not recapitulate some Cartesian scene of ultimate, skeptical withdrawal from the world but rather a presence to the world at arm’s length. Some light inevitably seeps under the door into the dark room of the subject. Following Simmel, Bersani (and Berlant) open the way for grasping the mutual articulation of being and relationality through their sociable others: the impersonal dynamics of thingness and nonrelationality.

    “Being or relating, that is the whole question”: David OReilly’s Mountain

    If My Best Thing illustrates the relational pole of phatic sociability, David OReilly’s Mountain embodies this thingly pole. Mountain foregrounds questions of being and thingness more latently expressed in Stark’s drama of relation and nonrelation. The ordinary real world correlate of thingness lies in the quietly desultory pleasures of networked connection, of the pleasures of just being. If My Best Thing discloses the pleasures of networked impersonal relation, Mountain helps us discern the pleasures of a network of impersonal things.

    Part videogame, part screensaver, part simulator, part long duration art project, Mountain is a remarkable work of new media art that speaks to the networked pleasures of little-b being. Much of Mountain consists of a mountain rotating in the vacuum of space. On the surface, Mountain seems to be about isolation. However, various objects, or things, erratically crash land on its slopes. Objects vary but mine include a bowling pin, a pie, a trash can, a film reel, a tooth, an orange cone, a boat, and an anvil. Zooming out to see the mountain against the background of stars in space, one occasionally catches sight of other objects whizzing by but never landing. Their origin and destination remain unclear. Such actions imply the existence of some kind of larger social field. Why, we might ask, would a giant pie fly through space? And is it even a “pie” when it’s a giant pie floating through space like an asteroid? Something much weirder is going on.

    Mountain begins after the user executes several drawings in response to variable prompts, e.g. “draw your relationship with your mother” or “draw forgiveness” or “draw love.” Upon completing these exercises with a basic paint program, the application builds the titular “mountain.” A message reads “Welcome to Mountain. You are Mountain. You are God.” Unlike “God games” such as The Sims, however, Mountain does not put its player in the position of an interventionist deity. There are no points, no enemies, no levels. Some call it a “non-playable game.” Once opened, Mountain runs fairly unobtrusively on my laptop as I mostly do other things. Most of the action seems to happen outside my possible participation. The application works hard to render the graphics, and so the fan turns on. My students complain that the application drains their devices’ batteries abnormally fast.

    And even in the game not much “happens.” Seasons change, snow falls, fog lifts, day turns into night and back again at an accelerated but even pace. Every once in a while, a piano key sounds a resonant note, a phatic note seemingly from the mountain itself. A variety of messages appear onscreen: “I CAN’T GET ENOUGH OF THIS ENIGMATIC NIGHT.” “I FEEL VERY SAD TODAY.” “I CAN’T PROPERLY DESCRIBE THIS SUMMER MORNING.” “I’M BASICALLY THIS DIM NIGHT.” “I’M TAKING IN EVERY PART OF THIS SWEET DAY.” What could be more phatic than talking about the weather?

    The game’s only menu even denies there’s anything to do. Under “Controls,” it says, “MOUSE—NOTHING / KEYBOARD—NOTHING.” After some time, however, one discovers there are in fact quite a few things to do. The keyboard can be used as a piano. Playing songs such as “Twinkle, Twinkle Little Star” one makes it rain blood, frogs, and hearts. By playing the theme from Close Encounters of the Third Kind one can summon a catastrophic rogue star or other object to destroy the mountain unless one intervenes by “spamming” the keyboard perpetually, thus creating a glowing force-field. A sort of chorus-like sound plays variously during normal game “play.” This sound recalls elements of the soundtrack of 2001: A Space Odyssey. The game itself acknowledges this influence during the near-destruction of Mountain as the music played during encounters with the monolith, Ligeti’s Lux Aeterna, heightens the alien drama of the cosmos. Of course, most of the gameplay in Mountain is predominately non-dramatic. One can tinkle around on the piano keyboard, zoom in and out, and solicit messages by pressing the period key. But mostly it’s a game that plays in the background of one’s laptop or tablet while one is doing something else.

    Mountain is not networked in any traditional sense. One downloads it and then it runs locally. At the same time Mountain is profoundly redolent of networks. It would be difficult to learn of its many easter eggs without Reddit or other sites. More strongly, the game itself expresses the experience of networks. Like us, and like our networks, Mountain exists in a state of being always on. Its existence is primarily phatic, calling out while talking about impersonal feelings and the weather, available for almost literal “pings,” or gentle forms of play. With this context in mind it becomes possible to reconsider just why all those object/things keep floating by or crashing on the mountain. More than objects, these things are phatic communications themselves: hailings from the invisible universe of the network.

    Far from any monadic entity, I propose Mountain functions as an inverse antidote to common visualizations of the Internet. Such images portray the network as composed of uncountable lines and nodes in constant, determined connection (Fig. 2).

    As sublimely impressive as such images may be, as Alexander R. Galloway notes, “every map of the Internet looks the same” (85). All such images try to represent a totality, and they all fail. Mountain does something related but quite different. In one sense, Mountain seems like a zoomed in picture of a tiny aspect of such maps. Seen thusly Mountain suggests that the nodes do not appear to connect if we look very closely. The occasional crash landings of various things, however, suggest the contingency and opacity of networked connection. Things hail us but we don’t know why or from where they call out. From a perspective divested of any vision of synoptic totality, Mountain allegorizes the experience of networked connection in the heterogeneous rhythms of phatic sociability (Fig. 3 & 4).

    The imaginary of “always-on” networking posits a kind of impossible symmetry between the subject and the network. This tends to produce expressions that either anthropomorphize the network or de-humanize the subject (the network “calls out,” the subject needs to “power down”). The game’s opening statement—“You are Mountain. You are God”—foregrounds precisely this problem. Ian Bogost helpfully argues that “the ‘you’ in ‘you are mountain’ doesn’t refer to the terraformed 3D game object, at all. Instead, it describes the game itself as a piece of software. You are not this mountain; rather, you are Mountain” (Bogost 2014). Drifting, working, not working, playing, fidgeting, Bogost’s main point rings true. “I” am more Mountain the software and game than I am “mountain,” or the cartoon representation of a game onscreen. Taking Bogost a step further, however, to say that I am Mountain invites us to inquire as to the meaning of inhabiting such a strange subject position.

    Bogost believes Mountain has much to teach us about being. For Bogost, Mountain represents a game version of what he calls “alien phenomenology,” a variant of object-oriented ontology that de-privileges human experience in favor of the investigation into “what it’s like to be a thing.” While I agree that Mountain helps to think about thingness, the question of what it’s like to be a thing here resonates more with the thing in Stark’s title than it does with the quasi-lyrical litanies of objects populating Bogost’s (and Graham Harman’s, and Bruno Latour’s) prose.15 In his speculative zeal, Bogost discusses the mountain and its objects in an astonishingly literal manner as if they actually stood in for real objects. Bogost discusses Mountain’s interest in being as though it actually solicits the viewer to consider what it’s like to be a mountain. Rarely, however, do giant pies or film reels crash land on mountains. Notwithstanding the work of sculptor Claes Oldenburg, giant pies and giant film reels do not exist in reality. Instead of interpreting Mountain as an allegory of reality de-privileging human experience, I believe it is more fruitful to attend to how Mountain’s evokes problems of networked experience and subjectivity. Mountain is not at all what it’s like to be a thing, unless of course we consider that question from the standpoint of networked human experience. How, then, might we pursue this phatic and sociable thingness at Mountain’s core?

    Mountain playfully brings into focus the problem of navigating the vague boundary of being and relating in the impersonal idiom of networked phatic sociability. In We Have Never Been Modern, the groundbreaking work that in large part inspired the pursuit of the very brand of philosophy Bogost promotes, Bruno Latour argues, as Bill Brown neatly summarizes, that “modernity has artificially made an ontological distinction between inanimate objects and human subjects, whereas the world is full of ‘quasi-objects’ and ‘quasi-subjects.’” (12). For us, the inheritors of the so-called ‘moderns,’ the problem consists in the “proliferation of hybrids” that saturate and overwhelm the modern ‘constitution,’ or the strategies cultivated to sort and manage things. The creation of a few vacuum pumps doesn’t pose much of a threat. But the proliferation of a number of contemporary phenomena do: “frozen embryos, expert systems, digital machines, sensor-equipped robots, hybrid corn, data banks, psychotropic drugs, whales outfitted with radar sounding devices, gene synthesizers, audience analyzers…” (Latour 50). Significantly, digital media and networked technologies figure prominently in Latour’s litany even from 1991. Digital relationality contributes heavily to Latour’s need to re-think the old problem of the subject/object divide. But it is not Latour specifically who helps to re-think this problem so much as his friend, Michel Serres, from whom Latour derives the notion of the “quasi-object.”

    The quasi-object (and its conceptual double, the quasi-subject) troubles the sharp division between subject and object.16 Moving toward a conclusion, I want to suggest that Serres’ quasi-object articulates the variable and playful continuum between being and relating so central to the impersonal dynamics of always-on networks. In a moment strikingly resonant with Bersani’s discussion of Simmel, Serres proclaims how the quasi-object opens onto the matter of “the whole question”: namely, “being or relating.” The “quasi-object is not an object, but it is one nevertheless since it is not a subject, since it is in the world; it is also a quasi-subject, since it marks or designates a subject, who, without it, would not be a subject” (225). For Serres, the strange traffic between subject and object does not merely undo the rigidity of their division, which typically redounds—as Latour shows—into a categorical purification of human and nonhuman in modernity writ large. The quasi-object doesn’t replace the terms subject and object so much as it forms their ground, which we now grasp in terms of the coupling of being and relating. Serres illustrates the concept with reference to games and sports. In games such as the furet (a game in which a circle of children furtively pass along an object while a ‘hunter’ in the middle tries to guess who has the object) or soccer, the movement of an object or ball orients collective forms of relationality. In its playful movement, the ball re-organizes sociality insofar as it becomes a quasi-object and its movement bestows upon the players the status of quasi-subjects.

    To re-open Bogost’s question: what does it mean that the program declares you are mountain? What is the nature of such indistinction? Perhaps the most remarkable thing about Mountain is that it doesn’t vanish completely into the background of experience. It re-engages my interest not just because it calls out; like the network, it calls out for phatic play. To invert David Golumbia’s critique of the normative mode of videogames, Mountain is not so much an example of a game “without play,” but rather a mode of “play without gaming.” Even in the absence of any rules of the game, it’s fun to spin the mountain like a top. When one spins the mountain, however, it is not the mountain that spins but rather the visual perspective on the mountain. Focusing on just the mountain it seems like a top, but the background of stars spins, too. We don’t spin the mountain, we spin ourselves as Mountain. This is a curiously dizzy state of affairs, indeed, especially as it works upon the inaugural indistinction between subject and object announced at the outset: you are mountain. When the mountain, or, game perspective spins, it’s hard to know who is the subject and who is the object. Who is the quasi-object? And who is the quasi-subject? In lieu of an answer, what matters is the phatic play of association between software and human experience that blurs the distinction. This, I venture, is a small pleasure, and it is pleasurable largely because I don’t really have to be myself too much. But it is also, more profoundly, something like the pleasures of being always on, or living between being and relation. When delineated schematically, being and relating sound like two, isolable elements. Yet as My Best Thing and Mountain demonstrate, considered against the ambient infrastructure of contemporary networked life, the difference between the two often collapses into modalities of ordinary pleasure: flirting, conversation, but also the pleasures of thingness found in the felt relation of non-relation of being always potentially otherwise.

    Footnotes

    1. See Greg Miller, “What’s Up With That? Phantom Cell Phone Vibrations”; and Michelle Drouin, Daren H. Kaiser, and Daniel A. Miller, “Phantom vibrations among undergraduates: Prevalence and associated psychological characteristics.”

    2. See V. S. Ramachandran and Sandra Blakeslee, Phantoms in the Brain: Probing the Mysteries of the Human Mind.

    3. See Stephen Kern, The Culture of Time and Space, 1880–1918.

    4. I have explored this idea in relation to Spike Jonze’s Her. See James J. Hodge, “Gifts of Ubiquity.” Several other scholars make related formulations. On “connected presence” see Christian Licoppe and Zbigniew Smoreda, “Are Social Networks Technologically Embedded?” Mark B. N. Hansen argues that web 2.0 mediates not so much content as “sheer connectivity.” See Hansen, “New Media.”

    5. See Scott C. Richmond, “Vulgar Boredom, or What Andy Warhol Can Teach Us About Candy Crush

    6. See Patrick Jagoda, Network Aesthetics; and Kris Cohen, Never Alone, Except For Now.

    7. On the phatic in linguistics more broadly, see Gunter Senft, “Phatic communion.” The phatic also figures in J. L. Austin’s speech act theory. See Austin, How to Do Things with Words.

    8. For example, see William R. Paulson, The Noise of Culture: Literary Texts in a World of Information.

    9. See Paul Ceruzzi, Computing: A Concise Introduction.

    10. Nicole Starosielski raises a version of this question in her discussion of “lag” in relation to global online gaming and undersea cables. See Starosielski, “Fixed Flow: Undersea Cables as Media Infrastructure.”

    11. I take inspiration here from Sianne Ngai’s post-Kantian and post-Cavellian efforts to theorize ordinariness and aesthetics together. See Ngai, Our Aesthetic Categories: Zany, Cute, Interesting.

    12. See Rita Raley, “List(en)ing Post.”

    13. Mark Godfrey analyzes the green background as an allusion to the story of Adam and Eve in the Garden of Eden. See Godfrey, Frances Stark: My Best Thing.

    14. See Berlant, Cruel Optimism; Teresa Brennan, Exhausting Modernity: Grounds for a New Economy; and Judy Wajcman, Pressed for Time: The Acceleration of Life in Digital Capitalism.

    15. See Ian Bogost, Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing. For a strong critique of speculative realism and object-oriented ontology attentive to its rhetorical strategies, see Scott C. Richmond, “Thought, Untethered: A Review Essay.”

    16. Pierre Levy and Brian Massumi have respectively discussed the import of Serres’ quasi-object for the fields of digital media and affect theory. More recently, David J. Alworth evokes the quasi-object in his Latour-inspired revision of setting in literary fiction.

    Works Cited

    • Althusser, Louis. Essays on Ideology. New York: Verso, 1984. Print.
    • Alworth, David J. Site Reading: Fiction, Art, Social Form. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2016. Print.
    • Austin, J. L. How to Do Things with Words, 2nd ed. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1975. Print.
    • Benveniste, Émile. Problems in General Linguistics. Trans. Mary Elizabeth Meek. Coral Gables: U of Miami P, 1971. Print.
    • Berlant, Lauren. Cruel Optimism. Durham: Duke UP, 2012. Print.
    • —. “Starved.” South Atlantic Quarterly 106.3 (2007): 433–444. Print.
    • Bennett, Jessica. “Bubbles Carry A Lot of Weight: Texting Anxiety Caused by Little Bubbles.” The New York Times. 29 Aug. 2014. Web. 4 July 2016.
    • Bersani, Leo. “Sociability and Cruising.” Umbr(a) 1 (2002): 9–23. Print.
    • Bogost, Ian. Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2012. Print.
    • —. “You Are Mountain.” The Atlantic. 17 July 2014. Web. 4 July 2016.
    • Bordwell, David, Janet Staiger, and Kristin Thompson. The Classical Hollywood Cinema: Film Style and Mode of Production to 1960. New York: Routledge, 1985. Print.
    • boyd, danah. “Participating in the Always On Lifestyle.” The Social Media Reader. Ed. Michael Mandiberg. New York: New York UP, 2010. Print.
    • Brennan, Teresa. Exhausting Modernity: Grounds for a New Economy. New York: Routledge, 2000. Print.
    • Brown, Bill. “Thing Theory.” Things. Ed. Bill Brown. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2004. Print.
    • Ceruzzi, Paul. Computing: A Concise Introduction. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2012. Print. Cohen, Kris. Never Alone, Except for Now: Networked Life Between Publics and Populations. Durham: Duke UP, forthcoming 2017.
    • Crary, Jonathan. 24/7: Late Capitalism and the Ends of Sleep. New York: Verso, 2013. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. “Postscript on the Societies of Control.” October 59 (1992): 3–7. Print.
    • Drouin, Michelle, Daren H. Kaiser, and Daniel A. Miller. “Phantom vibrations among undergraduates: Prevalence and associated psychological characteristics.” Computers in Human Behavior. 28.4 (2012): 1490–1496. Print.
    • Galloway, Alexander R. The Interface Effect. Malden, MA: Polity, 2012. Print.
    • Geoghegan, Bernard Dionysius. “From Information Theory to French Theory: Jakobson, Lévi-Strauss, and the Cybernetic Apparatus.” Critical Inquiry 38 (2011): 96–126. Print.
    • Godfrey, Mark. Frances Stark: My Best Thing. New York: D.A.P., 2012. Print.
    • Golumbia, David. “Games Without Play,” New Literary History 40.1 (2009): 179–204. Print.
    • Hansen, Mark B. N. Feed-Forward: On the Future of 21st Century Media. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2015. Print.
    • —. “New Media.” Critical Terms for Media Studies. Ed. W. J. T. Mitchell and Mark B. N. Hansen. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2010. Print.
    • —. “Ubiquitous Sensation: Toward an Atmospheric, Collective and Microtemporal Model of Media.” Throughout: Art and Culture Emerging with Ubiquitous Computing. Ed. Ulrik Ekman. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2013. Print.
    • —. “Ubiquitous Sensibility.” Communication Matters: Materialist Approaches to Media, Mobility, and Networks. Ed. Jeremy Packer and Stephen B. Crofts Wiley. New York: Routledge, 2012.
    • Hayles, N. Katherine. “Cognition Everywhere: The Rise of the Cognitive Nonconscious and the Costs of Consciousness.” New Literary History 45.2 (2014): 199–200. Print.
    • —. “RFID: Human Agency and Meaning in Information-Intensive Environments.” Theory, Culture & Society 26.2-3 (2009): 47–72. Print.
    • Hodge, James J. “Gifts of Ubiquity.” Film Criticism 39.2 (2014-15): 53–78. Print.
    • Jagoda, Patrick. Network Aesthetics. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2016. Print.
    • Jakobson, Roman. “Closing Statements: Linguistics and Poetics.” Style in Language. Ed. Thomas A. Sebeok. Cambridge: MIT Press, 1960. Print.
    • Kern, Stephen. The Culture of Time and Space, 1880–1918. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2003. Print.
    • Levy, Pierre. Becoming Virtual: Reality in the Digital Age. Trans. Robert Bononno. New York: Plenum Trade, 1998. Print.
    • Latour, Bruno. We Have Never Been Modern. Trans. Catherine Ann Porter. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1993. Print.
    • Licoppe, Christian and Zbigniew Smoreda. “Are Social Networks Technologically Embedded?” Social Networks 27.4 (2005): 317–335. Print.
    • Malinowski, Bronislaw. “The Problem of Meaning in Primitive Languages.” C. K. Ogden and I. A. Richards. The Meaning of Meaning: A Study of the Influence of Language upon Thought and of the Science of Symbolism. Ed. John Constable. New York: Routledge, 2001. Print.
    • Massumi, Brian. Parables for the Virtual: Movement, Affect, Sensation. Durham: Duke UP, 2002. Print.
    • Miller, Greg. “What’s Up with That? Phantom Cell Phone Vibrations.” Wired. 23 Sept. 2014. Web. 4 July 2016.
    • Miller, Vincent. “New Media, Networking and Phatic Culture.” Convergence: The International Journal of Research into New Media Technologies 14 (2008): 387– 400. Print.
    • Mottl, Judy. “Twitter Acknowledges 23 Million Active Users Are Actually Bots.” i 12 Aug. 2014. Web. 4 July 2016.
    • Ngai, Sianne. Our Aesthetic Categories: Zany, Cute, Interesting. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2012. Print.
    • OReilly, David. Mountain. Web. 30 Aug. 2016.
    • Paulson, William R. The Noise of Culture: Literary Texts in a World of Information. Ithaca: Cornell UP, 1988. Print.
    • Raley, Rita. “List(en)ing Post.” Literary Art in Digital Performance: Case Studies in New Media Art and Criticism. Ed. Francisco J. Ricardo. New York: Continuum, 2009. Print.
    • Ramachandran, V. S. and Sandra Blakeslee. Phantoms in the Brain: Probing the Mysteries of the Human Mind. New York: Quill, 1998. Print.
    • Richmond, Scott C. “Thought, Untethered: A Review Essay.” Postmodern Culture 21:1 (2010): NP. Web. 4 July 2016.
    • —. “Vulgar Boredom, or What Andy Warhol Can Teach Us About Candy Crush.” Journal of Visual Culture 14.1 (2015): 21–39. Print.
    • Senft, Gunter. “Phatic Communion.” Culture and Language Use. Ed. Gunter Senft, Jan-Ola Ostman, and Jef Verschueren. Amsterdam: John Benjamins, 2009. Print.
    • Serres, Michel. The Parasite. Trans. Lawrence R. Schehr. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 2007. Print.
    • Shannon, Claude E. and Warren Weaver. The Mathematical Theory of Communication. Urbana: U of Illinois P, 1949. Print.
    • Shaviro, Steven. Connected, or What it Means to Live in the Network Society. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2003. Print.
    • Silverman, Kaja. “Suture.” Narrative, Apparatus, Ideology. Ed. Philip Rosen. New York: Columbia UP, 1986. Print.
    • Simmel, Georg. On Individuality and Social Forms. Ed. Donald Levine. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1971. Print.
    • Starosielski, Nicole. “Fixed Flow: Undersea Cables as Media Infrastructure.” Signal Traffic: Critical Studies of Media Infrastructures. Ed. Lisa Parks and Nicole Starosielski. Urbana: U of Illinois P, 2015. Print.
    • Stark, Frances. My Best Thing. 2011. Web. 30 Aug. 2016.
    • Van Dijck, José. The Culture of Connectivity: A Critical History of Social Media. New York: Oxford UP, 2013. Print.
    • Wajcman, Judy. Pressed for Time: The Acceleration of Life in Digital Capitalism. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2015. Print.

  • Warhol’s Problem Project: The Time Capsules

    Christopher Schmidt (bio)
    LaGuardia Community College

    Abstract

    This essay examines the split function of Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules as both research archive and unrealized art project. It suggests that the Time Capsules epitomize Warhol’s career-long preoccupation with consumption and waste (a concern animating much of his art production), and that the extreme materiality of the 610 Time Capsules is a complicated response to dematerialization in conceptual art practices and the post-war global economy. Finally, the essay reports on his on-site research of the Time Capsules, analyzing contradictions in the Warhol Museum’s maintenance of the project as both art and archive.

    Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules (TCs) enjoy a curious dual role in the Warhol catalog, functioning both as an active research archive and as an unrealized art project. Like a hydra pulled in two directions at once, this split purpose compromises the TCs’ ability to succeed at either pursuit. As an archive, they have been rendered too instrumental to maintain their art integrity; yet their artistic disorder and contingency inhibits their usefulness as an archive. In this tension, the TCs epitomize conflicts around waste matter, collection, and preservation that animate much of Warhol’s cultural productions. The TCs also serve as a compelling site to assess Warhol and other artists’ turns toward what Hal Foster has called an “archival impulse” in postwar art. Although Warhol’s TCs are not the first such archival art project, they may well be the most sprawling, and their extreme materiality is striking when considered against the backdrop of conceptual art’s “dematerialization of the art object” (in the words of influential art critic Lucy Lippard) as well as the broader dematerialization of the US economic base in the 1970s, when the TCs were inaugurated. This essay attempts to think through the dialectical relationship between materiality and dematerialization in post-war art practices using the trope of waste, a central concern of Warhol’s. A second interest of the essay is to describe the uncanny ways that Warhol’s TCs, while representing an alternative archive to that of the museum or library, frustrate attempts by later archivists to govern and systematize them. In sketching dual purposes for the TCs as both art and archive, Warhol performs a posthumous institutional critique—not of the art museum per se, but of the museumification of the artist in his relics and after effects.

    The TCs consist of approximately 610 boxes full of mostly ephemeral media that Warhol collected periodically throughout his working life and stored on shelves in his studio spaces, before removing them to off-site storage (Fig. 1).1

    Warhol formally inaugurated the project in 1974, when he moved his studio from 33 Union Square West to a larger space nearby, 860 Broadway. According to some sources, it was the boxing up of materials for the office move that gave Warhol the idea for the project (Wrbican, Interview). The construction of the TCs was regular and periodic, with boxes assembled at the rate of one to three per month (Warhol refers to them as his “box-of-the-month” in The Philosophy of Andy Warhol [145]). However, several thematic boxes also appear, such as the “party box” and the “Concorde box,” which contains items Warhol retained from his many cross-Atlantic flights on the airline. While the TCs largely contain correspondence, announcements, magazines, books, photographs, and reproductions from Warhol’s desk and studio (Fig. 2), more eccentric objects also can be found in the boxes, such as Warhol’s wigs, a piece of cake wrapped in a napkin, dental equipment, and a mummified human foot (“Andy Warhol Museum Archives”).

    The TCs were never exhibited during Warhol’s lifetime and remain largely inaccessible except to a few archivists and researchers in the Archives Study Center of The Warhol Museum, where they are maintained and catalogued. (The last box was only recently opened, in 2014 [Wrbican, Personal Interview].) Interested viewers may see the contents of one TC on display in a gallery vitrine in the Warhol Museum, and there are plans by the Archives Study Center to digitize the entire contents. Yet even describing this much about the boxes is contingent and uncertain. When I made a research trip to view the TCs in 2014, I was provided limited access to only one of the boxes. It would take years of unlimited access for researchers to build up a full sense of the TCs’ contents and contours. Because this is impossible under the TCs’ current administration, much of my analysis here rests on the testimony of John W. Smith and Matt Wrbican, former archivists in the Archives Study Center at the Andy Warhol Museum; various Warhol associates who helped in the organization of the boxes; and Warhol’s own unreliable writings about them. The book Andy Warhol’s Time Capsule 21 and archivist Matt Wrbican’s recent inventory of TC 51 provide a more penetrating look at the contents of two of the boxes. But as we shall see, these accounts are often inconsistent, and the inaccessibility of the TCs’ contents renders my own analysis more conceptual than detailed. That said, my visit to the Warhol Museum in 2014 to research the TCs did uncover some key information about their design and contents.

    I describe the TCs as a “problem project” not because there is something politically problematic about them. Rather, like one of Shakespeare’s “problem plays,” the TCs resist easy explanation and seem even to have given trouble to the artist. The TCs’ unrealized status as art, as well as their volume and variety, suggests an inability on the part of the artist to control their form. In some ways, Warhol seems more possessed by the TCs than an agent of their making. That Warhol never found a way to publicize or market the TCs creates an additional aura of failure or unrealizability about them. Yet if the TCs are in some sense an artistic failure, it is a failure trumped by their monumental scale and duration, their variety, and their mutability. The TCs are metamorphic, fulfilling different needs depending on the context and the interested party. The ultimate uncategorizability of the TCs—are they art, archive, or junk?—undermines our ability to analyze them fully, not just because of their conceptual recalcitrance but also because of their material inaccessibility. This struggle to describe the TCs is not mere academic concern, but of practical import. How we categorize the boxes informs and determines the conditions of their maintenance. An art piece is maintained differently from a research archive, which is in turn treated more respectfully than a collection of esoterica.

    It is increasingly common practice to view the TCs in this latter regard, as the less valuable (and certainly less salable) leftovers of Warhol’s voluminous collections of paintings, decorative arts, books, and mass produced kitsch objects, which were organized and sold at Sotheby’s in 1988, after Warhol’s sudden death. However, to describe the TCs as merely an instance of Warhol’s collecting impulse—a hobby gone haywire, if you will—is an incomplete view. Warhol was first and always an artist, and analyzing the TCs as art allows us to appreciate new aspects of Warhol’s larger art practice and make connections to other object-oriented art practices that similarly engage forms of collecting, archiving, and waste making. Short art historical treatments of the TCs have appeared in Sven Spieker’s The Big Archive: Art from Bureaucracy, Michael J. Golec’s The Brillo Box Archive, and Ingrid Schaffner’s exhibition catalog, Deep Storage: Collecting, Storing and Archiving in Art. However, the TCs have been treated more extensively in cultural studies contexts, by Michael Lobel, Jonathan Flatley, and Scott Herring, who consider the TCs one aspect of Warhol’s larger practice as a collector. The Warhol Museum has also contributed to this line of research by publishing an entire book entitled Possession Obsession: Andy Warhol and Collecting, which includes shorter versions of Lobel’s and Flatley’s articles, and suggests that Warhol’s collecting was a form of artistic practice. None of these studies pathologize Warhol, and indeed these critics all use queer theory to repair the stigma that haunts Warhol’s collecting habits. Yet in Herring’s account, Warhol becomes a case study of the excessive collector—a “hoarder” (however much nuance Herring adds nuance to this designation by analyzing phobic journalism about the TCs). Nudging the TCs out of the realm of cultural case study—a symptom of consumerist acquisition—and closer to the provinces of art analysis will help use see both the TCs and Warhol’s broader art production more clearly. This analysis may also have practical effects, helping us understand how to organize the TCs going forward.

    Boxed Waste

    While I stress the importance of examining the TCs within a lineage of archival art projects, I want to resist labeling the TCs as art simply because this designation serves the interests of the Warhol Museum. In a recent publication elaborating on the contents of TC 51, Chief Archivist Matt Wrbican writes:

    One of the TCs was opened and discussed at a meeting of the tripartite founders of the Warhol Museum, held in New York in October 1992, during which Warhol’s longtime business manager Fred Hughes clearly stated, “He [Warhol] thought of them as sculpture.” This characterization has been variously confirmed and rejected by other former Warhol assistants. Although they are held in our Archives collection, the Warhol Museum considers them to be a work of art. (687)

    Even granting the reliability of Hughes and his account, the artist’s intentions are particularly fraught in the case of Warhol, who left us volumes of anecdotes and aphorisms about his social habitus and “philosophy,” but who was notoriously slippery when discussing his art, often refusing interviewers’ attempts to project depth and meaning onto it. Using Warhol’s own statements about the TCs as a warrant for adjudicating them as sculpture is also problematic because Warhol describes them differently depending on the context. In The Philosophy of Andy Warhol, Warhol offers extensive descriptions of the project as a kind of aestheticized storage, a symptom of his conflicts around waste and materiality, informed by a queer lineage of collecting. Meanwhile, in the posthumous Andy Warhol Diaries (itself a riveting archival project that was assembled after Warhol’s death), the artist indicates his use of the TCs as a curated historical archive, rather than as chance-based sculpture.2 None of this is to suggest that the TCs cannot function in all these ways at once. I only wish to disentangle my own analysis of TCs’ art function from the Warhol Museum’s more self-interested motivations for describing them as art, and to call into question “the artist’s intentions” as a warrant.

    While Warhol considered marketing the TCs as art during his lifetime, he never seemed to land on a satisfactory format for exhibiting or selling them. (Nor, it seems, did Warhol adjudicate how the project should be treated after his death.) Warhol at some point considered selling the TCs to collectors, not as a unified series, but individually, with each collector buying a different box (Smith 12). Warhol even considered inserting a drawing into each of the boxes, to quell the disappointment of a collector who, by the luck of the draw, might end up receiving a box full of unexciting newspapers or Interview magazines (Bourdon 348). On the one hand, this suggests a chance-based element to both the assembling as well as the dispersal of the work; a collector would not be informed of the contents before purchase. On the other hand, the drawing compromises the TCs’ Duchampian conception as an accumulation of readymades. Diluting the integrity of the Time Capsules as a project of pure appropriation, the drawing—and the particular drawing it is alleged to be—takes the project somewhat nearer to another of Duchamp’s works, recalling his Valise-en-Boite, or museum in a box. Matt Wrbican, former Chief Archivist at the Warhol Archives Study Center, suggests that the artist had in mind a specific drawing to supplement the TCs, the same drawing Warhol produced for the 1968 Moon Museum (Personal Interview). The project may be dismissed as “corny” (to borrow a Warholian epithet), but it possesses a Duchampian influence in its self-referentiality, its portability, and its liquidation of the museum frame into other contexts. The Moon Museum was a minuscule ceramic chip containing six miniature drawings by Warhol, Robert Rauschenberg, John Chamberlain, David Novros, Claes Oldenberg, and Forrest Myers that may or may not have been deposited on the lunar surface during the Apollo 12 mission to the moon (Vergano). Warhol’s drawing is a phallic rendering of the artist’s initials, AW, rendered as a playful and pointed phallus (Fig. 3, upper left.) Were one prone to psychoanalytic idées reçues, one could construe the putative inclusion of this drawing in the TCs as a queer joke about the congress of the phallic and the “anal,” the stage in which Freud suggested that repressed homosexual collectors were stalled.

    Because the formal link between the Moon Museum and the Time Capsules is weak, it may in the end be best to treat this information about the identity of the drawing (or drawings) with skepticism. Yet even if the connection is unfounded, comparison between the Moon Museum and the TCs allows us to appreciate a few aspects of the latter project more clearly. As with the Moon Museum, the TCs depend on being materially displaced (buried, “lost,” exiled to storage in New Jersey) before being recovered at some later date—a feature shared by all time capsules. Also key to both projects is the notion that Warhol’s signature might literally or figuratively lend “aura” to otherwise banal material or artifacts. That Warhol never successfully marketed the TCs may indicate his insecurity about defining a massive collection of ephemeral media as “art” simply through his association with it. More than Duchamp and the US-based conceptual artists who followed him, Warhol retained a conservative belief in artistic talent, even as he wished for his own talent to be mediated by the machinic or by chance.

    Even if it never actually occurred, Warhol’s notion of opening the closed containers of the TCs to insert a drawing suggests that the artist saw the TCs as being more permeable than his previous box art, such as the Brillo Boxes (1964). Indeed, despite their shared serial form, these two box projects could not be more different. The Brillo Boxes are ersatz readymades, and their intervention is entirely on the exterior, with their interiors void. (Or at least we presume the interiors of the boxes to be void; their impermeability prevents us from plumbing them.)3 Where the Brillo Boxes are empty, the TCs are overfull. The former is one of Warhol’s coolest Duchampian thought experiments;4 the Time Capsules are hot and inchoate, containing the messy interiors that Warhol insisted were nowhere to be found in his art. The TCs seem to suggest a kind of pop unconscious underlying the cool façade Warhol advanced in the Brillo Boxes and elsewhere. Warhol typically presents himself as a dandy cipher: “Just look at the surface of my paintings, it’s all there” (Berg 90). The interiority that Warhol represses from his Brillo Boxes and gridded paintings finds a home in the TCs, now secreted away in the bowels of the Warhol Museum, in a hometown Warhol similarly wished to repress from memory: Pittsburgh.

    One can locate an even more extreme version of containment and impermeability outside of Warhol’s corpus, in the Italian artist Piero Manzoni’s notorious Artist’s Shit (1961), a sealed production of 90 labeled tins that supposedly contain Manzoni’s own excrement. The project is an intervention into notions of value and devaluation, as well as the waste that inevitably results from the consumption of commodities. Manzoni unites post-consumerist waste and human waste in a mass-produced form that is canny in more ways than one, preceding Warhol’s Campbell’s Soup Cans by many months. The occlusion of interiority is even more central to Manzoni’s project than to the Brillo Boxes. Their sealed impermeability keeps us forever guessing as to their true contents, and to open the cans would destroy them. In the end, we are left guessing whether the artist put more stock in the conceptual speech act (these cans are full of X) or in the baseness of the material he used. Are the interiors truly full of shit, or is the artist? While Warhol’s notion to sell the TCs shares with the Manzoni sculptures a similar investment in the blind faith of the buyer, the epistemological pressure is quite different. The expectation with the TCs, as with any vernacular form of time capsule, is that the containers eventually would be opened and their contents revealed to view.5

    Joseph Cornell’s boxes may also be compared to the TCs in their similar framing and repurposing of media detritus for the viewer. While the tableaux of Cornell’s boxed works are carefully composed for the viewer, Warhol’s TCs are relatively random accumulations, at least visually. Indeed, it is not clear that the retinal matters much at all in the case of the TCs. Cornell’s surrealism and outsiderness is also tonally distinct from Warhol’s insiderish cool. (If anything, the works of Warhol that seem closest to Cornell’s boxes are his paintings, with their necrophiliac celebrity avowals.) Other artists in the intertext of the TCs include Joseph Beuys, whose work and reputation were well known to Warhol (the two were photographed together during one of Warhol’s visits to Europe), and whose exhibition of personally sacred objects may have informed the TCs’ reliquary qualities. However, Warhol’s TCs possess neither the totemic ceremony of Beuys’ Stuhl mit Fett (1964), say, or the political message of Economic Values (1980). Meanwhile, the procedural time period of the TCs—their “box-of-the-month” duration—relates them to On Kawara’s Today Series (1966–2013), in which the conceptual artist marked each day with a painting of the date, along with a copy of that day’s newspaper (at least for some of the series). This dual production of an historical archive and a painting makes On Kawara’s series in some ways the opposite of Warhol’s (who, as discussed earlier, may have intended to supplement each box of ephemeral media with a drawing). Mierle Ukeles Laderman’s various Maintenance Art projects and manifestoes (1969–) may have provided Warhol with a conceptual and behavioral model oriented around the revaluation of waste—although the feminist aspects of Laderman’s project are not likely to have influenced Warhol. Finally, Dieter Roth’s Flacher Abfall, or Flat Waste archival project (inaugurated around the same time as Warhol’s TCs, in 1973) bears a remarkable similarity. Over the course of years, Roth compiled more than 600 binders of food packaging, scraps, and other waste, which he then later exhibited on bookshelves. While the notion of influence is not paramount in this discussion, it must be noted that Warhol rarely mentions conceptual artists in his interviews and writing and, except for Beuys, seems to show little awareness of non-American art developments, so it is not clear that Warhol would have known Roth’s project, much less been influenced by it. In the end, the similarity of Roth’s project to Warhol’s shows the extent to which cultural shifts were compelling artists on both sides of the Atlantic to produce material archives in response to accelerated consumption and economic dematerialization.

    The artworks most likely to have influenced the actual form of Warhol’s TCs are the refuse containers, accumulations, and poubelles of Arman, who suspended waste and damaged commodities in transparent Plexiglas vitrines, allowing their contents to be visible to the viewer. Warhol was a friend of the artist, and owned two of Arman’s waste-filled vitrines, along with one other Arman sculpture, Amphetamines (Angell 30).6 In fact, Warhol collaborated with Arman on two TC-like refuse-portraits. Late in his life, Warhol gave Arman license to peruse his studio and home closets for materials to assemble a “robot portrait” of the artist, as Arman termed it (Marck 4). When Warhol died unexpectedly in 1987, Fred Hughes delivered the items that Arman had chosen for the two sculpture-portraits. It is not known if Arman plumbed the TCs for material. Yet even if he did not, there are clear similarities between the two projects, both of which are boxed sculptures built out of Warhol’s relics. The actual mechanics of how Arman made his selections of Warhol’s effects is uncertain; however, a story circulates that Warhol (or perhaps Hughes, following Warhol’s directions) provided ersatz relics to Arman for his sculptures.7 If true, this story may explain the curious lack of charisma in Arman’s resulting robot portrait of Warhol (see Fig. 4).

    Regardless of this particular story’s truth, it does point to a chariness and privacy typical of Warhol. It was unusual for the artist to give permission for anyone to access his private collections or even to cross the threshold of his home. Warhol was secretive and self-conscious about the disorder of his living environment, and anxious about his many possessions—an anxiety that extended even to his trash. Consider the following charged example from the Andy Warhol Diaries, dated February 22, 1981, in which the artist reflects nervously on his encounter with an infamous “garbage man”:

    When I was on my way home I ran into Alan J. Weberman, the “King of Garbology[,]” who was on the corner making a phone call. I knew who he was because he handed me a resume with all his garbage credits on it. He said he’d just been through Roy Cohn’s garbage and Gloria Vanderbilt’s. I think he began his career with Dylan’s. I was scared that he’d see where I lived so I went in the other direction. (359)

    After his shooting by Valerie Solanas, it is understandable that Warhol would be nervous about revealing his address to potential obsessives, particularly a “garbologist” who would delve into the artist’s unmentionables. But there seems to be something particularly symptomatic here about Warhol’s secrecy, an anxiety about controlling his waste that is manifest elsewhere in his writing and in his art. In this sense, might the TCs be viewed as a form of prophylactic through which Warhol could retain his discards rather than release them into the public sphere for a Weberman or an Arman to expose?

    The formal similarity of Warhol’s TCs and Arman’s poubelles may be another reason for Warhol’s reluctance to exhibit the TCs, as if they more properly belonged to another artist’s idiom.8 By the same token, there are significant formal differences between the two projects. The double hiddenness of the TCs—dumped in opaque cardboard boxes then hidden in storage—renders them notably different from Arman’s transparent poubelles. Arman’s poubelles also operate in a different signifying context from Warhol’s TCs. Both projects address post-war commodity consumption, and the poubelles share with Warhol’s TCs a use of material consumerist waste and ephemera to signify excess, loss, and obsession. However, Benjamin Buchloh suggests that Arman depicts the wages of consumerism in order to implicate European amnesia regarding the horrors of the war years. As Buchloh points out, post-war European art was deeply preoccupied with the ruins of World War II, and Arman’s refuse-based sculptures seem to draw an equivalence between discarded objects and the subaltern persons discarded in the extermination of the Holocaust (“Plenty or Nothing” 274). While the transparency of Arman’s vitrines positions them as a kind of witnessing, the opacity of Warhol’s TCs indicates the subtler ways that waste is purposefully occluded in the capitalist circuit of production, consumption, and circulation. Arman’s materials are clearly degraded—trash by any measure. Warhol’s materials do not inherently qualify as waste, and do so only through the excessive size and indiscriminate nature of the collection as a whole.

    In the end, it is the punishing logic of the archive that allows us to view the TCs as a form of waste and waste management. The archive asks us to discriminate and retain only what is representative and valuable, discarding the trivial and historically insignificant. Yet Warhol’s appetite for indiscriminate collection undermines such traditional archival values. The TCs may contain treasures, but on the whole they signify wasted time, wasted effort, and most of all wasted space. If the TCs qualify as waste—especially when seen in the context of Arman’s and Roth’s similar projects—we might ask to what end Warhol collected this media. Was it Warhol’s Rumpelstilskin-like desire to transform waste into something valuable? Did he wish to avoid creating waste by not throwing these items into the garbage, and thus avoid the parasitic recycling of a Weberman or an Arman? Or was Warhol’s goal subversive, to create waste by retaining this unmanageable bulk of ephemeral media?

    Time Capsules as Historical Archive

    Although Warhol gives us evidence in the Philosophy to consider the TCs an unfinished art project, he is equally prone to discuss them as a practice of historical archiving. In assembling the TCs, Warhol seems to have operated in a middle ground between a chance-based proceduralism and a more selective—and sometimes acquisitive—curation of the boxes’ contents. To what degree do the TCs hew to quasi-Cagean chance operations, as some critics have claimed (Golec 2)? And to what degree should they be viewed as a curated historical archive, with items selected for future importance as a relic or historical artefact?9 The balance matters in describing the TCs’ art and archival functions properly. Wrbican claims that the TCs fit with Warhol’s pop manifesto of “liking things” (687).10 But Warhol’s own attitude toward the contents of the TCs is equivocal at best, and often quite anxious and exasperated. Introducing the project in the Philosophy, Warhol writes, “I want to throw things right out the window as they’re handed to me, but instead I say thank you and drop them into the box-of-the-month” (145). Here Warhol evinces a disdain for the retention of material objects, one that will continue throughout his discussion of storage and waste themes elsewhere in the Philosophy. Warhol’s comments suggest that the TCs were from their inception informed by hygienic regularity (“box-of-the-month”) and minimal curatorial agency, as material was “handed to” the artist. Former Warhol archivist and museum director John W. Smith follows this line of thinking, arguing that the TCs “functioned less as an edited attempt to capture and convey a specific historical moment, but rather as a memento hominem, a register of the everyday” (“Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules” 12). Pat Hackett, Warhol’s secretary and collaborating editor on POPism, the Philosophy, and The Andy Warhol Diaries, corroborates this account, while also suggesting that Warhol exercised more evaluative editing in the creation of the TCs. According to Hackett, after Warhol arrived at the office to begin work, he would open the “stacks of mail he got every day, deciding just which letters, invitations, gifts, and magazines to drop into a ‘Time Capsule,’ meaning one of the hundreds of 10” x 18” x 14” brown cardboard boxes, which would be sealed, dated, put into storage, and instantly replaced with an identical empty box” (Diaries xv). In these descriptions of the TCs, they rank just one level above the trash, as retainers of ephemera.

    Once the project gained steam, however, Warhol grew emboldened to actively collect and archive objects of historical importance rather than passively accept unwanted matter. In the following passage from the Andy Warhol Diaries, the artist admits actively curating materials for the “box,” as he referred to the TC of the month: “Stevie [Rubell, manager of the nightclub Studio 54] gave me a Quaalude and Halston said, ‘For the box, for the box.’ Victor’s [sic] told him about the system. . . . Victor used to bring me some of Halston’s notes like from Jackie O., but then Halston realized he should start saving them himself” (186). Here we see Warhol soliciting and gladly accepting precious cargo of enhanced historical interest, such as Quaaludes—truly time capsules of the ’70s, in many senses of the phrase. Elsewhere, Warhol shows sticky-fingered acquisitiveness in seeking out items to fill the TCs: “When we sat down to dinner there were packages of Philip Morris cigarettes at each place—they were the sponsor—and when nobody was taking them I took them ‘for the box.’ There was one red one but I couldn’t get it” (82). One box begets another. Affects typical of consumer consumption inflect this passage: a sense of greed (acquiring what he doesn’t need), the thrill of a bargain (in this case gratis), and perhaps even a sense of pity for the unwanted commodity (“when nobody was taking them”). On the one hand, this acquisition of items for the TCs compromises the more procedural dimensions of the project (while also revealing that many of these “historical” items are indeed trivial). It also suggests, to a degree not yet recognized, that Warhol was in his art and publishing projects a variety of queer historian.11

    It is now taken for granted that Warhol is a crucial figure in post-war art, in ’60s urban countercultures, in ’70s fashion and celebrity cultures, and as a validating presence in the ’80s downtown inter-arts scene. Yet when considering the TCs as a form of historical archive, it is important to bear in mind how precarious queer histories were during the period, especially in the ’50s when Warhol first emerged as a graphic designer and illustrator. As flaming and camp as many of Warhol’s productions may seem, his homoerotic works were frequently censored.12 Because queer histories were silenced and erased during Warhol’s era, the archive takes on crucial importance. Ann Cvetkovich has argued how a queer “archive fever” emerged in the twentieth century as an attempt to counteract the neglect and stigmatization of queer histories in normative journalism and publishing. The massive volume of Warhol’s TCs reflects such an imperative, to counteract the neglect and erasure of queer history in official records and archives. This line of thought is even more compelling when we consider that Warhol’s on-record antecedent for the TCs was not one of the heterosexual waste artists mentioned earlier, but another queer luminary, the writer Tennessee Williams. Warhol writes:

    Tennessee Williams saves everything up in a trunk and then sends it out to a storage place. I started off myself with trunks and the odd pieces of furniture, but then I went around shopping for something better and now I just drop everything into the same-size brown cardboard boxes that have a color patch on the side for the month of the year. I really hate nostalgia, though, so deep down I hope they all get lost and I never have to look at them again. That’s another conflict. I want to throw things right out the window as they’re handed to me, but instead I say thank you and drop them into the box-of-the-month. But my other outlook is that I really do want to save things so they can be used again someday. (Philosophy 145)

    As Reva Wolf has suggested, Warhol was attracted to the literary sphere as a place where homosexual expression could find a better outlet than in the visual arts. Woolf, Barnes, Stein, Proust, Genet, Burroughs, Ginsberg, O’Hara, Williams, and Warhol’s friend Truman Capote were trailblazing queer representations in writing, while the fine arts were in the ’50s and early ’60s dominated by the macho theatrics of Abstract Expressionism, (7).13 Indeed, there is something of a literary quality to the TCs: the materials within the TCs are largely text-based, comprised of letters, magazines, books, and announcements. And as is the case with any archive, the TCs generate yet more text in the indexes and finding aids that flourish around them. The TCs’ archival nature also connects them to other literary projects of Warhol’s, such as a: a novel, the Philosophy, and The Andy Warhol Diaries, which were produced from archives of transcribed tape recordings and were influenced by Warhol’s desire to join the queer literary tradition of Burroughs, Capote, and Williams.14

    In the passage from the Philosophy quoted above, Warhol’s dominant affect is anxiety about whether to conserve or abject the material object. Throughout Warhol’s discussion of the TCs in the Philosophy he frets about the status of these and other “things”—including his own art—and the possibility that these things would be considered “waste” or “junk.” Indeed, Warhol’s interest in selling the TCs seems at times to emerge from a need to rid himself of the psychological conflicts generated by his collections. In the passage below, Warhol introduces the TCs amid a broader discussion of possessions and storage, in which he tries to solve the conflicts generated by his collections of material things:

    If you live in New York, your closet should be, at the very least, in New Jersey.…


    Everything in your closet should have an expiration date on it the way milk and bread and magazines and newspapers do, and once something passes its expiration date, you should throw it out.

    What you should do is get a box for a month, and drop everything in it and at the end of the month lock it up. Then date it and send it over to Jersey. You should try to keep track of it, but if you can’t and you lose it, that’s fine, because it’s one less thing to think about, another load off your mind. (144–45)

    As in much of the Philosophy, Warhol here combines acute cultural criticism—the burdensome obsolescence that follows the excitement of a purchase—with an impossibly utopian and humorous solution: everything in your closet should have an expiration date. Warhol foregrounds his own “conflict” around waste, and indeed, the contradictions surrounding consumption and wasting occur at both the conceptual and personal levels (145). While Warhol’s complaint arises from the problem of too much stuff, the expiration date will only lead to further consumption and waste: the planned obsolescence that causes us to constantly discard and renew our purchases. Even in this conflicted and guilt-ridden meditation on discarding and recycling, shopping yet again enters the frame, in Warhol’s search for the right container for his TCs.

    Although Warhol’s frustrations about waste are historically grounded in the exuberance of post-war consumption, he also gives voice in the passage to the fundamental tenets of psychological abjection. According to its theorist Julia Kristeva, abjection is a process that defines the boundaries of the subject who, after a moment of disorienting confusion, identifies that some disgusting matter is not a part of me. Kristeva identifies the “maternal abject” as a foundational source of this abjection.15 I don’t want psychobiography to be the omphalos of any reading of the TCs; the danger here is that Warhol might be viewed as damaged, or as a psychological case study, as he has sometime appeared in others’ commentaries on his collecting habits.16 But it is compelling to speculate on how Warhol’s performances of waste management might arise from early encounters with the maternal abject and an intimate relationship with his mother lasting well into middle age. In this sense, the menstrual connotations of Warhol’s name for the TCs, and the waste they index, as “box-of-the-month,” are difficult to overlook. In an earlier article on the Philosophy and Warhol’s tape recording practice, I analyzed the relationship between Warhol’s omnipresent technological prostheses, his mother’s colostomy bag, and scenes of waste management narrated in Warhol’s writing—all of which seem equally pertinent to the TCs (Schmidt). In A Small Boy and Others, Michael Moon makes similar connections between anal erotic “screen memories” recounted in the Philosophy, Warhol’s early Pop paintings, and the influence of Warhol’s mother as a kind of tutelary genius who oversaw scenes of bodily debilitation, sexual fantasy, and archiving (namely, the making of childhood scrapbooks while Warhol suffered from St. Vitus Dance).17

    If Warhol’s collecting and archiving practices are governed by the maternal—and Julia Warhola’s personal relics do indeed enter into the TCs, comprising their oldest artifacts, in TC 27 (Kramer 15)—there are economic aspects at play here as well. Warhol, born in Pittsburgh in 1928, was raised in a poor immigrant household during the depression, when austerity, reuse, and thrift were paramount values. Several years after Warhol moved to New York City, his mother followed, cohabitating with him from 1952 until 1971, when she returned to Pittsburgh just before her death. Not only did Warhola oversee the household economy while living with Warhol, she also participated in Warhol’s graphic art productions (Bourdon 58–60). Together, mother and son developed a household economy of thrift, efficiency, and permeability between the personal and the professional. Because of his sustained financial success, however, Warhol was able to consume at a level that far outstripped the thrifty values of his childhood. The TCs and Warhol’s other personal collections can thus be viewed as a result of colliding economic values: a Depression-era economy of reuse and conservation learned from his mother, and a post-war economy of consumerist appetite and disposability. Warhol’s “conflict” about the TCs and his other collections emerges out of the incommensurability of these two economies.

    Warhol and Materialism

    Warhol’s caginess about the TCs’ ontology—are they archive, disposal system, or art—points us toward a foundational engagement with waste and waste management underlying much of Warhol’s art and life practices. In the Philosophy, Warhol complains that his art making is in some sense a form of waste-making: “I’m still making some art, I’m still making junk for people to put in their spaces that I believe should be empty: i.e., I’m helping people waste their space when what I really want to do is help them empty their space” (144). This conflict between filling and emptying, between producing and clearing, can be seen in both Warhol’s art-making process and in his subject matter. The artist’s most recognizable idiom, his gridded silkscreen canvases, begins with the collection of mass-media detritus, sometimes literally collected from the garbage. Collage artist Ray Johnson recalls that he and Warhol found a box of discarded newspaper clippings on a New York City street, which they intended to share as a source for artworks. Yet after Warhol availed himself of the box, there was little interesting material remaining for Johnson to plumb (365 Takes 34). Warhol excavated these scraps of media ephemera, transferring them to canvases that became memento mori of celebrity loss and ruination. Not unlike Weberman’s excavations of Bob Dylan and Roy Cohn’s garbage, Warhol in his art similarly brings forward the unsavory aspects of celebrity consumption: the waste of Hollywood machinery, and the resulting damage to its subjects. Warhol’s engagement with the star system—both that of Hollywood and his own queer counter-system of Factory superstars—reveals how in late consumer capitalism humans themselves are treated as commodities, taken up by the culture industry and then disposed of when their youth, beauty, and relevance pass. Indeed, the inevitable decay of celebrity is implied in Warhol’s most famous maxim, “Everyone will be world famous for fifteen minutes,” which gestures not only toward the ubiquity of fame, but its half-life. Meanwhile, with the Oxidation paintings (or Piss Paintings), Warhol simultaneously literalized and abstracted waste. The meaning of the enterprise hinges on the use of waste as a material, yet the waste is abstracted, revealed only in the paratextual apparatus surrounding the work. From the gridded boxes of the silkscreen paintings to the archive of screen tests to the exhaustively preserved audio recordings, which formed the basis of several books, it may be productive to consider all of Warhol’s art productions as forms of waste management. As critical biographer Wayne Koestenbaum has suggested, Warhol’s mantra might be: depict waste, but contain it—by placing it (repeatedly, compulsively) inside a series of rectangles: the grid, the box, the film frame, the cassette.

    Besides Warhol’s own personal fraught relationship with waste, larger cultural shifts underlie Warhol’s development of a waste management aesthetic. Waste became highly valorized in the 1970s with the prominent rise of the environmental movement. In his uncanny way of cultural perception, Warhol incorporates ecological metaphors into his own aesthetic practice. A favorite Warhol aphorism imagines this ecological body as actualized on the Pop body, which according to Warhol, “took the inside and put it outside, took the outside and put it inside” (POPism 3). The ecological version of this pop body appears in the Philosophy, which was published in the middle of the ’70s:

    I think about people eating and going to the bathroom all the time, and I wonder why they don’t have a tube up their behind that takes all the stuff they eat and recycles it back into their mouth, regenerating it, and then they’d never have to think about buying food or eating it. And they wouldn’t even have to see it—it wouldn’t even be dirty. It they wanted to, they could artificially color it on the way back in. Pink. (146)

    This metaphor more than succeeds as John Waters–style gross-out. But it can also be read as an allegory for Warhol’s entire aesthetic practice as a form of recycling, with a color overlay, as Koestenbaum suggests (29). It is also an image of ecology in the purest sense of the term: a system consuming its own waste products.

    While Warhol avoided and regretted waste as much as any US subject—perhaps more so, because of his outsized shopping habits—he was also drawn to waste for its affective potential. Elsewhere in the Philosophy, Warhol notes, “I always like to work with leftovers, doing the leftover things. Things that were discarded, that everybody knew were no good. I always thought it had the potential to be funny. It was like recycling work. I always thought there was a lot of humor in leftovers” (93). In pointing to an error enjoyed against the grain, Warhol describes to an almost perfect degree the camp aesthetic, which Susan Sontag in “Notes on Camp” describes as an instance of failed seriousness enjoyed against the maker’s original intentions. While Sontag argues that camp is associated with a gay aesthetic tradition, Andrew Ross has argued for a more materialist analysis of camp as a mode of economic critique. Ross claims that camp occurs when “history’s waste matter” is taken up and recuperated in ways different from their original use values, and that in particular, camp emerges when modes of production are recognized as endangered or “outmoded” (320).18 If the TCs are camp, it is not in the homosexual sense of performative parody elaborated by Sontag and others, but in this more materialist sense elaborated by Ross. The TCs recuperate “history’s waste matter” in a very material sense indeed. In fact, they seem to index the outmodedness of materiality itself in an era of increasing dematerialization.

    In The Condition of Post-Modernity, David Harvey identifies the year 1973 as the date when the economic paradigm in the US decisively shifted from a Fordist economy of production to postmodern forms of flexible accumulation and labor, which according to Harvey produced the superstructural condition of “postmodernity.”19 It is curious that at the precise moment when finance should grow more dematerialized and abstract, Warhol would begin to amass boxes of very concrete, material things, resistant to valuation and marketability. While Warhol himself would not have been attuned to economic dematerialization per se, he would likely have been aware of discourse surrounding the “dematerialization of the art object,” which Lucy Lippard describes in her Six Years: The Dematerialization of the Art Object from 1966 to 1972. Lippard does not herself tie the growth of conceptual art to financial dematerialization, and in some ways posits the opposite superstructural relationship. Borrowing the rhetoric of conceptual artists like Sol Lewitt, Lippard argues that conceptual art emerged in order to resist the marketing and commodification that attended heroic action paintings. (Oscar Masotta advances a similar argument directed at pop art in his manifesto, “After Pop, We Dematerialize,” addressing the efflorescence of the happening in Argentina.) In a “Postface” to Six Years, however, Lippard admits that the attempt to dematerialize the art object, as a strategy to foil commodification, was a failure; the documentation surrounding conceptual art sold just as easily as a painting.20

    More recently, Joshua Simon has argued that this discourse about aesthetic dematerialization helps us see more clearly a neomaterialist movement in post-war art, in the sense of being both more material (concrete) and more aware and responsive to materialist conditions behind the artist’s work. Although it would be difficult to ascribe any conscious dialectical materialism to Warhol, the TCs do bear witness to the increasing bureaucratization of Warhol’s work and point as well to the economic forces underpinning his art production. Increasingly in the’70s, and throughout the remainder of his career, Warhol tacked with increasing fluidity between traditionally material art objects and more dematerialized forms of media dissemination. With the TCs, Warhol made his most materially excessive project also his most conceptual—one that is philosophical, procedural, and marks the networks of media circulation that constellate around one notable personage: himself.21 Rather than emptying boxes so as to activate the space of the gallery, as minimalist sculptors did, Warhol filled boxes with personal detritus and placed them in the non-space of off-site storage. Warhol continued to produce paintings until the end of his life, but from the 1970s onward, his productions ramified into more easily disseminated, increasingly dematerialized forms: films, books, magazines, advertising, and what he generally terms “business art.” In the Philosophy, Warhol writes, “business is the step that comes after art” and being “good in business is the most fascinating kind of art. Making money is art and working is art and good business is the best art” (90). As the economy of New York City was shifting from an industrial to a post-industrial finance economy, Warhol’s workspace was casually rechristened from the famous “Factory” to the “office” (Bockris 377). And as part of his business art aesthetic, Warhol became increasingly interested in ways to market his “aura,” even as this dematerialization puzzled him. Warhol writes, “Some company recently was interested in buying my ‘aura.’ They didn’t want my product. They kept saying, ‘We want your aura.’ I never figured out what they wanted. But they were willing to pay a lot for it. So then I thought that if somebody was willing to pay that much for it, I should try to figure out what it is” (Philosophy 77). The TCs—while not themselves successfully marketed—can be seen as an attempt to extend this aura over the most ordinary of materials.

    Warhol’s dual interest in the material and the dematerial also informs his canny analyses of financial value. According to the “Economics” chapter of the Philosophy, Warhol was a believer not in credit or checks but in “cash”—to the degree that he made silkscreened paintings of dollar bills, a witty play on the old counterfeiter’s ruse of “printing money.” Money is a fitting Warhol subject because it is material as well as abstract, an arbitrary representation of exchange value. (In this sense, it has much in common with Warhol’s art, which comments on commodity culture even as it is itself commodified.) While Warhol kept stacks of money underneath his mattress—a testament to his continued investment in material value—the government dissolved even the alibi of a correspondence between dollars and real-world value when Nixon decisively lifted the dollar off of the gold standard in 1973. The media effect of this action was to render the gridded rows of gold bullion in Fort Knox even more of an obsolete symbol; no longer was there any pretense of exchanging dollars for their equivalent in gold. It is tempting to imagine the gridded boxes of the TCs as an imitation of the now obsolete gold reserves: a material collection backing the pop imagery Warhol was printing and circulating in the marketplace.

    Archive of Past, Present, and Future

    A factory produces commodities. An office, in developing less tangible forms of value, produces a paper trail of communications, correspondence, and contracts that need organization and storage—in short, a bureaucracy. The more important the office, the more essential and exhaustive the archive. Warhol began tape recording—perhaps his first important archival work—in 1964, and in this activity he was not alone. As the entire world would come to learn in 1974, President Richard Nixon was maintaining an extensive and incriminating archive of tape recordings during the same period. While Nixon was unlikely to have inspired Warhol’s magnetic tape archive, he was indirectly responsible for another of the artist’s archival projects. Warhol was convinced that his annual tax audits, beginning in 1972, were born from Nixon’s vengeance for a campaign poster Warhol created for his rival George McGovern (Bockris 358). One result of these IRS audits was that Warhol kept a more robust archive of his expenses, either calling his editorial assistant Pat Hackett to provide an oral account or creating tape recordings to be redacted by her with daily “expense reports” of his activities. After Warhol’s death, the “leftovers” of this archive were recycled into the gossip-filled Andy Warhol Diaries, one of several book projects that function as “waste books” of pensées, aphorisms, and anecdotes, including the Philosophy and POPism.

    In a perverse way, the use of Nixon’s archives to expose and impeach the president may have affected Warhol’s sense of the archive as a significant cultural form, and amplified the artist’s sense that important figures maintain archives, while hiding them for fear of what secrets and illicit activity they may reveal.22 A letter sent to Warhol before he inaugurated the TCs (which is now, aptly enough, contained within them) may also have contributed to his understanding that even everyday materials passing through his hands could accrue value. Howard B. Gotlieb, Chief of Special Collections at Boston University’s library, wrote to Warhol in 1970 asking him to store his archives at the university. (The letter was Gotlieb’s second request to Warhol; the first request apparently went unanswered.) Gotlieb writes, “We are most desirous of establishing the Andy Warhol Collection at this University in this city, and we seek the honor of associating you with Boston University in this manner… it is our feeling that future scholars will be studying your life and work. It is important that your manuscripts, papers, and correspondence be carefully preserved under optimum archival conditions” (TC 61). It takes no great stretch to imagine that this solicitation influenced the development of the TCs. Indeed, why would the secretive Warhol, who frequently fibbed to interviewers about his own birthplace, wish to see his papers and artifacts made accessible within the academy—especially when they could remain firmly within Warhol’s own control?23

    It isn’t secrecy per se that Warhol achieves with the TCs. As Derrida reminds us, the archive needs a putative public to be constituted as an archive (“no archive without outside,” he writes [11]). But restriction and obfuscation of the TCs’ interiors is inevitable, despite the best intentions of administrators to allow access. As erstwhile director of the Warhol Archives Study Center, John W. Smith writes, “The Warhol Museum is an institution committed to research and open access and has worked to make the contents of the inventoried Time Capsules available to all levels of researchers and scholars” (“Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules” 12). Although the TCs are nominally available for scholarly research, use of them is severely restricted. Only a few select researchers are granted any access at all, and only then for a maximum of one week a year. When I visited the Archives Study Center at the Warhol Museum in January 2014, former Chief Archivist Matt Wrbican allowed me three and a half days to consult the TCs’ contents (reduced from four days by a staff meeting). Most of this research was limited to files containing photocopies of the first ninety boxes opened. Only after much negotiation and cajoling was I allowed to view an actual TC—and only one. (Initially, I was encouraged to look at previously unopened boxes that were believed to contain similar contents but which were in the end judged by the Warhol Foundation not to qualify as TCs, for unknown reasons.) On my last day in the museum, I managed to view the interior of TC 106; however, only the assistant archivist, wearing gloves, could handle its contents. (By contrast, when I reviewed an early sketchbook of Warhol’s travels in Asia, housed within another department in the museum, I was allowed to manipulate the pages with my own hands, unmonitored.) While I was allowed to take pictures of the TC’s contents, when I photographed a card explaining that an item had been removed to another institutional location, I was asked to delete the photograph from my camera. Gaining a sense of the entire collection is no easier. The Archives Study Center sells to potential researchers a partial catalog of the first 90 TCs opened, in the form of a Microsoft Word document. Catalogs of the other 520 TCs exist only in an internal museum database, which external researchers are not allowed to access, even on the premises. The Archives Study Center hopes that a full digital scanning and indexing of the TCs will occur, dependent on external grant funding. Whether this database will be accessible to those outside the Archives Study Center is unknown.

    Initiatives to support the cataloguing and digitizing of the TCs return us again to their split function as art and archive. While grants to catalog the TCs presumably argue for the boxes’ potential usefulness to scholars, the logic of housing them intact, in a highly restricted environment at the Warhol Museum (rather than at a more accessible library devoted to such a purpose) rests on their putative art integrity. Digitizing the TCs may allow them to be accessed by more scholars. Another putative advantage is that this digitization may protect the TCs from further disturbance by researchers (a function the photocopies currently fulfill). However this priority—maintaining the physical integrity of the TCs in their original form—has been undone in some instances by the Archives Study Center itself. In my research at the Warhol Museum, I was able to see that in at least one case, the original pell-mell organization of a TC had been compromised by the introduction of standard acid-free archive file folders to organize its contents. Additionally, in examining both the photocopied files and the original TC 106, I saw evidence that some non-perishable materials had been removed from their original location in a TC to be archived elsewhere in the Archives Study Center. (To prevent infestation of the entire collection, some highly perishable materials have been removed entirely, including numerous boxes of cookies sent to Warhol by his Pittsburgh relatives.)

    In all these instances, a normative logic of the archive has been imposed on Warhol’s more contingent assembly of the TCs. Some items are judged to belong with others; some items are deemed more valuable; and some items are disposed of entirely, to prevent the degradation of the collection. (Absent Warhol’s word on the matter, who is to say that this degradation would not be a welcome part of the project’s design? Warhol loved accidents and unexpected outcomes.) As a result, Warhol’s original logic, or illogic, of assemblage is compromised, or at least treated inconsistently. While Warhol’s detritus is on the whole accorded a quasi-sacred value as relic, the reliquary itself is being slowly renovated.24 Rather in the manner of the half-completed Cathedral of St. John the Divine in New York City, original plans for constructing a catalog of the archives have been outstripped and thwarted by advances in technology. An ad hoc Microsoft Word document has been superseded by a digital database, which may in turn be superseded by some more thorough digital imaging of the entire TCs. Each digital advance produces confusion and abandonment of the previous form. It is also unclear how the digitization of the archive will alter the original experience of opening and reading a TC. The evolution of digital archiving media will make the TCs more available to scholarly examination, but in a form entirely different from the one Warhol imagined. The TCs will be rendered not as a single monumental accumulation, crushing in its disorder, but as a dispersion of atomized representations of individual items within various boxes. Here again, as in so much of Warhol’s work, a tension arises between the work’s material form and its dematerialization into different media. In this instance, however, the dissemination has not determined or even influenced by Warhol’s hand.

    I could end this essay by narrating my examination of TC 106 and describing its contents: piles of correspondence; photographs of Warhol at a book signing for the Philosophy; stacks of Interview magazines; and at the very bottom of the box, a hokey book of erotica unlikely to have aroused the artist. Yet this single shallow foray into the TCs cannot adequately describe the present of the archive in its totality, its massive volume secreted behind institutional restrictions. (Of the approximately 610 TCs supposedly extant, I saw the existence of only 97 or so boxes in the Archives Study Center; the rest were exiled to deep storage elsewhere in the museum.) I had selected TC 106 for review because it contained items related to the Philosophy, a book I knew well. However, very few items in the box were legible to me in a significant way. One item that was—a postcard announcement inviting Warhol to a show by Joe Brainard at the Fischbach Gallery—was meaningful only because of my familiarity with Brainard’s work, and because I had seen other versions of this postcard in the archives of the poets James Schuyler and John Ashbery. Innumerable other scraps of paper were for all purposes illegible and failed to register any meaning in the present whatsoever.

    The vast and sublime volume of the TCs is one aspect of the project’s unknowability. Yet there is added to this the obliterating advance of time itself, which renders the past mute and further unknowable. In his “Theses on the Philosophy of History,” Walter Benjamin famously describes an “Angel of History” overseeing a growing field of waste and ruin. The larger frustrations of the TCs—to Warhol and to us—mirror the frustrations we must confront when reading any history, which is legible only to the degree to which it resonates in the present. As Benjamin writes, “Every image of the past that is not recognized by the present as one of its own concerns threatens to disappear irretrievably” (255). It is possible to summon the past of the TCs using Warhol’s and his associates’ descriptions of the project. The future of the TCs will likely be digital: an archive for scholars and viewers to consult without disturbing the original boxes’ contents or disorder. But the present of the TCs is a mystery, with the boxes’ vast contents unavailable as research and indescribable as art. When will the present of the TCs arrive? Or will the queer meanings of Warhol’s materials become irretrievable before the administrators allow us access?

    Footnotes

    1. Wrbican puts the number at 610 (“Time Capsule 51”); John W. Smith, at 612 (“Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules,” 11).

    2. Later in the Diaries, Warhol returns to the notion of selling them, suggesting that he saw no incompatibility between the archival and market aspects of the project. In the entry for Tuesday, September 30, 1986, not long before Warhol’s death, he notes: “Took a few time capsule boxes to the office. They are fun—when you go through them there’s things you really don’t want to give up. Some day I’ll sell them for $4000 or $5000 a piece. I used to think $100, but now I think that’s my new price” (762). Note the tension here between retention (“things you really don’t want to give up”) and dispersal into the market.

    3. Only Paul Thek, in his 1965 Meat Piece with Brillo Box, took up the challenge to investigate their interiors. Thek set Warhol’s box on its side, opened its bottom, and inserted one of his own wax meat sculptures inside of it—a provocative transgression of Warholian vacuity. It should also be noted that the Brillo Soap Pad boxes exist alongside many less famous box series: Campbell’s Tomato Juice, Heinz Tomato Ketchup, Kellogg’s Cornflakes, Del Monte Peach Halves, Mott’s Apple Juice, Brillo Boxes (3¢ Off), and Campbell’s Soup Box. (Frei and Printz 53–101).

    4. The Brillo Box project prompted Arthur Danto to declare Warhol “the nearest thing to a philosophical genius the history of art has produced” (459).

    5. The time capsule depends on an interval of enclosure and later disclosure. However, the terms of this interval are open to debate: what is the proper interval for a time capsules to be closed? When is opening it too soon? And who is the right audience to open the time capsule?

    6. A little-known photograph by Walter Steding shows Georgia O’Keefe visiting Warhol’s Factory at 860 Broadway, sitting in a conference room with one of Arman’s assemblage sculptures looming behind her.

    7. Wrbican, Personal Interview.

    8. Benjamin Buchloh asked Warhol point blank whether he was aware of Arman’s work in the early 1960s, when he began using serial repetition similar to Arman’s readymade accumulations. Warhol mostly evaded the question: “No, well, I didn’t think that way. I didn’t. I wasn’t thinking of anything. I was looking for a thing” (“An Interview” 323).

    9. In a 1963 interview with Rugh Hirschman, Warhol said, “I would grant him [Cage], you know, a lot on purely experimental intellectual ‘freeing the other artists’ basis” (Hirschman 42).

    10. In this Wrbican follows Flatley’s argument in “Like: Liking and Collectivity,” a discussion that links Warhol’s collections and his queerness. Flatley suggests that Warhol’s play with “likeness”—assembling objects that are like one another, substituting one object or person for another like person—is a queer activity not because its attraction to like things mirrors same-sex object choice, but because it unites desire (liking) and identification (likeness), contra Freud’s claims that the two must claim opposite gender positions. Flatley writes, “Warhol’s practice has its own utopian impulse; it is an attempt to imagine new, queer forms of emotional attachment and affiliation, and to transform the world into a place where these forms could find a home” (72).

    11. Daniel Rosenfeld notes that “so much of [Warhol’s] work seems tied to the social fabric that he helped to define, and chronicled obsessively” (qtd. in Binstock 6). While Warhol’s portraits, films, books, and inter/view magazines are the most obviously public aspects of this chronicling, the TCs also continue it—to wit, in Warhol’s collecting every front page of the New York Post in TC 232 (Colacello 294).

    12. In his early years in New York City, Warhol attempted to exhibit a series of drawings of fey male nudes at the Tanager Gallery. Warhol’s erstwhile friend and former classmate, Philip Pearlstein recalls, “He submitted a group of boys kissing boys which the other members of the gallery hated and refused to show” (qtd. in Lobel 44). Even after Warhol began to enjoy enormous success and fame, he recalls resistance to his sexualized subject matter. In 1977, Warhol attempted to mount a show of male nudes in Venice. He recalls, “Doug’s assistant, Hilary, told me the workers were surprised when they saw that my paintings were closeups of naked bodies and I guess they didn’t think that was good art because they started to make jokes and compare the cocks to their own and they didn’t do much work.…If Italians laugh at you and lose respect, you can’t get any work out of them” (Diaries 68).

    13. Emilio de Antonio suggested that even later, Robert Rauschenberg and Jasper Johns, who were lovers, distanced themselves from Warhol because he was “too swish” (POPism 12–13).

    14. Naked Lunch was reputed to be one of Warhol’s favorite books; Warhol reportedly suckled at the novel, reading it “at least forty times” according to Bockris (244). The book was equally influential on Warhol’s writing and life practices: “I used to have the same lunch every day, for twenty years, I guess, the same thing over and over again.… I used to want to live at the Waldorf Towers and have soup and a sandwich, like that scene in the restaurant in Naked Lunch” (Swenson 18).

    15. See Powers of Horror.

    16. Herring compiles an archive of such pathologizations in his discussion of Warhol.

    17. In the passage in question, Warhol writes: “My mother would read to me in her thick Czechoslovakian accent as best she could and I would always say, ‘Thanks, Mom,’ after she finished with Dick Tracy, even if I hadn’t understood a word. She’d give me a Hershey Bar every time I finished a page in my coloring book” (Philosophy 22).

    18. For example, Ross shows how a camp movie like All About Eve emerged from concerns with the obsolescence of studio-era film production, represented in the film via a self-reflexive anxiety about female desirability and the eclipse of Broadway theater by film (a screen for the studio’s obsolescence in the face of television).

    19. In this book, Harvey also notes the relationship between the economic base and art production extends to the hyper-valuation of art itself: “Indeed it can be argued that the growth of the art market…and the strong commercialization of cultural production since around the 1970s have a lot to do with the search to find alternative means to store value under conditions where the usual money forms were deficient” (298).

    20. There has been interesting work that connects conceptual art to information and systems theory, by Eve Meltzer in particular. However, further discussion about the relationship between economic and artistic dematerialization ought to take place.

    21. While clearly material in the sense of being concrete, the TCs also have the potential to reveal, to the patient researcher, the network of contracts, commissions, and support that led to the creation of other artworks and commodities (e.g., I was able to peruse the planning and marketing correspondence for The Philosophy of Andy Warhol in the TCs).

    22. In Bourdon’s biography of Warhol, Jed Johnson recalls that the one collection Warhol did send to the trash was—ironically enough—the most obviously valuable and personal: the graphic illustrations that predated his emergence as a fine artist in the early ’60s. Johnson also notes that Warhol carefully instructed him to leave these discarded artworks in other person’s trash cans, so as to not to be subject to garbologists like Weberman (348). Additionally, Warhol’s audio recordings led to legal problems much as Nixon’s did. The Diaries produced from audio recordings resulted in a libel lawsuit from Bianca Jagger that has caused the Warhol Foundation to be highly restrictive in using the tapes for research (Sebag-Montefiore).

    23. Warhol’s disregard for the prestige of the University is evident in his decision, in the mid-1960s, to send actor Allen Midgette as a stand-in for himself on the college lecture circuit (POPism 247–48).

    24. Aptly enough, considering their reliquary aspects, each opening of the box is treated ceremonially. The process is tape recorded, and the names of the participants present are recorded in the catalog. (Wrbican, Personal Interview.)

    Works Cited

    • Aaronson, Deborah, ed. Andy Warhol 365 Takes. New York: Abrams, 2004. Print.
    • Alberro, Alexander and Blake Stimson, eds. Conceptual Art: A Critical Anthology. Cambridge: MIT P, 1999. Print.
    • “The Andy Warhol Museum Archives.” Archives of American Art Journal 33.4 (1993): 32. Print.
    • Angell, Callie. Andy Warhol Screen Tests: The Films of Andy Warhol Catalogue Raisonné, Vol. 1. New York: Abrams, 2006. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. “Theses on the Philosophy of History.” Illuminations. Ed. Hannah Arendt. Trans. Harry Zohn. New York: Schocken, 1968. 253–264. Print.
    • Berg, Gretchen. “Andy Warhol: My True Story.” Interview with Andy Warhol. Goldsmith. 85-96.
    • Binstock, Jonathan, ed. Andy Warhol: Social Observer. Philadelphia: Pennsylvania Academy of the Fine Arts, 2000. Print.
    • Bockris, Victor. Warhol: The Biography. New York: De Capo, 2003. Print.
    • Buchloh, Benjamin H.D. “An Interview with Andy Warhol.” Goldsmith. 321332.
    • —. “Plenty or Nothing: From Yves Klein’s Le Vide to Arman’s Le Plein.” Neo-Avant Garde and Culture Industry: Essays on European and American Art from 1955 to 1975. Cambridge: MIT P, 2000. 257–284. Print.
    • Cvetkovich, Ann. “The Queer Art of the Counterarchive.” Cruising the Archive: Queer Art and Culture in Los Angeles, 1945-1980. Eds. David Frantz and Mia Locks. Los Angeles: ONE National Lesbian and Gay Archives, 2011. 32–35. Print.
    • Danto, Arthur. “Andy Warhol.” The Nation. 3 Apr. 1989. 458–461. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. Archive Fever: A Freudian Impression. Trans. Eric Prenowitz. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1995. Print.
    • Flatley, Jonathan. “Like: Liking and Collectivity.” October 132 (2010). 71–98. Print.
    • Foster, Hal. “The Archival Impulse.” October 110 (2004): 3–22. Print.
    • Frei, Georg and Neil Printz, eds. Paintings and Sculptures 1964–1969: The Andy Warhol Catalogue Raisonné, vol. 02A. New York: Phaidon, 2004. Print.
    • Freud, Sigmund. “Character and Anal Erotism.” The Freud Reader. Ed. Peter Gay. Trans. James Strachey. New York: Norton, 1995. 293–297. Print.
    • Goldsmith, Kenneth, ed. I’ll Be Your Mirror: The Selected Andy Warhol Interviews: 1962–1987. New York: De Capo, 2009. Print.
    • Golec, Michael J. The Brillo Box Archive: Aesthetics, Design, and Art. Hanover: Dartmouth UP, 2008. Print.
    • Harvey, David. The Condition of Postmodernity. Malden: Blackwell, 1990. Print.
    • Herring, Scott. The Hoarders: Material Deviance in Modern American Culture. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2014. Print.
    • Hirschman, Ruth. “Pop Goes the Artist.” Interview with Andy Warhol. Goldsmith. 27-46.
    • Koestenbaum, Wayne. Andy Warhol. New York: Viking. 2001. Print.
    • Kramer, Mario. “The Last of the Wunderkammern.” Kramer and Smith. 14–21.
    • Kramer, Mario and John W. Smith, eds. Andy Warhol’s Time Capsule 21. Cologne: Dumont Literatur and Kunst Verlag, 2003. Print.
    • Kristeva, Julia. Powers of Horror: An Essay on Abjection. Trans. Leon S. Roudiez. New York: Columbia UP, 1982. Print.
    • Lippard, Lucy R. “Postface, in Six Years: The Dematerialization of the Art Object, 1966 to 1972.” Alberro and Stimson. 294-297.
    • Lippard, Lucy R. and John Chandler. “The Dematerialization of Art.” Conceptual Art: A Critical Anthology. Alberro and Stimson. 46–51. Print.
    • Lobel, Michael. “Warhol’s Closet.” Art Journal 55.4. (1996). 42–50. Print.
    • Marck, Jan van der. “Arman: An Anthology.” Arman: A Survey: 1954–2002. New York: Marlborough Gallery, 2002. Print.
    • Masotta, Oscar. “After Pop, We Dematerialize.” Listen Here Now! Argentine Art of the 1960s: Writings of the Avant-Garde. Ed. Inés Katzenstein. New York: The Museum of Modern Art, 2004. 208–216. Print.
    • Meltzer, Eve. Systems We Have Loved: Conceptual Art, Affect, and the Antihumanist Turn. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2013. Print.
    • Moon, Michael. A Small Boy and Others: Imitation and Initiation in American Culture from Henry James to Andy Warhol. Durham: Duke UP, 1998. Print.
    • Ross, Andrew. “Uses of Camp.” Camp: Queer Aesthetics and the Performing Subject: A Reader. Ed. Fabio Cleto. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 1999. 308–329. Print.
    • Schaffner, Ingrid, et. al., eds. Deep Storage: Collecting, Storing, and Archiving in Art. New York: Prestel, 1998. Print.
    • Schmidt, Christopher. “From A to B and Back Again: Warhol, Writing, Recycling.” Intervalles 3/4 (2008-2009): 794–809. Print.
    • Sebag-Montefiori, Simon. “Bianca’s Retribution.” The New Yorker. 16 Aug. 1993: 23–24. Print.
    • Simon, Joshua. Neomaterialism. Berlin: Sternberg Press, 2013. Print.
    • Smith, John W. “Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules.” Kramer and Smith. 11–13.
    • —. “Saving Time: Andy Warhol’s Time Capsules.” Art Documentation: Journal of the Art Libraries Society of North America 20.1 (2001): 8–10. Print.
    • Smith, John W. and Pamela Allara. Possession Obsession: Andy Warhol and Collecting. Pittsburgh: Andy Warhol Museum, 2002. Print.
    • Spieker, Sven. The Big Archive: Art from Bureaucracy. Cambridge: MIT P, 2008. Print.
    • Swenson, G.R. “What is Pop Art? Answers from 8 Painters, Part I.” Goldsmith. 15-20.
    • Warhol, Andy. The Philosophy of Andy Warhol. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1975. Print.
    • —. The Andy Warhol Diaries. Ed. Pat Hackett. New York: Warner Books, 1989. Print.
    • —. Time Capsule 106. 1975. Mixed Media. Archives Study Center. Andy Warhol Museum, Pittsburgh.
    • —. Time Capsules. 1974-1987. Photocopied File Folders. Andy Warhol Museum, Pittsburgh.
    • Warhol, Andy and Pat Hackett. POPism: The Warhol Sixties. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1980. Print.
    • Wolf, Reva. Andy Warhol, Poetry, and Gossip in the 1960s. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1997. Print.
    • Wrbican, Matt. Personal Interview. 14 Jan. 2014.
    • —. “Warhol’s Time Capsule 51.” Criticism 56.3 (2014): 687–699. Print.
    • Vergano, Dan. “The Apollo 12 Art Caper.” USA Today. 7 Jun. 2010: 05d. EBSCOhost. Web. 15 Aug. 2015.
  • How “Natives” Drink. Bravo Shots, For Example: Mourning and Nuclear Kitsch

    David W. Kupferman (bio)
    University of Hawai’i – West O’ahu

    Abstract

    Between 1946 and 1958, the United States tested sixty-seven nuclear weapons in the Marshall Islands, the largest of which was the “Bravo Shot” at Bikini Atoll on March 1, 1954. In the intervening years, the historical memory of that legacy has largely been reduced to a case of perpetrator and victim. Yet there is also an undercurrent of lowbrow discourse and nuclear kitsch, as well as questionable stewardship of the nuclear question, in and around contemporary Marshallese society, notably effected by prominent members of the American expatriate community. The “Bravo Shot,” to take but one example, is now available as an alcoholic drink at the airport bar in the nation’s capital. This paper considers the ways in which kitsch interferes with the work of mourning, and calls into question the ethical responsibility of a popular social imaginary that either rationalizes or willfully ignores problematic political decisions, such as ordering Bravo Shots at the bar, and thereby perpetrates violence against those whose very memory is at stake.

    “The life of the dead is placed in the memory of the living.”’ —Cicero

    The next time you are in the airport in Majuro, the capital atoll of the Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI), stop in at the Hangar Bar and get yourself a Bravo Shot. For $4.50, you get a shot made of one-third Cointreau, one-third Kahlua, and one-third Baileys. The layered drink, which has been around since the opening of the bar in 2006, should be familiar to mixologists and drinkers more commonly as a B-52, providing a fitting pedigree for the Bravo Shot since the actual B-52 Stratofortress was designed specifically to carry an atomic payload. It was a B-52 that dropped a bomb on Bikini Atoll during Operation Cherokee in 1956, two years after the Bravo detonation. Alternatively, if you find yourself with some time to kill in Majuro around March 1, during the national holiday commemorating the Bravo test of March 1, 1954, in which the US dropped its first thermonuclear hydrogen bomb with a yield equivalent to fifteen megatons of TNT (Lindqvist 136), you can also head over to the Flame Tree, a local bar and restaurant that features Friday Shots as part of their “Nuclear Survivors’ Special” (see Fig. 1). Who wouldn’t need a drink after surviving a nuclear explosion?1

    If drinking isn’t your thing, you can always read the local paper, the Marshall Islands Journal, which reported on student activities during the 2012 March 1 holiday with the title “Students Have Explosive Day.” And then there’s the crossword, “The RMI Riddle,” which occasionally recycles clues like 3-Down from puzzle number 376 on December 12, 2011: “Yippee for bomb!” (Hint: it’s five letters.) Those familiar with the history of nuclear testing by the United States in the Marshall Islands will be reminded by 3-Down of the title of Holly Barker’s book, Bravo for the Marshallese, in which she explains that she chose the title

    for two reasons. First, I want to document how the Bravo test … and the U.S. nuclear weapons testing program fundamentally altered the health, environment, language, economy, politics, and social organization of the Marshall Islands. Second, I want readers to know the Marshallese not as helpless victims rendered powerless by the events that took place in their land, but as the fighters and advocates for their communities they are. (xiii)

    She goes on to explain, somewhat condescendingly, that “The Marshallese people deserve praise (bravo!) for the ways they resist” the U.S. government today. But who is conferring this praise and how does the polysemous character of the word “bravo” act in this context? Does appropriating the name of the most devastating test in this way diminish the terror and violence of colonization and nuclear weapons that are also conjured up by this name? There seems to be a third interpretation of the book’s title, which is that the Bravo bomb was, deterministically, for the Marshallese, as if they somehow deserved or earned it. A much more effective reappropriation of the word, ironically enough, can be found on the cover of the second edition of Barker’s book from 2012, in which a Marshallese woman is holding a sign that reads “Bravo to U.S./Contamination to Ailuk,” suggesting both that the US should sarcastically be applauded for its nuclear weapons program, and that the Bravo test should have taken place in (or at least been sent to) the United States. Indeed, while it may seem a small point, the reference to the Bravo Shot changes shape, meaning, and effect depending upon whether one uses the preposition for or to, and which entity (the US or the Marshall Islands) it is directed at; what is becoming apparent is that Bravo/bravo is a term that should not be treated lightly.

    Still, the evocation of the Bravo detonation and its use for cheerleading can also be found in the second edition of Jack Niedenthal’s For the Good of Mankind, which is published by Bravo Publishers. Indeed, Bravo Publishers employs a curious use of the Greek β rather than the Latin B to symbolize Bravo (Publishers), suggesting a connection with the sign’s use in physics to denote beta radiation and nuclear decay. It is not clear whether the use of β is intended to be clever or ironic, or perhaps both, but it is nonetheless problematic in the way that it winks to the knowing reader, sitting as it does on the publication page of the book atop the word “Bravo!” thereby poking fun at, and so potentially diminishing, the horror of the actual Bravo detonation. (It should be noted that a different edition of the book, published by Micronitor Publishing – the parent company of both the Marshall Islands Journal and the Flame Tree – does not include either the β or the word Bravo anywhere on the publication page.)

    And speaking of the Micronitor, we can also find a rather troubling nod, in the vein of Dr. Strangelove, to the comedy that is nuclear annihilation in Joe Murphy’s novella The Socialist Republic of the Marshall Islands, which chronicles the takeover of the Republic of the Marshall Islands by a Soviet commander named Ivan “La Midi” von Kotzebue. To be sure, this book is a joke, as it is dedicated to “President Saddam Hussein: ‘Perhaps one of the most misunderstood and under-appreciated leaders of the 20th Century.’” As appalling as this sentiment is, it pales in comparison with the ending of the book, when La Midi meets with the RMI President and various cabinet ministers at a restaurant in Majuro to discuss the terms of his socialist takeover of the islands. The story takes place just as the Compact of Free Association with the US is going into effect in 1986, also the height of the Cold War under the Reagan administration, and on the last page the United States’ response to the Soviet takeover is to nuke Majuro:

    A firm smile worked its way through the Soviet’s lips. “Passage of the compact is of no consequence. The Americans acted too late. Besides, the matter now goes to the United Nations Security Council and we have a veto. Regardless of American political objectives we are now a socialist republic of the Pacific.” “Not with our agreement,” repeated President Chutaro. “Oh, yes, with or without your agreement. The Americans have no choice. To interfere or block our move would mean war. We are here permanently. We remove you, all of you, and replace you with more cooperative elements. It’s that simple.”… “And the Americans can do nothing about it?” repeated Minister LiTokwa [sic] Tomeing. “Nothing,” agreed La Midi. Again silence, filled with the dribble of the phallic [fountain]. Then, suddenly, a flash brightens the morning sun-filled sky. No one moves, not even to blink. It was Justice Minister John Heine who realized first, and even though he was certain, he couldn’t resist having the absolute last word: “Nothing?” (77)

    Thus, between the “flash” in the morning sky and the “absolute last word,” in this telling the government of the Marshall Islands finds it preferable for the United States to use nuclear weapons to eliminate the Soviet threat in Majuro than to abide a socialist takeover of the islands. What is so troubling about this, and our examples above, is that I should not have to point out how troubling they all are, from a standpoint of memory, mourning, ethics, and good taste. Granted, the drink specials at the Flame Tree, the Marshall Islands Journal, and The Socialist Republic of the Marshall Islands are the work of one individual (or those who work for that individual), a long-term American expatriate resident of the RMI. Yet this form of memory, or rather of kitsch as memory, interferes with the work of mourning, and provides the slippage necessary to produce the Bravo Shot at the Hangar Bar (which, incidentally, is also owned by a non-Marshallese), among other elements of such “memory,” as legitimate, if not necessarily with serious intentions.

    So what are we to make of the Bravo Shot, and what role do Islanders and non-Islanders (and specifically Americans) play in how the Marshall Islands’ nuclear imaginary is produced and structured? What is appropriate, and what can be appropriated? What are the limits of – impossibly – good taste? In order to focus on these issues more immediately, I should briefly mention what this work does not do. I do not offer a history of nuclear testing in the Pacific, or specifically in the Marshall Islands, as that subject can be found elsewhere (see, for example, Firth; Weisgall; and Johnston and Barker). Nor do I concentrate on the impacts and aftermath of the testing in an anthropological sense; those interested in the history and legacy of the removal of Islanders should see Kiste’s 1974 study of the Bikinians, Carucci’s 1997 work on Islanders of Āne-wetak (Enewetak), and Barker and Barker and Johnston for analyses of Rongelap Islander experiences. And despite the title of this piece, I do not actually address alcohol in the islands, although there certainly is a need for an examination of the link between the terror and violence of nuclear testing and that of alcoholism and its corollary effects of domestic violence and social disintegration.

    Rather, what I am concerned with here are the ways in which the Bravo Shot at the Hangar Bar, and fetishistic kitsch of this kind, provides us with an opening for a dialogue about death. For death hovers above this entire discussion—specifically, the deaths of those Marshallese who have crossed an atomic border, an “atomic situation” that, Michel Foucault argues, is predicated on the concept that “the power to expose a whole population to death is the underside of the power to guarantee an individual’s continued existence” (137). And what of the power to remember that whole population?

    Perhaps, then, we should start from a point of mourning, for that is how we, the living, trace the border of death through memory. But what form does, or should, mourning take? Derrida, in his essay eulogizing Emmanuel Levinas, suggests that the work of mourning operates in that space where we must speak of the dead, and yet “at that very point where words fail us, since all language that would return to the self, to us, would seem indecent, a reflexive discourse that would end up coming back to the stricken community, to its consolation or its mourning” (Mourning 200). Our work in this instance requires us to interiorize or remember the person/s whom we are mourning, and to allow the departed to speak for themselves. Here we find the aporia of death and the work of mourning, in that we are speaking of and to those who cannot respond to us. We are engaged in an impossible response, and as such we must take care to interiorize without internalizing, to have the dead speak “in us” rather than “through us” or mediated by us, lest we do violence to them. Derrida engages in the tricky act of distinguishing interiorizing from totalizing by appealing to Levinas’s notion of the infinity of the other. For Levinas, “The epiphany of the face is ethical” (199) in that it signifies a Being for whom we are responsible and whom therefore we cannot totalize. Likewise, Derrida acknowledges that the aporia of death and mourning requires one to interiorize but without totalizing. In other words, interiorization for Derrida is a matter of approaching rather than appropriating the other, of keeping the interiorized other at arms’ length; and this trick is then aided by the second part of his formulation of mourning, that of allowing the dead to speak in their own words, what Brault and Naas refer to as the “impossible performative” of interiorization.

    Michael Shapiro cautions us that violence in this sense “refers primarily to the violence of representation, the domination of narratives of space and identity” (59); and as all we have are representations of the dead, it is incumbent upon us to delineate the aporetic boundaries which we must limn but can never cross so as to avoid perpetuating the very violence to which misappropriations of memory and mourning – in other words, totalizing – can so easily lead. In the case of the Bravo Shot, and our other examples above, we find a fetishistic form of mourning, one that concerns itself less with ethics and responsibility towards the other and instead primarily through a mourning for ourselves, thereby creating the conditions of sentimentality that produce its most problematic and violent form: kitsch. For while the aporia of mourning is “an impossibility, nevertheless, that constitutes an infinite demand” (Zembylas 92), kitsch is both constructed by and reflective of mourning defined by resolution, finality, and closure, effectively by erasing the other and claiming to cross the border. While it is not my intention to provide an analysis of kitsch, per se, I must acknowledge the ways in which it has metamorphosed from the time that Clement Greenberg traced its origins to the rise of the industrial revolution and its mechanistic assemblage of “low” culture, to its service as a “rear-garde” (in contrast to avant-garde) form of totalitarianism, to Judith (now Jack) Halberstam’s creative use of kitsch and kitsch/iness as “low theory.” Throughout, as Friedlander explains, “kitsch is the complete subordination of the means of a medium to the communication of subject matter or to the creation of effect” (378); that is, it merely apes effects, it cannot produce them. We would do well, then, to turn our attention to nuclear kitsch and its troublesome effects on mourning.

    In 1946, Superman flew to the Pacific during the atomic tests at Bikini Atoll (see Fig. 2). In Action Comics #101, a gang led by Specs Dour kidnaps Lois Lane in Metropolis, and Dour forces her to drink a formula that makes her go insane. When Superman arrives to try to rescue her, Dour forces Superman to drink the formula as well, and the Man of Steel proceeds to wreak havoc on the city, before floating away unconscious. Eventually he winds up in the middle of the Pacific just as the US is about to test a nuclear weapon over Bikini, and the explosion in fact cures Superman, implying perhaps that there is something beneficial to nuclear fallout (at least for those born on Krypton). The story was timely, arriving on newsstands as it did in October, just a few months after the testing took place. If we skip ahead four decades, however, we see Superman responding to nuclear weapons much differently during the late 1980s, at a time in the Cold War when nuclear annihilation seemed possible, if not likely, under the Reagan administration. In contrast to his first encounter with nuclear destruction, which restored him to his old self, in the film Superman IV: The Quest for Peace, Superman literally rids the world of nuclear weapons, detonating them out in space. And when he confronts Nuclear Man, Lex Luthor’s version of Frankenstein’s monster, Superman is harmed by the radiation to which he is exposed when Nuclear Man scratches him with his claws.

    Not to be outdone, in Marvel Universe’s early 2000s The Ultimates, by Mark Millar (the blueprint for the cinematic Avengers series and its constituent spin-offs), Captain America, Iron Man, and Thor lead a team of operatives to an unnamed island in Micronesia to battle an invading alien force. The confrontation is a trap, however, as the alien base on the island is deserted, as is the island itself emptied of any actual Islanders, and instead a booby-trapped nuclear detonation eradicates the superheroes’ team (although the principal characters, we find out later, are unharmed). Of note for our purposes is that the conditions produced by nuclear kitsch make it possible for the comic book to incinerate almost nonchalantly yet another anonymous Micronesian island (though to the trained eye the visual depiction of the island is based on aerial views of Yap in the Federated States of Micronesia), complete with one frame of a palm tree foregrounding the imminent mushroom cloud. The complete lack of native inhabitants is never explained, and we are therefore left with yet another thermonuclear Bravo-type shot that, in the popular imaginary, harms no one, and thus produces no one to mourn.

    Surprisingly, neither of these pop-culture entries is included on the Bikini Atoll website list of Bikini- and nuclear-related kitsch, although the list does include Salvador Dalí’s 1947 painting Three Sphinxes of Bikini, an inventory of seventy-eight movies with the word “Bikini” in the title, and a reference to the SpongeBob SquarePants episode “Dying for Pie,” which features footage of the Baker Shot detonation, presumably blowing up Bikini Bottom (Niedenthal, “Bikini Atoll”). The website also features the webmaster, Jack Niedenthal, an American former Peace Corps volunteer who serves as the liaison for the Bikini Atoll local government, is married to a Bikinian, and refers to himself as a Bikinian. He is also a self-proclaimed filmmaker–in a nod to kitsch, Niedenthal’s film company is called Microwave Films. To date he has produced five feature-length movies on various aspects of Marshallese culture and “legends”; all five were written, directed, and produced by Niedenthal, including his effort from 2012, The Sound of Crickets at Night, a take on the nuclear legacy of the islands starring Jack Niedenthal. The name of his company denotes the island-ness of the films and their producer, with “Micro” referring to Micronesia and “wave” evoking the importance of water to the region and to the Marshall Islands in particular; however, the name cleverly alludes to nuclear testing and its aftermath, as in “microwave radiation.” It should also come as no surprise that Niedenthal’s email handle on the Bikini Atoll website is “bikinijack,” employing kitsch to identify Niedenthal with both the suffering, and the cooptation of sentimental righteousness, of Bikini.

    My concern with kitsch then is threefold: first, that kitsch leads one to sentimentality; second, that the deployment of kitsch erases difference, and is therefore an act of violence; and third, that kitsch masquerades as Derrida’s interiorization as part of the process of mourning but in fact corrupts the work of mourning by totalizing the other. In Groundwork for the Metaphysics of Morals, Immanuel Kant warns against accepting sentimentality as necessary for moral duty and ethical obligation; rather, it is only out of a sense of duty that one can truly, ethically love and act. Thus, “beneficence solely from duty … is practical and not pathological love, which lies in the will and not in the propensity of feeling, in the principles of action and not in melting sympathy” (15, original emphases). The danger posed by this adherence to “melting sympathy” is that it counterfeits the actual and results in “a false sense of empowerment by the experience” (Friedlander 383); in other words, one evades ethical duty by actively embracing the sentimental, by engaging with the emotional (grounded in sympathy) rather than with responsibility (produced by the will).

    The problem with kitsch is that it leads to Kant’s “pathological love,” and so we drink our Bravo Shots and read through the list of beach movies on the Bikini Atoll website without any sense of moral obligation to those whose lives were affected, and often destroyed, by the reality of the experience and the horror of the event. As Robert Solomon warns us, “The objection to sentimentality in both art and ethics, in other words, is not just its lack of sophistication and bad taste. Kitsch is dangerous…. Kitsch and sentimentality lead to brutality” (3, original emphasis). We can therefore dismiss the experiences of those Bikinians removed from their homes in 1946 and concentrate instead on the effects of nuclear testing on Superman or the Avengers and marvel at the worth of a comic book or comic-book movie franchise (rather than the worth of those Islanders’ lives).

    The second effect of kitsch is to highlight the privileging of narcissism through the erasure of the other. As Karen Engle suggests, “Kitsch reflects a profound narcissism – a desire to insert oneself into a historical or otherwise significant moment” (72). And so we turn again to Niedenthal, who inserts himself into the narrative of Bikini Atoll on the dedication page of his book For the Good of Mankind, when he writes that the book is “For our elders, alive and dead, who have struggled to keep our community together over the years, reminding us of who we are and where we came from—and of what we still have to accomplish for our people” (emphases added). The use of the first person plural allows Niedenthal to claim the mantle of Bikinian righteousness, despite his coming from Pennsylvania, not Bikini, and although it stands in contrast with the subtitle of his book: “A History of the People of Bikini and Their Islands” (emphasis added). Why not “A History of the People of Bikini and Our Islands,” or is that too far a bridge to cross right on the cover?

    In a cover story from The New York Times Magazine in 1994, Jeffrey Davis writes of the Bikinian community members’ struggle to balance their newfound wealth, island heritage, and the precarious environmental future of their atoll. But the article really revolves around the tensions between Bikini’s two American representatives: Jonathan Weisgall, their lawyer, and Niedenthal. Here we see numerous instances of Niedenthal’s insertion of himself into the story of Bikini: “‘When the Bikinians have to deal with the outside world … you need someone to deal with powerful personalities,’ Niedenthal says. ‘I’m their link to the outside” (Davis 47); or again, “‘I am a member of this community, and I have certain rights,’ Niedenthal argues” (Davis 72); and, as Davis describes him: “Niedenthal, ever quick to speak for the Bikinians” (Davis 48). And yet, as Engle warns us, “Kitsch enables the statement of universal community and belonging. This is the danger: the erasure of difference, the reduction of distance and the non-recognition of the Other all have as their unspoken desire the dream of homogeneity and absolute power” (78). Thus, we have no need of actual Bikinians; we have Niedenthal to “speak for” them, much as Dr. Seuss’s Lorax speaks for the trees. In this way, Bikinians are erased, and replaced with the narcissism of privilege, a privilege that reeks of the similar effects of colonization’s erasure of the ways of being, humanity, and lives of indigenous peoples. The only true Bikinian is now not even a Bikinian at all, but rather an ersatz Bikinian, one whose motivations, dripping as they are with Kant’s melting sympathy (as Davis puts it, “Much as it may distress Niedenthal the Bikinians are no longer the innocents they were in 1946” [73]), do not, in fact, even allow for Bikinian voices to speak for themselves. And so, in a letter to the editor following the publication of The New York Times Magazine article, Niedenthal’s sister writes that she “is grateful that he [Niedenthal] is there to protect what remains of their [the Bikinians’] heritage, while safeguarding their possibility of a future” (Niedenthal Axberg 8), since apparently the Bikinians are incapable of doing so for themselves. More recently, Niedenthal spoke before a group of yachties on Majuro, where he “told the story [of nuclear history] from the Bikinian viewpoint” (“Cruisers Spellbound” 18); tellingly, no Bikinians attended the gathering, nor did they need to, as Niedenthal has deftly coopted their story and, through the colonial gaze, mediates and controls it.

    So what about the tourist patrons of the Hangar Bar and collectors of nuclear kitsch, and by extension of nuclear sentimentality? They, too, are implicated in this pathological drive towards “melting sympathy” and the erasure of the Bikinians, since they can also experience nuclear tourism through trinkets and souvenirs. Specifically, on sale in Majuro for $7.50 is a Bravo Shot shot glass that one can bring home and presumably use to enjoy a homemade Bravo Shot (see Fig. 3). In the words of Engle, “Through possession of my souvenir, I forge a connection to the tragedy. Now, I have a story to tell. I was there become words belonging to both survivor and tourist” (75, original emphasis). This sentimental tourist experience is certainly not limited to the Marshall Islands, however: as the entrepreneurial spirit of New Yorkers demonstrated after the attacks of September 11, 2001, the image of the World Trade Center as memorial adorned any number of items, including key chains and refrigerator magnets; and there is even a gift shop at Auschwitz, where I once saw a rack of postcards for sale. (To whom exactly do you send a postcard of Auschwitz, and what are you supposed to write on it? “Wish you were here”?) While Proust speaks of a “posthumous infidelity” (309), kitsch, I argue, engages in a form of posthumous promiscuity by demanding that the interloper, the observer, the faux participant insert her/himself into the narrative. This in turn totalizes and absorbs the other, which, according to Levinas, the self cannot do. Kitsch disavows this separation, and incites violence against the other, the violence of totalizing. As Derrida reminds us, “every reduction of the other to a real moment of my life, its reduction to the state of empirical alter-ego, is an empirical possibility, or rather eventuality, which is called violence” (Writing and Difference 128, original emphases).

    And therein lies the ethical danger of the Bravo Shot and its companion shot glass: “This is the realm of kitsch. Kitsch says: we can all be One, and be united in our common purpose. But this One is totalitarian, and it desires no less than the extermination of its foes” (Engle 77). It is this extermination of foes, of difference and the other, of the reality of experience, that is at stake; indeed, there is nothing less at risk than legitimizing sentimentality as somehow ethical, authentic, and pure, and thereby threatening the memory of those connected to the event and displacing our responsibility to them. The duty, as Kant would command, is not to mistake the emotional for the actual, and thereby displace it; rather, it is to demonstrate fidelity to one’s duty to the other, by creating conditions that legitimize the very differences that separate the survivor from the tourist. The question becomes not “How do I insert myself into this story?” but rather “What is my responsibility to the memory of the other?” We must interiorize and allow Bikinians to speak, rather than speak for them and in so doing totalize them. Niedenthal does not allow the Bikinian people to speak “in us” – he does not give their voices a chance to have the last word. As Brault and Naas explain of Derrida’s impossible performative, “interiorization cannot—must not—be denied; the other is indeed reduced to images ‘in us.’ And yet the very notion of interiorization is limited in its assumption of a topology with limits between inside and out, what is ours and what is the other” (11). Kitsch is dangerous precisely because it delineates this topology while simultaneously erasing it. Kitsch bears witness not to the dead but to the living, to the appropriator, to us as we order our Bravo Shot.

    At this point we can consider the effects of kitsch, and the ways in which the conditions of possibility delineated by kitsch corrupt the work of mourning. For if kitsch totalizes the other and violates the requirement that we interiorize the dead while allowing them to speak, it also denies the face of the other, and the ethical epiphany of that face. It is our ethical responsibility, as Levinas instructs, to resist this denial, and to embrace the infinity of the other: “The face opens the primordial discourse whose first word is obligation, which no ‘interiority’ permits avoiding” (201). The epiphany of the face brings us squarely in confrontation with the ethical impossibility of totalization, of, in effect, killing the other. We can contrast this with the ways in which totalizing subjectivities of “victimhood,” especially those in popular historical imaginaries, continue to reinforce not just the moment of the Bravo Shot but also its eternal drumbeat of violence against the very people that, say, a national holiday is intended to commemorate and mourn. The work of mourning is to operate as an antidote – a definitive antithesis – to the work of kitsch; yet kitsch does not abide what Shapiro describes as “the ethical sensibility,” which permits “various forms of alterity with contending modes of denotation and meaning to enter into the negotiation of space and identity” (80). There is no negotiation with kitsch; its effects are totalizing, as it denies what Shapiro names the ontology of encounter.

    And what of that holiday, which is an officially sanctioned day for engaging in the work of mourning through the social imaginary? Since 1988, March 1, the anniversary of the Bravo Shot, has been designated as a Marshall Islands national holiday, originally called “Nuclear Victims Remembrance Day” (Marshall Islands, PL 1988-16 33). At stake in the naming of such a holiday is the advent of foundation, with this act of naming calling the memory of the Bravo Shot into existence; at the same time, the subjectivity of those whose deaths (and importantly not their lives) are to be commemorated and remembered is secured in a state of victimhood. In the first instance, national memory is deployed in the service of fixed meanings, while the phenomenon of foundation ensures that something that is assumed to exist (the Bravo Shot) must first call itself into being (through the holiday). Horwitz offers that “The irreducible nonclosure of context that can be found in the event of foundation due to its paradoxical structure always allows for an opening onto the politics of fixing contexts and deciding upon and stabilizing meanings” (163–164), suggesting that the Bravo Shot, since the founding of the holiday, possesses some essential and determinate meaning: namely, that it is a day for mourning (rather than celebration or even productive reflection), and that there is a narrowly proscriptive “right” way to mourn (for victims).

    Yet it is with the second instance, that of subjectivity, that we begin to run into trouble. The foundation of the event may consistently be March 1 (since at least 1988), but the subjects worthy of commemoration and mourning have not always been so clear. In 2003, the government changed the name of the holiday to “Memorial Day and Nuclear Survivors Remembrance Day,” giving as its rationale

    that the effected [sic] peoples wish to be remembered as survivors rather [than] victims [sic]. The holiday therefore should be a remembrance of their drive and to signify their struggle not to be defeated by their conditions but to continue to live their lives despite the physical, emotional and mental ravages of the nuclear testing program. (Marshall Islands, PL 2003-99 4)

    Here there is a clear demarcation between subjectivities, between victims and survivors, and a break between remembrance and mourning. Indeed, one does not typically mourn survival. Importantly, this different holiday cites an ongoing struggle by the survivors, which has the effect of collapsing the notion of the linearity of time and history: the survivors are still alive (and therefore are not in need of mourning), the foundation of the event of the Bravo Shot is therefore renewed in the present, and “such symbolic synchrony of ‘now’ and ‘then’ reflects our conservative urge to do away with the very distinction between them” (Zerubavel 47, original emphasis). In short, we are commemorating here not death but life, in fact our own lives in the present moment, through the continuing ordeal of “survival.”

    This recognition of the living did not last long, as the name of the holiday reverted to its original iteration, “Nuclear Victims Remembrance Day,” in 2005, without explanation (Marshall Islands, PL 2005-35 1). What then of the survivors from the two years previous? What becomes of their subjectivity (to say nothing of their lives), and what effect does the restoration of victimhood have on both the event and the revitalized memorialization of the dead? It seems that we have returned on March 1 to a set of fixed meanings and universal rules, and to a totalizing of the other, of the Islanders directly and indirectly affected by the US nuclear testing program writ large. Derrida explains the ethical formulation of Being in Levinas’s terms: “alone permitting to let be others in their truth, freeing dialogue and the face to face, the thought of Being is thus as close as possible to nonviolence” (Writing and Difference 146, original emphasis). The erasure of survivance and prolepsis of victimhood enshrined in the holiday in its current form therefore totalizes the experience of the nuclear-affected other, not the least result of which is the denial of the face (and face to face) of survival in its binary dance with that of victimization, as per the discourse operating within the naming of the holiday. We are commanded here to violence by denying this Being of the other, by denying the other to speak in their own words. As Derrida reminds us, “The experience of the other (of the infinite) is irreducible” (Writing and Difference 152); yet that experience here is reduced to a problematic subjectivity on an annual basis.

    The March 1 holiday is in a way, then, a new form of state-sanctioned violence against those who are least able to speak, as we do not allow them to speak “in us.” Perhaps the greatest trouble with the naming of the holiday, according to Shapiro, is that “the ethical is the enactment of a response to the summons of alterity beyond or prior to any institutionalized normativity and foundational conceptuality. Among what is required to heed this summons of the Other is a distancing from the prolepses through which others are already inscribed” (77). The holiday thus refuses us the possibility of approaching those who are supposed to be mourned, and instead instructs us to appropriate the dead for our own totalizing ends.

    Still, that cannot be the end of our responsibility to those whose lives were affected, and in many cases ended, by the legacy of US nuclear testing. Rather, we should recognize the work of mourning and its productive qualities, should we choose to engage them. The naming and renaming of the holiday demarcate the universality of victimization and the horrors of colonization, suggesting that there is an essential and totalizable subjectivity that is eligible for national and global commemoration (and that no longer includes survivors); in this way, there is a narrow, proscriptive, and “correct” mode through which to remember the Bravo Shot, and any deviations from that normalized and non-contingent subject – the victim – are suspect. The Bravo Shot drink, however, erases this other by thumbing its nose at the very real violence of nuclear annihilation, alcoholism, colonization, and the effects of totalizing, of integrating the other within ourselves: “Ontologies of integration are egoistically aimed at domesticating alterity to a frame of understanding that allows for the violent appropriation of the space of the other” (Shapiro 64). The holiday, in turn, erases the conditions of possibility for alternative subjectivities by legislating national victimization, and thereby establishes the official narrative of victimhood as history.

    And so what is the holiday for? Is it to open that space for impossible mourning, in which we restore the subjectivity of the other (and thereby our own as well), or is it simply a day to head to the nearest bar to take advantage of the nuclear survivors’ special? It is easy simply to be outraged at the barbarous acts perpetrated by the US on the people of the Marshall Islands. It is far more difficult, and therefore necessary, to move beyond the subjectivization of the other as “victim” and instead consider the possibility of the impossible, of the impossible “I” of the other, that which Oliver terms the “sovereignty effect” (192). To presume a posture only of the former is not only dangerous (not the least because it is the most “universal” response available to us), but it is negative as well, as it results in the erasure not only of the other (here the Bikinian, the Enewetakese, the Rongelapese, the Utrikan) but also of history and memory. By adhering to universal rules of mourning and recognizing only “victims,” we abdicate our responsibility to the other and can thereby avoid having to make any kind of decision. If we have no responsibility to others, then it is of no consequence if we relegate human suffering to a joke at a bar or to a kitschy shot glass.

    So how do we turn, or rather return, to the work of mourning, to the imperative of interiorization while carefully avoiding the totalization of the other, and thereby commemorate not ourselves but the dead? How do we allow the dead to respond “in us” rather than speaking for them? As a useful counterexample to the Bravo Shot drink, to Niedenthal, and to nuclear kitsch generally, let us consider one more example of representation of the Bravo test, namely the flag of the Bikini Atoll local government (see Fig. 4). Assembled to look like the US flag, it showcases a field of twenty-three stars in a sea of blue, each of which stands for an island in the atoll. The two stars to the bottom right of the flag represent Kili and Ejit, the two main contemporary population centers of the diasporic Bikinian community; the three stars in the upper right corner represent the three islands in the lagoon that were destroyed by the Bravo blast. This imagining of the Bravo shot as integral to the history of Bikini also suggests a number of other factors at work in the local nuclear imaginary, specifically the convergence of history, memory, colonization, dislocation, and modern conceptions of statehood (and its signs, such as the flag). The very name of the electoral district of Kili/Bikini/Ejit (KBE) is a reminder of the ways in which this community has been constructed as an effect of nuclear testing, western notions of national security and scientific progress, development, and displacement. A group of Islanders from Enewetak (which was the site of the majority of the sixty-seven nuclear weapons tested by the US between 1946 and 1958), Rongelap and Utrik (whose communities were devastated by the fallout from the Bravo test), and Bikini have periodically held demonstrations in Majuro, calling themselves ERUB after the four affected atolls, a word that can be glossed in English as Marshallese for “broken.” As a self-chosen designation, erub denotes a complex paleonomy, or weight that words carry. It also enables the survivors of the Bravo test to allow the dead to speak “in us,” to interiorize without erasing.

    A painting hanging in the halls of Bikini Atoll Town Hall in Majuro shows a mushroom cloud flanked on either side by two upright nuclear bombs, one labeled Able and the other Baker, both with the year 1946 underneath their names. Running along the top of the painting is the wording from the Bikini flag, in English and then Marshallese: “Everything is in God’s hands… Men otemjej rej ilo pein anij.” Beneath the image of the bombs and mushroom cloud appears the phrase: “One nuclear bomb can ruin your whole day.” One Bravo Shot at the bar, I would add, can disrupt the work of mourning and ruin our ability to approach Bikini’s nuclear legacy soberly.

    Footnotes

    1. To be fair, the Flame Tree is not the only establishment to try to develop catastrophe and alcohol tie-ins: to commemorate Pearl Harbor Day in 2013, Murphy’s Bleachers Bar, across the street from Wrigley Field in Chicago, suggested on its marquee that patrons “Remember Pearl Harbor With Bombs & Kamikazes.” The difference between the two bars, however, may be that Murphy’s was called out in The Huffington Post and subsequently apologized “for the actions of our staff to our whole country” (“Chicago Bar”).

    Works Cited

    • Barker, Holly M. Bravo for the Marshallese: Regaining Control in a Post-Nuclear, Post-Colonial World. Belmont: Wadsworth, 2004. Print.
    • Brault, Pascale-Anne, and Michael Naas. “To Reckon with the Dead: Jacques Derrida’s Politics of Mourning.” The Work of Mourning. Ed. Pascale-Anne Brault and Michael Naas. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2001. 1-30. Print.
    • Carucci, Laurence Marshall. Nuclear Nativity: Rituals of Renewal and Empowerment in the Marshall Islands. DeKalb: Northern Illinois UP, 1997. Print.
    • “Chicago Bar Murphy’s Bleachers Draws Criticism for Tasteless Sign on Anniversary of Pearl Harbor.” The Huffington Post. HPMG News, 8 Dec. 2013. Web. 9 Dec. 2013.
    • “Cruisers Spellbound by Jack’s Nuclear Stories.” Marshall Islands Journal 15 March 2013: 18. Print.
    • Davis, Jeffrey. “Bombing Bikini Again (This Time with Money).” The New York Times Magazine 1 May 1994: 43-48, 68, 72-73. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. The Work of Mourning. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2001. Print.
    • —. Writing and Difference. Trans. Alan Bass. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1978. Print. Engle, Karen J. “Putting Mourning to Work: Making Sense of 9/11.” Theory, Culture & Society 24.1 (2007): 61-88. Print.
    • Firth, Stewart. Nuclear Playground. Honolulu: U of Hawaii P, 1987. Print.
    • Foucault, Michel. The History of Sexuality: An Introduction: Volume 1. Trans. Robert Hurley. New York: Vintage Books, 1978. Print.
    • Friedlander, Eli. “Some Thoughts on Kitsch.” History and Memory 9.1/2 (1997): 376- 392. Print.
    • Furie, Sidney J., dir. Superman IV: The Quest for Peace. Perf. Christopher Reeve. Warner Bros., 1987. Film.
    • Greenberg, Clement. Art and Culture: Critical Essays. Boston: Beacon Press, 1961. Print.
    • Halberstam, Judith. The Queer Art of Failure. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
    • Horwitz, Noah. “Derrida and the Aporia of the Political, or the Theologico-political Dimension of Deconstruction.” Research in Phenomenology 32.1 (2002): 156-176. Print.
    • Johnston, Barbara Rose, and Holly M. Barker. Consequential Damages of Nuclear War: The Rongelap Report. Walnut Creek: Left Coast Press, 2008. Print.
    • Kant, Immanuel. Groundwork for the Metaphysics of Morals. Trans. Allen W. Wood. New Haven: Yale UP, 2002. Print.
    • Kiste, Robert C. The Bikinians: A Study in Forced Migration. Menlo Park: Cummings Publishing Company, 1974. Print.
    • Levinas, Emmanuel. Totality and Infinity: An Essay on Exteriority. Trans. Alphonso Lingis. Pittsburgh: Duquesne UP, 1969. Print.
    • Lindqvist, Sven. A History of Bombing. Trans. Linda Haverty Rugg. New York: The New Press, 2001. Print.
    • Marshall Islands. Nitijela of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. PL 1988-16: Public Holidays Act 1988. Ninth Constitutional Regular Session. Majuro, Marshall Islands,1988. Print.
    • —. Nitijela of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. PL 2003-99: Public Holidays (March 1st Amendment) Act, 2003. Twenty-fourth Constitutional Regular Session. Majuro, Marshall Islands, 2003. Print.
    • —. Nitijela of the Republic of the Marshall Islands. PL 2005-35: Public Holidays (March1st Amendment) Act, 2005. Twenty-sixth Constitutional Regular Session. Majuro, Marshall Islands, 2005. Print.
    • Millar, Mark. The Ultimates, Vol. 2: Homeland Security. New York: Marvel Publishing, 2004. Print.
    • Murphy, Joe. The Socialist Republic of the Marshall Islands. Majuro: Micronitor Printing, 1999. Print.
    • Niedenthal, Jack. Bikini Atoll. 15 March 2013. Web. 8 March 2016.
    • —. For the Good of Mankind: A History of the People of Bikini and Their Islands. Majuro: Bravo Publishers, 1997. Print.
    • Niedenthal Axberg, Nancy. Letter. New York Times Magazine 29 May 1994: 6, 8. Print.
    • Oliver, Kelly. The Colonization of Psychic Space: A Psychoanalytic Social Theory of Oppression. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2004. Print.
    • Proust, Marcel. Time Regained: In Search of Lost Time, Vol. VI. Trans. Andreas Mayor, Terence Kilmartin, and D. J. Enright. New York: Modern Library, 2003. Print.
    • Shapiro, Michael J. “The Ethics of Encounter: Unreading, Unmapping the Imperium.” Moral Spaces: Rethinking Ethics and World Politics. Ed. David Campbell and Michael J. Shapiro. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1999. 57-91. Print.
    • Solomon, Robert C. “On Kitsch and Sentimentality.” Journal of Aesthetics and Art Criticism 49.1 (1991): 1-14. Print.
    • Weisgall, Jonathan M. Operation Crossroads: The Atomic Tests at Bikini Atoll. Annapolis: Naval Institute Press, 1994. Print.
    • Zembylas, Michalinos. “Making Sense of Traumatic Events: Toward a Politics of Aporetic Mourning in Educational Theory and Pedagogy.” Educational Theory 59.1 (2009): 85-104. Print.
    • Zerubavel, Eviatar. Time Maps: Collective Memory and the Social Shape of the Past. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2003. Print.

  • Postmodernism’s Material Turn

    T.J. Martinson (bio)
    Indiana University – Bloomington

    A review of Breu, Christopher. The Insistence of the Material: Literature in the Age of Biopolitics. Minneapolis: Minnesota UP, 2014.

    Halfway through The Insistence of the Material, Christopher Breu compares postmodernism to a zombie. Its death has been announced multiple times, yet it always manages to find a way out of the grave. Breu finds reason to be optimistic within this metaphor: “[W]e may find that the subject of postmodernism has transformed in undeath and that the features that were so prominent in life have now receded or taken on less importance, while other originally obscured characteristics seem now to emerge, producing an uncanny visage” (122). The book sets out to join the living and the dead, the familiar and unfamiliar.

    In fact, the phrase “uncanny visage” functions quite well as a description for the book’s theoretical framework. Predicated on the interdisciplinary nature of biopolitics, or “the direct management of life and death by political and economic power” (2), The Insistence of the Material brings into conversation a wide array of canonical theorists—Freud, Marx, Jameson, Lacan, Derrida, Adorno, Foucault—alongside the relatively newer theories of materiality—object-oriented ontology, animal studies, biopolitics, the new materialism. His wide theoretical net is by no means an arbitrary flourish of scholarly prowess: Breu’s goal is not to abandon the cultural and linguistic turns at the heart of postmodernism, but instead to focus where such work cannot: “the forms of materiality that resist, exceed, exist in tension with the cultural and linguistic” (3). His book works to fuse together the old and the new, revisiting familiar postmodern texts while rethinking configurations of biopolitics.

    Though he agrees with Foucault that the emergence of biopolitics long precedes the latter half of the twentieth century, Breu contends that the postmodern era provides an excellent ground for analysis as it is simultaneously “preoccupied with immateriality” and “defined by biopolitics” (2). Looking at the transition out of modernism alongside the transition into late capitalism, Breu identifies a distinct aesthetic within literary postmodernism that he deems the “late-capitalist literature of materiality,” and which, in contrast to the self-reflexivity of metafictional texts, “presents the issue of materiality as one of the core questions of contemporary existence” (23). In Chapter One, Breu takes up one of the foundational texts of experimental postmodernism, William Burrough’s Naked Lunch, a novel that he argues provides theoretical insight into “three different registers of materiality—linguistic, bodily, and political economic” (38). Chapter Two turns to Thomas Pynchon’s first novel, V., to examine the complex dynamic at work between subject and object as read through biomedicalization, colonialism, and fetishism. Chapter Three focuses on J.G. Ballard’s 1973 novel Crash, particularly the novel’s representation of late capitalism in which material bodies become indistinguishable from their assertively industrialized environment, thereby providing a “dialectical flipside to the fantasies of material transcendence central to metafictional postmodernism” (97). Chapter Four looks to Dodie Bellamy’s The Letters of Mina Harker for its attention to the materiality of the human body in death and its active resistance to biopolitical notions of performativity and control against the backdrop of San Francisco’s AIDS epidemic. The final chapter takes as its object Leslie Marmon Silko’s Almanac of the Dead and the novel’s negotiations between a late-capitalist world of overproduction and an ecological vision that attends to the material world.

    As many of the theories of materiality that Breu cites are relatively new (especially as they relate to literary hermeneutics), there does not yet seem to be a set standard by which to perform a literary analysis of materiality. Breu capitalizes on this ambiguity by implementing various methodological approaches in each chapter and interpreting the “material” on micro and macro levels. When discussing Naked Lunch, for example, he examines the way in which Burroughs engages materiality through syntactic and semantic means, thereby centering the focus on material corollaries that arise from the idiosyncratic prose. In contrast to a material analysis of language, in the chapter on Ballard’s Crash, Breu performs a material analysis of the built environment depicted in the novel—an analysis he pairs with a reinvigorated configuration of Marx’s base/superstructure model. Breu’s varied approach to materiality works well for his purposes, in that it places an implicit emphasis on the similarities that carry through each analysis—the role of capitalism, politics, and medicalization in shaping biopolitics. His refusal to subscribe to a consistent material analysis might also serve as a suggestion that materiality’s “insistence” will reveal itself regardless of theoretical blinders.

    The book could well be regarded as a successor to Brian McHale’s Postmodernist Fiction (1987) in that Breu, too, calls for ontological treatment of similar texts. However, Breu breaks from McHale’s treatment of the author as “fantasized controller of the fiction, as the maker of worlds and subjects,” a supposition in which Breu finds “the humanist fetish that lurks behind posmodernism’s ostensible antihumanism” (105). In this instance and many others, he echoes the anticorrelationist paradigm prevalent in theories of materiality, especially object-oriented ontology (OOO), to which Breu gravitates, drawing substantially on two prominent theorists from the field, Levi Bryant and Graham Harman. It is at once a precarious and admirable endeavor—to denounce a human-centered, epistemological perspective while simultaneously explicating text objects for a predictably human audience. It is precisely this paradoxical situation that critics place at the center of their skepticism (cf. Andrew Cole’s “The Call of Things: A Critique of Object-Oriented Ontologies”). Breu acknowledges the problematic by emphasizing the material world’s recalcitrance to human probing, while also noting that the limits of human inquiry do not provide a “reason to turn away from the attempt at such an account” (1). Here and elsewhere, Breu echoes the political and ethical imperative at the heart of Timothy Morton’s application of OOO. While Morton emphasizes the need to rethink global warming, Breu’s ethical compulsion is directed at the power dynamics that exert the greatest control over national biopolitics (notably, capitalism and biomedicalization). In this respect, the book builds on the ethical framework of Jane Bennett’s Vibrant Matter, which asserts the agency of the inanimate in political, medical, and environmental discourse. Breu complements Bennett’s argument with his added focus on thanatopolitics, the deadly inversion of biopolitics that inevitably accompanies it as a result of the ontological privileging that both Bennett and Breu argue against.

    Throughout the chapters, Breu works to contrast his discussion of biopolitics with that of thanatopolitics, a concept developed by Robert Esposito for whom biopolitics, by its nature, privileges “one community, nation, or group as immune” (17); thanatopolitics, then, vindicates violence against those outside the privileged sector on the basis of “immunity.” The fragile distinction between biopolitics and thanatopolitics creates a fascinating dichotomy in each chapter. For instance, in his chapter on V., Breu discusses thanatopolitics in application to the famously odd scene in which Esther, a Jewish woman, gets a nose job from the plastic surgeon Schoenmaker. The martial language that underscores the description of her surgery, argues Breu, indicates the way in which wartime thanatopolitical practices continue throughout the postwar era under the guise of biopolitics, in this case, biomedical “correction” (69). The relationship of biopolitics to thanatopolitics is entirely different in his discussion of Bellamy’s The Letters of Mina Harker. Here Breu writes that Bellamy’s refusal to conform to the homophobic rhetoric that pervaded discourse during the 1980s AIDs epidemic combats a thanatopolitical construction that conveniently places homosexuals at the epicenter of the disease (136).

    The chapter on Bellamy deserves to be underscored as particularly important in its theoretical context. In this chapter, Breu best synthesizes theories of materiality with cultural criticism through his use of queer theory and feminist theory to discuss the ways the human body as physical phenomenon “elude[s] our fantasies of symbolic control” (32). Theories of materiality often face criticism for an intense focus on nonhuman actors while issues of race, sexuality, and gender continue to permeate political discourse. This chapter functions as a treatise of sorts, demonstrating how materiality can be thought through a cultural lens and culture through a materialist one. Breu performs a similar synthesis in his chapter on Silko’s Almanac of the Dead in which he reads the novel’s ecological vision of a “sustainable and just life” (159) in light of political-economic dynamics, thereby exploring ecological readings through Marxism. As in his chapter on Bellamy, Breu’s chapter on Silko brings new relevance to both ecological and Marxist theories by revealing how they shape each other in the context of late-capitalism.

    In light of this summary, it should come as no great surprise that the book has a tendency to hop across theoretical spheres in a way that is at times dizzying. Moreover, through the inclusion of a wide theoretical base, important points of contrast between theories, especially the materialist theories—say, key points of difference between Ian Bogosts’s use of OOO and Bill Brown’s “material unconscious”—are taken largely for granted. Instead of fully attending to the differences responsible for demarcations within the umbrella of “theories of materiality,” Breu relies on their philosophical similarities when pairing these theories alongside canonical postmodern theory. Though it may not harm his argument outright, it does invite questions about the compatibility of specific theories with a synthetic, ontological understanding of postmodern texts. Perhaps this is the next step for scholars interested in developing understandings of materiality alongside postmodernism. Fittingly, Breu seems to anticipate this future work. In his conclusion he offers several propositions, among them a guiding principle for future applications: “Theory and critical thought should work to disrupt their fantasies of mastery while still attempting to be as adequate as possible to their objects” (190).

    Not only does The Insistence of the Material ambitiously attempt to rethink familiar texts from late twentieth-century postmodernism, it also serves as an account of the ways in which postmodernism survives today—and not just as a zombie that refuses to die. At a moment when the humanities have largely turned to interdisciplinary approaches and exciting new syntheses to stake their relevance, Breu demonstrates that postmodernism is more than capable of contributing to the interdisciplinary discussion. In his conclusion he writes, “In order to deal with the challenges of the material turn and the growth of biopolitics, we need to be politically creative and theoretically impure” (194). Thus, to engage with and respond to the materialist turn is not a movement inward, but outward. In doing so, Breu makes visible how a new postmodernism rears its “uncanny visage.”

    Works Cited

    • Bennett, Jane. Vibrant Matter: A Political Ecology of Things. Durham: Duke UP, 2010. Print.
    • Bogost, Ian. Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing. Minneapolis: Minnesota UP, 2012. Print.
    • Cole, Andrew. “The Call of Things: A Critique of Object-Oriented Ontology.” The Minnesota Review 2013.80 (2013): 106–118. Web. 21 May 2016.
    • McHale, Brian. Postmodernist Fiction. London: Routledge, 1987. Print.

  • “The Ends of Homo Sacer”

    Christopher Law (bio)
    Goldsmiths, University of London

    Jessica Whyte, Benjamin Noys, Jason E. Smith and Alberto Toscano. “The Ends of Homo Sacer.” Roundtable discussion on the work of Giorgio Agamben. Centre for Philosophy and Critical Thought, Goldsmiths, University of London, 10 November 2015.

    On November 10, 2015 a group of four scholars of Giorgio Agamben’s work gathered at Goldsmiths, University of London for a roundtable organized by the college’s recently formed Centre for Philosophy and Critical Thought (CPCT). Contributing to the event, and representing a diverse array of interests in Agamben’s work, were Jessica Whyte, Benjamin Noys, Jason E. Smith and Alberto Toscano (who, alongside the roundtable chair Julia Ng, acts as co-director of the CPCT). The event was dubbed “The Ends of Homo Sacer,” a title whose most obvious motivation was the recent publication of Agamben’s Stasis: Civil War as a Political Paradigm and of L’uso dei corpi (recently published in English as The Use of Bodies). The former book, originally delivered as two lectures in October 2001, slots into an earlier position in Agamben’s nine-book Homo Sacer series, whilst the latter marks its ostensible termination, if not its completion. As is well known, the series has been published out of the order envisioned by Agamben himself (a confusion to which the delayed publication of Stasis adds, since it displaces a spot previously accorded to The Kingdom and the Glory). Both the elusive ordering of the project and the question of its conclusion provided food for thought throughout the evening; neither problem, needless to say, attained definitive closure.

    Though all panelists addressed the appearance of Stasis and The Use of Bodies—and with them, Homo Sacer’s curious publication history as a whole—only Smith drew direct attention to the plurality of “ends” in the event’s title. There are, as Smith pointed out, at least two levels at which this title is productively ambiguous. It poses the challenge that there might exist more than one conclusion to Homo Sacer and, moreover, suggests a multiplicity of meanings in such “ends” themselves (a semantic indeterminacy to which the plurality of ends is related but not necessarily reducible). What other meanings might Homo Sacer’s multiplicity of ends hold? As well as termini, ends can point to purposes, whether those of Agamben himself, or those of his readers and interlocutors. A panoramic glance reveals homo sacer as a concept that has (especially in its canonical formulation in the opening pages of the series’ first and eponymous volume) detached itself from its immediate context, in order to function as a tool for almost all disciplines in the humanities and social sciences. Much of this event’s relevance hinged on a critical reflection on the concept’s exile into other disciplines, a phenomenon seemingly matched by the intensification of the contemporary political crises to which Agamben has always accorded a structural significance.

    This nomadic quality of homo sacer illuminates another equivocal element in the event’s title: the separability of the research project and book series Homo Sacer not only from the philosophical concept, but also from the historically specific legal figure (and its textual inscription) and, furthermore, from contemporary or historical homines sacri. Jessica Whyte’s paper, the most expressly concerned with contemporary crises of sovereignty, raised similar questions concerning the displacement of technical terms onto a generalized register. She was less preoccupied with the figure of homo sacer, however, than with the term “collateral damage” and its contemporary use as a justification for acts and ideologies of military and socio-economic ruination. The loss of human (and specifically civilian) life that military intervention requires, Whyte’s talk made clear, necessitates for its ideologues an appeal to higher sources in order to justify the suffering it causes. The term’s elasticity, as Whyte demonstrated, also allows it to be redeployed as a metaphor in the discourse of free markets and their enforcement upon indebted countries (Whyte referred to Yanis Varoufakis’s description of Greece as the “collateral damage” of the European Central Bank’s strategy to save the Eurozone by encouraging widespread austerity). Itself performing the wandering of the term “collateral damage,” Whyte’s approach skidded from the Christian theologies of Thomas Aquinas, Nicolas Malebranche and Jacques-Bénigne Bossuet to religious apologias for the Greek crisis, and negotiated problems of sovereignty and governance from Adam Smith to Friedrich Hayek via Carl Schmitt. Models of a calculating but restful God, drawn primarily from Malebranche, and an actively pain-causing, interventionist one, taken from Bossuet, were offered as opposed paradigms for figures of sovereignty, only to be united at the end of Whyte’s presentation; a shift from sovereignty to economic governance demands, after all, the continuation of the right to kill alongside the techniques by which destruction can be normalized as a calculable letting-die. Collateral damage, rather than naming an unwanted effect of discrete actions, is put to use within the discourse of the law. A government reneging on its democratic mandate, enforced privatization, a sustained rise in suicides: these are not simply the collateral damage of measures that had to be imposed on Greece but, more significantly, they create a lawful norm according to which governments of indebted countries are forced to surrender the democratic will of their citizens. Collateral damage justifies the formalization of a non-legal process (the killing of civilians, an act which is said to be known but not intentional) into the law.

    Homo sacer becomes a philosophical concept for Agamben precisely because of its locus in the legal formalism of Rome. Of all the contributors, Jason Smith was the most pointed in drawing out the limitations of Agamben’s focus on the apparatuses through which alegal or paralegal practices become structured and defined by their inclusive exclusion within the law. Smith contextualized Agamben’s use and transformation of homo sacer through a reference to Foucault’s lectures at the Collège de France in 1972 and 1973 (published in English as The Punitive Society), which is where Agamben discovered the concept, according to Foucault’s editors. While Agamben presents homo sacer as an obscure figure of law, Foucault shows that it was a relatively common form of punishment, according to Smith’s reading; the decisive difference, however, lies in Foucault’s emphasis on its unwritten nature, its lack of incorporation within a legal framework.

    Attention to such parallels and divergences might threaten to sap the force of Agamben’s project, and it is surely not uncommon for events such as this one to undermine the premise of reading Agamben in a political context in the first place. Indeed, when the table fielded questions from the audience, Benjamin Noys carried out the somewhat unenviable task of advocating for Agamben’s idiosyncrasies with a provocative grace—if the “ends” of Homo Sacer are to remain a problem, the strangeness of Agamben’s methods demands a measure of fidelity. Nonetheless, Smith’s intention was less to historicize homo sacer than to ask whether Foucault’s articulation of exclusion makes the term’s modern history more legible, and expresses its heretofore unrealized dynamism. On the one hand, exclusion is a non-legal penalty whose afterlife determines punishment right through to the predominance of popular “scorn,” “contempt” or “infamy,” even in the late eighteenth century; indeed, it is only against the frame of this alegality that a general war against illegality—and a guarantee of control over an emergent working population—could take the form of mass incarceration. On the other hand, Smith argued, the tactic of exclusion has an immanent capacity to reemerge as the removal of juridical mediation in revolutionary forms of justice (Maoist, it was said). As provocative as this proposal was, it would have taken a different event—focused on a different set of texts, thinkers, and traditions—to work through its philosophical and legal ramifications, let alone its potential implications for problems of citizenship, sovereignty, and resistance in the contemporary world.

    Alberto Toscano’s talk focused on Agamben’s use of “civil war” in Stasis, in contrast with Foucault’s use of the concept to describe the permanent state of exception inaugurated by mass incarceration. Toscano argued that Plato’s account of the relation between stasis and kinesis, which he rendered as immobility and movement, was absent from Agamben’s attempt to examine the problem of stasis in the ancient Greece. Although this was a welcome response to Agamben’s text, which readers might habitually assume carries out all the necessary etymological labour for them, the argument that Agamben is forced (as, perhaps, a “quiet Platonist” himself, in Whyte’s formulation) to more or less exclude Plato from his account was a little overstated. Toscano considered the role of stasis as a mediator between oikos and polis, terms more or less mappable onto the distinction of zoē and bios integral to the Homo Sacer project. For Toscano and Nicole Loraux, with whom Agamben’s text directly engages, the disarticulation of natural blood ties is enough to prove that the oikos in ancient Greece is always already politicized, that it cannot be thought at any point as an object of bare life, and that doing so enacts a formalization whose aim—or “end,” as it were—is to legitimize a false continuity between distinct moments of Western politics. Ritual, legal, and familial incongruities between Greece and Rome were offered as examples of that which Agamben’s method conceals with telling regularity. Toscano suggested that Agamben’s intervention ignores the peculiarity of this theme of artificial fraternity in Plato—what others have generalized as Plato’s communism—but Agamben himself is quite explicit in downplaying the theme of a “false fraternity” (Stasis 9). For Agamben, it is precisely the relegation of stasis to the role of revealing the oikos in the polis that requires correction. When rethought from the perspective of Agamben’s seminal articulation of inclusive exclusion, stasis comes to constitute a zone of indifference or undecidability between household and city, a threshold of politicization and depoliticization. Agamben’s concluding argument that global terrorism constitutes today’s predominant form of civil war might have proven a more productive point of debate, not least since it is predicated on the assumption of a perspective (the terrorist one) that no longer differentiates between polis and oikos, figuring the latter either as the “Common European Home” or as “the absolute space of global economic management” (24).

    As Toscano argued, in the earlier parts of the Homo Sacer project, stasis does not count among the terms that Agamben attempts to rescue from their associations with abject experiences or forms. However, it could be counted alongside the “positive” orientation of the series’ more recently published volumes. Benjamin Noys traced this apparent shift by offering a succinct set of observations on three sets of relations: those within the Homo Sacer project, those between the project as a whole and Agamben’s earlier work, and those between the Homo Sacer texts and their potential readership. Noys suggested that Agamben’s articulation of a new notion of “use”—despite its affirmative sense—remains provisional relative to his pre-Homo Sacer output, and a far cry from the “affirmationism” that has characterized certain rehearsals of biopolitical theory. Noys outlined this characteristic of recent works vis-à-vis Agamben’s interest in the representation of totalitarian biopolitics in Sade; at the Château de Silling, every element of physiological life, in being identified with the law, is potentially public, classifiable, and thus susceptible to being used as an object of pleasure. If such situations mirror capital’s absolute subsumption, both in the danger it poses and in its promise of reversal within the law itself, Noys argues that Agamben’s recently lowered “tone” concerning both the implementation and perceptibility of this possible reversal is influenced by Walter Benjamin’s retelling of a Hasidic narrative about the world after the messianic coming—in which, as Benjamin wrote to Ernst Bloch, “everything will be as it is now, just a little different” (qtd. in The Coming Community 53).

    Noys noted Agamben’s characterization of the Homo Sacer project as incompleteable and abandoned (L’uso dei corpi 9) in order to indicate the potential similarities between Agamben’s toned-down concepts and the project’s fragmentary status.1 This begged the question of whether it is possible for readers to find a new use of Agamben. The conceptual afterlife of homo sacer was the theme of most audience questions, and the term’s limitations were predominantly figured in two ways. Toscano argued that Agamben’s relatively unreflexive approach to the conditions of possibility for categories such as “the West,” “the Greeks,” “the Jews,” even “Judeo-Christianity” (a term that only came into common use in the late 1940s), impedes an understanding of their retroactive nature. Similarly, the question of Agamben’s relation to colonialism led Smith to restate his position that the methodological drift by which a specific form of punishment comes to stand in for a particular human life and then for human life as such (or, at another level, the drift from “homo sacer” to homo sacer to Homo Sacer) inevitably restricts what the term might mean at each point, and therefore curbs its productive reversibility for anti-capitalist and anti-colonial struggles.

    As the evening ended, attention turned to the textual singularities of Agamben’s work: its typographic consistency, the use of “thresholds,” the significance of the Hebrew character aleph; Agamben’s “piety” to his philosophical influences within his books themselves; and the architectonic peculiarity of the Homo Sacer project as such. All of this reflected a dynamic in Agamben’s reception that seems to hinge on the perceived relations between his earlier and later works. For the majority of readers whose focus is on the Homo Sacer project, its promises and limitations for contemporary political crises are obvious, and remain only in need of spelling out. For readers of Agamben’s earlier work, its philosophy of language constitutes a means of interpreting the later politically-oriented research, but often at the expense of ignoring the aporias and shortcomings of the earlier writings, especially those outstanding from Agamben’s occasional polemics. As a whole, the roundtable would have benefited from a better situation of Agamben in his theoretical and philosophical contexts. Considering the wider problem of “tone” as it is formulated from Kant to Derrida, for instance, could have problematized Agamben’s notion of “use” and the model of transcendence that, arguably, continues to structure his thought. Despite, or rather because of, the quality of contributions at this event, it seems clear that the philosophical and methodological heterogeneity of Agamben’s writings, and of his readers, demands critical engagement at the closest proximity, perhaps closer than this roundtable could offer. A hope of my own, following this event, is that it might give rise to such critical groupings, from which the political actuality of Agamben’s thought ought to be inseparable.

    Footnotes

    1. Agamben’s proposal that this incompletability applies to works of poetry as well as thought suggests another referent of the event’s title: the concluding section of his Categorie italiane (1996), which gave rise to its English translation as The End of the Poem.

    Works Cited

    • Agamben, Giorgio. The Coming Community. Trans. Michael Hardt. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1993. Print.
    • ———. L’uso dei corpi. Vicenza: Neri Pozza, 2014. Print.
    • ———. Stasis: Civil War as a Political Paradigm. Trans. Nicholas Heron. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2015. Print.
  • Against Autonomy: Capitalism Beyond Quantification in the Autonomist Reading of Marx

    Duy Lap Nguyen (bio)
    University of Houston

    Abstract

    This essay outlines a critique of the autonomist theory of post-Fordism as a stage of capitalism defined by immaterial forms of production that purportedly constitute “value beyond quantification,” which is to say, value exceeding the measure of spatialized time. The essay argues that this concept of immaterial labor – proposed as a corrective to Marx’s “quantitative theory of value” – elides the crucial distinction in Marx’s analysis between two entirely different kinds of spatialized time: the time required for the production of material goods and the time that determines their (exchange) value. This elision, the essay argues, results in a fundamental mischaracterization of contemporary capitalism.

    Spatialized Time and the “Quantitative Theory of Value” in Capital

    For past thirty years, the theory of post-Fordist production developed in the works of Autonomist Marxists (including Antonio Negri, Paolo Virno and Franco Berardi) has provided one of the most widely employed critical frameworks for understanding the increasing significance of culture, affect, information, and digital labor in the contemporary global economy. This theory emerged, in part, out of a phenomenological critique of the spatialized concept of time (as the measure of value) employed in Marx’s analyses of capitalism. For the Autonomists, this spatialized time – inherited from the Western metaphysical tradition – is no longer sufficient as a measure of value, given the prevalence within contemporary capitalism of immaterial (and immeasurable) forms of production. As I show in this essay, this account of post-Fordist production is based upon a fundamental misreading of Marx. The critique of the Autonomist reading of Marx outlined below draws extensively on the reinterpretation of Marx’s mature critical theory developed by thinkers – including Norbert Trenkle, Robert Kurz, Jean-Marie Vincent, Hans-Georg Backhaus and Moishe Postone – associated with the Marxian school of critical theory known as Wertkritik, or value critique. In particular, my analysis attempts to build upon the critique of Autonomist Marxism elaborated by Robert Kurz and Anselm Jappe in Les Habits neufs de l’Empire, as well as upon the critique of the Autonomist notion of bio-political production outlined in the work of Tiqqun. These texts extend Marx’s critique of the commodity form to an analysis of important secular trends within the contemporary global economy, including the decline of stable rates of exchange, the rise of financial derivatives, the prevalence of precarious labor, and the increasingly predominant role of information in the global economy. These developments, which have been the focus of Autonomist Marxist analyses of post-Fordist production, have been largely ignored in earlier works associated with Wertkritik, limiting the latter’s potential as critique. In proposing a critical reading of Autonomist theories of post- Fordist production, based on the work of the Wertkritik school and on related interpretations of Marx, this essay addresses this important limitation.

    In Empire, Hardt and Negri situate Marx’s theory of value within the “great Western metaphysical tradition:” From “Aristotle’s theory of virtue as a measure to Hegel’s theory of measure as the key to the passage from existence to essence,” this tradition is one that “has always abhorred the immeasurable.” “Marx’s theory of value pays its dues to this metaphysical tradition: his theory of value is always been a theory of the measure of value” (Hardt and Negri, 2000, p. 355).1

    This account of Marx’s theory of value appears to rely upon Heidegger’s critique of the “vulgar conception of time” in the history of Western metaphysical thought. In Being and Time, Heidegger argues that, in both Aristotle and Hegel, the passage of time is understood as a succession of homogeneous “now-points” that is conceived on the model of the movements of physical objects in space (see Derrida 34-35). For Heidegger, it is this conversion of time into space that allows the former to serve as a measure of movement:1 time becomes subject to quantification through its reduction to spatialized units. In Marx’s theory of value, this vulgar conception of spatialized time is applied to an analysis of the exploitation of labor in capitalism.2 As Melinda Cooper describes in her reading of Negri’s interpretation of Marx: “Aristotle’s writings on exchange and measure … [and] Hegel’s Science of Logic, with its reflections on measure, the limit and quantity[,] … provide… the logical scaffolding for [Marx’s] theory of surplus value,” a theory that “defines exploitation as a measurable quantity, locating it in [capital’s] extortion of surplus labor” (128). The Marxian theory of value, therefore, is a “quantitative theory of value” (Hardt and Negri Commonwealth, 313) a theory that assumes that the value created by labor can be measured in spatialized time. This assumption makes it possible to quantify exploitation, and to locate the latter in the division of the working day into necessary and surplus labor time. In Marx’s “theory of measure” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 355), the exploitation of labor – defined as a “measurable quantity” (Cooper 128) – is localized in a determinate place and a delimited duration of time: the factory during the working day, separated from leisure or non-laboring time.

    For the Autonomists, however, this quantitative theory of value – which defines exploitation as a measurable quantity that capital appropriates in the factory – no longer provides a sufficient account of the domination of time within capitalism due to the transformation of labor in post-Fordist production. This transformation, as Franco Berardi and others have argued, was in part the result of the struggles against work in the factory in the era of Fordist production, an era in which industrial workers sought “freedom from capitalist domination” by “refusing their role in the factory” (Berardi, “What is the Meaning”). In Negri’s writings from the period, this strategy of the “refusal of work” is identified with the notion, attributed to Marx, that free time is inherently emancipatory (Negri, Marx Beyond Marx 167). Rather than liberating labor from the exploitation of capital, however, the refusal of work precipitated the rise of flexible labor and the development of new technologies applied to the manipulation of free time outside the factory.3 As a result, the “whole of society,” as Negri explains in Time for Revolution, “becomes productive. The time of production is the time of life” (44).

    For Negri, this transformation of labor marks a definitive break with the metaphysical conception of time that Marx’s theory inherits:

    The new temporalities of bio-political production cannot be understood in the frameworks of the traditional conceptions of time. … [I]n postmodernity … the Aristotelian tradition [that “defines time by the measure of the movement between a before and an after”] is broken … most decisively by the fact that it is now impossible to measure labor, either by convention or by calculation. (Empire 401)

    In postmodernity, then, value can no longer be quantified because its production is no longer a function of physical labor alone. Instead, the creation of value assumes an increasingly immaterial form, one that exceeds every standard of measurement. Knowledge, science, affect, and culture (as immaterial and immeasurable forms of activity) become the “the highest value- producing forms of labor” (Hardt, “Affective Labor” 90). In the postmodern economy, “as labor moves outside the factory walls,” activities associated with “life” or social existence – communication, cooperation, and social interaction in general – acquire the capacity to constitute value outside the measure of spatialized time imposed in the workplace. As a result, “it is increasingly difficult to maintain the fiction of any measure of the working day and thus separate … work time from leisure time” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 401-402). Due to the “social diffusion of living labor” – through which life itself is subsumed as a source of surplus value for capital – the “intellectual energy and … communicative [capacity] of the multitude of … affective laborers” no longer “has a determinate place. … [E]xploitation can no longer be localized and quantified” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 401-403). Thus, as the “entire time of life … becomes the time of production,” the site in which the production of value occurs becomes coextensive with society itself as whole. In bio-political production, therefore, the “value of labor … is determined deep in the viscera of life,” produced by a multitude whose social existence creates an immeasurable time through its ability to generate value beyond every measure: “The activity of the multitude constitutes time beyond measure. Time might thus be defined as the immeasurability of the movement between a before and an after, an immanent process of constitution” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 401-402).

    The immeasurable time, labor, and value produced by the multitude, then, constitutes a defining characteristic of a postmodern economy whose immaterial forms of production exceed the Aristotelian conception of time that Marx’s theory maintains as a measure of value. For Negri, this presupposition – that of “time-as-measure of value” (Negri, Time for Revolution 44) – constitutes the fundamental historical (and metaphysical) limit of Marx’s critical theory, a theory of the measure of value that emerged in a “period when capital was able to reduce value to measure” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 402): “The critique of political economy[,] … including the Marxist tradition, has generally focused on measurement and quantitative methods to understand surplus value and exploitation. Biopolitical products, however[,] … exceed all quantitative measurement” (Hardt and Negri, Commonwealth 135). “[W]hat escapes political economy,” therefore, and “freezes political economy in its tracks … is … value … beyond measure” (Hardt and Negri “Value and Affect” 87).

    This account of post-Fordist production, of course, has been enormously influential in analyses of contemporary capitalism. In fields like anthropology, sociology, cultural studies, and new media theory, concepts like the “real subsumption of labor,” derived from Autonomist Marxism, have become a predominant model for analyzing what Tiziana Terranova describes as the emergence of new forms of technical, cultural, and cognitive work that appear to “question … the legitimacy of a fixed distinction between production and consumption, labor and culture” (Terranova, “Free Labor” 35). Blurring the distinction between free time and labor, these new forms of productive activity combine elements that were once exclusive to each. The result is a “labourization of social activity” giving rise to new paradoxical forms of temporal control in which freedom and servitude are conjoined in a “free labour” or “unwaged immaterial work” (Brown and Quan-Haase; Brown) that is “[s]imultaneously voluntarily given and unwaged, enjoyed and exploited” (Terranova, “Free Labor” 33)).

    This essay outlines a critique of the Autonomist theory of post-Fordist production as a “social factory” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 273) in which immaterial forms of production, blurring the line between free time and labor, constitute value beyond quantification: value that can no longer be measured in spatialized time, and whose exploitation, therefore, is accomplished through new forms of temporal control that are no longer confined to either the factory or the “fiction” of a working day that can be clearly distinguished from free time or leisure (Hardt and Negri, Empire 402).

    The concept of “value beyond measure” (which defines post-Fordist production) was derived in part from a reading of the so-called “Fragment on Machines,” a text that, for Autonomists – discussed in the final part of the paper – constitutes a radical departure from the “quantitative theory of value” developed in Capital. One of the main aims of this essay is to dispute this reading of Marx, and the relationship it proposes between the “Fragment” and Capital, as the textual basis for the Autonomist claim that immaterial labor in post-Fordist production creates value beyond measure. Contrary to the Autonomist reading, the “Fragment” does not imply a critique of the “quantitative theory of value” in Capital, but rather encapsulates the latter’s fundamental conclusions. The continuity between these two texts and their analyses is missed in the Autonomist reading because of the emphasis placed on the problem of measurability. The theory developed in both the “Fragment” and Capital, however, is not simply a theory of the measure of value; it is also – and more fundamentally – a critique of value itself, a (measurable) form that Marx defines in the “Fragment” as the very “foundation of bourgeois production” (Grundrisse 704). In the Autonomist reading of Marx, the critique of spatialized time (as the measure of value) ignores the historical character of the particular property (value) that it claims can no longer be quantified in post-Fordist production. As a result, the foundation of capitalism is affirmed in the immeasurable form of an immaterial labor that remains productive of value even while it exceeds all quantification.4

    From the perspective of Marx’s critique, the focus on quantification conceals the difference between the creation of value (as the foundation of capitalism) and the process of production in general, both of which are measured in spatialized time. The same standard of measure is used to determine two entirely different kinds of duration: the time required for the production of goods and the time that determines their value. Because value is measured by labor time, a decrease in the time required for the production of goods – which should “equal to an increase in free time” (Marx, Grundrisse 711) – increases the time required for the production of value, thereby increasing the compulsion to labor. Because of this “antagonistic movement” in capitalism, the liberation from labor itself, from the time required for the production of goods, results in the domination of work by the time that determines their value (Marx, Capital 53). In the Autonomist reading of Marx, the contradictory movement between the (spatialized) time of production and valorization – which underlies the analysis in both the “Fragment” and Capital – is elided in the opposition between material and immaterial labor, measure and immeasurability. As a result, a crisis of value, which Marx believed would arise from this contradictory movement, is reduced to a crisis of quantification, as a consequence of the rise of an immaterial labor whose ability to constitute value exceeds measure itself. This theory of post-Fordist production, therefore, is based on a reading of Marx that fundamentally misrepresents his critique of both the domination of time under capitalism and the possibility of a liberation from labor, which the “Fragment” describes as a condition for the creation of post-capitalist society based on “disposable time” (Marx, Grundrisse, 708). 5

    The Metaphysics of Value and Measure

    Although the Heideggerian history of the concept of time that Negri appears to employ has been widely disputed,6 the references to this philosophical tradition in Marx’s critique would appear, at first sight, to correspond to Negri’s account of the latter as a theory of the measure of value. In the Contribution to a Critique of Political Economy, Marx explicitly formulates the notion of labor time as the measure of value in terms of Aristotle’s definition of time as the measure of motion: “Just as motion is measured by time, so is labor by labor time; it is the living quantitative reality (Dasein) of labor” (271-72). In Capital, moreover, the “discovery” that labor is the measure of value – which Negri defines as the limit of Marx’s analysis (“The limit of Marx’s consideration consists in his reducing the form of value to an objective measure” (Negri, Marxism Beyond Marxism 151) – is described as political economy’s most important achievement: “The scientific discovery … that the products of labour, so far as they are values, are but material expressions of the human labour spent in their production, marks, indeed, an epoch in the history of the development of the human race” (Marx, Capital 85).

    Yet, although Marx accepts the validity of this “scientific discovery,” his critique of political economy cannot be reduced to its theory of the measure of value. For if Marx, in the passage above, “pays his dues” to a metaphysical tradition “that has always abhorred the immeasurable,” he also maintains, more importantly, that this theory of measure is based on the “metaphysical subtleties” of a commodity form whose mystery it entirely fails to unravel. As Marx emphasizes at the end of the sentence cited above, the “scientific discovery [that value is measured by labor time] … by no means … dissipates the mist through which the social character of labour appears to us to be an objective character of the products themselves” (Capital 85).

    For Marx, therefore, what political economy and its theory of measure fails to demystify is not – in contrast to Negri’s critique of the theory – the “illusory manner” in which time is conceived on the model of space, but rather the illusion that value, determined by the duration of labor, is an objective characteristic of material objects. This property, however, is one that “no chemist has ever discovered … in a pearl or a diamond” (Capital 95). Political economy, then, is credited with the discovery of a scientific approach to the quantification of a “metaphysical” property that does not exist. It is a science that has succeeded in identifying the appropriate measure for a “supersensible” substance whose actuality is never called into question.

    This critique of political economy draws upon Aristotle’s account of exchange in the Nicomachean Ethics, an account in which the method of measurement – and the principle that “all the comparables must possess an identical something whereby they are measured” (Aristotle 545) – is applied to the form of value. As Marx explains, this form is defined in the Ethics as a non-existing property attributed to incommensurable objects as a “makeshift” to allow exchange to occur:

    “Exchange,” [Aristotle] says, “cannot take place without equality, and equality not without commensurability.”… Here … he … gives up the further analysis of the form of value. “It is … in reality … impossible that … unlike things can be commensurable” – i.e., qualitatively equal. Such an equalisation can only be something foreign to their real nature … only “a makeshift for practical purposes.” (Capital 68)

    What Aristotle proposes, therefore, is a method with which to measure accurately a common “something” or attribute that does not exist in the material objects whose equivalence it serves to establish.7 Although this “common ‘something,’” as Marx explains, “cannot be either a geometrical, a chemical, or any other natural property of commodities” (Marx, Capital 44), its magnitude, nevertheless, can be measured like an empirical property. But because of its measurable quality, value – as a “purely social” relation, constitutive of a capitalist society based on the exchange of incommensurable products – can be confused for a natural substance:

    One of the measures that we apply to commodities as material substances, as use values, will serve to illustrate… . Just as … iron, as a measure of weight, represents in relation to the sugar-loaf weight alone, so, in our expression of value, the material object, coat, in relation to the linen, represents value alone. … Here, however, the analogy ceases. The iron, in the expression of the weight of the sugar-loaf, represents a natural property common to both bodies, namely their weight; but the coat, in the expression of value of the linen, represents a non-natural property of both, something purely social, namely, their value. (Capital 65-66)

    The same method of measurement, then, is used in order to quantify both empirical properties and the “purely social” abstraction of value. Contrary to the Autonomist reading, therefore, the difference between use and exchange value, in Marx’s analysis, is not defined in terms of the opposition between quality and quantity, measure and immeasurability.8 Rather, use and exchange value refer to two different kinds of abstraction, both of which can be measured or quantified.

    This distinction – which, according to Marx, constitutes “the pivot on which a clear comprehension of political economy turns” (Marx, Capital 48) – is elided in Negri’s critique of political economy as a mode of analysis that has always “abhorred the immeasurable” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 355). Like political economy, then, Negri’s critique of the “illusory manner” in which value is reduced to its measure affirms the illusory character of value itself, as a measurable but non-natural “something” that conditions the exchange of commodities. If the “Aristotelian tradition of measure,” therefore, is incapable of conceiving of value beyond measure, Negri’s critique of this metaphysical tradition remains bound to the limits of a political economy that, according to Marx, is incapable of thinking beyond value itself and its metaphysical subtleties. While Negri’s critique of the labor theory of value, therefore, rejects the metaphysics of measurement, it remains squarely within the metaphysics of value that constitutes, in Marx’s analysis, the fundamental presupposition of political economy.

    As Marx argues, moreover, this presupposition – which constitutes “one of the chief failings of classical economy” (Marx, Capital 93) – has its origins in the universality of the value relation in capitalism. Because of its general character in capitalism, value – as a historically determinate form that the product of labor acquires in a bourgeois society based on the exchange of commodities – appears as an eternal and self-evident fact, a natural property that political economy can scientifically measure, but whose immutable existence it merely assumes:

    [C]lassical economy … treat[s] the form of value as … having no connexion with the inherent nature of commodities. The reason for this is not solely because their attention is entirely absorbed in the analysis of the magnitude of value. It lies deeper. The value form of the product of labour is … the most universal form . . . taken by the product in bourgeois production … [and] thereby gives it its special historical character. If then we treat this mode of production as one eternally fixed by Nature for every state of society, we necessarily overlook that which is the differentia specifica of the value form. (Marx, Capital 93)

    Political economy, then, is limited to a theory of measure because it assumes that the form that it measures – the determination of value by labor – exists in every society (an assumption that arises from the general character of the commodity form within capitalism). As a result, the defining historical feature of capitalism itself – its differentia specifica as a “definite historical … epoch when the labour spent on the production of a useful article becomes expressed as one of the objective qualities of that article, i.e., as its value” (Marx, Capital 93) – appears in political economy as an eternal and natural given.

    This presupposition, of course, is preserved in Negri’s critique of political economy, which rejects the latter’s theory of measure but shares its fundamental assumption that value is “eternally fixed.” Thus, if the limit of Marx’s critique consists, as Negri maintains, “in reducing the form of value to an objective measure” (Negri, “Interpretation of the Class Situation Today” 71) the limit of Negri’s analysis lies in the fetishistic assumption that the form of value itself is an objective characteristic of the product of labor in all states of society. In Negri’s attempt to apply a phenomenological critique of spatialized time to Marx’s theory of value, therefore, the historically determinate problem of value is conflated with the problem of quantification in general. But as such, the concept of a bio-political production that constitutes value beyond every measure – proposed as a corrective to the historical limitations of Marx’s critique of political economy – is based on an ahistorical understanding of value, one that eternalizes the particular form “taken by the product in bourgeois production.”

    Value and Immaterial Labor

    This form – as the differentia specifica of bourgeois production – is presupposed in the Autonomist periodization of post-Fordist production as defined by a shift from material to immaterial labor, from a “period when capital was able to reduce value to measure” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 402), to an immeasurable form of production that escapes the quantitative theory of value developed in Capital. This presupposition is particularly clear in Paolo Virno’s discussion of immaterial labor. In A Grammar of the Multitude, Virno maintains that, for Marx, labor can generate value only by objectifying itself in a material object. In Marx’s analysis, “productive labor” – that is, labor that is productive of value – is necessarily labor that produces a physical product.

    This assumption, however, “falls to pieces” in post-Fordist production, in which labor acquires the characteristics of an artistic performance: “[T]hose who produce surplus value behave … like the dancer,” a performer whose work does not produce a material “object distinguishable from the performance itself” (Virno 52). In post-Fordist production, therefore, labor generates value by producing an “activity without an end product” (Virno 52). According to Virno, this “labor without an end product (virtuosic labor) places Marx in an embarrassing situation,” since his theory assumes that only material labor is productive of value (54).

    The problem of immaterial labor, of course – as Virno correctly contends – was largely excluded from Marx’s theory of capitalism due to the insignificant role that it played in the period of industrialization. In the “Results of the Direct Production Process” (the text that Virno employs in his reading), Marx maintains that “non-material production” (encompassing labor that “cannot be converted into products separable from the workers themselves”) can be “left out of account entirely” because this particular form of production is “infinitesimal … in comparison with the mass of [material] products under capitalist production” (448-452).

    But if Marx, because of the limits imposed by the historical stage in which he developed his theory, believed that immaterial labor was too insignificant “to be considered when dealing with capitalist production as a whole” (“Results” 452), contrary to Virno, this theory does not simply assume that immaterial labor – or “activity without an end product” – is incapable of creating value. On the contrary, in the same section cited by Virno, Marx makes exactly the opposite argument: “A singer who sings like a bird is an unproductive worker…. The same singer [however] when engaged by an entrepreneur who has her sing in order to make money, is a productive worker, for she directly produces capital” (Marx, “Results” 448). A service, therefore, can be productive of value without producing a material product: “kinds of work which are only enjoyed as services … are capable of being exploited directly in the capitalist way [i.e., for surplus value], even though they cannot be converted into products separable from the workers themselves” (Marx, “Results” 448. Emphasis added).

    For Marx, then, “productive labor” – as labor that is productive of value – is not defined by its material or immaterial content – that is, by whether it “results in commodities which exist separately from the producer,” or produces a “product … inseparable from the act of producing it.” Rather, Marx states unequivocally that: “productive labour … has absolutely nothing to do with the particular content of the labour… Labour with the same content can therefore be both productive and unproductive” (“Results” 448).9

    As Marx mentions, moreover, this tendency within political economy to classify labor that counts as productive according to the content it creates arises from the “fetishistic” assumption that the (“purely social”) form of value exists as an objective characteristic of the product of labor, a product that, in capitalism, becomes a “material repositor[y]” for the form of value itself:

    [T]he obsession with defining productive and unproductive labor in terms of its material content derives from … 1) the fetishistic notion, peculiar to the capitalist mode of production … that the formal economic determinations, such as being a commodity, or being productive labor … are qualities belonging to the material repositories of these formal determinations … in and of themselves; 2) the idea that, considering the labour process as such, only such labour is productive as results in a product (a material product, since here it is only a question of material wealth). (“Results” 450)

    The description of the commodity in the passage above as a material repository for the formal determination of value is indicative, of course, of the limits imposed by Marx’s historical context, a period marked by the predominance of material production (which led Marx to assume that immaterial labor could be “left out of account entirely”). The problem, however, is primarily a terminological one, an ambiguity in the technical language employed in Marx’s critique, one that Virno interprets as the “embarrassment” of a theory that precludes the possibility that immaterial labor can be productive of value. For Marx, “material wealth” – produced by a “material process of production” as opposed to the formal determination of value – is a category that also includes immaterial products and forms of activity. The content of labor that serves as a material repository for value can also “consist … of extremely paltry products (use values), serving to satisfy the most miserable appetites, fancies, etc. But content is entirely irrelevant to whether the labour is determined to be productive or not” (Marx, “Results” 448). Thus, the use values or “material products” in which the value form is deposited can include both imaginary and useless productions: “labour is productive as produces capital; hence that labour which does not do this, regardless of how useful it may be – it may just as well be harmful – is … unproductive labour” (Marx, Grundrisse 306).

    Moreover, instead of assuming that labor is productive of value only if it produces a material product, Marx – in the second point made in the earlier passage – insists that the predominance of material production in industrial capitalism disguises the fact that value can also emerge from immaterial services. This misconception, moreover, perpetuates the fetishistic illusion that labor itself, whether it assumes the form of a material product or an immaterial action, is identical to the creation of value. The “obsession with defining productive and unproductive labor in terms of its material content derives from … the idea that … only such labour is productive as results in … a material product” (Marx, “Results” 450), an idea that reinforces the fetishistic appearance that the formal determination of value is an objective characteristic of both service and labor as such.

    The production of value, therefore – as something “peculiar to the capitalist mode of production” – is distinct from production in general, regardless of whether the latter produces a material good or an immaterial product inseparable from the act of producing it. As Marx explains: “Service … in general [is] only an expression for the particular use value of labour, in so far as this is useful not as a material object but as an activity” (“Results” 451). In capitalist production, however, the conversion of “all services … [“from the prostitute’s to the king’s”] … into wage labour … gives … grounds for confusing the two” (Marx, “Results” 446). As a result, services, like that of the singer whose performance generates value without creating a material product, are identified with immaterial labor in general. According to Marx, this confusion “makes it easy to pass over in silence the differentia specifica of this ‘productive worker’, and of capitalist production – as the production of surplus value, as the process of the self-valorisation of capital” (“Results” 446). The differentia specifica that defines the “productive worker” in capitalism, of course, is the ability to be productive of value, a property that constitutes the differentia specifica of the product of labor within bourgeois society. Thus, the immaterial form of value is a “non-natural” property that is distinct from its material and immaterial “repositories,” from the (potentially useless and imaginary) use values created by production or service in general.

    In Virno’s account of post-Fordist production, the distinction between “productive labor” in capitalism and production and service in general is elided in the opposition between material and immaterial labor. But as such, the notion of a “virtuosic labor” that constitutes value without a material product – a notion that, according to Virno, defines the historical limits of Marx’s critique – presupposes the production of value as “eternally fixed.” But in that case, Marx’s critique of the concept of “productive labor” in classical bourgeois economy – which assumes that the production of value is the only “natural form of production” – also applies to the Autonomist notion of immaterial labor, which is based on the same “narrow-minded” confusion between value and “material wealth” (a category that can also include immaterial forms of activity):

    Only the narrow-minded bourgeois, who regards the capitalist form of production … as the sole natural form of production, can confuse the question of what are productive labour and productive workers from the standpoint of capital with the question of
    what productive labour is in general, and can therefore be satisfied with the tautological answer that all that labour is productive which produces, which results in a product, or any kind of use value, which has any result at all. (Marx, “Results” 443)

    In Virno’s discussion of immaterial labor, the “differentia specifica of [the] ‘productive worker’” in capitalism is affirmed in the form of a multitude whose “labor is productive (of surplus-value) labor precisely because it functions in a … virtuosic manner” (29). Because this virtuosic labor does not objectify itself in the form of a physical product, its capacity for value creation, in contrast to industrial labor (with which Marx’s political economy was solely concerned), exceeds the metaphysics of measure that Marx inherits from Aristotle: “There is an easy measuring stick for the worker … which is quantitative: … the factory produce[s] so many pieces per hour… [With immaterial labor] it is different. … How does one measure the skill of a priest, or … a journalist, or … someone in public relations?” (Virno 26).

    The Socially and Technically Necessary Time of Production

    In Marx’s analysis, however, the metaphysical presupposition that defines the limit of political economy is not that the value created by labor can be measured in spatialized time. Rather, the fundamental question that political economy precludes is why value is determined by labor at all:

    Political economy has … analysed … the magnitude of value. . . . It has never even so much as posed the question: Why does labour manifest itself in value … ? [These] forms … belong to a social formation wherein the process of production masters men but not yet does man master the process of production – such forms count for their bourgeois consciousness as just such a self-evident natural necessity as productive labour itself (Marx, Capital 92-3).

    Political economy fails to grasp the determination of value by labor time as a distinguishing feature of bourgeois production because it identifies this phenomenon with productive labor in general, that is, with the production of use values as things and intangible services that “by [their natural or immaterial] properties satisf[y] human wants” (Marx, Capital 41). Productive labor, therefore – or what Marx refers to (ambiguously) as the “material process of production” – is distinct from the determination of value according to labor, from a “process of valorization” whose historical character is masked by its identification with productive labor as a condition of human existence in all forms of society.

    This process of valorization is tied to what Marx describes in the passage above as a historically determinate form of social compulsion (“wherein the process of production masters men”), one that assumes the fetishistic appearance of the natural necessity to labor itself. Contrary to the Autonomist reading of Marx’s critique as a theory that “defines exploitation as a measurable quantity,” this compulsion cannot be identified with the exploitation of labor measured in spatialized units of time. In Capital, Marx insists upon the distinction between the exploitation of labor as a measurable quantity – which exists in both capitalist and non-capitalist societies – and the domination of labor by a process of valorization in which labor, as the measure of value, “appears to us to be an objective character of the products themselves” (Marx, Capital 85):

    Compulsory labour [in feudalism] is just as properly measured by time … as commodity- producing labour. … No matter … what we may think of the parts played by the different classes of people themselves in [feudal] society, the social relations [in feudalism] … are not disguised under the shape of social relations between the products of labour. (Marx, Capital 89. Emphasis added)

    Although labor, therefore, is measured in all forms of society, the labor that constitutes value – as a “social” relationship of equivalence between incommensurable products – entails a form of compulsion or “mastery” that cannot be reduced to either class exploitation (“No matter … what we may think of the parts played by the different classes of people”) or the natural necessity to labor in general. But since both forms of compulsion are “just as properly measured by time,” the time required to constitute value can be difficult to distinguish from the time required for production in general.

    Economy of time, to this all economy ultimately reduces itself. Society … has to distribute its time in a purposeful way, in order to achieve a production adequate to its overall needs. … Thus, economy of time … remains the first economic law. … However, this is essentially different from a measurement of exchange values (labour or products) by labour time (Marx, Grundrisse 173. Emphasis added.).

    The production of goods to meet the needs of society – that is, the production of use values that satisfy human desires – requires an organization of labor time, one that presupposes, of course, the quantification of labor. The need for an “economy of time,” however, is “essentially different” from the compulsion associated with labor time as the measure of exchange value (a compulsion that, because of its measurability, is conflated by political economy with the necessity of productive labor in general). In capitalism, workers are not only compelled – by necessity or class exploitation – to produce use values that satisfy needs. In order to obtain the “full” value of their commodities on the market, they must also produce them as a socially average rate of production: the “economy of time” imposed by the necessity to labor (as the “first law” for every society) is coupled in capitalism, then, with the social (and historically specific) compulsion of “socially necessary labor time,” a compulsion that is “just as properly measured” by spatialized time as the process of production itself.

    For Marx, then, this socially necessary labor time cannot be identified with the spatialized time of production imposed in the factory during the working day, as the determinate location and time in which labor is quantified and exploited. Rather, as Marx describes in Capital, the homogeneous time imposed in the factory through the use of time-discipline and technology – through the “technical subordination of the workman to the uniform motion of the instruments of labour” (Marx, Capital 463) – is essentially different from the compulsion to labor at a socially average rate of production:

    [In manufacture] [i]t is clear that the direct mutual interdependence of the different pieces of work … compels each [worker] to spend on his work no more than the necessary time. This creates a continuity, a uniformity, a regularity, an order, and even an intensity of labour. … [On the other hand] [t]he rule that the labour-time expended on a commodity should not exceed the amount socially necessary to produce it is one that appears, in the production of commodities in general, to be enforced from outside by the action of competition: to put it superficially, each single producer is obliged to sell his commodity at its market price. In manufacture, on the contrary, the provision of a given quantity of the product in a given period of labour is a technical law of the process of production itself. (Marx, Capital 379)

    In this passage, Marx – developing the earlier distinction between productive labor and value – distinguishes between a socially necessary labor time, identified with the sphere of exchange (or the “action of competition”), and a technically necessary time of production that is applied in the factory. Although both forms of time are quantifiable (and thus spatialized), the time technically necessary to produce a particular product in a given period of time (which imposes “a continuity, a uniformity, a regularity” to which labor is compelled to conform) pertains to the production of goods, as opposed to their price or their value. This time, then, refers to the efficiency – or “economy of time” – achieved through the application of timesaving devices and discipline to the production of objects whose empirical (and immaterial) properties satisfy particular needs and desires. In the factory, then, a social compulsion, established in the sphere of exchange – and which therefore cannot be confined to the determinate time and space of the factory – forces producers (in the sphere of production) to adopt or develop the technical means required to achieve this temporal norm. Conversely, a reduction in the technically necessary time of production achieved in the factory can act reciprocally, in the sphere of exchange, to reduce the socially average rate of production that determines the value of goods.

    As Marx argues in Capital, the “mutual interaction” between these two forms of temporal compulsion – which are elided in the Autonomist interpretation of Marx’s critique as a theory that defines exploitation as a measurable quantity – is rooted in the “antagonistic movement” between the spatialized time of production and valorization. Because exchange value is measured according to labor time, a more efficient economy of time (just as properly measured by spatialized time) – one that decreases the labor required to satisfy needs by increasing the quantity of use values that can be produced in a given period of time – can diminish the amount of exchange value expressed in commodities: “With two coats two men can be clothed, with one coat only one man. Nevertheless, an increased quantity of material wealth may correspond to a simultaneous fall in the magnitude of its value” (Marx, Capital 53). Thus, an increase in things that, by their empirical or immaterial properties, satisfy human desires, can correspond to a decrease in the “purely social” relation of value (as a property that the product of labor acquires in capitalism).

    But since the use values that satisfy needs are obtained, under capitalism, through the exchange of commodities, a decrease in the exchange value created by labor (due to an increase in productivity that reduces socially necessary labor time) can result, paradoxically, in an increase in the social compulsion to work: “Hence … the economic paradox, that the most powerful instrument for shortening labour-time [i.e., machinery], becomes the most unfailing means for placing every moment of the labourer’s time … at the disposal of … expanding the value of … capital” (Marx, Capital 445). Laborers, then, must paradoxically work longer to generate value (measured in socially necessary labor time) because less time is required to produce use values that satisfy human desires. Due to the inverse relation between productive labor and value, therefore, a decrease in the natural necessity to labor can lead to an increase in the social compulsion to work. In capitalist production, the “saving of labour time”– which, in a “real economy,” based on the production of use values, would be “equal to an increase in free time” (Marx, Grundrisse 711) – prolongs the labor required in order to constitute value: the potential for free time, of freedom from labor, engenders a social domination or servitude that underlies a specific form of society “wherein the process of production masters men.”

    Free Time and the Autonomist Reading of the “Fragment on Machines”

    In the Autonomist reading of Marx, this antagonistic movement between concrete productive activity and socially necessary labor time is collapsed in the opposition between qualitative and quantitative time. As Robert Kurz has argued, the Autonomists fail to distinguish between the process of valorization – the “creation of value” measured according to socially necessary labor time – and the material process of production (a difference that follows directly from the distinction between use and exchange value) (Kurz 1).

    This conflation is most readily apparent in the Autonomist interpretation of the “Fragment on Machines.” As Tiziana Terranova has noted, this text played a pivotal role in the development of Autonomist theories of post-Fordist production: “In the vivid pages of the ‘Fragment,’ [we see] the ‘other’ Marx of the Grundrisse … adopted by the social movements of the 1960s and 1970s against the more orthodox endorsement of Capital.” In the “Fragment,” Marx proposes what Paolo Virno describes as the “hardly Marxist” (100) suggestion that, with the rise of industrial production, science (and knowledge more generally) displaces direct human labor from its primary role in the process of production:

    But to the degree that large industry develops, the creation of real wealth comes to depend less on labour time … than on … the general state of science and on the progress of technology. … Labour no longer appears so much to be included within the production process. … [G]eneral social knowledge has become a direct force of production…. [T]he conditions of the process of social life itself have come under the control of the general intellect and been transformed in accordance with it. … [L]abour time ceases and must cease to be … measure, and hence exchange value [must cease to be the measure] of use value. … [The] theft of … surplus labour of the mass has ceased to be the condition for the development of general wealth. … With that, production based on exchange value breaks down, and the direct, material production process is stripped of the form of penury and antithesis. … (Marx, Grundrisse 705)

    Eliding the distinction between valorization and material production, Virno, in his reading of this part of the “Fragment,” interprets Marx’s description of heavy industry – as a technical process in which knowledge, displacing direct human labor, becomes the “chief actor” in the production of use values10 – to imply that the immaterial labor of the “general intellect” has become the primary source of value creation. This “one-sided” reading, however, completely removes the “antithesis” – or antagonistic movement – that underlies Marx’s analysis in the “Fragment” (Osborne 21). For Marx, the application of knowledge and science as a direct force in material production invalidates the immaterial process of valorization, since it reduces socially necessary labor time to a “vanishing minimum,” thereby rendering labor time itself largely irrelevant as a measure of material wealth. “[L]abour time must cease to be … the measure … of use value” because labor no longer plays a significant role in the material process of production.11 In the Autonomist account, on the other hand, this antagonistic movement between value and material wealth is elided in the opposition between measure and immeasurability, that is, between physical labor, which is subject to quantification, and an immaterial labor that is supposed to exceed every standard of measure. In Negri and Hardt’s terms, the displacement of direct human labor by the general intellect “negates every possibility of measure, even monetary measure” (82). As a result, “the value of labor-power is today … s-misurato (immeasurable and immense) … [,]outside of measure but at the same time beyond measure” (Negri and Hardt 82).12

    Whereas for Marx, then, the application of the general intellect in the production of material wealth invalidates the creation of value measured according to labor time, for Hardt and Negri, the general intellect constitutes an immeasurable source of value creation, of value without measure, exchange value without equivalence. Thus, a crisis of value, resulting from the obsolescence of labor as the measure of exchange value, is reduced in the Autonomist reading to a “crisis of quantification,” resulting from the rise of immeasurable forms of immaterial work that remain productive of value.

    In the Autonomist interpretation of Marx, this argument is attributed to the “Fragment” itself: Because Marx’s critique of temporal control presupposed spatialized time expropriated from physical labor, Marx believed that the crisis of measure would lead to the abolition of capital. However, contrary to this prediction (incorrectly attributed to Marx), the displacement of material labor did not lead to a “hotbed of crisis” (Virno 101). The immeasurability of immaterial labor did not create the conditions for the demise of capitalism, but instead, “has given rise to new and stable forms of power” (Virno 101). With the development of post-Fordist production, activities associated with non-laboring time – which, for the Autonomists, include not only science and technical knowledge, but also language, cognition, and affect – are subsumed as a new a source of surplus value for capital (Berardi, The Soul 33). In the social factory, there is no longer any “well defined threshold separating labor time from non-labor time” (Virno 103). The “qualitative difference between labor time and non-labor time” is completely collapsed (Virno 102), with the result that the exploitation of value, which was once only imposed on the labor performed in the factory during the working day, is extended to linguistic performance and other immaterial forms of activity that occur outside of the workplace: “Capital,” as Berardi explains, “must be absolutely free to expand in every corner of the world to find the fragment of human time available to be exploited” (Precarious Rhapsody 33). In that sense, “the post-Ford era is the full factual realization of the tendency described by Marx without, however, any emancipating consequences” (Virno 100). Thus, the “free time” that Marx mistook as a condition for the abolition of capital (Marx, Grundrisse 708) is subsumed in a new stage of production in which the “time of production is the time of life” (Negri, Time for Revolution 44). According to Berardi, therefore:

    In the classical mode of industrial production … rule was based … on the possibility of determining the value of goods on the basis of socially necessary working time. But in [post-Fordist production] based on exploitation of fluid info-work, there no longer exists any deterministic relations between work and value (After the Future 92).13

    This account of post-Fordist production is based upon a misreading of the concept of socially necessary labor time, one in which the latter is identified with the “spatial boundaries” of the working day. Marx’s critique of temporal domination is thereby reduced to an analysis of the exploitation of quantified time through the use of time discipline applied in the factory during the “dominant temporality” of the “normalizing day.”14 The alleged historical limitations in Marx’s approach – based on a nineteenth-century capitalism still largely confined to the production of material goods measured in spatialized units of time – can then be transcended, purportedly, by simply removing the “fiction” that supposedly separates labor from non-labor time, socially necessary labor time and free time, quantitative and qualitative time (Hardt and Negri, Empire 401-402).

    For Marx, however, socially necessary labor time is not identified with the quantified time of production applied in the factory. Rather, it refers to a socially determined temporal norm that imposes an abstract compulsion upon the technical process of production. (“[S]ocially necessary [labor time] … appears … to be enforced from outside by the action of competition. … In manufacture, on the contrary, the provision of a given quantity of the product in a given period of labour is a technical law of the process of production itself” (Marx, Capital 379).) In Capital, this technical process is opposed to the process of valorization, insofar as a reduction in the technically necessary time of production increases the quantity of use values that can be produced in a given period of time while simultaneously decreasing the socially necessary labor time that measures the latter’s exchange value.

    This “antagonistic movement” corresponds to what Marx refers to in the title of “Fragment” as the “[c]ontradiction between the foundation of bourgeois production (value as measure) and its development … [in m]achines” (Grundrisse 704). In this contradiction, a technical process of production that no longer depends upon labor (“machines”) is measured by a social abstraction of value whose quantity is determined by labor time: “Capital itself is the moving contradiction, [in] that it presses to reduce labour time to a minimum, while it posits labour time, on the other side, as sole measure and source of wealth” (Marx, Grundrisse 706). Hence, the continual reduction of labor time due to machinery (and the application of the general intellect) is opposed to the measurement of material wealth according to value determined by labor time, a measure that Marx defines in the section title as a historically determinate feature of capitalism, as the “foundation of bourgeois production” itself.

    This characterization of capital – as a moving contradiction that continually reduces the labor it must always apply as a measure of material production – is entirely consistent with the antagonistic movement described in Capital between socially necessary labor time and the time technically necessary for the production of material wealth. Contrary to the Autonomist interpretation, therefore, the “Fragment” does not represent a “hardly Marxist” departure from the analysis developed in Capital. On the contrary, the text appears to encapsulate the historical implications of the “antagonistic movement” described in the opening chapter of Capital.

    These implications, moreover, would appear to be directly opposed to the Autonomist interpretation of the “Fragment.” In this interpretation, the process of valorization – as the historically determinate “foundation of bourgeois production” that machinery has rendered invalid – is affirmed in the form of an immaterial labor that purportedly constitutes an immeasurable source of value creation. This reading, however, presupposes what Marx describes – with reference to bourgeois political economy – as a conflation of valorization and material production that “eternalizes” historical relations specific to capitalism.15 But as such, the attempts by Autonomist thinkers to overcome the historical limitations of Marx’s critical theory – namely, the presupposition that only spatialized time can be exploited by capital – amounts to a periodization of post-Fordist production that is predicated upon an ahistorical conception of labor as value-creating activity. In that sense, the attempt to define a new stage of post-Fordist production in terms of an immaterial labor that collapses the “well-defined threshold between labor and non-labor time” (Virno 103) (a threshold that is purportedly maintained in Marx’s analysis) results in what the Krisis Group describes as a “moralising broadening of the concept of labor,” one that results in a “further extension of the capitalist ontology of labor.” As a consequence, “life” itself is invested with the power of producing exchange value beyond every measure, a power of “self-valorization” on the part of a multitude whose capacity for creating surplus value for capital can no longer be quantified. As Tiqqun has argued, moreover, this affirmation of the immeasurable ability of life to generate value affirms the very domination of abstract labor and value that continues to alienate individuals from their own social activity: “Each … creates value in their own way, creates value in the maximum of sections of their existence … but self-valorization of each only measures the estrangement from self that the value-system has extorted, and only sanctions the massive victory of this system” (Tiqqun 119).

    As I have already mentioned, however, the distinction (or spatial boundary) between labor and non-labor time – whose disappearance defines the new “bio-political economy of time” (Sharma 17) – cannot be identified with the distinction between “free time” and “socially necessary labor time” within Marx’s analysis. In the “Fragment,” “free time” (or “disposable time”) does not refer to a qualitative time that exists outside of the quantified time applied in the factory as the measure of physical labor. Rather, free time refers to a non-laboring time that could be appropriated potentially as a result of the reduction of time technically necessary for the production of material wealth. Insofar as socially necessary labor time, however, remains the measure of the material wealth produced by this technical process, the free time that the latter potentially generates can exist only in the form of surplus labor for capital:

    Capital itself is the moving contradiction, [in] that it presses to reduce labour time to a minimum, while it posits labour time, on the other side, as sole measure and source of wealth. Hence it diminishes labour time in the necessary form so as to increase it in the superfluous form; hence posits the superfluous in growing measure as a condition – question of life or death – for the necessary.

    … But its tendency [is] always, on the one side, to create disposable time, on the other, to convert it into surplus labour. If it succeeds too well at the first, then it suffers from surplus production, and then necessary labour is interrupted, because no surplus labour can be realized by capital (Marx, Grundrisse 706).

    In this passage, the antithesis between disposable time and surplus labor time – or what Marx refers to elsewhere in the “Fragment” as the “abstract antithesis” between free time and direct labor time – corresponds to the antagonistic movement between use and exchange value that constitutes the foundation of Marx’s critique in Capital. Due to the contradictory movement of capital, the technical possibility of disposable time – a possibility that Marx identifies with that of a post-capitalist society based on the “general reduction of the necessary labour of society to a minimum” (Grundrisse 706) – becomes the condition for crises in the creation of value. In these crises, production can no longer continue – and thus wage labor cannot be employed – because the free time created potentially by increased efficiency in the production of material wealth cannot be appropriated as surplus value by capital. Insofar as socially necessary labor time continues to serve as the measure of an industrial process of production in which labor is no longer technically necessary, the potential for free time that the latter creates must be converted into a further reduction of socially necessary labor time, thereby perpetuating the latter’s abstract compulsion on the material process of production.

    This compulsion (the compulsion continually to convert the possibility of a socially general reduction of labor time into a means for achieving greater output per hour) constitutes a fundamental feature of Marx’s analysis of temporal domination in capitalism. Measured according to labor time, an increase in material wealth and disposable time results in a reduction in the exchange value of goods, leading to crises characterized paradoxically by scarcity, lack of employment, and an increased compulsion to labor: “Labour time as the measure of value posits wealth itself as founded on poverty, and disposable time as existing in and because of the antithesis to surplus labour time; or, the positing of an individual’s entire time as labour time… The most developed machinery thus forces the worker to work longer than the savage does … with the simplest, crudest tools” (Marx, Grundrisse 708-9).

    In the Autonomist account of the “Fragment,” the antithetical character of disposable time – as existing potentially in capitalism only “in and because” of surplus labor time – is elided in the literal interpretation of free time and socially necessary labor time as spatially delimited segments of time. This literal interpretation appears to underlie the Autonomist strategy of “refusal of work,” proposed by thinkers like Negri during the ‘70s. In Negri’s writings from the period, temporal domination in capitalism is associated with the exploitation of labor time in the factory: “Therefore, when we spoke of the refusal to work, one should have understood a refusal to work in the factory” (qtd. in Tiqqun 130). Thus, socially necessary labor time is identified with the determinate time and place of the factory during the working day. For Marx, however, socially necessary labor time does not refer to the spatialized time imposed in the process of production, but rather to an abstract form of temporal domination (“just as properly measured” in spatialized time), one that is established in the sphere of exchange. As such, the impersonal form of compulsion that this social abstraction engenders cannot be abolished by a refusal of work at the physical point of production.

    Moreover, failing to recognize the antithetical existence of free time in capitalism, the Autonomists conceived of the refusal of work as a “reclamation of surplus value” (Thoburn 136), as opposed to the appropriation of the potential for free time (a potential that, in capitalism, exists only “in and because” of surplus labor time). The refusal of work, then, is an attempt to reclaim disposable time as exchange value. As a result, the possibility described in the “Fragment” of appropriating an abundance of use values liberated from the measure of labor (which machinery has rendered invalid) is replaced by the Workerist demand for “wage increases without regard for productivity” (see Cleaver, “Work”) – that is, for an excessive appropriation from capital of a surplus value that immaterial labor purportedly generates beyond every measure: “Today, there is no longer any measure, and hence there is no longer any reasonable appropriation either. Today, we are outside measure— and that is so because we are in a state of productive surplus” (Casarino and Negri 77). Thus, in the “refusal of work,” the abolition of labor as the measure of value is reduced to the demand for a wage labor remunerated in value without measure.16 As a result, the possibility of a liberation from labor (implied in the “Fragment”) is replaced by the demand for a liberation of labor from quantification.17

    For Marx, however, disposable time – as a potential that emerges from the reduction of time technically necessary for the production of material wealth in industrial capitalism – cannot be appropriated so long as labor continues to determine exchange value, regardless of whether it is measured or not. But insofar as such an appropriation of free time as value presupposes the determination of value by labor (a fetish that, in the notion of “bio-political production,” is extended to life or existence in general), the strategy would appear to preclude the possibility of eliminating the “foundation of bourgeois production” itself. In that sense, the refusal of work (based on the claim that immaterial labor produces immeasurable value) is directly opposed to the abolition of labor as the measure of value.18 From the perspective of Marx’s analysis, then, such a refusal of work – which elides the distinction between surplus value and free time – confuses a condition for the emergence of crises in capitalism with a condition for the abolition of capitalism itself.

    Conclusion: The Multitude and Surplus Humanity

    For Negri, of course, what emerged after the crises produced by the refusal of work in the ‘70s – or what Franco Berardi describes as the demand for “freedom from the life-time prison of the industrial factory” (Berardi, “What is the Meaning of Autonomy”) – was a new bio-political mode of production that, dissolving the distinction between free time and labor, exploits existence itself as a source of surplus value. Thus, society itself becomes a site for the control of quality time outside the industrial factory. From the perspective of Marx’s analysis, however, this new stage of production is not a bio-political economy of time, one in which the life of the multitude is incorporated as a new source of value-creating activity that can no longer be measured. Rather, it is a political economy that, by preserving a social measure of value according to labor that is no longer (technically) necessary, creates a growing “surplus humanity” that is excluded from the conditions of life because its labor is no longer productive of value.19 As Moishe Postone has described, in the political economy of contemporary capitalism, the increase in the potential for free time, “the growing superfluity of labor[,] … is expressed as the growing superfluity of people” (Postone, “Critical Theory” 10). Contrary to the Autonomist theory of post-Fordist production, contemporary capitalism is not defined by the manipulation of free time, understood as the quality time of existence separated from the quantified time of production. Rather, it is a society in which the potential for free time, and the possibility of a post-capitalist society, remains unrealizable insofar as free time continues to be appropriated as value measured according to labor.

    Footnotes

    This article grew out of a presentation delivered during the 2013–14 Pembroke Seminar at Brown University on the theme of socialism and post-socialism. In developing the argument for this essay, I benefited greatly from discussions with Joshua Neves. My thanks also to Alessandro Carrera at the University of Houston for his critical comments on earlier drafts of the essay, and for his generous assistance in deepening my understanding of the intellectual and political genealogy of Autonomist Marxism. Any errors or inaccuracies in my account of the latter, of course, are my own.

    1. “Aristotle sees the essence of time in the nun, Hegel in the ‘now’ (jetzt). Aristotle takes the nun as oros; Hegel takes the ‘now’ as ‘boundary’ (Grenze). Aristotle understands the nun as stigme; Hegel interprets the ‘now’ as a point. That space is time.” (Heidegger 500, footnote xxx).

    2. Although Negri’s account, in Empire, of the Western metaphysical tradition does not rely explicitly on Heidegger’s history of the concept of time, his critique of spatialized time in Aristotle and in Hegel is consistent with Heidegger’s. This critique, moreover (as applied, in particular, to the theory of value), is one that Negri appears to maintain throughout his writings, despite the significant changes in his assessment of the concept of time in Marx and in Heidegger. Thus, in Empire, Marx’s theory is described in apparently Heideggerian terms as belonging to the “Aristotelian tradition of measure” (401). In Insurgencies, on the other hand, Negri argues that “Marx’s metaphysics of time is much more radical than Heidegger’s” (28, 9), precisely because the Marxian notion of time as immanent to praxis and to the process of production departs from the Aristotelian tradition (which Heidegger is said to inherit) that conceives time as a transcendent form. As Negri explains, “‘temporality [in Marx] is rooted in man’s productive capacity, in the ontology of his becoming. … [Temporality here is] absolutely constitutive… [in that it] does not reveal Being but produces beings” (Negri and Boscagli 29). This verdict, however, is reversed in “Power and Ontology.” Here, the “absolutely constitutive” temporality that supposedly separates Marx’s “metaphysics of time” from Heidegger’s is attributed to Heidegger’s philosophy as well: “Heidegger … points to a conception of time as ontologically constitutive, which radically breaks the hegemony [of] … the transcendental … Time aspires to be power, it alludes to its productivity” (310–311). In ‘‘Twenty Theses on Marx,’’ a similar reversal occurs in relation to Negri’s interpretation of Marx: for Negri, the “limit of Marx’s consideration consists in his reducing the form of value to an objective measure,” even though this limitation is one that Marx already exceeds: “Certainly Marx goes beyond Marx, and one should never pretend that his discussions of labor and value are only a discourse on measure” (“Twenty Theses” 151). What remains consistent throughout these contradictory statements, of course, is the critique of spatialized time: Marx and Heidegger fall in and out of the Aristotelian tradition of measure, depending on whether they are interpreted as endorsing the concept of time as a transcendent measure of movement, or not.

    3. “The industrial workers had been refusing their role in the factory and gaining freedom from capitalist domination. However, this situation drove the capitalists to invest in labour-saving technologies and also to change the technical composition of the work-process, in order to expel the well organised industrial workers and to create a new organisation of labour which could be more flexible” (Berardi, “What is the Meaning”).

    4. “Even if the political has become a realm outside measure, value nonetheless remains. Even if in postmodern capitalism there is no longer a fixed scale that measures value, value nonetheless is still powerful and ubiquitous” (Hardt and Negri, Empire 356, emphasis added).

    5. There is, of course, an enormous body of critical literature on the concept of immaterial labor. Much of this work – especially that informed by conventional Marxist approaches that insist upon the irreducible materiality of production and labor – has been largely confined to challenging the Autonomist claim that immaterial labor constitutes a defining feature of the contemporary capitalist economy. This claim, according to critics, is belied by the “persistence of all-too-material forms of labour,” both in the “developing world” as well as within the “postmodern economies” of Europe, the US, and Japan (Gill and Pratt 9). As Harman, Henwood (184–185), and Thompson (84–85) have noted, for instance, industrial labor, contrary to the Autonomist claim, has in fact expanded in the era of post-Fordist production, while those engaged in the industries that the Autonomists define as immaterial labor continue to constitute only a tiny minority of the global work force. The emphasis on immaterial labor, therefore, has served to obscure the prevalence of manual labor in non-Western economies: “Negri’s analysis [is] profoundly Eurocentric in its neglect of the value-creating labor of billions of people on the planet” (Caffentzis, In Letters 79).

    Critics, moreover, have also called into question the very distinction between material and immaterial labor. According to Caffentzis, Hardt and Negri’s classification of reproductive work as immaterial labor implies a sexist denial of the latter’s bodily character: “[A]fter the women’s movement’s long struggle to have ‘housework,’ ‘reproductive’ work and the body be recognized as central to the analysis of capitalism, it is discouraging to have two men come along and describe the very embodied reproductive work done largely by women as ‘immaterial’!” (In Letters 199). Moreover, in response to the Autonomist insistence on the unlocalizable character of virtual networks, critics have underscored the embeddedness of Internet companies in specific locales (English-Lueck et al. 90–108, Indergaard 4, and Perrons 45–61), while emphasizing the materiality of digital labor: “[E]ven the zeros and ones that make up the Internet’s codes have to be written, and entered, by someone, somewhere” (Gill and Pratt 9). For Caffentzis, the dependence of immaterial labor on physical infrastructures and embodied experiences calls into question the category of immaterial labor itself: “[I]mmaterial labor as defined … by Hardt and Negri… —‘labor that produces an immaterial good, such as a service, a cultural product, knowledge, or communication’—does not exist. … The products of services, from stylish hair cuts to massages, are embodied material goods” (In Letters 177).

    As Ben Trott has argued, however, “many of [these] criticisms have … been based on a failure to fully comprehend the tendential nature of [Hardt and Negri’s] argument. … [This] argument … is qualitative as opposed to quantitative. … In other words, their argument that immaterial labour is tending to … influence other forms of production … is in no way contradicted by the claim that there has been no overall decline in the number of people involved in industrial or … agricultural production” (218).

    These statements, however, expose an important assumption underlying the debate on immaterial labor. This assumption – shared by both the Autonomists as well as those of their critics who insist on the “stubborn materiality” of labor – is that the historical trajectory of capitalist production can be adequately understood in terms of the opposition between material and immaterial labor, and therefore in terms of either a qualitative tendency toward immaterial labor or the (quantitative) persistence of physical labor in the postmodern economy. As a result of this presupposition, the debate on post-Fordist production has tended to focus on the significance of material versus immaterial labor in the production of value while failing to analyze critically the production of value itself, which Marx defines as a historically determinate feature (or differentia specifica) of both material and immaterial labor in capitalism. Thus, in a recent analysis of the crisis in 2008, Hardt argues against the “standard narrative” that the “fictional economy” of speculation and finance had lead to the falsification of “real … industrial value,” insisting that it is “not a question of real and fiction anyway [but] of measure and immeasurability. . . The value of material and tangible products corresponded to regimes of economic measure, but the value of immaterial or intangible products are not measureable” (“Falsify”). On the other hand, in the essay “Immeasurable Value?” Caffentzis contends that value and labor time remain measurable in post-Fordist production despite their supposedly immaterial character (115). What these arguments fail to call into question is the fictional character of value itself, understood as a measurable quantity underlying both the real as well as fictional economy in capitalism. In contrast to the Marxist critiques outlined above, Marx’s critical theory does not affirm the materiality of production and labor as an indispensible principle for understanding the capitalist economy. On the contrary, for Marx, as David Harvey has mentioned, capitalist production is identified with the “immaterial” concept of value: “[M]any are surprised to find that Marx’s most fundamental concept [of value] is ‘immaterial…’ given the way he is usually depicted as a materialist for whom anything immaterial would be anathema” (142). In capitalism, according to Marx, the production of value – as an immaterial and fictional (or fetishistic) quantity – becomes a function of both material and immaterial labor: both physical goods and intangible products or services become the “material repository” for the “supersensible” substance of value (Marx, “Results” 452). The tendency of capitalist production, moreover, is defined in Marx’s analysis by the “antagonistic movement” between the (immaterial) process of valorization and what Marx refers to as the “material process of production” (a category that, as Fiona Tregenna points out, also includes immaterial labor or service (11)). This contradiction is elided in the opposition between material and immaterial labor that has continued to frame much of the debate on post-Fordist production. As I argue in the final part of this essay, this elision results in a fundamental mischaracterization of the tendency of capitalist production.

    6. As Derrida argues in “Ousia and Grammé,” for example, Heidegger’s critique of “intra-temporality,” or the “vulgar conception of time” as a “homogenous medium in which the movement of daily existence” (Derrida 35) occurs, is already anticipated in the writings of Aristotle and Hegel. Although Aristotle defines time as the “number” or measure of movement, he also maintains that time cannot be reduced to this measure: “There is time only in the extent to which movement has number, but time, in the rigorous sense, is neither movement nor number” (Derrida 59; emphasis added). If time, in Aristotle, is conceived on the model of space, this “spatial and linear representation,” nevertheless, “is inadequate” as a figure for time (Derrida 56). In Hegel, likewise, time is not simply conceived as a homogenous medium in which movement occurs. As Hegel explains in the Encyclopaedia, ‘it is not in time … that everything comes to be and passes away, rather time itself is the becoming’” (Derrida 44). According to Derrida, such formulations suggest “an entire Hegelian critique of intratemporality.” (Derrida 45). If time, then, for Aristotle and Hegel is the measure of motion, this measure of motion, nevertheless, cannot be equated with time (Derrida 45).

    7. My reading of Marx’s commentary on Aristotle differs from one Cornelius Castoriadis famously proposed. In Capital, Marx maintains that Aristotle failed to discover the “secret of the expression of value, namely, that all kinds of labour are equal and equivalent” (a secret whose “scientific discovery” is attributed to political economy), due to the existence of slavery in Greek society and the “inequality of men and of their labour powers.” These “peculiar conditions … alone prevented [Aristotle] from discovering what, ‘in truth,’ was at the bottom of this equality” (Capital 69). But insofar as this equality, Castoriadis maintains, is established on the basis of a property that (“in truth”) does not exist in the products of labor, what Aristotle fails to uncover is a secret with no scientific validity: Aristotle “did not see [abstract labor] because there was nothing to see, because the equality of human labors, as far as it ‘exists’… [is] the historical constructum of an effective pseudohomogeneity of individuals and labors … [a] creation of capitalism” (Castoriadis 688). In Marx’s criticism of Aristotle, therefore, abstract labor, as “a creation of capitalism,” is accorded a scientific status, transforming it into a “trans-historical determination, into the Substance Labor” (Castoriadis 688). For Castoriadis, this “ambiguity” in Marx’s criticism of Aristotle reveals an “antinomy … that perpetually divides the thought of Marx between the idea of a ‘historical production’ of social categories … and the idea of an ultimate ‘rationality’ of the historical process.” I would argue, however, that these positions are not mutually exclusive. Marx’s critique of political economy, as having discovered a secret property (abstract labor and value) whose existence it merely assumes, suggests that, for Marx, political economy provides a scientific account of a society based on the measurement of a “metaphysical” and historically determinate property.

    8. “Marxists analyze how this qualitative conception is transformed into a quantitative notion of the law of value centered on the problem of the measure of the value of labor. The magnitude of value expresses the link between a certain commodity and the labor time necessary to produce it, which can be expressed in units of ‘simple labor’” (Hardt and Negri, Commonwealth 166).

    9. “The difference between a material product and an ‘immaterial’ service consists solely of a different temporal relationship between production and consumption: the material product is first produced and subsequently consumed. … In the case of a service (whether we are talking about a taxi ride, a massage, or a theater performance), the act of production is concurrent with the act of consumption” (Heinrich 44). Virno’s reading conflates Marx’s position on immaterial labor with what Fiona Tregenna describes as the “physicalist approach of earlier classical economists” such as Smith, Malthus, and Ricardo (Tregenna 9). As Tregenna explains, this approach “equate[d] production with the production of physical goods and defined productive labour in terms of the labour involved in the production of such goods” (9). In “Results of the Direct Production Process,” Marx not only criticizes this view explicitly, he also argues that the identification of “productive labor” with the production of physical goods obscures the historical character of the category of “productive labor” itself – that is, labor that generates value – as a characteristic that both material and “non-material” labor acquires only in capitalism.

    10. In Capital, Marx cites Aristotle’s definition of real wealth as “values in use:” “‘True wealth (o aleqinos ploutos) consists of such values in use’” (170).

    11. According to Peter Osborne, “Negri’s rejection of Marx’s theory of value[,] … the claim that, under conditions of real subsumption, the productive power of science and technology abolishes the possibility of labour-time functioning as a measure of value,” is based upon a “misreading of the temporal grammar” of Marx’s statement in the “Fragment” that “‘labour time ceases … to be … measure’” (Osborne 21). This statement, as Osborne explains, does not imply that labor is no longer the measure of value. Rather, Marx is “describing a hypothetical, counterfactual situation” (Osborne 21). “There is a characteristic movement between an exhortatory … ‘must’ and a speculatively already achieved future present (‘ceases’, ‘has ceased’, ‘breaks down’ and ‘is stripped’)” (Osborne 21). Yet, according to Osborne, despite this “one-sided” reading – which “conflate[s] the categories of wealth and value” – Negri succeeds in identifying the “main problem with Marx’s account[,] … his assumptions about the use of disposable time within capitalism, in its antithesis to labour-time: namely, that everyone’s time is freed ‘for their own development.’ … These are now utterly untenable, nineteenth century assumptions. … Existing society has turned free or disposable time into the site for the realization of value. . . . This is the terrain of Negri’s and Virno’s concepts of … the real subsumption of the social” (Osborne 21–22). This interpretation of the concept of free time, however, is based on an equally one-sided “misreading of the temporal grammar” in Marx, one that removes the antithetical relation between free time and labor time within capitalism. Like the Autonomists, Osborne assumes that “free time” refers to non-laboring time in “existing society,” to “disposable time within capitalism.” For Marx, however, free time refers to the non-laboring time that could be appropriated potentially in a society in which labor ceases to be the measure of value. In capitalism, however, “disposable time … exist[s] in and because of the antithesis to surplus labour time” (Marx, Grundrisse 708). Free time, in other words, refers to a “hypothetical, counterfactual situation” (Osborne 21), not to leisure in existing society. But as such, Marx’s “nineteenth century assumptions” about free time are not contradicted by the commodification of leisure – or the prevalence of yoga and time-management specialists – in the twentieth and twenty-first centuries (see Sharma 92). Marx’s assumption is not that leisure cannot be commodified, but that, under capitalism, the reduction of labor time in the production of material wealth cannot be appropriated as disposable time, but must be converted into surplus value for capital.

    12. Negri and Hardt’s interpretation of the contradiction of capital as a contradiction between the value created by labor and its measure or quantification is partly derived from Raniero Panzieri’s reading of the “Fragment.” According to Panzieri, “Marx asserts … a theory of capitalism’s ‘untenability’ at its maximum level of development, when the ‘superabundant’ productive forces enter into conflict with the system’s ‘restricted base’ and the quantitative measurement of labour becomes an obvious absurdity” (36). In the “Fragment,” however, the “restricted base” that comes into conflict with the industrial process of production is not the “quantitative measurement of labour.” Rather, the contradiction lies in the valuation of goods according to labor time despite the development of a mode of production in which the “creation of [material] wealth” has become “independent of labor” (Marx, Grundrisse 706).

    13. “The Fordist industrial economy was founded on the production of objectively measurable value quantifiable by socially necessary labor time. The postindustrial economy is based on linguistic exchange, the value of simulation. This simulation becomes the decisive element in in the determination of value” (Berardi, After the Future 106).

    14. See Sarah Sharma’s Autonomist critique of Marx’s analysis of socially necessary labor time as a theory of the “role of clocks and other timekeeping devices to control workers” in the factory during the working day (141).

    15. In Capital, for example, Marx criticizes the “ambiguous” “analysis of the commodity in terms of ‘labour’ [that has in general been] … carried out … by all previous economists” (Marx, “Results” 401): “It is not sufficient to reduce the commodity to ‘labour’; labour must be broken down into its twofold form – on the one hand, into concrete labour in the use-values of the commodity, and on the other hand, into socially necessary labour as calculated in exchange-value. … By confusing the appropriation of the labour process by capital with the labour process itself, the economists transform the material elements of the labour process into capital. … But it is evident … that this is a very convenient method by which to demonstrate the eternal validity of the capitalist mode of production.…” (Marx, “Results” 401, emphasis added).

    16. This position is one that Negri maintains in his later writings as well. For Hardt and Negri, the immeasurability of the value produced by immaterial labor serves as the basis for their demand for a social wage:

    In the passage to … biopolitical production, labor power has become increasingly collective and social. It is not even possible to support the old slogan “equal pay for equal work” when labor cannot be individualized and measured. The demand for a social wage extends to the entire population the demand that all activity necessary for the production of capital be recognized with an equal compensation such that a social wage is really a guaranteed income (Hardt and Negri, Empire 403).

    17.

    Here, the rallying cry of communists like … Negri is not the abolition of work, but it’s “real liberation;” not the cessation of work time (which is the “essential component of life time”!), but the project of reclaiming mastery over it, in the interest of liberating suppressed “creative energies;” in short, not the end of work, but the unleashing of its enormous potential. … The goal of this new, postmodern communism (the way to package and sell our revolution today) is to celebrate subjectivities and make good on desires, even if some of them seem intractably stamped with the commodity form, and hence anathema to any substantial social transformation. (Lamarche 61)

    18. My interpretation of Negri departs from readings, such as those of Harry Cleaver and Kathi Weeks, that attempt to identify the critique of labor in Marx with the “refusal of labor” proposed in the work of Autonomist writers. In his introduction to Negri’s Marx beyond Marx, Cleaver argues that “Capital … is … largely consistent with the main lines of Negri’s [interpretation of the Grundrisse]” (Cleaver, “Introduction” xxvii). Similarly, in The Problem with Work, Kathi Weeks argues that, in “replacing [the] slogan… ‘the right to work’ with … ‘the refusal of work,’ the autonomists … follow in the footsteps of Marx, the Marx who, for example, insisted that freedom depended on the shortening of the working day” (Weeks 97–8). For Negri, moreover, according to Cleaver, the “refusal of work appears as a constituting praxis that produces a new mode of production, in which the capitalist relation is reversed and surplus labor is totally subordinated to working-class need.” (Cleaver, “Introduction” xxv). Contrary to Cleaver, I argue that the refusal of work cannot be equated with the abolition of labor in Marx, since the strategy (in Negri’s formulation at least) presupposes (in an immeasurable form) the determination of value according to labor that Marx identifies as the very foundation of bourgeois production. In that sense, the refusal of work is an attempt to establish a new mode of production on the same foundation as the one it seeks to abolish.

    19. “In this society, those who cannot sell their labor are considered ‘superfluous’ and are discarded in the social waste dump. Those who do not work shall not eat! This cynical principle is still in effect, today more than ever, precisely because it is hopelessly obsolete. It is absurd: Although work has become superfluous, society has never been more of a labor society” (Krisis).

    Works Cited

    • Aristotle. The Complete Works of Aristotle: The Revised Oxford Translation. ed. Jonathan Barnes. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1995. Print.
    • Berardi, Franco. After the Future. Ed. Gary Genosko and Nicholas Thoburn. Oakland: AK Press, 2011. Print.
    • —. Precarious Rhapsody. Semio-capitalism and the Pathologies of the Post-Alpha Generation. London: Autonomedia, 2009. Print.
    • —. The Soul At Work: From Alienation to Autonomy. Los Angeles: Semiotext(e), 2009. Print.
    • —.“What is the Meaning of Autonomy Today? Subjectivation, Social Composition, Refusal of Work.” Multitudes. 2003. Web. 10 May 2016.
    • Brown, Brian A. “Primitive Digital Accumulation: Privacy, Social Networks & Biopolitical Exploitation.” Rethinking Marxism 25.3 (2013): 385–403. Print.
    • Brown, Brian A., and Anabel Quan-Haase. “A Workers’ Inquiry 2.0.” tripleC—Communication, Cognition, Cooperation 10.2 (2012): 488–508. Print.
    • Caffentzis, George. “Immeasurable Value? An Essay on Marx’s Legacy.” Reading Negri: Marxism in the Age of Empire. Ed. Pierre Lamarche, Max Rosenkrantz, and David Sherman. Chicago: Open Court, 2011. 101–24. Print.
    • —. In Letters of Blood and Fire: Work, Machines, and Value in the Bad Infinity of Capitalism. Oakland: Common Notions/PM Press, 2013. Print.
    • Castoriadis, Cornelius. “From Marx to Aristotle, from Aristotle to Us.” Social Research 45.4 (1978): 667-738. Print.
    • Casarino, Cesare, and Antonio Negri. In Praise of the Commons: A Conversation on Philosophy and Politics. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2008. Print.
    • Cleaver, Harry. “Introduction.” Antonio Negri. Marx Beyond Marx: Lessons on the Grundrisse. New York: Autonomedia, 1991. Print. xix-xxvii.
    • —. “Work, Value and Domination: On the Continuing Relevance of the Marxian Labor Theory of Value in the Crisis of the Keynesian Planner State.” Web. May 21, 2016.
    • Cooper, Melinda. “Marx Beyond Marx, Marx Before Marx: Negri’s Lucretian Critique of the Hegelian Marx.” Reading Negri: Marxism in the Age of Empire. Ed. Pierre Lamarche, Max Rosenkrantz, and David Sherman. Chicago: Open Court Publishing Company, 2011. 127-147. Print.
    • Derrida, Jacques. “Ousia and Grammé: Note on a Note from Being and Time.” Margins of Philosophy. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1982. Print.
    • English-Lueck, J.A., C.N. Darrah, and A. Savari. “Trusting Strangers: Work Relationships in Four High-tech Communities.” Information, Communication & Society 5 (2002): 90–108. Print.
    • Gill, Rosalind, and Andy Pratt. “In the Social Factory? Immaterial Labour, Precariousness and Cultural Work.” Theory, Culture & Society 25.7-8 (2008): 1-30. Print.
    • Hardt, Michael. “Affective Labor.” Boundary 2 26.2 (1999): 89-100. Print.
    • —.“Falsify the Currency!” Global Crisis: Unsettled Practices—Work and Expert Knowledge. University of Chicago. Dec. 2010. Lecture. Web. 10 May 2016.
    • Hardt, Michael, and Antonio Negri. Empire. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2000. Print.
    • —. Commonwealth. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2009. Print.
    • Harman, C. “Initial Statement: Chris Harman.” The Harman-Hardt Debate: The Working Class or the Multitude. World Social Forum. Porto Alegre, Brazil. 25 Jan. 2003. Web. 10 May 2016.
    • Harvey, David. Spaces of Global Capital: A Theory of Uneven Geographical Development. New York: Verso, 2006. Print.
    • Heidegger, Martin. Being and Time. Trans. John Macquarrie and Edward Robinson. London: SCM Press, 1962. Print.
    • Heinrich, Michael. An Introduction to the Three Volumes of Karl Marx’s Capital. New York: Monthly Review Press, 2012. Print.
    • Henwood, D. After the New Economy: The Binge … And The Hangover That Won’t Go Away. New York and London: The New Press, 2003. Print.
    • Indergaard, M. Silicon Alley: The Rise and Fall of a New Media District. New York: Routledge, 2004. Print.
    • Jappe, Anselm, and Robert Kurz. Les Habits neufs de L’Empire: Remarques sur Negri, Hardt et Rufin. Paris: Lignes-Léo Scheer, 2003. Print.
    • Krisis-Kritik der Warengesellschaft. “Manifesto Against Labor.” 31 Dec. 1999. Web. 1 Mar. 2015.
    • Kurz, Robert. “« Empire » : Le monde en crise comme Disneyland de la « multitude » (Hardt/Negri).” 29 Jan. 2011. Critique de la valeur-dissociation. Repenser une théorie critique du capitalisme. Palim Psao. Web. 16 Feb. 2016.
    • Lamarche, Pierre. “Selling a Revolution.” Reading Negri: Marxism in the Age of Empire. Ed. Pierre Lamarche, David Sherman, and Max Rosenkrantz. Chicago: Open Court, 2011. 57-74. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. “A Contribution to the Critique of Political Economy.” 1859. Trans. Victor Schnittke. Vol. 29 of Collected Works. New York: International Publishers, 1975-92. 272-73. Print.
    • —. Capital: A Critique of Political Economy. Volume I: The Process of Capitalist Production. 1867. Trans. Samuel Moore and Edward Aveling. Ed. Frederick Engels. Chicago: Charles H. Kerr and Co, 1909. Print.
    • —. “Chapter Six. Results of the Direct Production Process.” in Marx and Engels Collected Works, vol. 34: Economic Works, 1861–64. New York: International Publishers, 355–474. Print.
    • —. Grundrisse. Trans. Martin Nicolaus. London: Penguin, 1973. Print.
    • Negri, Antonio. ‘Interpretation of the Class Situation Today: Methodological Aspects.’ in Open Marxism, Volume 2, Theory and Practice. Ed. W. Bonefeld, R. Gunn and K. Psychopedis, London: Pluto, 69–105. Print.
    • —. Marx Beyond Marx: Lessons on the Grundrisse. New York: Autonomedia, 1991. Print.
    • —. “Power and Ontology Between Heidegger and Spinoza.” Spinoza Now. Ed. D. Vardoulakis. Minneapolis : U of Minnesota P, 2011. 307-320. Print.
    • —. Time for Revolution. Trans. Matteo Mandarini. London: Bloomsbury, 2013. Print.
    • —. “Twenty Theses on Marx.” Marxism Beyond Marxism. Ed. Saree Makdisi, Cesare Casarino, and Rebecca Karl. New York: Routledge, 1996. 149–180. Print.
    • Negri, Antonio, and Maurizia Boscagli. Insurgencies: Constituent Power and the Modern State. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota, 1999. Print.
    • Negri, Antonio, and Michael Hardt. “Value and Affect.” Boundary 2 26.2 (1999): 77-88. Print. Potere Operaio. “Italy 1969-1970: A Wave of Struggles.” A supplement to Potere Operaio, no. 27, June 27-July 3, 1970. Print.
    • Osborne, Peter. “Marx and the Philosophy of Time.” Radical Philosophy 147 (January/ February 2008): 15–22. Print.
    • Panzieri, Raniero. “Surplus Value and Planning: Notes on the Reading of Capital.” Trans. J. Bees. The Labour Process and Class Strategies, CSE Pamphlet No. 1. Ed. CSE. London: Stage 1, 1976. 4-25. Print.
    • Perrons, D. “Understanding Social and Spatial Divisions in the New Economy: New Media Clusters and the Digital Divide.” Economic Geography 80.1 (2004): 45–61. Print.
    • Postone, Moishe. “The Critical Theory of Capitalism.” Seminario Internacional “¿Teoría Crítica del Capitalismo?” Centro de Ciencias Humanas y Sociales del CSIC. 23 Nov. 2012. Web. 28 Feb. 2015.
    • —. Time, Labor and Social Domination: A Reinterpretation of Marx’s Critical Theory. Cambridge: Cambridge UP, 1993. Print.
    • Rosenkrantz, Max. “Empire, Imperialism, and Value: Negri on Capitalist Sovereignty.” Reading Negri; Marxism in the Age of Empire. Chicago: Open Court, 2011. Print.
    • Sharma, Sarah. In the Meantime: Temporality and Cultural Politics. Durham : Duke UP, 2014. Print.
    • Terranova, Tiziana. “Free Labor: Producing Culture for the Digital Economy.” Social Text 63 (Volume 18, Number 2) Summer 2000: 33-58. Print.
    • Thoburn, Nicholas. Deleuze, Marx and Politics. London: Routledge, 2003. Print.
    • Thompson, Paul. “Foundation and Empire: A Critique of Hardt and Negri.” Capital & Class 86 (2005): 73-86. Print.
    • Tiqqun. This Is Not a Program. Los Angeles: Semiotext(e), 2011. Print.
    • Tregenna, Fiona. “‘Services’ in Marxian Economic Thought.” Cambridge Working Papers in Economics 0935, Faculty of Economics, University of Cambridge. Sept. 2009. Web. 10 May 2016.
    • Trott, Ben. “Immaterial Labour and World Order: An Evaluation of a Thesis.” Ephemera: Theory and Politics in Organisation 7.1 (2007): 203-232. Print.
    • Virno, Paolo. A Grammar of the Multitude. Trans. Isabella Bertoletti, James Cascaito and Andrea Casson. Los Angeles: Semiotext(e), 2004. Print.
    • Weeks, Kathi. The Problem with Work: Feminism, Marxism, Antiwork Politics, and Postwork Imaginaries. Durham: Duke UP, 2011. Print.
  • Introduction: Rolande Glicenstein’s Walter Benjamin Chapter 1

    Brad Prager (bio)
    University of Missouri

    The panels that compose Rolande Glicenstein’s exquisitely illustrated graphic work depict the genesis of the bond between Walter Benjamin and Gershom Scholem, whose friendship and correspondence has been extensively documented. The originality of Glicenstein’s piece lies in her technique: the density of the lines, alternately thick and thin, taken together with the depth she achieves through creatively contrasting foregrounds and backgrounds, demonstrates an understanding of these two thinkers’ personal connection, and of their varying degrees of integration into the German and Jewish worlds they inhabited.

    To choose one example: Glicenstein’s distinctive style underscores Scholem’s recollections of Benjamin’s comportment as a speaker, about which Scholem claims to have retained vivid memories. He writes in his memoir: “The first thing that struck me about Benjamin—indeed it was characteristic of him all his life—was that he never could remain seated quietly during a conversation but immediately began to pace up and down in the room as he formulated his sentences. At some point, he would stop before me and in the most intense voice deliver his opinion on the matter. Or he might offer several viewpoints in turn, as if he were conducting an experiment” (Story of a Friendship 8). The initial images in Glicenstein’s depiction present Benjamin-in-motion, a hydra of a man who occupies the right halves of two consecutive panels. These panels, with their vacant centers, their lack of dialogue, and their tandem depictions of Scholem observing Benjamin’s erratic movements from a safe distance, contrast with the many well-known likenesses of Benjamin in repose, the images that make up the finite photographic archive we have by now grown accustomed to seeing. Benjamin appears here in the dynamics of a relationship because Glicenstein resists the temptation to sanctify him. Unlike many other portraits, hers is hardly hagiographic.

    The subjective standpoint inherent in Glicenstein’s depictions acknowledges that Benjamin’s bearing is seen through Scholem’s eyes. He is this work’s narrator, and the author-artist relies on a first-person indirect perspective, just as one would expect to see in a cinematic adaptation. This is, by and large, a graphic retelling of Scholem’s recollections: we know what we know about their friendship mainly from his memoirs. The movement of Benjamin’s body in that first encounter, nearly bowing, echoes Scholem’s own description in which Benjamin presents himself with an “almost Chinese courtesy” (On Jews 174). He is an object of Scholem’s adoration and fascination, and he makes for a curious interlocutor, moving in and out of this story, woven into its frames. His orbital motions reflect the paths of these thinkers’ ongoing discussions and follow the tangential tendencies symptomatic of Scholem’s account of their friendship. The two rove improvisationally in their conversations, touching on an assortment of books, essays, and ideas. The many stations of the conversation that brings the two of them, for example, from Kant to Henri Poincaré to Schelling, as depicted in these pages, are derived entirely from Scholem’s own writings (Story of a Friendship 11).

    More than a mere adaptation of Scholem’s memoirs, this representation is commentary; its form uniquely underlines a range of cultural and interpersonal dynamics. Throughout the conversations that are depicted here, Benjamin, who was five years older than Scholem, seems to take up more space than his counterpart. Scholem brushes up against the margins, sometimes crowded out by his own speech bubbles, and Benjamin looms larger. For these psychically weighted compositions, expressionist film is surely a point of reference. 1915, the year of Benjamin and Scholem’s first conversation, was the year Paul Wegener and Henrik Galeen’s Der Golem was released. Accordingly, a number of Glicenstein’s panels highlight the expressionistic play of light and shadow. One notes, for example, the panel in which Scholem’s father, entirely enshrouded by darkness, says a prayer over his tobacco. Glicenstein makes use of the chiaroscuros typical of that cinematic moment, drawing attention to the scale of Scholem’s Oedipal dramas.

    Where she gestures toward expressionism, the artist’s style deliberately reflects her subjects’ era. Glicenstein also persistently calls her readers’ attention to the specter of the First World War. Some may not be aware of how doggedly Benjamin worked to avoid military service, starting in late 1914 when, at an appropriate age to serve, he was exempted for exhibiting a type of palsy (Story of a Friendship 11). His avoidance of the military became especially arduous as the war dragged on and his brother Georg entered the service. As noted by Howard Eiland and Michael Jennings, Benjamin would stay up all night (in Scholem’s presence) drinking large amounts of coffee so that he would fail his medical examinations (78), and when, at the end of December 1916, Benjamin was classified by the draft board as “fit for light field operations,” his partner Dora undertook to induce illnesses in him through hypnosis (91). Scholem recalls: “[Dora] revealed to me in the strictest confidence that she was using hypnosis—to which Benjamin was very susceptible—to produce sciaticalike symptoms, thus making it possible for the doctor to give him a certificate for the military authorities. A medical committee came…for an investigation, and Benjamin was actually given a few months’ deferment. The sciatica story was kept up, and Benjamin remained incommunicado to everyone but Dora” (Story of a Friendship 35–36). In the pages of the present work, Dora can be seen hypnotizing a remarkably wide-eyed and helpless Benjamin.

    In Anson Rabinbach’s assessment, both Benjamin and Scholem “abhorred and avoided” the First World War. They likewise shared a strong reaction against “the culture of the middle-class” and against “assimilated German Jewry” (xi). With a similar distaste for ideology, they turned against Martin Buber, who was busily articulating his brand of Zionism. Up to a point, Scholem had been under Buber’s influence. He writes, “I had undertaken to unite the two paths of socialism and Zionism in my own life and presented this quest to Benjamin, who admitted that both paths were viable. Of course, like every Zionist in those days, I also was influenced by Martin Buber…. Even in our first conversation Benjamin expressed strong reservations about Buber” (Story of a Friendship 6–7). Buber’s ideas were later collected under the title “The Jewish Movement” (Die jüdische Bewegung – gesammelte Aufsätze und Ansprachen 1900–1915), which includes his perspectives on Zionism, his disagreements with Theodor Herzl, and the nationalistic ideas that subsequently came to be known as his “Hebrew humanism.”1

    Scholem and Benjamin’s disputation over Buber is well represented in these pages. In 1916 Buber initiated the publication of the journal Der Jude, and Benjamin wrote a brief letter declining an invitation to contribute. His reluctance, according to Eiland and Jennings, was a function of his enduring opinions about politically engaged prose, which he believes sacrifices the complexities associated with writing’s fundamentally literary character.2 Benjamin can be intensely disdainful of Buber. Scholem recalls Benjamin criticizing Buber in sharp terms: “[H]e told me in parting that if I should run into Buber I should hand him a barrel of tears in our names.… He said derisively that if Buber had his way, first of all one would have to ask every Jew, ‘Have you experienced Jewishness yet?’” (Story of a Friendship 29). For his part, Scholem finds Buber’s Zionism intriguing and is apprehensive about rebuffing him.

    Glicenstein conveys this in a series of panels that illustrate Scholem’s feelings of isolation. Shrouded in darkness, Scholem resembles an alien figure from one of Alfred Kubin’s drawings. Kubin is not named here, but Benjamin and Scholem were quite enthusiastic about his illustrated novel The Other Side (Die andere Seite 1909) as well as his drawings for Paul Scheerbart’s science fiction novel Lesabéndio (1913). Scholem’s words about Benjamin and Der Jude, expressed here in thought bubbles, come from a letter he wrote to Buber on 25 June 1916.3 As Scholem composes this letter in his head, we sense his anxiety: he is little more than an extension of his lone, wide-open eye, diminished by the densely crosshatched blanket of darkness. By the time one reaches the third panel on that page, Scholem’s figure has been nearly entirely absorbed by the thick, dark pen strokes. Here, he comes to realize with disappointment that Benjamin will not be an appropriate contributor for Der Jude, and that his friend’s Judaism is less politically engaged than his own. There and then, he has to turn away from Benjamin, at least for a moment, which is precisely what we see: not Scholem’s face, but merely his back as he, during the night, resolves to put pen to paper.

    This is only one among several superbly illustrated pages in Glicenstein’s work. I would draw a reader’s attention to a wealth of other subtle details, including the moment when Scholem notices the ring on Grete Radt’s finger (after Benjamin had somewhat inadvertently proposed to her). Scholem’s startled gaze falls directly on it, a vivid moment drawn from his memoir (Story of a Friendship 12). That encounter takes place on the street and, owing to its depiction of central Europeans during the First World War, readers may think of the odd physiognomies that pervade Max Beckmann’s paintings, or of the urbanites who commingle with the metropolis in Ernst Kirschner’s works. Glicenstein’s flat figures play against the backgrounds, calling attention to the transformations in the cityscape, and to the looming 1920s, the unrestrained years that were to come.

    But to refer the reader only to paintings would diminish the work’s narrative qualities. In her skillful storytelling—the many ways the narrative voice intermixes with the illustrations—Glicenstein recalls the style of the Jewish Brooklyn-born graphic novelist Ben Katchor. In works such as The Jew of New York (1998), Katchor plays similarly with light and shadow, and even with comparably architectural lines. Glicenstein’s work is certainly fascinating to look at, but it also serves as a comment on the dynamics of a friendship. The flow of the narrative does a great deal to bring these two figures to life. Glicenstein effectively highlights not only their shared personal circumstances, but also the intellectual tensions, including the preferred languages of scholarship, the significance of translation, and much else that goes hand in hand with the literary and philosophical air these two German Jewish thinkers spent those years breathing.

    Footnotes

    1. Buber’s “Hebrew humanism” was a political movement that would, according to Mendes-Flohr, “heal the division between morality and politics and ultimately between Kultur—our inner, private spiritual reality—and our public life.” It aimed to “exemplify for all the nations of the world the possibility of healing the rift between Kultur and Zivilisation, between spirit and life” (164).

    2. On Benjamin’s 1916 letter to Buber, see Eiland and Jennings 86. See also Brodersen 87–89.

    3. Scholem’s letter to Buber is translated and transcribed in Scholem (A Life in Letters 28–29).

    Works Cited

    • Brodersen, Momme. Walter Benjamin: A Biography. Trans. Malcolm R. Green and Ingrida Ligers. Ed. Martina Derviş. New York: Verso, 1996. Print.
    • Eiland, Howard, and Michael W. Jennings. Walter Benjamin: A Critical Life. Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard UP, 2014. Print.
    • Mendes-Flohr, Paul. “Nationalism as a Spiritual Sensibility: The Philosophical Suppositions of Buber’s Hebrew Humanism.” The Journal of Religion 69.2 (1989): 155–168. Print.
    • Rabinbach, Anson. Introduction. The Correspondence of Walter Benjamin and Gershom Scholem, 1932-1940. By Gershom Scholem, ed. Trans. Gary Smith and Andre Lefevere. New York: Schocken Books, 1989. vii-xxxviii. Print.
    • Scholem, Gershom. A Life in Letters, 1914-1982. Trans. and Ed. Anthony David Skinner. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2002. Print.
    • —. On Jews and Judaism in Crisis: Selected Essays. Ed. Werner J. Dannhauser. New York: Schocken Books, 1976. Print.
    • —. Walter Benjamin: The Story of a Friendship. Trans. Harry Zohn. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1981. Print.

  • Comics Studies’ Next Wave

    Ben Novotny Owen (bio)
    Ohio State University

    A review of Hoberek, Andrew. Considering Watchmen: Poetics, Property, Politics. New Brunswick: Rutgers UP, 2014.

    Andrew Hoberek’s Considering Watchmen: Poetics, Property, Politics asks about the literary status of Alan Moore and Dave Gibbons’s influential comic book series, Watchmen, to structure the four main topics of his book: the comic’s complex formal properties, the relationship of the work and its creators to the comic book industry, its implicit and explicit politics, and its impact on contemporary literary fiction in the United States. The framing idea for the book is that there have been substantive changes in the concept of literature in the United States and Britain since the mid-1980s. Looking at these changes through the lens of a single comic, even a well-regarded and much-read one, allows Hoberek to map the points of exchange between mainstream superhero comics and contemporary literary fiction.

    In writing this history, Hoberek is characteristic of the current reflective phase of comics studies. Having established comics as a valuable field of study mainly (though not solely) within literary studies, scholars are now trying to open up the field to new approaches, and also asking how a comics-centered approach might reshape our understanding of adjacent “comicitous” arts (to use Colin Beineke’s term). Hoberek therefore attends to the formal properties of Watchmen not simply for their own sake, but also “in a way that self-consciously interrogates—rather than taking for granted—the concept of literature” (6). Considering Watchmen’s coda traces with considerable subtlety the afterlife of Watchmen (and the reflexive era of superhero comics it represents) in the work of several contemporary prose fiction writers: Michael Chabon, Jonathan Lethem, Junot Díaz, Aimee Bender, and Rainbow Rowell. Hoberek is particularly invested in exchanges between comics and prose in which prose learns something important from the superhero genre. For example, he contrasts the use of superpowers as metaphor for character, which he sees operative in such books as Lethem’s The Fortress of Solitude, with the subjective examination of the experience of superpowers, which he sees in Bender’s The Particular Sadness of Lemon Cake. The latter use—the idea that having a superpower might profoundly alter a person’s perception of the world and sense of self—interests Hoberek because it shows how one of Alan Moore’s primary innovations as a writer of superhero comics in the 1980s finds new life as a means of revivifying not just the appearance, but also the form of contemporary literary fiction. Bender’s attempt to render the experience of having a superpower, “the ability to read the emotions of whoever prepares her food,” leads to experiments with synesthetic prose “as a kind of formal metaphor for the difficulty of writing” about others’ subjectivities (178, 179).

    While Considering Watchmen highlights the multiple ways in which the reconfiguration of the superhero genre emblematized by Watchmen creates new possibilities for literary fiction writers, Hoberek’s book is most valuable as a close examination of the work itself, providing three nuanced readings of the form, conditions of production, and politics of text. The first chapter argues that Watchmen “devotes itself to fleshing out the subjectivities of its characters” through experiments with comic book form (39). In this way, Hoberek argues, Watchmen follows the formula of high modernist novelists such as Virginia Woolf, whose “modernist experimentation in fact serves the ends of a more precise psychological realism” (39). In supporting this claim, Hoberek provides an overview of the formal techniques Moore and Gibbons use, particularly in the five issues (of the twelve issue series, later collected as a graphic novel) that focus on each of the main characters. So, in perhaps the most well-known example of Watchmen’s formal reflexivity, the fourth issue tells the story of Dr. Manhattan, for whom time exists as an already-complete whole, and who sees the human perception of time as moving forward as a narrow limitation. The chapter shuttles back and forth between panels depicting moments in the past and the future, all accompanied by Dr. Manhattan’s present tense narration captions. The effect, as Hoberek notes, is to make the character a self-conscious reflection of the experiences of a comics reader attuned to the affordances of the medium, able to flip back and forth or to cross-reference distinct moments in the story out of sequence. Hoberek is on fairly well-trodden ground in this reading, which has become something of a standard in analyses of the properties of the medium. The novelty comes late in the chapter, where Hoberek thinks about how other characters in the story might function as self-conscious reflections of formal properties. His explanation of the Walter Kovacs/Rorschach issue as an attempt to create a rounded comic book character by the deliberate refusal of mono-causal origins (be they heroic, psychoanalytic, or existential) is particularly compelling.

    The second chapter looks at Watchmen, and specifically at the conflict between the characters Adrian Veidt/Ozymandias and Walter Kovacs/Rorschach, as “an allegory of the conflict between the work-for-hire creative talent of the comics industry and the corporations which by and large controlled and profited from their creations” (81). Hoberek sees this allegory as unstable, “torn between Moore’s idea of comics as literature, which … allows him to relocate agency to creators, and a more medium-specific celebration of the aesthetics and modes of production of comics themselves” (81). Essentially, the straightforward reading of the comic, that it is about the conflict between an author who has integrity and who controls his or her singular work and the corporation that seeks to market it and profit from it does not fit easily with its somewhat nostalgic vision of an earlier period of comic book production in which comics were regarded as improvisatory collaborations under difficult circumstances, rather than highly polished authorial works.

    As Hoberek shows, the conflicting ideas of ownership and authorship here are not simply problems in Watchmen, but also in thinking and writing about comics generally. Open-ended seriality has been one of the hallmarks of comics storytelling in both newspaper strips and comic books since their beginnings. The advent of the graphic novel (a relatively new phenomenon in 1986 and 1987, when Watchmen was first published as a serial) challenged the centrality of seriality to comics. Hoberek is right that Watchmen, like the comics of Chris Ware—and, I have argued elsewhere, a large number of long comics produced by creators whose work spans the rise of the graphic novel—bears “the marks of this tension on its very shape” (100). The fact that single-volume works, mostly by individuals who both write and draw, have dominated critical discussions of comics presents a methodological challenge for comics scholars who wish to look at the medium more broadly, and yet solutions to that problem are far from clear.

    Hoberek’s advocacy for thinking about Watchmen as a collaboratively-created work, deeply embedded in the corporate history of comics, is one promising approach. His account of the industrial origins of the series is admirable. Moore initially envisioned Watchmen as a reimagining of characters from the Carlton Comics company, rights to which DC had recently purchased. Vitally for Moore, several of these characters were created by Steve Ditko, the first artist to draw Spider-Man and, like Jack Kirby, an artist who left Marvel after disputes over financial compensation for his work creating company-owned characters. Hoberek shows that Ditko—independent creator and Randian ideologue—serves as a weird doppelganger for the decidedly radical Moore. He quotes an interview in which Moore states, “There’s something about his uncompromising attitude that I have a great deal of sympathy with” (86). In this, Hoberek finds an industrial explanation for Moore’s surprisingly favorable depiction of “Rorschach’s unbending integrity as a violent crime-fighter,” reading the vigilante “as a figure for the uncompromising artist and, more specifically, of the comic book artist for whom work-for-hire had historically meant a lack of ownership or control over his (usually) creations” (86). It seems to me that this thinking through of the ways in which comics symbolically mediate the collaborative and corporate elements of their own production offers a fruitful mode of inquiry, analogous to film studies’ embrace of the studio as a relevant frame of reference for understanding movies produced under the classical Hollywood system.

    More scholarship in this vein—formalist, but well-versed in the history of comics— may well be on the way. Considering Watchmen is the first volume in Rutgers’ new Comics Culture series, and starting with a superhero comic marks out the series’ investment in examining genre comics that have, as Hoberek and others argue, thus far received less scholarly attention than single-artist “art comics” such as Art Spiegelman’s Maus or Alison Bechdel’s Fun Home. The next two volumes in the series, on Wonder Woman and Archie, suggest the editors are interested in a project that expands attention to more mainstream genre comics.

    Hoberek’s third chapter, on Watchmen’s political argument, is compelling and straightforward. Watchmen advocates a “left-wing anarchist populism” in opposition to the vision of the state under Ronald Reagan and Margaret Thatcher. But, Hoberek argues, the comic “surreptitiously reproduces a key tenet of Thatcher’s own rhetoric, in the process demonstrating the link between the postwar countercultures, literary and social, in which Moore cut his teeth and the emergent neoliberalism of the mid-1980s” (120). This “key tenet” is the distrust of institutions as inherently repressive. Watchmen’s vision of individual action as the only valid response to a world in which all institutions are corrupt and repressive is largely compatible with Thatcher’s famous claim that “there is no such thing as society” (145–46). Watchmen opposes the expansion of corporate and police power under the Reagan and Thatcher governments, but fails to identify the degree to which its notion of individual agency arranged against institutional power — best exemplified by its cliff-hanger ending, in which the reader is left to decide what happens next in the story world — is a view “that Conservative ideologues might well have endorsed” as they sought to dismantle unions and the welfare state (145). The difference between Moore and Thatcher “is that Moore takes his position absolutely seriously while Thatcher observes it mostly in the breach, excoriating all institutions while demonstrating a willingness to support and even strengthen those (the police, the military, corporations) that are central to neoliberal capitalism” (143). What’s nice about this statement of Watchmen’s politics—particularly for a teacher interested in looking at Watchmen in the classroom—is that it opens directly onto one of the major questions facing the contemporary left: the difficulty of imagining satisfactory forms of collective action not based on coercion. This is of course precisely the problem David Graeber, for example, has taken up in his recent work.

    The only significant reservations I have about Considering Watchmen amount to a quibble and a desire for something the book never sets out to address. The quibble is over the term “modernist,” and has to do with my disagreement with Hoberek’s claim that the mid-1980s mark comics’ “modernist era” (39). I would argue that comics have had several modernist moments over the course of their history. Not least of these would be the explicitly modern-art-informed newspaper strips of Lyonel Feininger or George Herriman. This is only a quibble because Hoberek is careful to define the sense in which he means modernism in terms of English-language novels of the high modernist era. The heart of his argument is the idea in Woolf’s “Mr. Bennett and Mrs. Brown” that “modernist experimentation in fact serves the ends of a more precise psychological realism” (39). This is very clearly something that Moore and Gibbons pursue in Watchmen, and might not apply to other periods of comics history. But other ideas that we associate with “modernism” seem deeply part of early comics history. Syncopation and montage, for instance, two techniques integral to the poetics of modern art, poetry, and film, are also basic to comics of the 1910s and 1920s, and arguments that comics artists arrived at these techniques without conscious deliberation about their own practice or its relationship to modern art are no longer tenable.

    The aspect of Watchmen that Hoberek never addresses as fully as I’d like is its tone. Considering Watchmen is very clear in its explanation of Moore’s central formal breakthrough—that ostensibly unconnected passages of text and image, included in a single panel, can create unexpected ironies and resonances between the two tracks. So, for example, in the first issue a detective advises that he and his partner should let the case they are investigating “drop out of sight” over a picture of Edward Blake falling several stories to his death. The effect certainly amounts to an ambitious and self-conscious exploration of the properties of the medium. And yet because this text-image disjunction is one of the central techniques of the book—happening, in some cases, six or seven times per page—the text is constantly punning, effectively like a string of groan-worthy jokes from the back of Laffy Taffy packages. Whether this tone undercuts the seriousness of the comic’s philosophical and political intent, or whether it echoes the larger theme of our attempts to impose order on the universe as some kind of cosmic joke, or something else, it seems worth exploring. Watchmen is often placed alongside the first volume of Art Spiegelman’s Maus to demonstrate that 1986 was contemporary comics’ year zero. It seems equally valid to put it alongside Spiegelman’s other great mid-80s creation, “The Garbage Pail Kids,” which also relied on a series of gross and extraordinary puns. It might be interesting to try and correlate the aesthetics of all three, as part of a broader inquiry into the place of extreme puns in 1980s culture.

    Considering Watchmen provides a series of excellent readings of its subject, a thoughtful contribution to the study of contemporary American fiction, and an admirable demonstration of the best of contemporary comics criticism.

  • To France and Back: New Circuits in American Poetry

    Matthew B. Smith (bio)
    Northern Illinois University

    Abstract

    This essay shows that translation has redefined the parameters of poetry in the United States through a case study of two works by the contemporary poets Andrew Zawacki and Bill Luoma. Both responded to the French translation of their poems with a revised or new work in English; whereas Zawacki takes advantage of this new pattern of circulation to enrich and embellish his poem, Luoma documents its obstacles and setbacks. In both cases, these works take up and re-examine the problems and challenges posed by translation. They also signal a new kind of poetry that directly engages with the foreign scene of its circulation.

    A little before the poet Andrew Zawacki published “Georgia” in his book, Petals of Zero, Petals of One in 2009, he sat down with his French translator, Sika Fakambi, in her sunny house in Fresnes, working “over many days and many drafts” to translate his poem into French, “hashing out lines and ideas and sonic analogs” (Zawacki, “On Slovenia”). Through the course of these sunny meetings, Zawacki made many promising discoveries in the French translation; in fact, so pleased was he with what he found that he reworked many lines in the original, which had been published earlier that year in the journal 1913: A Journal of Forms, according to their French translation. “I vowed,” he later stated, “that I should never publish anything before it got translated!” (“Tremolo”). Thirteen years prior to this, Bill Luoma contemplated a list of 101 questions sent to him by a group of translators working collectively to bring his My Trip to New York City into French. Luoma later compiled his responses to their questions to create a list poem. Much has been written about what happens to a text in translation. But what to make of texts such as these when they come, so to speak, back home?1

    Questions of how poetry circulates and who constitutes its publics loom large in these works, not least because translation, as a practice with growing prestige and as a prominent discourse in both commercial and academic spheres, has increasingly larger stakes in poetry’s circulation.2 This is especially the case in the Franco-American context, where a strong mutual interest is enabled and facilitated by a network of institutions, funding agencies, publishing houses, periodicals, and reading series, not to mention an overlapping canon of writers and a long history of exchange.3 Translation, then, has given rise to a new set of circumstances for poetry: not only is it something that happens to poetry, but its questions and problems often become matters for poets to take up, re-examine, and respond to in their work. Questions of circulation and publics, though, are no less present at a work’s inception, and a writer’s choices—from style to publication contexts—orient a work’s possible trajectories. My intention, then, is to track these two poems as they move from journals and chapbooks into French translation and then back into English in subsequent books.4 As two American poets writing roughly in the same period, Zawacki and Luoma take approaches—borrowing from Bourdieu, we could use the term dispositions—that stand in stark contrast to each other. If Zawacki’s poetry has a more universal impulse with its ontological concerns and its desire to dazzle and disorient with a barrage of linguistic devices, Luoma’s work is involved more with local questions of social communities whose activity he documents with a sort of plain-speech esthetic of casual, offhand commentary. In other words, Zawacki’s text can be characterized in general by an excess of stylization; Luoma’s by its absence. The publics these opposing styles imagine and enable are fundamentally at odds. This is expressed in the poets’ practices—encompassing choices at once stylistic, ideological, and pragmatic—and, ultimately, in the ways they respond to the set of circumstances created by the practices and institutions of translation.

    Presently, translation often informs or exists alongside increasingly popular poetic practices such as rewriting, appropriation, multilingual writing, and digital poetry, whose popularity stems from modernist experiments and mid-century movements such as concrete poetry and Oulipo.5 Marjorie Perloff has made a compelling case for linking the rise of these practices to shifts in communication and information technology in a globalized world. For Perloff, citation, ekphrasis, “writing through,” constraint-based experiments, found language, récriture, translation, and intertextuality are all instances of “unoriginal writing,” the import of which is now unquestionable in the age of the Internet, where writing has given way to various forms of rewriting (17). This is the “logical form of ‘writing’ in an age of literally mobile or transferable text—text that can be readily moved from one digital site to another or from print to screen, that can be appropriated, transformed, or hidden by all sorts of means and for all sorts of purposes” (Perloff 17). The writers in question here are certainly participating in this kind of “unoriginal writing.” Zawacki’s text, after all, began as a translation, and Luoma’s “Annotation” is clearly an appropriation of another pre-existing text. But there is a significant difference between “rewriting” as a poetic strategy undertaken by a writer and “rewriting”—or, to be more precise, translation—as a cultural phenomenon to which a writer then responds. Translation, in these cases, not only refers to a procedure of writing, but also to a social trajectory, in particular one that begins with an original poem composed in English, then moves via translation by others into another language, then ends with a new version in the original language. More specifically, I am interested in how this trajectory—its movement in and out of various domestic and foreign publishing contexts—finds expression in these poems.

    Whereas recent criticism such as Perloff’s has sought to examine the influence of technology (specifically, the Internet) on practices of rewriting, I am more concerned here with the ways that writers respond to the circulation of their own texts.6 To be sure, there is a long history of fruitful exchanges between poets and their translators; but for the exchange itself to become matter—the subject, even—for new poetic experiments attests to a new shift in social circumstances.7 Although many writers have drawn on, and continue to draw on, translation in their poetry in diverse ways (Pound’s “Homage to Sextus Propertius,” Zukofsky’s homophonic translation of Catullus, Jack Spicer’s playful adaptation in After Lorca, Jerome Rothenberg’s “total translations” of indigenous writing, or Caroline Bergvall’s more recent catalogue of translations of Dante in her piece “Via” represent just a small sample of a wide range of approaches), few, to my knowledge, have approached translation from this angle.8 Bill Luoma and Andrew Zawacki both exploit the opportunity afforded by these new circumstances in distinct ways. Whereas Zawacki’s estheticizing approach to translation leads him to enrich and embellish his original poem, Luoma turns his attention to the social labor of translation by exposing the reading habits of his translators in a new work.

    Before Andrew Zawacki sat down with Fakambi to work on the translation of “Georgia,” his poem had already appeared as the co-winner of the 1913 prize in 1913: A Journal of Forms in early 2009.9 By this time, Zawacki had already published two full-length poetry books, By Reason of Breakings (2002) and Anabranch (2004), which were received by poetry enthusiasts with great acclaim and which won distinguished awards and prizes. His first published work, however, was a volume of Slovenian writing from 1945–1995 that he edited (Buffalo, NY: White Pine Press, 1999). Since the mid-nineties, he had been—and continues to be—actively involved in the field of poetry as an editor, translator, and critic (he is currently an Associate Professor of English and the Director of the Creative Writing Program at the University of Georgia). He has also published several chapbooks and another full-length collection, Videotape (2013), since his third book, Petals of Zero, Petals of One, came out. When Zawacki began writing “Georgia,” he probably hadn’t given much thought to how the poem would be impacted by its future French translation. But translation of another sort was clearly on his mind at the outset. According to Zawacki, “Georgia,” a poem of twenty-six pages (548 lines), began as a translation of Philippe Soupault’s smaller poem of the same name and expanded into its own while remaining loosely patterned on the original’s anaphoric repetition of the word “Georgia.”10 Though broken up and slightly modified in translation, Soupault’s entire poem of twenty-eight lines makes it into Zawacki’s “Georgia.” The decision to use a modernist poem as a sort of anchor is not without significance. To start with, it provides a clear intertext for Zawacki’s poem, signalling in this way that “Georgia” is to be read in relation to other modernist poetry. Soupault’s poem isn’t the sole intertext. Zawacki also cites Maurice Blanchot, Louis Zukofsky, and William Carlos Williams, among others. If writing can suggest the context in which or against which it wishes to be read, which I believe it inevitably does by indexing various social contexts through tone, register, visual design, references, allusions, and a host of other stylistic mannerisms and devices, then Zawacki’s use of intertextuality asks that “Georgia” be read in relation to other works of literature. This may seem an obvious point, but when viewed in comparison to Luoma’s modes of social address below, we see that it is not to be taken for granted.

    One can readily identify traces of Soupault’s style throughout Zawacki’s poem. The flashy, incongruous metaphors, the jarring juxtapositions, and the spew of colorful descriptive adjectives of Zawacki’s “Georgia” strike a strident Surrealist note.11 Consider, for example, the visual clash and simultaneous merge of opposites in “the skuzzy drag queen dawn” (4), where a traditionally poetic subject or symbol—dawn—has anthropomorphized into a socially marginalized figure such that, in spite of its resultant connotative sparks, the two images remain fundamentally irreconcilable. Notice, too, the overlay of horticultural and bodily images as well as the violent corporeal transfiguration in the lines: “I prune your buds / unbutton my ribs / pot you inside like a bonsai Georgia” (8). This sort of bodily transformation seems almost cartoonish, and Zawacki, acutely aware of this—“it’s not unlike a kiddie cartoon / fluorescent way out of proportion”—continues to multiply its effects until it becomes unimaginable: “I see horses / running through diamonds Georgia I / can’t hold / it all in my head” (25). This is characteristic of Zawacki’s style. Rare words and garish metaphors always trump plain, unadorned language, just as figurative modes of expression are favored over their literal counterparts. This also holds true when Zawacki resorts to translation. While at times he modernizes Soupault’s poem—“Je lance des flèches dans la nuit Georgia (I shoot arrows into the night)” is rendered “I shoot bullets into the dark” (3)—most of Zawacki’s decisions display a brazen Gallicizing tendency. Soupault’s “Je marche à pas de loup dans l’ombre Georgia” becomes, for instance, “I walk wolfstep into the shadow Georgia” (4, emphasis added). Instead of drawing on a more common idiom such as “I creep into the shadow” or “I slip into the shadow,” Zawacki translates the words literally to create a jarring neologism of a highly figurative nature. Similarly, Soupault’s “Je vois la fumée qui monte et qui fuit Georgia” (I see smoke rising and drifting off) is rendered “I see smoke it rises it quadrilles Georgia” and “Et le froid et le silence et la peur Georgia”(And the cold and the quiet and the fear) as “And the cold and soundless decibel” (4, emphasis added).12 French clearly inflects Zawacki’s choices here (as do specific phonetic concerns to which I return shortly). Quadrilles, an imaginative evocation of swirling circles, derives from French and visually flaunts this derivation with its “qu-” and “-ll-”; and decibel echoes faintly the French –dicible, as in indicible (unspeakable, unsayable), thereby creating a neat contrast with soundless. These translation choices may seem overreaching when viewed in isolation, but they are consonant with the poem’s overall style, a style that depends on many forms of inflated expression—hyperbole, adynaton, and, more generally, a conspicuous, self-conscious mannerism.

    If drawing on Soupault gives Zawacki’s “Georgia” a clear intertext, then his tendency to over-translate in favor of French as well as to stud the text with French expressions and rare words gives the poem a cosmopolitan air of linguistic sophistication (I should mention that the poem is dedicated to Zawacki’s wife, Sandrine, who is French). But appropriation, Surrealist metaphor, and Gallic inflections are only three of the numerous poetic strategies Zawacki deploys in this poem. Indeed, although there is a general absence of meter and its traditional trappings, Zawacki exploits a wide range of linguistic phenomena with panache and flair. This is perhaps made possible by the framing device of the poem: the repeated apostrophe to “Georgia.” Although staged as a direct address, the poem has none of the urgency or intimacy associated with this device. Rather, the addressee functions as a stylistic placeholder, a sort of steady beat whose expected return and regularity binds together the vagaries of Zawacki’s style. And these vagaries are many. Just a partial list of linguistic and literary devices used in the poem would include word-play; assonance; alliteration; rhyme (slant, internal and external, rimes riches); anagrams and visual puns (“it’s aliment vs. ailment Georgia” [9]); shifts in register; phonetic, morpho-syntactic, and lexical disjunction; asemantic and nonsense speech; and a plethora of performative language where the text acts out what it says (“I’m an echo playing bumper cars in basilicas of Georgia Georgia”[24]). Within the larger apostrophic structure, none of these features dominates the poem; instead, no sooner does one feature flash forward than it fades and gives way to the next one, usually triggered by a sort of associative or metonymic link.13 It’s necessary to quote the poem at length in order to witness this at full effect:

    a façade Georgia a fusillade the firing squad and the wall Georgia a cenotaph in the aftermath of petty Georgia your petticoat slipping pussy- and pistolwhipped son of a Georgia if I ever I swear if I if you ever so much as hint at Georgia I don’t know what I’d fixin’ to fix you know not what I would do but no one’s ever sure what they’re capable of so I try Georgia I try to remit this dragnet that dredges the ends of an earth what is it Georgia is it Georgia or is it not I can’t figure it Georgia ’twon’t stay in focus it doesn’t possess a center or an outside or an in like skipping a stone and the shale doesn’t sink or taming a tidal wave with a riding crop or swimming inside a prism Georgia (19–20)

    With its abrupt shifts, the course of the excerpt is not easy to follow. From façade the poem moves via phonetic likeness to fusillade (note, again, the Gallic inflection), and from fusillade it opens through a semantic channel onto a scene of an execution (while maintaining a surface continuity through rhyme: façade, fusillade, squad). This scene is given period detail by the mention of the “petticoat slipping”—petticoat having sprung from the near homonym petty of the previous line—but no sooner is this scene offered than withdrawn, as the poem quickly shifts along thematic lines to a more contemporary depiction of violence with “pussy- and pistolwhipped son of a Georgia.” A first-person subject enters here as an irate Southerner whose threats suggests impending violence. Zawacki is careful here with his line breaks, granting a pause where the speaker’s temper might cause him to stutter:

    if I ever
    I swear if I
    if you ever so much as hint at Georgia
    I don’t know what I’d fixin’ to fix you

    This low, regional register gives way to an arch and archaizing syntactic inversion—a clear signal of a higher, literary register: “know not what I would do.” (This is echoed a few lines later with ’twont). Then, after introducing a new, more contemplative first-person, the poem slips into poetic metaphor with “this dragnet that dredges the ends of the earth.” The speaker waxes philosophic for the next seven lines, mulling over an unspecified phenomenological paradox in terms reminiscent of Blanchot (whom, it bears repeating, Zawacki quotes elsewhere in the poem):

    it doesn’t possess a center or an outside
    or an in

    It ends with three jarring poetic analogies, each of which seems to have abandoned its related term or explicatory purpose and drastically veered off in a different semantic direction, demonstrating in this way the speaker’s expressed lack of focus (“I can’t figure it Georgia / ’twont stay in focus”).

    This excerpt illustrates what the poem does as a whole. It moves between a variety of thematic material—in this case from violence to philosophical aporia; elsewhere it dwells on the tension between technology and nature and man’s fraught relationship to both—while foregrounding a wide range of linguistic and poetic concerns. As can be seen, the poem doesn’t proceed in any linear manner nor does it follow any narrative arc. What’s more, no stable or coherent subject stands behind its language; instead, the many appearances of a first person pronoun posit as many possible subject positions rather than a single, socially identifiable speaker (at one point, the speaker states, “I is a shotgun shell” [11]). Semantically troubling, nonlinear, and disjointed, “Georgia” displays many characteristic traits of the experimental poetry of previous decades, beginning with the many Modernist movements at turn of the century and extending up to the Language Poets of the 1970s and ’80s. And yet there is no mistaking the fact that Zawacki’s poetry, though greatly influenced by these writers, belongs to another tradition entirely. The reasons for this are many. For one, the devices Zawacki employs are used for different purposes and therefore serve different ends. Whereas the Language poets, for example, had theorized and politicized their use of certain poetic strategies—and these were by no means wholly novel nor did they constitute a fixed, identifiable repertoire—Zawacki’s use of these same devices attests to a knowing poetic style. In other words, Zawacki showcases a sort of virtuosic savoir-faire—thereby signalling his poetic skill—but the tightly stitched surface of his style may obscure his other ostensible concerns. Behind this stitching may lurk a whole host of ontological and metaphysical concerns related to the kind of negative theology he has repeatedly alluded to in interviews and essays—and I trust his engagement with Kierkegaard, Heidegger, Levinas, Blanchot, and Jean-Luc Marion to be deep and sincere—but only infrequently do these concerns find just articulation.

    What Zawacki’s poem accomplishes, then, is seemingly at odds with what he considers to be the objective of poetry. Indeed, the various interpretative paths made possible by his virtuosic display of style are overwhelmed, in his own conception of poetry, by metaphysics. Glossing Heidegger’s “Hölderlin and the Essence of Poetry,” Zawacki claims that “the poet’s role is to heal the ontological rift that has occurred since mortals took leave of Being and the gods fled the world” (“The Break is Not a Break” 165).14 The poet accomplishes this, according to Zawacki, through love, as this concept is articulated by Kiekegaard and Heidegger: “The poet’s ontological project of recovering Being of both the men and gods is, then, a type of love, as he converts the break that each has effected toward the other into a distance that promotes the possibility of a reunion with their own respective natures and with one another”(169). This is what Heidegger professes when he states: “To be a poet in destitute times means: to attend, singing, to the trace of the fugitive gods” (cited in “The Break is Not a Break” 168). The poet is the only one capable of accomplishing this fundamentally solitary task, since it is in him that the holy resides. As Zawacki makes clear, “By stepping forward, in a solitude occasioned by his fellow mortals’ amnesia and the god’s deliberate default, the poet entrusts himself to the holy that entrusts itself to him” (169). Although without relying on the facile notion of personal experience or without taking for granted a determined self, since, for Heidegger, the self is sacrificed as it steps into Being or into the Open, Zawacki’s understanding of poetry remains evokes a traditional romantic ideology, whereby the poet is a bard whose privileged position gives him a noble, even holy, purpose. Since the privileged poet must step forward “in a solitude occasioned by his fellow mortals’ amnesia,” he thus turns away from the world of social relations and toward an abstract category of Being.15 Following this line of thought, the poem must suspend its personal or social modes of address. It is in this respect that, in spite of his seemingly defiant style, Zawacki inscribes his work into the poetic tradition in which the poet plays the noble role of philosophic bard, one who addresses not the members of his society but absent gods. Although “Georgia” takes the form of a second-person mode of address, the addressee, like a transcendent deity, remains abstract and absent as a mere stylistic ploy. In this way, the poet’s metaphysics overshadows the social relevance of his poem, as the poem is meant to be read more as an unanswerable prayer than an intervention in a given cultural context.

    Combining experimental devices with traditional poetic objectives defined much of the poetry of the ’90s and continues to this day. Zawacki himself acknowledges this in the work of Gustaf Sobin, a poet whose work stands as a major point of reference and source of inspiration for Zawacki, and in whose work he detects “the sense of being both archetypal and avant-garde” (“Towards the Blanched Alphabets”). This is because, for Zawacki, “Sobin’s poetry dances on a wire between largely traditional aims and an innovative style which, while emergent from Duncan, Olson, and Char and embraced by experimental writers, is as internally consistent and recognizable as Hopkins or Heraclitus” (“Towards the Blanched Alphabets”).16 The critic Stephen Burt gave wider recognition to this phenomenon in his 1998 review of Susan Wheeler’s Smokes, where he labeled this new tendency in poetry “Elliptical.” Here’s how he describes it:

    Elliptical poets try to manifest a person who speaks the poem and reflects the poet while using all the verbal gizmos developed over the last few decades to undermine the coherence of speaking selves. They are post-avant-gardist, or post-“postmodern”: they have read (most of them) Stein’s heirs, and the “language writers,” and have chosen to do otherwise. (“Smokes”)

    Additionally, as Burt later explained, “Elliptics seek the authority of the rebellious, they want to challenge their readers, violate decorum, surprise or explode assumptions about what belongs in a poem, or what matters in life, and to do so while meeting traditional lyric goals” (“The Elliptical Poets 346 emphasis added). As for what he means by traditional lyric goals, Burt says little. But he does make the surprising claim that these poets “want to entertain as thoroughly as, but not to resemble, television” (“Smokes”).17

    Zawacki might contest any affiliation with Elliptical poetry, not to mention the notion of poetry as entertainment. But Burt’s brief sketch of Ellipticism provides a set of fitting terms for describing “Georgia” (as well as many other works too, which explains its unexpected popularity). We have already noted the ways Zawacki’s poem challenges the reader and undermines the notion of a coherent speaker. But there are many other features of “Georgia” that are helpfully explained by Burt’s Ellipticism. Here’s Burt: “[Elliptical poets] create inversions, homages, takeoffs on old or ‘classic’ poems” (“The Elliptical Poets” 348) (Zawacki’s use of Soupault’s poem is clearly an instance of this); “Elliptical poets like insistent, bravura forms, forms that can shatter and recoalesce, forms with repetends—sestinas, pantoums, or fantasias on single words” (“The Elliptical Poets 346) (“Georgia” is unmistakably a case of the latter, with its title serving as the repetend); “Elliptical love poems that declare ‘I am X, I am Y, I am Z’ where X, Y, Z are incompatible things” (“The Elliptical Poets” 347) (“I’m an echo playing bumper chars in basilicas of Georgia Georgia / a silhouette / I’m a satin flower / I’m a sick bag and the sick Georgia / an avalanche an insomniateque / a ruby-throated humming” [“Georgia” 24–25]). Burt’s catalogue of tendencies also includes jump-cut transitions—“one thought, one impression, tailgates another” (“The Elliptical Poets” 349)—and shifts in register “between low (or slangy) and high (or naively ‘poetic’) diction” (“Smokes”). Both disjunctive transitions and shifts in register are vividly present in the excerpt of “Georgia” cited above.18 But if Zawacki’s “Georgia” can be read within the framework of Ellipticism, it is not for its stylistic choices alone. By appealing to “the poetic” as a set of devices with little or no bearing on social matters, Ellipticism necessarily underplays the role of its own social context and mode of address. Indeed, its position depends on this very fact. Nonetheless, this poetic ideology arises within very specific institutional settings (remember Burt is a Harvard professor, prominent reviewer, and a poet himself). Indeed, the publishing context of “Georgia” supports and throws into sharper relief the esthetic features I’ve highlighted.

    As the co-winner of the 1913 Prize for Poetry, “Georgia” first appeared already wearing a ribbon. In a field where blurbs by well-known poets and prizes granted by esteemed judges are increasingly the means of poetic legitimization, its introduction and endorsement by the poets Peter Gizzi and Cole Swensen already guarantees it a public for whom those standards of qualification matter.19 Gizzi’s praise of the work is telling: “[Zawacki] has defiantly written a new anthem to his new home, poetry, an ever present subaltern house of the blues and anvils, house of song, of sting and sung, of bling, and of sorrow” (Gizzi 25). Following this reasoning, “Georgia” is written for and about poetry itself. More importantly, it is written by one of poetry’s newest members. By committing himself to a specific conception of style—a standard practice of Elliptical poetry—Zawacki creates a “new home” that is less a “subaltern house of the blues and anvils,” as Gizzi would have it, than a prison-house of poetry. Yet, if “Georgia” is an “anthem” to poetry without overtly speaking about poetry itself, then it must signal its subject, as well as its belonging, in other less obvious ways. As I’ve noted, by passing quickly through a range of poetic devices, emotional registers, and topical themes, so quickly, in fact, that no single poetic strategy within its apostrophic structure can be isolated and deemed emblematic of the poem, Zawacki’s work is poetically pluralistic. This pluralism is matched and accentuated by the journal in which it appears. Founded by Sandra Doller in 2003, 1913 has an expansive board of directors, a team of interns, and a tendency to fill its pages with a wide and eclectic mix of writers, styles, and forms. With most of its issues nearing three hundred pages, it is a big journal, one that finds its contributors through open submissions and regular prize contests. Casting such a wide net doesn’t exclude the possibility of identifying preferred tendencies, stylistic tics, or related themes in each issue. The very nature of a journal where a diverse group of writing is published together encourages some sort of pattern recognition. The issue in which “Georgia” appears, for example, shares with this poem an interest in appropriation, translation, Surrealism, and linguistic cosmopolitanism. Moreover, the many overlapping frames of reference suggested by much of the work remain within the field of aesthetics (visual art, poetry, music, etc.). For a closer comparison of “Georgia” and the journal, consider Zawacki’s use of Soupault. This decision to draw on the text of a modern Surrealist writer resonates both with the journal’s fascination with all things modern as well as its interest in practices such as collage and appropriation. Just as Zawacki’s “Georgia” is “after Soupault,” so too are many poems in the issue “after” another writer or artist, such as Shin Yu Pai’s “Métaphysique d’éphèmere” written “after Joseph Cornell” or Renee Gladman’s piece “after Pina Bausch” (there are also poems written “after Donne” and “for Zukofsky”). No less represented in the issue are practices of ekphrasis and found language.20 Similarly, Zawacki’s surrealist language is complemented by this issue’s translation of the one-time friend of André Breton and cofounder of the Surrealist movement in Czechoslovakia, Viteslav Nezval. His piece “Parrot on a Motorcycle, or on the Craft of Poetry” offers fanciful definitions of poetic terms such as “image,” “association,” “rhythm,” “rhyme,” “assonance,” and “metaphor,” all of which shed light on Zawacki’s “Georgia” when the two pieces are read in conjunction. In brief, the pluralist tendencies of the journal, its panoply of forms and esthetics, mirrors Zawacki’s own style, with its myriad poetic devices and its appeal to modernist techniques. This style, combined with Zawacki’s desire to dazzle, is precisely what situates “Georgia” within the objectives and criteria of contemporary poetry’s more accepted ideologies and institutions. In many respects, this is what wins prizes.

    But Zawacki’s rise within the institutions of poetry began even before the appearance of “Georgia” in 1913: A Journal of Forms. His second collection had won the endorsement of John Ashbery—“Reading Anabranch is like being rowed along the corridors of a flooded palace”—and C.D. Wright, who awarded one of the book’s sections, “Masquerade,” the Alice Fay Di Castagnola Award on behalf of the Poetry Society of America, a controversial organization that also granted Zawacki’s poetic sequence Viatica from the same book the 2002 Cecile Hemley Memorial Award.21 Zawacki’s poem “Fermata” from this collection was also published in the esteemed pages of The New Yorker.22 Additionally, selections from “Masquerade” appeared in Great American Prose Poems: From Poe to the Present, published by the commercial publishing house Scribner. Endorsed by star poets, conferred prizes by the oldest and most established Poetry Society in the United States, published by a commercial publishing house and a large-circulation, highbrow magazine—Zawacki’s work had already begun circulating among the recognized venues of established poetry.23 In many ways, then, the ground had been laid for a favorable reception of “Georgia” within certain poetic institutions in the United States. Additionally, its engagement with French writers and the French language—exemplified by its translation of Soupault—began to imagine a French public, which it would soon find. By the time Sika Fakambi began translating “Georgia” in 2009, Zawacki’s poetry had already appeared in various French journals such as Action Poétique, Passage à l’Acte, Le Nouveau Recueil and Vacarme, and Zawacki had started translating works by the French poet Sébastien Smirou into English. Zawacki was thus amply prepared to assist Fakambi with her translation. In the process, he became aware of new possibilities for his original, and he took advantage of the poem’s not yet being collected in a book to make small but significant changes to it.

    These changes are telling. For instance, what was “an explosive rigged in a micro chip” in the journal becomes “an explosive packed in a microchip” in the book (7). Moreover, “all hauntedlike Georgia” changes to “all haggardlike Georgia” (16); “lean out to know the distance” to “lean out to inquire of the distance” (17); and “the cold and soundless decibel” to “cold the inaudible decibel” (9, emphases added). Zawacki cites this latter change while discussing the productive relationship between translation and writing in an interview.

    To give a brief example of translating becoming writing: I had a line in “Georgia” that read, “and cold the noiseless decibel.”24 In Sika’s version, the phrase became, “et ce froid et ces décibles inaudibles.” When I looked at that, the future of the so-called “original” phrase suddenly clarified itself: “inaudible decibel.” Beyond the not-so-striking oxymoron of a silent unit of noise, which is all the phrase initially had to recommend it (if that much), now a pair of –el sounds were in play—and more sexy to my eye for their ending anagrammatically: -le and –el. Moreover, “decibel” literally contains the other word’s “-dible,” although in a scrambled way, or rather “inaudible” seems to bloom into “decibel,” as silence might burst into sound. So thanks to the relative closeness of French and English and especially to Sika’s ear (or her eye?), I changed the line according to the phrasing she’d found—the translation as haint, come back to haunt its antecedent into surrogate, secondary speech. There were other cases like this throughout “Georgia”—I call them backdrafting and imagine them as filaments of smoke causing fire—, and I felt lucky the poem hadn’t been published in English yet. In fact I vowed, reversing the terms, I should never publish anything before it got translated! So maybe Benjamin is right, that a translation invigilates the “maturing process of the original language,” and that “the original undergoes a change” only in its “afterlife” as a translation. That a poem can’t arrive until it’s been carried into another language—this passage is what allows it to begin. (“Tremolo”)

    Zawacki’s rich metaphors of backdrafting and haunting can be restated in plainer terms. What he means by “the future of the so-called ‘original’” is simply that through translation he is able to further craft his writing according to the stylistic principles and esthetic effects that most interest him. With inaudible, his objective seems to be to compress as much semantic, acoustic, and visual information into this line as possible, not to mention the gain from the marked French inflection, so that it resonates more with its surrounding text. The other changes can be characterized in the same way. Replacing rigged with packed in the line “an explosive packed in a microchip” gives rise to a semantic contrast between the outward-expanding motion of exploding and the inward-contracting motion of packing. Additionally, the k sound of packing amplifies the crackle—“the racket” and “clatter”—taking place before and after this line with its surplus of voiceless velar stops. Observe the sound patterning in the sequence that precedes the line in question:

    they bicker and click
    the clamors I mean
    blur as if struck with a Lucifer match
    guesswork Georgia
    netherlight’s joke
    I see smoke it rises it quadrilles . . . .

    (4, emphasis added)

    Words such as shellacked, skuzzy, frisking, pixeled, are carefully plotted throughout the next few lines only to be followed by phrases such as “a dumdum blank to the clavicle Georgia” and “the clangors clang if you hearken Georgia” (5, 6). This dense patterning of sound is reflected on a thematic level, too, with frequent references made to noise and feedback (“the feedback Georgia / the anvil’s hymnal / a dial-tone looped in a flophouse Georgia” [6]). The same can be said with respect to Zawacki’s choice to change “all hauntedlike Georgia” to “all haggardlike Georgia” based on the French “hagard ou tout comme Georgia,” only this time the sought-after sound pattern is the voiced velar stop g (“frag,” “blitzkrieg,” “slug cocked snug in the six-shooter chamber”), which has the additional advantage here of visually rhyming while phonetically clashing with the following two lines: “a hangman Georgia / a hanged man Georgia” (16). Finally, the change from know to inquire of in the line “lean out to inquire of the distance” (17) (the French has évaluer le distance) illustrates Zawacki’s predilection for stylization and falls in line with his unabashed taste for neologisms, compound formations, and Latinate constructions. Moreover, inquire is more speculative and also belongs to a higher register than know.

    On the whole, the rewritten version of “Georgia” varies only slightly from its first edition, and thus seems to have passed through French and returned to English relatively unscathed, even with a few new spoils. The circumstances and context of the poem’s French translation—Zawacki and Fakambi sitting side by side in Fakambi’s sunny house in Fresnes—offer Zawacki another opportunity to expand and refine the original objectives of his poem, as he keeps his gaze fixed on the formal properties of language (“On Slovenia”). In this respect, Zawacki benefits in many ways from the circulation of “Georgia”—gleaning things here and there, touching up a few rough patches while embracing and using to his own advantage what translation offers him: namely, a writing workshop for fine-tuning his poem.

    “If the house is just poetry / we’re in trouble”

    – Rod Smith, The Good House (New York: Spectacular Books, 2001)

    Bill Luoma’s My Trip to New York City and its companion piece “The Annotated My Trip to NYC” are written with a whole set of choices, concerns, and poetic strategies fundamentally at odds with those we’ve witnessed thus far in Zawacki’s “Georgia.” Whereas Zawacki’s projected public is hemmed in by fixed assumptions concerning the nature of the poetic—since, as we’ve seen, the addressee of the book is no other than an abstract notion of poetry itself—, Luoma’s work addresses an identifiable social group in a mode that at first glance seems more communicative than poetic. First published as a chapbook in 1994, Luoma’s My Trip to New York City was subsequently translated into French as Mon Voyage à New York in 1997, and then reproduced in Luoma’s first full-length book, Works and Days. “My Trip to New York City”—now a poem in a collection—opened the book and “The Annotated My Trip to NYC,” published here for the first time, closed it. If the first piece is ostensibly about a poet’s trip to New York, the second is about a poem’s trip to France. Despite this difference of subject, both pieces address, and consequently enable, very distinct publics.

    Bill Luoma began publishing poetry in little magazines—mainly in cheaply produced mags edited by, and printed for, friends—and as small chapbooks in the late 1980s, but it wasn’t until 1998 that his first full-length publication, Works & Days, was published. He has since published a chapbook titled Dear Dad (Tinfish, 2000), which consists of a series of notes, reflections, and casual comments addressed to the author’s dying father, and in 2011 he published his second full-length collection, Some Math (Kenning Editions), a set of neo-dada sound poems that draws on a vast array of jargon from various scientific and cyber-techno fields. Whereas Zawacki is in many respects a career poet—a professor of poetry and creative writing whose regularly published works have gained increasing recognition—Luoma has remained an amateur poet who is employed by other means than his writing and who publishes only occasionally. His work has yet to gain a wider readership and has received very little critical attention other than that from his own circle of friends. His poetic practice, as I attempt to demonstrate, is both a cause and a consequence of this.

    “My Trip to New York City” is written in an unmistakably flat style. There are few complex constructions, polished turns of phrase, shifts in register, instances of word play, or marked displays of erudition. It is composed of brief prose paragraphs, each between three and eight sentences, each left justified and separated by an inch of white space. Rather than subordinate clauses there are strings of paratactic remarks—each of which remains stubbornly straightforward and unassuming:

    Douglass has a picture of his father on the wall. It is a fishing picture and his dad was smoking. Sometimes he imitates his father by putting a cigarette in his mouth and pretending that a lot of ash has built up. His father would trick him sometimes. (15)

    There is seemingly nothing particularly jarring about this paragraph. Each sentence seems to belong to the same context. And yet, the more one considers that last sentence—“His father would trick him sometimes”—the more intractable it becomes. How would his father trick him? It’s unclear whether this is related to what his father does with a cigarette or if it opens onto another subject about which the reader remains in the dark. This is typical of this piece. One sentence, often the last, seems both to belong to the context of the paragraph and to lie outside of it. There are other paragraphs that are more semantically disjointed. Consider the following:

    Around us was Snet because they can reach beyond the call. We were cautioned of the depressed storm drains. One time Douglass touched a trend. (21)

    We learn from the annotated poem that the first two sentences are species of found language—of which there is abundance at the end of the piece—while the last sentence can only be associated with the previous two by means of associative links (“touch” is related to “reach,” for example). The stylistic influence of Language poetry, where sequential sentences elicit different frames of reference, is well noted in this particular paragraph. But once this paragraph is placed back in its larger context this influence appears less significant. There is, after all, a narrative arc to which all the sentences, no matter their semantic disparity, belong. In keeping with this being a trip to New York City, the found language here comes right off the streets of New York: Snet is a phone company whose advertisements blanket public space, and the narrator is cautioned of depressed storm drains by road signs. What’s more, the narrative “I” is hardly troubled or called into question—a supposed hallmark of Language poetry—since each paragraph relates to the fixed perspective of the first-person narrator. On the whole, even if there is much temporal ambiguity—we come to find out that the trip to New York is actually two trips, for example—and even if certain moments shake the work’s narrative continuity, these elements are never so pronounced as to make one lose sight of what, in the end, the piece is about. Rupture, disjunction, and radical incoherency, all key words used in describing Language poetry and other experimental practices, are here significantly pared down.

    If the influence of Language poetry is notably muted in this work, it’s because Luoma was primarily writing for an emergent group of poets who were trying to find a foothold in the field of poetry. Breaking from the Language poets while remaining experimental is not a radical esthetic move on Luoma’s part but rather a simple shift in terms of address. Luoma makes this clear in his piece “Illegal Park.” When asked at a poetry reading if he considered himself a Language poet, he responds (or reports to us his response):

    I say I can’t be a language poet because I wasn’t there then. I say language poets were some of my teachers and I was receptive to the work because I had no poetry background having just come from the sciences. It wasn’t all fluffy and stuff I say. I also say that I admire their community model but don’t feel any compulsion to replicate their forms. (Works & Days 99)

    That Luoma sees his not belonging to the Language poetry tradition as a simple matter of time and place is an obvious, but significant point to be made (his way of embedding his own “I” through reported speech also curiously distances himself from his own comments). He suggests that poetic traditions originate within a specific social context and are thus often bound to defined periods and geographic locations. Moreover, what he recognizes and values in Language poetry is not its forms but its formations, which recalls Ron Silliman’s claim that the coherence in Language poetry is to be found “not in the writing with its various methods and strategies, but in the social composition of its audience” (“Realism” 64). Published by The Figures, a small publishing house with strong ties to Language poetry, Luoma’s chapbook reflexively positions itself in relation to his predecessors while addressing a new community of writers and readers. Whereas Luoma’s take on the New Sentence recalls the dominant though largely misunderstood experimental tradition of Language poetry and evokes the publishing context of his own work, his use of gossip, in-jokes, and group talk both imagines and realizes a new poetry community. The guiding metaphor of Luoma’s poem is alluded to in the last paragraph of the work:

    Scott’s voice was broadcasting on the phone when I got back from New York. Sometimes I crack jokes around Scott. His wife is very beautiful. He wants me to send him some slides. (26)

    This is a suggestive metaphor for both the content and structure of the book. It is easy to imagine each paragraph as a slide and each slide as a discreet moment from the trip. More importantly, though, this is a slide show for Scott (which refers to Scott Bentley, another poet and friend of Luoma, and to whom the book is dedicated). Since Scott was unable to join him on the trip, Luoma is simply telling him what happened.25 This framing device provides a specific social context for Luoma’s anecdotes. It also accounts for the intimate details and gossip that give the work a sort of insider feel. Consider the following paragraph:

    I asked Cindy where all the power lines were. A stranger can point things out. You can’t jump as high in New York, for example. She was sorry that she smelled so bad because of the shrink and the video producer. Actually, her skin smelled well good. I’ve admired her work for a long time. Bob with Chicken made me laugh more than Hollywood doing Charles Nelson Riley. (13)

    Many things are obscure here. Not the least of which is the last sentence—“Bob with Chicken made me laugh more than Hollywood doing Charles Nelson Riley.” It’s hard to know if this relates to the previous sentence, and thus refers to Cindy’s “work”—which also isn’t specified—or if there is some other suppressed context that would clarify this. The annotated poem does indeed fill us in, letting us know that this is a “twisted ‘in-joke’ that only Douglass and Brian and Chris and Dave would get” (128). In this companion piece, Luoma explains the joke, telling us that Cindy is a painter who lives in Williamsburg and that she had made a funny painting of Douglass as part of a series. That only a small group of people would get this joke naturally excludes many readers from this sort of interpretative possibility. In other words, this paragraph offers a very specific reading for only a small, determined group of friends.

    In-jokes are only one way of expressing the social relations of this small group, as it is only a subcategory of a larger discursive form central to the poem—namely, gossip.

    Margot lives in San Francisco and she currently has a boyfriend. We went to the bar and watched a band that Margot’s friends were in. I liked Carla who sang some songs. Brian had a crush on Rachel. Margot’s old boyfriend Bob was there and Brian blurted out something about Margot moving to New York because her boyfriend just got a job at Columbia. I guess it didn’t matter because Bob was dancing with a tall woman. When Margot questioned Brian about her looks on the phone, Brian asked me. I said I thought she was good looking. That was the wrong answer. (13–14)

    Crushes, jealously, social blunders, intimate personal opinions, he-said-she-said talk—under what conditions does one typically encounter this type of discourse? In keeping with Luoma’s structural metaphor, this is precisely the kind of language one might use with friends as a sort of running commentary while showing a series of slides. Except that as readers we don’t really know who Margot and Carla and Brian and Bob are, and, unlike in a novel where names can become fully fleshed out characters, here they remain mere ciphers, some of which are repeated in the work, while others are only mentioned in this paragraph. This is pure gossip. And as gossip is only meaningful when you know the people involved (or at least “know of” the people), this language seems directed at someone else. We know that this poem was ostensibly written as a sequence of metaphorical slides for the poet Scott Bentley. But who else is part of this poem’s intended public? And what is at stake in using gossip as a poetic mode?26

    As Michael Warner argues in his work Publics and Counterpublics, the concrete public of a text can never be fully determined by any quantitative measure. This is because a public, as a specific cultural artifact, is “as much notional as it is empirical.” It is created by a self-organizing discourse and exists, solely, “by virtue of being addressed” (72). The logic of a public is thus necessarily circular in order to account for an existence that is at once real and imaginary. “A public might be real and efficacious, but its reality lies in just this reflexivity by which an addressable object is conjured into being in order to enable the very discourse that gives it existence” (67). But any and every move a writer enacts implies or imagines a corresponding public for which that move would be meaningful, regardless of whether this public becomes realized or not. As we saw with Zawacki, the meaningfulness of his poetic gestures depends precisely on one’s ability to recognize them as indexes of the “poetic.” Abstracted from any identifiable social context, these gestures are read as an accumulation of devices—devices bound to widely accepted categories and conventions of poetic expression (with this latter term being a loosely defined category in its own right). The value and significance of Zawacki’s poem thus relies on the institutions that establish these categories since Zawacki’s sympathetic readers must in some way be connected to or instructed by these same mediating institutions. The meaningfulness of Luoma’s gossip, on the other hand, depends more on the social relations of a tight-knit circle of friends (and, we might add, on this group’s knowledge of the importance of coteries in the history of poetry). Although certain features of his work take up practices established by experimental writers, such as gossip in Frank O’Hara’s and Joe Brainard’s writing or the abrupt non sequiturs between consecutive sentences in the work of many Language poets, Luoma’s poem by no means depends on the shared recognition of these conventions for its success. Those who recognize the personal references and the in-jokes and who take interest in the gossip are the same people about whom and for whom the poem is ostensibly written. Whether belonging to this group or not, one cannot fail to notice the poem’s restricted field of reference and its imagined public (there are of course other overlapping publics imagined in this work, a point to which I return shortly).

    The proper names strewn throughout Luoma’s piece—Scott, Douglass, Lee Ann, Jennifer, Steve, Monique, Cindy—constitute not only a group of friends, but a network of emerging and amateur poets, critics and painters. It’s important to keep in mind the publishing context of this work. Printed in an edition of only two hundred copies, the book had a limited distribution range, reflecting the restricted public indicated by its style and content. As Warner reminds us, these material limits—“means of production and distribution, the physical textual objects, social conditions of access”—work together with internal ones, including “the need to presuppose forms of intelligibility already in place, as well as the social enclosure entailed by any selection of genre, idiolect, style, and address,” to impose constraints on circulation. In this case, given these limits and constraints, it’s fair to call this group a coterie (Warner 73). This is easy enough to do, since we can identify a small group of like-minded friends whose work is often occasional and is created out of an impulse to share or dispute ideas with one another and to maintain or question certain social relations with each other.27 In fact, as Reva Wolf argues in respect to poetry and art in the 1960s, gossip serves just this purpose: it’s a form of bonding that can keep social groups together when their ties are threatened by external forces. It is also, and often quite intentionally, comprised of exclusionary tactics that prevent others from participating, or at the very least offers a highly stratified structure of participation.28 Contrary to the common association of coteries with high society, as a social formation they are essential to writers who wish to enter the poetic field without participating in the established rituals of recognition, e.g., writing according to market trends, striving toward self-distinction with a competitively innovative personal style, submitting one’s poems to prize contests and recognized journals or publishing houses, attending a distinguished writing program, etc. This is not to say that the writers in Luoma’s coterie did none of these things, only that this close group of poets sought to create their own sub-system of circulation and recognition.29 Of course, belonging to a coterie itself may also constitute an important ritual of recognition—a point surely not lost on this particular group—but the rules of coterie formation remain less apparent than the other established means of poetic legitimatization.

    This is where the names and social relations mentioned in the poem take on greater significance. As previously mentioned, Scott is Scott Bentley, poet and founder of the little magazine Letterbox, to which Luoma and many of the poets mentioned here regularly contributed. Lee Ann is Lee Ann Brown. She is a poet and the editor and founder of Tender Buttons Press. Jennifer is Jennifer Moxley, a poet whose small-circulation, stable-bound magazine The Impercipient was an important outlet for this group of friends and a common point of reference for Luoma. Douglass is Douglass Rothschild, whose first chapbook was published three years after My Trip to New York City by Situation Press in an edition of 500.30 Another important figure is Steve. Steve is Steve Evans, a poetry critic and English professor at the University of Maine whose authority is alluded to when the narrator states, “I want to listen when Steve talks. Even Douglass listens to Steve,” and also at the end of the piece when he mentions, “In Providence I read the Frank O’Hara poem that Helena read me when we got married. Steve knows the title” (16, 24). As a critical voice, Steve is in many ways the spokesperson for this coterie. In an article written in 2003, he attempted to make a case for a post-Language avant-garde poetry by assessing new poetic practices in the work of six writers, all of whom he counts as friends, including Bill Luoma, Lee Ann Brown, and Jennifer Moxley (“The American Avant-Garde after 1989”). There are also various amateur painters and artists mentioned throughout Luoma’s piece, such as Monique Van Gerderen. This coordinated network of poets, critics, and painters, all of whom have relations of varying proximity to small presses, poetry magazines, reviews, galleries, and academic institutions, provides a sort of map of this poetry’s conditions of possibility. Together, they create a multi-contextual space through which their writing can circulate, and, through repeated circulation, this group can begin to imagine itself as a self-contained public. But it’s important to stress that “My Trip to New York City” isn’t written only for this context, as if this were preexisting, but rather the poem helps enable it by designating it as its addressee. It’s true that Lee Ann Brown had already established her press a few years prior to this book’s publication, and Moxley’s and Bentley’s respective magazines had started publication two years prior in 1992. But by 1994 these poets still belonged to an emergent group: Scott Bentley published his first book-length work the same year with O Books; Lee Ann Brown’s first book-length work Polyverse was published in 1995 by Sun and Moon Press; Jennifer Moxley’s Imaginative Verses was published by Lee Ann Brown’s press Tender Buttons in 1996; Steve Evans assumed his academic position only in 2000 and wrote the previously mentioned article in 2003.31 Bill Luoma himself didn’t publish his first full-length collection, in which My Trip to New York City is included, until 1996. Luoma’s work, then, both represents and enables this social base of writers by imagining it as the parameters of its own space of circulation. To be sure, this doesn’t mean his work won’t circulate outside its intended field of reference. Once a work is published, that is to say, once it becomes public, it can never fully determine its public in advance. As Warner makes clear, a public by definition is always in excess of its known social base. This means that “a public must be more than a list of one’s friends. It must include strangers” (Warner 74). This is because publics cannot be contained within any institutional framework—the state, the nation, the academy, even the market—and the members of a public can never be determined by any positive, categorical qualifications, such as race, class, or ethnicity. A public is essentially a mobile cultural construct, whose existence is contingent solely upon the participation of social agents. Indeed, to become part of a public, one need only demonstrate some form of interest or some form of active uptake, no matter how nominal this may be.

    This is what happens when Luoma’s coterie poem elicits the interest of the French poet Emmanuel Hocquard. As a prominent poet, translator, and editor, Hocquard is largely responsible for the growing interest in American poetry in France. Since the 1970s, he has invited American poets to read at various institutions (most notably, at the Musée d’Art Moderne de la Ville de Paris, where he curated readings and literary events for fifteen years) and to collaborate on collective translations through the organization he founded in 1989, Un Bureau sur l’Atlantique, the principal aim of which was to strengthen the ties between French and American poetry. He has translated several American poets—including several works by Michael Palmer—and coedited two anthologies of previously untranslated American poetry (21 + 1 poètes américains in 1986 and 49 + 1 nouveaux poètes américains in 1991). This strong interest in American poetry helps explain how Hocquard could come to discover a relatively obscure work published primarily for a small circle of friends. But this isn’t as fortuitous as it may seem. Embedded within the poem’s coterie public is another public bound to a whole different set of concerns. These are related to the poem’s negative space—that is, not what the poem says or does, but what it withholds and refuses to do. And what this poem clearly does not do is employ those poetic devices recognized by established poetic institutions. In fact, one might say that rather than appropriating a slew of poetic devices, as Zawacki does in “Georgia,” Luoma flatly negates them. Of course to write without style is itself a demonstration of style, and Luoma’s use of gossip and the structure of the New Sentence derives in part from the New York School (gossip) and the Language poets (the New Sentence). But the fact remains that, seeking to escape the “poetic”—understood here as a quality abstracted from its social significance—Luoma turns to those modes and strategies that are direct—gossip, casual remarks, frank opinions—while complicating their immediacy with irregular sequencing on the level of the sentence. Due to the weight of tradition, any blatant absence of conventional devices, which are themselves constantly in flux, signals a practice of restraint and willful opposition. It is this absence of the “poetic” that must have interested Emmanuel Hocquard.

    Since the 1970s Hocquard and other French writers of his generation such as Claude Royet-Journoud and Anne-Marie Albiach have sought to negate the poetic by advancing a practice of literalism. Against metaphor, analogy, and other forms of poetic connotation, these writers have relied on a diverse set of strategies in order to eschew the traditions and expressive possibilities with which these forms are closely associated. Rosmarie Waldrop has shown how Royet-Journoud strives to eliminate from his texts metaphor, assonance, and alliteration “in order to get down to a flat, literal language” (107). Hocquard further reinforces this point by soliciting a shift in reading, suggesting that if his reader were to view his texts as mere copies—“All my books are to be read as copies. I am the copier of my books” (98)—she wouldn’t find metaphors where none exist. The appeal of Luoma’s text to Hocquard, then, is clear. But when Hocquard organized a collective translation of Luoma’s poem, he was faced with the same challenge that any “outsider” has when confronting this work: namely, the proliferation of allusions, in-jokes, gossip, and group references. As previously mentioned, Hocquard and the other translators approached this problem by sending Luoma a list of questions to which he duly responded (albeit often with tongue in cheek). Luoma then compiled his list of 101 responses to create a new serial poem—“The Annotated My Trip to NYC”—which he dedicated to “the French who asked me 100 questions about the little book” (123; Luoma rounded the number down). Each numbered paragraph provides a response to the translators’ corresponding question. In this piece, however, the questions are withheld.

    Luoma prefaced his list of responses with a letter to his translators. A modified version of this is reproduced at the beginning of the annotated poem. After speaking to the difficulty of understanding the many in-jokes and specific allusions, Luoma states:

    Please don’t be overly swayed by my responses. Consider that writers tend to say misleading or unhelpful things about their own work […] I believe you will have to lie to the French reader when you translate; that is, please be unfaithful to my text and make the French have multiple meanings. Make it yours. It is the reader who knows nothing of the glee club whom you must please. (125)

    This prefatory letter demonstrates Luoma’s attitude toward the translation of his poem. Since the strategies and objectives of the original are bound to the social group—the glee club—to which it is addressed, there is little he can offer in the form of help to his French translators. His role as “annotator,” then, is an ambiguous one. He speaks with authority as to the poem’s initial context while remaining deeply skeptical about its meaning or purpose in its future French setting. On the whole, when read as an annotation, this poem shines no more than a fitful light over the obscure references and intimate details of “My Trip to New York City.” At times the narrator explains much more than required, offering far too many interpretative paths; at others he says far too little, merely repeating the original poem. And sometimes, even when he explains too much, it turns out he’s said very little of importance:

    #53: level cut: a hitting term in baseball. there are three basic types of swings, or “cuts.” uppercut, level, & down. when you uppercut you hit fly balls and home runs. for big guys. level you hit line drives, for regular guys. down you make ground balls, for fast guys. however there are many theories of hitting and I have given you a false sense because every hitter must employ variations on every type of swing. I have also imparted to you the notion that hitting can be described. (134)

    Here Luoma sketches a schema and then, as though defeated by the task, quickly disavows it. This sense of defeatism runs through the annotations, deflating whatever aura of authority a given annotation may evince at first glance.32

    Whether in the spirit of defeatism, sincerity, or play, Luoma often relies on terse explanations by way of repetition in his annotations. This creates many ironic tautologies throughout the annotated poem (another feature Hocquard is particularly fond of).33 Consider the following from the first poem: “Brian has three sisters, Ann, Margot, and Alison. They are always on the phone and Brian calls Ali honey. I think he’ll probably get married” (13). Here’s the annotation: “#21 married: one day Brian will get married” (129). The shift from “They are always on the phone and Brian calls Ali honey” to “I think he’ll probably get married” is one of those inconspicuous transitions that only becomes jarring when one takes account of the small but significant absence of some kind of temporal clause, such as “one day” or “in ten years” between the two sentences. It’s easy to imagine the scrupulous French translators not wanting to miss anything and wondering if “married” is used figuratively or idiomatically. No, Luoma reassures them, “married [means] one day Brian will get married.” There are many of these responses in the annotated poem, several of which consist of a concise repetition, such as that of #23: “Being tall: she is very tall” (129). Taken together, these responses function as a deliberate reversal of some common assumptions of literary translation, especially as they relate to poetry. Indeed, the multiplicity of meaning springing from the interplay of the linguistic sign’s various features—visual, phonic, grammatical, semantic, etc.—is often cited by theorists and translators alike as the principle challenge of translating poetry.

    The textures of a language, its musicality, its own specific tradition of forms and meters and imagery, the intrinsic modalities and characteristic linguistic structures that make it possible to express certain concepts, emotions, and responses in a specific manner but not in another—all of these inhere so profoundly in a poem that its translation into another language appears to be an act of rash bravado verging on the foolhardy. (Grossman 94)

    Edith Grossman, a prominent translator of both prose and poetry, is expressing a widespread belief here, one that depends on a certain tradition of poetry and poetics. Luoma is clearly working outside of this tradition, and so the problems his translator faces is of an entirely different sort. What’s more, Luoma significantly exacerbates these problems by providing misleading information. For instance, although he encourages his translators to “make the French have multiple meanings,” as an annotator he often does just the opposite by stripping the poem of any figurative or connotative dimension, thereby restricting its meaning. The oft-cited difficulty of translating poetry’s polysemy is therefore not taken here as the translator’s dilemma but as her false assumption. If Zawacki uses the circumstances of translation to make his poem “mean more,” Luoma responds to the same circumstances by countering poetic abstraction and polysemy with direct referential meaning, as in annotation #22, which informs us that “park” refers to “central park” (129).

    The significance of “The Annotated My Trip to NYC” lies, then, in the ways in which it fails as an annotation. For if Luoma’s responses serve a precise function for his French translators, how are they to be read when framed as a poem for English readers? Most American readers don’t need to know that ump means umpire or that shrink means psychoanalyst. Motivating such responses are the questions and misunderstandings of the French translators. In other words, the annotated poem documents the reading habits of the French translators by highlighting the limits of their understanding. Luoma capitalizes on this context to create a dynamic poem that moves between frank literal statements and other tangential narrative developments, all written with the same sprezzatura that characterizes “My Trip to New York City.” Luoma’s annotated poem, however, is no postmodern pastiche of annotated works. The poem doesn’t imitate a given style nor does it borrow or abstract its form from another discourse genre, as, say, the epistolary novel does with correspondence. In fact, Luoma’s piece wasn’t written as a poem at all. It was only framed as such subsequently. Removing these responses from their initial social context and presenting them as a poem has many interpretative consequences. On one level, as a record of the social process of translation, the trivial details, false steps and meticulous work of translation are made visible in the poem. In this way, Luoma’s poem is a partial archive of the one thing that often escapes theoretical discussions of translation: the plain fact and history of the translator’s painstaking labor. Like the poem itself, this is at times intellectually engaging, surprising, even funny, and at others profoundly trivial and boring. Another consequence of this procedure is that it brings two cultural contexts together and therefore causes two distinct publics to overlap. Published as a poem in English by a small press, its American readers will take themselves as the public of the work—and not without reason—while continuing to recognize this phantom French public inscribed in the text itself. In this respect, Luoma’s annotated poem complements Charles Bernstein’s 1993 poem “A Test of Poetry.” In this poem, Bernstein arranges in lineated verse the questions his translator, Ziquing Zhang, posed when translating poems from Bernstein’s Rough Trades and The Sophist into Chinese. Bernstein also lifted this piece from personal correspondence, but as opposed to Luoma, he withholds his responses, so that we only have the voice of his translator:

    What do you mean by rashes of ash? Is industry
    Systematic work, assiduous activity, or ownership
    Of factories? Is ripple agitate lightly? Are
    We tossed in tune when we write poems? And
    What or who emboss with gloss insignias of air? (52)

    Perhaps we’re witnessing a burgeoning genre where the circulation of one’s own poems are documented and reimagined through the reading habits of others. Similar to other poetic experiments in translation and multilingual writing, this kind of writing arises from the increased contact and collision of various cultures in a globalized world, and offers a critical response to the impact of the circulation of texts on contemporary poetry. But unlike Bernstein’s poem, Luoma’s annotations take us back into the social world of his circle of friends. And although it is not a coterie poem per se, it specifically addresses the intended limits of Luoma’s social poetic practice. These limits—we can call them limits of address—are brilliantly illustrated, in negative as it were, by the translators’ unstated questions that structure and motivate the annotated poem.

    Just as “My Trip to New York City” attempts to document and enable the activity of a given group of poets by designating and creating a space of circulation for them outside the framework of larger institutions (major publishing houses, wide-circulation journals, academia, etc.), “The Annotated My Trip to NYC” documents and interrogates the stakes of circulation once it becomes mediated by these same institutions. For, as I’ve argued, translation plays an increasingly significant role in the circulation of poetry. By addressing the circumstances of his own poetry, Luoma takes stock of poetry’s conditions of possibility. In so doing, he points toward new areas of poetic production, namely those that reflexively engage with poetry’s circulation. Thus, whereas Zawacki approaches translation as a writing workshop for refining formal linguistic matters, Luoma approaches it as a set of social conditions with its own assumptions, practices, and consequences, all of which become new matter for poetry. Zawacki’s “Georgia” and Luoma’s “My Trip to New York City” and “The Annotated My Trip to NYC” thus reflect in contrasting ways their imagined publics and the scene of their circulation. But whereas Zawacki’s poetry does this by transcending its social circumstances, Luoma’s does it by confronting them head-on.

    Footnotes

    1. Luoma’s poem was first published as a chapbook in 1994 and subsequently reprinted in his first full-volume collection, Works & Days. All citations will be from its later reprinting. “The Annotated My Trip to NYC” was also published in Works & Days.

    2. On the growth of translation studies as an academic discipline, see Baker’s introduction to the four-volume collection Translation Studies.

    3. These institutions are too numerous to outline here. For more on this exchange as it takes place in periodicals, see Bennett and Mousli. For more on larger social questions concerning translation, see Sapiro.

    4. I owe much here to Peter Middleton’s notion of the “long biography of the poem” (1–24).

    5. See Dworkin and Goldsmith; Bergvall et al. For a wide range of multilingual and translational experiments, see the fifth and tenth issues of Chain dedicated to “Different Languages” (1998) and “Translucinación” (2003), respectively. All twelve issues of Chain (1994–2005) have been digitally archived and are available at http://jacket2.org/reissues/chain.

    6. In addition to Perloff; Dworkin and Goldsmith; see also Fitterman and Place; Morris and Swiss; Funkhouser.

    7. In a Franco-American context, it is not uncommon for poems or whole works to appear first in translation. This was most notably the case for Keith Waldrop’s Falling in Love with a Description, which was first published in French translation by Françoise de Laroque (Paris: Créaphis, 1995), before being published as part of Transcendental Studies: A Trilogy (Berkeley: University of California Press, 2009), the winner of the National Book Award for Poetry in 2009. Many of the poems written by Americans in Emmanuel Hocquard and Claude Royet Journoud’s two anthologies—21 + 1 poètes américains in 1986 and 49 + 1 nouveaux poètes américains in 1991—were also first published in French translation.

    8. Charles Bernstein’s treatment of translation in “A Test of Poetry,” discussed below, is similar to Luoma’s.

    9. Unless otherwise noted, all citations will be from its republication in his book Petals of Zero, Petals of One, hereafter cited as “G.”

    10. Zawacki discusses the origin of the poem in an interview with Leonard Schwartz. Given that Zawacki had recently accepted a teaching position at the University of Georgia, his interest in Soupault’s “Georgia” is perhaps more biographical than esthetic, a point made explicit by his deeming the poem of little poetic value. In any case, it’s clear that “Georgia” stands for far more than a geographical location in the poem. See below, where I discuss its importance as a framing device.

    11. Andrew Joron mentions Zawacki in a list of contemporary poets who bear the mark of Surrealist influence in his survey of Surrealism in American poetry from the period 1966–1999.

    12. I cite here its publication in 1913, as this line is revised when republished in Petals of Zero, Petals of One to read “cold the inaudible decibel.” I discuss the significance of this change below.

    13. There are no fewer emotional registers and tones than there are poetic devices, as the speaker shifts from expressions of sadness to those of anger, arousal, contemplation, joy, pain, etc.

    14. Hereafter cited as “BNB.”

    15. For a stark point of contrast, see the social function of poetry and love in Frank O’Hara (“Personism: A Manifesto” 499).

    16. Sobin’s influence on Zawacki can be noted both stylistically and ideologically. The above discussion of poetic address echoes, in Zawacki’s terms, Sobin’s “invisible auditoria.” [cite source for Sobin?] See Zawacki, “Vertical Tracking.”

    17. Burt refined his idea on Elliptical Poetry in “The Elliptical Poets.” I am drawing here on both this article and his review of Susan Wheeler’s “Smokes” where he first introduced the term.

    18. For a pointed critique of Elliptical and hybrid poetry, see Craig Dworkin, “Hypermnesia.”

    19. On the impact of the prize structure in contemporary poetry, see Steven Evan’s compelling analysis in his “Field Notes, October 2003–June 2004.” My reading of the pluralist tendency of 1913: A Journal of Forms is greatly indebted to this article as well as to his “The Little Magazine A Hundred Years On: A Reader’s Report” and, above all, to his “The Resistible Rise of Fence Enterprise” and the discussion this provoked. These articles are archived on his website Third Factory.

    20. There are two consecutive essays on Ronald Johnson, both of which emphasize his use of found language and procedures of erasure, as well as a handful of “ekphrastic pieces,” such as Noah Eli Gordon’s, Jeremy Prokosch’s, and Valerie Mejer’s.

    21. The PSA was in the headlines in 2007 after awarding the Frost award to John Holland, a conservative poet who had once referred to “cultures without literatures—West African, Mexican and Central American” and who, in an interview, had stated, “there isn’t much quality of work coming from nonwhite poets today.” See Motoko Rich, “Poetry Prize Sets Off Resignations at Society.”

    22. Published the month before the 2003 invasion of Iraq—one of the issue’s featured articles details in mildly critical terms the Bush administration’s justification for war—Zawacki’s poem about personal memory and fragmented subjectivity unfolding under “olivine clouds, / clouds of cerise, a courtesan sky” with fishermen and windmills and a family gathered at a dock at twilight strikes one, at least in hindsight, as a curious choice on the part of The New Yorker editors. It’s interesting to note that the same month of that year Leslie Scalapino and Rick London published an anthology of highly politicized poetry: Enough (Oakland: O Books, 2003).

    23. The public success of “Georgia” can be measured by its reviews, many of which are archived on Zawacki’s own webpage.

    24. The original publication of the poem reads “soundless decibel.” Whether “noiseless” is from an early or intermediate draft between the original and its republication is unclear.

    25. Many of Luoma’s poems are also for someone who couldn’t be at the event he is describing. See, for example, “97.5 KPOI The Rock You Live On” (Works & Days 103–109).

    26. Luoma isn’t the first to use gossip as a poetic mode. Frank O’Hara frequently used gossip in his poetry, as in the poem “Adieu to Norma, Bon Jour to Joan and Jean-Paul,” where he writes,

    and Allen is back talking about god a lot and Peter is back not talking very much and Joe has a cold and is not coming to Kenneth’s although he is coming to lunch with Norman I suspect he is making a distinction well, who isn’t. (328)

    For more on O’Hara’s use of gossip, see Wolf 16–21.

    27. For more on poetry and coteries, see Shaw. My argument here is greatly indebted to Shaw’s study.

    28. See Wolf 15. This argument has its origin in Max Gluckman’s seminal “Gossip and Scandal.”

    29. Given that this particular group held no institutional power and did not occupy a dominant position in its field at the time of the book’s publication, it would be a mistake to consider this coterie elitist. For a reading of the coterie as an elite phenomenon in a modernist context, see Rainey 146–168.

    30. It is interesting to contrast Moxley’s The Impercipient, one of the major contexts of Luoma’s collection Works & Days, with 1913: Journal of Forms. Whereas 1913 is a big endeavor with interns, a board, and a long and eclectic list of contributors, The Impercipient was run by Moxley herself, printed cheaply, and had an extremely small distribution range. It never appealed to the authority of established poets by asking for their contributions but rather printed only Moxley’s close friends, who were all emerging poets at the time.

    31. This delay of recognition is even more marked for others mentioned in the book. Douglas Rothschild, for example, didn’t publish his first book-length work until 2009.

    32. The French translation of this annotation opens Hocquard’s Ma haie. One can imagine Hocquard appreciating this annotation on two levels: first, for the specificity of the language game it instantiates, and second, for the distance created by Luoma’s disavowing its explanatory force. Hocquard also briefly discusses the collective translation of this piece (522–523).

    33. See his Un test de solitude.

    Works Cited

    • Baker, Mona, ed. Translation Studies. Vol. 1. New York: Routledge, 2009. Print.
    • Bennett, Guy and Béatrice Mousli. Charting the Here of There: French & American Poetry in Translation in Literary Magazines, 1850-2002. New York: The New York Public Library / Granary Books, 2002. Print.
    • Bergvall, Caroline, et al., eds. I’ll Drown My Book: Conceptual Writing by Women. Los Angeles: Les Figues Press, 2012. Print.
    • Bernstein, Charles. My Way: Speeches and Poems. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1999: 52-55. Print. Burt, Stephen. “The Elliptical Poets.” Close Calls with Nonsense. Saint Paul, MN: Graywolf Press, 2009. 345-355. Print.
    • —. “Smokes.” Boston Review. Summer 1998: n. pag. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • Dworkin, Craig. “Hypermnesia.” Boundary 2 36.3 (2009): 77-95. Print.
    • Dworkin, Craig and Kenneth Goldsmith, eds. Against Expression: An Anthology of Conceptual Poetry. Evanston: Northwestern UP, 2011. Print.
    • Evans, Steve. “The American Avant-Garde after 1989: Notes Toward a History.” Assembling Alternatives: Reading Postmodern Poetries Transnationally. Ed. Romana Huk. Middletown: Wesleyan UP, 2003. 646-673. Print.
    • —. “Field Notes, October 2003-June 2004.” The Poker 4 (August, 2004). Third Factory. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • —. “The Little Magazine: A Hundred Years On: A Reader’s Report.” Modern Review 2.2 (Fall 2006). Third Factory. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • —. “The Resistible Rise of Fence Enterprise.” Third Factory. Third Factory, 2001. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • Fitterman, Robert and Vanessa Place. Notes on Conceptualisms. Brooklyn: Ugly Duckling Press, 2009. Print.
    • Funkhouser, C.T. New Directions in Digital Poetry. New York: Continuum, 2012. Print. Gizzi, Peter and Cole Swensen. “On Andrew Zawacki’s Geogia.1913: Journal of Forms 3 (2009). 25. PDF file.
    • Gluckman, Max. “Gossip and Scandal.” Current Anthropology 4 (1963): 307-16. Print. Grossman, Edith. Why Translation Matters. New Haven: Yale UP, 2010. Print. Hocquard, Emmanuel. Ma haie. Paris: P.O.L., 2001. Print.
    • —. Un test de solitude. Paris: P.O.L., 1998. Print.
    • Joron, Andrew. Neo-Surrealism or the Sun at Night. Oakland: Kolourmen Press, 2010. Luoma, Bill. My Trip to New York City. Great Barrington: The Figures, 1994. Print. —. Works & Days. West Stockbridge: The Figures & Hard Press, Inc., 1998. Print. Middleton, Peter. Distant Reading: Performance, Readership and Consumption in Contemporary Poetry. Tuscaloosa: U of Alabama P, 2005. Print.
    • Morris, Adalaide and Thomas Swiss, eds. New Media Poetics. Cambridge: MIT Press, 2006. Print.
    • O’Hara, Frank. The Collected Poems of Frank O’Hara. Ed. Donald Allen. Berkeley: U of California P, 1995. Print.
    • Perloff, Marjorie. Unoriginal Genius: Poetry by Other Means in the New Century. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 2010. Print.
    • Rainey, Lawrence. Institutions of Modernism. New Haven: Yale UP, 1998. Print.
    • Rich, Motoko. “Poetry Prize Sets Off Resignations at Society.” New York Times. New York Times, 27 Sep. 2007. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • Sapiro, Gisèle. “French Literature in the World System of Translation.” French Global: A New Approach to Literary History. Eds. Christie McDonald and Susan Rubin Suleiman. New York: Columbia UP, 2010. 299-319. Print.
    • Shaw, Lytle. Frank O’Hara: The Poetic of Coterie. Iowa City: U of Iowa P, 2006. Print. Silliman, Ron. “Realism: An Anthology of ‘Language’ Writing.” Ironwood 20.10 (1982): 62-70. Print.
    • Waldrop, Rosmarie. Dissonance (if you are interested). Tuscaloosa: U of Alabama P, 2005. 105- 118. Print.
    • Warner, Michael. Publics and Counterpublics. Brooklyn, NY: Zone Books, 2002. Print. Wolf, Reva. Andy Warhol, Poetry, and Gossip in the 1960s. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1997. Print.
    • Zawacki, Andrew. “‘The Break is Not a Break’: Kierkegaard, Heidegger, and Poesis as Abiding Love.” Antioch Review 62.1 (Winter 2004): 156-170. Print.
    • —. “Georgia.”1913: A Journal of Forms 3 (2009): 25-44. Print.
    • —. Georgia. Trans. Sika Fakambi. Toulouse: Éditions de l’Attente, 2009. Print.
    • —. “The Long Poem.” Interview by Leonard Schwartz. Cross Cultural Poetics 145. 1 Apr. 2007. PennSound. MP3.
    • —. “On Slovenia, Antitranslation, and ‘One-night Stand’ Poems.” Interview by Erica Wright.
    • Guernica / A Magazine of Art & Politics. Guernica / A Magazine of Art & Politics, 19 May 2011. Web. 31 Jul. 2014.
    • —. Petals of Zero, Petals of One. Jersey City: Talisman House, 2009. Print.
    • —. “Towards the Blanched Alphabets.” Boston Review. Boston Review, 1 Dec. 1999. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • —. “Tremolo.” Interview by Brian Teare. The Volta. The Volta, Feb. 2012. Web. 31 July 2014.
    • —. “Vertical Tracking.” Jacket 40 (Winter 2012): n. pag. Web. 31 July 2014.

  • Notes on Contributors

    Rolande Glicenstein was born on December 31, 1943, in hiding in the south of France of Jewish emigres from Poland. She grew up in Paris and came to the United States in 1968 where she worked as a costumer for film and television. She has a daughter, Hylda Berman, who is a sculptor living in Chicago. Rolande currently lives in Baltimore.

    David Kupferman is an assistant professor of education at the University of Hawaiʻi – West Oʻahu. He lived and worked in the Marshall Islands for many years prior. His research interests consider the intersections of pedagogy, theory, and cultural studies, occasionally as they play out in the region known as Micronesia.

    Christopher Law is a Ph.D. student in the Centre for Cultural Studies at Goldsmiths, University of London, where he also teaches topics in philosophy. He is completing a dissertation on the concepts of life and “uncriticizability” in the work of Walter Benjamin.

    T.J. Martinson is a PhD student at Indiana University – Bloomington. His research interests include 20th/21st century American literature, object-oriented ontology, and phenomenology.

    Duy Lap Nguyen is an assistant professor of world cultures and literatures at the University of Houston. His work has appeared, most recently, in Thesis Eleven (2015), Constellations (2015), Differences (2015), Interventions (2014) and Historical Materialism (2010). Nguyen’s current research explores works by the Vietnamese philosopher Trần Đức Thảo and develops a reading of Thảo’s materialist critique of phenomenology. A second project, titled “The Postcolonial Present: Redemption and Revolution in Twentieth-Century Vietnamese Culture and History,” examines Vietnamese cinema, literature, and mass culture from the Vietnam War era.

    Ben Novotny Owen is a PhD candidate in English at the Ohio State University, studying film, graphic narrative, and twentieth-century American literature and art. He has published on race and early sound cinema in Screen, and has an essay on comics form and the politics of history in the recent collection The Comics of Joe Sacco: Journalism in a Visual World. He is currently working on a dissertation about the interrelation of cartoon aesthetics and modernism in the United States 1915–1965.

    Brad Prager is Professor of German in the Department of German & Russian Studies at the University of Missouri. He is the author of After the Fact: The Holocaust in Twenty-first Century Documentary Film (2015), The Cinema of Werner Herzog: Aesthetic Ecstasy and Truth (2007), and Aesthetic Vision and German Romanticism: Writing Images (2007). He has edited several books, and is on the editorial boards of New German Critique and German Studies Review.

    Matthew B. Smith is an Assistant Professor of French at Northern Illinois University. He has translated three novels by the Belgian writer Jean-Philippe Toussaint and a work of poetry by the Oulipo poet Frédéric Forte.

  • Notes on Contributors

    Timothy Bewes is Professor of English at Brown University. He is the author of Cynicism and Postmodernity (1997), Reification, or The Anxiety of Late Capitalism (2002), and The Event of Postcolonial Shame (2011). He has co-edited several collections of essays, including Georg Lukács: The Fundamental Dissonance of Existence (Continuum, 2011), and a special issue of the journal Novel: A Forum on Fiction on Jacques Rancière and the Novel. The subjects of his recently published essays include W. G. Sebald (in Contemporary Literature, 2014) and Mikhail Bakhtin (Mediations, 2015).

    Nicholas Brown teaches in the departments of English and African American Studies at the University of Illinois at Chicago.

    Michael D’Arcy is Associate Professor of English literature at St. Francis Xavier University (Nova Scotia, Canada). His research interests include twentieth-century British, Irish, and Anglophone literature, media studies, film and visual culture, and literary theory. His published work includes: The Contemporaneity of Modernism: Literature, Media, Culture (Routledge, 2016; collection co-edited with Mathias Nilges); “Beckett’s Trilogy and the Deaths of (Auto)biographical Form,” in Samuel Beckett Today / Aujourd’hui 26 (2014); “Influence,” in Samuel Beckett in Context (Cambridge UP, 2013); and “Indifferent Memory: Beckett, Naipaul, and the Task of Textuality,” in The Journal of Beckett Studies 19.1 (2010). He is currently completing a monograph titled The Slow Novel: Late Modernism and the Adventure of Narrative Stupidity.

    Cristin Ellis is Assistant Professor of English at the University of Mississippi. Her book, Antebellum Posthuman: Race and Materiality in American Romanticism, is forthcoming from Fordham University Press.

    Dehlia Hannah is the Research Curator of the Synthesis Center and Assistant Research Professor in the School of Arts, Media and Engineering at Arizona State University. She received her Doctorate in Philosophy from Columbia University in May 2013. Her dissertation and current book project, entitled Performative Experiments, articulates the philosophical implications of an emerging genre of contemporary artwork that takes the form of scientific experiments and deploys scientific methods and materials as new media. Timed to commemorate the 200th anniversary of the global climate crisis that formed the environmental background for the writing of Frankenstein, her current research and curatorial project, A Year Without a Winter, (2015-2018) explores possible climate futures by engaging artists and scholars in the performance of a collective thought experiment.

    Leigh Claire La Berge is currently working on a book entitled Wages Against Artwork: The Social Practice of Decommodification, sections of which have been published in South Atlantic Quarterly and Postmodern Culture. Concerned with the economic trend of uncompensated work and the aesthetic trend of artwork that seeks to ameliorate social inequality, Wages Against Artwork asks what kind of claims the aesthetic can make in an expiring welfare state. Her first book, Scandals and Abstraction: Financial Fiction of the Long 1980s (Oxford, 2015) tracked the contest between postmodern and realist fictions about finance in a nascent era of financialization, and her articles have appeared in Radical Philosophy, Studies in American Fiction, Criticism, Journal of Cultural Economy, and the Radical History Review. She is the co-editor, along with Alison Shonkwiler, of Reading Capitalist Realism (Iowa, 2014). She is assistant professor of English at the City University of New York (BMCC).

    Krista Geneviève Lynes is Canada Research Chair in Feminist Media Studies and Associate Professor in Communication Studies at Concordia University (Montreal). She is the author of Prismatic Media, Transnational Circuits: Feminism in a Globalized Present (Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), as well as numerous essays appearing in ADA: Journal of Gender, New Media and Technology, Signs, Third Text, Theory & Event, among others. Her current research examines the aesthetics of ‘groundedness’ on contemporary media art. She is also the director of the Feminist Media Studio (http://feministmediastudio.ca), which supports and critically engages with representations of gender under conditions of political struggle and exploitation.

    Jeff Menne is assistant professor and program director of Screen Studies at Oklahoma State University. His recent publications include a study of Francis Ford Coppola and the “underground corporation,” Francis Ford Coppola(Univ. of Illinois Press, 2014), and a co-edited collection, Film and the American Presidency (Routledge, 2015). His essays have appeared in Representations, Cinema Journal, Post Script, and elsewhere. Presently he is preparing a monograph, Art’s Economy: Post-Fordist Cinema and Hollywood Counterculture, 1962-1975, which historicizes the auteur theory within the “managerial revolution” of the postwar business corporation.

    Mathias Nilges is Associate Professor of English at St. Francis Xavier University in Nova Scotia, Canada. His essays have appeared in collected editions and in journals such as American Literary History, Callaloo, and Textual Practice. With Emilio Sauri, he is the co-editor of Literary Materialisms (2013) and with Michael D’Arcy of The Contemporaneity of Modernism (2015). He has recently completed a monograph titled Still Life With Zeitroman: The Time of the Contemporary American Novel.

    Emilio Sauri is Assistant Professor of English at the University of Massachusetts Boston. His research focuses on twentieth- and twenty-first-century literature and visual art from the United States and Latin America, and reads these in relation to the development of the world-system.

    Matt Tierney teaches media theory, American literature, and film at The Pennsylvania State University, where he is an Assistant Professor of English. He is the author of What Lies Between: Void Aesthetics and Postwar Post-Politics (2015).

  • Captivation and the Work of Art

    Emilio Sauri (bio)
    University of Massachusetts Boston

    A review of Rey Chow, Entanglements, or Transmedial Thinking about Capture. Durham: Duke UP, 2012.

    In the introduction to Entanglements, or Transmedial Thinking about Capture, Rey Chow draws our attention to two senses of the word “entanglement.” While the “most obvious sense” is that of a “relativization” or blurring of conceptual boundaries and “stable categories of origination and causation such as author, owner, actor, mind, intention, and motive” (10), “entanglement,” Chow reminds us, also “carries the more familiar connotation of being emotionally tied to a person or an object, from whom or from which one cannot extricate oneself” (11). These two senses, then, speak to two distinct and, in many ways, contradictory tendencies: one toward a “democratization of society” and “elimination of elitist distinctions” and another toward an “affective or aesthetic form of capture and captivation” that “bear the persistent constitutive markings of hierarchical distinctions (such as domination and submission)” (11). Each of the essays gathered in Entanglements stages and attempts to think through this double-movement within and across an extraordinarily wide range of discourses, disciplines, and media to illustrate the extent to which each of these tendencies often entails its opposite. At the same time, it may not be too much to say that Chow’s book most often calls on the affective dimension of this same double-movement in order to question more conventional accounts of the “democratization, indistinction, and liberalization of social boundaries,” as well as of capture and captivation themselves (11). Ranging over a wide array of media (including film, literature, photography, and digital work) and theory from several traditions and periods, Entanglements also suggests that focusing attention on the subject’s experience of captivation—as prey, as audience, and even as object of representation—would play an important role in the transformation of concepts like art, freedom, sacrifice, and visibility.

    Chow’s essays regularly return to a set of overlapping issues that create what she describes as a “topological looping” or “loops” woven into and between individual essays (1, 2). Thus, the operation of “enmeshing,” to which “entanglement” also refers, not only appears on the level of content but structures the relationship among the concepts, sections, and chapters that comprise the book on the whole (1).Recurrent questions concerning the relationship between mediality and reflexivity, capture and captivation, mimesis and its relation to violence, victimization and forgiveness, and the role of East Asian cultural production in the globalized Western academy today are brought to bear on each other in order to modify the reader’s engagement with concepts as they move between discourses and across medial forms. Importantly, however, “entanglement” does not refer to the effort to think sameness, but on the contrary, to “linkages and enmeshments that keep things apart” and “the voidings and uncoverings that hold things together” (12). Entanglement, in this sense, becomes a refusal to read these issues as expressions of the logic of a unifying whole.

    The significance for Chow of transmedial thinking is already apparent in the opening essay, where Chow’s primary interest is reflexivity, or the “process in which thought becomes aware of its own activity,” and the manner in which thinking through (rather than simply about) medium has long been central to the staging of any reflexivity as such on the part of the artwork (18). Of course, as Clement Greenberg suggested long ago, modernism may just be another name for the moment when medium emerges both as the artwork’s central concern, and as a means to stage its reflexivity, though the point here will be to underscore the extent to which such staging “materializes as an intermedial event” (18).[1] Thus, in a perceptive discussion of Bertolt Brecht’s alienation effect [Verfremdungseffekt], Chow not only shows that, in his hands, reflexivity is a “conscious form of staging” that “far exceed[s] the genre of drama,” but that the aims of such reflexivity—what Walter Benjamin described as the “uncovering (making strange, or alienating) of conditions”—are no less at the heart of the enterprise known as “theory” (18, 13). Accordingly, if Brecht’s theater asks how reflexivity is “possible when a particular form is involved,” then “Staging, understood as phenomenological rather than simply empirical process, is … one way in which these questions have been answered” in the work of theorists like Louis Althusser, Pierre Macherey, and Laura Mulvey (23). And if, in Brecht’s method, a “leaning toward science and experimentation” comes into view with a “suspension, if not evacuation, of empathetic identification,” this distancing—which Chow describes as a “move to de-sensationalize”—finds any number of equivalents in the “analyses of drama, painting, literature, and film as undertaken by theorists such as Althusser, Macherey, and Mulvey” (23, my emphasis). The few examples provided here are illuminating, and although Chow herself admits these are “schematic,” we might nonetheless ask whether the claim that theory constitutes a “systematic response to, and a continued enactment of, the key Brechtian legacy” overstates the case (22). For what follows from this interest in the “phenomenological” aspects of staging is, in many instances, an emphasis on the subject that, ultimately, renders its truth primary. In other words, what is at stake in a good deal of theory since the 1970s is not so much what Benjamin in “What Is Epic Theater?” calls “conditions”—which are, from the perspective of poststructuralism, fragmentary, unknowable, and untotalizable—but rather an elucidation of the subject’s position vis-à-vis the unknowable structure (a point Chow herself appears to concede in a brief critique of Baudrillard footnoted in the following chapter).[2]

    In tracing a line of development that extends from modernist aesthetics of estrangement, through poststructuralism, and to the films of Michael Haneke, Chow’s essay is not interested in highlighting theory’s debt to Brechtian reflexivity, but rather in assessing the ethical and political limits of those aims. For Chow, this becomes increasingly important today, when the “nonfusion and nonintegration between audience and actor, between actor and fictional character, and between spectacle and emotion” Brecht sought in his own method have become well-known moves in the culture industry’s game (16).[3] Chow subsequently maintains that Brechtian alienation aims for a “laying bare” or “version of purification that seeks to revive a certain before—before the onset of corruption, before the loss of innocence”—that now bears a “close affinity between pornography’s denuding conventions and the logic of mediatized reflexivity” (27, 28). Having failed to produce the spectator who, as Althusser put it, “would complete the unfinished play, but in real life” (21), this de-sensationalizing reflexivity has instead borne witness to a neutralization of its utopian possibilities in the form of “spectorial apathy” (29-30). Perhaps no director, according to Chow, is more aware of these limits than Haneke, and in a compelling reading of Benny’s Video and Funny Games, she argues that even the “extreme revelations” at the heart of both “may be pointless, the films seem to say, for they may well mean nothing to those who are watching” (29). Not unlike pornography, Haneke’s films also involve a kind of distancing between spectacle and spectatorship, which, as Chow reminds us, is “precisely the point of the Brechtian project of estrangement, designed as it was to make us suspend the embodied fellow feeling such as pity and fear, and unlearn the identificatory habits that typically accompany catharsis” (30, emphasis in original). Unlike the Brechtian project, however, Haneke’s films ostensibly signal the ethical limits of this refusal of such “embodied fellow feeling” and “identificatory habits” (30). But even if this “nonaffect (or affect of nonresponse) is symptomatic of one dominant direction in which reflexivity as a modernist theoretical practice has mutated in postmodernity,” Chow’s conclusion nonetheless begs the question: how would redirecting the aims of art and criticism toward such feelings and habits—that is, toward the subject’s affective response—allow us to read the material conditions—Brecht’s object of inquiry—that underlie something like this very mutation (30)? That an emphasis on embodied feeling and identification may very well tell us something about the relationship between audience and artwork, between emotions and artworks, or even between subjects themselves, is obvious enough; yet, insofar as the horizon of this reversal is an empathy or compassion between subjects, it isn’t entirely clear how it might clarify—let alone transform—the conditions that structure those relationships in the present. That is, if what counts as ethics here is ultimately affective, then how might ethics speak to the transformation of that system of exploitation Brecht believed the proscription against identification would help reveal?[4]

    Chow shows how an attention to the subject’s experience vis-à-vis the artwork radically alters the conceptualization of art, its ontology, and function, as her discussion of captivation indicates. At the center of this discussion is the trap, or more specifically, the question of how the trap might complicate and transform standard notions about capture. The trap emerges as a powerful figure in Chow’s analysis of Florian Henckel von Donnersmarck’s Das Leben der Anderen (The Lives of Others), as well as, later, in her consideration of Ang Lee’s Se, jie (Lust, Caution), where Foucault’s well-known claim, “visibility is a trap,” takes on an entirely new significance in relation to China’s new visibility within the Western academy. But Chow takes up this question first in her consideration of Jacques Rancière’s work and his commitment to the indistinction between art and nonart in order to determine whether the democratizing impulse that underlies this commitment is any different from current valorizations of fashionable concepts like dispersion, circulation, and migration that “have together produced a facile form of progressive thinking, capitalist and otherwise” (35). Here, as elsewhere, Chow refuses the easy identification of a leveling of hierarchies with more freedom, and asks us to consider whether Rancière’s effort to liberalize art—or even his notion of “emancipation”—leads to the opposite: a restriction or capturing of such freedom in the service of a system that demands inequality. Entanglements subsequently turns to the trap as conceptualized by the cultural anthropologist Alfred Gell. For Gell, Chow explains, the trap is a kind of conceptual art or avant-garde project openly at variance with the “institutional notion of art” and the Western insistence on the distinction between artworks and artifacts (41). No doubt Gell’s account resonates with Rancière’s commitment to a democratization of the arts, so that, “Notwithstanding their different cultural frames of reference, the two authors share an ethicopolitical interest in the liberalizing of boundaries of sensibility, identity, and agency” (42). At the same time, the trap also entails another hierarchy, one between the hunter and the prey that transforms this “zone of contact,” as Chow puts it, into a “site of cruelty, domination, subordination, and asymmetrical power dynamics,” and as such, reveals how the “philosophical and social scientific attempts to realign freedom … tend to run into a paradox, one that revolves around the (knotty figure of the) trap” (43).

    For Chow, however, the trap does not deceive, disable, or disempower alone, and this becomes all the more apparent, she suggests, when we think of it not simply as a “clever device” that captures prey but as an “archetypal epistemic or representational device” that bears a “semiotic kinship” to literature, and art more generally (45). Of course, this conception of the artwork as trap is, as she points out, already implicit in the idea of being “captivated” by something or someone that fascinates us or compels our attention. And yet, the point here will be that, like literature and art, the trap is an “index of a type of social interaction” and unequal “division of labor” that, at the same time, “sets into motion a new process that becomes, strictly speaking, indeterminate,” thereby escaping the “intent and intelligence of the trap’s design” (46). Thus, while the artwork as trap insists on a kind of hierarchy between (an active) artistic intent and (a passive) captive audience indicative of the relationship between hunter and prey, it also makes a leveling of this same hierarchy possible by means of the captive’s experience of “being captured,” a form of captivation that suggests a particular type of “affective state” (46, 48). And it is this experience of capture and captivation or entanglement that makes the trap something other than a trap in its most conventional sense—makes it, in other words, what Chow, following Derrida, describes as a “hinge or pivot” “around which multiple planes rotate in perpetual slippage from one another, in such ways as to conjoin mobility with enclosure, and alterity with capture” (46). Giving rise to a “discursive excess” in the form of the subject’s experience as prey, reader, or beholder that both completes the trap’s design and escapes it, the artwork as trap can be said to facilitate freedom even as it restricts (47). But seeing the artwork as trap also allows the critic to prioritize the reader’s or viewer’s relation to it. Absent that subject’s experience, the trap not only fails to level the hierarchies of art and nonart, artwork and artifact, hunter and prey, artistic intent and affective response, but also remains incomplete.[5]

    As Chow makes clear, this shift in emphasis will also require us to ask certain kinds of questions that have less to do with what the artwork might say about itself (as with medial reflexivity) than with the captivated subject, including “Whose captivation counts in the end, and whose captivation counts as art?” (57). Art here no doubt refers to the conjunction of artistic intent, artwork, and audience, though the emphasis is clearly on the reader or viewer and his or her own experience. Perhaps not surprisingly, this is also the perspective from which the artwork’s claim to autonomy will look more or less unintelligible. As Chow puts it, “medial reflexivity” is that “process by which an artistic medium becomes self-conscious, in the sense of having a heightened awareness of its own activity, capability, and limits” (38), as in Rancière’s example, Flaubert’s Madame Bovary. She continues, “Once art takes on a specificity of its own, boundaries are no longer simply the demarcations externally imposed but must involve as well differentiations internal to the work itself” (37-8), recalling what Pierre Bourdieu called the “field of restricted production” which, in contrast to the “field of large-scale cultural production,” “tends to develop its own criteria for the evaluation of its products” and to “obey its own logic.” Thus, to the extent that the development of the field of restricted production is decidedly “towards autonomy” (Bourdieu 113), what transmedial thinking and its attention to the subject’s experience amounts to is, in this sense, an attack on the any assertion of autonomy as such; and indeed, Chow suggests as much when she describes capture and captivation as a “type of discourse, one that derives from the imposition of power, and that contains the makings of what may be called a heteronomy or heteropoiesis” (6).

    Accordingly, such reflections on captivation or the experience of “being captivated” need not be restricted to the scope of the artwork’s influence alone, and this is nowhere clearer than in Chow’s account of the short story “Lian” (“Attachment”) by the Chinese author Lao She.  Chow considers what an “intimacy with inanimate objects [does] to one’s sense of belonging, of being part of, say, a national community”—or how, in other words, the individual’s relationship with such objects provides a line of flight, so to speak, from a specific kind of identity (59). Chow’s essay is interested in suspending the Marxist tradition’s “stern criticism of commodity fetishism” and its “suspicion and distrust of objects” in favor of an “empathetic reading of the inorganic” that gives rise to a “historical-materialist practice,” which she discovers in the love of things that Benjamin expresses in his essay on book collecting (61, 62, 63). Taking up the art collector’s “devotion to his objects” embodied by the protagonist Zhuang Yiya—who ultimately betrays the nation to save his collection—and particularly the story’s juxtaposition of two kinds of collectors, Chow observes that, in “Lian,” whereas for collectors from “the new middle-class in early twentieth-century urban China” culture is “something to be enjoyed for itself,” the “second kind of collector is merely opportunistic” and collects “to make money” (65). Later described as playing out the “familiar binary opposition” that “recalls none other than the classical Marxist analysis of commodities in terms of use and exchange values,” we might say that this difference in attitude can also be understood in terms of the difference between the exchange formulas, C-M-C (the collector who collects for the pleasure—or use-value—the art object offers) and M-C-M (whereby the art object serves as mere commodity in the valorization of capital (71). And yet, what “Lian” demonstrates is, according to Chow, that “the intrinsic use-value of an object … comes inevitably to be validated by what is foreign or extrinsic to it” (73). “By implication, the collector who only collects for the sake of the object (for the love of art) is at best a fantasy; in actual practice he is not entirely distinguishable from the peddling and hoarding kind” (73). Which is to say that rather than dealing in art and nonart, both kinds of collector traffic in commodities. For this reason, Lao She’s short story can be said to produce something akin to collapsing of the Bourdieusian distinction between “symbolic capital” (or what Chow describes as the “social recognition, or the professional approval of the connoisseur”) and “economic capital” (or “money”) (73). But this also complicates the claim that what “makes Zhuang’s decision provocative or scandalous … is not simply that he surrenders … to the enemy [the Japanese] for the sake of art, but that he is faithfully (that is, positively) attached to something other than the national community” (73). For if his “devotion to objects” is not to be distinguished from a devotion to commodities, then we might ask, with Chow, whether this “idiotic and narcissistic dedication to a set of objects” could also be understood as a devotion to the market (73). Whether or not this was a more radical position than nationalism in China on the eve of WWII, recent history suggests that the same devotion to the market—which insists on the indistinction between commodities and everything else—has come to define the position of the radical right.

    Nevertheless, it is worth stressing that Chow’s subject of captivation is not defined by typical markers of identity like nation, race, gender, or sexual orientation, and so the “state of being captivated,” she explains, “has no such collective name recognition based in identity politics, even though it is a situation in which an undeniable relation to alterity unfolds” (51). But Entanglements also shows how this attention to the subject’s experience will have similarly far-reaching consequences beyond the discourses of literature and art that extend to ethical concerns, including the theorizing of victimhood and forgiveness. Thus, for example, Chow’s reflections on sacrifice, mimesis, and victimhood begin with a fascinating discussion of Giorgio Agamben’s work that alerts us to what she identifies as the “antimimetic aesthetics and ethics” underlying his refusal to read the Holocaust as sacrifice (88). The essay’s primary concern is to  understand the manner in which narratives of sacrifice and victimhood might afford a kind of agency that Agamben’s “antimimetic resistance to sacrifice (and with it, representation)” otherwise denies—a concern which is taken up again in an essay on forgiveness in the Korean film Miryang (Secret Sunshine) by Lee Chang-dong and Shakespeare’s Merchant of Venice, as well as in her analysis of Akira Kurosawa’s Hachigatsu no rapusodī (Rhapsody in August) in relation to American studies and theories of translation (91). Chow’s account subsequently opens onto a critique of the feminist and postcolonial appropriation of mimesis as mimicry or imitation, which, she contends, “still by and large leaves in place the inequalities of the situation” that “remains governed by white man or the white man as original” (96).  Even as it becomes “equally deserving of critical attention,” such mimesis as mimicry is relegated to a “secondary phenomenon” that “continues to be accorded a subaltern or instrumentalist status” (96).

    We should note here that although Entanglements has little interest in the autonomy of artworks, such critiques will suggest it is deeply invested in the autonomy—cultural and otherwise—of collective and individual subjects found within wide-ranging networks of racial, ethnic, and gendered social relations. No doubt this is simply another way of addressing the question of agency, though Chow offers a unique answer by turning to the work of René Girard and his conception of mimetic desire as an “absolute and universal condition—an assertion that is accompanied by a refusal to explain violence by confining it to domains of cultural difference or particularism” (100). Understood according to the logic of mimesis and sacrifice, victimhood, for Girard, is “more a matter of structural and social necessity”; for this reason, Girard “challenges us to think of victims not simply as victims but rather as bearers of a systemic function” (101, 102). This is because violence itself is the product of a “mimetic desire” that emerges “both as a fundamental antagonism that defines every confrontation among human individuals and as what constitutes cultural processes of reenactment that are aimed at warding off the original violence” (102). From this perspective, violence is less the unwelcome moral byproduct of social relations than that which makes such social relations possible in the first place. But this also raises the question of whether this “generalized state of competition” can be historicized as the universality to which the social mediation of the commodity gives rise under capitalism.[6] That is, if mimetic desire is to be truly grasped as “an absolute and universal condition,” might this have something to do with that system of violent exploitation and expropriation capitalism names? But this, in turn, raises another, perhaps more crucial question: is the “fundamental antagonism” that Chow, following Girard, claims underlies society none other than the antagonism between labor and capital? Indeed, this is an antagonism whose violent displacements have taken various forms—both materially as “spatial fixes” and ideologically as nationalisms of all stripes—which, at the same time, make society itself possible (“the purpose of which,” as Chow puts it, “is to forestall a worse form of disaster”) (103). Would this suggest that the contemporary concern with victimization is not only the mimetic remainder of that which has been “lost, given up, or surrendered—in other words, sacrificed” but the mark of the displacement of a specifically economic antagonism whose resolution would render society as we know it unrecognizable, if not altogether obsolete (90)?

    The questions raised here attest to the power of Chow’s analysis and approach, which more often than not avoids conclusive answers in order to invite speculation. The strength of Chow’s interventions lies in her refusal to think about these disciplines and discourses in terms of equivalence, as well as in her ability to engage each of these on its own terms.  To keep things apart and, at one and the same time, hold them together in the same thought: this is the impossible task that Entanglements invites us to consider. In being captivated by this impossible task, Chow suggests, we might discover a point of departure for new lines of flight.

    Footnotes

    [1] See, for example, Greenberg’s claim that, in modernist painting, the “task of self-criticism became to eliminate from the specific effects of each art any and every effect that might conceivably be borrowed from or by the medium of any other art” in “Modernist Painting” (Greenberg 86). Chow mentions Greenberg in her essay on captivation.

    [2] See, for example, Michaels.

    [3] For a somewhat different perspective on the fortunes of Brecht’s legacy in the present, see Roberto Schwarz, “Brecht’s Relevance: Highs and Lows,” trans. John Gledson, in Two Girls (London: Verso, 2012), 235-259.

    [4] For a set of incisive perspectives on Brecht and affect, see the essays collected in Affect, Effect, Bertolt Brecht.

    [5] In this way, the artwork as trap calls to mind what Michael Fried called “literalism” in 1967 (and what is more commonly identified as “minimalism”), suggesting a commitment not simply to the indistinction of art and nonart, but also to what Fried saw as the “objecthood” and “theatricality” of literalist art. See Fried.
    [6] For an excellent account of the relationship between society’s self-reproduction, mimesis, and commodity production see Larsen.

    Works Cited

    • Affect, Effect, Bertolt Brecht. nonsite.org 10 (2013). Web. 28 Sep. 2015.
    • Bourdieu, Pierre. “The Market of Symbolic Goods.” The Field of Cultural Production: Essays on Art and Literature. Ed. Randal Johnson. New York: Columbia UP, 1998: 112-141. Print.
    • Fried, Michael. “Art and Objecthood.” Art and Objecthood: Essays and Reviews. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1998: 148–172. Print.
    • Greenberg, Clement. Modernisms with a Vengeance, 1957-1969: The Collected Essays and Criticism. Vol. 4. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1995. Print.
    • Larsen, Neil. “Literature, Immanent Critique, and the Problem of Standpoint.” Literary Materialisms. Eds. Mathias Nilges and Emilio Sauri. New York: Palgrave Macmillan, 2013: 63-77. Print.
    • Michaels, Walter Benn. The Shape of the Signifier. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2003. Print.

  • Object-Oriented Ontology’s Endless Ethics

    Cristin Ellis (bio)
    The University of Mississippi

    A review of Ian Bogost, Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2012.

    It is reported that, while out on a stroll with friends one day, the Transcendentalist Elizabeth Peabody walked into a tree limb. Picking herself up, she explained to her concerned companions, “I saw it, but I did not realize it.”[1] This story’s appeal lies in its succinct, slapstick debunking of Transcendentalist claims to omniscience: whilst enjoying the view as a “transparent eye-ball,” Peabody got poked in her real one. For scholars in the small but energized field of Object-Oriented Ontology, however, Peabody’s myopia could more broadly be said to exemplify, albeit in cartoon form, a kind of object-blindness that in fact plagues the entire tradition of post-Kantian philosophy.

    Spearheaded by the work of philosopher Graham Harman, Object-Oriented Ontology (“OOO”) takes issue with Kant’s conclusion that, since the object-in-itself is beyond human perception, the question of object ontology lies outside of philosophy’s purview.[2] It argues that, by exiling object-being from the field of inquiry, Kant’s Copernican Revolution sentenced philosophy to a narrow anthropocentrism, sponsoring a tradition that unjustly privileges human perception as the only available gauge of reality. OOO proposes to remedy this error by framing a new metaphysics that would restore unmediated object-being to the sphere of philosophical speculation. This is not to say that OOO proposes to solve the problem of human finitude—and here is one of many ways OOO diverges from other metaphysics associated with Speculative Realism, the philosophical movement of which OOO is a branch.[3] On the contrary, OOO freely concedes Kant’s point that the ontology of objects is inaccessible—being, in Harman’s words, infinitely “withdraws from human view into a dark subterranean reality” (Harman, Prince of Networks 1). Instead of overturning Kant, OOO universalizes the problem of finitude, arguing that all instances of relation—human and nonhuman, animate and inanimate—are subject to the conditions of mediation. On this view, a billiard ball’s encounter with a felt bumper is no less mediated than Peabody’s encounter with a tree limb. OOO would argue that both Peabody and the billiard ball “prehend” (in Whitehead’s term) their worlds according to rules particular to their constitution. Thus OOO strives to combat philosophical anthropocentrism by insisting that human experience is only one of billions of modes of perceiving the world. That it happens to be our mode does not justify the decision to preclude philosophical speculation about others.[4]

    In Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing, Ian Bogost’s enticingly slim and conversational new contribution to OOO, Bogost contends that media studies are uniquely suited to take up this challenge of imagining object “perception.” Since Alien Phenomenology is therefore not a book of object-oriented philosophy per se, but rather a book about object-oriented methodology, it will likely be of more use to those already familiar with OOO than to those seeking an introduction to object-oriented philosophy. Wondering if “scholarly productivity [must] take written form,” Alien Phenomenology envisions an alternative philosophy that would involve fewer precarious sentences and more instructive objects. In this applied practice, objects would serve as “philosophical lab equipment” for exploring and exemplifying theory (89, 100). 

    For Bogost, this shift from argumentation to objectification is particularly critical to the future of object-oriented studies. That is, while Bogost suggests that all philosophy might benefit from a move away from academic writing (which he finds hopelessly prone to “obfuscation, disconnection, jargon and overall incomprehensibility”), he argues that OOO is particularly disadvantaged by academia’s “semiotic obsession” insofar as this has had the tendency to aggrandize linguistic over other modes of representing the world (89, 91). By contrast, Bogost observes, if we wish “to approach the nonsemiotic world,” we must do so, in Levi Bryant’s words, “‘on its own terms as best we can’” (qtd. in Bogost 90). That means blending conventional philosophizing with extralinguistic techniques to investigate the perspective of objects. To this end, Alien Phenomenology demonstrates what an applied OOO might look like by assembling an ecstatic yard sale of objects—from diagrams and photographs to bossa nova lyrics, light sensors, and data visualizers—which, as Bogost reads them, help to “illuminate the perspective of objects” (109). 

    There is, however, something distinctly perverse about this project. As Bogost explains, “even if evidence from outside a thing…offers clues about how it perceives, the experience of that perception remains withdrawn” from human access (63). “Alien phenomenology” thus names a philosophy which can only exist as a speculative practice, and never as an achieved or verifiable knowledge. The aim of knowing “what it’s like to be a thing” therefore remains strictly aspirational; alien phenomenology invites us to hypothesize endlessly about what must nevertheless, by definition, lie beyond our grasp. 

    So why bother? Why should we undertake a philosophical endeavor that Bogost himself describes as “benighted meandering in an exotic world of utterly incomprehensible objects” (34)? At times, Bogost envisions the possibility of attaining a speculative approximation of object perception, as when he argues that, although “the alien phenomenologist’s carpentry seeks to capture and characterize an experience it can never fully understand,” it may nonetheless yield “a rendering satisfactory enough to allow the artifact’s operator to gain some insight into an alien thing’s experience” (100). But absent an explanation of how one might hope to assess the accuracy of a likeness whose referent is strictly unknown to us, this argument risks collapsing alien phenomenology back into the empiricism it denigrates. Much more compelling are Bogost’s and Harman’s defenses of OOO on the grounds of its ethical force. They suggest that the very futility of the alien phenomenologist’s effort to “[ferret] out the specific psychic reality of earthworms, dust, armies, chalk, and stone” may yet constitute his ethical triumph, for by foundering against the limits of human knowledge he shows us just how parochial our understanding truly is (Harman, Prince of Networks 213). Only then—chastened, at a loss, dusting flakes of tree bark from our hair—might we finally begin to appreciate the “awesome plenitude of the alien everyday” (Bogost 134). Accordingly, Alien Phenomenology closes with a climactic chapter on wonder, that attitude of equal parts ignorance and astonishment from which, Bogost concludes, we may at last learn “to respect things as things in themselves” (131).

    In moments like this, OOO begins to emerge as a new or vastly more extensive form of multiculturalism—a kind of deep ecology if ecology also included manufactured objects (like billiard balls or nuclear waste) among the categories of being it sought to respect. The centrality of this ethical impulse is similarly evident in the emphatically moralized terms of Harman’s critique of the Kantian tradition, which he refers to as “a Hiroshima of metaphysics,” a “crime against humans and non-humans,” and a “global apartheid” against non-human being (Prince of Networks 103, 102). Rhetoric like this clearly suggests that OOO’s disagreement with Kant (or with humanism more generally) is more ethical than philosophical. In the way that racism is a moral crime against certain humans, so humanism is criminally prejudicial to pandas and comets and cigarettes for Bogost and Harman.

    But if OOO thus asks to be assessed as an ethics, then its most pressing tasks remain before it. First, it will need to justify more explicitly why and to what ends we should undertake the project of ethical extension it enjoins. This will also entail explaining what ethical standing will look like once it is transformed from a privileged status to a status universally accorded to literally everything. Second, it will need to find a way to make its case in a way that avoids being merely self-defeating. It may be that no one is particularly interested in arguing the case against more respect—surely there is no one who thinks the world would be worse if we spent more time treating everything as “worthy of consideration for its own sake” (Bogost 129). But OOO’s argument for itself cannot simply be that it does no harm to wonder at objects. It has to believe that it does harm not to wonder—that the world would be a better place if we honored the ontology of things by wishing we could know more about them. But better for whom—or, more to the point, better according to whom? Here OOO risks undercutting its antihumanism with an ethics that can’t help but be a human (if not a humanist) ethics. As a practical matter, things are even more complicated by the fact that, after all, OOO’s imperative is underwritten by the formerly humanist imperative not to treat others merely as instrumental means. But even if this weren’t the case, it would still be true that because OOO can’t, by definition, offer ethical arguments based in the experiences of the objects (whose being we cannot know), it will have to offer them in terms of the very humans it wants to see beyond. Without answers to these questions, OOO risks being a philosophical tradition that is post-humanist in name only.

    Footnotes

    [1] We have this story from a letter by Harriet Hosmer to Cornelia Carr (April 22, 1854); cited in Bruce Ronda, Elizabeth Palmer Peabody: A Reformer on Her Own Terms (Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1999), p. 261.

    [2] Graham Harman is the chief architect of OOO, the foundations of which he lays out in his first two books, Tool Being: Heidegger and the Metaphysics of Objects (2002) and Guerrilla Metaphysics: Phenomenology and the Carpentry of Things (2005). His prolific output over the past decade also includes studies that clarify the relation of his work to that of adjoining contemporary philosophers, including Bruno Latour (in Prince of Networks: Bruno Latour and Metaphysics, 2009) and Quentin Meillassoux (in Quentin Meillassoux: Philosophy in the Making, 2011).

    [3] Harman explicitly identifies OOO as a variety of Speculative Realism, a movement which houses a variety of metaphysical projects united by their shared opposition to the anthropocentrism of post-Kantian philosophy—its insistence that philosophy is prevented, by the unavoidable mediation of human perception, from gaining knowledge of reality as it exists beyond human thought. But the commonality amongst Speculative Realists effectively stops there. For instance, as Harman himself acknowledges, the differences between his own work and that of Quentin Meillassoux, the most prominent philosopher currently associated with Speculative Realism, could hardly be more glaring. Whereas Meillassoux argues that mathematical reasoning in fact allows us to “think what there can be when there is no thought,” Harman, despite his opposition to Kantian finitude, does not ultimately deny the limitations of human access to reality as such (After Finitude 36). Instead, OOO opposes the philosophical habit of treating human finitude as a reason to foreclose speculation about those noumenal realities which we cannot directly perceive.

    OOO also bears a functional resemblance to Bruno Latour’s Actor-Network Theory (ANT) as well as other varieties of processualism currently housed under the large tent of New Materialism. Both OOO and ANT, for instance, reject the uniqueness of human being and instead endorse a “flat ontology” positing the equality of being across all phenomena—human and nonhuman, animate and inanimate, extant and abstract or fictional. As a result, OOO and ANT (as well as New Materialism) function to counteract the historic privileging of the human over other forms of being, and seek to resituate human-being amongst a diverse and lively array of nonhuman entities and agencies. However, OOO diverges from Latour’s and other processualist approaches insofar as OOO takes an essentialist view of object being (objects are prior to their relations) whereas for processualism, relations are prior to objects. For an account of OOO’s relation to ANT, see Harman’s Prince of Networks; for a concise comparison of OOO to New Materialism, see Jane Bennett’s “Systems and Things: A Reply to Graham Harman and Timothy Morton,” New Literary History 43:2 (Spring 2012), pp. 225-233.

    [4] Despite references to object “perception,” OOO distinguishes itself from panpsychism: as Harman puts it, in OOO, “real objects have psyche… insofar as they relate” with other objects (Prince of Networks 213). Invocations of object “experience” in OOO are thus meant to be taken strictly in this limited, though admittedly counterintuitive, sense.

    Works Cited

    • Bennett, Jane. “Systems and Things: A Reply to Graham Harman and Timothy Morton.” New Literary History 43.2 (2012): 225-233. Web. 16 Sep. 2015.
    •  Bogost, Ian. Alien Phenomenology, or What It’s Like to Be a Thing. Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 2012. Print.
    •  Harman, Graham. Guerrilla Metaphysics: Phenomenology and the Carpentry of Things. Chicago: Open Court, 2005. Print.
    •  —. Prince of Networks: Bruno Latour and Metaphysics. Melbourne: re.press, 2009. Print.
    •  —. Quentin Meillassoux: Philosophy in the Making. Edinburgh: Edinburgh UP, 2011. Print. 
    • —. Tool Being: Heidegger and the Metaphysics of Objects. Chicago: Open Court, 2002. Print.
    •  Meillassoux, Quentin. After Finitude: An Essay on the Necessity of Contingency. Trans. Ray Brassier. New York: Continuum, 2008. Print.
    • Ronda, Bruce. Elizabeth Palmer Peabody: A Reformer on Her Own Terms. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1999. Print.
  • The Critical Realist in Naïve New York

    Jeff Menne (bio)
    Oklahoma State University

    A review of Johannes Von Moltke and Kristy Rawson, editors, Siegfried Kracauer’s American Writings, Berkeley: U of California P, 2012.

    Nothing has marked the maturity of cinema studies as much as its reckoning with Siegfried Kracauer’s writings. The discipline’s nominal adjustment, from “cinema studies” to “cinema and media studies,” signals its expansion; its reckoning with Kracauer, though, marks its increased conceptual and methodological sophistication. This reckoning has largely been carried out in a Germanist strain of media studies, which was first given focus in a 1991 special issue of New German Critique and would then include the efforts of Miriam Bratu Hansen, Thomas Levin, Dagmar Barnouw, Heide Schlüpmann, Gertrud Koch, Gerd Germünden, and Johannes von Moltke, among others.[1] Conceptually, the nascent discipline’s need for a united front (just to situate itself in the academy, where, by virtue of its object’s “mass” appeal, it was always vulnerable) had been satisfied by a reified version of Kracauer as the theorist of “naïve realism,” fixed in place by Dudley Andrew for the sake of distinguishing what he deemed the more salutary achievement of André Bazin and his Cahiers du cinéma cohort (Andrew, Major Film Theories 131-133).[2] The discipline’s unilateralism, in other words, took the form of obeisance to French intellectual culture. For many years Stanley Cavell’s The World Viewed was overlooked for the same reason. “The general reason given,” Cavell would report, “was that in 1971 American academic film studies was still in its formative stages, and its founders were preoccupied with the monthly, even weekly, onrush of material originating mostly in France and then in England” (32).[3] But now a consensus holds there to be no more misleading a tag for Kracauer’s work than “naïve realism.” In an afterword to Johannes von Moltke and Kristy Rawson’s new edited collection of Kracauer essays, Siegfried Kracauer’s American Writings, Martin Jay suggests, in fact, that we call Kracauer a “magical nominalist” (227). Whichever the apposite term—magical nominalist, curious realist, critical realist—the interest in conceptual nuance indexed therein is a product of the greater methodological rigor in cinema studies today.[4] Von Moltke and Rawson’s collection is an instance of this. It brings together Kracauer’s work from the 1940s and 50s, essays from “little magazines” such as Commentary and Public Opinion Quarterly, and film and book reviews from New Republic, Film Culture, and Saturday Review of Literature. The effect is to suggest Kracauer’s influence on the intellectual culture in New York City in the moment it was admitting film into its ambit as an object of study. Researched at the Deutsches Literaturarchiv in Marbach, von Moltke and Rawson’s collection—partnered with Graehme Gilloch and Jaeho Kang’s forthcoming collection—helps, they claim, provide the most “comprehensive picture” to date of Kracauer’s intellectual personality (ix). This picture might give a perspective on Kracauer different from the one that posits an “epistemological shift” between his Weimar writings and his exile writings, between the conceptual aliveness of essays such as “The Mass Ornament” and “The Little Shopgirls Go to the Movies” (both 1927) and the pedantic closure of Theory of Film (1960) (3).[5] From this perspective, von Moltke and Rawson propose, we can understand Kracauer within “three overlapping contexts”: the institutional enfranchisement of film study, the relations of the New York Intellectuals, and the relations of the exiled Frankfurt School associates (4). Perhaps the most interesting yield of this overlap is the dynamic relation in which it lets us place modernism and cinema, as the two became co-articulated in the institutions of culture by way of appeals cast in traditional aesthetic terms. Reading by Kracauer’s light, however, we glimpse an alternative history in which the unruly works of modernism might not have been domesticated along Lionel Trilling’s lines (or Clement Greenberg’s or even Irving Howe’s), but would have been reinserted in the media ecologies of early-century modernity, a moment in which the new media, as Kracauer narrates them, reflected back on aesthetic form as traditionally construed.

    Rather than begin with Kracauer’s place among the New York Intellectuals—and in turn the subjunctive disciplinary histories of modernism and cinema that might have played out had he enjoyed the same institutional clout as Greenberg and Howe—I prefer to consider first whether, and how much, Kracauer’s subsumption into New York institutional life alienated him from the Frankfurt School methods that he, though not an Institute member, had practiced in his own way as a Weimar journalist. Theodor Adorno faulted Kracauer for not returning to Germany with himself and Max Horkheimer. He would surely bristle at Kracauer’s use of first-person pronouns when describing American habits (“Why France Liked Our Films,” for instance, describes not the reception of German but Hollywood cinema in France), and he felt Kracauer’s quick adoption of the English language curbed his expression. “It is a terrible shame that in his most mature years,” Adorno writes, “under the compulsion to write English but probably also out of revulsion over what had happened, Kracauer became ascetic with regard to his own verbal art, which is inseparable from the German language” (172). Adorno denies Kracauer what seems to me his rightful place in the dialectical tradition. “Dialectical thought never suited his temperament,” he said of Kracauer, whom he believed to be stubbornly ontological, committed to “a moment that always evaporated in the idea stage for the German spirit of almost any orientation” (164). This threw him from the idealist side to the materialist side, as it did his colleague Walter Benjamin, but it threw him too far to this side, so Adorno thought. But no doubt the habit of inquiry which Adorno learned from Kracauer is dialectical. Reading Kant with Kracauer, Adorno says, taught him to see Kant’s critique “as a kind of coded text from which the historical situation of spirit could be read”; Kracauer showed “how the objective-ontological and subjective-idealist moments warred within it” (160). What Adorno and Kracauer’s latter-day dispute might be said to index, finally, is how differently they had negotiated Marxism in their own theoretical projects. In Kracauer’s notes, he complains that by Adorno’s standards no one was sufficiently dialectical “à la Hegel and Teddie himself (who invokes the Hegel of his making as a sort of protective cover & shield)” (American Writings 129). This critique includes “Marx to the extent that his dialectics is controlled by an ontological vision” (132). Pace Adorno, Kracauer claims Marx as an alibi because he shared with Marx a commitment to the indigestible moment—call it the “ontological moment,” the “objective spirit,” or the trace of history—in what Adorno calls “the idea stage” (Adorno 164).

    But whether Kracauer was so intransigently opposed to idealism that it rendered him nondialectical, the long and short of Adorno’s critique is an assessment we might put to test in von Moltke and Rawson’s collection. There we find a series of one-off analyses (in the mode of his feuilleton writing in Weimar) that Kracauer wrote while evolving the putatively more systematic ideas of Theory of Film. For present purposes I consider two pieces, one a set of unpublished notes in defense of qualitative analysis, “A Statement on the Humanistic Approach,” and the other a review of Roberto Rossellini’s Paisan (1946), a movie perfectly suited to show the affinity of the object world for what Kracauer calls “camera reality” and to reveal how little his film theory is closed or historically invariant. In the former, Kracauer denounces a tendency (endemic, we infer, to the American academy) to apply positivist methods to a range of “phenomena which differ from the subject matter of exact science in that they are historical entities and as such carriers of unique values and qualities” (American Writings 124). What is valid in such analysis, he concedes, is that it wishes to rise above merely subjective evaluation; but its mistaken belief that so-called objective measures will negate subjective influence leaves such analysis blind to the “technical or managerial interest” behind it (124). The question remains, though, whether qualitative analysis can better cope with “plain subjectivism” (126). Kracauer claims that the problem is likely overstated and that distortions coming from “the analyst’s philosophical viewpoints” will be “neutralized” in the very performance of analysis (126). “Whether or not he states them overtly from the outset, they are bound to leak out anyway,” and “can in a measure be controlled and discounted” (126). Kracauer depends, that is, on a dialectical reading process. Perhaps his most compelling maneuver, in this regard, is to have recourse to the shape a medium imposes on an object of analysis. His essay, “Photography” (1927), marks his peculiar orientation on medium-specificity. There he argues that photography is opposed to memory, a telltale of subjectivism, because it works on a different “organizing principle” (Mass Ornament 50). “The fact that the grandmother was at one time involved in a nasty story” that her grandchildren always recount “does not matter much from the photographer’s perspective,” which liquidates memory’s residue and gets to know instead “every little wrinkle on her face” (50). The effect, then, is to dis-embed the object from what Kracauer calls “the demonic nature of the drives,” which thoroughly govern memory (51). This, roughly, is the virtue of photography.

    One recognizes here broad compatibility between Kracauer’s argument and the ones Bazin and Roland Barthes make for photographic ontology.[6] In the photograph there is a displacement in the dialectical process, its poles of subject-object now assumed into an operation involving reality and its impress in a medium, carried out in a way that leaves the subject no special privilege. Kracauer’s response to Rossellini’s Paisan, though, shows that affirming these photographic properties is nothing so straightforward as subordinating the subject to the laws of the object world. In his understanding, it’s a “go-for-broke game of history” that might end one of two ways: in the worst outcome, the “nature” that consciousness had “failed to penetrate would sit down at the very table that consciousness had abandoned”; in a more hopeful outcome, the subject, no longer locked in its modernist agon with the object, and “less enmeshed in the natural bonds than ever before,” can find emancipation where “the original order is lost” and “the valid organization of things remains unknown” (61-63). In Paisan, Kracauer finds, “Rossellini’s infatuation with reality” places him at odds with high modernist Sergei Eisenstein because “Rossellini patiently observes where Eisenstein ardently constructs” (American Writings 155).

    This does not mean, however, that for Kracauer “reality” is self-identical and available to empirical methods; it only means that its construction is being thematized. Kracauer’s famous statement, after all, is: “Reality is a construction” (Salaried Masses 32).[7] What he finds in Rossellini, rather, is self-exculpation from a relentless, subjectivist will to construct. Rossellini’s movie, anyway, creates the space to roll back fascist ideology, which, in Italy and elsewhere, will constitute the critical project of the postwar era. Paisan seems “now determined to do without any messages and missions—at least for the moment” (American Writings 155). The review turns on this phrase “at least for the moment,” and I believe that this dialectical gesture separates Kracauer’s critical project from the end-of-ideology ballyhoo that would carry away some of the New York Intellectuals. If in Rossellini’s movie “humanity assumes all the traits of self-sufficient reality,” Kracauer says, it “is a mirage” but one “which may appear as more than a mirage only at a very peculiar moment” (156). Paisan is “delusive,” though, to the extent that it “makes the triumph of humanity dependent on a world released from the strain of ideas” (156). The subject, then, does not cede ordering power to the flux of nature alone, but rather lets the denaturing force of the technological media unveil for the subject how susceptible social arrangements are to reordering. This, according to Miriam Bratu Hansen, owes to Kracauer’s grasping in “film and cinema the matrix of a specifically modern episteme” (“Introduction” xi). A site of technological modernity, the cinema, for Kracauer, “also emerged as the single most accessible institution in which the effects of modernization on human experience could be acknowledged, recognized, negotiated, and perhaps reconfigured and transformed” (xi). In the afterword to American Writings, Martin Jay suggests that, though Adorno would never recognize him as such, on these grounds—the grounds of an ontology always open to its conceptual reordering—Kracauer may in fact be one of the “inadvertent exemplars” of Adorno’s negative dialectics (235).

    Insofar as von Moltke and Rawson imagine that Siegfried Kracauer’s American Writings will fill a hole in Kracauer’s “intellectual biography,” in particular as it relates to the dialectical tradition of the Frankfurt School, this collection does what it intends (3). Kracauer’s writings, in toto, are maybe less tractable than another oeuvre due to the unique conditions of their production. By this, I don’t mean that his flight from Nazi Germany has been too easily read as an epistemological shift. I mean that his journalism, his occasional pieces, and his other freelance writing resulted in a different, more motley body of work than that of someone like Adorno, much of whose work was done in the framework of the university. Because Kracauer composed to the beat of the feuilleton press schedule in Weimar, and to a still more irregular rhythm in New York, he could light on curious and minor practices (as Barthes did in Mythologies) and theorize, as it were, at street level. Benjamin hence called him a “rag-picker,” sifting—as von Moltke and Rawson put it—the objects “of the bourgeois era at the dawn of revolution” (21). Kracauer might describe his job, as movie critic Gene Siskel once did his own, as “covering the national dream beat” (Ebert 148). But his approach to the cinema’s oscillation between “projections” and “portraits,” as he puts it in “National Types as Hollywood Presents Them,” means that Kracauer’s reader follows the to-and-fro analysis of dream production (in Weimar, then in Hollywood) and of the historical process as it shoots through this dream production (American Writings 101). In consequence, Kracauer has been misunderstood. For this Thomas Levin has offered the canny suggestion that we read “Theory of Film and From Caligari to Hitler as a two-volume textual dialectic” (28).

    Another consequence for Kracauer, one that gives his writing its vitality, is that he never had to specialize. The to-and-fro of his analyses becomes, in effect, their ethical imperative. This is what I take to be most helpfully illuminating in Siegfried Kracauer’s American Writings, the way it places Kracauer on the scene, albeit its margins, of New York’s postwar “expert-culture.” In hitherto unpublished reflections entitled “About the State of the Humanities,” Kracauer warns against the structure of the university and the symptomatic developments of MIT’s “Young Professors Growth Fund” and the Princeton Council of the Humanities’ sponsorship of “group studies” (118). Efforts to buy time for their faculty’s broad learning (what we would recognize today as interdisciplinary initiatives), both programs are symptoms, Kracauer claims, of the strict “compartmentalization of knowledge,” and a corollary separation that C.P. Snow would identify as the “two cultures” (the humanities and the natural sciences), as well as a similar separation “between the academic world and the world at large” (119). This was the twilight of the public intellectual, and though the “little magazines” such as Partisan Review, Commentary, and Dissent allowed many writers a conduit to a non-specialized reading public, many, such as Lionel Trilling and Irving Howe, were being absorbed into the universities at the same time. As they were absorbed, so too were modernism and cinema. Modernism, in particular, suffered in this process, being made a byword for hyper-specialization. The autonomizing effect of Clement Greenberg’s medium-specificity lent the modernist idiom to the university’s “expert-culture” writ large. The artwork, for Greenberg, found purpose in discovering its support, its peculiar integrity, in relation to nothing beyond it; humanistic inquiry, following the same logic, cordoned itself off and engaged in narcissistic self-definition. Cinema, on the other hand, was made assimilable in the university through those ongoing arguments that it could be construed on the model of the traditional arts. Kracauer’s finely dialectical observation, here, is that art was being instrumentalized to fend off the very situation, i.e. uncontrolled specialization, that gave rise to its instrumentality. “Nearly every university,” he reports, “now aspires to do something about Art in grand style. MIT’s Humanities Department is all set to expand its facilities for extra-curricular work in this vast and lofty area; and Columbia dreams of an $8,000,000 building wholly dedicated to art education. A campus without an Art Center of its own will soon be a remote memory” (120).

    Nothing could be more inimical to Kracauer than art passed off as ideology, and the modernist moment was defined for him, in fact, by the way that photography, and by extension cinema, had destabilized the aesthetic tradition in general and had thrown into doubt the prerogative of intentional order. Rather than bring this version of modernism into the academy, though, founded as it was on medium-specificity of a sort quite different from Greenberg’s—the frame of the photograph, for Kracauer, is but “a provisional limit” and “its structure denotes something that cannot be encompassed” because, as a medium, it “transmits material without defining it”—the New York Intellectuals helped install modernism in the university as a study of media that stake themselves off from each other, their purity being a displaced version of the individual’s freedom from society (211).[8]

    What is so tantalizing about von Moltke and Rawson’s collection, then, is that it inserts Kracauer into this historical moment, as a contributor to Commentary and to Jonas Mekas’s Film Culture and as a member of Amos Vogel’s Cinema 16; and yet the institutional path taken by modernism would make a hard turn away from Kracauer.  Cinema studies would consolidate itself by means of a simplified Kracauer that only in recent decades, thanks to collections such as this one, has been complicated. 

    Footnotes

    [1] What this issue coordinated was the ongoing work of a handful of scholars to expand access to Kracauer’s corpus beyond the two postwar studies by which he had been known. In this regard, Miriam Bratu Hansen’s scholarship has been absolutely crucial, including her essay “‘With Skin and Hair’: Kracauer’s Theory of Film, Marseille 1940”; her introduction to the new edition of Kracauer’s Theory of Film; and most substantial of all, her Cinema and Experience, which D.N. Rodowick has described as “our most critically and historically important investigations of Kracauer’s work in English” (Aesthetics and Philosophy of Film). Thomas Levin’s introduction to Kracauer’s anthologized Weimar essays, The Mass Ornament, has been equally crucial. See also Barnouw; Schlüpmann; Koch; and Gemünden and von Moltke. One might add to this bibliography recent reassessments of Kracauer issuing more from the middle of cinema studies such as Mary Ann Doane’s uptake of “Photography” in The Emergence of Cinematic Time; Rodowick’s correction of the “scandalous” “general misunderstanding” of Kracauer’s English-language work in Reading the Figural; Malcolm Turvey’s leaguing of Kracauer with “revelationist” film theorists in his study Doubting Vision; and Jennifer Fay’s highly persuasive interleaving of Kracauer’s Weimar and exile methodologies in her recent essay, “Antarctica and Siegfried Kracauer’s Cold Love.”

    [2] Elsewhere, Andrew offers what has since been roundly dismissed as a myopic, heavily partial assessment: “While Bazin’s notions of standard perception derive from Bergson and Sartre and are substantially more complicated than Kracauer’s naïve realism, both men think of cinema as extending, rather than altering, perception” (Concepts 34).

    [3] The discipline’s neglect of his contribution was explained to him, Cavell says in the introduction, by Dudley Andrew.
    [4] Martin Jay’s term, “magical nominalist,” indeed comes from a philological attention to wunderlich, the term Theodor Adorno applied to Kracauer.  It has been translated as “curious,” hence the “curious realist.” The other term, “critical realist,” derives from Dagmar Barnouw’s study.

    [5] The description of an “epistemological shift” in Kracauer’s thought comes from Patrice Petro’s “Kracauer’s Epistemological Shift” in the above mentioned special issue of New German Critique.

    [6] See Bazin’s essays, “The Ontology of the Photographic Image” and “The Myth of Total Cinema.” In the former essay Bazin famously and effusively writes, “Only the impassive lens, stripping its object of all those ways of seeing it, those piled-up preconceptions, that spiritual dust and grime with which my eyes had covered it, is able to present it in all its virginal purity to my attention and consequently to my love” (15); in the latter essay he writes that cinema was fulfilling a myth that had been pursued “from photography to the phonograph, namely an integral realism, a recreation of the world in its own image, an image unburdened by the freedom of interpretation of the artist” (21). For Roland Barthes in Camera Lucida, the work of photography is quite similar, only he calls the “preconceptions, that spiritual dust and grime,” or the artist’s freedom to interpret reality, the studium, and that which the “impassive lens” leaves unmanaged, the punctum.

    [7] For a discussion of this phrase in relation to the conception of realism in Theory of Film, see Drehli Robnik, “Among Other Things,” in Gemünden and von Moltke.

    [8] Cf. Barnett Newman’s remark that his paintings should have, he hoped, “the impact of giving someone as it did me the feeling of his own totality, of his own separateness, of his own individuality” (xxi).

    Works Cited

    • Adorno, Theodor W. “The Curious Realist: On Siegfried Kracauer.” Trans. Shierry Weber Nicholsen. New German Critique 54 (1991): 159-177. Web. 11 Oct. 2015.
    • Andrew, Dudley. Concepts in Film Theory. Oxford: Oxford UP, 1984. Print.
    • —.  The Major Film Theories. London: Oxford UP, 1976. Print.
    • Barnouw, Dagmar. Critical Realism: History, Photography, and the Work of Siegfried Kracauer. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins UP, 1994. Print.
    • Barthes, Roland. Camera Lucida. Trans. Richard Howard. New York: Hill and Wang, 2010. Print.
    • Bazin, André. What Is Cinema? Vol. 1. Trans. Hugh Gray. Berkeley: U of California P, 2004. Print.
    • Cavell, Stanley. Contesting Tears. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1996. Print.
    • Doane, Mary Ann. The Emergence of Cinematic Time. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2002. Print.
    • Ebert, Roger. Life Itself. New York: Hachette, 2011. Print.
    • Fay, Jennifer. “Antarctica and Siegfried Kracauer’s Cold Love.” Discourse 33.3 (2011): 291-321. Web. 11 Oct. 2015.
    • Gemünden, Gerd, and Johannes von Moltke, eds. Culture in the Anteroom. Ann Arbor: U of Michigan P, 2012. Print.
    • Hansen, Miriam Bratu. Cinema and Experience. Berkeley: U of California P, 2012. Print.
    • —. Introduction. Theory of Film: The Redemption of Physical Reality. By Siegfried Kracauer. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1997. Print.
    • —. “‘With Skin and Hair’: Kracauer’s Theory of Film, Marseille 1940.” Critical Inquiry 19.3 (1993): 437-469. Web 11 Oct. 2015.
    • Jay, Martin. Afterword. “Kracauer, the Magical Nominalist.” Siegfried Kracauer’s American Writings: Essays on Film and Popular Culture. By Siegfried Kracauer. Eds. Johannes von Moltke and Kristy Rawson. Berkeley: U of California P, 2012. Print.
    • Koch, Gertrud. Siegfried Kracauer. Trans. Jeremy Gaines. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2000. Print.
    • Kracauer, Siegfried. The Mass Ornament. Ed. and trans. Thomas Y. Levin. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1995. Print.
    • —. Siegfried Kracauer: Selected Writings on Media, Propaganda and Political Communication. Ed. Graehme Gilloch and Jaeho Kang. Columbia: Columbia UP. Forthcoming. Print.
    • —.  Siegfried Kracauer’s American Writings: Essays on Film and Popular Culture. Ed. Johannes von Moltke and Kristy Rawson. Berkeley: U of California P, 2012. Print.
    • —. Theory of Film: The Redemption of Physical Reality. Introduction by Miriam Bratu Hansen. Princeton: Princeton UP, 1997. Print.
    • Levin, Thomas Y. Introduction. Siegfried Kracauer. The Mass Ornament.  Cambridge: Harvard UP, 1995. Print.
    • Newman, Barnett. Barnett Newman: Selected Writings and Interviews. Ed. John P. O’Neill. Berkeley: U of California P, 1992. Print.
    • Rodowick, D.N. Aesthetics and Philosophy of Film. “Classical Film Theory: Siegfried Kracauer.” Web. 8 Dec. 2015. http://isites.harvard.edu/icb/icb.do?keyword=k27441&pageid=icb.page124045.
    • —. Reading the Figural, or Philosophy after the New Media. Durham: Duke UP, 2001. Print.
    • Schlüpmann, Heide. “Phenomenology of Film: On Kracauer’s Writings of the 1920’s.” Trans. Thomas Y. Levin. New German Critique 40 (1987): 97-114. Web. 11 Oct. 2015.
    • Special Issue on Siegfried KracauerNew German Critique 54 (1991). Web. 11 Oct. 2015.
    • Turvey, Malcolm. Doubting Vision. New York: Oxford UP, 2008. Print.
  • Debt Aesthetics: Medium Specificity and Social Practice in the Work of Cassie Thornton

    Leigh Claire La Berge (bio)
    City University of New York

    Dehlia Hannah (bio)
    Arizona State University

    Abstract

    Fig. 1. Cassie Thornton, Application to London School of Economics

    Fig. 2. Cassie Thornton, Cover Page

    Fig. 3. Cassie Thornton, “Special Thanks"

    Fig. 4. Financial Planner’s “Fulcrum Drawings”

    Fig. 5. “Visualizations of Debt as a Thing of Space,” courtesy of Cassie Thornton

    Fig. 6. Cassie Thornton, National Credit Card Debt vs. National Student Loan Debt (2012)

    Fig. 7. Cassie Thornton, “Urgent Richard Serra Debt Tour”

    This article considers the “debt visualizations” of social practice artist Cassie Thornton. Thorton’s works use a combination of photography, performance art, sculpture, non-fiction narrative, text, and hypertext to explore the cost and consequence of the accumulation of student loans. The essay examines Thornton’s use of both traditional and non-traditional artistic materials and practices in order to articulate how the ‘immaterials’ of debt become an artistic medium; her radical departure from traditional media leads squarely back to the problem of the medium itself in Thornton’s assertion that “debt is [her] medium.” While it is tempting to read such a claim as an embrace of a “post-medium condition,” this essay argues that in our highly leveraged present, the very form of unsecured student debt that Thornton works in and on invites a return to and a reconsideration of the seemingly conservative impulses of aesthetic Modernism and its critique.

    I. Introduction: Social Practice, Medium, Critique

    “As I get closer to [the debt], the wind picks up. There are dead dry leaves in the air. It seems so far away, it looks like a huge pointy skyscraper, pointy, sharp at the top. It’s gray, no clouds. Farm fields surround it, the ground here is dewy, bare, with short dead grass. I’m completely alone” (Thornton).[1] So begins the text of one of the visual artist Cassie Thornton’s “debt visualizations,” in which Thornton uses “debt as a medium” so that it would be “materialized,” “collectivized,” and would “change forms.” Working in and on her own debt and that of her family and colleagues, Thornton’s art uses a combination of photography, performance art, sculpture, non-fiction narrative, text, and hypertext to explore the cost and consequence of the accumulation of private and government-subsidized student loans (Thornton). In the case of Thornton herself, the better part of this debt was obtained while studying for a Masters of Fine Arts (MFA) degree at the California College of the Arts, where she received her MFA in 2012 in the relatively new field of “social practice.”

    In this issue of Postmodern Culture on “intermediality, immediacy and mediation,” we explore Thornton’s use of both traditional and non-traditional artistic materials and practices in order to articulate how the “immaterials” of debt are constituted through her work as an artistic medium. In calling the socio-economic conditions of artistic production and exhibition into service as the substrate of art itself, Thornton follows in a long tradition of modern and contemporary art practice, particularly that of institutional critique. From Hans Haacke’s detailing of the alleged real estate holdings of the Museum of Modern Art trustees in his Shapolsky et al. Manhattan Real Estate Holdings, a Real-Time Social System, as of May 1, 1971 to Michael Asher’s placement of the sales office directly within the exhibition space of the Claire Copley Gallery in 1974, artists have long turned a critical gaze on the infrastructural world that supports them. These institutions, in turn, have learned to assimilate such critique, and eventually, to welcome it in the form of artists’ residencies (Fraser).[2] In this context, W.J.T. Mitchell’s expansion of the definition of medium to include “not just the canvas and the paint … but the stretcher and the studio, the gallery, the museum, the collector, and the dealer-critic system” is apt—and yet it leaves out a crucial condition of possibility for the creation and circulation of artworks, namely the cost of training as an artist (198).
    Thornton locates her critical practice within a highly ambivalent site of artistic infrastructure: the financial scene of the MFA program, that odd, leveraged, and vaguely shameful gateway to artistic professionalization.[3] Indeed, there may be no truer instantiation of the old McLuhanite maxim that “the medium is the message” than Thornton’s insistence that art students “make art and debt.” Thornton estimates her graduating MFA class will produce and absorb about 3.2 million dollars of student debt. (See image, page 5). What Thornton’s work demonstrates is that even as art students are being trained to work in various mediums and to circulate their work through an art world increasingly exposed as imbricated in its conceptual and economic structure into the circuits of contemporary capitalism, they are all the while implicitly training and being trained in the making of debt and in living, working, and creating art in a condition of indebtedness. [4] Whatever other medium and form it may take, much of contemporary art is thoroughly mediated by a financial scene in which the matter of accumulation finds a necessary correlate in a condition of indebtedness. It is debt as a site of mediation through Thornton’s use of debt as medium that we seek to illuminate in this paper.

    Fig. 1. Cassie Thornton, Application to London School of Economics (2012) (Debt Owed by the 2012 Graduating MFA Class of the California College of Art, Page 18, Courtesy of the Artist; SOPR is an abbreviation for “Social Practice”). Provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    Disclosing the elusive formal structures of debt and its distinctive affective, aesthetic, and political potential as a medium seems to require recourse to a multiplicity of artistic strategies embedded within more familiar materials and immaterials. Rosalind Krauss contends that “the abandonment of the specific medium spells the death of serious art”; we contend that only through the abandonment of specific, traditional mediums does the emergence of a new medium with its own conceptual, material, and social specificity become possible (Perpetual 33).

    For this operation to be legible in contemporary arts discourse, Thornton’s work must first be situated in the context of an emergent aesthetic mode, one designated by its practitioners, theorists, and nascent degree-granting programs as “social practice.”[5] Deeply in conversation with a critical tradition first articulated by Nicholas Bourriaud in his 1998 Relational Aesthetics, social practice artwork places its emphasis on the work of art’s ability to intercede into a delimited social world of economic exploitation, including those relations that adhere to the such as feelings of belonging unequal distribution and accumulation of material resources such as wealth, as well as to immaterial recourses and respect. Such an orientation immediately changes what constitutes the work of art itself, and Bourriaud identifies what have come to be called relational artworks and social practice artworks as those whose “substrate is intersubjectivity.” In contrast to traditional modes of artistic practice in which one speaks of the visual, musical or plastic form of artworks, or of the readymade or performance art, Bourriaud urges that we concern ourselves with “formations” and argues that in “present-day art shows that form only exists in the encounter and in the dynamic relationship enjoyed by an artistic proposition with other formations, artistic or otherwise” (21). While it is no doubt correct to claim that “all good artists are socially engaged,” what differentiates social practice as a mode is that its engagement with scenes of economic and affective inequality is executed with specific attention toward some sense of restitution or recognition (Deller qtd. in Bishop, Artificial 2).[6] The social formation achieved through the work, then, marks a possible configuration of the world and of affects and experiences therein, one which, though itself transient, models and stimulates iteration and variation upon the same. Through such work, it becomes possible to explore the intersubjective relations and relations to objects and institutions that constitute the implicit forms of everyday life.

    This theoretical tradition inherited from Bourriaud has transformed into a still-expanding theoretical compendium that instructs how, precisely, we should categorize and critique what we might now refer to as social practice art works. The mode’s theoretical proponents include, most recently, Shannon Jackson, who argues in Social Works: Performing Art, Supporting Publics that such works’ theatricality is a site of “medium unspecificity,” and includes exegeses on artists ranging from William Pope L. to the Creative Time organization.[7] Almost simultaneously, Claire Bishop published Artificial Hells: Participatory Art and The Politics of Spectatorship, a modification and contextualization of her earlier critique of what she calls “participatory art” as, among other things, deriving from a “creative misreading of post-structuralist theory” in which “rather than the interpretations of a work of art being open to continual reassessment, the work of art itself is argued to be in perpetual flux” (“Antagonism” 52).[8] Bishop’s other concerns include these works’ focus on “ethics,” their overly ameliorative forms of sociality, their abandonment of modernist paradigms of discomfort, and, most interestingly for our purposes, a worry that such works are positioned unselfconsciously and homologously in relationship to the transition from a commodity-based economy to a service-based economy, and likewise from a curation of objects to a curation of subjects and subjectivity.[9]

    Our particular focus will be this final link between social practice artwork and what many social theorists (no less than art historians) have argued is the contemporary disaggregation of the social itself.  We believe that Thornton’s work might begin a conversation about the relationship between form, medium and our current economy that some have called “late,” others “neoliberal” and, most persuasively in our view, others “financialized.”[10] We maintain, then, a focus on the economic throughout and assume that if value is, as Marx said, a social relation, then debt might be understood to telescope a particular experience of that relationality in our financialized present.[11] Thornton’s work both concretizes and aestheticizes this necessary relationality and renders debt as what Dick Bryan, Randy Martin, and Mike Rafferty have called a “lived abstraction,” one that we take as a never completed but embodied and experiential concretization of capital’s dimension of abstract value (465).

    Our concern in this essay, then, is to obtain a level of economic specificity through Thornton’s debt-as-medium specificity and to explore what level of mediation is appropriate for an arts-production and arts-history system that is the most sensitive and responsive to the logic of capitalism in the academic humanities. It is not enough to acknowledge this fact, as countless critics do.[12] To return to the ur-example of a modernist critique of medium, would a truly “expanded field” of paint not take critics beyond the canvasses of abstract expressionism and into the oil fields and refineries from which the material of paint itself derives?[13] Indeed, once we, as critics, have embraced the concept of the expanded field, it becomes possible to address phenomena such debt that exist concretely only within the myriad of institutional, material, personal, and social spaces comprehended by the post-medium condition. The expanded field makes it possible to consider the specificity of a newly available or newly workable medium.

    II. Invest in Yourself: Unsecured Debt and Aesthetic Reflexivity

    There is a long tradition of Marxist critique of commodity aesthetics and capital aesthetics, and now an emergent tradition outside of Marxist theory that Walter Benn Michaels has recently called neoliberal aesthetics.[14] Within this divergent theoretical context we aim to articulate a problem of “debt aesthetics” that we believe is particularly germane to social practice artwork and its professionalization and institutionalization. To theorize a debt aesthetics, however, one must begin with some theorization of debt. As a result of the 2007–8 subprime mortgage crisis and the subsequent expansion of that crisis into a global credit contraction and “Great Recession,” the language of debt has entered the public imaginary through reportage, fiction, and, not least of all, individual experience. It has entered social scientific academic discourse in the work of a new generation of social theorists including David Graeber, Miranda Joseph, Richard Dienst and Mauricio Lazzarato, while Fred Moten has sought to articulate together the language of Kantian aesthetics, structural racism, and mortgage debt with his wonderfully titled paper “The Subprime and the Beautiful” (Eschavez See, fn.1). A more activist site of engagement and theorization has emerged in the Berkeley-based journal Reclamations and through the Strike Debt campaign and its 2012 Debt Resistors’ Operations Manual, both of which have devoted attention to student debt and discussed its salience for the current generation of undergraduates, graduate students, and young professionals.

    In each of these works, “debt” itself becomes unmoored from the familiar Marxist vocabulary of commodity, money, capital, and value in order to be re-articulated as a disciplinary apparatus of temporal and spatial organization and an omnipresent site of ongoing psychic investment and divestment. For this reason, it should not be surprising that anthropology no less than economics and political economy has played a particularly important role in elaborating our understanding of debt as a lived social relation and in emphasizing that quotidian practice should be the ground on which debt’s theoretical architecture is built.[15] This type of attention to the lived experience of debt is also foundational to our understanding of debt aesthetics as manifested in, and, we hope, able to be extrapolated from, Thornton’s work. Indeed, we are in a critical moment in which debt seems to have become conceptually differentiated from the panoply of concepts that have sustained economically-oriented cultural criticism—whether artistic, literary, or social-historical—such as the commodity, value, and capital.[16] It is too soon to judge whether this attempt will be successful. For example, it remains a real question whether, as so often happens, it makes sense under any conceptual regime to articulate the United States government’s national debt together with individual debt. One tension of this article, and of Thornton’s concept of “debt as medium,” is to take medium as a well-developed arts concept and put it into experiential and material dialogue with an emergent proto-concept of debt. In both cases, however, the simple representation of debt is not sufficient.

    From the Frankfurt School through the work of Fredric Jameson, Marxist aesthetic criticism and economically-oriented criticism more generally have centered on the commodity with careful attention to the exposition of its form. Walter Benjamin, for example, emphasizes the tension between the cult value and exhibition value of art, a dichotomy derived from the use value and exchange value of the commodity.[17] Theodor Adorno refers to the fetish character of music as a musical work assumes the commodity form and circulates accordingly (288-317). But debt, as one element of a structure that Marx calls “interest-bearing capital,” operates according to a different economic logic, one that evades habitual apprehension and therefore becomes generative of a different aesthetics and different forms of criticism. Marx writes that in contradistinction to the classic capitalist exchange of M-C-M’ [Money-Commodity-Money’], “[i]n interest-bearing capital, the capital relationship reaches its most superficial and fetishized form. Here we have M-M’, money that produces more money, self-valorizing value, without the process that mediates the two extremes” (Capital: Volume III 515). Marx offers us a clue into the aesthetics of interest-bearing capital when he suggests that “[i]n M-M’ we have the irrational form of capital, the misrepresentation and objectification of the relations of production, in its highest power” (516).[18] Debt may be seen as a particular species of what La Berge has called elsewhere a “financial form,” an economic instantiation that requires specific attention to temporality, to appearance, indeed to an aesthetics of capital reconstituting itself through interest as it seems to expand automatically in a highly mediated fashion (274).

    How then does debt appear and disappear, how is it recognized and misrecognized in aesthetic discourse? Perhaps because its formal structure has not been analyzed and historicized like that of the commodity, debt gets scant theoretical attention in the rare mentions of it in art criticism. Indeed, debt tends more often to be understood as an abstract and metaphorical concern rather than a concrete and economic one. Hal Foster and Yve-Alain Bois worry that “if artists become indebted to their situation they become finite — impotential” (100). While Foster and Bois are attentive to a state of indebtedness as a constraint on critical and aesthetic flourishing, we soon realize that the form of indebtedness they are concerned with is not literal. They continue:

    Debt to the situation translates into a sense of “responsibility,” like the artist who today finds him/herself in the midst of a capitalism in crisis—nothing new there!—and is compelled to make art out of a sense of pathos and guilt rather than affirmation. Aesthetic production becomes hopelessly derivative and mimetic in the worst sense of the operation. It becomes positivist rather than appropriative. And it is against this general weakness that we have thought of a fundamental question for artistic pedagogy—naturally, many others remain buried beneath the surface. The question is: how to change the classroom so that it will produce subjects (artistic, political, scientific)? (100)

    There is high irony in the fact that Foster and Bois deploy the language of debt and capitalist crisis to highlight a lack of aesthetic autonomy, a particularly modernist concern. Indeed, they go so far as to venture into the practice and structure of artistic education without noting that for most apprentices, debt first and foremost takes the form of a responsibility to repay student loans. Their use of debt as a metaphor, as an entry into a Badiouian situation, shows the elasticity of debt as a proto concept, but also reveals the importance for critics in distinguishing when debt functions as a metaphor and when it functions as a substance.

    In his much-cited The Making of the Indebted Man, Lazzarato himself deploys debt as both a metaphor and a concept. He labels it “an archetype of social relations” that, through the course of his treatise, becomes endowed with ever-greater philosophical if not economic specificity (33). “Debt constitutes the most deterritorialized and the most general power relation through which the neoliberal power bloc institutes its class struggle,” he writes (89). Deleuze, too, in his now-famous comment that has been used to mark the historical transition from a Fordist to a financial regime of accumulation (“man is no longer a man confined but a man in debt” [181]) was not referring to deferred payment or to money loaned at interest, but to a temporal extension of the well-known problem of capitalist enclosure. What even these brief treatments suggest is that debt’s multidisciplinary and multi-modal presence could benefit from conceptual differentiation and specification and, we believe, both affective and aesthetic specificity as well. Indeed, in Thornton’s case, the affective and the aesthetic are inseparable.

    Thornton’s effort to produce medium specificity through a mode of relational social practice, we argue, can be transposed into economic specificity and contribute to an emerging debt literature as well as to debates on mediality in a new medium ecology. The term “debt aesthetics” is meant to engage debt as a “lived abstraction”; it is meant to locate how debt as an abstraction and how debt as a metaphor can be reconnected to its substance. In working through Thornton’s archive of debt visualizations, performances, sculptures, texts and hypertexts, we are working through economic specificity and medium specificity simultaneously. Thornton’s chosen medium is debt, but it serves our critical purposes to identify what kind of debt it is. The type of debt we are concerned with is the unsecured student loan, which possesses several distinctive properties. First, in contrast to all other forms of debt except back taxes owed to the federal government, whether it is given by a state or private lender, student loan debt may never be absolved or forgiven through bankruptcy.[19] Second, the loans’ interest rates may fluctuate with changing laws. And finally, the debt is initially backed by the United States government, which pays the interest as long as the debtor is enrolled in an accredited educational institution, but which ceases to do so once the debtor leaves that institution. Perhaps most importantly, the debt is labeled “unsecured” because there is no collateral.

    One method of puncturing the odd spatial and temporal presence and absence, the seemingly abstract quality of any debt, is to consider what it is indexed to. With a secured loan, there is an object that serves as collateral: a car loan refers to a car, a home mortgage a house, and so on. Student debt and medical debt are somewhat different in this regard insofar as they are indexed to a process or experience rather than an object. This final property of unsecured debt creates a peculiar set of constraints and possibilities that the Chicago School economist Gary Becker captures well through his elaboration of “human capital,” that sum total of economic possibility contained within each individual:

    If I invest in my human capital, I cannot in modern societies use my capital as collateral to borrow loans. That’s why we have such a poorly developed commercial market for loans and investments. You look at student loans: they’ve developed extensively in the United States because of the government guarantee and subsidy to student loans…. [I]f I buy a house, I can give my house as mortgage. If I don’t make my payments, they take my house away from me, as we’re seeing all these foreclosures going on now. I can’t give myself as collateral. Now, in the past with slavery and other forms of indentured servitude you could do that. In modern society we’ve ruled that out, for good reasons I think. And so you can’t do that, and I think it makes it very difficult for poor people who don’t have other forms of capital to invest in themselves. (14)[20]

    Becker writes from a position of critique: how should “poor people” be able to invest the assets that accrue to their human capital, those drives and capabilities that are unique to their person? What if, for example, student loans were calibrated to individuals as they are to small businesses, to potential career paths, SAT scores and so on? Becker’s utopian hope for expanded opportunities of self-investment contains the obvious corollary—already perceptible in his allusion to mortgage—that under his scheme individuals would necessarily have expanded and personalized opportunities for indebtedness. Furthermore, the startling political implications of investing in oneself become obvious in Becker’s quasi-nostalgic references to slavery and indentured servitude. It seems that his concern is that these legal institutions and categories of personhood have been retired without being replaced by something comparable. What is missing from Becker’s account, however, is an understanding of the social and psychic discipline that debt exerts on its subjects and of how indebtedness is internalized through self-investment. Lazzarato, by recourse to Nietzsche, provides a crucial corrective to our understanding of unsecured debt, in particular, when he claims that “the creditor-debtor relationship is inextricably an economy and an ‘ethics’ since it presupposes, in order for the debtor to stand as a ‘self’-guarantor, an ethico-political process of constructing a subjectivity” (49).

    Education, like medical care, transforms the individual at a particular point in time, and, if all goes as planned, this transformation is retained over time in the form of health, skills, cultural capital, pedigree, professional networks and so forth. And while some have floated the idea that academic degrees should be rescinded for reason of default on student loans, it is clearly impossible to repossess the forms of personal development and opportunity that education promises and may have already delivered. While a degree, like a house or a car, is acquired, education is internalized. Unsecured debt, then, is indexed to the person of the debtor, but it is not ‘secured’ thereby because it cannot be extracted by anyone but the debtor herself—and she too may well find herself unable to capitalize on her investment. In lieu of wielding the threat of extracting compulsory labor from the body of the debtor in the form of a contemporary debtor’s prison, the infrastructure that grants and supports unsecured debt prepares subjects to repay their loans, Thornton will suggest, through other affective means. It is no surprise, then, that the accrual of student debt should produce particular kinds of affects and experiences, other forms of personal transformation attendant upon those promised by education itself.  Moreover, if art is at least to some degree an expression of the artist’s inner states, as R.G. Collingwood and Benedetto Croce argue, for example, then we should look for the traces of debt subjectification especially in the work of artists laboring under the burden of student loans. These forms of subjectification constitute the site and the medium of Thornton’s social practice, which, we recall from Bourriaud, takes intersubjectivity as its substrate. When Thornton invites her fellow students to visualize and articulate their debt, to bring it to psychic consciousness and give it aesthetic form, she brings the lived abstraction of unsecured debt newly to life, as it were, in the domain of the aesthetic.

    The aesthetics that result from employing that unsecured debt as a medium reflect the formal properties of this type of debt in a peculiar manner. In thinking about medium specificity, we want for the moment simply to mark the reflexive structure of unsecured debt as a site of self-investment, self-loss, and potentially of individual and collective self-transformation. This makes debt a particularly interesting candidate as a medium—but it does not make it a medium. For artistic practice to concern itself with and to exhibit the specificity of a medium—rather than merely to be beholden to its constraints and possibilities—the properties of the medium must be wrought in and through aesthetic form. In moving from making art in debt to making art out of debt, or from working in debt to working on debt, Thornton seeks to use debt against itself, to explore its properties, to grant to this persistently misrecognized and obfuscated immaterial new forms of visibility, sensibility and comprehensibility. And indeed her explorations of these unspoken experiences shared by art students disclose unexpected qualities, metaphors and sites of malleability in the lived abstraction of unsecured debt. Ultimately, Thornton will reveal debt aesthetics to be suspended between modernist reflexivity, as the problem of self-investment quickly becomes a problem of self-reflection, and contemporary romanticism, for the project of university education remains a romantic one despite the new economic toll it exacts. Yet whereas romanticism in its first iteration was reactionary, in this particular instantiation it seems able to dwell almost seamlessly beside its object of critique.

    III. Application to London School of Economics

    Following in the lead of contemporary practitioners of institutional critique, during her final year of study for her MFA at the California College of the Arts (CAA) Thornton tried to obtain an artist’s residency in the college’s financial aid office. The letters that she wrote recommending herself for this position and her proposals for artistic intervention came to be part of her Master’s Thesis, a far more ambitious project eponymously titled Application to London School of Economics. Although the unsolicited application was unsuccessful in its manifest aim of obtaining an artist’s residency, Thornton’s application is testimony to her multifaceted approach to rendering unsecured debt accessible and malleable as a medium of art. Application includes documentation of Thornton’s social and multi-media practices including personal narratives of her own life, institutional correspondence, graphs, charts, photographs, appropriated images and content from other artists, and the text of what Thornton has come to call “debt visualizations,” which she performed with members of her graduating class. The 53-page artist’s book extends into digital space where additional debt visualizations and associated images are collected on Thornton’s website.

    Perhaps the most immediately striking feature of Application is that much of its content is blacked out, as though sensitive information had been redacted. On the first page of Application (Figure 2), we are introduced to an ambiguous constellation of visual, textual and structural elements that undergird the debt aesthetic that Application develops.

    Fig. 2. Cassie Thornton, Cover Page from Application to London School of Economics (2012). Provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    The book performs a persistent and agonizing negotiation of the representability of debt’s form and content. The refusal or impossibility of representation is also continually refigured in Application, reflecting the structure of unsecured debt. How does a debtor who does not have a job comprehend a debt of $84,000? How is such a debt located in space and time? Or how does that debt configure the debtor’s sense of space and time? Most crucially, Application investigates whether the affect that the indebted situation engenders can be discharged even if the debt itself cannot.

    Application begins by explaining itself: “I have declined the opportunity to use the formal application as my current research, which I hope to continue during the residency, adheres to strategies that require that I interact with all institutional communities using alternative logic and methods representative of my experimental practices, including this application process” (2). Thornton explains both the generic character of social practice artwork and her creative endeavor to “reveal a hidden logic central to the economic relationship in educational institutions of all types” (2). The play between disclosing and performing hidden logics continues as the artist thanks her collaborators and supporters in this project (image three):

    Fig. 3. Cassie Thornton, “Special Thanks,” Application to London School of Economics p. 4 (2012). Provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    Thornton then moves jarringly from official (if nonetheless imploring) prose to first-person narration, positioning herself in a network of debtors along familiar lines of twenty-first century economic precarity. She describes how loss of health insurance results in medical debt for one parent while stagnant wages and periods of unemployment generate credit card debt for the other. She recounts her own passage through the global credit contraction caused by the American housing bubble and subprime mortgage crisis, in which low interest rates and predatory lending created an opportunity for her family to accumulate a home and an outsized mortgage, only to be quickly followed by foreclosure and bankruptcy. And finally, there are Thornton’s own debts, small debts incurred to pay for emergency flights home to attend to family members in crisis, and the looming debt for an arts education that inflects her writing style with a lilting, associative quality and her dreams with images of rocks and sculptures by Carl Andre. Every facet of social reproduction in Thornton’s orbit, it seems, transpires through a matrix of debt and indebtedness. Some of these debts began as sites of genuine hope, even utopian potential—a hope that still flickers in the form of her MFA and gives the thesis project a kind of urgency, even a desperation, that is disconcerting because it deprives the reader of any comfortable vantage point of aesthetic disinterest. Could there be a better liberal, humanist “self-investment” for “poor people,” in Becker’s words, than an education? Could there be a more reasonable or normative hope for stability than that of owning one’s own home?
    In her evocative personal history, found in a section dryly but not ironically titled “Financial History,” one gets the sense that Thornton is making a profound effort to convey her experience in a manner that, if not factually complete, warmly invites the reader into her personal world. Her disclosures contrast the black-block redactions that appear on most of the book’s pages and visually limit the viewer’s access to information, and they stand in tension with the provocations and evasions in which Thornton is clearly engaged in her correspondence with the institutional authorities at CCA. The shifts between openness and opacity and between visual and textual modes of communication create a readerly text the proto-narrative structure of which entrains the viewer to complete. And yet, one does not know whether to fill in the gaps with images, texts, economic data, or psychological speculation. The uneven and mixed media expand an imaginary of debt into multiple registers and one begins to comprehend how consuming it may be to live this capitalist abstraction.

    In order to understand the implications of her own debt, Thornton consults a certified financial planner, and we are privy to the planner’s analysis. As “someone who loves you [Thornton],” the anonymous financial planner writes, “I think it’s great that you’re creating images/visual experience around debt. I wish more people would do this.” The planner continues: “many people’s ‘ships’ are dangerously close to icebergs and they don’t have a clue!” The planner’s own visualization (Figure 4), what the planner herself refers to as “scribbles,” is designed to help the debtor decide what the ratio of productive to unproductive debt is in the debtor’s portfolio and where, in the particular case of Thornton, her education should be considered on the spectrum:

    So, from a purely analytical standpoint, we need to consider what your capitalized lifetime earnings are anticipated to be both WITH and WITHOUT your Master’s Degree from CCA. Based on our discussion and your estimates, it looks like over a 33 year career (allowing an initial two years to get your bearings or “foot in the door”) that you may conservatively earn about $600,000 more than if you did not complete your Master’s. Using a discount rate equivalent to the inflation assumption I used of 3.5%, on a present value basis, this equals $180,000. Because your Graduate School component of your debt, and in fact, all remaining student loans, total about $100,000, we can legitimately categorize this debt as “productive”. YEAH! (21)

    With the financial planner’s help, we are led to understand that Thornton’s net worth might be about $80,000 more over the course of her career than it would have been had she not invested in herself by obtaining an MFA. By the time a photograph of an iceberg appears in the final pages of Thornton’s book, the reader is likely to have missed or forgotten the financial planner’s explicit analogy of the frozen mass with financial danger.  Instead, the reader will have come to associate its shape and texture with the rocks, imaginary objects, and sculptures with which Thornton compounds our associations with debt.

    Fig. 4. Financial Planner’s “Fulcrum Drawings” showing age, career and time span balanced on the fulcrum of interest, capital, outlay. Cassie Thornton, Application to London School of Economics (2012) Page 20. Provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    A series of conceptual and visual tropes emerge alongside Thornton’s narrative which fracture Application’s sense of plot and direction. There is a feeling of both energy and enervation; of trying to “transform the material of debt” and of being unable to locate a social space in which such a transformation would be possible. An association emerges of debt as an imposition, an omnipresence whose impenetrability is both psychic and physical. But Thornton struggles against this idea to present debt as constitutive of a shared reality that might potentially be intercepted and reorganized: “once its material form is identified, there is hope that the debt may be harvested and used as a pedagogical, social, and fiscal resource,” she writes (Application 19).

    As fitting of a social practice artwork, one of the most distinctive formal features of Thornton’s Application is its affective charge. The work’s affect is a mixture of inviting openness and intimacy with all willing to share in her utopian aspirations for debt as medium alongside as aggressive pursuit of those reluctant to become involved in her project. With a mixture of sincerity and aggression Thornton takes her appeal to restructure student debt to the director of the Social Practice program. She writes, “I’m anxious to hear your perspective on Social Practice and its many forms of social exchange in relation to the capitalist mechanism. As always, I appreciate your enthusiasm for unorthodox thought when everything seems doomed to utilitarianism. I’ll swing by your office. Best! Cassie” (50). The contraction of “I will” and the exclamation point render her anxiousness friendly and intimate; at the same time, if the director had repeatedly told her “no”—and he had, we have read the correspondence—then why does she insist on casually swinging by his office? One might almost say that Thornton repurposes the affect of a debt collector’s telephone presence: friendly and persistent, seeking all information and any form of contact because contact and positive identification of the debtor hold open a space for continued contact. While the time period during which a debt remains active in the USA differs by state, all that is required to keep it active is for the collector to maintain contact within that period, ranging from 3 to 7 years. Being hounded by debt collectors is not just their approach to collecting, but of keeping the debt alive and extending its futurity.

    Ultimately Application and Thornton’s practice itself cohere around the debt visualizations that she conducts with her cohort of MFA students. She explains the process using a vocabulary appropriate to the plastic arts: “I am in the process of interviewing every MFA student about the financial liabilities they’ve accrued while attending CCA. Each is asked to describe the essence of their debt as an expression of texture, aura, scale, material composition, etc, from within a meditative state” (32). In a private space ritually purified by the burning of sage, Thornton invites her fellow debtors to free-associate on the word “debt” and to imagine approaching their debts from a distance. What results from these dialogues is a new verbal, visual—and specifically art historical—aesthetic discourse through which MFA students trace their paths to artistic professionalization and indebtedness. As the possibility of individual debt enabled each of them to pursue an MFA, so the possibility of collectivizing debt in a shared aesthetic imaginary enables Thornton to mold and sculpt, indeed we might say to begin to ‘restructure’ the subjective (if not the objective) conditions of their cumulative debt burden.

    Despite Application’s attempts to literalize and concretize, a new metaphor does emerge prominently from its collection of debt visualizations. Certain images and tropes appear so often that they come to seem generic. Debt is heavy, vast, terrifying; it is almost always looming but not necessarily present. But what is perhaps most surprising is that during their debt-visualization sessions, indebted MFA students produced recurring references to and images resembling the work of the post-minimalist sculptor Richard Serra. In one sense, it is rather unremarkable that the debt visualizations of MFA students would generate images and anxieties tied to successful, practicing artists. But the force of the association is nonetheless striking.

    “There is an imponderable vastness to weight,” Serra once commented, in reference to his own work (138). As Thornton suggests in her analysis of this trend of debt-induced Serra associations, students’ unsecured debt—like Serra’s sculptures—always seem on the verge of collapsing, and yet these terrifying, precarious objects somehow endure through space and time. Indeed Serra’s emerging presence in Application may lead the viewer to look back at the “Fulcrum Drawings” scribbled by the certified financial planner with new attention. They could be reread as a study for a work such as Serra’s Trip Hammer (1988), in which one steel slab balances atop another, stabilized only by the precise angle and distribution of the weight of each component.

    The size of the fulcrum is important. While a properly-sized fulcrum can provide the added lift or leverage to catapult you to the next level, if it is too large, you may just slide back down. In other words, if your debt is too large for the projected return, it could act as a weight instead of a level and pull you down (below where you would have been had you not taken on the debt in the first place). (Financial planner; Thornton, Application 21)

    In light of such associations, we might be tempted to retroactively read Serra’s works as debt visualizations. We might also start to see Thornton’s own use of black squares and rectangles throughout her text in a different light.

    Thornton is particularly drawn to Serra’s oil-stick drawings, which she incorporates into her ever-capacious debt aesthetic by offering gallery tours of Serra’s work and appropriating images of Serra’s The United States Government Destroys Art (1989) to serve as an economic graph comparing credit card and student loan debt (Figure 6). When asked why he worked at one end of the color spectrum, Serra explained: “from chartreuse to pink inevitably leads to metaphors that deflect attention elsewhere and take you away from the graphicness of drawing…[but black’s] main association is to writing and printing, and to drawing. If it represents anything, [black] represents graphicness” (qtd. in White, Rose and Garrels 82-83). In the new context of Thornton’s work, however, black acquires other associations: both those of anonymity as well as to the financial vernacular phrase “in the black.” When a ledger is “in the black” it registers profit; when it is “in the red,” it registers loss. In the image below (Figure 5) from Thornton’s website, each red number indicates an amount of student debt; clicking on the number links to the text of the debt visualization of said debtor. Clicking on a black bar also takes the viewer to a debt visualization, but in these cases the redaction of the numerical “amount” owed doubles as a visual metaphor for the obtrusive and impenetrable burden of the debt.

    Fig. 5. “Visualizations of Debt as a Thing of Space,” courtesy of Cassie Thornton (http://debt-visualizations.tumblr.com/). Provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    In an exercise reminiscent of the concrete poetry of Carl Andre and Robert Smithson, Thornton presents one particular debt visualization as a kind of poetic form in which the line breaks of the text ‘sculpt’ its content. The halting, interrupting, repetitive content of the language suggests the inability of this MFA student to speak or think linearly about his or her unsecured debt, while the poem’s form evokes debt as a workable three dimensional substance:

    debt is

    future self is paying

    “future” dad is paying

    her son, will he pay to play ex post facto?

    what is the motivation to pay

    after the value is used up?

    the value of the mfa is my life

    hard to imagine not doing it,

    doesn’t want to imagine regretting it

    it’s weird that it has a monetary value

    the life has a trail of debt

    heart races when

    she passes the debt on the street

    there is a murky cloudiness,

    a wall coming out of it

    over her head

    NO!

    Richard Serra steel and leaning

    instead of a sky,

    it’s a steel plate sloping down (38)

    For this debtor too, encountering his or her debt through visualization is like encountering a Serra sculpture: one must walk around it and, in doing so, one’s perspective continues to change as every new angle and vantage point offers the opportunity to begin again. But the content, the sculpture itself, remains massive and unmoving.

    In order to differentiate the representation of debt from its use as a medium, one can place Thornton’s debt visualizations in a dialectical relationship to the large-format photographs of various global stock-trading floors that Andreas Gursky has produced. We now know that the traders who populate Gursky’s images may well have been trading the kind of unsecured debt that Thornton has and sculpts. But the iconic representation of stock-based scenes of financialization and its effects both obscures and forecloses the opportunity to participate in the social relations that are constitutive of the forms of value manipulated therein. Thornton’s social practice of sculpting affective and intersubjective relationships, by contrast, intervenes in and on the material substrate of a financialized economy much as post-minimalist sculpture operated upon the detritus of a post-industrial one.

    Post-minimalist practice, and Serra’s work in particular, presciently aestheticized and memorialized the detritus of an economy that was becoming newly post-industrial. Throughout the late 1960s and early 70s, post-minimalist practice repurposed materials of steel, oil, blighted urban space, privatized and empty corporate space, asphalt, concrete and so on to mark aesthetically the economic transition away from a Fordist economy.[21] By introducing Serra into Application, Thornton introduces some crucial if necessarily speculative questions: what constitutes, or what will constitute, the detritus of a financialized economy whose vectors  of value veer between financial transactions in the upper echelons and a deskilled, service-based economy that relies on the production and exchange of affects and experiences, including the experience of education itself, in its lower echelons?[22] And what aesthetic mode and artistic medium will best engage this economy? Thornton cannot answer these questions, but she does hint at a relational triangle between an older economic formation and its avant-garde and a new economic formation still waiting for its own aesthetic. She does so by engaging in an unexpected move of debt-bricolage and Serra, too, becomes interpolated into Thornton’s community of debtors. The debt visualizations not only disclose his work and general aesthetic as a trope for debt that resonates widely among her fellow students; Thornton actually attempts to entrain Serra into her project via a letter she mails to him that she includes in her book, a copy of which she also has surreptitiously left on Serra’s kitchen table in his New York City townhouse by anonymous, an art handler whom she knows (personal communication with the artist).[23]  Much as debt collectors call family members or anyone who might have access to a debtor, or any collateral that could be given in its place, Thornton renders Serra almost guilty by aesthetic association. The reference to Tilted Arc (1981), a public sculpture commissioned for and then removed from Federal Plaza in New York City after eight long years of rancorous debate, is the height of irony. While Serra and his supporters claimed that the sculpture was successful in heightening viewers’ attention to their own movement through the space, critics decried it as a rusty eyesore, a magnet for rats and bombs, and most pertinent to our discussion, a gross obstacle to public use of the plaza. Thornton’s appropriation of the sculpture as a means to heightening awareness of debt in the public consciousness redeems both positions.

    As with her entreaties to her own financial aid office, Thornton’s invitation to Serra was duly rebuffed. Like a debtor avoiding a collection agency, Serra knew that the best response is no response. Indefatigable, Thornton appropriated another of Serra’s works (Figure 6). As part of the performative aspect of her Application, Thornton became licensed as a docent and lead tours of the 2012 Richard Serra Drawings retrospective that serendipitously happened to be on exhibition at the San Francisco Museum of Modern Art. Thornton titled this part of her project “Urgent Debt Tour of Richard Serra Drawing Show” (Figure 7). As Michelle White explains in her catalogue essay of the show (from which exhibition the next two images of Thornton’s are taken), Serra’s drawings are “about the intangibility of conceptual thought and the visceral immediacy of direct physicality” (White, Rose and Garrels 14). This understanding of Serra’s work could be transposed onto Thornton’s conception of debt, and indeed, Figures 6 and 7 invite the reader to do just that. Thus we are introduced to yet another site of aesthetic debt and indebtedness. What Thornton’s work leaves us with is the sense that such bricolage and entraining of the figures of the art world could continue ad infinitum, or at least as long as the relationship between art as value and art as expression is one that is simultaneously cemented and jettisoned by the institutional world of art. This includes the places where Serra’s work is seen and sold as well as the art schools where students are trained and impoverished.

    Fig. 6. Cassie Thornton, National Credit Card Debt vs. National Student Loan Debt (2012). Provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    Fig. 7. Cassie Thornton, “Urgent Richard Serra Debt Tour”; in background, Richard Serra, The United States Government Destroys Art (1989) (oil-stick drawing). Photograph provided by the Feminist Economics Department (the FED).

    IV. Conclusion

    Rosalind Krauss noted that “Serra’s sculpture is about sculpture” (Perpetual 127).[24] With this Modernist claim we want to return to one of the central concerns of this paper, hinted at but unsubstantiated until now: namely, that unsecured debt as a radically new and seemingly post-medium medium returns us to some of the traditional problems of medium specificity. How, ultimately, does unsecured debt develop its modernistic, aesthetic reflexivity? It follows a logic Marx already laid out in his discussion of nineteenth-century public debt: “As with the stroke of an enchanter’s wand, [the public debt] endows unproductive money with the power of creation and thus turns it into capital” (Capital: Volume I 919). In the course of accumulated unsecured debt, however, money is turned not into capital but into critique.

    One of the criticisms of so much debt activism is that debt, particularly debt accumulated in the course of post-graduate liberal and fine-arts education, is in part the product of a sense of entitlement. If Thornton did not want the debt, after all, why did she pursue an arts degree, of all things? That question needs to be answered in both structural and individual terms. Structurally, of course, like Serra’s One Ton Prop (House of Cards) (1969), capitalism itself falls apart without a system of mass indebtedness (although historically debt has been distributed in different temporal and spatial forms). Individually, however, Thornton did feel “entitled” not only to go into debt, but to transform that debt into something else through the site specificity of the scene of its accumulation. And it is through the site specificity of the debt—accrued in an MFA granting institution that specializes in social practice—that we arrive at the ultimate reflexivity of debt as a medium. It was only by going into more unsecured debt for her MFA that her undergraduate student debt could be endowed with the reflexivity required of a Modernist medium. In other words, her MFA debt is both cause and object of her ability to formalize indebtedness as a medium. Thornton’s debt is about debt.

    Footnotes

    [1] All citations from Cassandra Thornton, “Application to London School of Economics.” All links and images used by permission. Thornton’s work was on view at “To Have and To Owe” at the Elizabeth Foundation for the Arts in New York City, Sept. 22 – Oct. 21, 2012, curated by Leigh Claire La Berge and Laurel Ptak. Documentation available at http://to-have-and-to-owe.tumblr.com.

    [2] Consider, for example, Fraser’s own “Museum Highlights: A Gallery Talk” (1989), delivered at the invitation of the Philadelphia Museum of Art; Fred Wilson’s critical curatorial work at the Maryland Historical Society for “Mining the Museum” (1992–93); and Mark Dion’s residencies at the London Museum of Natural History, the American Philosophical Society and other institutions.

    [3] See Singerman for a history of the MFA program. In a different context, see McGurl for a history of writing MFA programs. Neither work discusses the integral role of student loans and thus student debt in the institutional history of the MFA program.

    [4] See Williams.

    [5] Thornton’s own institution defines social practice as that which “incorporates art strategies as diverse as urban interventions, utopian proposals, guerrilla architecture, ‘new genre’ public art, social sculpture, project-based community practice, interactive media, service dispersals, and street performance. The field focuses on topics such as aesthetics, ethics, collaboration, persona, media strategies, and social activism, issues that are central to artworks and projects that cross into public and social spheres. These varied forms of public strategy are linked critically through theories of relational art, social formation, pluralism, and democracy. Artists working within these modalities either choose to co-create their work with a specific audience or propose critical interventions within existing social systems that inspire debate or catalyze social exchange.” (From https://www.cca.edu/academics/graduate/social-practice). In 2012, Portland State University launched a journal devoted exclusively to social practice artwork in connection with its own MFA program.

    [6] See the long footnote on 287 for the full quotation.

    [7] Shannon Jackson, Social Works: Performing Art, Supporting Publics (Routledge, 2011). For Creative Time see Nato Thompson’s Living as Form (MIT, 2012).

    [8] While both Jackson and Bishop make reference to social practice, they themselves do not use the term to categorize the works they discuss, preferring instead their own idioms. That all of these works, as Jackson herself notes, rely on tropes of theatricality and performativity is surely important to the situation of interpersonal relationality. Both Jackson and Bishop provide their own versions of a genealogy from relational aesthetics to the present: for Jackson’s see 46–48; for Bishop see 2–3. We use the term “social practice” because Thornton uses it, and because her MFA program, in many ways her object of critique, does so as well. For a popular overview of the term, see Kennedy.

    [9] “In other words, the contemporary university seems increasingly to train subjects for life under global capitalism, initiating students into a lifetime of debt, while coercing staff into ever more burdensome forms of administrative accountability and disciplinary monitoring. More than ever, education is a core ‘ideological state apparatus’ through which lives are shaped and managed to dance in step with the dominant tune” (Bishop, Artificial Hells 269).

    [10] See also Friday, Joselit, and Klobowski.

    [11] As always in discussing Marx, it is crucial to differentiate value from profit. We are concerned with the former. For an explication of the structure of both, see Postone.

    [12] For example, Rosalind Krauss does on the first page of “Reinventing the Medium,” when she notes that “[t]his essay was written on commission by the DG Bank in Munich for the catalog of its collection of twentieth-century photography” (289).

    [13] Originally defined by Krauss: “The expanded field is thus generated by problematizing the set of oppositions between which the modernist category sculpture is suspended. And once this has happened, once one is able to think one’s way into this expansion, there are logically three other categories that one can envision, all of them a condition of the field itself, and none of them assimilable to sculpture” (“Sculpture” 38).

    [14] See, for example, Benn Michaels.

    [15] Graeber is the obvious candidate here. But see also Roitman.

    [16] A concept is, broadly speaking, “a formulation through which [one] makes sense of [her] object of inquiry.” It might be distinguished from an analytic, defined as the choice of inquiry or more basically, a theme. We would argue that the work of “debt studies,” or Thornton’s work however one designates it (indeed this article and our proto-concept of debt aesthetics), is an exploration of the potential of debt to become fully conceptualized. For a clear exposition of the difference between analytic and concept, see Koopman and Matza.

    [17] One could name many other works that take the commodity as their subject, a central form of cultural and aesthetic analysis. See, for example, Ross; McClintock; Harvey; and Jameson.

    [18] This ceaseless reconstitution through interest suggests to Marx that the “fiscal system contains within itself a germ of automatic progression” (515).

    [19] See Collinge.

    [20] From an edited transcript of a conversation held at The University of Chicago on May 9, 2012. The video recording of the open seminar can be viewed on-line at http://vimeo.com/43984248. It may seem odd to find Gary Becker here where one might expect to find Nietzsche, but, as the transcript of this conversation reveals, he is in deep sympathy with Michel Foucault on the constitution of neoliberalism. When asked what he thought of Foucault’s lectures on Biopolitics Becker said “I don’t disagree with much” (3). Foucault himself had turned to Becker’s work to articulate his own genealogy of Ordo and Neoliberalism. See Foucault.

    [21] For a good overview of some of the econometrics of this transition, see Krippner.

    [22] For the classic articulation of this see Sassen. Bishop considers a similar point in her discussion of Bourriaud: “It is important to emphasize, however, that Bourriaud does not regard relational aesthetics to be simply a theory of interactive art. He considers it to be a means of locating contemporary practice within the culture at large: relational art is seen as a direct response to the shift from a goods to a service-based economy. It is also seen as a response to the virtual relationships of the Internet and globalization, which on the one hand have prompted a desire for more physical and face-to-face interaction between people, while on the other have inspired artists to adopt a do-it-yourself (DIY) approach and model their own ‘possible universes’” (“Antagonism” 54).

    [23] She writes to him, “Dear Mr. Serra,…your forms represent an omnipresent debt to us, or vice versa…[and] there is a sense that on the way to becoming an artist of your stature we are encouraged to acquire debt.” Thornton goes on to suggest that he collaborate with her cohort of indebted students by auctioning off one of his pieces, “but now referring to it as representation of debt—donating some proceeds to the class. (I was thinking of one of the pieces that have been removed or have gone unused, like a part of Tilted Arc.)” (Application 37).

    [24] The full quotation reads “Richard Serra’s sculpture is about sculpture: about the weight, the extension, the density and the opacity of matter, and about the promise of the sculptural project to break through that opacity with systems which will make the work’s structure both transparent to itself and to the viewer who looks on from outside.”

    Works Cited

    • Adorno, Theodor W. “On the Fetish Character of Music and the Regression in Listening.” Essays on Music. Ed. Richard Leppert. Trans. Susan H. Gillespie. U of California P, 2002: 288-317. Print.
    • Becker, Gary, François Ewald and Bernard Harcourt. “‘Becker on Ewald on Foucault on Becker’: American Neoliberalism and Michel Foucault’s 1979 Birth of Biopolitics Lectures.” 2012. MS. Web. 19 Jan. 2016.
    • Benjamin, Walter. The Arcades Project. Cambridge: Belknap Press, 2002. Print.
    • Benn Michaels, Walter. “Neoliberal Aesthetics: Fried, Rancière and the Form of the Photograph.” Nonsite.org 1 (2011). Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Bishop, Claire. “Antagonism and Relational Aesthetics.” October 110 (2004): 51-79. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • —. Artificial Hells: Participatory Art and the Politics of Spectatorship. Verso, 2012. Print.
    • Bois, Yve-Alain, Hal Foster, David Joselit, et. al. “Recessional Aesthetics: An Exchange.” October 135 (2011): 93-116. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Bourriaud, Nicolas. Nicolas Bourriaud: Relational Aesthetics. Presses Du Reel, 2002. Print.
    • Bryan, Dick, Randy Martin and Mike Rafferty. “Financialization and Marx: Giving Labor and Capital a Financial Makeover.” Review of Radical Political Economics 41.4 (2009): 458-472. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Collinge, Alan. The Student Loan Scam: The Most Oppressive Debt in U.S. History – and How We Can Fight Back. Beacon P, 2009. Print.
    • Deleuze, Gilles. Negotiations. New York: Columbia UP, 1995. Print.
    • Dienst, Richard. The Bonds of Debt. Verso, 2011. Print.
    • Echavez See, Sarita. “Gambling with Debt: Lessons from the Illiterate.” American Quarterly 64.3 (2012): 495-513. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Foucault, Michel. The Birth of Biopolitics: Lectures at the College De France, 1978-1979. Trans. Graham Burchell. Palgrave Macmillan, 2008. Print.
    • Fraser, Andrea. “From the Critique of Institutions to an Institution of Critique.” Artforum 44.1 (2005): 278-285. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Friday, Matthew, David Joselit, Silvia Klobowski. “Roundtable: The Social Artwork.” OCTOBER 142 (2012): 74-85. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Graeber, David. Debt: The First 5,000 Years. Melville House, 2011. Print.
    • Harvey, David. The Condition of Postmodernity: An Enquiry into the Origins of Cultural Change. Wiley-Blackwell, 1991. Print.
    • Jackson, Shannon. Social Works: Performing Art, Supporting Publics. Routledge, 2011. Print.
    • Jameson, Fredric. The Cultural Turn: Selected Writings on the Postmodern, 1983-1998. Verso, 1998. Print.
    • Joseph, Miranda. A Debt to Society. U of Minnesota P, 2014. Print.
    • Kennedy, Randy. “Outside the Citadel, Social Practice Art is Intended to Nurture.” New York Times 20 Mar. 2013. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Koopman, Colin and Tomas Matza. “Putting Foucault to Work: Analytic and Concept in Foucaultian Inquiry.” Critical Inquiry 39.4 (2013): 817-840. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Krauss, Rosalind E. “Reinventing the Medium.” Critical Inquiry 25.2 (1999): 289-305. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • —. Perpetual Inventory. MIT P, 2010. Print.
    • —. “Sculpture in the Expanded Field.” October 8 (1979): 30-44. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Foster, Hal and Gordon Hughes, eds. October Files: Richard Serra. MIT P, 2000. Print.
    • Krippner, Greta R. “The Financialization of the American Economy” Socio-Economic Review 3.2 (2005): 173 –208. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • La Berge, Leigh Claire. “The Men Who Make the Killings: American Psycho, Financial Masculinity, and 1980s Financial Print Culture.” Studies in American Fiction 37.2 (2010): 273-296. Web. 15 Dec. 2015.
    • Lazzarato, Maurizio. The Making of the Indebted Man: An Essay on the Neoliberal Condition. Trans. Joshua David Jordan. Semiotext(e), 2012. Print.
    • Marx, Karl. Capital: Volume I. Trans. Ben Fowkes. Penguin, 1976. Print.
    • —. Capital: Volume III. Trans. David Fernbach. New York: Penguin, 1981. Print.
    • McGurl, Mark. The Program Era. Cambridge: Harvard, 2009. Print.
    • McClintock, Anne. Imperial Leather: Race, Gender, and Sexuality in the Colonial Contest. Routledge, 1995. Print.
    • Mitchell, W.J.T. What Do Pictures Want? The Lives and Loves of Images. U of Chicago P, 2006. Print.
    • Postone, Moishe. Time, Labor, and Social Domination: A Reinterpretation of Marx’s Critical Theory. Cambridge UP, 1993. Print.
    • Roitman, Janet. Fiscal Disobedience: An Anthropology of Economic Regulation in Central Africa. Princeton UP, 2004. Print.
    • Ross, Kristin. Fast Cars, Clean Bodies: Decolonization and the Reordering of French Culture. MIT P, 1996. Print.
    • Sassen, Saskia. Globalization and Its Discontents: Essays on the New Mobility of People and Money. New Press, 1999. Print.
    • Serra, Richard. Drawing a Retrospective. Menil Collection. Distributed by Yale UP, 2011. Print.
    • Singerman, Howard. Art Subjects: Making Artists in the American University. Berkeley: U of California P, 1999. Print.
    • Thompson, Nato. Living as Form. MIT P, 2012. Print.
    • Thornton, Cassandra. “Application to London School of Economics.” MFA Thesis. California College of the Arts, 2012. Web. 2 Mar. 2013.
    • White, Michelle, Bernice Rose and Gary Garrels, eds. Richard Serra Drawing: A Retrospective. The Menil Collection, 2011. Print.
    • Williams, Jeffrey. “The Pedagogy of Debt.” College Literature 33.4 (2006): 155-169. Web. 1 Mar. 2013.
  • Global Pictures: Formalist Strategies in the Era of New Media

    Krista Geneviève Lynes (bio)
    Concordia University

    Abstract

    This essay examines the role played by political and activist media, as well as media infrastructures and platforms, in creating solidarity or continuity between the Arab Spring, the Occupy Movement, Indignados and the ‘Printemps Erable,’ among others. It critiques the overvaluation of social media in organizing protests and creating solidarity between social movements, demonstrating the renewal of discourses of the “global village” on which such valuations depend. Instead, it examines the role of aesthetics in creating sites of solidarity and affiliation across different local political struggles, taking as its case study a series of performances and a video work by the artist Milica Tomic.

    The Arab Spring, the Indignados movement, the printemps érable, Occupy Wall Street, and the proliferation of “occupations” in 2011 and 2012 have enlivened critical and aesthetic discourses about social movements. The irruption of protests in disparate parts of the globe has invited questions about the possibilities of solidarity across national and regional divides, and the role that media (new and old) might play in circulating powerful symbols of protest transnationally and in building transnational networks that support local protest struggles. Amateur footage from local protests, the dissemination of poster art or photographs of victims of police violence through social media networks,[1] performances that draw attention to the acute forces of power and exploitation, “hacktivist” actions, and activist art all contribute to mediatizing and mediating protest movements, intervening in public culture, and creating iconic images that migrate from specific protest sites to politically engaged publics around the world.

    The circulation of images of protest; connections through social media platforms such as YouTube, Facebook, and Twitter; and the “occupation” of public space have led to the search for what W. J. T. Mitchell, following Heidegger, calls a “world picture,” a dominant global image linking the Occupy movement, the Arab Spring, and European uprisings, as well as a methodology that accounts for the “infectious mimicry” between, for instance, Tahrir Square and Zuccotti Park (Mitchell, “Image” 8). Questions emerge, first, about the contiguity of the movements through media infrastructures and platforms, in the use of imagery, and in the language of protest, and second, about the mediating role of activists and cultural producers, broadly speaking, in framing protest and demanding structural change.

    While much has been made of the sociality of “social media” (its capacity to connect within and across protest movements), it has also highlighted distinctions between protests in different parts of the globe. Such distinctions are material— the “hard” revolutions of Tahrir Square (demands for the fall of autocratic regimes, democracy, civil liberties, and a “decent Keynesian economy”) versus the  “soft” revolutions of Zuccotti Park (a radical critique of American capitalism rather than of the state, per se)—but also aesthetic, contrasting the perceived “excesses” of protest culture in North America with the social realist genre of protest languages in the Arab Spring. While the aestheticization of political action has been suspected when it comes to the representation of material demands, corporate media structures such as Twitter have frequently been celebrated in mass culture as having “world picture”-making potential.

    The dismissal of “excessive” media tactics in North American cities has taken the form of accusations that the social movements are in fact nothing but representation, in other words that protestors’ demands are simulacral, or that the movements exist more fully as declarations of resistance than as instantiations of it. Protesters have donned top hats and pig snouts, rolling around in piles of fake bills to highlight the obscene actions of corporate executives.[2] Anonymous and LulzSec, among other groups, playfully threatened to erase the New York Stock Exchange from the Internet (Penny). Activist artworks, such as the fictive National Agency for Ethical Drone-Human Interaction’s “Do Not Kill Registry,” mocked the democratic potential of government sites for civic engagement. Drum circles, “chalk walks,” “favela cafés,” and other performative actions used cities as a staging ground for ongoing protests.[3]

    A banner example of the accusation of frivolity and excess is a New York Times column from 23 September 2011 by Ginia Bellafante, which described Occupy Wall Street as an “opportunity to air social grievances as carnival,” and gave a vivid account of a protestor, “half-naked,” bearing a “marked likeness to Joni Mitchell and a seemingly even stronger wish to burrow through the space-time continuum and hunker down in 1968.” Bellafante’s colorful description at once summons an image of the carnivalesque character of protest culture and public intervention and ties such excesses to anachronistic forms of political action, to a retrograde hippie culture that occluded, for Bellafante, the very real facts of rising income inequality.

    Defenses of the Occupy movement have felt the need also to distance themselves from such performative excesses. For instance, a frequently circulated rebuttal to this article, Allison Kilkenny’s “Correcting the Abysmal ‘New York Times’ Coverage of Occupy Wall Street,” argues that Bellafante’s focus on “strange and inarticulate individuals” occludes not only the real people (without jobs, concerned about their future) but also the reality of police violence, the erosion of leftist organizations, and corporate support for right-wing protest spectacles (such as the 2012 “town hall” events). Kilkenny’s contrast between the real threats of violence faced on the left and the spectacles of outrage on the right signals a doubt that the performative and the poetic can address real suffering in times of crisis.

    The presumed privilege of New York-based activist artists vis-à-vis the foreclosed publics of the US financial crisis is mirrored by the privilege of North American and some European protest movements in contrast with the uprisings of the Arab Spring. If North American and European protestors are tarred with the accusation of aesthetic decadence—a decadence indicated by the representational regime that is mobilized in various street protests in American cities—their politics are marked in contrast with the presumed realism of the languages of protest in the Arab Spring and elsewhere. Activists in North America and Europe may then—by virtue of their languages of protest and mediatized spectacles—be in a position of misplaced solidarity with disenfranchised groups in other parts of the world. The role of media as both means of representation and apparatuses of circulation (the “connectivity” brought into focus by, for instance, the reliance on Facebook and Twitter to organize in Egypt and elsewhere) might then be contrasted with the disjunctures between the material conditions of cultural producers in different parts of the globe. As W.J.T. Mitchell asserts, “Tangier is not Cairo is not Damascus is not Tripoli is not Madison is not Wall Street is not Walla Walla, Washington” (“Preface” 3).

    And yet, Mitchell poses the question, “How can one bring into focus both the multiplicity and the unity of this remarkable year? What narrative would be adequate to it?” (“Preface” 3). Mitchell notes that, while in the nineteenth century, metaphors of hauntings and revenants marked descriptions of European politics, the contemporary moment is replete with metaphors of contagion to describe the “viral” processes of global media (“Preface” 4). Readings of Arab Spring protests are attuned to the use of global forms and icons. For instance, Sujatha Fernandes makes the point that rap songs have

    played a critical role in articulating citizen discontent over poverty, rising food prices, blackouts, unemployment, police repression and political corruption. Rap songs in Arabic in particular—the new lingua franca of the hip-hop world—have spread through YouTube, Facebook, mixtapes, ringtones and MP3s from Tunisia to Egypt, Libya and Algeria, helping to disseminate ideas and anthems as the insurrections progressed.

    Many articles have stressed the manner in which organizing and political expression have relied on social media sites and blogs to render experiences of state violence and disenfranchisement, and to voice political opposition. Facebook and YouTube have served as engines for the galvanization of communities around social injustice, as for instance with the Facebook page “We Are All Khaled Said,”, a page that posted family portraits of the Egyptian businessman who was pulled from an Internet café by two police officers and beaten to death, alongside cellphone photos from the morgue of his battered and bloody face. The page not only provided updates about the case, but also helped spread the word about demonstrations, and documented protests from the street.

    Thus, while media platforms are viewed as enabling technologies, permitting the circulation of media locally and transnationally and affecting the organizational capacity of grassroots movements, the representational regime of protest is marked by the disjunctures noted above between a bourgeois or nostalgic avant-garde and a political art “by any means.” Indeed, Boris Groys makes the argument that only propaganda (he cites among his examples Islamic videos or posters functioning in the context of antiglobalist movements) can be politically effective because it does not follow the logic of the market (7). The material conditions of cultural production in spaces of protest—and the opening of sites of circulation and solidarity—are central to identifying spaces of contact under the uneven conditions of globalization. The disjunctures between national social contexts, the languages of protest, sites of agency, and the uses of media are central to accounts of media cultures in a globalized present. Of interest to this study, however, is the bifurcation between a critique of the differential languages of protest around the globe and a celebration of the circulatory force of social media in binding communities of protest, if not in a common language, at least in the dream of a common purpose.

    In this regard, Kay Dickinson cautions that while bloggers and Tweeters such as Slim Amamou in Tunisia and Sandmonkey (Mahmoud Salem) in Egypt briefly entered official channels of political representation, these “movers and shakers of the so-called Facebook revolution are not, in the end, the faces assuming orthodox political power, perhaps because that platform does not boast particularly high per capita penetration in Egypt” (132). In many countries of the “Arab Spring,” Dickinson stresses, existing relations between the state and media have persisted, amateur reportage has been discredited, and profits have continued to accrue for companies such as YouTube. The focus on the use of social media, including the visual regime of camera phones and YouTube videos, obscures these material relations, drawing instead a figure of a global media landscape on the anachronistic model of the “global village.”[4]  The neutrality of new media technologies is guaranteed in celebrations of the twenty-first century “global villlage” by their function as a platform for action or a ground for political activity. The focus on the role of social media has thus concentrated more fully on the number of publics they touch, and thus their “spreadability,” rather than their political economy or their structuring of online public space (Jenkins, Ford, and Green 3).

    The focus on the mobility of images and the use of social media platforms to organize protests and galvanize sentiments for political change accordingly reanimates McLuhan’s mid-twentieth-century fantasy of the global village for analyzing the transnational or global dimensions of media. The return of McLuhan’s metaphors (if not his language) in the discourse of new media points to the coincidence between the development of new corporate structures and McLuhan’s vision of the power of mass media to specialize and rechannel “human energies,” even though the ideal community McLuhan traced in his texts never materialized (McLuhan 125). As such, McLuhan’s articulation of the “extensions of man” returns precisely because it describes the networked qualities of capital and allows for economic developments in media infrastructures to be coded erroneously as new forms of collectivity and public space (McLuhan and Powers 83).

    McLuhan’s early diagnosis of the extensions of the human through communications technology in some respects shapes current discourses about media’s globalization. It also maps the new oligopolistic circuits of capital that serve as a propulsive force both for the infrastructures and circuits through which media contents migrate, and for icons with translative potential. McLuhan saw the information economy as a mechanism for extending consciousness beyond a single time and place. He states:

    Video-related technologies are the critical instruments of such change [to a marketing-information economy]. […] The new telecommunication multi-carrier corporation, dedicated solely to moving all kinds of data at the speed of light, will continually generate tailor-made products and services for individual consumers who have pre-signaled their preference through an ongoing database. Users will simultaneously become producers and consumers. […] Culture becomes organized like an electric circuit: each point in the net is as central as the next. Electronic man loses touch with the concept of a ruling center as well as the restraints of social rules based on interconnection. Hierarchies constantly dissolve and reform. (McLuhan and Powers 83-92)

    The scale of the global is fruitful in that it poses political economy as a problem of media circulation beyond local and national frameworks, “in the light of the complexities of contemporary relational geographies of power” (Grossberg 59). Critical engagements with the global dimensions of media circulation are not meant simply to obscure the poignancy of the “global village” (in its material dimensions and as a powerful fantasy of interconnection). McLuhan foresaw that the processes of interconnection and decentralization were neither irreversible nor exhaustive. He was sensitive both to the agglutinations that produced, in his terms, new “tribalisms,” and the constant processes of enhancement, obsolescence, retrieval, and reversal that he called the “tetrad” (McLuhan and Powers 9-10).

    The trouble for analyses of the liberatory potential of new media in the contemporary moment lies not in McLuhan’s diagnoses of the extensions of humankind through media, but rather and especially in McLuhan’s articulation of the liberatory potential of the global village. For McLuhan, the global village produces a vacillation between what he called “visual” and “acoustic” space, between figure and ground, that extends beyond hierarchical systems of power toward lateral networks across space. He calls this vacillation a “resonating interval,” produced in his example by the images people saw of the earth taken by the Apollo astronauts in 1968, and in the experience of simultaneously being on the earth and on the moon, of being, effectively, in the “airless void between” (McLuhan and Powers 4).[5] McLuhan’s “resonating interval” involves a chiasmic vacillation: technologies come into view, recede into obsolescence, are retrieved as melancholic objects, and reverse back into ground. For McLuhan, “the new video-related technologies promise to impose a new monopoly of ground over figure. Whatever is left of mechanical age values could be swallowed up by information overload” (McLuhan and Powers 11).

    The idea that globalized media platforms such as Twitter and Facebook are the ground for local incidences of social struggle has reinforced McLuhan’s vision of the resonating interval, along with its metaphors of an “airless void” and of the monopoly of ground over figure. In light of the differential and historically specific uprisings around the globe, it is important for critical accounts of media’s “spread” to bring into focus the particular conjunctures of space and time mediated in culturally dominant and experimental forms, along with the representation of relations of figure and ground, especially under the current climate of economic crisis and political protest. For while new media is joined to the spatial figuration of the “global village,” both the crises and failures of market structures in the twenty-first century and the (still speculative but generative) coincidences between forms of social protest around the globe signal different configurations of space and time that are less bound by the tropes of simultaneity and broadcasting than by concerted, politically engaged signifying practices in specific translocal sites.

    Rather than understanding this translocality as the “global village,” then, how might we see global processes as overlapping and competing geographies, with their different logics of boundaries, connectivities, and stratifications (Grossberg 60)?  The very scale of the global demands an imaginative leap across specific instances in the interest of a critical scholarship that understands and engages the effects of worlding, in the interest of forging sites of solidarity and resistance. Such scales of analysis (in media, activism, and academics) focus on questions of production and reception in cultures of exchange, attending specifically to the differential relationships in the global system and the uneven terms of cooperation, even as the aim of scholarship and cultural production remains to discover possibilities for alliances, alternative histories, or new identity positions.  This approach is guided by the challenge that Anna Tsing poses for scholars: “freeing critical imaginations from the specter of neoliberal conquest—singular, universal, global” (77). She argues that “attention to the frictions of contingent articulation can help us describe the effectiveness, and the fragility, of emergent capitalist—and globalist—forms” (77). This challenge refocuses our attention on the emergent forms of media practice, on migratory aesthetic strategies, images, and symbols, as well as on the distinct historical nature of cinematic and political strategies. How might committed artistic strategies engage the complexities of time and space in the current conjuncture without conceding to a homogeneous and continuous vision of the globe (or of progress)? What other avenues for unity and collectivity exist in and through processes of mediation? The potency embodied in the reach of the uprisings around the world—and in their references to historical moments of revolutionary potential—begs the questions both of the (geographic and historical) connections between social struggles, and of the role that media play in the McLuhanite processes of extension and, conversely, of the singularity of visual cultures.

    To engage these questions, I turn to a video work and performance by the Belgrade artist Milica Tomic, entitled One day, instead of one night, a burst of machine gun fire will flash, if light cannot come otherwise (Oskar Davico—fragment of a poem) (2009). The artwork provides a complex example of the mediations between social struggles in disparate locations and moments, and of the role that historical languages play in figuring the space of the globe as a world-making activity, by interrogating the historical possibility of revolutionary action in the contemporary moment with a reenactment of anti-fascist actions in Belgrade in World War II. It also poses the question of the spatial dynamics of revolutionary unity through a dedication (which appears in the video) to the “Belgrade 6” (a group of political activists associated with the Anarcho-Syndicalist Initiative, the Serbian section of the International Workers’ Association, who vandalized the Greek Embassy in Belgrade in solidarity with Thodoros Iliopoulos, who was imprisoned for protesting police abuse and corruption in Greece in 2008). In posing questions about the spatial and temporal contiguity of revolutionary actions, Tomic’s work theorizes a ground for global pictures that is alternative to the metaphor of the global village, one that places the global village under erasure as part of its politics of representation.

    In the video, Tomic records her passage, with a machine gun in hand, through several sites in Belgrade where the People’s Liberation Movement carried out successful actions against Nazi occupation during World War II. The scenes are combined both through the spatial contiguities in the work’s montage, and through the video’s soundtrack, which includes excerpts of five interviews with partisans who participated in the liberation of what would become the Socialist Federal Republic of Yugoslavia. In viewing the documentation, the viewer becomes immediately aware of the incommensurability of the scenes recorded in the performance. For instance, the video begins with Tomic walking down a residential street in the direction of the camera. As she crosses the street to turn right, her continuous movement is severed by her appearance in a different section of Belgrade, passing in front of a small antique shop. As the video progresses, the path traced by Tomic brings into view pedestrian crossings, train tracks, bus stations, busy commercial centers, and residential streets. While her movement appears nominally continuous from scene to scene, therefore, the path Tomic traces through the city of Belgrade is constituted out of a series of videographic fragments, stitched together through montage to form an “artificial landscape” (Kuleshov 51).

    The formal aesthetic of One Day draws from neither the languages of telecommunications technology nor the immediate intimacy of social media but from the structuralist film theory of early twentieth-century Russian filmmaker Lev Kuleshov. Kuleshov devised his montage technique while shooting Engineer Prite’s Project (1917-18), after he neglected to film shots of his actors looking at electric poles. He solved this predicament by splicing shots of his actors looking off-camera with separate shots taken of rows of electric poles in a different part of Moscow. Based on this, Kuleshov articulated a theory of montage according to which the synthesis of fragmentary shots can create a visual terrain that exists nowhere in reality. He called the resulting filmic landscape an artificial landscape or creative geography (51).

    One aim of formalist cinema in the 1920s was to create new modes of aesthetic perception by dismantling and reconstructing traditional art forms. Formalists and futurists of Russian cinema were engaged in developing a materialist analysis of art as a system of signs. Language was thus viewed as “concrete,” materialist, and mass-oriented, and consistent with materialist interpretations of history (Kuleshov 27). The capacity to “synthesize” an artificial landscape was certainly a formal cinematic device, but it also served several synthetic fantasies for Kuleshov: his geopolitical suturing of the American White House to shots of a well-known building in Moscow; his synthesizing of a filmic female body by combining separate shots of several women’s bodies, cut to the measure of desire (Mulvey 46); and, most famously, his suturing of the viewer to the actor Mosjoukin’s affective response through a shot-counter-shot sequence known as the Kuleshov effect.
    Movement, for Kuleshov, characterized cinematic duration, and a screen action had to conform to the montage of a particular sequence in order to be locked into the structure of the film. For the director, “montage creates the possibility of parallel and simultaneous actions, that is, action can be simultaneously taking place in America, Europe, and Russia, that three or four or five story lines can exist in parallel, and yet in the film they would be gathered together in one place” (Kuleshov 51). The associational power of montage resides in the viewer’s consciousness, with no necessary relation to “objective reality,” and thus ran counter to Soviet-era concerns with “objective” themes and truths. Kuleshov’s formalism aimed in fact to create new modes of aesthetic perception by derogating, dismantling, and reconstituting art forms. The assemblage of signs (here of different locations in an “artificial landscape”) provides the structure for the material and value systems of artistic discourse.

    Tomic’s record of her public intervention refers to Kuleshov’s formalist cinematic technique, and is thus allied to revolutionary artistic practice from the early twentieth century rather than to the documentary conventions of performance art or the technologies or techniques of new media that are the focus of most contemporary articulations of the “global village.” Tomic’s use of Kuleshov’s technique disrupts the viewer’s expectations of the aesthetics of global media, and interrupts the flows of media constitutive of the foreshortening of global space. The mobilization of Russian formalism as a political strategy in the contemporary period, however, also interrupts the futurist impulse of such experimentation. After all, how might a practice that evokes the archaism of streams of celluloid on the cutting room floor engage the materialism of contemporary globalization, except perhaps by negation?

    One Day uses Kuleshov’s montage technique to make various sites in Belgrade, sites of historical acts of resistance and political struggle, appear to constitute a single location over a continuous period of time. Initially, such continuity seems to tend towards McLuhan’s concept of a resonating interval, in which the distance between places is collapsed. These aesthetic strategies, however, are mobilized to pose questions about the temporal and spatial coincidence of revolutionary events and revolutionary aesthetic styles, particularly given the difficulty of assuming a synthesizing activity in the viewer, for whom incommensurability may trump the divination of a foundational structure of revolutionary action.

    The different locations are encountered several times in the video. Tomic moves frequently to and fro, in rhythmic patterns across the sites.  Here Kuleshov’s montage technique foregrounds not the seamlessness of space mediated by technologies of representation, but the act of synthesizing political actions, and the dependence of such synthesis on the metaphors of a continuous landscape or ground from which actions spring. In narrowing the (spatial) gap between resistance actions, Tomic creates a landscape of revolt where action follows upon action; the defamiliarization of scenic juxtapositions, however, also defers the continuity of the landscape in the contemporary moment, a moment marked not by the unified actions of anti-fascist struggle but by the unstable question of revolutionary action against the decentralized and largely virtual power of global capitalism, witnessed in the trades in derivatives and complex debt obligations that caused the financial crisis in 2008.

    One might recall, by contrast, the absence of ground in the canonical early video by Nam June Paik, entitled Global Groove. In this video, a swirling pastiche of dancers (moving to American rock, Japanese, and Korean music), a Navajo woman singing and beating a drum, a Japanese television spot for Pepsi, and interviews with Allen Ginsberg and John Cage all float in the seamless and distributed electronic space of broadcast television. The overlay of different images suggests the multitudinous information flows of the age of globalization, but also the cross-cultural encounters enabled by the medium of broadcast television. Paik distorted the televisual medium with colorizing, video feedback, magnetic scan modulation, and nonlinear mixing to generate not only a properly videographic aesthetic style, but also a rendering of telecommunicative space on the model of the resonating interval, which is to say, as electronic space rather than as creative geography.

    One Day, on the other hand, not only reproduces the realism of figure/ground relations in the representational conventions of indexical media, it also renders her action through a historically-inflected cinematic space. The video thus reflects (and reflects upon) an historical moment in which the impression of reality is constructed through the realization of a coherent space constituted, according to Stephen Heath, “in movement, positioning, cohering, [and] binding in … a coding of relations of mobility and continuity” (26). Pierre Francastel notes evocatively that

    spaces are born and die like societies; they live, they have a history. In the fifteenth century, the human societies of Western Europe organized, in the material and intellectual senses of the term, a space completely different from that of the preceding generations; with their technical superiority, they progressively imposed that space over the planet. (qtd. in Heath 29)

    Modern cinema performed a synthetic function tied to the development of modernity itself and its spatial paradigms: it confirmed a monocular perspective and the positioning of the spectator-subject through an identification with the camera at the point of a centrally embracing view. The movement of figures in a film, the camera’s movement, and the movement from shot to shot hold film within a certain vision, unfolding a vision of the world as and in space, and at the same time hold the possibility of radically disturbing that vision, through “dissociations in time and space that produce contradictions of the alignment of the camera-eye and the human-eye in order to displace the subject of the social-historical individual into an operative—transforming—relation to reality” (Heath 33).

    Movement is central to cinematic language; from the outset, human figures figured movement in film by spilling out of the train or leaving the factory. As Heath argues,

    The figures move in the frame, they come and go, and there is then need to change the frame, reframing with a camera movement or moving to another shot. The transitions thus effected pose acutely the problem of the filmic construction of space, of achieving coherence of place and positioning the spectator as the unified and unifying subject of its vision. (38)

    It is only through “trick effects” (eyeline matching or the 180-degree rule, for instance) that space is ever perceived as unitary.
    The exposure of creative geography in Tomic’s work is meant to exacerbate the tension between fragmentation (the dispersal of the video into separate scenes that do not match up) and unification (the positing of a properly cinematic narrative space). In citing Kuleshov’s montage aesthetic, Tomic allies her performative intervention not with the “airless void” of much new media work, but rather with the mystification that transforms the fragments of shots constituting a film into the narrative coherence of cinematic space. The creation of space in the contemporary moment (and the flattening of historical frameworks in the simultaneity of global flows) thus occurs only through a synthetic action, one that discounts the discontinuities within globalizing processes. In cinematic space,

    Frames hit the screen in succession, figures pass across the screen through the frames, the camera tracks, pans, reframes, shots replace and—according to the rules—continue one another. Film is the production not just of a negation but equally, simultaneously, of a negativity, the excessive foundation of the process itself, of the very movement of the spectator as subject in the film. (Heath 62)

    Tomic’s use of the method of artificial landscape does not only reference the formal cinematic constitution of synthetic space. One Day also allies the development of revolutionary aesthetic languages with the development of revolutionary political praxes in the early twentieth century. The testimonies of the partisans of the People’s Liberation Movement on the video’s soundtrack are—like the scenes and actions—stitched together out of numerous interviews to allegorize an account of political struggle and emancipatory politics in the anti-fascist struggles of the 1940s. Taken together, the interviewers’ statements provide a multivocal account of the development of political consciousness, on the one hand, and of a political movement, on the other. The voice-over begins with the statement, “If I were born again, I would follow the same path,” thereby allegorizing Tomic’s movement through the film as a choice to take part in resistance, to take the path of revolutionary action. Tomic’s choice to begin and end the voice-over with the same statement also figures the narrative logic of return that synthesizes the testimonies and Tomic’s intervention in a meaningful inquiry into modes of political action.

    The interviewers emphasize the work of collaboration, of synthesizing a social movement out of the resistance to occupation:

    There was a strong popular resistance to occupation. The Communist Party read this perfectly. It sensed that people were ready to fight against the occupation, for a better life. We did not introduce the Republic then, nor excluded the Monarchy. There were royalists among the partisans; there were Christians, Muslims, believers, non-believers, but they were all anti-fascists. That was the key! People realized that they were only joining the struggle against evil. Partisans and partisan units came into being not as a Communist Party army, nor as any party’s army, but as the army of the PEOPLE.

    The montage technique in the video accordingly serves not only to figure a creative geography of resistance, but also to figure that landscape in the service of the work of building political solidarity. The move is not simply nostalgic, mourning a taken-for-granted universalism, but also articulates what anthropologist Anna Tsing calls “universal aspirations” (1). On what grounds, through what forms of solidarity and mediation, might social movements conceptualize the global, even as a fiction or imaginative act, outside the global village? Drawing from Gayatri Spivak’s compelling statement that “we cannot not want the universal, even as it so often excludes us,” Tsing argues for the theorization of global connection through what she calls “generalization” from small details, a generalization that involves, first, a unification of the field of inquiry through “spiritual, aesthetic, mathematical, logical or moral principles” and, second, collaboration among different knowledge-seekers that turns disparate forms of knowledge into compatible ones (89). Such collaboration involves the patient, provisional work of bridging and negotiating across incompatible differences.

    Tsing’s focus on the friction between unification and generalization, on the one hand, and collaboration and negotiation, on the other, helps shed light on claims to the global character of media cultures that frequently take the ground of contact (media technologies or platforms, for instance) as the generalizable universal (different cities but Twitter revolutions nonetheless …) and that consider images, aesthetic strategies, performances, and slogans as involving the work of bridging and negotiation. For Tsing, the unification of a field of inquiry requires not simply the continuity of a media platform, but also the concerted work of generalizing from details (hence the continuity of common technologies, certainly, but also of efforts at creating iconic figures or common languages). Similarly, concerted efforts at a complex and emancipatory unity across local sites of social struggle require not only the work of translation across idioms, but also the material connectivity that allows images and symbols to circulate translocally.

    Tsing’s central point is that both features of generalization—unification and collaboration—mask one another: “The specificity of collaborations is erased by pre-established unity; the a priori status of unity is denied by turning to its instantiation in collaborations” (89). The focus on social media as the ground for actions across the globe erases the work of translation and transcoding required for producing solidarity across different positions in the global system. Conversely, the focus on incommensurability denies the complex spread of revolutionary languages and action across the world since 2011. It is, in fact, the very interplay of universalization and negotiation that constitutes and figures the global scale in its complexity. Rather than resolving this tension, Tsing uses the term friction to describe the unstable, unequal, and creative forms of interconnection across difference. She notes, “Friction reminds us that heterogeneous and unequal encounters can lead to new arrangements of culture and power” (5).

    Her method: ground the work of universalizing in specific historical contexts, through the unstable and shifting arrangements of power/knowledge in the global system; likewise, frame the work of negotiation and collaboration in the aspirational and unfulfilled imaginary of a (perpetually unachieved) universalism (Lynes). The work of encounters across difference in the world thus becomes a model for critical and cultural production, the careful theorization of discrepant conjunctures rather than a single-minded cultural explanation. With respect to global pictures, the figure of friction similarly figures the work of representation in and across local contexts. Not only is Tahrir Square not Zuccotti Park, but Facebook in Cairo is not Facebook in New York. Social media produced blogger-activists and the Syrian Electronic Army;[6] the slogan “Occupy Everything” functioned teleopoietically to call forth a universal aspiration that had great mobility across anti-capitalist struggles worldwide; the printemps érable in Montréal in 2012 transcoded the printemps arabe through the semiotic slippage of near-homonyms to signal the continuity of the Québec student struggle with the larger revolutionary struggles around the world. There are “resonating intervals” in all these cases, but they are marked by friction rather than by the airless void metaphorized by McLuhan in the image of the space between the Apollo spacecraft and the earth.

    The title of Tomic’s work signals this work of friction, of difference and deferral, and of negotiation in the service of an aspirational discourse whose constancy cannot be assumed in advance. The title is a fragment of a poem by the Serbian surrealist writer and revolutionary socialist Oskar Davico. Davico developed his prose style during and after the Second World War, as an articulation of the revolutionary movement in Belgrade. The fragment itself is a promise to the future—one day—a commitment to action, to enlightenment through a call to arms, in only the most desperate of times, when light “cannot come otherwise.” Tomic’s performance and video work, however, are not simply committed to the deferral of revolutionary action to an imagined future. She cites sources specifically because of their engagement with the history of political struggle in Belgrade, and with the multiple-scale shift by which revolutionary action is spatialized in the city, the nation, and the globe. The work is also dedicated to the members of the Anarcho-Syndicalist Initiative, and contains the specific notation: Belgrade, 3 September 2009.

    In doing this, Tomic joins a return to the sites of historical struggle to the complex multiplicity of social movements in the contemporary moment—the Greek riots in December 2008, sparked by the police shooting of a fifteen-year-old student; the so-called Belgrade 6 activists, accused of inciting, assisting in, and executing an attack on the Greek embassy in Belgrade in 2009 in solidarity with Greek protestors; and by extension movements for social and economic justice through acts of solidarity around the world.

    Whereas the landscape unfolding in the video visualizes the spatial dynamics of the revolutionary events of anti-fascist struggle in World War II, the voice-over interviews with partisans provide a temporal narrative of revolutionary change and political praxis. If the lateral movement of Tomic across the sites of anti-fascist resistance is represented synchronically, horizontally, and spatially as ground, the soundtrack and Tomic’s movement itself represent the diachronic, narrative event, the figuration of an historical figure.

    The spatialization of the events of resistance can be viewed in relation to the “spatial turn” under postmodernism: the displacement of time, the spatialization of the temporal, registered by a sense of nostalgia in its apolitical form. The possibility of unification, of revolutionary consciousness voiced by the partisans who participated in both the anti-fascist resistance and the emerging Communist movement, would then be read as an expression of nostalgia for nostalgia, a mourning of memory itself, particularly for the possibility of an engaged and political art practice.  I believe, however, that Tomic wants to argue against a simple nostalgia, a regressive postmodernism; instead, she asserts the necessity of reinventing a utopian vision in contemporary politics. For Fredric Jameson, the 1960s initiated a renewal of utopian imagination coupled with “the sharp pang of the death of the modern,” but instead of coalescing into a political movement such as socialism, this coupling produced a vital range of micropolitical movements that were “properly spatial Utopias in which the transformation of social relations and political institutions are projected onto the vision of place and landscape” (160). Jameson concludes that spatialization also provides the possibility for thinking the libidinal investment of the utopian and, at the very least, the proto-political.

    Tomic’s return to the 1940s is not nostalgic for the revolutionary praxis of the period. She uses several devices to foreground the specificity of the historical moment of anti-fascism, devices that draw out the metaphorical resonances of the weapons of revolutionary struggle. One interviewer stresses the need to develop strategies of resistance suited to the incursions of power themselves:

    The fascist power, weapons, technology, tanks … We were no match for them! We had no arsenals nor weapons factories, no supplies. … People gathered to fight. Bare handed? Yes! Our weapons factories were German weapons factories, we took it from them, and beat them with their own weapons.

    In the second instance, Tomic herself stages her trespass through the contemporary streets of Belgrade carrying an AK-47 assault rifle, first developed in the Soviet Republic by Mikhail Kalashnikov in the last year of World War II. In the video, the rifle is not raised a single time. Passersby ignore Tomic’s weapon, and she carries it with the same nonchalance with which she carries a plastic bag in her other hand. Yet the weapon is historically specific and thus raises a question—the question—of political action in the contemporary moment. What weapon might serve the purposes of liberatory struggles now? How might the grounds of political action be figured, through what aesthetic and technological mediations?


    Tomic’s frenzied crossing of Belgrade in One Day materializes the frictions between the unifying work of “universal aspiration” and the discrepancies of disjunctive social processes in the global system. She does this by staging the friction of the spatial and temporal, of figure and ground, in the cinematic space of media itself. Rather than figuring nostalgia for revolution through a loss of meaning, the video’s refusal of cohesive action, and specifically its refusal to render cinematic space according to the conventions of narrative space, more strongly figures the commitment to a utopian universal aspiration.


    Narrative cinema relies on the suspension of disbelief that grants the spectator an omnipotence of vision and mastery over space. Tomic’s continuous and repetitive cutting up of space, on the other hand, refuses narrative coherence at the same time that it enacts a repetitive and circulatory motion in order to articulate the processes of rationalization and reification under capitalism. The formal quality of Tomic’s work thus visualizes—and allows us to grasp—decentered global networks and their differential work in the global system. Tomic says about the work that her “character remains imprisoned in the editing loop of the actual video, unable to find a way out, for this newly-created/old territory.” The aesthetic strategies of One Day are bound to the specificity of contemporary Belgrade, and to the historical aesthetic and material aspects of socially engaged art practice in post-Soviet republics. The commitments of the piece enact a de-virtualization of social relations and of the mediations of technology. In so doing, works such as hers highlight the real material relations that subtend the fantasy of the global village, and also the productive reanimation of other aesthetic forms in the interest of rupturing the machines of our times.


    The spatialization and temporalization of One Day reflect the process by which art practice becomes mediated, comes to consciousness as media within a system, and takes on the status of the medium in question. Rather than a heap of fragments (endless posts of amateur video, posters and pictures discarded in the street), protest media may constitute a Gesamtkunstwerk, a synthesis of discontinuous shots, fragments, and historical events through—in this case—the synthesizing force of “creative geography.” The political specificity of Tomic’s work is contained in the spatial and temporal specificity of the referent. Not the production of a utopian space, but rather, in Jameson’s terms again, “the production of the concept of such space” (165). In doing so, Tomic asks about the possibility of representing universal aspirations, about the complexity of positing the unity of social struggle in the deferred and teleopoietic work of time-based media.

    Tomic’s piece is therefore not a representation of the interconnectedness between social contexts made possible by new communications technology, not a celebration of protest in the global village, but a question posed in and through media art about the role of scale-making itself for representation and for understanding global and local imaginaries. Her performative act does not act in the service of counter-posing the local against the abstract force of globalization; it is a conjuring of the specificity of universal aspirations in actions, icons, and aesthetic forms. Tomic thus evokes the history of anti-fascist resistance in and for contemporary (globalized) movements.
    One Day theorizes space through the fragmented but continuous movement of crossing back and forth across the spaces of revolutionary struggle. Tomic’s movement organizes this “creative geography,” even as her figure is meant principally to dissolve into ground, to stage the sites and conditions of revolutionary struggle. Jameson argues:

    [W]hat surely becomes a fundamental property of the stream of signs in our video context [is that] they change places; that no single sign ever retains priority as a topic of the operation; that the situation in which one sign functions as the interpretant of another is more than provisional, it is subject to change without notice; and in the ceaselessly rotating momentum with which we have to do here, our two signs occupy each other’s positions in a bewildering and well-nigh permanent exchange. (87)

    Fig. 1 Milica Tomic, One day

    The frictions of originary event and secondary one, of figure and ground, of temporal and spatial explanatory frameworks also reverse the causality of political action, in keeping with the shock quality of the conditions of life in the globalized present, marked by financial crises but also by resistance to autocratic rule, corruption, and austerity around the world. These frictions put into question the direction of cinematic migration, such that the origin of the cinematic event is undone from within, in the echoes between two terms that don’t resolve into primary and secondary, figure and ground, cause and effect.

    In this regard, W.J.T. Mitchell argues that the icons of the global revolution of 2011 specifically were “not of face but of space; not figures, but the negative space or ground against which a figure appears” (“Image” 9). For Mitchell, the anti-iconic images served to protect protesters against police repression, but also (through Guy Fawkes masks in New York) to figure anonymity as the face of the assembled masses. Instead of icons of revolutionary agency, the revolutionary movements have figured occupation itself as the icon of revolt. The strategy of occupation frequently involves the taking up of space to stage the refusal to make present a set of definite demands. (Mitchell cites as examples silent vigils by Buddhist groups, the wearing of gags or tape over the mouth, and the technology of the “mic check.”) He argues, “The aim, in other words, is not to seize power but to manifest the latent power of refusal and to create the foundational space of the political as such, what Hannah Arendt calls ‘the space of appearance’ that is created when people assemble to speak and act together as equals” (“Image” 10).

    Similarly, the footage included in One Day focuses on a referent—the precise location of historical events—but Tomic’s action presents instead the “abstraction of an empty stage, a place of the Event, a bounded space in which something may happen and before which one waits in formal expectation” (Jameson 92). As nothing actually happens in the footage, the place becomes “degraded back into space,” the “reified space of the modern city, quantified and measurable, in which land and earth are parceled out in so many commodities and lots for sale” (Jameson 92). This is foregrounded in Tomic’s crossing back and forth in front of a shopping mall, formerly the site of the first act of sabotage on the part of the People’s Liberation Movement: setting fire to a cistern in the yard of the “Ford” garage on Grobljanska Street.

    In the voice-over narratives, by contrast, we have a series of (un-visualized) events, the events of resistance, of successful attacks. Beyond the mediating framework of testimony and visual display, the referent itself is disclosed: the fact of resistance across the frames of reference, not encapsulated by them, with no originary event. The problem of reference is located in and through the medium, in its synthesizing work, stripped of the utopian aspirations of the former period. The structural logic of the tape is in its process of production, rather than in its content. The images of bridges, train tracks, and bus stations foreground the colliding forms of globalizing processes, and thus also of media strategies, which visualize the frictional force of time-based media rather than its resonating interval.

    Fig. 1.  Milica Tomic, One day, instead of one night, a burst of machine gun fire will flash, if light cannot come otherwise (2009). Photo by Srdjan Veljovic. Used by permission. Courtesy of the artist.

    Tomic has reflected on her use of Kuleshov’s editing technique:

    This territory, even though it is made up of emancipatory politics, decisions and actions, is imprisoned and occupied by a new time, the era of permanent war. Therefore, a new politics is not to be found yet, and that is why my character, even though she knows precisely where she is going, still wanders and roams, remaining imprisoned within a framework given long ago. But this character, even though she waits and wanders, knows what she is looking for on the basis of previous experience: a new universalistic politics, outside organizations, movements and groups, solitary, singular but international. (“One Day”)

    Fig. 2. Poster circulated during the Arab Spring

    Tomic locates the public intervention and video work in the context of “permanent war” and discourses of terrorism in the twenty-first century. Today, resistance is recoded as terrorism, and languages of security and anti-terrorism justify state acts of violence. For Tomic, the resistance of the Partisan movement would be read today as terrorism, even though their actions were anti-fascist and revolutionary, acts of “war against war.”

    This recoding is foregrounded by Tomic’s frenzied return time and time again to the railway bridge on Kardordeva Street, no longer crossing it to and fro, backwards and forwards, in the time of historical memory, but approaching it from above and below, crisscrossing the site in a frenetic questioning pattern. The bridge—now covered in graffiti, an out-of-the-way space—is actually the site of a prevented action. Miladin Zaric, a teacher from Belgrade who lived in the vicinity, noticed that German soldiers were transporting packages of explosives to the bridge. Zaric had been an army officer and had participated in the liberation wars in 1912. Using a spade to cut the conductors that would detonate the explosives, he prevented the Germans from blowing up the bridge in 1944 as they were retreating.

    Tomic’s piece provides an allegory for the work of universal aspiration in the anachronistic, defamiliarized language of creative geography. The term occupy similarly functioned to name a universal aspiration, to “mark space,” in the language of creative geography. This follows Mitchell’s argument regarding the rhetorical force of the poster “Occupy Everything,” which marks “occupy” as a “transitive verb” that can take objects from specific places and historical conjunctures (Wall Street, Tahrir Square) and expand or contract them to or from the entire world (“Image” 12). In such global pictures, there is the consciousness that media doesn’t fill a void, that friction exists between the incommensurable scales of “occupation,” in the moments and spaces in which protest is articulated.

    The frictions of media technologies and languages in the contemporary moment highlight both the multiplicity and unity of representational counter-regimes that are articulated in local idioms, respond to (and are entangled with) the official channels of dominant visual culture, and summoned out of the actions of resistance and the icons of state violence. Such counter-regimes are also unified by representational translations that mirror conditions elsewhere. Mitchell, for instance, notes that the establishment of medical facilities, food services, libraries, clothing dispensaries, and communication centers in Zuccotti Park and Tahrir Square constituted “a positive mirroring of that other form of the encampment that has become so ubiquitous on the world stage, the shanty towns and improvised refugee camps that spring up wherever a population finds itself displaced, homeless, or thrust into a state of emergency” (“Image” 14). Aesthetic strategies gesture towards the universal aspiration of a global or regional uprising, as, for instance, the poster in which the names of the countries Libya, Bahrain, Yemen, Iran, Algeria, Tunisia, and Egypt are aligned vertically so that their selected letters spell out “LIBERATE” (see Fig. 2), or the semiotic slippage cited above between the printemps arabe and the printemps érable in Montréal.

    Fig. 2. Poster circulated during the Arab Spring.

    In each of these cases, the formal and aesthetic strategies are central to figuring the potential of protest media (infrastructures, icons, and idioms) as forms rather than simply platforms. Media in their reflexive forms articulate social and economic conjunctures, examining how specific representational processes have material, social, and semiotic effects, interpellating different audiences and viewing positions, drawing from idiomatic and accented semiotic codes, and referring to social realities that require complex mediating frameworks. Activist art thus has the potential to theorize the possibilities of new media in producing a complex and emancipatory unity, under the sway of globalization but not sheltered behind the walls of the global village.

    Footnotes

    [1] This essay was written more than a year before the widespread protest that followed the failure to indict Officer Darren Wilson in the shooting of Mike Brown, the failure to indict Officer Daniel Pantaleo in the chokehold death of Eric Garner, and the shooting death of Tamir Rice. Its analysis is closely bound to the global dimensions of the social movements that erupted in 2011 and 2012 and does not (and cannot) address the complexity of the moving demonstrations that emerged in November and December of 2014 in response to systematic police violence against black bodies in the US and elsewhere.

    [2] One such protest in Houston, in this case at a meeting of the world’s top energy executives, involved activists dressed in pig costumes to represent the greed of the 1% (Ordonez).

    [3] The relations between art activism and protest movements have been twofold: On the one hand, the language of occupation has been mobilized for activism in the art world. For instance, an activist art group sought to “occupy” an artwork by Japanese artist Tadashi Kawamata and architect Christophe Scheidegger entitled “Favela Café” at the 2013 Art Basel fair (“Police”). On the other hand, activist artists have produced art interventions in support of protest movements or issues. An example of this form of activist art includes the Occupy L.A. “Chalk Walk,” an art action planned to coincide with a monthly gallery night (“Art Walk”). In this action, protestors took to the streets with colored chalk, and transformed the downtown landscape into a gallery of artworks and political messages written on walls and sidewalks (Trimarco).

    [4] While McLuhan’s understanding of media was especially attuned to the developments of broadcast television in the 1950s and ’60s, the development of the Internet in the 1990s rekindled McLuhan’s media theory for describing the possibilities of the World Wide Web for materializing the “global village.” The financial failures of the twenty-first century (the dot-com bust followed by the housing crisis) have made appeals to the “global village” doubly out of step with the times (with the promises of both modernity and postmodernity). It is interesting that the very critiques of the speculative capitalism that produced the financial crises of the last decade are seen (by champions of social media) to represent the promise of the “global village.” For a historicization of McLuhan’s optimism, and the ensuing cynicism of Baudrillard in the 1980s, see Huyssen 6-17.

    [5] While McLuhan’s notion of a “resonating interval” might describe the space between the different instantiations of “Occupy” around the world, we might also be tempted to consider the space between social movements not as a resonating but rather as what Trinh T. Minh-ha calls a “reflexive” interval, “where a positioning within constantly incurs the risk of de-positioning, and where the work, never freed from historical and socio-political contexts nor entirely subjected to them, can only be itself by constantly risking being no-thing” (48).
    [6] Government online forums such as the Syrian Electronic Army have passed off staged footage as on the ground accounts and, conversely, accused amateur producers of doctoring images in Photoshop to produce false visual proof of police brutality. See Dickinson 133.

    Works Cited

    • Bellafante, Ginia. “Gunning for Wall Street, With Faulty Aim.” New York Times. The New York Times Company, 23 September 2011. Web. 14 August 2013.
    • Dickinson, Kay. “In Focus: Middle Eastern Media.” Cinema Journal. 52.1 (Fall 2012). Print.
    • Do Not Kill Registry. N.p., n.d. Web. 3 October 2013. http://www.donotkill.net.
    • Fernandes, Sujatha. “The Mixtape of the Revolution.” The New York Times. The New York Times Company, 29 January 2012. Web. 3 October 2013.
    • Grossberg , Lawrence. Cultural Studies in the Future Tense. Durham: Duke UP, 2010.
    • Groys, Boris. 2008. Art Power. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2008.
    • Heath, Stephen. Questions of Cinema. Bloomington: Indiana UP, 1981. Print.
    • Huyssen, Andreas. “In the Shadow of McLuhan: Jean Baudrillard’s Theory of Simulation.” Assemblage 10 (December 1989). Print.
    • Jenkins, Henry, Sam Ford, and Joshua Green. Spreadable Media: Creating Value and Meaning in a Networked Culture. New York: New York UP, 2013. Print.
    • Kilkenny, Allison. “Correcting the Abysmal ‘New York Times’ Coverage of Occupy Wall Street.” The Nation. The Nation, 26 September 2011. Web. 15 August 2013.
    • Kuleshov, Lev. Kuleshov on Film: Writings of Lev Kuleshov. Ed and trans. Ronald Levaco. Berkeley: U of California P, 1974. Print.
    • Lynes, Krista Geneviève. “A Discrepant Conjuncture: Feminist Theorizing Across Media Cultures.” Ada: Journal of Gender, New Media, and Technology. Issue 1.15 November 2012. Web. 14 Aug. 2013.
    • McLuhan, Marshall. Understanding Media: The Extensions of Man. New York: McGraw Hill, 1964. Print.
    • McLuhan, Marshall and Bruce R. Powers. The Global Village: Transformations in World Life and Media in the 21st Century. New York: Oxford UP, 1989. Print.
    • Mitchell, W.J.T. “Image, Space, Revolution: The Arts of Occupation.” Critical Inquiry. 39.1 (Autumn 2012): 8-32. Web. 12 Dec. 2015.
    • —. “Preface to Occupy: Three Inquiries in Disobedience.” Critical Inquiry 39:1 (Autumn 2012): 1-7. Web. 12 Dec. 2015.
    • Mulvey, Laura. “Visual Pleasure and Narrative Cinema.” Feminism and Film. E. Ann Kaplan (Editor). Oxford: Oxford UP, 2000.
    • Ordonez, Isabel. “Occupy Spirit Spreads from Wall Street to Oil Conference.” The Wall Street Journal. Dow Jones and Company, Inc., 6 March 2012. Web. 14 August 2013.
    • Paik, Nam June. Global Groove. Video. 1973.
    • Penny, Laurie. “Cyberactivism from Egypt to Occupy Wall Street.” The Nation. The Nation, 11 October 2011. Web. 14 August 2013.
    • “Police v.s. ‘Favela Café’ Occupation at Art Basel (Switzerland).” ArtLeaks. ArtLeaks, 17 June 2013. Web. 14 August 2013.
    • Tomic, Milica. “One day, instead of one night, a burst of machine-gun fire will flash, if light cannot come otherwise.” Milica Tomic. WordPress.com, n.d. Web. 1 Feb. 2013. <https://milicatomic.wordpress.com/works/one-day-instead-of-one-nighta-burst-of-machine-gun-fire-will-flash-if-light-cannot-come-otherwise/>.
    • —. One day, instead of one night, a burst of machine gun fire will flash, if light cannot come otherwise (Oskar Davico—fragment of a poem). Video. 2009.
    • Trimarco, James. “Occupy Los Angeles Blends Art & Activism.” YES! Magazine. Positive Futures Network, 1 Aug. 2012. Web. 14 Aug. 2013.
    • Trinh, T. Minh-ha. When the Moon Waxes Red: Representation, Gender and Cultural Politics. New York: Routledge, 1991. Print.
    • Tsing, Anna. Friction: An Ethnography of Global Connection. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2005. Print.
    • “We Are All Khaled Said.” Facebook, 10 June 2010. Web. 3 Oct. 2013. https://www.facebook.com/ElShaheeed.
  • “Blind Representation”: On the Epic Naiveté of the Cinema

    Michael D’Arcy (bio)
    St. Francis Xavier University

    Abstract

    This essay argues that Theodor Adorno’s reflections on the novel form respond to a problem that is focused in his commentaries on the cinema: how to develop forms of aesthetic rationality at a historical moment in which medium-specific aesthetic reflection may be obsolete. Adorno’s commentaries on novelistic and filmic language register this historical situation of art. At the same time, this line of thought serves a crucial underlying interest of Adorno’s aesthetic theory – to maintain art’s thought of uneven development, its vanishing distinction from the technological forms of its social context.

    In The Language of New Media (2001), Lev Manovich calls attention to an oddity in the development of computer-generated images in film. These images, in films such as Terminator 2 (1991) and Jurassic Park (1993), initially appeared “too perfect” or “too real.” In order to appear like photographic images, the computer graphics of these films needed to be “degraded”: “their perfection had to be diluted to match the imperfection of film’s graininess” (201-02). This effect was achieved, for example, by reducing the resolution of the computer-generated images or softening their edges through computer-generated algorithms, procedures that allowed the images to blend with film footage. The unwelcome excessive detail and sharpness of computer-generated images, and the attempt to overcome this quality, suggest an ambiguous regression in technical development, a movement that proceeds in opposing directions simultaneously, forward and backward: at once a technological advancement and an apparent regression to the “imperfection” or lack of technical mastery that marked an earlier stage of development.

    Framed in these terms, this moment echoes an earlier juncture in the history of thinking about film, one that also involved a discrepancy between the demands of cinematic work and the contemporary state of technological advancement. In his 1966 commentary “Transparencies on Film,” Theodor Adorno notes the particular situation of cinema at the moment he is writing, in which “awkward and unprofessional cinema” may play a certain role:

    While in autonomous art anything lagging behind the already established technical standard does not rate, vis-à-vis the culture industry—whose standard excludes everything but the predigested and the already integrated, just as the cosmetic trade eliminates facial wrinkles—works which have not completely mastered their technique, conveying as a result something consolingly uncontrolled and accidental, have a liberating quality. (199)

    Adorno’s interest in film aesthetics is usually associated with his attempt to think about cinematic construction or montage, which would run counter to the semblance of mimetic immediacy in the filmic medium. In the passage cited above, however, we get a different scenario: the construction of film as art is apparently seen as involving not an imminent progress or mastery of cinematic technique, but rather a relaxing or deterioration of such technique.[1] As Adorno goes on to elaborate, in contrast to the “semblance of immediacy” achieved by the advanced technological procedures of the cinematic products of the culture industry, “film … must search for other means of conveying immediacy: improvisation which systematically surrenders itself to unguided chance should rank high among the possible alternatives” (“Transparencies” 200).

    In light of the division between mass culture and autonomous art associated with Adorno’s work, the juxtaposition framed above might appear counterintuitive. On one prominent reading of “Transparencies on Film,” Adorno is interested in thinking about the possibility of film aesthetics, of film as a mode of reflection involving work on specific, historically mediated, aesthetic materials.[2] Accordingly, his “surrender” to chance is seen as intrinsic to the development of cinematic technique, understood as distinct from the broader state of technological advancement that feeds into the development of the cinema (Miriam Hansen, Cinema 218). Given that Terminator 2 and Jurassic Park are prototypical Hollywood blockbusters, the fate of their computer-generated images is apparently not the technological backwardness suggested in “Transparencies on Film.” In contrast to Adorno’s “awkward and unprofessional cinema,” the later move to a condition of relative technological backwardness—the degrading of the computer-generated images—apparently develops according to a calculation of audience response and expectations and is thus congruent with the reduction of cultural products to the status of art commodities.

    To say this much raises the problem of the distinction between autonomous art and mass culture that has been a staple of commentary on Adorno and the Frankfurt School more generally. While it is usually commentaries following from the posthumous publication of Adorno’s Aesthetic Theory (1970) that locate the challenge to this distinction, there is a prominent line of thought in Adorno’s writings on mass culture and on Samuel Beckett, and in certain moments in the Aesthetic Theory, that either challenges the distinction between art and mass culture or renders it ambiguous and undecidable. The conclusion of Adorno’s “Trying to Understand Endgame” (1961), for example, proclaims the loss of distinction between the nihilistic products of the culture industry and the autonomous artwork, with its promise of reconciliation or transcendence of historical actuality: “The last absurdity is that the peacefulness of the void and the peacefulness of reconciliation cannot be distinguished from one another” (Notes 274). Eva Geulen registers this point when she writes, “what the close of the Beckett essay formulates so pointedly … can already be found in the excursus on the culture industry in the Dialectic of Enlightenment. There, the relationship between good art and bad culture industry is not merely antagonistic, but strictly reciprocal” (99).[3] Given this dimension of Adorno’s thought, the comparison of his reflections in “Transparencies on Film” with the technological travails of the 1990s Hollywood blockbuster arguably follows from a logic intrinsic to his reflections on mass culture and modernism. Extending this line of thought, one underlying interest of the following reflections is the pertinence of Adorno’s thinking about film for a contemporary situation in which digitization and the proliferation of new media technologies raise (again) the issue of the relationship between technology and art.[4] Adorno has not, for the most part, been a central reference point in discussions of art and digital technology. Books by David Joselit and Mark Hansen on art and new media suggest that Walter Benjamin’s writings on mass culture, in particular the well-known thesis of the decline of the aura, have a greater currency in addressing the contemporary media environment than those of Adorno.[5] This assessment apparently reflects a received conception of Adorno as invested in the category of the autonomous artwork, in contradistinction to mass culture.[6] This lingering sense of a division in Adorno’s work between art and non-art has apparently militated against his currency in attempts to account for the new media environment.

    However, at a moment when the problem of art’s criticality and autonomy is receiving renewed critical consideration,[7] Adorno’s reflections on cinema, and his thinking about the relationship between technology and aesthetic technique more broadly, merit attention. Where Benjamin’s well-known writings on film tend to consign the category of autonomous art to historical obsolescence, Adorno’s reflections on the cinema continue to grapple with the status of aesthetic technique, as a distinctive form or rationality, in the era of technical reproducibility, even as this strand of his work suggests the obsolescence of medium-specific artistic reflection and the concurrent waning of the distinction between art and mass culture. This fraught negotiation, in other words, remains cognizant of the claims of both “torn halves of an integral freedom,” to evoke Adorno’s striking description of cinema and “great art” in his famous epistolary debate with Benjamin of the 1930s (Adorno and Benjamin 130). For this reason, Adorno’s reflections on film bear consideration at a moment in which, as Peter Osborne argues, “art’s authority and critical function remain problems within contemporary culture” (7). One way that Adorno confronts this problem, especially in his work dating from the 1950s and 1960s, is in articulating together the formal dynamics of the cinema and the linguistic dynamics of the novel. I will argue that this co-articulation of novelistic and cinematic language may be seen as a response to the problem of how to maintain a function of aesthetic technique, as a specific mode of rationality, in an era in which historical developments have rendered obsolete the project of medium-specific aesthetic reflection.[8] In other words, Adorno’s reflections on novelistic-filmic language serve a crucial underlying interest of his aesthetic theory—to maintain the possibility of art’s uneven development, of art’s thought of uneven development, its vanishing distinction from the technological forms of its social context.

    One of the most pervasive positions in commentary on Adorno and mass culture is that he is suspicious of the cinematic medium due to its capacity to create a semblance of visual immediacy. The underlying obstacle for the project of thinking together the categories of film and art, for the possibility of film aesthetics, has been located in this dimension of film, which runs contrary to the demands of aesthetic construction and autonomy. The corollary of this proposition is that the way forward for a critical version of film art lies in its development of techniques that emphasize the role of rational construction immanent to the cinematic medium. In more particular terms, Adorno is commonly seen to embrace cinematic montage—the discontinuous editing associated with the work of Sergei Eisenstein and subsequently with the avant-garde cinema of Alexander Kluge and others—as a corrective to the filmic medium’s tendency to privilege the represented object rather than the components of aesthetic construction.[9]

    Adorno’s work clearly provides some authorization for this reading. In “Transparencies on Film,” he writes that an “obvious answer” to the dilemma faced by film “is that of montage which does not interfere with things but rather arranges them in a constellation akin to that of writing” (203). As Miriam Hansen has emphasized, however, “Transparencies on Film” equivocates about the “viability” of montage (Cinema 221-24). Adorno writes, in a continuation of the passage cited immediately above, that “pure montage, without the addition of intentionality in its elements, does not derive intention merely from the principle itself. It seems illusory to claim that through the renunciation of all meaning … meaning will emerge from the reproduced material itself” (203). This suspicion of cinematic montage reprises Adorno’s earlier criticism of the methodology of Benjamin’s work-in-progress of the 1930s, when he called attention to Benjamin’s “questionable procedure of ‘abstention’” (Adorno and Benjamin 282).[10] If, on Adorno’s account, one underlying problem with montage is the sacrifice of subjective rationality and intentionality, this problem also arises in conjunction with the photographic basis of film: “the photographic process of film, primarily representational, places a higher intrinsic significance on the object, as foreign to subjectivity, than aesthetically autonomous techniques…. Even where film dissolves and modifies its objects as much as it can, the disintegration is never complete. Consequently, it does not permit absolute construction” (Adorno, “Transparencies” 202).

    Taken together, these two aspects of Adorno’s “Transparencies on Film”—its doubts about the procedure of montage and its suspicion of the photographic basis of film—suggest that the threat to autonomy and rationality associated with mass culture and its technologies continues to preoccupy Adorno’s thinking about film. In other words, the well-known intervention of Dialectic of Enlightenment (1944), which insists on the sacrifice of subjective autonomy attending on the development of mass culture, is not far from the reflections of “Transparencies on Film,” a commentary ostensibly devoted to reflection on the aesthetic possibilities of film. As commentators have recognized, Adorno’s thinking remains equivocal and ambivalent regarding the aesthetic capabilities of film.[11] Miriam Hansen argues that the “heart of the problem that Adorno confronts for a film aesthetics appears to be that the photographic basis of the moving image privileges the representational object over aesthetically autonomous procedures” (Cinema 220). To frame things in this way, however, is to overly circumscribe the central issues Adorno addresses. The larger problem for the attempt to reconcile film with the category of autonomous art is whether it is possible to distinguish a function of aesthetic technique from the broader condition of technological development in the given historical context. In this regard, Adorno’s thinking about film converges with his address to the possibility of aesthetic rationality more generally. An excursus through Adorno’s Aesthetic Theory helps focus the antinomy involved here. Adorno’s formulations in this text indicate that the distinction between technology and aesthetic technique is fundamental for the preservation of aesthetic rationality; to erase this distinction runs the risk of collapsing the distance between art and the empirical world, thus precluding the possibility of aesthetic autonomy. Thinking along these lines, Aesthetic Theory argues that “even in film, industrial and aesthetic-craftsmanlike elements diverge under socioeconomic pressure. The radical industrialization of art, its undiminished adaptation to the achieved technical standards, collides with what in art resists integration” (217). At issue here, however, is not a secure opposition between artistic technique and technology, between art and non-art, but rather a scenario of constitutive heteronomy in which the autonomy of the aesthetic sphere is invaded by technology: “art is modern when, by its mode of experience and as the expression of crisis of experience, it absorbs what industrialization has developed under the given relations of production” (Aesthetic Theory 34). There is thus an antinomy intrinsic to Adorno’s account of the relation between aesthetic technique and technology. Autonomous art necessarily integrates the most advanced techniques of capitalist production—it registers the technological development of its historical moment—but such integration threatens the status of aesthetic language and critical distance. And as “Transparencies on Film” suggests, this threat to aesthetic language is brought to a pitch in film: “the late emergence of film makes it difficult to distinguish between technique and technology as clearly as it is possible in music…. Film suggests the equation of technique and technology since, as Benjamin observed, the cinema has no original which is then reproduced on a mass scale: the mass product is the thing itself” (200).

    Adorno’s commentary on montage unfolds as an instantiation of this antinomy. Montage maintains the principle intrinsic to autonomous art of rational control over aesthetic materials; at the same time, this situation involves a convergence between montage and forms of rationality and technological control that are external to art: “Art wants to admit its powerlessness vis-à-vis late capitalist totality and to initiate its abrogation. Montage is the inner-aesthetic capitulation of art to what stands heterogeneously opposed to it” (Aesthetic Theory 155). The convergence between montage and extra-aesthetic forms of rationality is thus a crucial component of the autonomous artwork, but this dynamic also entails the dissolution of aesthetic rationality as a distinct category: “the idea of montage and that of technological construction, which is inseparable from it, becomes irreconcilable with the idea of the radical, fully formed artwork with which it was once recognized as being identical…. The technique [montage] no longer suffices to trigger communication between the aesthetic and the extra-aesthetic” (Aesthetic Theory 155-56).

    In view of this understanding of the underlying stakes of Adorno’s thinking about cinema, and the limitation that he sees in the principle of montage, I want to propose an approach that stakes a distance from the oppositions that have oriented discussions of Adorno and the cinema so far—the oppositions between avant-garde montage and the standardized practices of the culture industry, aesthetic construction and the false immediacy of the cinematic image. “Transparencies on Film” and Aesthetic Theory in fact suggest another approach to the problem of aesthetic technique instantiated by the cinema. Aesthetic Theory insists that “aesthetic rationality demands that all artistic means reach the utmost determinacy in themselves and according to their own function” (35), but this scenario of stringent aesthetic rationality is subsequently qualified when Adorno introduces the suggestion that a slackening or relaxation of technique, a “reduction of means,” may serve a crucial function for art: “The current tendency, evident in media of all kinds, to manipulate accident is probably an effort to avoid old-fashioned and effectively superfluous craftsman-like methods in art without delivering art over to the instrumental rationality of mass production” (216-17). At this point we are brought back to the problem of film’s relationship to aesthetic technique; this passage echoes the scenario, evoked at the opening of “Transparencies on Film,” of an “awkward and unprofessional” cinema that submits to a loss of rational control or “systematically surrenders itself to unguided chance.” This strand of Adorno’s work thus suggests an ambiguous surrender of subjective intentionality, a relinquishment of rational control that appears not as a weakness or limitation attending on the dynamics of the filmic medium, but rather as a possible way forward for cinematic reflection. This surrender of subjective control appears to be of a different order than the unfortunate and unwelcome surrender of subjective intentionality or rational construction evoked in Adorno’s comments on montage and the photographic basis of film. In contrast to the undesirable sacrifice of subjective intentionality, Adorno’s “awkward and unprofessional” cinema, with its oxymoronic scenario of the planned surrender of subjective control, raises the possibility that such self-relinquishment may in fact be intrinsic to a particular mode or reflection located with the cinematic medium.[12]

    This mode of reflection is elaborated in a subsequent passage of “Transparencies on Film” that outlines another approach to the problem of a mode of aesthetic technique germane to the cinema. After noting that “it appears impossible to derive norms of criticism from cinematographic technique as such,” Adorno continues,

    Irrespective of the technological origins of cinema, film will do better to base itself on a subject mode of experience which film resembles and which constitutes its artistic character. A person who, after a year in the city, spends a few weeks in the mountains abstaining from all work, may unexpectedly experience colorful images of landscapes consolingly coming over him or her in dreams or daydreams. These images do not merge into one another in a continuous flow, but are rather set off against each other in their appearance, much like the magic lantern slides of our childhood. It is in the discontinuity of their movement that the images of the interior monologue resemble the phenomenon of writing: the latter similarly moving before our eyes while fixed in their discrete signs. (201)

    For the purposes of my discussion, what requires consideration here is the unintentional nature of the mode of experience Adorno evokes. The passage suggests an ambiguous relinquishing of rational control that is intrinsic to a heteronomy constitutive of the filmic medium. This raises the problem, however, of distinguishing this experience from the sacrifice of subjective autonomy involved in the distraction, regression, or loss of critical distance that marks the experience (Erlebnis) of the culture industry.

    To address this question it is useful to consider other points in Adorno’s oeuvre that also suggest this mode of filmic experience. Minima Moralia’s (1951) comments on cinema communicate with the above-cited passage from “Transparencies,” while adding an inflection that connects this reflection on film with Adorno’s understanding of the contemporary status of novelistic language. Distinguishing a form of filmic “radical naturalism” from the “pseudo-realism of the culture industry,” Adorno writes, “if film were to give itself up to the blind representation of everyday life, following the precepts of, say, Zola, as would indeed be practicable with moving photography and sound recording, the result would be a construction alien to the visual habits of the audience, diffuse, unarticulated, outwards…. The film would turn into an associative stream of images” (Minima 141-42). While the “stream of images” evoked here appears to be a version of the images of “dreams or daydreams” with which “Transparencies” associates film experience, what comes into clearer focus in this passage is the scenario of ambiguous self-relinquishing that is intrinsic to the program of “radical naturalism.” This program is presented as an alternative to the modus operandi of the products of the culture industry, and thus presumably offers a path for film as an autonomous aesthetic language. At the same time, the scenario of film giving “itself up to the blind representation of everyday life” does not sound like an operation of aesthetic negation, transcendence, or separation from the empirical world.

    Adorno’s thought process here may be clarified if we consider more closely the notion of “blind representation.” Elsewhere in his oeuvre, the paradigmatic scenario of “blind representation” is epic narration: “it is no accident that tradition has it that Homer was blind,” Adorno states in “On Epic Naiveté,” a commentary that he composed with Max Horkheimer in 1943 during the preparation of Dialectic of Enlightenment. This commentary conceives of “epic naiveté,” or “narrative stupidity,” as “a stubborn clinging to the particular when it has already been dissolved into the universal,” a stalling of narrative progress, and a futile “attempt to emancipate representation from reflective reason” (Notes 25-27). This tendency in language is not restricted to works usually characterized as epics: nineteenth- and twentieth-century fiction and poetry also exemplify epic naiveté. The conclusion of this commentary indicates the convergence between Adorno’s reflections on epic language and film:

    in those [epic] poems the force of the historical tendency at work in the language and subject matter is so strong that in the course of the proceedings taking place between subjectivity and mythology human beings and things are transformed into mere arenas through the blindness with which the epic delivers itself over to their representation…. It is the objective transformation of pure representation, detached from meaning, into the allegory of history that becomes visible in the logical disintegration of epic language…. It is only by abandoning meaning that epic discourse comes to resemble the image, a figure of objective meaning emerging from the negation of subjectively rational meaning. (Notes 28-29)

    Taking up the problem of interpretation that inheres in the estranged cultural form or object—the commodity or the allegorical object, disengaged from human aims or use value—Adorno alludes to the reorientation around language and medium that informs Benjamin’s work in the 1930s. Adorno’s evocation of the image or figure emerging in language echoes Benjamin’s conception of the dialectical image: “The dialectical image is an image that emerges suddenly, in a flash” (Benjamin 473).[13] Adorno’s account suggests that the image may emerge unbidden, not as a product of subjective volition. This meditation on language, like Benjamin’s, thus suggests a circumvention of subjective intentionality or productivity that verges on being a passive or receptive attitude. This scenario, moreover, converges with Adorno’s accounts of cinematic experience and language, in “Transparencies” and elsewhere, that foreground the heteronomy intrinsic to the cinematic medium. At the same time, this strand of thought raises the problem of the sacrifice of critical subjectivity.

    Adorno’s account of historical images as “instruments of human reason” in “The Actuality of Philosophy” (1931) stipulates that “every other conception of models would be gnostic and indefensible” (131). If we juxtapose this comment with the emergent image evoked in “On Epic Naiveté,” or with the writings on film that suggest a relinquishing of intentionality, it is unclear how these scenarios avoid the “indefensible” gnostic sacrifice of the human subject. Here reflection on the epic and the novel becomes a crucial reference point. In “On Epic Naiveté” and elsewhere in Adorno’s oeuvre, the epic and the novel become important for his framing of an ambiguous, possibly only strategic, relinquishing of critical subjectivity. Epic naiveté may lose itself in “the attempt to emancipate representation from reflective reason,” apparently sacrificing its critical distance or capacity, but for Adorno this surrender of reason may only be a strategic ruse, to evoke Hegel’s notion of the cunning of reason. Adorno’s formulations in “On Epic Naiveté,” which balance between regression and enlightenment, the relinquishing of critical distance and its ambiguous persistence, suggest this possibility of strategic self-renunciation; narrative “looks” into the abyss, or moves to “the edge of madness,” hovering on the brink of dissolution, while at the same time epic naiveté is presented as an “anti-mythological enterprise” (Notes 25-27). This ambiguous self-divestiture is suggested in the account of Odysseus in Dialectic of Enlightenment: “Odysseus, like the heroes of all true novels after him, throws himself away in order to win himself” (38-39).

    The formulation “throwing away in order to win” alludes to a comment by Georg Lukács in The Theory of the Novel (1920): “this is the paradox of the subjectivity of the great epic, its ‘throwing away in order to win’: creative subjectivity becomes lyrical, but, exceptionally, the subjectivity which simply accepts, which humbly transforms itself into a purely receptive organ of the world, can partake of the grace of having the whole revealed to it” (53). The epic subject is receptive and passive rather than spontaneous or productive, and this condition contrasts with “the productivity of spirit” at issue in the world of the novel (Lukács 33). But while Lukács locates this gesture of “throwing away in order to win” with “the subjectivity of the great epic,” The Theory of the Novel indicates that this scenario is not confined to the epic per se, but remains a possibility circulating in the historical situation of the novel. For example, according to Lukács, Gustave Flaubert’s L’Éducation sentimentale attains “true epic objectivity” through a submission to the disintegration of “outside reality” and an abstention from subjective “unification”: “the separate fragments of reality lie before us in all their hardness, brokenness, and isolation…. This novel, of all novels of the nineteenth century, is one of the most typical of the novel form; in the unmitigated desolation of its elements it is the only novel that attains true epic objectivity” (124). At such moments we face a confusion between the form-giving, productive subject of modernity and the receptiveness and absence of interpretation that Lukács ascribes to epic subjectivity. If this confusion runs the risk of abandoning systematicity, it also perpetuates the normative aspiration to overcome the estrangement between meaningful forms and the enabling (material and other) conditions of such forms.

    This line of thought would be taken up by Adorno in his reflections on the epic and the novel—the logic of the epic is not simply opposed to the novel and the antinomies of capitalist modernity, but rather situated as part of the project of enlightenment.[14] This reflection on the novel provides a framework for Adorno to elaborate on the condition of the distracted subject of modernity developed by Benjamin and Siegfried Kracauer, especially in their writings on film and mass culture. This point is more or less explicit in “The Position of the Narrator in the Contemporary Novel” (1954). Here Adorno says that the contemporary novel (a category that for him includes the work of Kafka, Joyce, Proust, and presumably Beckett) produces both “shocks” that destroy “the reader’s contemplative security” and a corresponding abolition of “aesthetic distance,” and he compares this tendency of the novel to the logic of the filmic medium (Notes 34-36). Adorno thus reads the contemporary European novel as coextensive with the distraction and erosion of auratic distance that Benjamin associated with technologies of mechanical reproducibility and the experience of modernity more generally.[15] This is Adorno’s  particular approach to the weakening of subjectivity that he sees accompanying the development of the culture industry. But this vein of his work also involves a lingering possibility of the survival of enlightened thought: to insert the scenario of distracted subjectivity into an account of novelistic language allows Adorno  to avoid the definitive eclipse of rational reflection to which he feared Benjamin’s thought at times led.[16] In this way the form of the contemporary novel converges with the stratagems of Odysseus, as Adorno presents them. As he puts it, the novel is prone to a strategic and ambiguous “capitulation to the superior power of reality” (Notes 36).

    To return to “Transparencies on Film,” while this commentary mentions the novel only in passing, and actually does so in order to contrast it with the filmic medium, at this point we can see why the novelistic scenario of cunning self-surrender might converge with Adorno’s approach to the dilemmas of film aesthetics. The underlying logic of this connection may be stated in these terms: the problem raised by film aesthetics, of an aesthetic medium premised on the ambiguous collapse of a critical distance between the medium and the capitalist reduction to exchange value, is already central to the formal and linguistic dynamics of the novel as Adorno conceives them. “Transparencies on Film” suggests that if film is to retain the function of critical reflection, a form of strategic self-relinquishing is required that is distinct from the sacrifice of subjective autonomy associated with the culture industry, which is to say, a strategic self-surrender that paradoxically advances a project of reflection inhering in the historical condition of the filmic medium. We see Adorno working out models for such self-relinquishing, a sacrifice of the subject that is inscribed within the project of enlightenment, in his writings on the novel and the epic—for example, in his account of the “epic form of linkage,” in “On Epic Naiveté”: “the train of thought finally goes slack, language shows a lenience towards judgment while at the same time unquestionably remaining judgment” (Notes 28). This “slackening” of thought is the equivalent, in the realm of literary language, of Adorno’s “awkward and unprofessional cinema,” with its planned surrender to chance. In other words, the scenario of epic naiveté, like the possibility of “blind representation” Adorno locates with film and epic language, may be understood as developing art’s thought of uneven development. In each of these cases, aesthetic technique apparently lags behind a more general state of technological advancement but this apparent backwardness also serves to maintain the possibility of a distinction between technological development and aesthetic technique.[17] Crucially, this particular mode of aesthetic uneven development does not depend on a scenario of medium-specific aesthetic reflection. In this regard epic naiveté, or the scenario of “blind representation,” perpetuates a thought of aesthetic rationality in the historical situation focused in Adorno’s writings on film—a situation in which film instantiates the collapse of any difference between technology and artistic technique and the disappearance of art’s critical distance from the reigning forms of social rationality. As the chapter on the culture industry in Dialectic of Enlightenment suggests, such critical distance is a precondition of any meaningful artistic medium specificity (97-98). Whatever other issues one might raise in this regard—for example, film’s status as a particularly hybrid or mongrel artistic medium—the larger point is that Adorno positions film as lacking in distinction from the empirical world, and film’s problematic relationship with the category of artistic medium specificity should be understood as deriving from its particular intimacy with the dynamics of reification.[18]

    The conclusion to be drawn is not necessarily that Adorno gives up on film as a medium of aesthetic rationality. Nor is it the case that he is unconcerned with the category of medium in his work on the cinema. In fact, as my discussion above suggests, a particular reflection on linguistic medium is precisely what allows Adorno to negotiate the apparent loss of art’s critical distinction, the loss of its critical distance from empirical reality, and the possible collapse of any difference between technology and artistic technique. Adorno develops this reflection on linguistic medium in his somewhat fragmentary suggestions about a strategic “lagging behind” in the development of cinematic technique and in the scenario of strategic submission or “blind representation” evoked in his writings on film, the epic, and the novel. In our contemporary context of proliferating new media technologies and cultural homogenization, Adorno’s scenarios of technical backwardness and ambiguous relinquishing of rational control might appear as a modernist throwback. In fact, contemporary cultural and artistic reflection arguably suggests the relevance of this strand of Adorno’s thought—one might cite the current preoccupation in photographic theory and practice with analogue photographic technology and notions of photographic automatism and indexicality, at a moment when such technology is being displaced by digital technology;[19] or contemporary fiction invested in scenarios of self-abnegation and diminished authorial or artistic control.[20] Possibly, along with Adorno’s intertwined meditations on the novel and the cinema, these contemporary artistic and theoretical reflections maintain the thought of art’s uneven development, of art’s ambiguous backwardness vis-à-vis a more general social condition of technological development—the thought, in other words, of a distinctive form of aesthetic rationality at a moment in which the paradigm of aesthetic medium specificity appears to be obsolete, even as art’s critical potential remains an open question.

    Footnotes

    [1] Miriam Hansen argues that Adorno is defending here the relative lack of technical sophistication of young German filmmakers of the period, such as Volker Schlöndorff, Edgar Reitz, and Alexander Kluge (Cinema 218).

    [2] See Miriam Hansen, “Introduction” 190 and Cinema 218-24; and Hohendahl, Prismatic Thought 131-33.

    [3] Peter Hohendahl has suggested that this abandoning of the distinction of autonomous art and its critical capacity is also visible in certain moments of Adorno’s Aesthetic Theory: “Adorno seems to push the limits of his theory and thereby undermines the more familiar negative dialectic. The result is the abandonment of art as a critical counterpoint (“Ephemeral” 211).

    [4] On this contemporary question of technology and the category of art as it arises in conjunction with the development of digital technologies, see Rodowick, especially 2-41.

    [5] Cf. Peter Osborne’s recent account of contemporary art, where Adorno is a central reference point.

    [6] For an example of this conception of Adorno as it circulates in new media studies, see Pressman 193.

    [7] See, for example, Bernstein, Goldstone, Siraganian.

    [8] At end of her exhaustive reading of Adorno’s writings on film, Miriam Hansen concludes that Adorno’s work on film aesthetics “does not amount to a coherent theory,” and given this, “for Adorno, the aesthetic possibilities of and for film have to be gleaned from elsewhere, from his writings on art in general and music in particular” (Cinema 250). To an extent my argument dovetails with Hansen’s claim, while staking a distance from it in my emphasis on Adorno’s thinking about film and the novel form.

    [9] See, for example, Koch, “Mimesis”; Miriam Hansen, Cinema 218-25; and Hohendahl, Prismatic Thought 133-35.

    [10] In The Arcades Project, Benjamin states, “Method of this project: literary montage. I needn’t say anything. Merely show” (460).

    [11] See, for example, Koch, “Uneasy Pleasing” 78.

    [12] Miriam Hansen connects this strand of Adorno’s thinking on film to his encounter with postserialism in music: “the admission of chance as an aesthetic principle aligns with his efforts to come to terms with postserialism, in particular the aleatory aesthetics of John Cage” (Cinema 219).

    [13] Benjamin’s dialectical image is not an object of vision, intuition, or intentionality, but rather may be recognized in language; to cite a well-known formulation, Benjamin conceives of the emergent image in terms of “the death of intention” (463). Adorno’s comments in “On Epic Naiveté” refer to this conception of the dialectical image and inscribe it in a narrative framework. The move runs counter to Benjamin’s formulations in The Arcades Project insofar as they conceive the logic of the dialectical image and the work of the dialectical historian as an alternative to narrative progression and relationship: “History decays into images, not into stories” (Benjamin 476).

    [14] This point is suggested in the account of the epic in Hegel’s Aesthetics (2: 1045-1050).

    [15] Cf. Adorno’s notes on Beckett’s The Unnamable: “the novel is completely unrealistic and at the same time unauratic” (“Notes on Beckett” 177).

    [16] To say this much suggests Adorno’s interest in inscribing Benjamin’s thought within the project of enlightenment. Such a program is manifest elsewhere in Adorno’s explicit writings on Benjamin. In “A Portrait of Walter Benjamin,” he writes, “mysticism and enlightenment are joined for the last time in him,” stressing Benjamin’s recourse to concepts, “the only means which philosophy has at its disposal” (Prisms 241).

    [17] A fuller exploration of this strand of Adorno’s thought would consider the role of naiveté in his writings on music. See, for example, Mahler (1971), in which Adorno diagnoses an “intertwinement of naiveté and sophistication” in Mahler’s work, a formal dynamic that Adorno compares to the that of the novel, specifically here “the novel of novels, Flaubert’s Madame Bovary” (61).

    [18] See Rodowick 2-46 on film’s status as a particularly hybrid medium, especially resistant to a specialization and purification along the lines developed by Clement Greenberg. Adorno seems to implicitly recognize this aspect of film when he states “for the time being, evidently, film’s most promising potential lies in its interaction with other media, themselves merging into film, such as certain kinds of music” (“Transparencies” 203).

    [19] See, for example, the 2012 special issue of Critical Inquiry, edited by Diarmuid Costello and Margaret Iverson, titled “Agency and Automatism: Photography and Art since the 1960s.”

    [20] J.M. Coetzee, Slow Man (2005); Karl Ove Knausgaard, A Death in the Family and A Man in Love (2009); Tom McCarthy, Remainder (2007) and Satin Island (2015), W.G. Sebald, Austerlitz (2001).

    Works Cited

    • Adorno, Theodor. “The Actuality of Philosophy.” Telos 31 (1977): 120-133. Print.
    • —. Aesthetic Theory. Ed. Gretel Adorno and Rolf Tiedemann. Trans. Robert Hullot-Kentor.  Minneapolis: U of Minnesota P, 1997. Print.
    • —. Mahler: A Musical Physiognomy. Trans Edmund Jephcott. Chicago: U of Chicago P, 1996. Print.
    • —. Minima Moralia: Reflections on a Damaged Life. Trans. E.F.N. Jephcott. New York: Verso, 2005. Print.
    • —. “Notes on Beckett.” Trans. Dirk Van Hulle and Shane Weller. Journal of Beckett Studies 19.2 (2010): 157-78. Print.
    • —. Notes to Literature. Trans. Shierry Weber Nicholsen. Vol. 1. New York: Columbia UP, 1991. Print.
    • —. Prisms. Trans. Samuel Weber and Shierry Weber Nicholsen. London: Neville Spearman, 1967. Print.
    • —. “Transparencies on Film.” Trans. Thomas Y. Levin. New German Critique 24/25 (1981-82). 199-205. Print.
    • Adorno, Theodor, and Walter Benjamin. The Complete Correspondence 1928-1940. Ed. Henri Lonitz. Trans. Nicholas Walker. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2000. Print.
    • Benjamin, Walter. The Arcades Project. Trans. Howard Eiland and Kevin McLaughlin. Cambridge: The Belknap Press of Harvard UP, 2002. Print.
    • Bernstein. J.M. Against Voluptuous Bodies: Late Modernism and the Meaning of Painting. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2006. Print.
    • Coetzee, J.M. Slow Man. New York: Penguin, 2006. Print.
    • Costello, Diarmuid, and Margaret Iverson, eds. Agency and Automatism: Photography and Art since the 1960s. Spec. issue of Critical Inquiry 38.4 (2012): 679-908. Print.
    • Geulen, Eva. The End of Art: Readings in a Rumor after Hegel. Trans. James McFarland Stanford: Stanford UP, 2006. Print.
    • Goldstone, Andrew. Fictions of Autonomy: Modernism from Wilde to de Man. New York: Oxford UP, 2013. Print.
    • Hansen, Mark B.N. New Philosophy for New Media. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2006. Print.
    • Hansen, Miriam Bratu. Cinema and Experience: Siegfried Kracauer, Walter Benjamin, and Theodor W. Adorno. Berkeley: U of California P, 2012. Print.
    • —. “Introduction to Adorno, ‘Transparencies on Film’ (1966).” New German Critique 24/25 (1981-82). 186-98. Print.
    • Hegel, G.W.F. Aesthetics. 2 Vols. Trans T.M. Knox. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2010. Print.
    • Hohendahl, Peter Uwe. “The Ephemeral and the Absolute: Provisional Notes to Adorno’s Aesthetic Theory.” Language without Soil: Adorno and Late Philosophical Modernity. Ed. Gerhard Richter. New York: Fordham UP, 2010. 206-26. Print.
    • —. Prismatic Thought: Theodor W. Adorno. Lincoln: U of Nebraska P, 1995. Print.
    • Horkheimer, Max, and Theodor Adorno. Dialectic of Enlightenment: Philosophical Fragments. Ed. Gunzelin Schmid Noerr. Trans. Edmund Jephcott. Stanford: Stanford UP, 2002. Print.
    • Joselit, David. After Art. Princeton: Princeton UP, 2013. Print.
    • Knausgaard, Karl Ove. A Death in the Family. Trans. Don Bartlett. London: Vintage, 2013. Print.
    • —. A Man in Love. Trans. Don Bartlett. London: Vintage, 2013. Print.
    • Koch, Gertrud. “Mimesis and Bilderverbot.” Trans. Jeremy Gaines. Screen 34.3 (Autumn 1993): 211-22. Print.
    • —. “Uneasy Pleasing: Film as Mass Art.” New German Critique 36.3 (2009): 73-83. Print.  Lukács, Georg. The Theory of the Novel: A Historico-Philosophical Essay on the Forms of Great Epic Literature. Trans. Anna Bostock. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 1996. Print.
    • Manovich, Lev. The Language of New Media. Cambridge: The MIT Press, 2002. Print.
    • McCarthy, Tom. Remainder. New York: Vintage, 2007. Print.
    • —. Satin Island: A Novel. New York: Knopf, 2015. Print.
    • Osborne, Peter. Anywhere or Not at All: Philosophy of Contemporary Art. London: Verso, 2013. Print.
    • Pressman, Jessica. Digital Modernism: Making it New in New Media. New York: Oxford UP, 2014. Print.
    • Rodowick, D. N. The Virtual Life of Film. Cambridge: Harvard UP, 2007. Print.
    • Sebald, W.G. Austerlitz. Trans. Anthea Bell. New York: Random House, 2001. Print.
    • Siraganian, Lisa. Modernism’s Other Work: The Art Object’s Political Life. New York: Oxford UP, 2012.
  • Musical Affect, Musical Citation, Music-Immanence: Kurt Weill and the White Stripes

    Nicholas Brown (bio)
    University of Chicago at Illinois

    Abstract

    Beginning from an analysis of the anomalous position of music within Hegel’s system of aesthetics — a position that brings forth the peculiar quality of music as a medium — this essay asks how we are to conceive of musical meaning in an era when music’s relation to the market must be considered not separate from its formal specificity, but part as of the medium of music itself.

    As I look over the reasons I have cited to explain why the sculptor of the Laocoön is so measured in the expression of bodily pain, I find that they derive without exception from art-specific conditions, from the necessary limits and exigencies imposed by sculpture. I can scarcely imagine applying any of these to poetry. (28)

    G.E. Lessing

    As Hegel embarks on his discussion of music, he concedes uncharacteristically that he is “little versed in this area, and must therefore apologize in advance” (Ästhetik 137). Hegel’s perplexity is twofold, and only partly to be chalked up to his relative ignorance of music and lack of advanced musical taste. In a preceding discussion of painting he had, by contrast, come close to defending a pictorial abstraction that did not yet exist:

    [Painting] must go to the extreme of appearance as such; that is, to the point where all content is indifferent, and the artistic creation of appearances becomes the main interest… This is no mere industrious detail-work, but rather an intellectually rich effort that rounds out every particular while maintaining the whole in unity and flux. (36-37)

    Precisely this same threshold, the point where content becomes indifferent and medium-specific considerations assume the foreground, assumes the opposite valence in his discussion of music:

    In recent times music has retreated into its own medium by tearing away from content that is already clear on its own account; it has thereby lost its power over the entire interior landscape. The pleasure it offers is directed only to one side of art, namely mere interest in pure musicality and skill in composition. This side, which little appeals to ordinary people’s interest in art, is only a matter for experts and connoisseurs. (145)

    In both cases the substance of the work shifts from content to form on its own account. But in the case of painting, the latter is “no mere industrious detail-work,” while in that of music it is nothing but “mere… skill in composition.” The difference is that in the first case, non-formal content is indifferent but not absent; Hegel, even though he approaches the threshold of medium-immanent meaning in his emphasis on painterly form, has no concept of a purely painterly or purely musical idea.[1] Despite occasional gestures in its direction, then, Hegel has nothing to say about the “intellectually rich effort [geistreicher Fleiß]” or, to use his own jargon, the spiritual content of musical form, which is rather dismissed as “only a matter for experts.” From one side of the threshold, Hegel looks prescient and aesthetically adventurous; from the other, blinkered and provincial. (This pattern in Hegel does not confine itself to the Aesthetics.) Whether or not Hegel’s conception of art can be made to cross this threshold is an important question, but the point for the moment is that Hegel himself produces that limit but does not cross it.

    But this is only Hegel’s first perplexity. The second is that music as he understands it then has no place in his system. As long as it can be tied to a non-musical meaning that is “already clear on its own account,” music is second only to poetry in its ability to register the inwardness of thought, and indeed this penultimate position is the place it officially holds in Hegel’s system. But in this case music is reduced to supplying amplificatory effects for an existing content. Alternatively, music may, rather than expressing an idea, “provoke” ideas in us as listeners; but in that case the idea is merely “ours” and does not belong to the work (146-47). Finally, music can affect our mental states directly, bypassing ideation altogether: music can “penetrate,” “seize,” “touch,” “draw on,” “set in motion,” “enflame,” “carry away,” “divert,” “distract,” “spur,” “incite” (eindringen, fassen, berühren, fortziehen, in Bewegung setzen, anfeuern, heben, beschäftigen, abziehen, antreiben, zum Angriff anfeuern) and so on (157, 158). But there is nothing specific to the fine arts about the production of affective states, which are themselves abstract and have no content of their own. Meaning can only be supplied by a non-musical supplement, whether it be a ballad’s lyric or a context of nationalistic fervor. Indeed on closer examination the first two Hegelian possibilities reveal themselves as only versions of the third: if music “provokes” ideas that are not in the music itself or amplifies ideas that are supplementary to it, these are versions of inducing a state instead of producing a meaning. Because Hegel has no concept of a purely musical idea, the remaining possibility, music that remains “within the purely musical domain of sounds” is the fundamental condition of music as such, which is then “not strictly to be counted among the arts” at all (148, 149).

    We are not obliged to be interested in the question of where music belongs in Hegel’s system of the arts. Nonetheless, his discussion points to a problem that is urgent for us today. Hegel’s perplexity is brought on by the fact that the specific feature that distinguishes music from the other arts — when it is considered apart from the aspect of its “mere” compositional elaboration — is its ability to produce affective states in listeners directly. To take only the most basic element, any perceived musical beat is enough to organize the internal or external movements of a listener. As Hegel puts it, “since the time of the sound is also that of the subject, sound… sets the self in motion.” Our neuroscientists call this “tempo entrainment” (146-47).[2] The problem for us is that this feature would seem to disqualify music from the arts even more strongly in our own day than in Hegel’s. Why?

    In his discussion of the Laocoön, Lessing was exasperated with interpretation that imagined it could leap to hermeneutic conclusions without passing through the moment of medium specificity: it is not that the Greek was, as Winkelmann had it, “even in extremity a great and steadfast soul” in comparison with modern sufferers, but that the sculptor of the Laocoön had to deal with the difficulty of, among other things, the great hole in his sculpture that a proper scream would require (qtd. Lessing 10). Lessing’s insight today must be taken a step further: the concept of medium or material support must today be expanded to include a mode of distribution, which today imposes limits and positively determines possibilities with as much force as the immediately material support itself. Think, for example, of the television show The Office and its American remake. The two shows would seem to share a medium. The remake, however, systematically writes out, from the initial episode on, uncomfortable possibilities in the original: damage is domesticated to quirkiness and ultimately every quirk is a point of relatability. In short, the American Office is Cheers, where everybody knows your name. The temptation is then to make cultural comparisons between the US and the UK, or between “American” and “British” humor. But the difference between The Office and its remake is not the difference between bitter British office workers and quirky American office workers, or that between humour and humor, but rather that between a cultural field supported by a national television license tax, which allows a certain autonomy at the margins, and a cultural field whose one unavoidable function is to sell airtime to advertisers. It is not that the former is “better” in some abstract sense — the American version can be funnier and its identificatory effects are masterfully produced — but that they are different in a specific sense, namely that only the former can plausibly claim a meaning, since its end is not immediately an external one that can only be achieved by being more ingratiating than its competitors at that time slot. The Office can make the “inescapable claim of every work, however negligible, within its limits to reflect the whole”; the American remake, if it can be said to have a meaning, can only have a sociological one, an ideology by default, which is to say the ideology of the sitcom itself: “not, as is maintained, flight from a rotten reality, but from the last remaining thought of resistance” (Horkheimer and Adorno 130).

    Now, what music does par excellence — provoke affective states in listeners — would seem, under current conditions, to foreclose absolutely the possibility of its being a medium for artworks. For any provoked effect is, under current conditions, always already a commodity. As the Brazilian critic Roberto Schwarz concisely puts it, quoting Marx: “In a capitalist regime, any form of utility suffices to make anything or anyone ‘an official member of the world of commodities’” (25). Just because a work of art is a commodity doesn’t mean that it is immediately and only a commodity. Among other possibilities, the commodity-character of the artwork can be contained by means of the establishment of a Bourdieusian “field of restricted production,” which forcibly substitutes for the “unpredictable verdicts of an anonymous public” — the problem of the seller of commodities — a “public of equals who are also competitors” (Bourdieu 54, 56). In this way modernism can, from within a full-blown market society, assert the autonomy of artworks from the market. But the entire weight of the concept of postmodernism is that this moment is no longer: that restricted fields — Hegel’s “experts and connoisseurs” — have been overmatched once and for all by the anonymous market, and that henceforth all artworks are immediately commodities after all. Doubtless, restricted spheres, from amateur to vanguard spaces, still exist here and there, but their tendential extinction is taken for granted by all parties: restricted spheres are justified not by their autonomy from the general market, but by their contribution to it.

    Today, the meaning of musical works cannot be established without explicitly taking account of their mode of distribution, which is to say without taking account of the fact that they are understood to be immediately commodities. And in such a situation it is an unavoidable fact that, in Schwarz’s words, “concrete forms of activity cease to have their justifications in themselves. Their end is external, their particular forms inessential” (23). The essential end of the commodity is to find a purchaser on the anonymous market; any other end, the putative use-value, is inessential.[3] In other words, no commodity can plausibly produce a meaning — whose end is by definition essential — and no musical subjective effect is, under current conditions, not a commodity. This has the unhappy consequence that the music one likes is, insofar as its ends are bound up with effects for which one likes it, excluded from the category of art. (This assumes the postulate that an artifact must produce a meaning — which as we shall see may be no more than a purely formal “aboutness” — in order to qualify as an artwork. There is not sufficient space here to justify this assumption, but it may be enough to point out that to do without it would be devastating for cultural study as we know it. The sociology of art would remain, but not as a recognizably distinct field). So the question of how to produce music whose aim is not to produce effects is an urgent one. In the space that remains, we will examine two moments that attempt to contain the commodity character of the musical work without recourse to a restricted field, in other words works that make a plausible claim to meaning while participating immediately in the general market in cultural goods. In the first case — call it modernist — the market is a risk deliberately run, the restricted field a temptation to be avoided; in the second, the restricted field has not only been overpowered by the market, but has disappeared even as a horizon of cultural production.

    In his essay “On the Gestic Character of Music” Kurt Weill proclaimed that “today the composer may no longer approach his text from a position of sensual enjoyment” (Ausgewählte Schriften 41). Weill, writing in the period of his collaboration with Bertolt Brecht, is contending here with the Brechtian problem of the entertainment-commodity. As is well known, Brecht’s theater aims explicitly at autonomy from the market. Entertainment precedes the market, of course: opera “was a means of pleasure long before it was a commodity” (Brecht 16). But under present conditions, “art is a commodity” whose value derives, in the case of opera, from “the social function of the theater apparatus, namely to provide an evening’s entertainment” (16, 14, 26). In Mahagonny, this pleasure is aesthetically neutralized by framing it:

    As for the content of [Mahagonny], its content is pleasure: fun not only as form, but as subject matter. Pleasure is at least to be the object of inquiry, even as the inquiry is to be an object of pleasure. Pleasure enters here in its present historical form: as a commodity. (18)

    The two sides of the chiasmus are not symmetrical. The inquiry as an object of pleasure (Mahagonny) is a commodity; pleasure as an object of inquiry (Mahagonny) is not. Supported by the theater apparatus, epic theater  is to be within it a “foreign body” (29).

    Weill’s proposition that “the composer may no longer approach his text from a position of sensual enjoyment” is directed toward this end, which is both more radical and less prudish than his statement suggests. The target of Weill’s criticism is the “theater of the past epoch,” which was “written for sensual enjoyment. It wanted to titillate, to irritate, to arouse, to upset [kitzeln, erregen, aufpeitschen, umwerfen] the spectator” (Weill Ausgewählte Schriften 40). So “to irritate” and “to upset” are included under the heading of “sensual enjoyment.” Indeed, Weill forbids the provocation of any kind of affective state in the spectator in what he calls “gestic music.” This is not really a surprise, being very much in line with Brecht’s anathematization of such theatrical effects as “coerced empathy” (Brecht 210-212). But surely Weill has painted himself into a corner: the thing music is forbidden to do is precisely the thing that, as we have seen, distinguishes music from the other arts.

    The paradigmatic modernist solution — the purely music-immanent exploration of music as a medium, supported by a restricted field — is precisely what Weill seeks to overcome:

    The recent development of music has been predominantly aesthetic: emancipation from the nineteenth century, struggle against extra-musical influences (program music, symbolism, realism), return to absolute music. […] Today we are a step further. A clear separation is taking place between those musicians who… as if in a private club, work on the solution to aesthetic problems, and others who will undertake to engage any audience whatever. (Musik und Theater 45).

    Even as the moment of music-immanent development is seen as a forward step, two contrary imperatives are suggested at once: to engage an audience beyond the specialized restricted field of musicians and experts, and to produce meanings beyond those that only the restricted audience cares about, which is to say meanings that are not purely music-immanent. These two imperatives seem to be aligned, and they have a certain populism in common. In fact, as Weill is well aware, they are deeply in conflict. In a market society, the first imperative can be satisfied only by risking the market — “any audience whatever.” But the second imperative, to produce political meanings of the kind Weill is after, is one that the market is indifferent to; one which, in fact, is unmarketable, since meanings that can be sold — that is, meanings for which there is a demand — are not meanings at all, but commodities. A political meaning that satisfies a demand is not a meaning, but a purchasable point of social identification, like a lapel pin.

    What is Weill’s solution? His own commentary in “On the Gestic Character of Music” and elsewhere is not particularly helpful on this score. But his practice is quite clear. The “Cannon Song” from Threepenny Opera is a martial variant of a barroom singalong, what might be classified generically as a barrack-room ballad. Like all good singalongs, it may well move a listener familiar with the piece to want to sing along, and the reason that it has this power might be something brain science or some other discipline can one day explain. Then again, some listeners may not be so moved, and the failure to be moved is in principle susceptible to explanation. But for Weill, this effect or its lack is irrelevant. The “barrack-room ballad” — the phrase is Kipling’s — is in Weill’s hands a gest, which is to say, a citation. Cannon Song frames the gesture, and in so doing creates a meaning, which is to present military camaraderie as deeply creepy.

    Brecht’s text is also a citation, a pastiche of Kipling’s martial ditties like “Screw Guns”:

    For you all love the screw-guns —
    the screw-guns they all love you!

    So when we call round with a few guns,
    o’ course you know what to do — hoo! hoo!

    Jest send your Chief an’ surrender —
    it’s worse if you fights or you runs:

    You can go where you please,
    you can skid up the trees,
    but you don’t get away from the guns. (19)

    In Brecht’s text, racism and genocide move from (barely) subtext to text in a way that is deliberately unsubtle. On the page it falls a bit flat, but in Weill’s rousing mess-hall setting it is quite spectacular:

    The troops live under
    The cannons’ thunder
    From cape to Cooch Behar.
    And if it rained one day,
    And they had chanced to stray
    Across a different race,
    Brown or pale of face,
    They made them, if they liked,
    Into their beefsteak tartare. (251-52) [4]

    What is the source of the creepiness of “Cannon Song”? Like so many of the songs in Threepenny, the tempo marking is already a citation: “Foxtrot-Tempo” (Weill and Brecht 44-55). The basic rhythm is indeed a foxtrot (foursquare rhythm with accents on the off-beats), and the introductory trumpet part develops a jazzy motif, culminating in the ragtime cliché of bar six. But the “swing” of the initial motif is written in as a dotted eighth note followed by a sixteenth note, and meant to be played as written, so it jerks rather than swings. The antiphonal saxophone line recalls jazz call and response — except it arrives a beat early, interrupting and disrupting the trumpet line rather than repeating and endorsing it. The introductory bars do not lead to the tonality of the verse; instead they have no obvious tonal center or direction. The angular melodic line of the introduction is not about to subordinate itself to the business of dancing, as becomes clear when, in the first repetition of the initial idea, the interval of a fifth is tightened up to an augmented fourth in bar three. Meanwhile, the instrumentation — in particular, the use of the lower brass — emphasizes the relationship between popular dance music and marching music, a connection which bears on the meaning of the song. When the song lands on a tonal center (bar seven), the underlying harmonic movement becomes conventional, tied to the cycle of fourths (see particularly bars 14–16), which can be intuited or arrived at analytically. But this structure is estranged by avoiding triads and the movements they imply almost entirely: the harmonic surface consists of paired sets of fifths juxtaposed on the on and off beats. The result is both estranging — the conventional movements are robbed of any illusion of necessity — and vaguely orientalizing, which is emphasized by the largely pentatonic melody. The song finally becomes diatonic and tonally centered only with the martial refrain, which, in a series of descending half notes (“cape to Cooch Behar”), spells out a minor chord (F# minor) and lands on its dominant — the first conventionally outlined chord of the song. This is the music of the beer hall — or of the recruiting station. But the middle voice, a teetotaler or a pacifist, already puts this tonality in doubt. The dominant lasts long enough to disorient, tightening up into a diminished chord rather than resolving. Finally, at the height of the barbarism of the lyrics, a cadence arrives that centers on another fully spelled out dominant, which occurs at the climax of the song (the “beefsteak” before “tartare”) in bar 34. But the implied cadence is doubly false, both misleading about where it is going and where it is coming from. It ought to lead to A minor, but leads to D minor instead. And while the melody at “They made them, if they liked” (bar 32) suggests that we are still essentially in F# minor, bar 33 is already in D minor. So the false cadence is not only false, but rather than lead somewhere surprising, it leads exactly nowhere. The overall effect, if one cares to look at it this closely, is to remove all sense of naturalness from the underlying conventional structures. The song hews just close enough to conventional forms — foxtrot, march, barrack-room ballad; cycle of fourths, largely nachsingbare melody, climactic cadence — to borrow their effects, while simultaneously denaturalizing them by formal means. These means are not effects except inasmuch as they aim at the variously translated Brechtian “disidentification effect,” which in the terms of the present study is not strictly an effect but rather a set of techniques for forestalling effects or framing them and subjecting them to interpretation. All this is simply to read as immanent to the song what it is hard to imagine any listener denying, namely that the product of these formal distortions is deeply creepy.

    “Today the composer may no longer approach his text from a position of sensual enjoyment.” If one imagines setting a war anthem in a state-sanctioned patriotic film, the first thing on the composer’s mind would be producing the singalong effect, an identificatory esprit de corps, in as many people as possible. If one imagines setting an anthem in a commercial film, the first thing on the composer’s mind would be the same, but for a different reason: to appeal to as many people as possible who already want to experience identificatory esprit de corps. Brecht’s and Weill’s version functions entirely differently, since one need not feel the force of the singalong to understand Weill’s meaning. One does, however, need to grasp its citational system (if not with any specificity) to understand how it fuses the brutality of Brecht’s lyric with the social cohesion of military esprit de corps — not so different from that of the dance hall, after all — while framing all these elements by shearing them of all appearance of necessity, and thus imposing an interpretation.

    But chances are you will feel its force; “Cannon Song” remains, all this aside, a rousing air. This is irrelevant to the meaning of “Cannon Song” as a work of art, but it is far from irrelevant to its success as popular entertainment. As Brecht says, “Theater remains theater, even when it is didactic theater; and so long as it is good theater, it is entertaining” (Schriften zum Theater 66). If “Cannon Song” failed as a rousing air, that would not change its meaning; but nor would Threepenny have been, in the five years before the Nazis came to power, translated into eighteen languages and been performed more than 10,000 times, and nor would we be talking about it today. “Up to the stable scene the audience seemed cold and apathetic, as though convinced in advance that it had come to a certain flop. Then after the [K]anonen song, an unbelievable roar went up, and from that point it was wonderfully, intoxicatingly clear that the public was with us” (Lenya 93).

    Jennifer Egan’s A Visit from the Goon Squad brilliantly dramatizes a central problem of the music industry, which is in the business of vending musical stimuli like the singalong effect of the Cannon Song. (By the novel’s end in our own near future, these effects are marketed principally to toddlers.) Because the industry is concerned entirely with saleability —it is an industry, after all — it constitutively cannot concern itself with the “aboutness” of a musical work except to the extent that that aboutness is marketable: to the extent, that is, that the aboutness is a lure, only a pseudo-aboutness. Because the industry cannot recognize restricted spaces that are not already fundamentally oriented toward it, and which it at any rate dwarfs absolutely, there is no way, from the standpoint of the industry, to distinguish between meaning and its lack. But to the characters in the novel, who are not toddlers and who at some point had a love for the medium (if not, significantly, any substantial experience making music), this phenomenon represents an impasse, and induces a state of permanent crisis. The solution to this crisis, and the holy grail of the novel’s main characters, is aesthetic authenticity. Authenticity is not a criterion, but rather something you feel: when a record-industry executive goes back out into the field to hear a sister act that he later recognizes as “awful,” he feels “the music in his mouth, his ears, his ribs — or was that his own pulse? He was on fire!” (Egan 25, 23). If authenticity is something you feel rather than recognize, it is a stimulus after all, and for that reason can be produced more or less reliably like any other stimulus — one cannot exactly say faked or simulated, since there is no criterion other than feeling that distinguishes the putatively authentic. It is worth pointing out that Egan’s own novel traffics in aesthetic stimuli, namely the emotional gutpunches, in retrospect entirely conventional and efficiently, almost mechanically produced, that constitute the reason for being of the published short-story versions of several of its chapters. But the novel (whose A and B sides are meant to remind us of an LP) produces an entirely different solution to the problem of the vendable aesthetic stimulus: rather than concern itself with an emotional authenticity that is, as with its musical model, indistinguishable from purely manipulative inauthenticity, the novel organizes these attractively presented bittersweet candies into something quite different: not an authenticity, but an aboutness, a meaning that is both an indictment of the culture industry and a line of flight through it.

    It is in this world, more or less precisely — A Visit from the Goon Squad takes place largely in the first decade of the current century — that the White Stripes achieved an astonishing cultural prominence that was also, of course, a commercial success. What separates the pet projects of the Goon Squad’s record executive referenced a moment ago — who returns in semi-retirement to producing “music with a raspy, analog sound, none of which had really sold” (312) that, presumably, feels to him like authenticity — from the White Stripes’? How do the White Stripes plausibly assert a meaning in a cultural field inimical to meaning as such?

    The White Stripes’s “Hello Operator” is about as “raspy” as it is possible to get and still remain recognizably music (De Stijl). Though a suggestion of private meaning seeps through, the lyrics make as little public sense as the children’s rhyme “Miss Susie,” from which the first two lines are borrowed (De Stijl). They are not set to a melody, the pitch being determined by English speech patterns, as is the rhythm, which is regularized just enough to conform to a beat. The vocal quality is an assertive juvenile whine. The drum part under the lyrics consists entirely of quarter notes, on the beat, four to a measure, with the bare minimum — accented snare on beats 2 and 4 — to qualify it as a rock beat. The guitar part is also minimal: two open chords, a fourth apart, each held for half a beat on the first beat of each measure. (The guitar will fill some of the empty space with simple blues lines; elsewhere, the drum part will add exactly one eighth note to the straight quarter note pattern.) There is nothing in the basic structure of the verse that an able-bodied non-musician couldn’t learn to play — indeed nothing that a non-musician couldn’t come up with on her own — in a pair of afternoons.

    The verse of “Hello Operator” is, in other words, the precise minimum organization of sound required to make a rock song — but not necessarily a rock song one would have any reason to listen to. Once the rock song has been stripped down to its minimal constituent parts, the question is what the minimum necessary to make a compelling rock song is. And the answer is stated, as clearly as a Beethovenian symphonic theme, in the drum solo immediately following the verse.[5] The phrase “drum solo” might summon the wrong connotations in the context of rock, as this one is played entirely on the rim of a snare drum, is short (four bars and an introductory bar), is repeated twice, and consists in its second half entirely of quarter notes. It is also quiet, so quiet that the hum from a guitar pedal can be heard under it until the latter is muted at the beginning of the first full measure — an apparently non-musical sound that reads as accidental, but, since it could have been fixed in the studio, must be understood as intentional. The solo is, in other words, emphatically framed, and consists of two ideas. The first — two quarter notes comprising half a measure — barely counts as an idea. The second is a cliché about as old as recognizably American popular music: it is none other than the ragtime cliché from bar six of “Cannon Song,” the rhythm Debussy hammers to death in “Golliwog’s Cakewalk.”[6] What “Hello Operator” is about, then, what reverberates back to the beginning and culminates in the climax of the song, is the exploration of the relationship between an absolutely minimal musical phrase, two quarter notes, and a minimal syncopation with the same duration.

    After the idea is presented by the drum, the guitar displays the pattern in a different light. Leading out of the drum solo, the guitar, transposing the syncopated pattern a half beat, changes its value and its musical function: rather than beginning on a downbeat, it ends on one. The initial statement of the idea on the snare drum is quiet and tentative, beginning from nothing, wavering from the pulse; the chordal guitar line, tightly aligned with the pulse, asserts the shifted pattern at volume, landing hard on a downbeat, and a new section develops the transformed idea. The relation between the two statements is that of premise and inference. As the transformed pattern is repeated, the guitar introduces a new chord: the subdominant, whose introduction has the expected effect of confirming the other two chords as tonic and dominant, and produces the unexpected illusion of opening up the harmonic possibilities of the song: in Lou Reed’s immortal words, three chords and you’re into jazz.

    The song is bookended by elaborations of the central idea. The first is a two-bar guitar introduction based on an impure fifth scalar tone. Since it precedes the first explicit statement of the idea, it initially reads as an improvisation. But in retrospect there can be no doubt that the introduction is composed. It sounds moderately complex, but it is assembled out of precisely four elements, which derive from the two simple ideas presented in the drum solo: straight quarter notes, the syncopated pattern (what we will first hear on its own as the drum version), the same pattern transposed half a beat (which we will first hear on its own as the chordal guitar version, but which has yet a third value here, landing on a backbeat instead of a downbeat), and straight eighth notes, a variation on the minimal straight quarter notes phrase. The break is repeated precisely halfway through the song, and also provides an ecstatic climax. What ought to be a guitar solo, essentially postponing the climax once all the ideas have been stated, is played on a heavily distorted harmonica. To end the song, the single guitar line re-enters, in unison with the harmonica, with a third variation on the developed two-bar idea from the introduction. The unison is rough; again this could be accidental, but since another take or two would fix the problem, it must be regarded as intentional. After the rigorous separation of elements throughout the song, the climactic gesture of the convergence of guitar and harmonica is that of two lines of thought — the harmonica and guitar are mixed down into separate channels — simultaneously leading to the same conclusion. The affirmative value of these two bars is hard to exaggerate: it is a musical Q.E.D.

    As if to confirm this, the name of the album on which the song appears is De Stijl, a movement that famously championed the abstraction, simplification, separation, exposed articulation, and balance of elements. The album title doesn’t tell us anything we don’t know already, but it is a useful reminder that the simplification involved in “Hello Operator” aims at abstraction rather than primitivism.[7] As de Stijl’s foremost theoretical exponent put it, in medium-specific terms: “Arms, legs, trees, and landscapes are not unequivocally painterly means. Painterly means are: colors, forms, lines, and planes” (van Doesburg 32). The first thing one would want to say about the reading of “Hello Operator” undertaken above is that, unlike our earlier analysis of Kanonen Song, the esoteric meaning of the song — it is about the musical potential of a rhythmic cliché, about what musical elements are necessary to rock, and why — has no obvious relationship to an exoteric meaning. The adolescent aggression of the vocal quality could almost qualify as a kind of social gesture. But the nonsense lyrics, and the fact that the development of the idea occurs only elsewhere than the verse, are designed to undercut this possibility, though they cannot foreclose it entirely. (We shall return to this issue later.) As one of the narrators in A Visit from the Goon Squad remarks, “the songs… have titles like ‘Pet Rock’ and ‘Do the Math,’ and ‘Pass Me the Kool-Aid,’ but when we holler them aloud in Scotty’s garage the lyrics might as well be: fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck” (Egan 44). Aggressivity is, tautologically, social. But as much as possible, aggressivity is here reduced to a timbral quality, a tenor whine. “Hello Operator” is, in this sense, abstract: its musical idea is developed in near-complete isolation from non-musical or referential content, to which it can therefore no longer be subordinated. Simplicity then becomes a gesture of attention rather than of inattention. If a country song is, in the great songwriter Harlan Howard’s famous formulation, three chords and the truth, then the White Stripes’ definition of a rock song is three chords and an idea.

    The well-nigh neo-plasticist songs like “Hello Operator” form one of the axes of the White Stripes’ project: to produce a theory of rock that is purely music-immanent. Even when these songs, as with the possibly even more successful “Fell in Love with a Girl,” do not state an explicit musical thesis, the challenge they set is the same (White Blood Cells). The aim is to produce a rock song to which nothing could be usefully added and from which nothing could be taken away without harm—a rock song with the minimum necessary elements, and which is therefore about what these necessary elements are. “Fell in Love with a Girl” consists of three elements: a drum pattern (with no variations), a rhythmic-harmonic pattern (two variations), and a melodic pattern (three variations). Since the variations overlap, there are essentially three total variations: two make up what are structurally verse and a third makes up what is structurally chorus, though the same ideas underlie both. But since they don’t overlap perfectly — and because the second version of the rhythmic-harmonic pattern is implied by the first, which is repeated under the third variation of the melodic pattern that occupies the place of the chorus — there must be a repeat. The repeat ends and the song is over, at one minute and fifty seconds: there is nothing further the song can say. As Joss Stone’s cover demonstrates, the song can hold one’s interest — quite a different matter — for twice that time, at the cost of overpainting it with cherubs.

    The White Stripes’s project continues along another axis, however, one that will probably be more obvious. White Stripes albums are larded with historical references (the B-side of the “Hello Operator” single is a cover of Dolly Parton’s “Jolene”), and it is instructive to compare the function of these to Weill’s (Hello Operator). The most conspicuous example on De Stijl is a simplified but basically straight cover of Blind Willie McTell’s “Your Southern Can Is Mine.” It would be hard not to read an affirmative relationship to the material (in the vein of Caetano Veloso’s systematic appropriation of Brazilian musical styles) as claiming an indefensible identity with McTell. A negative, disidentificatory one in Weill’s vein would be equally hard to defend: from what perspective, exactly, could a Piedmont Blues song be ironized? The lyrical material — a song that, at least on the surface, celebrates domestic abuse — raises the stakes along the same ethical axis, but with the polarity reversed. At the level of musical form, identification is dishonest, disidentification unthinkable; at the level of lyric, identification is unthinkable, disidentification dishonest. The performance is infused with a mischievous glee (but McTell’s is infused with a similar glee) at raising the same sets of hackles for completely contradictory reasons.

    The White Stripes give up the game in the last twenty seconds of the track, but we will return to that in a moment. The riddle to the presence of “Your Southern Can Is Mine” on De Stijl can be solved entirely immanently. The relationship to the social material behind “Your Southern Can Is Mine” is neither affirmative nor critical, but nonexistent; it is raised only in order to be refused. The relationship is, rather, purely musical. (This is also true of the White Stripes’s deformative covers, which seek out potential rock ideas in non-rock genres: pop, country, bolero, and so on.) In both McTell’s original and the White Stripes’s cover, the guitar part is built out of two elements: a quarter note pattern, accented on the offbeats (in McTell’s version, the effect is like stride piano played on guitar), and a syncopated pattern of the same length, none other than the second, shifted statement from “Hello Operator” of the ragtime rhythm we first saw in bar six of “Cannon Song.”[8] In other words, both “Your Southern Can Is Mine” and “Hello Operator” work on the same musical material. The relationship to the material is un-ironic in the sense that McTell’s music is taken absolutely seriously. But there is no identity asserted between the White Stripes and McTell, precisely because no identity is asserted of either one separately. The only identity asserted is between McTell’s musical material and that of the White Stripes — a musical identity between ragtime guitar and rock — and that identity isn’t so much asserted as demonstrated. The straight covers open up the formal exploration of rock to history — but to a history that is purely musical.

    A non-musical clip appended to the end of “Your Southern Can is Mine” — and of the album De Stijl — confirms this reading. Without context, the clip is mysterious. One man asks another if something is wrong, and why the other is acting so uncomfortable. The second man responds that he was in a traffic accident the night before, but nobody got hurt. The clip sounds old; there is a difference of power and class between the two men, but the accents are hard to place. The staginess of the first voice suggests nothing so much as a 1940s film. In fact the first man is Alan Lomax, and the second is Blind Willie McTell himself.[9] The moments that precede the included clip give the context. McTell, in Lomax’s hotel room in Atlanta, has just recorded some songs for inclusion in Lomax’s folk song archive at the Library of Congress. As Lomax apparently cannot tell, but is obvious to contemporary listeners, McTell is uncomfortable because Lomax has been trying to bully him into singing some “complainin’ songs.” By the time Lomax asks expressly for “Ain’t it Hard to be a Nigger, Nigger?” (McTell reponds, cautiously: “Well… that’s not… in our time”), a modern listener will be squirming almost as badly as McTell. The clip included on De Stijl begins, “You keep moving around, like you’re uncomfortable.” Why include this clip? Because Lomax is asking McTell to do what we tend to want McTell to do, which is to connect his music to an historical experience, as the product of an historical identity. McTell refuses, for philosophical reasons or out of caution. But the clip isn’t about McTell, it’s about Lomax; his position is an unquestionably false one, requiring someone to assert an identity that is instead being forced upon him — “Ain’t it hard to be a nigger, nigger?” — but it’s also the position we are in, as long as we take the ethical bait of “Your Southern Can is Mine.”

    In keeping with the White Stripes’s practice, we have until now more or less ignored or derogated lyrical content by restricting it to private obscurity, nonsense, or purely generic meanings. But lyrical content cannot be ignored entirely: it can be reduced to “fuck fuck fuck fuck fuck,” but not to “darn darn darn darn darn.” Adolescent agressivity is clearly an indispensable element, but adolescent aggressivity is framed or otherwise relativized rather than expressed. When Jack White says categorically, “I never write about myself…. I’m not going to pretend like ‘Oh, I’m waitin’ on a train, and my baby’s comin’ back,’” he’s not saying anything that’s not already true of every lyricist, including many who are taken to be, or let themselves be taken to be, expressing some kind of train-taking or other authenticity (White 78). But the White Stripes are careful to internalize the literary frame, so that any imputation of expression is not only a categorical mistake but also a literary one. To take an almost arbitrary example, the bridge of “There’s No Home for You Here” (Elephant), with its perfectly simple, perfectly direct hatred of bourgeois normalcy, is distilled rock sentiment:

    Waking up for breakfast
    Burning matches
    Talking quickly
    Breaking baubles
    Throwing garbage
    Drinking soda
    Looking happy
    Taking pictures
    So completely stupid
    Just go away

    Though in the bridge and the title the target might as easily be tourists, the song is generically a kiss-off song, so the hatred is aimed at a specific person as well as at monogamy in general:

    I’m only waiting for the proper time to tell you
    That it’s impossible to get along with you
    It’s hard to look you in the face when we are talking
    So it helps to have a mirror in the room

    I’ve not been merely looking forward to the performance
    But there’s my cue and there’s a question on your face
    Fortunately I have come across an answer
    Which is go away and do not leave a trace

    The situation is clear enough. But the speaker’s self-regard, apparent already in the self-understanding of breaking up as a performance, is literalized in the fact that he is looking not into another’s face but into a mirror as he delivers the coup de grace. Adolescent aggression is presented as inseparable from adolescent self-regard: hardly a novel thought, but one that serves its purpose, which is to relativize the content of generalized antisociality that is necessary to the song. The point is not to write great poetry (great poetry would not be a rock lyric), but to write a rock lyric that is minimally self-framing.

    A second technique — and one that may also be at work in “There’s No Home for You Here” with its hatred of soda drinkers and picture takers — is the substitution of a private meaning for the public one that ought to be the core of the song. “Ball and Biscuit” (Elephant), in the song of that title, evidently refers to an illicit sexual practice, a drug recipe, or some kind of mindblowing combination of the two:

    Let’s have a ball and a biscuit sugar
    And take our sweet little time about it

    The lyric, mostly spoken in a bullying drawl over a slow blues-rock, hovers — the vocal equivalent of Jim Morrison’s image on an album cover — between sexually threatening and ridiculous:

    Right now you could care less about me
    But soon enough you will care, by the time I’m done

    Go read it in the newspaper
    Ask your girlfriends and see if they know
    That my strength is ten-fold girl
    And I’ll let you see if you want to before you go

    The drug-related possibility quickly loses plausibility as the song turns out to be, more than anything else, about the gestural content of guitar solos. There are three guitar solos in the song,  an absurd number for anyone, much less the White Stripes who tend to avoid them or keep them short. All three are spectacular, and spectacularly hyperbolic. The middle one is introduced by the statement, “I can think of one or two things to say about it” — “it” still having the same grammatical referent as “take our sweet little time about it,” namely “a ball and a biscuit” — and is concluded by “Do you get the point now?” immediately before a third solo is launched into. The gestural equivalence of rock guitar solos and sexual swagger has never been lost on anyone, but again it is self-framing rather than profundity which is aimed at, and if ever a work of art managed to fuse fun as an object of inquiry and inquiry as an object of fun, this is it. However, it takes only a moment’s research to discover the literal referent of “it”: “ball and biscuit” is industry jargon for an old omnidirectional microphone formerly used by the BBC, one of which was hanging from the ceiling at the studio where the song was recorded (White 79). This doesn’t change the meaning of the song, which says nothing about microphones and still promises a “girl” a transcendent and dangerous sexual experience. But that experience, the lyrical core of the song, is nothing, just a suggestive piece of language: a fact which both evacuates the meaning of the lyric and heightens the meaning of the social gesture of the form itself, since the meaning insists without a literal signifier.

    Why is this derogation or relativization of the lyrics necessary? To the degree that the function of a pop song (i.e., the reason there is a market for it) is to amplify, monumentalize, and universalize an experience that is of necessity general (because appealing to a market) — which is to say trivial — then these techniques are straighforwardly Brechtian disidentification techniques. They present the “fun,” or affective charge, of adolescent antisociality (or of swaggering sexuality), but by making themselves about the affective charge of adolescent antisociality (or of swaggering sexuality), they wrest their autonomy from the requirement to produce that effect, which would otherwise subsume it. But one has also to remember the peculiar place that music holds in Hegel’s system: either it is, after literature, the art form closest to philosophy — that is, closest to the idea as such — or it contains no ideas at all, at best provoking them in others. But these two judgments refer to two different objects: music with lyrics, and music without. As we have seen, Hegel had no concept of music-immanent meaning, and so misunderstood instrumental music. But song as such is still illuminated by Hegel’s understanding, in that both of his judgments are real dangers to be avoided. As long as music accompanies lyrical content, it is liable to become a matter of giving bodily amplification to a meaning that is aimed at by the lyrics, which assume primacy. (If Schumann’s “Abends am Strand” gives some sense of the possibilities this fact opens up at an earlier moment in music history, a glance at any journalistic pop review will confirm the limits imposed by it for music that confronts normativity only as the market.)[10] In this case, music produces an accompanying effect, which the listener suffers. The song as such tends to the kind of synthetic mush that Weill despised.

    But the second judgment must equally be avoided. In the last scene of the concert film Under Great White Northern Lights, Meg White sits next to Jack White on a piano bench while he sings and plays their song “White Moon.”[11] About halfway through the song, Meg White begins weeping, which continues throughout the song. Surely, the song is provoking an affective state, one that music has been known to produce even in Brechtians. But what is “White Moon” about? At first glance it appears to be nonsense; on closer inspection, it centers on Rita Hayworth, or rather images of her, in various contexts but mainly as a pinup above an army bunk during World War II. Obscurities remain, but there is nothing particularly shattering about the lyrical content. If one feels that there ought to be, this is because the song is musically a dirge. So Meg White is crying not because of the words, but in spite of them: her reaction is provoked rather than mediated through something expressed. This musical motive force might seem to be a desirable thing. But, to continue paraphrasing Hegel, the reason she is crying therefore is “merely hers,” which is to say not part of the song at all. Perhaps she has a visceral reaction to this song, but if so it is idiosyncratic. (Insisting that the song is about Ida Lupino would be incorrect; saying it is incorrect not to cry when listening to the song, however, would be absurd.) On the other hand the film has provided Meg White with ample reasons to cry: the stress of a punishing concert schedule, performing in a ridiculously exposed context in front of thousands of people, nights spent in hotels too wired to sleep but too tired to get off the couch, with an ex-husband who seems to spend precious down-time worrying about the next night’s tempos. Relief? Exhaustion? Fury? All possible, but even more obviously these reasons are “merely hers” rather than part of the song.

    Music’s motive force is thematized within the song: “Oh Rita oh Rita, if you lived in Mesita, I would move you with the beat of a drum.” One is immediately suspicious, not that Jack White has deliberately set up this scene, which would be sadistic, but that the White Stripes—who seem to have had a hand in making the film (presumably the matching his-and-hers red and white propeller planes were neither a logistical necessity nor the filmmaker’s idea)—include this scene as an allegory of the paradox of music’s motive force. At any rate, the point is made. If the music is subordinate to the lyrics, then the song is a pop commodity. If one finds this line a little too direct, one can at best say that music is reduced to producing amplificatory effects. If, on the other hand, music circumvents lyrical content altogether, then it does not even pass through the illusion of meaning, instead directly producing effects that are not part of the song itself. The problem confronted is the same as that which led Weill to “approach his text from a position [other than] sensual enjoyment.” In Jack White’s terms, if “it’s just… trying to make us feel good, [you] could just as well be making drugs or a computer game” (qtd. in Persson).

    Two kinds of meaning are aimed at by the White Stripes. First, purely music-immanent meaning, which is to say the exploration of musical ideas in the way neo-plasticism and other abstract pictorial movements explore painterly ideas. Second, a music-immanent theory of rock, which necessarily includes social content but which, also necessarily, abstracts from it as much as possible. For both kinds of meaning, lyrical content has to be retained, but neutralized, and the logic is straightforwardly Brechtian: fun — or whatever other effect — is to be included, but an internal distance from it is required if meaning is to be plausibly asserted.

    Kurt Weill and the White Stripes produce music under substantially different historical conditions. Nonetheless, the family resemblance of their approaches is not coincidental. Both understand musical meaning in the same way — as either music-immanent or gestural-citational — as well as the obstacle to it posed by the market (which nonetheless must be risked). While both recognize the horizon of purely music-immanent meaning, it is only the White Stripes who attempt to produce it within a market-transmitted form. This is apparently paradoxical, as The White Stripes are removed from the possibility of a classically modernist, medium-immanent form of meaning sustained by a restricted field — a form of meaning that is actual for Weill but is rejected by him for political reasons. But perhaps there is no paradox: only when the old, non-market, classically modernist horizon is all but forgotten does it begin to seem necessary to assert a medium-immanent meaning within a cultural field saturated by exchange value.

    This return to the ambition of music-immanent meaning is a most unexpected development. But it comes at a cost. White Stripes concerts ended with a rock version of the variously-titled “Boll Weevil Song,” best known through a Lead Belly version recorded by Alan Lomax in 1934.[12] There is a certain pedagogical force to the exercise, which is made explicit when the song is taught to the audience as a singalong. In a typically self-aware move, the act of teaching the song (as it was in Lead Belly’s version) is incorporated into the lyrics. But while the pedagogical element of the White Stripes’ project is not insubstantial, it has no ambitions beyond the purely music-immanent: there can be no mistaking the fact that the political content of the White Stripes’ project is negligible. Indeed, it is hard to imagine it having a politics at all. There is nothing that exempts political meanings from the logic of the White Stripes’ project, or from the logic of the commodity form. Any political meaning must either be relativized — in which case it is a politics that is interesting only so far as it is a rock politics, and thus music-immanent after all — or immediately fall prey to a market where it becomes a consumable point of identification, no different than other pop identifications.

    But it is the aim of this essay to suggest that, under present circumstances, the assertion of artistic meaning — that is, the production of the unvalorizable within a society that subordinates every activity to the production of value — is itself a politics. It is not merely a matter of producing a line of flight along which artists can, within a value-saturated cultural field, produce non-values, which is to say meanings — though artists may certainly experience it that way. Rather, in a neoliberal regime — whose essence is the demand that everything be valorized — the production of the unvalorizable lodges a “foreign body” at contemporary capitalism’s ideological weak point. The political effectivity of such an act is necessarily beyond the scope of this essay. We are concerned with the problem of securing meaning against the ideological horizon of a fully market-saturated society. Meanings circulate or fail to circulate, compel or fail to compel. Success in the former, which is easily quantifiable, does not guarantee success in the latter, which is not. Arnold Schönberg wrote in 1946 that “if it is art, it is not for everyone, and if it is for everyone, it is not art” (34). One would want to avoid repeating Schönberg’s dogmatic error that because Threepenny was popular, it must not have been understood.

    Footnotes

    [1] More precisely, and more scandalously, the musical theme for Hegel is not an idea to be developed, but rather a mere sequence that exhausts itself in its first statement (Hegel 142). The scandal of course is that Hegel was an exact contemporary of Beethoven’s.

    [2] There is a robust literature on “tempo entrainment.” See, for example, Nozoradan, et. al. Neuroscientific study of the arts has of course not limited itself to the effects of music. (See, for example, Goldman.) But while the neurological effects of literary representation do not include the crucial act of interpretation, and therefore clearly do not account for a key feature of literature, the corporal effects of music, which brain science may eventually be equipped to understand, seem intuitively to constitute the very being of music. It is easy conceptually to subordinate, along with Brecht, “coerced empathy” (an effect whose production in literature it is part of Goldman’s project to explain) to literary meaning (which is not part of Goldman’s project to explain). With music, it is less obvious what the provoked effects would be subordinated to.

    [3] This logic is of course worked out most fully in the second chapter of Marx’s Capital, on exchange. For a fuller account of the logic as it applies to artworks, see Brown.

    [4] The first couplet is borrowed from the Mannheim/Willet translation.

    [5] Stating the essential idea in a drum solo is itself a statement about what constitutes musical necessity, as one thing everyone can agree on is that, in most rock, drum solos are definitely not a musical necessity. One of the self-imposed rules governing White Blood Cells was not to use guitar solos.

    [6] The pattern, in Weill’s cut time, is written \EC.EC.C\. The shifted version would be, again in cut time, \S.EC.EC.\C. “Hello Operator” would be transcribed in 4/4 time, where it would look different, but the difference is purely customary — cut time being used for quick march-derived tempos — and has no bearing on the rhythm.

    [7] The White Stripes’ determination to use only analog recording technology, while not directly relevant to the argument at hand, might seem to suggest a primitivist drive or a nostalgic one. But the preference for analog technology is purely technical. Analog technology is a victim of what Marx called “moralischer Verschleiss,” something like normative wear and tear, what happens when equipment is rendered worthless not by physical wear and tear, but by the appearance of equipment which is more efficient (which is to say, costs less per unit of value produced) but not necessarily better in any other way. “It’s not trying to sound retro. It’s just recognizing what was the pinnacle of recording technology” (White “Interview” 78). And another word for “worthless” is, of course, “affordable.” The famous department store guitars are also not an aesthetic decision in the usual sense, but rather part of the limiting conditions the White Stripes imposed on themselves to forestall the routinization of live performance. The attraction of the cheap guitars is not the sound, which surely disappears into the pedal board, but that they don’t stay in tune very well. And the point is not to let them go out of tune, but rather to impose an arbitrary constraint: one has to work constantly to keep them in tune.

    [8] McTell’s tempo is closer to Weill’s foxtrot. Thinking in cut time: a quarter note pulse is accented on off-beats rather than backbeats, and the syncopation goes by twice as fast in relation to a quarter note as in “Hello Operator.”

    [9] See jekk23’s YouTube video, Blind Willie McTell Monologue On Accidents.

    [10] See Schumann and Heine.

    [11] See Malloy.

    [12] See Lead Belly.

    Works Cited

    • Blind Willie McTell. Blind Willie McTell: Complete Recorded Works in Chronological Order, Volume 1. Document, 1990. CD.
    • Bourdieu, Pierre. “Le marché des biens symboliques.” L’Année sociologique 22 (1971): 49-126. Print.
    • Brecht, Bertolt. Schriften zum Theater. Berlin: Suhrkamp, 1957. Print.
    • Brown, Nicholas. “The Work of Art in the Age of its Real Subsumption under Capital.” Nonsite.org. 13 Mar. 2012. Web. 6 Dec. 2015.
    • Egan, Jennifer. A Visit from the Goon Squad. New York: Knopf, 2010. Print.
    • Goldman, Alvin. “Imagination and Simulation in Audience Response to Fiction.” In The Architecture of the Imagination. Ed. Shaun Nichols. Oxford: Oxford UP, 2006: 41–56. Print.
    • Hegel, G.W.F. Vorlesungen über die Ästhetik III. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp, 1986. Print.
    • Heine, Heinrich. Buch der Lieder. Stuttgart: Reclam, 1990. Print. Dietrich Fischer-Dieskau and Christoph Eschenbach,
    • Horkheimer, Max and Theodor Adorno. Dialektik der Aufklärung: Philosophische Fragmente Frankfurt: Fischer, 1969. Print.
    • jekk23. Blind Willie McTell Monologue On Accidents. Online Video. YouTube. 8 Feb. 2009. Web. 6 Dec. 2015.
    • Kipling, Rudyard. Barrack–Room Ballads and Other Verses. Leipzig: Heinemann and Balestier, 1892. Print.
    • Malloy, Emmett, dir. Under Great White Northern Lights. Third Man Films, 2009. DVD.
    • Lead Belly. The Titanic: The Library of Congress Recordings. Vol. 4. Rounder, 1994. CD.
    • Lenya, Lotte. “That Was a Time.” Theater Arts 40.5 (1956): 78-80, 92-93. Print.
    • Lessing, Gotthold Ephraim. Laokoon: Oder, Über die Grenzen der Malerei und Poesie. Stuttgart: Reclam, 2012. Print.
    • Nozoradan, Sylvie, Isabelle Peretz and André Mouraux. “Selective Neuronal Entrainment to the Beat and Meter Embedded in a Musical Rhythm” Journal of Neuroscience 32.49 (2012): 17572–81. Web. 6 Dec. 2015.
    • Persson, Lennart. “The White Stripes.” Interview with Jack White and Meg White. Sonic Magazine. Trans. Cassie. whitestripes.net. N.d. Web. 6 Dec. 2015.
    • Schwarz, Roberto. “Worries of a Family Man.” Trans. Nicholas Brown Mediations 23.1 (2007): 21-25. Print.
    • Schönberg, Arnold. Stil und Gedanke: Aufsätze zur Musik. Frankfurt: Fischer, 1976. Print.
    • Schumann, Robert. Lieder. Perf. Dietrich Fischer-Dieskau and Christoph Eschenbach. Deutsche Grammophon, 1994. CD.
    • Stone, Joss. The Soul Sessions. Relentless, 2003. CD.
    • van Doesburg, Theo. Grundbegriffe der neuen gestaltenden Kunst. Mainz: Florian Kupferberg, 1966. Print.
    • Weill, Kurt. Kurt Weill: Ausgewählte Schriften. Ed. David Drew. Frankfurt: Suhrkamp, 1975. Print.
    • —. Kurt Weill: Musik und Theater: Gesammelte Schriften, mit einer Auswahl von Gesprächen und Interviews. Eds. Stephen Hinton and Jürgen Schebera. Berlin: Henschelverlag, 1990. Print.
    • Weill, Kurt and Bertolt Brecht. Die Dreigroschenoper. Eds. Stephen Hinton and Edward Harsh. Vienna: Universal Edition, 2008. Print. Kurt Weill Edition.
    • White, Jack. Interview by Chris Norris. “Digging for Fire: Detroit’s Candy-Striped Wonder Twins Keep the Sound Stripped and the Tales Lively for Elephant. Spin 19.5 (2003): 76-79. Print.
    • The White Stripes. De Stijl. Sympathy for the Record Industry, 2000. CD.
    • —. Get Behind Me, Satan. V2, 2005. CD.
    • —. White Blood Cells. Sympathy for the Record Industry, 2001. CD.